Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit B92-0049 - TOYS R US - VESTIBULE AND REMODELb92-0049 toys r us 16700 southcenter boulevard 1-6 e 1 u� CRenkoot 1) I City of Thkwk (206) 4313670 Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 Permit No: B92 -0049 Type: B -BUILD Category: ACOM TENANT OWNER ENGINEER ARCHITECT ENGINEER CONTACT CONTRACTOR Signature: Print Name _ Z BUILDING PERMIT Status: ISSUED Issued: 05/05/1992 Expires: 11/01/1992 Address: 16700 SOUTHCENTER PY Location: FRONT PORTION OF. BLDG WITH ADDED EXIT ON SE /NW CORNER Parcel #: 262304 -9128 Zoning: Type Const: II -N Type of Occupancy: STORE Gas /Elec: GAS Wetlands: 0 Slopes: 0 Water: N/A Sewer: N/A TOYS R US Phone: 201 599 -7825 16700 SOUTHCENTER PY, TUKWILA, WA 98188 AYNSLEY, DIRK: Phone: 415 421 -5100 CAPITAL &. "CITIES USA INC, 101 CALIFORNIA, SAN FRANCISCO CA 94111 ROBERT W BOVERHOF Phone: 616 235 -6000 49503 DENNIS MONCION 50 MONROE PL, GRAND RAPIDS M 49503 GEORGE E LAMB 98034 RICHARD VANDENBERGHE GRAND RAPIDS MI .49503 CONSTRUCTION ENTERPRISES INC. 3221 CENTER STREET, TACOMA, WA 98409 Phone: 616 235 -6000 Phone: 206.821 -5080 Phone: 616 - 235 -6000 Phone: 206 572 -5122 ************************ ******************** * ** * * ** * * * * * * * * * ** ** * * * * * * * * * ** Permit Description: 1007 SQ VESTIBULE ADDITION /INTERIOR REMODEL SETBACKS Units: 000 Front: 20.0 Back: 10.0 Buildings: 001 Left: 10.0 Right: 10.0 Fire Protection: SPRINKLERED UBC Edition: 1988. Valuation: 34,741.50 Total Permit Fee: 527.55 ******************************************* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** 175L_ 5- 5- gQ Permit Center.. Authorized Signature Date I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and :correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or 'local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign for and obtain this bui,ding permi Date : __ Title: yo4cct This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT NO. C NTACTED L � Y � � Ki CS\ a4 - DATE NOTIFIED 3 - ID 5-U. 2nd NOTIFICATION •., c \ 2 BY: 0, 0 (init.) DATE READY BY: (init.) PERMIT EXPIRES AMOUNT OWING 3RD NOTIFICATION BY: (init.) . APPLICATION TRACKING PLAN CHECK NUMBER PARTIV1 tg PUBLIC WORKS 9 UILDING - °1' j- initial review FIRE PLANNING BUILDING - 1 40 ~2 final review REVIEW COMPLETED PROJECT NAME SITE ADDRESS INSTRUCTIONS TO STAFF • Contacts with applicants or requests for information should be summarized in writing by staff so that any time the status of the project may be ascertained. • Plan corrections shall be completed and approved prior to sending on to the next department. • Any conditions or requirements for the permit shall be noted on the plans or summarized concisely in the form of a formal letter or memo, which will be attached to the permit. • Please fill out your section of the tracking chart completely. Where information requested is not applicable, so note by using "N /A ". BUILDING SQUARE FOOTAGE/OCCUPANCY INFORMATION (to be filled out by Plan Checker) FLi TO.T1L SQUARE FEET OCC. LOAD SQUARE FEET OCC. LOAD SQUARE OCC. SQUARE OCC. FEET LOAD FEET LOAD SQUARE OCC. FEET LOAD TOTAL SQUARE FEET DEPARTMENTAL REVIEW "X" In box indicates which departments need to review the project. /v/41 Oy (ROUTED) 3 , INIT: 5 INIT INIT: INIT: INIT: We SUITE NO. TOTAL OCC. LOAD - 3- Date A roved CONSULTANT: Date Sent - ,Q I FIRE PROTECTION: FIRE DEPT. LEITER DATED: 3 / 1-- INSPECTOR: 5'/ 5 IBAR/LAND USE CONDITIONS? OYes ll No REFERENCE FILE NOS.: I.fs 2—C A6 U "7 MINIMUM SETBACKS: N- S. E- v W- UTILITY PERMITS REQUIRED? PUBLIC WORKS LETTER DATED: ZONING: TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: IC NI S•rinklers N/A UBC EDITION (year): qa$ 08/171 SITE ADDRESS SUITE # 16 700 SouthaentPr parkw Tu kwila, WA VALUE OF CONSTRUCTION - $ 500,000.00 ASSESSOR ACCOUNT # 262304- g12R -07 (commercial) U Demolition (building) 0 Other PROJECT NAME/TENANT 98188 Toys ,, ,,R- Us Rpmocle3 TYPE OF New Building U Addition L) Tenant Improvement WORK: 0 Rack Storage 0 Reroof 0 Remodel (residential) DESCRIBE WORK TO BE DONE: Build a vestibule addition to existing store, upgrade bathrooms, change BU DIN U E (office, warehouse, etc.) Commercial Retail 10' x 100' 8" 1,007 Sq. Ft. fixturing, new offices, floor CONTRACTOR NATURE OF BUSINESS: To y Store WILL THERE BE A CHANGE IN USE? (x) No 0 Yes if Yes, new building requirements may need to be met. Please explain: SQUARE FOOTAGE - Building: 38,050 Tenant Space: 50,461 Area of Construction: 1,007 Sq . Ft WILL THERE BE STORAGE OR USE OF FLAMMABLE, COMBUSTIBLE OR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IN THE BUILDING? ® No 0 Yes IF YES, EXPLAIN: PROPERTYOWNERDerek Aynsley, Capital & Counties USA Inc. PHONE (415)421 -5100 ADDRESS 101 California St. *2525, San Fransisco, CA ZIP 94111 CONTRACTOR r a r, ,\' M41'1 ,_ k Cal �f1C PHONE �--ia 3 ADDRESS t I C�Q-r \ `ckumylo � ` o ZIP (-l0q WA. ST. CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE # � C.. .� i .0L1 EXP. DATE (p,. I... Gtr PHONE (616) 235 - 6 ARCHITECT The WBDC Group ADDRESS 50 Monroe Place ZIP 49503 CITY OF TUKWILA Department of Community Development - Building Division 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 PLAN CHECK boa _ NUMBER BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AGENT ADDRESS CONTACT PERSON DATE APPLICATION ACCEPTED 'chard VanDenBeghe Same as Above BUILDIF3 PERMIT APPLICATION DESCRIPTION BUILDING PERMIT FEE: PLAN CHECK FEE <', BUILDING SURCHARGE OTHER: TOTAL AMOUNT. AGO • RCPT # DATE I. HEREBY CERTIFY THAT:I HAVE READ AND :EXAMINED THIS. APPLICATION: AND:.ICN BE < TRUE •ANDCORRE 'I ' 'A THORIZED TO`rAPPLY :FOR t HIS PERMIT. DATE 2/13/92 50 Monroe Place Grand Rapids, MI CITY/ZIP 49503 PHONE APPLICATION SUBMITTAL In order to ensure that your application is accepted for plan review, please make sure to fill out the application completely and follow the plan submittal checklist on the reverse side of this form. Handouts are available at the Building counter which provide more detailed information on application and plan submittal requirements. Application and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. VALUATION OF CONSTRUCTION Valuation for new construction and additions are calculated by the Department of Community Development prior to application submittal. Contact the Permit Coordinator at 431 -3670 prior to submitting application. In all cases, a valuation amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Building Division to comply with current fee schedules. BUILDING OWNER / AUTHORIZED AGENT If the applicant is other than the owner, registered architect/engineer, or contractor licensed by the State of Washington, a notarized letter from the property owner authorizing the agent to submit this permit application and obtain the permit will be required as part of this submittal. EXPIRATION OF PLAN REVIEW Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitations. The building official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the applicant as defined in Section 304(d) of the Uniform Building Code (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. If you have any questions about our process or plan submittal requirements, please contact the Department of Community Development Building Division at 431 -3670. DATE APPLICATION EXPIRES PHONE (616)235 -6249 COMMERCIAL— NEW COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS/ADDITIONS • • " .. • • .:T o sets:(2) of,th9. following. , :: ,....-,...: • :,-.,... ••• stato 09,........,,;;;;:r.i.N seedfiotien s.:.-..:, .•:',:',.*".'•:" :..:,::"....".•:::::"is'•••:,.: ::;',........:::;: ....' . ::1:::;;iO Structural calculations stamped by a :::•:::::::.1::::::::',..!.!.. ii16!:•tilii.:.';.:::.,'•':'.":::'.',.,...••••:,':,,ii•i,., a:Washington .., „...., , , „. .., . .:.,..... , ,.... : :.....,.:....,... ... : ..„'-'rtatempe,- ..: ..: ...:. •.: :. ..„...'......:',...:::::„. ,..,:::„..... , :,,..,±.;.....,!..,..::•:,,',,:',..,;:,„ :sells' report :., :::.::•.:::.' ': ".• :. ... ; • ":, ...., • .........":;:•:: '... ...,:::: .;',.:::::::.,::::•::::: ll) l Topographical ., iisurver.:..........'......... .: •:::.':: : . : • , ...state licensed „,.....,,,,•,...:.::,.,:iii:::::,:::::::::‘,:, i.r.d., Energy „'' "7 61.iitact;.■?!,5,- i ' eptiineer :' .....ir. stamped • ,;`,''.;.?';''': ff'.. , •.:: 47, :•,... •:: . • „ • . Washington ,) .... .. .„..„ „.......,.........,,,,,,, / [ Legal deseription......•:::::,..,.....::,, :. • . :.:•:..,• • tWorking : drawings; starnped. by 'a .Washington.•State'licerised•"'„:::: . . arch1tect ......, • ....... • :. :• • ,.•• • . . ............ . . Architectural drawings • Structural drawings . . Mechanical drawings Elevations Civil drawings • • • • • •. , . . • . ...„.... . . „.. 4*Oleited utility OerMit application (one f or entire . (S) sets ot LJ . • NOTE .See'utility.perMit application and checklist for . :submittal requirements.: Completed building permit application ASses sOr1AOcoi.int, Number Two (2) sets of plans which ,:inctUde: rfBuil floor 01 an showing Entire space Where 'racks will be located . • Dimensions of all aisles . . . Li Tenant space floor plan showing rack storago layout aisles and NOTE; Include dimensions of racks (helght:iv and length) aisles and .ei on plan. . . . Structural calculationsisternped by a. Washington otue llc�nsed engineer (rack storage 8'.:tind RESIDENTIAL NEW SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLINGS/ADDITIONS Completed building permit application (one for each structure) : Legal dascnptlon . „ • Assessor Account Number . • . . . ri TwO::sets.(2).61. d 2 . 2 : . . .... • •. ri Six (6) sets of site plans showing utilities • NOTE :. • : • : Building site plan and utility site plan may be combined See utility permit application and checklist for specific submittal requirements I SUBMITTAL CHECKUST Additional topographical and soils:inlonnition may, be reqUired if site conditions.: COMMERCIAL TENANT IMPROVEMENTS El Completed buIlding permit application (one for each sUuctura or tenant) El Asqessor Account Number • • Two (2) : sets of onstrucbon plans which Include -- Site plan I I RESIDENTIAL REMODELS .Doreploteci building permit application (one tor.eCh ' structure ) . • Assessor Account Number . . . r-i Two (2) sets of working drawings which include . •. Site plan Foundation plan Floor plan Roof plan . . Building elovabons • (all views) 'Building cross -Section Structural framing plans OTE „.1.• and plans iiille!100.";0017:0tq,, REROOFS • ••••• • . . . • •',•••• ;,: . . Completed building permit application each structure) N Narrative describing existing roof, niatenal being :Teipoiled and L_,. material beIng installed NOTE A certification let sign EB - ' Z5 - r+2 P1CN 1 Z5 CC.=, F CDLJEL L EXHIBIT A . .'Description of the Shopying Center. of 237.72. feet to the true point .of beginning; .. .The aforementioned monumentation established by. the City of Tukwila under J.X.D. No. 13, Contract No. 2 -64, Sht. l' of 19; Street Plan and Profile; Situate ,in the County of ling, State of Washington. F 4:Y ..._ .lam . u)13 ' ,� 7gg1 D'ESCRIPT] Ott Parcels 3 and 4 of Short Plat No. 77-51 recorded under' Recording No. 771013 -0634 being a short plat of That portion of the Southeast 4 of the Northwest 4 of Section 26, Township 23 North, Range 4 East, W.M. , in King County, Washington, described as follows: Beginning at the monumented intersection of .the centerlines of ' Southcenter Parkway, (57th Avenue South) and Strander Boulevard, (South 164th Street) thence South 89 East along the monumented centerline,of said. Strander Boulevard, a distance of 325.05 feet; thence South . 0°25'58" East parallel with the monumented. East line of said subdivision, a distance of 30.00 feet to an' inter- section with'the South margin of said Strander Boulevard, and the true point, of beginning of the herein described tract; thence 'continuing South 0°25'58" East, a distance of 200,00 feet; .4.1 Tlce South • 89°45'58" East parallel with said centerline of Strander Boulevard, a distance of 350.00 feet to the monumented ,East line said subdivision; thence South, '0 °25'S8" East along-said East line a distance of ' 1093 ..20 feet to the monumented Southeast corner of said subdivision; thence North 89 ° 45'l9" West along the monumented South line of . said subdivision a distance of 626.81 feet to the East margin of. s Southcenter Parkway; thence 0 ° 57'48" West along said East margin a distance,. of 1241 :85 feet to . a point of curve; thence Northerly and Easterly along the arc of a curve to the right said curve having a radius of 50.00 feet through a central angle of 91°11'50" a distance of, 79.58 feet to the South margin of said Strander Bouldvard; thence South 89 East . along said South . margin, a distance THE WBEK GROUP : I t r. CEFIWY:.: 4 / AT 1:11 'A E 0,7 1 - 0 5 APPLigA Applicant/Authorizefir I El il 1 pi pi p rp a Print Name: Richard VanDenBerghe ONANDANOVME.SAINEy p.ag,:7", ' E. .::00.1313E .:' Contact Person "R" Us ' ddress: 1624 Army Court fiCCEIV Date: 2 13 92 Phone: ( 616 )2351-135MgUI 1 4, • " t • _ •. Phone: 209 462-2311 Date Application Accepted: 1 4 !, : e Application Expires: - CITY OF TUKWILA Central Permit System - Engineering Division 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Tukwila, WA 98188 Phone: (206) 433-0179 PROJECT Site Address: 16700 Southcenter Parkway, INFORMATION.j::: Name of Project: To s "R" Us Remodel Property Owner: Street Engineer: Street Address: Contractor: Street Address: R EQUEST WATER METER Name: REFUND/BILLING Street 0 Channelization/Striping/Signing 0 Curb Cut/Access/Sidewalk O Fire Loop/Hydr. (main to vault) — No.: Sizes: O Flood Zone Control El Grade/Fill 96 cubic yards O Hauling O Landscape Irrigation O Moving an Oversized Load O Sanitary Side Sewer— No.: O Sewer Main Extension Private Public 0 2 CommerciaVindustrial Derek A ynslfmy, Capital & Corinficas. 101 California St. #2525 The WBDC Group Inc. 50 Monroe Place Splpri-.pd YP'F. • MONTHLY I Name: SERVICE BILLINGS TO: Street CI Water El Sewer DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT El Multiple-Family Dwelling El Hotel No. of Units: CI Motel 0 Office [RI Retail • D New Building INFORMATION MISCELLANEOyS:::: Square Footage: UTILITY PERMII: APPLICATION El Metro 0 Standby El Single-Family Residential 0 Duplex 0 Apartments El Triplex El Condominiums PLAN CHECK NUMBER: USA 0 Church El Hospital Tukwila, WA 98188 City/State/Zip: Phone No.: City/State/Zip: Phone No.: City/State/Zip: El Other: Tnr.ehone No.: (419 ) 421-5100 City/State/Zip: San Fransisco, CA 94111 Phone No ( 616) 235 6249 City/State/Zip: Grand Rapids, MI 49503 Phone No.: King County Assessor Account Number: O Storm Drain O Street Use O Water Main Extension ' Private El Public El O Water Meter / Exempt: — No.: Sizes Deduct El Water Only El O Water Meter / Permanent — No • Slzes O Water Meter / Temporary: — No.:_. Sizes._. O Other: El Warehouse El Manufacturing E Remodel/ Square footage of original building space: 50,461 Addition 0 School/College/University 0 Other: alsomommumma Square footage of additional building space: 1,007 King County Assessor's valuation of existing structures: $1,163,100.00 Valuation of work to be done: $ 500 000.0( 09/18./90 SUBMITTAL CHEC( 1 _1ST All site plans shall be provided in one submittal for review by the Public Works Department. Six (6) sets of plans stamped by a licensed engineer are required along with this application completed and signed by the applicant's representative. The following information is necessary for Public Works Department evaluation and approval of site plans: • All utility construction is to meet the City of Tukwila Standards • Indicate scale of drawing and show north arrow • Identify location by address or distance to nearest intersection CURB CUT /ACCESS /SIDEWALKS/ CHANNELIZATION /STRIPING /SIGNING O Dimensions O Type of surfacing - asphalt, crushed rock, etc.(and thickness) U Percent of slope or runoff direction O Size of curb cuts/location O Vehicular and pedestrian traffic facilities, including signing and striping, wheel chair ramps, curb cuts FIRE LOOP /HYDRANT O Type of pipe O Size of pipe /location O Location and type of all valves O Type of bedding and backfill materials /percent compaction O Distance from structures, storm and sewer facilities at minimum separation O Location and size of thrust blocking FLOOD ZONE CONTROL (Requirements are under Flood Ord. No. 1462 and can be obtained from the Public Works Dept.) O Lowest finished floor elevation O Contours and elevations per National Geodetic Vertical Datum LAND ALTERING (CLEARING, GRADE AND FILL) O Contour map (2' intervals) showing existing and proposed contours O Estimate of yardage, both cut and fill U Erosion control plan HAULING O Copy of Certificate of insurance coverage (minimum $1,000,000) O $2,000 bond made out to the City of Tukwila for property damages caused by activities O Route map LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION O Location of DSHS approved double check valve O Type of pipe - copper, high density molecular plastic, ductile O Size and depth of pipe O Size of meter O Location and elevation of meter box (water meter - permanent and exempt). Clearly show whether tap is on main or domestic service O Location and type of tap O Type of bedding and backfill materials /percent compaction MOVING AN OVERSIZED LOAD O Copy of Certificate of Insurance coverage (minimum $1,000,000) O $5,000 bond made out to the City of Tukwila for property damages caused by activities O Business License with City of Tukwila U Route map SANITARY SIDE/ - -ZWER O Type of pipe - con%.. ., PVC, etc. O Size of pipe/location O Percent of slope on pipe /length of run O Connection points) to public O Location of cleanout(s) and test Tec(s) O Type of bedding and backfill material /percent compaction O Invert elevations at structures and junctions SEWER MAIN EXTENSION O Type of pipe - concrete, PVC, etc. O Size of pipe /location O Percent of slope on pipe/length of run O Connection points) to public O Location of cleanouts O Type of bedding and backfill material /percent compaction STORM DRAINAGE (including existing topography and proposed grading and surfacing) O Type of pipe O Size of pipe O Percent of slope /length of run O Location of all structures O Square footage of area to be drained, Including roof area O Bedding material for pipe O Invert or flow line elevations STREET USE O Complete description of proposed activity O Map with address and outline of limits of activity relative to public right -of -way and easements O Proposed traffic control/detour (per Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices) O Proposed schedule (times and dates) WATER MAIN EXTENSION O Type of pipe O Size of pipe O Hydrant type and locations O Valve type and locations O Connection point(s) to existing system O Type of connection - live tap, tee, etc. O Location and size of thrust blocking O Size and location of mains, including elevations (profile) WATER METER. - EXEMPT O Diagram of domestic system/tie in of exempt meter O Number /account for existing domestic meter O Size and type of material of meter and service O Site address WATER METER - PERMANENT O Type of pipe - copper, high density molecular plastic, ductile O Size and depth of pipe O Size of meter O Location and elevation of meter box (water meter - permanent and exempt) O Location and type of tap O Type of bedding and backfill materials /percent compaction WATER METER - TEMPORARY O Address and hydrant location O Size of meter O Estimate of quantity and schedule After the Public Works Department has completed their review and the plans are approved, the applicant will be notified by letter concerning the necessary permits and requirement an approved set of plans will accompany the letter. if the plans are not a• •roved, the a licant will be notified b letter of necessa resubmittat re•uirements. ********4***************** , * * * * * * *****************ik ,�I r*** * **4 CITY OF TUKWILA, WA TRANSMIT ********************************* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** TRANSMIT Number: Permit No: Parcel No: Site Address: Location: Payment Method: * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Account. Code 000/322.100 000/345.830 000/386.904 92000090 Amount: 527.55 02/13/92 16:10 B92 -0049 Type: B -BUILD BUILDING PERMIT 262304 -9128 16700 SOUTHCENTER PY FRONT PORTION OF BLDG WITH ADDED EXIT ON SE /NW CHECK Notation: WBDC INC /.05 Init: DLM **************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Description Paid BUILDING - NONRES 317.00 PLAN CHECK - NONRES 206.05 STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 4.50 Total (This Payment): 527.55 Total Fees: Total All Payments: Balance: 527.55 527.55 .00 F' N M- . =--- BOSS & MAYES September 21, 1992 Tukwila Building Department. -6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 • Attn: Commercial Inspection Re: Toys "R" Us 16700 Southcenter Parkway Tukwila, WA Gentlemen; This is to inform you that registered special inspections .have been completed for this project as per our reports, copies of which have been sent you. , To the best of our knowledge, all work inspected was either.performed in accordance with, or corrected to conform to, the city approved drawings, . or engineer approved changes. Special inspection was provided, for: Reinforced concrete :Reinforced masonry , H Structural' steel welding We trust that this provides you with the information which you require. Should you have any questions give us a call. ENGINEERS, INC. Sincerely, BOSS- &jMAYES TESTING RECIVED SEP 2 2 DEV ELOPMENT 19015 36TH AVE. WEST, SUITE C • LYNNWOOD, WA 98036'0 (206) 778 - 4402 • FAX (206) 775-9175 Michael S . Dold • 'General Manager` MSD :1mm TESTING ENGINEERS, INC. PR0IECT ...f(E) �� 0 V OAT Z-7 ^ -- a" CONTRACT NO C����67.Q SOURCE OF MATERIAL �11E TEST NO 5( / Z TEST 0 1 S 5 7 G METH00 O I A • pF MOLD (;n•) NI.MBER OF LAYERS NUMBER OF BLOWS WE I GAIT OF TAMPER }� g, 7 j - HEIGHT OF DROP 4 AXIMUM PARTICLE .7, SIZE ✓ �� HEIGHT Of SOIL SAMPLE (in) VP NANO TAMPER it MECHANICAL TAMPER WATER AOOEO A. r : ar c. r Z. ' OOhI/ �0 S5 • Mmoo . �j 1 l 1 � l) � �0� QQ • JUL qn rET SOIL • 4. Of II � � w ..• ` A r O I l �.J 50 I 7 � / l.' /✓. �JdL IJ r W". OF WET SOIL C . I r -n, 4 I. ,� . V 4 . / ■ , r 0 • 1 • -, V V. OF ,SC IL �A F. SIMPLE fr•• tT 1 t l -7 1 0750 5Q 16750 `O- • ,� WET OENs 1 Ty C • F = IQir•f _!'T 11 ^/�_ t ^ • I /{ 41 (/'� 1 �( °l �l 1 IZ,F'i ��}2., ) V C.ITAINFO • 'j T. OF WET • 5 L'.j 1. + TA r- �� y Sc o O �Y'�,� (�d t � ' O �+y.� '1O , • i t ° + TAP � .49',) - 1 4� 417,(1 3t7 ��t`� _ 1 . *ATE? rf �l' r =6) '15-7 1 .AE. TART —_ W • T. or DRY SOIL ^4 Gj / t) ; 'J E71 r� • 9, 3 ^ � `^I 3r7 10a. ) / 1(1 H s w�TER C041ENT •-i-. x P J Z•3 r f (L p r / 1 `2. `, ( Q 177 1 all ✓ mus. � 1 = L9 /-v.F dz) Z� - t r minmonimumninesno ■ TEST RESULTS ■Ii■■ il•td d ■■ /■.i■�m�t►edral■�► ■Irllttiioconr2souniu /!;;+ W:4•4101 ...- ._'•.a•NdLI ..■ ■IK■A■ •PT. WATER x.11.7■ • TENT 0/0 \�1SN ���,,,,�.���►� per:MP • C� Z t l ',/ VItV V■IiaGVImenmani XIMLAI ORY ■4LIii■. w FT H■■V►, ■>•V wsumu ■■■sd.■i■Rx /✓■■■u■V ■■ ul t!♦RR■V/�'NV= ■■ ■1■.SL:ii■i ■ ■■fi s ��� 1 CLASSIFICATION OF AMPLE ■■■V �Tf V>tit■/■r/V�■Vt5 ■ ■■ 1 Rlt■■■■// /J■RRRR/ ■■■■ ■■■V /RR■�FWRIM ern c 5r? 1 ■■■■■riaV*■Ri■M■V■■■Vn■�..r7 M OO :: t ■■■■i�!■p N►AIFa■s�ll�astaAaArV OV V. i ii . / arnalioUla■.....lia.:u. i vi'.ioa�i� lflrs• ■ INIMI . �- (_ ` , y 7 o r m aVA .■■�V■ VtVtV�t•/iti■V>•■r VR 111111111111111 nual ■VV1 ■ ■■RIIVV.■■� ■■ ■! mmnums■ iillRi■� !! ■ LIQUID AN D PLASTIC LIMITS: P t.- �.�.�Pt. . L. _..i `•,Z'�l t !// ■.IMIIRI11111111q SYMOOL FROM PLASTIC CHART REMARKS: II■ L.14 1 J ■■■■■ ■ 1II i - _ i , , r T ,- T ■ ►' V r T S � 1 E STER B� " r HECXED BY f-rr ; l e 1441E7 CONT T, 0/0 OF I.1 . F " ,..� r••o., , • "'Sw4 S ter 45 Sc MMES TESTING ENGINEERS, INC. ED 2 T PROJECT r �'.. -.� OAT / / - CCNTaACT MO C 6.7Cr;— SOURCE AL ! i r ` UN • MATER TEST NO METH 00 /7ST /1` ��.5 "C-.. 01A. OF MOLD (in•) NLI•1BER OF LAYERS NUMBER OF BLOWS � WE 1 CA T OF TAMPER 5 PER LAYER l� / C? /h HE IGHr OF DROP (in) AXIMUM PARTICLE HEIGHT OF SOIL SAMPLE HAND TAMPER n SIZE $/6//' I (in) MEGNANICAt. TAMPER n 'MATER ACOEO A. .• r eeo 1 Z hOLO a. p CC `' c. riT. OF 'r£T SOIL it, &Z-C. C? //1 7 95, ( w, ., .9700•Oc x 0. a JUL 1 6 1992 r w'. OF *ET SOIL tr.n ((( - ' 1 • ■ a ►J T I TV F . YCL. OF .SC1l EWAPLE • O7.. , 07-, DEVEILOr'.. • ,E = KT DENS 1 L.Jtiti t I HO .2. INCD . ". *T. OF WET y t TAAe '5 n i .) 5 CDC OF ORY I , TA ;,176 O (7'6E, 7 , ...� OF WATER 25,0 �'� ,% WT. OF OR!' SOIL • 11.1 ! n. WATER CON TEN r ; C I3 • __ ____ 4PY�,t,r.t r ,+r 2 J i 37 7 ' 1 39 111116 it % ! Sl" d . F T lf ' ' M al= lammmasatammumais MUIRRIMIIIIMIUMIIIIIMMIIIIIIIKIIIRMINI 1111111111111111fA■UNU!IUMMIR■IIIIME111 Rna■R1■�■�RRRRaa■= TEST RESULTS . t , 1 i" OPT. WATER E•DIi TENT . 9 MAX IML7.1 DRY D£NS 1 De l 9 e u . rT C.1 , I3' ■ R�■11111 a / /� ®� i :. 11011111111111111111IIIIIRIRMIRMIKIMIRMICIUMIUMMIRMIIIIIIIIIRRI ini>•ssansm ■ ■1�1■ Ott ■1•■■■!!■ ■■iKn■outo■ r ■ ■IR"S %■■//■01 �<1w1=ILAJI Cl. A33I FI CAT ION O SAFIPLE . ' 11111111111111gluwIRMUMAIIIIIRMINAIIRORMIUMI M.11111111misilaillintsUIRMUNONIRMIRMIRMIIIIIIIIIREw i■ 0 I ' ' 1 ■■■ERR■uminm iiiii■i>■Rimmo■ imam "J� . .. 1 1 1 ■W/ _ r‘ rr L _�■W■■tl� L I CHI D AN O PL AST { C LIMITS: LL.....�_PL. P1. 1.11111/1121.1111.1""="11111111 ' ' � ' L A5 „ T =i�i=R . 1 1$ f ■�■ ■■■>■■■■m 3YMOOL FROM PLASTIC CHART RE14ARX3: r 11 i " " — �� � ZIa � r 11111111111 1•■■i■a#/i ■1■�lil■I■1■� �„� ' +4 1_' T 4-.... i_ .H. .;. 3. . i ; Ii i i tom, i i !J. -I-L...- . t • i ■�i 1 i iiiii=iq RI<■ ■ # T 'T • T ' R ; . ,... ..■ .::.... . ' 1.. r _ r• 1 r , t• I. t-7•++ n o i r I 1 -+'} { i 1 ! r T t• , t 1' 7 • I f7' TESTE HECXEO BY -. WATER CON 7 0/0 OFRY VT. 7 SUBMIT EC BY M AYES ilemmommandi TESTING ENGINEEi S, INC. • r013. / u S ypeoA pectan: - ° / ''ress: ri - :f a : uE / •:to i:1' ;. .,.__ - — • • nstruct ons: Date Want Request 7 6s :� t%0q/c0 INS CTION I MPPORD Retain a copy with permit - .1 10. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 K Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: 01)-ootO PERMIT (2 0 Corrections required prior to approval. O $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Project—To n C Type otlhspect ' n: � �� n A r W _, 7(Jl ticm tie ( Date Called: I ( GL ` .�C-- � Special Instructions: Dale Wanted: n m. .m. Requester: -r-a'"1 v;i'adwif c1.2--co.q16 CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 ❑ Approved per applicable codes, COMMENTS: k INSPECTION RECORp Retain a. copy with permit b'-t it c A NP pt. A'NNIP.)C Fi NP LS. (206) 431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. Po, F -c)w. . 1 E L- 4 5G7i5flt/ 1mi iz€'S Z Po „J 71 - �,y ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Dale: ro . fraiL/MIWNe Fi Ma ype o i ir. - '7 , 1 ,It. ,44/.i / z.: 0 I VS to Date Wan — ,q nstruct ons: 5 Q( e., 01)-^-4■-3 @ CI:00 4 r SL , G c \-0 Ye\-toct. I\& . Requeste i g mo"eim, 552- 4 TI P 0 ,, ' , Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: Inspector: Kepi (--% INSPECTION RECORD it Retain a copy with permit ‘ 11/ CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 2:19 • „b" law iiis 0 $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. p 0 CoctIWiffilred prior to approval. Date: PERMIT NO. (2p6) 431-3670 ProJectS R ?AI) Type oTlnspria , i Aid re 0 ego Date Called: a Spec. laf Instructio s; 1 Date Wanted: c. a — -7 — 9 am p.m. Requester: 1_ 1 1 Phone No.: 2 "`(,9 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: f tJC" ElJ ZYL/riJCC A rJ AO 5 1Sv►nt c. C $( V Ted 1 U"Nrk )A-Pl cL Vl"'4T1 a& L („E Date :5 . O $30,00 REINSPECTION. FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter. Blvd., Suite 100: Call to schedule reinspection. 812-0649 PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 O Corrections required prior to approval. IV ect: za:'° n: Address: Special Ins tructions: Date anted: 7 -ten _ am. Q.m. Requester: Phone No,: IKApproved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: GL� rile - tom. 1 y .. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Date: 92 y PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 C I Corrections required prior to approval. D $30,00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Pro T /.4 D Type of Insp ion: d re 1 / ep� P PM Date C 4 )z3q ecial instructions: • i i / Wanted: Requesters -� /A� rap ,5" i i INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (Approved per applicable codes, Co(rectiorfs required prior to approval. Date: D $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100: Call to schedule reinspection. Project: �/ (� r ` c /-S /L �J lypeo nos B wn- �IJS1-7 6 hl Cr W( Address: c p Date Called: 23 Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 7- - ?2,...- a . p.m. Requester: .,., Phone No.: 5 s. 2. , toll t v 1)(6. COMMENTS: Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. G.W.A. "O rS '1G PERNNT NO. (206) 431 -3670 ter. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, flee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. I Receipt No.: Date: Project!' ... 1 1 , , 7 7 T Type of rn -ctio :— a ale . • .,re. : S I I I I i i : :teCa et Sp: • a Instruct ons: D Date Want Requester: T 6l'�i Phone No. :��� O. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 8.17- o o y- PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 4;/9 ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior torelnspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection; Proje p_ (�• •( Type oflnspection e Called: ,.. � 1 _ t� Addre ;? 0 O Special Instructions: ate Wanted: !: Requester,--�-�� ' \ Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 0 CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 0 Corrections required prior to approval. 0 $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. • ro act::TO `? S AJ YPe o nspe M ion: Dr 01 Address: I(70o SalttiAc'n Date Called: Special Instructions: q i (1(t Date Wanted; r is'a� 4'11 Requester: I — O m Phone No.: 5 -% 1 ) ' CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter. Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. Aim \X12 ; ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt Ifo.: roe : • U� y pe o nspechon: . rt •v ress: b • . • ' 1111 Sp: a nstructlons: at Date Wante : --) ■2_5 Requester: T Phone o.: -4 T3 o INSPECTION RECORD ma -004 Retain a copy with permii Ad pew NO. O. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: 0 Inspector: (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. 102 d /�•� -- Dale -� (. 0 $30. REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Project: 7; �l ype o1 Inspection: Address, 1 , ./( � �, /044 Date Called: 7, 6 - Z Special Instruct ons: ` Date Wanted; _ -.. '°G, — "Z am.i Requester: Phone No.: 572 - 5 /2-Z ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd:, Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. d INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 1' 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING-DIVISION &Approved per applicable codes. (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: /I roe :`eS g. U. s Type of Inspection: , NC X2`7 L{" Address: S . C , ja wy Date Called: . _ Special Instruct ens: I eM` Date Wanted: - 7- i - 9 Z am. p.m. Requester: Phone No.: CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 f Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: Inspector: INSPECTION RECORD ' 0 Retain a copy with permit ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. 1392 -o09 PERMIT (206) 431 -3670 7 4 . $30.00 RINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. .ro i t r t ps o nspectr. ; I-bO 7 1'e ,, l/('. `c. ress: �� ' . e a :.r Special Instructions: , . � r ' SpCf _l- AS lii Date Wanhd: ( Requester: e' 1 rn �--' Phon No .: 5 5 ' 6 G 1 / (� 0 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. 0 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: I Recut No.: I Inspector: . • (206) 431 -3670 D $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. R- US i fns coon: 00 &Pt-WI lhic -- T iC t014 to ailed / — (c�' ci 3-- �P Special Instructions: ,,J Date Wanted: n Co 1 "�' q "7 - C . p.m. Requester: p `e -d: ��� — �cliro PA t. 4 0 ' INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION V 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: Cal/ Inspector: eceipt No kitCorrectlons required prior to approval;' h'-ed " S Date ,Id ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: ro ec>{T..� , G r ` u.� ype o nspe« on: Q �M ! t �� Address: I ( -7 OD se., f/ , 1 � - +'' ^'j Date Called: ( _ ( 7 _ 9 ' 0 Special Instructions: 'Ma "^ Date Wanted: , r $ 2 a m, p.m. Requester Phone No.: ,.. ..` — 109 1 f COMMENTS: •:��l:.Ql ht�- Inspector: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188. Approved per applicable codes. O Corrections required prior to approval. c-PL Jam. Psi Ys,,. " .: / ()5 - 2-o � , -mod 1 � � -f-r) itst Date: 6 (206) 431 -3670 I t 0 $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. ro ecl; -r0-f S _ tz: S ype o nspection: � � Address: S. c. 04,9y Date Called: to -ls Special Instructions: Figs ` 1 Hitt o l Date Wanted: G - /Lv - 7 p.m. Requester: Plane No.: 57.5-81412- CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain,a copy with permit PERMIT (206) 431 -3670 5 5 1 — P Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $30.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to reinspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. emssamaisswaC '` Aut h orized Signature FINALA,PP . FRM City of Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575-4404 Project Name 7"/ Address / -. etain current inspection schedule Needs shift inspection Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Halon: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: .fp,64.Ak I.hi+l,j.:�,' "n +,. l:e`O, #�4 ;4.:t. t'.414.0,.fi%. .3. TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL APPROVAL FORM >..'iSpproved without correction notice Approved with correction notice issued f Gary L. VanDusen, Mayor Suite 4 __, };ilp`Lti.. +. Afl�f.V.` ji.'h�11M�'.t'e�.•T :.. . e . - .. Control Note - Permit No. cela Address: 16700 SOUTHCENTER PY Tenant: TOYS R US Type: B -BUILD Parcel #: 262304 -9128 CITY OF TUKWILA Permit No: B92 -0049 Status: ISSUED Applied: 02/13/1992 Issued: 05/05/1992 *** k**** k******************** kk**************** •***k**** ************k•kkk*k Permit Conditions: 1. No changes will be made to the plans unless approved by the Architect and the Tukwila Building Division. 2. Plumbing permit shall be obtained through the Seattle -King County Department of Public „Heal.th.....:,.Plumbing will be inspected by that agencyncl , .i ding all' <,gas.,.piping (296 -4722) 'x:.,. _ ;z.4* 3. Electrical permi.ta'shafl A be .;obtained State Division Labor .throughe, -Washington _ in d,; an�i all electrical work w i l l bey ',i,r�.�pected by that agency ; ,(277' ; ;727 <2) 4. All mechan.Yca.l' ' ; s hal ' 1 be under „ =arate ;permit t hrough the City,,,of;.Tuk•wi la,..':. ;,I `'•,, � °. y:. 5. All perm05, Ans'pection records. _ approved plan shall be maintai -h'e,d avaai lable,.,''a the p j' 4 ab ` e prior t6,,'the`;, start any co, :s..ruction`'. ..rTheses dbcuments'•ar�e to be maintained ava i l.a: Te until f i�na l I ns:p on approval is granted. 6. Whenfs,gecita' inspectior'ia:'is re'gy..1.red either the own'er arch *t or engineer' shall nbt ify Tukwila Bui ldin;g:«:::f Div.ysion; of ',appointmen't "ofv.:.the inspection agencies p,rior• the .f< :lrstb1i1l.ding ..insbiec io; .% Co . :e.s''"of 1 special Inspection reports i.shall.� b'e lsubm i.tt;e.d . to ,.the Building Division In a,,t -ime,' y manner. ' Repdrtsi 1, contain add're'ss, prA. a t: permit ; w'a'nd type of inspection being p e r f r m e,d,.u;' �. f r r � R ,, r s s,pe'cIa inspec ci'r'sh` all .- su;brnit• ned report, sta ,r'•ing whe; he`r the "�worak'.requir ing sp:eciaJ-:i „nspection was, , to } tha beat of`, the inspectors knQw;1edg''e i•n` c $'ve ti...p 'l'a apprb is , and specifications and the_.�app l i!cab l,,e work - mans p praynid r?crete shal be sions of the UBC. Li (/\r % ,, ” "" 8. All t,, r uct co) inrspeted (Sec - 30,6 (a) 1, 6C) . t I t ' qo J,4.-1 ; 6 9. All str0,turaL.,,w�eldi'n shall bel„d,one b'y;.uW..A�.B , O ` : certtifie welder 'n,(�f] , spec14"11 inspected (Sec, 306 (a) 5 ABC) 10. All high =`. ength •boltir s l be specAal inspected 11. Any new cefl ..� grid and light ^ fixt ^ ur,e Installation f f � y ar , required to r i e .�e € .hater a l braci regii 1' ^ ements for Se.i;smi c Zone 3. ,#�` ;f �fsg F rb !p �, ; � 12. Partition walls a p t°ac .to ceili 'g° grid llust;'be•'laterally braced if over eight ;nf� in.- ..len:gt.�t� ' 13. Engineered truss drawings" "ar'rd'•wAla':ir'-:io'ns shall be on site and available to the building inspector for inspection purposes. Documents shall bear the seal and signature of a Washington State Professional Engineer. 14. All exposed insulations backing material shall have a :Flame Spread Rating of '25 or.less,'and material shall bear identi- fication showing the .fire performance rating thereof, 15. Notify ,the City of Tukwila Building Division prior to placing any concrete. This procedure is in addition to any requirements for special inspection. 16. All structural masonry shall be special inspected per UBC Sec. 306.(a):7. 17 Roof insulation, wall insulation, slab perimeter` insulation and glazing requirements shall be as outlined in.TRU addendum C, 18. All rack .storage requires a separate permit through the City . State licensed Structural Engineer are;required for rack storage over eight. (8) feet in height) ‘ N **. Validity ofT)ermil: The issuance of • permi ' approval of • plans, specificat Ks.and computations shal114:be con- strued to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of this code or of any other • ,ordinance of the jurisdictipn. No permit presuming to give authority or violate or Canbel the provisions of this code shall be valid. • . • ..,,,r‘.....6.1 . , '4.1, , 41.-„, VI 4 .., o...-44.-,,,.. -,,,,, , . - X+ 'I) (r9 ' . .1? 4? -r 0 0 11 , V 1 AV 1 1‘ . ' li JS n • ‘N, ■ I e %-a...- iv 0 A 4, ,... ..,......,.. ti'' -ct - o lf...thr4 4 4 . • _A • ' .4......" 1' 4 no • \ ava3,5zr.c. ;1' • .• • 've," 4 • *, l ' : . ..,,,, \ • . 0 iJ 0 Ri 0 0 , 4 ANN July 31, 1992 fefrin .i Planning Commission • City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Tukwila, Washington 98188 RE: TOYS "R" US Tukwila, Washington Dear Ms. Shefrin: Sincerely, The WBDC Group cc: Paul 1). Booms, Jr., FAI1 Charles A. I ask'IL I'll Iturold 0, Sibley. A IA John II. Pdisim . Paul A. Ilahia , AlA 11'itliam J. lion! Douglas 11: Brant, PE Ilrrbert P. Jensen. A IA Gary i,. •lohnsor, l'E. Donald J. ((aster, A IA Dan id C. .iesler, Pt? Rowland J.:Mitelit Robert F. Sell', AiA :. John W. Weiss Lucinda L. Ili un I)an J Sandie t Joseph F. Daher JFD/ Idh :e,\toys\denism\tukwila \Itr731 James Escamilla, PP Timothy A. itoeha, MA Diane Levier, AIA Gclirgr N1. I.en is, AlA ('nth McGlynn, IBU I1etlls G. Mondol4 A IA : Ralph 11'. nlnzley. AI. Michael I.: ferry. ,11A Steen R. Rnmsek. I'll David A. Bauer, MA .Drams J. Ilekken, AlA . Gordon 1.. Berridge. (APP •fhianius 11•. Bisbee, AlA Paul L. Bute Robert 1I. iloserbor, PE Robert 11. Kush. AL \.CCS Toys "R Us - Powell Development Co. - The WBDC Group Shorn S. Cornwell, RA ' PIhiin ('. DeKorte, AIA Kim DeSligter, Al A . Kathleen P. Dossautl, I'E Lorene S. h;lzinga, AS111, IIII) Jim K. Ferro Darwin J. Feuerstein, ASIA . Brian IN'. (turd. AIA James Ii, llarrisun, PE Kristine L, Ilottl), AIA Timothy J. I iofflnun, PE .lanes R. I lojnticki; CCS Craig 11. (!ardent, ASLA .IoAnI, Juliette Mark L. Kushner, AIA lortiu.%V. Katsina, PI'. fiECEIVED Cl TErr ni 2 ee AUG 0 51992 .......r rLn>uni <rac; NGrrtccrzuv�. g r iCOMMUNITY . \ P INTF..11IORS -- T is VUsIU 1'L:\t'1!, tat 0511 it: %l'InS, \IICIIlt:AN .0503 T11.1:1'1101 PAX 1616n 235.6132 . IIS0 l'Ptl•.liR. \I'It gam 5t•rfK 1(1111\1,11 \ \I FARMS.) It0A025 '!Et,Et'110NP:(•11JI6a:a FAX (.111;6.12•4111.! This letter is In reference to the current remodeling project of the Toys "R" Us store located at 16700 South Center Parkway in Tukwila, Washington. Upon the request from the developer, as well as Toys "R" Us, we would like your approval to substitute a new accent color for our building. Instead of the dark brown color previously approved for the clapboard around the top building perimeter, we would like to use Pratt & Lambert #2241 "Carolina Gull ". (Refer to the enclosed color sample) Also enclosed is a colored building elevation featuring the proposed color change. Please review and advise us of any further action which may be required. Bob Cocchi Derek Aynsley, Fran Michie Denis Moncton Glenn 1: Klopfer, I')i Robert P. K1)n011.a: PE Miclniel 11. Knisely, AIA Gregory S. Koenig, AIA Dade 1I. Kruker, RA I'uul N. Kreutziger; RA •I•hiunas Krupu(sky Debra Looks(); Peter C,1 uMi ie. PP . 1lennis 1'. Lurkin,la'.ASLA.Af'i' John C. Linton, I'I: 'I R. Mathison. A IA Gordon 1Ie(arty, ALA •1•Ihnmts I,, lletzdorf, ASLA Thomas K, 11urg;m, A IA Robert K. l'artak, PP Richard 11. Trutt, AMA Paul E. Rood, Al A Gregory II. Scott, ASIA Michael J, Stenzel Bradley K. Strader, AIC1' Susan S. Ta.Inr: ASID I lorry A. in pstrar. AlA Leonardo F.Tond,eili, AlA Arthur (i, 1'rineklase, I'E Robert T. Walters, MA: A' I.ee A. Warniick, Al A Sli•sen West Waller 1. Weston Bradley. I). Williams, AIA Rick T. 1Villingcr, ALA Brian R. 11'Inkelnaaul, AIA 'Ii 1 WI �v't 9G tt■ - • ..'• • M . , • • • • • . • • • aa • I H. \\ 11,11; • • 'MIAS 11 Noticool Oftrto 461 from Rood P�o.noi NJ 07662 . (201) 599-7500 ' or/BEY This Ormond N Ins ttolooloo Propotly,oI, • 4075 1,4 I15 Tn. inIcoRtelion sheen mod; not lot wood not Inn lkoirOps Rodooducod lothoOl prtroitokot nI TOYS 4f • RECEIVED AUG 0 5 1992 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT, MEMORANDUM • 131Z-001-Pt TO: TOYS -R -US FILE FROM: R.S.B. DATE: 4/14/92 SUBJECT: PHONE CONVERSATION WITH RICHARD VAN DE BERGE ************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** RICHARD CALLED TO OBTAIN APPROVAL TO A REVISION TO THE APPROVED PLANS FOR THE TOYS -R -US REMODEL. OWNER IS HAVING SECOND THOUGHTS ABOUT ALLOWING AN ENTRANCE DOOR TO OPEN DIRECTLY TO AN AUTO TRAFFIC LANE. THE PROPOSAL WOULD INVOLVE INSTALLING AN EXTRUDED CONCRETE CURB OUT FOUR FEET FROM THE BUILDING TO BUFFER THE TRAFFIC LANE FROM PEDESTRIANS EXITING THE STORE. RICHARD CALLED DENT AND FOUND THAT PLANNING HAS NO OBJECTIONS TO THIS PROPOSAL, I CALLED DAVID RAY AT FIRE PREFENTION BUREAU AND HE HAD NO OBJECTIONS TO REDUCING THE ACCESS AISLE TO THE MINIMUM 20 FEET, PROVIDED THAT THE NEW CURB WAS SIGNED AS A FIRE LANE ON EACH SIDE OF NEW LANE. FROM THE BUILDING DIVISION STANDPOINT, WE HAVE NO OBJECTION. I TOLD RICHARD TO SUBMIT THIS AS A REVISION ON SMALL PIECE OF PAPER AND THAT WE WOULD ISSUE THIS ADENDUM WITH THE PERMIT, WHEN IT IS ISSUED. CITY OF TUKWILA 6300 SOUTHCENI'rR BOULEVARD TUKWILA, WA 98188 * * REVISION SUBMITTAL * * DATE i 1 PROJECT NAME , (11a) '; ° (,1f .r--I J 4P.11-frr - 11v ADDRESS � M1 CONTACT PERSON f1 C h G r' �,k, J() i l 20 02 f PHONE (4e c -( ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER PLAN CHECK NUMBER TYPE OF REVISION: \.L. SHEET NUMBER(S) SUBMITTED TO: Tht. (Al "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revisions and date revisions. 0 PERMIT NUMBER ?) r(Th ( (If previously issued) t 41 11 Mahani&DeSalvo CONSULTING ENGINEERS March 20, 1992 Duane Griffin City of Tukwila 6200 Southcenter Blvd. Tukwila, Washington 98188 Regarding: 92 -T -03 (Toys R Us Remodel) Sincerely, 1200 - 5th Avenue, Suite 1910 Seattle, Washington 98101 FAX (206) 6248151 (206) 6248150 RECEIVED CITY OF TI IKWILA MAR 2 0 1992 PERMIT CENTER Dear Mr. Griffin, We have received information on the proposed project: and have reviewed it for compliance with the structural portions of the 1988 Edition of the Uniform Building Code. We have no additional comments. 'Enclosed are the drawings, calculations and project manual for your use. Cr� stal•Kolke CLK: 3 :' cc: The WDBC Group 50 Monroe Place Grands Rapids, Michigan 49503 Attn: Richard.VanDenBerghe II I Mahan &DeSalvo CONSULTING ENGINEERS March 18, 1992 • Duane Griffin City of Tukwila 6200 Southcenter Blvd. Tukwila, Washington 98188 Regarding: 92 -T -03 (Toys R Us Remodel) Sincerely, kd-10 Cr tal Kolke CLK:2 cc: The WDBC Group 50 Monroe Place Grands Rapids, Michigan 49503 Attn: Richard VanDenBerghe S S9a -oouq 1200.5th Avenue, Suite 1910 Seattle, Washington 98101 FAX (206) 6248151 (206) 8248150 Dear Mr. Griffin, We have received information on the proposed project and have reviewed it for compliance with the structural portions of the 1988 Edition of the Uniform Building Code. Our comments follow. Structural 1. All special inspections must be called out on the drawings, as required by Section 306. 2. Due to the eccentric loading condition at the top chord of the modified open -web steel joists, provide calculations that check bending in the top chord. Provide a dimension on the drawings between the centerline of the beam and the 1 -1/4" x 1 -1/4" x 1/4" angle. Please have the applicant respond to the above comments in itemized letter form and resubmit two copies of revised drawings and one copy of revised calculations, as required. All status inquires are to be directed to our receptionist. jMAR19 1992 LA PLAN�;�ra DEPT. ARCFi1TEC rURE • • :1NC • ":ENGINEERING • • r, TNT.EIt(ORS March 11, 1992 Bob Benedicto Senior Plan Examiner City of Tukwila Building Division 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188 The WBDC Group v ,., Richard VanDenBerghe Project Coordinator RV/ Idh: e ;\toys\richardv \tukwila \itrcity . Paul I).Rimers, Jr., FA I A ( :buries A. Gusklli. PE . Harold 0. Sibley, Al' John IL i tIlsnn Pool A, 11uhku, AIA 1VUlilun'J, liu,H • Douglas ;NI, Ilrant, PE Ilcrbcrt 1'. Jcns,n. AlA ( ;mry I,, Jnhntion, l'I: D, Koster, A IA livid I .1les(er, PE Mat land J. Mitchell. AIA ' Robert E. Sell', :NIA John W, IA101(11., (;e4on Dan J. Sandie . 'II l.I 1'1 i() N 1: (6161 235.6000 511 311)NIME I l.AcI:.I;RANO RAPIDS, \i)C'tIl(;AN 47503 • 301511'rEi.EQItAI'II ROAD. sum MO IIINI ;IIA\I FARMS, MI ■8025 '1EI•EPHI)NF (3131642.3'x)9 RE: RESPONSE TO REVIEW COMMENTS DATED 2/19/92 Dear Mr. Benedicto; 1. See Addendum No. C, Alternate #7, Roof Insulation and Energy Calculations attached. 2. See Addendum No. C, Alternate #8, Wall Insulation and Energy Calculations attached, 3. See Addendum No. C, Item #2, Section 7A -1, Part 2. 4. See Addendum No. C, Alternate #9, Insulated Glass. We comply. Square footage of front is 3151 sq. ft., 32% maximum Is 1008 sq. ft. Glass proposed totals 420 sq. ft. Should you need any additional information, please do not hesitate to contact me at (616)235 -6249: Sincerely, .lames Esramillu, I'i': Steven 5, CurnOeli, RA • 'timothy A. Iluclut, AlA .'1 ?dwin C. IeKoi'ie, A IA Uitine Lessien, MA KInL1leSligter, AlA ' ( ;eorgc 1I. Letv1s, ALA Kathleen E. Dassault, PE , . Call, ; 1cGlcntt,1111)' Lorene S. Elzlitglt,ASID, llii), Denis G. lh ititni; %iA Jim ii;1'erro . Ralph W. 11oXle , A1A Dhrebt J. Peucrstcin, ASIA :,Michael L. Perry, .NIA Brian W.I Gard; ALA Steven R. Romst'k, PE Jamcti II. IIIrrlum, PP. 1)uvid A. Ilatier. AIA Kristine L. Hoehn, AlA ' ,. DcnnlsJ. Ilekkel), A IA : Timothy J.,IIul)innn, PE (Gordon I.: Ilcri•idgc, C11'E Jntnc`s IC I InJnurki, CGS Thomas 11'. Bisbee, AIA Grail; II, Ilondorp, ASIA 'Paul I., (lull .JUAnnJuliette Robert 1V, lloverhuf, PE Stark L. Kosher, A IA Raltert II. Ilush, A1;A.( :(:S dL•u•tbt 1V. Katsina, Ili FAX (6161235.6132 FAX 1313) 6414184 E.M.alra I .. MAR 1.2 '1992 CITY Y O : T UKWILA M- .pl..lANNif IGDEPT. 'Glenn I. Monier, l't•:" ` •. Robert P. Klynsntu; PE Michael I), Knisely, AiA . ( ;regoryS.Koenig,MA ' Dlilr I1. Krukcr, It % Patii N, Krcu(iger, ItA Thomas J. Krupimtiky lehrn I.uaksO . Peter C. LaMlourie, RI' Dennis; P. Larkin,PCP,A.I A; tiCI John C. Linton, l'K Thomas 14, Sluthisun ,UA (;,)rd,H, M1yCurty, A IA 'I•hunut\ ( ;, NIctztlurl. ASIA. 'lianas It. ;llurguit, A I A Kohcrt E. I'arhtk, PE • , Richard M, Pratt, A,IA l'atil E. Rood, AlA (rrgury 11. Scull, ASLA Michael J. Slusrel llradle4 • K. Siruder, AICI' Susan S. To) ASH) ilorry A. Terps!rn, AIA': Leonardo F.'fnnthcili, A IA Arthur (. denekluse, i'Is Robert 'I'.11'ullers, Ai 1 Lee A,'W1'urnicg,AlA Sletan \'tst ' .. %Palter 1:.1Yrshm Wad try IL, Williams,' MA A Rirk'I'. Willing er, AI.A Ilrinn R.1Vinkelmann, A IA City of Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 Fire Department Review Control #B92 -0049 Re: Toys R Us - 16700 Southcenter Parkway Dear Sir: March 11, 1992 John W. Rants, Mayor The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by The Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 1. Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. 2. Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the Uniform Fire Code. (UFC 12.106-12.111) Exit doors shall be openable from the inside without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort. Exit doors shall not be locked, chained, bolted, barred, latched or otherwise rendered unusable. All locking devices shall be of an approved type. (UFC 12.106(c)) Gates and barriers installed across an exit shall be of sufficient size as to be capable of opening so that the clear width of the opening is not less than the exit width required by the Building Code. (UFC 12.107(c)) Exit doors shall swing in the direction of exit travel when serving any hazardous area or when serving an occupant load of 50 or more. (UBC 3304(b)) When two or more exits from a story are required, exit signs shall be installed at the required exits and where otherwise necessary to clearly indicate the direction of egress. (UBC 3314(A)) Exits serving more than 50 people shall be illuminated. Page number 2 City of Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 John W. Rants, Mayor 3. Sprinkler protection shall be extended to all areas where required, including all enclosed areas, below obstructions and under overhangs greater than four feet wide. (NFPA 13- 4 -1.1, 4- 4.1.7.1.1, 4- 4.1.7.5, 4- 4.1.7.6.1) All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 25 heads shall have the written approval of the Washington Survey and Rating Bureau, Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers, Kemper, or any other representative designated and /or recognized by The City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #1528) All sprinkler system plans, calculations and the contractors Materials and Test Certificates submitted to The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau must be stamped with the appropriate level of competency seal. (WAC 212 -80) 4. All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #1528) (UFC 10.503) 5. H.V.A.C. units rated at 2,000 cfm require auto- shutdown devices. These devices shall be separately zoned in the alarm panel and local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #1528) Where elevators require smoke detectors to initiate recall, the detectors shall report to afire alarm panel supervised by a City approved U.L. central station. (City Ordinance #1528) 6. All required occupancy separations, area separation walls, and draft -stop partitions shall be maintained and shall be properly repaired, restored or replaced when Page number 3 City of Tukwila FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 improperly installed. (UFC 10.401) John W. Rants, Mayor All interior wall covering materials shall be fire- resistive or shall be treated to be fire - resistive, so as to result in a flame- spread rating as required by UFC Appendix VI -C tables 42A and 42B. A certificate of the flame spread rating is required to be delivered to the Tukwila Fire Department. (UBC 4204) (UFC 10.401) If the building is to be used for the storage of high -piled combustible material (as defined in UFC, Sec. 9.110); automatic fire- extinguishing systems, smoke - removal systems, fire protection and fire separations are required per Uniform Fire Code - Article 81. In double row racks with heights of storage up to and including 25', an average nominal 6" transverse flue space between loads or at rack uprights shall be maintained. (NFPA 231C 4 -3.1) 7. If this store is to remain open during remodel, the following conditons must be observed: (A) Required exits may not be obstructed. (B) Where sprinkler protection is omitted or where demolition is being done, a full height non- combustible barrier must be installed. (C) Where power tools are being used, a minimum 3 foot barrier, excluding the retail shoppers must be installed. (D) Where dust is released and during framing operations, a full height fire - treated (i.e. plastic) barrier must be installed. (E) Work must conform to Uniform Fire Code article City of Tukwila Page number Yours truly, )9/6 y 42 - 4,1/ FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Washington 98188 -7661 (206) 575 -4404 (F) If welding or "hot " work is to be done, a fire department permit is required. The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau John W. Rants, Mayor 02/21:92 12:32 FAX 206 431 3665 DATE March 10, 1992 PROJECT NAME Toys "I ' Us. • CONTACT PERSON Richard VanDe.nB:e.rgh.e. ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER The MC Group PLAN CHECK NUMBER PRE. 92 QQ.7 TYPE OF REVISION: Energy Analysis SHEET NUMBER(S) Not Ratsaued "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revisions and date revisions. TUK PUB WORKS CITY OF TUKWILA 6300 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD TUKWILA, WA 98188 * * REVISION SUBMITTAL * * ADDRESS 16700 $outhcenter Park y', Tukk!tl a, OsMngton. PERMIT NUMBER B92 -0.049. (IS previously issued) PHONE (016 [..2354249 . Energy Code. Compliance. by Addendum ) tC'I and Trace 600 SUBMITTED .TO: Robert Benedict°, Plans Examiner vvi MAR 12 1992 Cif T67 TUKWILA PLANNING DEPT. U003 MEMO 9MAR92• TO: FILE SUBJECT: ROUTING. REVISIONS TO CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS THATARE.PENDING, CONSTRUCTINDETAILS AND WILL NOT :EFFECT LIFE. SAFETY ISSUES. WILL'.ROUTETO FIRE PREVENTION THIS DATE'`TO EXPEDITE ARCHITECTURE PLANNING ENGINEERING INTERIORS• PROJECT: TOYS "R" US 0 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 LOCATION: Tukwila, Washington ADDENDUM NO _a_ TELEPHONE (616) 235-6000 FAx (616) 235.6132 DISTRIBUTION To all Bidders furnishing labor and material necessary and required for above project. All applicable provisions of General and Supplementary Conditions, Instructions to Bidders and all other contract documents apply to this Addendum as though items included herein were part of said Contract Documents as originally issued, Revised Drawings issued herewith: NONE A. SPECIFICATION ITEMS: 1. Section 1D-6, Exhibit A: (Not Reissued) List Alternates 7, 8, and 9 as described below: a, Alternate #7 - Roof Insulation: Base bid requires an "R" value of 26 For Alternate #1 change "R" value to 30.0. Provide taper between old roof and new, b. Alternate #8 - Wall insulation: Base bid requires exterior masonry walls to receive "Korfil" insulation inserts. For Alternate #8 delete masonry insulation inserts and provide 1 -1/2" rigid insulation as specified in Section 7A -1 from finish floor to underside of metal roof deck. Provide 1 -1/2" galvanized metal "Z" furring at 24" on- center with 5/8" type 'x' gypsum wallboard with joints taped, finish and prime coated. Provide finish coating as shown on Room Finish Schedule. Furr and finish out at all door and window openings using drywall corner bead, trim mold, etc. and continuous sealant at perimeters of dissimilar materials. Refer to Seotion 9B for other gypsum drywall requirements. The cast stone cap as shown on Detail 1 on Drawing Al 2 shall overhang inside masonry wall 2 -1/2" instead of 1" This alternate applies to the new exterior walls of the new addition. c. Alternate #9 - Insulated Glass: Base bid requires non - thermal break aluminum frames and windows with 1/4" clear tempered glass at West Elevation, per Specification Sections 8B and 80. For Alternate #3 provide Kawneer #451T clear anodized aluminum thermal break framing system with 1" insulated tempered grey tinted glass instead of non - thermal break frames with 1/4" tempered glass. 2, Section 7A -1 - Part 2: Products: Item 6.1 Change R =5.0 to R =7.0 value min. Ih:e: \toys \addendum \addc.tuk MAR 12 '1992 CITY OF TUKWILA PLANNING DEPT FILE NO: 262991 DATE: 02 -24 -92 T;ar. Air Conditioning Economics 3n: Inane Customer Direct Service Net f/! •41.4lktk /.,R. It /1t•ll*,*ttt /lt.!.RRkAARAARkRR AfttfkkkRRRRARRRRkttRARARR t1kk) I 9t44ft 44f1444! ttf/ 4t1<1!Af1/11411*.ttI *A44f44t)fl tt 441 A R A4 t; toff *AIR4I4t4141* *X T RACE 60 ANALYSIS 44 44 9 •f by Air Density: Air Specific Heat: Density-Specific Heat Prod:. Latent Heat Factor: Enthalpy Factor: At 1! 4ff tftAl 44 k;1 4R A4* At ••44*44A1)AAA4t4R44tRIt4AA4RAt A A lA 411 AAA 04..4! 11 AAA 4 A A 4 to 4R t/ 4418* t; I/, tt* RA R4/t t4• t/t t* R/ Al *AR ;R44t;4AARRAA *ARAA*R1 *AAl *A RARRAII;;At8R TUKWILA, WA. TOYS "R" US LAB FRONT ENTRY ONLY USED R-VALUES PER CODE Weather File Code: SEATTLE, Location: SEATTLE, WASHINGTON Latitude: 47.0 (deg) Longitude: 122.0 (deg) Time Zone: 8 Elevation: 386 (ft) Barometric Pressure: 29.5 (in. Hg) Summer Clearness Number: • 0,95 Winter Clearness Number: 0.95 Summer Design Dry Bulb: 80 (F) • Summer Design .Wet Bulb: 64 (F) Winter Design Dry Bulb: . .26 (F) Summer Ground Relectance: 0,20 Winter Ground Relectance: 0;20 0.0749 (Lbm /cuft) 0,2444 (Btu /lbm /F) 1.0988 (Btu- mint /hr /cuft/F) 4,836!9 (Btu - min, /hr /cuft) .4;4953 (Lb- mint /hr /cult) Design Simulation Period :.June To November System Simulation Period: January.: To December Cooling. Load Methodology: TETD /Time Averaging Time /Date Program was Run: 13i 749, , 2/24/92 Dataset Name: r,jUkWILA'_';EZT� t V 600 PAGE 1 .1'3 118 RC T -CT I Gt ONCION TE 0 • SHINGTON System System Number Type crane Air Conditioning Economics B crane Customer' Direct Service Metwiltk AIRFLOW - ALTERNATIVE 1 SYSTEM SUMMARY (Design Airflow Quantities) Main Auxil. Room Outside Cooling Heating Return Exhaust Supply Exhaust Airflow Airflow Airflow Airflow Airflow. Airflow Airflow (Cfm) (Cfm). (Cfm) (Cfm) . (Cfm) (Cfm) (Cfm) 1 S 0 863 ' 863 1,396 533 0 0 Totals 0 863 863 1,396 533 0 0 CAPACITY - ALTERNATIVE 1 SYSTEM SUMMARY (Design Capacity Quantities) V 600 PAGE , . 2 Cooling Heating Main Sys Aux, Sys. Opt, Cooling Main Sys. Aux, Sys, Preheat Reheat Hunidif. Opt, Vent Heating System System Capacity Capacity Capacity Totals Capacity Capacity Capacity Capacity Car catty Capacity Totals Number Type (Tons) (Tons) (Tons) (Tons) (Btuh) (Btuh) (Btuh) (Btuh) i% uh) (8tuh) (8tuh) r, 1 St 3.7 0,0 0,0. 3,7 - 52,051 0 0 0 0 0 - 52,051 Totals 3,7 0.0 0.0 3,7 - 52,051 0 0 0 0 0 - 52,051 E,NG!INEERI.N6 CHECKS Percent Cooling Heating System Main/, System; Outside Cfm/ Cfm7,. Sq Ft Btuh/ : Cfm/ , Btuh / Floor;Area 'Number : Ausciliary ;:Type.''. Air :' Sq Ft Ton /Ton' " Sq Ft Sq Ft: Sq F,t Sq Ft; 1 Main S2 . 0;00: 0,85 ;232,4 .212,0. 44,13 0,85' -51,54 1,010 .. MAR 12 1992 .. c 'tiKVVILA _____F_LANNING DEPT, The building at hour 15 Month 7 with a capacity of ' 3,7 tons ENGINEERING CHECKS - ALTERNATIVE 1 Trane Air. Conditioning Economics By Trane Customer Direct Service Network 1 Peak SZ fir SINGLE' ZONE • System AAAA "AAAA A,A,AAAA''A "'A COOLING COIL.PEAK AAAA*AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA Peaked at Time = -> Mo/Hr: 7/15 Outside Air =:> OADB /WB /HR: 80/ 64/ 63.0 Space Ret. Air Sens, +Lat, Sensible Envelope Loads (Btuh) (Btuh) Skylite Solr 0 0 Skylite Cond 0 0 Roof Cond 0 2,315 Glass Solar 0 0 Glass Cond 477 ' Wall Cond -560 -101 Partition 0 Exposed Floor 0 Infiltration 0 Sub.Total= => -83 2,214 Internal loads Lights: People Mist Sub Total = => Ceiling Load Outside Air Sup. Fan Heat Ret, Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup OV /UNDR'Sizing Exhaust Heat Terminal' Bypass 2,020 ' 0 5,000 0 .0 7,020 0 559 , -559 0 0 35,415 Grand .Total =>; : 42,911 1,655.. 0 0 Ret. Air Latent (Stub) 0 0 44,567 100.00 COOLING COIL SELECTION Total :Capacity ,,Sens Cap. CoilAirfl :Entering DB /WB /HR. (Tons) (Mbh) (Mbh) (cfm) Deg F Deg F Grains Main Clg 3;7 '44.6 42;1 863 79,7 .`62.5 58.1 Aux Clg 0,0 0;0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0;0: Opt Vent 0.0 0,0 0.0 0 0,0 0,0 0,0 Totals': . 3,7 '44,6 HEATING COIL SELECTION Capacity Coil Airfl Ent .Lvg . ` "(Mbh) (cfm) Deg F`: Deg F Main Htg -52.1 ' 863 70.1 1254' Aux Htg 0,0 0 0.0' 0.0' Preheat =0.0 863 70.1: :34 Reheat . 0.0' 0 humidif 0.0 Opt',Ven.t 0 0 Total' 52;1 Net Percnt Total Of Tot ' (Btuh): (s) 0 0.00 0 0,00 2,315 5.19 0 0,00 477 1,07 -661 -1.48 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 2,131 . 4,78 2,020 5,000 0 7,020 0 0 0 0 35;415 0 4,53 11.22 0.00 15.75 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 0.00 79,47 0,00 0.00 A • A A A Space Sensible (Stub) 0 0. 0 0 477 -560 AIRFLOWS , (cf m) Type. Cooling: Heating Vent . 0 ' 0 Inf.il 0 533.. Supply 863 '. 863 :Mincfm 0 , 0 Return 863. 863. .. Exhaust 0 0. Rm Fxh `0 0 0 0 0 .0' -83 2,020 4,92 2,500 6,09 0 0.00 4,520 11.01 1,193 2.91. 0 0,00 0.00 0.00 0.00 86.28 0.00 0.00. 35,415 41,046 100.00 Leaving DO /WB /HR Deg F Deg 'F "Grains 34.7 34.7 ' 30.7. 0,0 0.0. 0.0 0.0 X0.0 , 0.0. A A. Part ExF1 r' Roof .Wal.l -- ENGINEERING CHECKS -- .Clg 1 OA 0,0 Clg Cfm /Sgft 0,85 Clg Cfm /Ton 232.40 Cl s Soft /Ton 271:95 Clg Btuh /Sgft 44.13 No, People. 10 Htg o OA ' 0.0 Htg Cfm /SgFt Htg Btuh /SgFf 751,51: 0 0 0 -603 0 0 120 1,010: 2,664 MAR 12 1992 CITY Ot= PLANNING DEPT. 0 0 0. 0 0 V 600 PAGE 3 " CLG SPACE PEAK 'A "'AA ' HEATING COIL PEAK AAAAAAAA Mo /Hr: 7/15 A Mo /Hr: 13/ 1 OADB: 80 '. OADB; 26 Percnt ' Space Peak Coil Peak Percnt Of Iot ' Space Sens Tot Sens Of Tot { ° s) • (Btuh) (Stub) (3) 0.00 0 0 ' 0.00 0.00 0 0 0.00 0.00 0 - -1,470 2,82 0,00 0 0 0.00 1.16 - 11,499 -11,499 22,09 -1.36 • -8,306 -9,226 .17.72 0.00 0 0 0,00 0.00 • -2,926 -2,926 5.62 0,00 ' 26,931 - 26,931 51.74 -0.20 49,661 - 52,051 100,00 0 0 0 0 0. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 752,051 100.00 AREAS Gross Total ` Glass (sf) ,. ( %) Floor fl . '1,010 0 426. `16 - -TEMPERATURES (F)- Type .Clg Htg SADB 34.7 125.0 Plenum 79.7 70.1 Return :79.7 70.1 Ret/OA,. 79,7 ' 10.1 Runarnd 78.0: 72.0 Fn Mtr.TD' 0.0 0.0 Fn B1dTD ,' Q.0 ' 0.0 Fn Frict 0.0 0.0 Trane Air Conditioning Economics lr By Trane Customer Direct Service Netwo COOLING LOADS AT COIL PEAK, - ALTERNATIV 1 AIRFLOW COOLING LOADS (At time of Coil Peak) Ventilation Optional Ventilation Bypass Ov /Undr Room Airflow 'Sensible Latent Airflow Sensible Latent Airflow Sensible Latent Sizing Number. Description (Cfm) (Btuh) (Btuh) (Cfm) (Btuh) (Btuh) (Cfm) (Btuh) (Btuh) (Btuh) 1 ENTRY 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 35,415. Zone 1 Total /Ave, 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 35,415 Zone 1 Block 0 0 0. 0 0 Q 0 0 0 35,415 System 1 Total /Ave, 0 0 0 •. 0 0 0 0 0 0 35,415 Sysi.ei: 1 Block 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0. 0 35,415 HEATING LOADS AT COi!. PEAK - ALTERNATIVE 1 AIRFLOW HEATING LOADS (At time of Coil Peak) -- Ventilation -- - - -- Op. Vent, - - -- - --- - Reheat - -- -- -- -- Humidif, - - -- Room Airflow . Sensible Airflow Sensible Airflow Sensible Airflow Latent Total ' Number 'Description. (Cfm) (Btuh) .•(Cfm) (Btuh) (Cfm) (Btuh) (Cfm) (Btuh) (Btuh) 1 ENTRY 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 . Zone . . 1 Total /Ave, 0 '0 0. 0 0 0 0 0 0 Zone .; . 1 Block '0 0 0, 0 0 0 0 ' 0 0 System 1 Total /Ave, 0 0: 0' 0 0 '0 .0 .0 • 0 System I. Block 0 0. 0 .0 . 0 0 0 0 ' 0 V 600 PAGE 4 MAR 1.2 1992 C:; i:l . I o.i K Wkti t.A Irene Air Conditioning Economics By Irene Customer Direct Service Netw COOLING AIRFLOW HEAT GAT.V, /LOSS - ALTER ftVE 1 Room Number 1 ENTRY Zone .1 Total /Ave, Zone 1 : Block System 1 Total /Ave. System .1. ,Block Room Number Description 1 ENTRY Zone 1 Total /Ave. :Zone ': 1` Block System 1. , Total /Ave, System. 1' 'Block Room Number 1 ENTRY Zone 1 Total /Ave. System 1 Total /Ave, Building Duct Supply Heat Fan Pickup Heat Description' (Btuh) (Btuh) BUILDING U- VALUES - ALTERNATIVE 1 Supply Fan Heat (Btuh) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 HEATING AIRFLOW HEAT GAIN /LOSS - ALTERNATIVE 1 0 0 0 0 Summr Description Part, ExF1r Skylt 0.000 0.530 0.000 0,000 0.530 0.000 0.000 0.530 0.000 0.000 0.530 0.000 AIRFLOW HEAT GAIN AND LOSS (At time of Coil Peak) Return System Fan Exhaust Heat Heat Loss (Btuh) (Btuh) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 AIRFLOW HEAT GAIN AND LOSS (At time of Coil Peak) Return System Fan ' Exhaust Heat Heat Loss (Btuh) (Btuh) 0 0 0 0 0 0. 0 0 0 -VAl U6S. 0.000 0.033 0.560 0.000 0.033 0.560 0.000 :0,033 0.560 0.000 0.033 0,560 0 0 0 Cooling Room U- Values (Btu/hr/sqft/F) Wintr Summr Wintr Skylt Roof Windo Windo Wall Ceil. System Room Run System Exhaust Exhaust Ducted Pleoui Around Corridr Return Total'Airflow Airflow Airflow Airflow Airflow Airflow Airflow (Btuh) (Cfm) (Cfm) (Cfm) (Cfm) (Cfm), (Cfm) (Cfm) 0 0. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C63 0 . 0 863 0 0 863 0 0 863 0 0 863 Heating System Room Run ' System Exhaust Exhaust Ducted Plenum Around Corridr Return Total Airflow Airflow Airflow Airflow Airflow Airflow Airflow (Btuh) '(Cfm) (Cfm) (Cfm) (Cfm) (Cfm) . (Cfm) (Cfm) 0 0 0 0 863 0 0 0 0 863' 0 0 0 0 863 0 0 0 0 863 0. 0' 0 863 0.587 0.090 0.317 0.587 0,090 0.317 0,587 0 0.317 0,587` 10,090 0,317 Room Mass '(lb/ sqft) Room Capac, (Btu/ sgft /F 351.3 70.39 351.3 70,39 351,3 70.39. 351,3 70,39 ft:' �GaE Zij i[) CITY" ow TUKWILA PLANNING DEPT, MAR 1 2 ;1992 0 0. 0 0 0 V 600 PAGE 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 863 0 0 863 0 0 863 0 0 . . 863 0 0 863 863 863 863 863 863 Trane Air Conditioning Economics fly; Trane Customer Direct Service Net BUILDING AREAS - ALTERNATIVE 1 ASHRAE 90 ANALYSIS BUILDING AREAS Overall Roof U -Value - 0.033 (Btu /Hr /Sq Ft /F) Overall Wall:U -Value 0,165 (Btu /Hr /Sq Ft /F) Overall. Building U -Value = 0.129 (Btu/Hr/Sq Ft /F) Roof Overall Thermal Transfer Value 'Coma= 1,78 (Btu /Hr /Sq Ft) Wall Overall Thermal Transfer, Value (OTTVw) 0.20 (Btu /Hr /Sq Ft) Floor Total Exposed Number of Area /Dupl Floor Partition Floor Skylight Skl Net Roof Window Win Net Wall Room Duplicate Room Area Area Area Area /Rf Area Area /Wl Area Number Description Flr Rm (sqft) (sqft) (sqft) (sqft) (sqft) (%) (sqft) (sqft) ( %) (sqft) 1 ENTRY 1 1 1,010 1,010 0 120 0 0 1,010 426 16 2,238 Zone 1 Total /Ave, 1,010 0 120 0 0 1,010 426 16 2,238 System 1 Total /Ave, 1,010 0 120. 0 0 1,010 426 16 2,238 Building 1,010 0 120 0 0 1,010 426 16 2,238 ASHRAE 90 ANALYSIS - ALTERNATIVE 1 �M. 9AR 1 .1992 Crry OF t)KWIL \ FJi A I�SING DEPT. V 600 PAGE 6 TRACE Easy input file G: \TUKWILA,EZT by Tra,stomer Direct Service Network Alternative 01 01 Card - Job Information Project: TUKWILA, WA, Client: TOYS "R" US Program User: LAB Comments: FRONT ENTRY ONLY USED R- VALUES PER CODE Load Section Alternative it Heating: Heating Heating . Room T'stat.: T'stat Design . DB Driftpoint Sched 72 Room Hum 1 Roof Room : Roof Equal to Roof Num Num Floor? Length 1. 1 : . YES Wall RJom Wall Wall Wall 4.Wa1d Constr. Num Num Length Height =U =Yal fe Type 1 l 182 1 409'F 64 1 2 100 23 l 0% . 64 182 1 x,Qg 6 4 = -1 iZ { 08 Card 1st Month Last Month Peak Cooling Weather Building Cooling Cooling Cooling Load Hot Chilled Code Orient Simulation Simulation Load Hr Method Electricity Gas Oil Steam Water Water Coal SEATTLE 20 Card Zone Floor to ,Duplicate Duplicate Mass I Cooling Room Cooling Room Ref _"Boor Floor Floor Plenum Floor ':Floors Rooms per 1 Hrs Room Design T'stat ' Num Num Description Length Width Height Height ;Multiplier Zone Average Design DB RH Sched 1 1 ' ENTRY. 101 10 23 78 40 Pct. Glass Roof PRoof Const Roof .Roof Roof SkyLight:SkyLight or No of Skylight Shading Width U- Value. Type` Direction' Tilt Alpha Length' Width. Windows U- Value Coeff . 49 24 Card Pct Glass External Wall • Wall Wall Glass Glass or. No, of Glass Shading Shading Direction ` Tilt: Alpha. Length Width Windows U- Value Coeff Type , 60 1" i .56 366 1 1 .56 MAR 12 1992 cur) t)1.t 111*llts.$G Page 01 TR.lCE'Easy input file G: TUKVILA.EZT by Trane Direct Service Network Alternative 11 Room People Lights Vent Infil Num Sched Sched Sched Sched Ventilation Room ---Cooling---- —Heating-- HUD Value Units Value Units 1 Sys Set Au; Sys TYPe S2 Cool Fans Sched System Section Alternative 01' 26 Card Heat Room Fan Exhaust People People People People Light Sched Sched Value Units Sens Latent Value 10 PEOPLE 250 250 2 29 Card Infiltration - -- Cooling - - -- - -- Heating - - -- Reheat Minimum --- Cooling - - -- Value Units Value Units Value Units Value Uniti .2 CFM -SF 31 Card • Roan Partition. Partition Partition Partition Const Temp Cooling Heating Nun Number Length Height U -Value Type Flag Temp Temp 1 .1 40 Card Cool Heat. Return Mn Exh Rn Exh Fan Fan Fan Fan Fan Begin End Begin End Begin End SP SP SP SP SP 1. 1 ---- Slab -On- Grade - - -- Perimeter Loss Length Caefficent 120 .53 I" NCe Light . 111st Units Fact 11111H-SF MAR 12 1992 CITY TUKWILA PLANNING DEPT. Page 92 Percent Light to RA .ARCHITECTURE PLANING ENGINEERING INTERIORS. 0 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 PROJECT: TOYS 'R' US LOCATION: Tukwila, Washington DISTRIBUTION Revised Drawings issued herewith: AO thru E9 5. Drawing D3: ADDENDUM NO _A__ TELEPHONE (616) 235 -6000 52 s • R ..._.. ` ;CT OtJ G. NCIO I TE OF WASHINGTON FAX (616) 235-6132 " ' _CEIUED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 1 3 199; PERMIT CENTER 40— To all Bidders furnishing labor and material nece sary a project. • •0 W4sh, FILE NO: 262991 DATE: 02 -11 -92 ° A la/2/4 40 cr ' ' 0 ' / 26426 i above All applicable provisions of General and Supplementary Conditions, Instructions to Bidders and all other contract documents apply to this Addendum as though items included herein were part of said Contract Documents as originally issued. A. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING ITEMS: 1. Drawing AO: Added note 'For Information Only" for Sheet A14 (vertical lift details). Added Drawing E4.1, Mezzanine Level Lighting Plan. 2. Drawing C3: a. Added to Note at Detail #5: 'See Spec. Section 3,16.6." b. Detail #2: Added curb section and related notes and dimensions. c. Sidewalk plan (Detail 1): Show concrete curb on plan. 3. Drawing Dl: a. Added note in Truck Dock area to: "refer to drawing A3 for new column footing and demo concrete slab as required.' b. Added note: "along Column Line 9 between G and H to Demo. existing curb as required by A.D.A. Standards and refer to drawing Al for new door.' c. Added reference to demo Note #3 'along Column Line 1 between Columns A and D." d. Added reference to demolition Note #4 to 'demo CMU wall for new C.P.U. door - refer to Drawing A5.' 4, Drawing D2: Added to note in Truck Dock area: 'Framing to be repaired or replaced as required at new location.' a. Added note: 'Along south wall, remove concrete block wall due to addition of Door #27 (refer to Drawing Al).' ADDENDUM A TOYS "R" US TUKWILA, WASHINGTON WBDC FILE NO. 262991 February 11, 1992 Page 2 b. Added note: 'Along north wall, remove concrete block wall due to addition of Door #28 (refer to Drawing Al)'. 6. Drawing Al: a. Added to General Notes ( #7 - #20). b. Added General Construction Notes (A - K). c. Revised stair at enlarged C.P.U. and Service Plan. d. Added Door No. 27 to plan and dimensions to locate it. e. Revised VCT limits in Sales Area to 'new" VCT limits. f. Revised Stair #3 on plan and added note to "extend handrail to end of chute with support post." g. Revised number for Electrical Room from #116 to #123. h. Eliminated Tower #120 from plan. I. Added C.P.U. Vestibule #116, including Doors #18 and #28. I. Renumbered Equipment Room from #119 to #105. k. Renumbered Computer Room from #105 to #122. I. Renumbered Count Room from #122 to #120. 7. Drawing Al A: a. Added General Notes ( #7 - #20). b. Added General Construction Notes (A - K). c. Stair Identification added (Stair #1, #2, #3 and #4). d. Added Guard Rail Notes for Stair #2, Stair #3, and Stair #4. e. Indicated area and added note to: "fill In existing 12' x 12' opening in Mezzanine floor (refer to Drawing S2)." f. Added note: "Sales area face of mezzanine above to be repaired and refinished In accordance with specifications." Revised dimensions at Stair #4. ADDENDUM A TOYS "R' US TUKWILA, WASHINGTON WBDC FILE NO. 262991 February 11, 1992 Page 3 8. Drawing A2: a. Add Detail #1: 'Lift Plan at Mezzanine." b. Add elevation of removable gates. c. Add Detail #2 and #3: Stair Plans. d. Add Detail #2A: Section at chute and mezzanine floor. e. Add Detail #4A: Railing detail at stairway only. f. Add Detail #4: Railing detail at Lift only. g. Revise detail cut at Section #13 to #2 from #5. h. Detail #16: Add dimension to Column Line 6. I . Detail #16A: Add steel angle and aluminum closure in lieu of steel plate and existing beam. J. Detail #17: Revise detail cut at section from #7 to #3. Drawing A3: a. Indicated footing below at new Column at H.5 and 4.8. b. Added lift pit Detail #3. c. Section #2: Added Note: 'Pre- finished counter flashing to match hood.' d. Enlarged lift area #1: Add Section cut #3-3 -3 and note: 'existing stairway to Mezzanine above, Modify existing handrails per Detail 3 -5-4 on Drawing A4." 10. Drawing A4: a. Remove Details #3 and #4A (Railing Details), b. Stair Section #3: Add dimensions and rail spacings. C. Add Detail #4 (tile detail). . Add Detail #6 (shelf details). e. Revise Elevation L to be F and refer to Detail #8 -4-4. . Revise dimension in Enlarged Restroom Plans. ADDENDUM A TOYS "R" US TUKWILA, WASHINGTON WBDC FILE NO. 262991 February 11, 1992 Page 4 11. Drawing A5: a. In the enlarged Vestibule Plan: Added room name and number for Security Room #102 and Janitor #112, modified (2) section cuts in Service Area and (1) section cut on stair and Security area. Revised office layout to the north of the Service area (including room numbers). b. Added Detail #5 (C.P.U. Vestibule plan details). c. Revise detail cut numbering on Details #1 and #4). 12. Drawing A6: a. Revised Enlarged Plan to eliminate the Control Tower and added C.P.U. at northwest corner. Dimensions and notes to reflect the same. b. Added ceiling over Computer Room (detail #4) and notes relating to construction for that ceiling. c. Revised elevation of Count Room and Director's Office by eliminating the Control Tower. d. Raised top of wall (beyond) to match 10' -0' height for Section #1 (thru Count Room). 13. Drawing A7: a. Revised Door #18. b. Changed door widths of Doors #19, #20, and #21 to 2' -8 c. Added Doors #27 and #28. d. Added Room #123 to Room Schedule. a. Revised requirements for Room #122. 14. Drawing AS: a. Added detail "partial Left Elevation ". b. Added C.P.U, canopy and note to front elevation. c. Added roof line note to front elevation. d. Added CMU note to front elevation, e. Added cart curb note to front elevation: ADDENDUM A TOYS "R" US TUKWILA, WASHINGTON WBDC FILE NO. 262991 February 11, 1992 Page b 15. Drawing A9: a. Details #1 and #3: Added note to all new support angle at roof deck. b. Detail #3: 'added top of masonry and top of steel elevations.' 16. Drawing A10: a. Added Roof Plan Notes A -E and 1 -34. b. Changed detail notes on Detail 3. c. Added roof leader and guard note to Roof Plan. d. Added coping. 17. Drawing All: a, Added notes to Details #1, #2, #8, #9 and #10.' b. Changed dimensions to Details #4 and #5. c. Changed Column 1.0 on Details #6 and #7. d. Revised dimensions and notes on Detail 7. 18, Drawing Al2: a. Added Reflected Ceiling Plan Note #6. b. Added Detail #5 (flashing detail at C.P.U. canopy). c, Added Detail #11 (socket and filler cap detail). d. Added suspended ceiling seismic bracing details. 19. Drawing A14:L a. Removed Detail #6 (lift pit detail). b. Added note: "For Information Only'. B. STRUCTURAL DRAWING ITEMS: 1. Drawing Si: (Reissued) . For Reference Only. ADDENDUM A TOYS "R" US TUKWILA, WASHINGTON WBDC FILE NO. 262991 February 11, 1992 Page 6 2. Drawing S2: (Reissued) a. Added notes to the Steel Lintel Schedule. b. Added RTU roof frame and note to the Roof Framing Plan. 3. Drawing S3: (Reissued) a. Deleted stud and drywall on Detail No. 2. b. Added seismic reinforcement to typical lintel drawing detail. C. MECHANICAL DRAWING ITEMS: 1. Drawing M1 and M2: (Reissued) a. Added door heat to C.P.U. Vestibule #116 and renumber 1, 2, 3, and 4. b. Relocated RTU -7 to the south side of Computer Room #105. 2. Drawing M3: (Reissued) Revised Section 3 -2-3. 3. Drawing M4: Added DH -5 to Door Heater Schedule. 4. Drawing P1: Revised location of Computer Room. D. ELECTRICAL DRAWING ITEMS: 1. Drawing El: (Reissued) Revised notes for clarification, 2. Drawing E2: (Reissued) Relocate sola transformer to above new location of Computer Room to correspond with architectural changes. 3. Drawing E4: (Reissued) a. Added lighting for new C.P.U. Vestibule. b. Modification to equipment and Computer Room lighting detail to accommodate new ceiling in Computer Room. c. Added exit lighting for new Door #27 in southeast corner of building. 4. Drawing E4.1: (New Drawing) Mezzanine Level Lighting Plan, 5: Drawing E6: (Reissued) Modify Power Plan to accommodate architectural changes.. 1 � gfi Mahan&DeSalvo CONSULTING ENGINEERS February 26, 1992 Duane Griffin City of Tukwila 6200 Southcenter Blvd. Tukwila, Washington 98188 Regarding: 92 -T -03 (Toys R Us. Remodel) q a- 0 I 1200.5th Avenue, Suite 1910 Seattle, Washington 98101 FAX (206) 6248151 (206) 6248150 Dear Mr. Griffin, We have received information on the proposed project and have reviewed it for compliance with the structural portions of the 1988 Edition of the Uniform Building Code. Our comments follow. Structural 1. Remove the note "For Use When Required by Uniform Building Code" from Sheet S1. All special inspections referenced must be specific for this project. 2. Section 3/S3; provide specific as -built details of open web steel joist modifications at all conditions. Calculations must be provided that thoroughly check the revised load path and other effects of these modifications on the steel joists. 3. Where steel beams have been relocated, provide details showing new end connections. Typically, end connections are missing from the drawings, clarify all conditions. 4. Provide additional information on the drawings to show footing reinforcing where the new TS column was added at grid 5/J.5. Please have the applicant respond to the above comments in itemized letter form and resubmit two copies of revised drawings and one copy of revised calculations, - as required. All status inquires are to be directed to our receptionist. Sincerely, Crystal Kolke CLK:1 roze& cc: The WDBC Group 50 Monroe Place �.� ----° Grands Rapids, Michigan 49503 go \ F EB 2 71992 Attn: Richard VanDenBerghe CITY OF 7UK T PLANNING DE 2/19/92 PERMIT # B92 -0049 (PENDING) PROJECT: TOYS -R -US CONTACT: Richard VanDenBerghe 50 Monroe Place Grand Rapids, MI 49503 RE: Building Division plan review comments. Dear Mr. VanDenBerghe: The initial plan review has been completed by Building Division, and additional clarifications /revisions are necessary to show compliance with the Washington State Energy Code. New additions to'existing buildings must meet all requirements of the Energy Code. Following are prescriptive, requirements for building elements for a new addition to a commercial building in climate zone I: 1. Roof/ ceilings R - 30 2. Exterior walls R - 11 3. Slab on grade floors R - 7 4. Glazing type Double, min. air space between glazing = 1/2 " 5. Max. total glazing area: 32% The approach to Energy Code compliance may be accomplished by the installation of thermal insulation as noted above, or by the development of calculations as prescribed in chapter 5 of the Washington State Energy Code. Please resubmit two copies of the information or revisions developed. If you have any questions, you may call me weekdays between the hours of 8:30 am and 5:00 pm, P.S.T. 206/431 -3670. Si,nce3{ely, Robert Ben icto, Plans Examiner CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION DATE PROJECT NAME . TYPE OF REVISION: r CITY OF TUKWILA 6300 SOUTHCENI ER BOULEVARD TUKWILA, WA 98188 PERMIT NUMBER (If previously issued) PLAN CHECK NUMBER * * REVISION SUBMITTAL * * ADDRESS CONTACT PERSON PHONE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER SHEET NUMBER(S) "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revisions and date revisions. SUBMITTED TO: MEMORANDUM TO: B92 -0049 FROM: RSB DATE: 2/21/92 SUBJECT: BUILDING DIVISION PLAN REVIEW STATUS TRANSMITTED INITIAL REVIEW COMMENTS TO WBDC GROUP THIS DATE.., FINDINGS WILL' REQUIRE REVISIONS TO PLANS. ROUTING ON HOLD UNTIL THIS IS RESOLVED. 2/19/92 PERMIT # PROJECT: CONTACT: B92 -0049 (PENDING) .TOYS -R -US Richard VanDenBerghe 50 Monroe Place Grand Rapids, MI 49503 RE: luilding Division plan review comments. Dear Mr. VanDenBerghe: The initial plan review has been completed by Building Division, and additional clarifications /revisions are necessary to show compliance with the Washington State Energy Code. New additions to existing buildings must meet all requirements of the Energy Code. Following are prescriptive, requirements for building elements for a new addition to a commercial building in climate zone I: 1. Roof/ ceilings 2. Exterior walls 3. Slab on grade ,floors 4. Glazing type 5. Max. total glazing area: The approach to Energy Code compliance may be accomplished by the installation of thermal insulation as noted above, or by the development of calculations as prescribed in chapter 5 of the Washington State Energy Code. Please resubmit two copies of the information or revisions developed. If you have any questions, you may call me weekdays between the hours of 8:30 am and 5:00 pm, P.S.T. 206/431 -3670. Since -ely, ae Ro•ert Bene6icto, Plans Examiner CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 30 R - 11 R - 7 Double, between 32% min. air space glazing = 1/2 " MEMORANDUM TO: B92 -0049 TOYS -R -US FROM: RSB DATE: 2/21/92 SUBJECT: ADDENDUM B THIS ADDENDUM CONFIRMS THE BUILDING TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION NOTED IN PEN ON COVER SHEET. A. COPY OF THIS ADDENDUM SHOULD BE ATTACHED TO THE APPROVED PLANS SINCE IT DIRECTS ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING FOR THEIR RESPECTIVE EQUIPMENT. PROPOSED CONTRACTOR STAGING AREA IS SHOWN ON SKETCH. NO CONCERNS FROM BUILDING. HOWEVER, PLNG. SHOULD: NOTE THAT 37 PARKING SPACES WILL BE UNAVAILABLE FOR DURATION OF PROJECT. AR( i min( UJit PL ANNING NGINI.i RING 1NTF TRANSMITTAL 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 PROJECT: TOYS "R "US REMODEL LOCATION: 16700 SOUTH CENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 TO: CITY OF TUKWILA RE: ADDENDUM NO, B COPIES ATT, DENISE MALLARD DESCRIPTION 2 ADDENDUM NO, B TELEPHONE (616) 235.6000 FAX (616) 235.6132 NOTES: IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS I CAN BE REACHED AT (616)235 -6249 PLEASE ADD TO PERMIT SET YOUR # PRE 92 -007 CC :BOB COCCHI, RICK THAMES; TOYS FILE NO: 262991 r1ATF 914A1119 We are sending you the following material: X herewith separate cover DRAWING NOS. DATED CS K -B.1, ES K -A.1 2/17/1992 CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 211992 PERMIT CENTER BY: RICHARD VAN DEN BERGHE THE WBDC GROUP ARCHITECTURE PLANNING • ENGINEERING INTERIORS' 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 PROJECT: TOYS "R" US LOCATION: Tukwila, Washington B. CIVIL DRAWING ITEMS: Ih: e: \toys \addendum \addb,tuk ADDENDUM NO-E- TELEPHONE (616) 235.6000 Revised Drawings issued herewith: Sketch CSK -B.1 A. PRE -BID CONFERENCE NOTES: (Issued herewith) FAX (616) 235.6132 59R7 FILE NO: 262991 DATE: 02 -19 -92 iittil5 ED G. i LION STATE OF WASHINGTON DISTRIBUTION To all Bidders furnishing labor and material necessary and required for above project. All applicable provisions of General and Supplementary Conditions, Instructions to Bidders and all other contract documents apply to this Addendum as though items included herein were part of said Contract Documents as originally issued. 1. Pre -Bid Conference Notes dated 2- 13 -92, shall be incorporated as part of the Construction Documents for this project and shall become part of the Construction Agreement between Toys "R" Us and the Contractor. 1. Drawing C2: (Not Reissued) Added area Indicating where Contractor Staging Area shall be located as shown on Sketch CSK -B.1. C. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING ITEMS: 1. Drawing AO: (Not Reissued) Change construction type from 3 -N to 2 -N under Building Criteria of the Code Summary Block. 2, Drawing 03: (Not Reissued) Complete note on Front Elevation to read "Exterior wall pack, typical (Refer to electrical drawings). RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA D. ENGINEERING DRAWING ITEMS: FEB 2 1 1992 1. Drawings Ml, P1 and El: (Not Reissued) Add the following General Note: PERMIT CENTER "Mechanical and Electrical Contractor shall provide sufficient anchorage and bracing of all ductwork, mechanical and electrical equipment, piping, conduits, electric water heater and all other related equipment so to resist all forces caused by equipment loads under seismic requirements of state and local building code provisions." 2. Drawing El: (Not Reissued) Reword General Note #25 to read: Electrical Contractor shall provide sufficient anchorage and bracing to resist all forces caused by equipment loads under seismic requirements of local building code provisions. 3. Drawing E4:• Sketch - Revise lighting under Mezzanine near diaper rack as shown. THE WBDC GROUP ARCHITECTURE PLANNING EN INTERIORS 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 ADDENDUM NO. • SKETCH — A-- 1 TELEPHONE (616) 2356000 FAX (616) 235-6132 FILE NUMBER: V.-14: 1 DATE: 2/2 jc32, uz PROJECT: Tc7•.(` ' US LOCATION: 'rLA wW ( L/s- 1 )6.‘ r -- C23 23 21 M2 F Wimp_ 2' H1 Ns C21 C23 C21 . 9 r . , . C23 20 H) HI 20 Ii HI 21 —C 2— C21 C23 C21 21 21 _ H9 C23 C2% C' 3 C21.12, IIILl itr C �C z 10 CORD k PLL EXISTING TO FI0 -20 REMAIN C21 C23 C21 C23 PI 1 111 � 1 0 C , I.410 20A-6f60 THE: WBDC GROUP . ARCHITECTURE ' PLANNING ENGINEERING INTERIORS 50 MONROE )'LACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 monworsoloommem■looloallollallonommemloolumuldt walsof ADDENDUM NO, SKETCH / 3„ / TELEPHONE (616) 235-6000 FAX (616) 2.35-6132 FILE NUMBER: Zt Z97/ DATE: FES. /7, /992 PROJECT: TOYS "57" UY LOCATION: TUKWI L A 1 WA, PA ZTIA -L SITE P11-Mi 4SWDW /A/6 THE CDNT2ACTOZ A EA. CONTRACTQK .;STAGING silk► 'hih 664hih aikitaiiviati. _. „ W// 6- G2 • . 29A4/89 February 14,. 1992,' 6200 Southcenter Boulevard • Tukwila, Washington 98188 John W. Rants, Mayor Mahan & DeSalvo, Inc. Consulting Engineers 1200 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1910 Seattle, WA 98101 Regarding: 92 -T -03: Toys R Us (B92-0049) Please do structural review per U.B.C., 1988 Edition. Sincerely, . 00±2C) Shellie L. Bates Permit Technician • ARCI IrrELTUR1. 'PLANNING I NGINIERINci .1N'fIiRIORS. 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 PROJECT: TOYS'R'US REMODEL LOCATION: 16700 SOUTH CENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA,WA 98188 TO: CITY OF TUKWILA RE: PERMIT SET ATT. DENISE MALLARD COPIES DESCRIPTION 2 1 1 6 8 2 1 1 TRANSMITTAL TELEPHONE (616) 235 -6000 FAX (616) 235 -6132 We are sending you the following material: X herewith separate cover DRAWING NOS. DATED FILE NO: 262991 DATE: 2/13/92 PERMIT SETS W/ SPEC'S A -0 TO E -9 2/13/92 BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION 2/13/92 UTILITY PERMIT & ATTACHMENTS 1.A,1.B,1.0 2/13/92 SITE DRAWINGS C -2 & C3 2/13/92 ADDENDUM NO. A PG'S 1 -6 2/13/92 STRUC. CALC'S 18 PG'S EACH 12/4/91 CHECK,FOR PLAN REVIEW& PERMIT $527.50 02/11/92 LEGAL DESCRIPTION N/A N/A NOTES: IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS I CAN BE REACHED AT (616)236 -6249 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 13 PERMIT CENTER BY: RICHARD VAN DEN BERGHE CITY OF TUKWILA Department of Community Development - Building Division Phone: (206) 431 -3670 PRE - APPLICATION FILE NO PRE 9 2 - 0 0 7 PROJECT: TOYS R U S MEETING DATE: 0 2_13_92 TIME: 2 SITE ADDRESS: 16700 Southcenter PY DATE CHECKLIST MAILED: 02 BY: DLM STAFF PRESENT O Building (431 -3670) O Fire (575 -4404) O Planning (431 -3680) O Public Works (433 -0179) ❑ Parks & Rec (433 -1843) El Police (433 -1804) Permit Center (431-3670) ❑ Other: ( - ) APPLICANT / REPRESENTATIVES PRESENT Contact Person Name Richard VanDen Berghe Company/Title W B D C Group Street Address 5 0 Monroe P1 Street Address Name Company/Title Street Address Name Company/Title Street Address Name Company/Title Street Address Name Company/Title Street Address CITY OF TUKWILA PRE- APPLICA; ON PROCESS MEETING ATTE ANCE RECORD NAMES I TITLES Duane Griffin /Building Official Steve Kohler /Fire Prevention Denni Shefrin /Associate Planner Phil Fraser /Senior Development Planner Tom Kilberg /Crime Prevention Denise Millard /Permit Coordinator 461 From Rd Others Name Jim Matthews Present Company/Title Toys R U s / A r c h i t e c t u r a l Rick Thames Toys R BS Construction 1624 Amy CT City /State /Zip G r a n d Rapids, M I 4950 Project Manager City /State /Zip Phone City /State /Zip City /State /Zip 6300 Southcenter Boulevard — #100 Tukwila Washington 98188 Phone 616 235 -6249 Phone 201 599 -7825 City /State /Zip Paramus New Jersey 076E Phone 209 462 -2311 Project Manager City /State /Zip Stockton CA 95206 Phone Phone CITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION - PERMIT CENTER E =APP iCATION.iriLE MEETING DA TE :_ t Tlnll ., SITE Ab E $a BUILDING DIVISION IVoYE The 1911 UV_ U Inc , tho . /Lot 1. Comply with the Uniform Building Code, 1988 Edition. be uric. n +mo tie emu. ("I ) er / a, 2. Comply with the Uniform Mechanical Code, 1988 Edition. i s L2cc e cx.PP 3. Comply with the Washington State Energy Code, .11490=R9 l Edition. Provide energy calculations stamped by a Washington State licensed architect or engineer (see attached format). 2 4. Comply with Washington State Barrier Free Code, 1990 Edition. 5. Apply for and obtain the following Building Division permits and approvals through the Permit Center: • Building Permit • Rack Storage • Mechanical Permit • Demolition (building) • Other: 121 6. All applications and plan submittals must be complete in order to be accepted by the Permit Center for plan review. Use the Plan Submittal Checklist provided on the reverse of the application forms to verify that all the necessary materials and Information has been supplied. 7. Construction drawings must be stamped by a Washington State licensed architect. 8. Structural drawings and calculations must be stamped by a Washington Stated licensed structural engineer. 9. A boundary survey prepared by a Washington State Registered Land Surveyor must be submitted as part of the Building Permit application. 10. Temporary erosion control measures shall be included on plans. Normally, no site work will be allowed until erosion control measures are in place. n 11. Rockeries are not permitted over 4' in height. Retaining structures over 4' in height must be engineered re- taining walls, and require a permit. 12. All rack storage requires a permit and rack storage over 8' high must be designed for Seismic Zone 3. A Washington State structural engineers stamp will be required on plans and structural calculations submitted for rack storage over 8' high. 13. Construction documents shall include special inspection requirements as specified in Sections 302(c) and 306 of the Uniform Building Code. Notify the Building Official of testing lab hired by architect or owner prior to permit issuance date. The contractor may not hire the testing lab. 14. Construction documents shall contain soils classification information specified In Table 29 -B of the Uniform Building Code, stamped and signed by Washington State licensed architect or engineer in responsible charge of the structural design work. 15. Demolition permits are required for removal of any existing buildings or structures. 16. Comply with UBC Appendix Chapter 35, Sound Transmission Control (R -1 occupancy group). 17. Obtain approvals and permits from outside agencies: ELECTRICAL PERMIT /INSPECTIONS are obtained through the Department of Labor and industries (277 - 7272). E PLUMBING PERMIT /INSPECTIONS are obtained through King County Health Department (Inspec- tions: 296 -4767; Permits: 296 - 4727). ('— KING COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT must approve and stamp plans for public pools /spas and LL food service facilities prior to submittal to the Tukwila Building Division (296- 4787). la FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS plans are reviewed through the Tukwila Fire Department (575 - 4404). 18. , Under the State Water Conservation Performance standards, handsinks to be used by the general public t2d must have metered faucets. If these handsinks are in food service, minimum is 15 seconds, 10 in schools. i'la 4c5r ret..�} erect aucvvia. \-■ c. � e: rhiTt -J all he •'t1bhnu -tec 19, e-s CX._)OLVY G ` i Q 17ui 1A vtS Per- tv11'� &PP1Ieo tart suhm,'I i•n I Pucci, e. n 124 20. t PRIE- APPLICATMN CHECKLIST 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 Checklist prepared by (staff): Di.IOLJy14. • e 'AY) Date: V -13-9 CITY OF TUKWiLA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION — PERMIT CENTER E PPLICATION'FI LE::: A 1. The City of Tukwila has adopted the 1988 Uniform Fire Code. This and other nationally recognized standards will be used 'during construction and operation of this project. (TMC 16.16.120) n 2. Fire hydrants will be required. (City Ord. #729) 3. Required fire hydrants shall be approved for location by the Fire Department, approved for purity by the Water Department, and fully in service prior to start of construction. A fire hydrant must be no further than 150 feet from a structure; and no portion of a structure to be over 300 feet from fire hydrant. (UFC 10.301 and City Ord. #729) 2 ✓ 4. Automatic fire sprinklers are required for this project. Sprinkler systems to comply with N.F.P.A. #13. Sprinkler plans shall be submitted to Washington State Surveying and Rating Bureau, Factory Mutual or Industrial Risk Insurers for approval prior to being submitted to Tukwila Fire Marshal for approval. Sub- mit three (3) sets of sprinkler drawings. This includes one for our file, one for company file, and one for the job site. (City Ord. #1528) n 5. Maximum grade is 15% for all projects. 7 71 7. A fire alarm system is required for this project. (City Ord. #1528) Plans shall be submitted to the Tukwila Fire Marshal for approval, prior to commencing any alarm system work. Submit three (3) sets of com- plete drawings. This includes one for our file, one for company file, and one for the job site. A VA e- b * Q . 6hoA% b.. rnan rip Peck by extIt Ap e..l t.C.t - C..a -tit9.1 S e4ton I ✓ 8. Special installations of fixed extinguisher systems, fire alarm systems, dust collectors, fuel storage, etc. require separate plans and permits. Plans to be submitted to the Fire Marshal prior to start of installa- tion. (UFC 10.301) r ✓ 9. Portable fire extinguishers will be required in finished buildings per N.F.P.A. #10. (Minimum rating 2A, 10 BC) n 10. Buildings utilizing storage of high piled combustible stock will require mechanical smoke removal per Section 81 of the 1988 UFC. ✓-411. During construction, an all- weather access will be required to within 150 feet of the building. (UFC 10.207) 1 12. No building will be occupied, by people or merchandise, prior to approval and inspection by Fire and Building Departments. 13. Adequate addressing is required. Number size will be determined by setback of building from roadway. Four inch numbers are minimum. Numbers will be in color which contrasts to background. (UFC 10.208) 14. Designated fire lanes may be required for fire and emergency access. This requirement may be estab- lished at the time of occupancy and /or after the facility is in operation. (UFC 10.207 as amended) F7 15. Special Fire Department permits are required for such things as: storage of compressed gas, cryogens, 'dry cleaning plans, repair garages, places of assembly, storage of hazardous materials, flammable or combustible liquids or solids, LPG, welding and cutting operations, spray painting, etc. (UFC 4.101) 16. Fire Department vehicle access is required to within 150' of any portion of an exterior wall of the first story. Fire Department access roads in excess of 150' require a turn around. Fire Department access roads shall be not less than 20' wide with an unobstructed vertical clearance of 13'6 ". H 17. Adequate fire flow availability will need to be demonstrated for this project. 7 6. Hose stations are required. (City Ord. #1528) I 1 PREI.APPLICA1ON CHECKLIST 18. 1.'44 16:.4 ,4(. C.f./„s7/s , 440(- 4444- /ize-44,tti turn- 4 z 4e1 ; ,44 e t.71.a,tCr / 7 71-471144-rd-iii- 741 a -4-�'/ /42.- ,x.27 C Checklist prepared by (staff): � i�.a- Date' c5 - 7 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 FIRE DEPARTMENT - Construction Information CITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF CO BUILDING DIVISION — 1NIE DATi 2 /1. [2 3. 21 Ft 6. n7. Checklist prepared by (staff): PRE- APPLICA'ICON CHECKLIST MMUNITY DEVELOPMENT PERMIT CENTER z ja.> RE FIRE DEPARTMENT - Inspections Underground fire line from vault to riser a. Thrust block and rodding e. Hydrostatic test b. Type of pipe f. Fire Dept. approved plans c. Depth of cover g. Materials and test certificate d. Flush Overhead sprinkler piping a... Hydrostatic test b. Trip test c. Alarm system monitoring test d. Fire Dept. approved plans e. Sprinkler head location and spacing Underground tank a. Location b. Distance between tanks c. Distance to property line d. Depth of cover Fire alarm a. Acceptance test b. 'Fire Dept. approved plans Hood and duct inspections a. Installation b. Trip test Spray Booth a. Location b. Fire protection c. Ventilation d. Permit 8. Flammable liquid room a. Location b. Fire protection c. Permit 9. Rack storage a. Permit b. Mechanical smoke removal c. Rack sprinklers d. Aisle width Fire doors and fire dampers a. Installation b. Drop testing Fire final e. Fire protection systems: a. Fire Dept. access (1) Halon systems b. Building egress and occupancy load (2) Standpipes c. Hydrants (3) Hose Stations d. Building address (4) Fire Doors (5) Fire Dampers (6) Fire Extinguishers Other: a. b. e c. f d. g' 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 e. Vent piping, swing joints, fill piping, discharge piping f. Anchoring g. Hydrostatic test h. Separate Fire Dept. approved plans Date. 4=-7-3--/.7-- CITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION — PERMIT CENTER ri 15. n 16. ri 17. 18. r _ di gg i, PRE-APPLICKNON CHECKLIST O Boundary Line Adjustment ( ) Building Site Improvement Plan 0 Comprehensive Plan Amendment ( ) Conditional Use Permit Design Review 2 0 Design Review - Interurban O Environmental (SEPA) Cl Planned Mixed Use Development ( ) Planned Residential Development ( ) L) 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 PLICATIONFILE PLANNING DIVISION -• Land Use Information 1. Comply with Tukwila.Municipal Code (zoning, land use, sign regulations, etc.) n 2. Obtain the following land use permits /approvals: C) Rezone Shoreline Management Permit 0 Shoreline Management Permit Rev. n Short Subdivision Sign(s) ( ) Subdivision Unclassified Use C Variance 0 Other: 3. Zoning designation: Site located in sensitive area? n Yes 1 I No 4. Minimum setbac requirements: Front:`z Side: \ 0 Side: Rear: In . 5. Maximum Building Height 3 Height exception area? n Yes1 No 6. Minimum parking stalls required: (D Handicap stalls required: 7. No more than 30% of required parking stalls may be compact. No landscape overhangs into compact stalls are permitted, although no wheel stops prior to hitting the curb will be required. n 8. Minimum landscaping required: Front: Side: Side: Rear n 9. Landscape plans must be stamped by a Washington State licensed landscape architect. All landscape areas require a landscape irrigation system (Utility Permit Required). 10. Roof -top mechanical units, satellite dishes and similar structures must be properly screened. Provide elevations and construction details as part of building permit application submittal. 11. Trash enclosures and storage areas must be screened to a minimum of 8' in height. Provide elevations and construction details as part of building permit application submittal. 12. Building permit plans which deviate from that already approved by the Board of Architectural Review may require re- application for design review approv 13. $8vl J QD �v ���� ll)F:-l/) 14. 0\ UM. Z, c7 PA2P.J A) . e.. 6 !n? o ee9 \1 p n 0)Cr€i.iot.- \INN0a;PA-7' r4wo-.- )0110 10 n 19. •i -loa . E 20.' Checklist prepared by (staff);; it)1f) I . 6 A � Date: 1 5' 'e.e) CITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION— PERMIT CENTER Lu vL Checklist prepared by (staff): ARE- APPLICATKACHECKLIST 6300 Southcentor Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98181 Telephone:, (206) 431.387 Irk s \./t Pr PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT" 1. Apply for and obtain the following permits /approvals through the City's Permit Center: O Channelization /Striping /Signing Q Sewer Main Extension (private) Cl Curb Cut/Access /Sidewalk ❑ Sewer Main Extension (public) ( _j Excavation (public) U Storm Drainage Q Fire loop /Hydrant (main to vault) Q Water Main Extension (private) Q Flood Zone Control Q Water Main Extension (public) ❑ Hauling (2.000 Bond. Cert. Ins.) Q Water Meter (exempt) ❑ Landscape Irrigation n Water Meter (permanent) Q Moving an Oversized Load Q Water Meter (temporary) ❑ Sanitary Side Sewer O Other: ❑ 2. Hauling Permit required prior to start of any hauling of material on public right -of -way ($2,000 bond, $1 ,000,000 certificate of insurance, route map and $25.00 permit fee required). ❑ 3. All applications and plan submittals must be complete in order to be accepted by the Permit Center for plan review. Use the Plan Submittal Checklist provided on the reverse of the appli- cation forms to verify that all the necessary materials and information has been supplied. ❑ 4. Water and sewer assessments may apply and will be determined during the utility plan review process. Cr on- tb- •7t=v.") t•Or ' L��FL LE DV M..Tkl¢1.1cJ SL-' erPENF C.rcczuu�s El 5. Provide sidewalks per Ordinance #1158, #1217 and #1233, or obtain waiver. C 4 C- 4 -A"' r1.44")" ) 0 LtiPS S'7r.1/ CSt ugM 7E-') El 6. Provide Hydrological - Geotechnical analysis. U 7. Provide erosion control plan as part of grading /fill permit application. ❑ 8. Identify building elevation above 100 year flood elevation per FIRM maps (use NGVD datum and recognized benchmarks). 1\\vie: ❑ 9. Provide traffic analysis/trip generation study for ❑ 10. Provide developers agreement for ❑ 11. Provide the following easements and maintenance agreements' foAfoTs Nei s It T Nir,c i 1M-. El 12. Provide water /sewer availability letters or certificates from districts serving your development. ❑ 13. Obtain Metro Waste Discharge permit or approval (684- 23 60). 14. Complete Industrial Waste Survey and return to Metro (self addressed and stamp provided). ❑ 15. Review the following City Studies when designing your project and preparing your plan submittal: ❑ 16. - T).1/ oP— /-i- ri -1(. 1IApn-ovt3m laci �rrt n 17. S'?1 K. ` (\k:k"N RSJ ❑ 18. 19. El 20. 1 'aFVtiApvT‘ \ ( 1s ELbQ 1�t YT T\c" ? ' t O`4A voNVkuvOi , Date: 2-e s /9Z- CITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BUILDING DIVISION — PERMIT CENTER 1 .44f PRE- APPLICA CHECKLIST POLICE DEPARTMENT PRE - APPLICATION FILE NO. Pre 92 -007 PROJECT: TOYS R US MEETING DATE: 2/13/92 TIME: 2:30 CRIME PREVENTION SECURITY RECOMMENDATIONS 1. Restrooms: I recommend that restrooms that are open to the general public not have false ceilings. We have experienced a couple of different problems related to false ceilings in the public restrooms. One problem is that subjects have hidden in the false ceiling area during the hours that the business is open and then dropped down later and committed an armed robbery as the manager was counting the closing receipts. A second problem that has been experienced recently is that subjects have gone into the false ceiling of the men's restroom and then peeped into the area over the separating wall into the women's restroom. Both of these problems are not good for the business. 2. Orientation of Windows: Windows should be located so that the parking lot area can be easily surveyed by employees inside the business. Also the windows should be located so that a patrol car passing by can easily survey inside the business, this helps reduce the opportunity for armed robberies. 3. Security Camera: Due to the location being close to freeway on- ramps, there is added potential for armed robberies. I recommend that a good quality surveillance video camera be installed during construction. The camera should have sufficient quality to be able to identify a from the video recorded tape. The surveillance camera is also a good deterrent for employee theft. Checklist prepared by T. Kilburg 433 - 1821 2/13/92 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 ARCHITECTURE P.LANNtNG : ENGINEERING'. .• .INTERIORS MIMe 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 PROJECT: TOYS "R' US REMODEL LOCATION: Tukwila, Washington DISTRIBUTION 1 copies Toys "R" Us - Cocchi 4 copies Toys "R" Us 2 copies Powell Development 2 copio3 The WBDC Group 2 copies City of Tukwila- Milard copies • NOTICE: A. QUOTATION: ,. Fill in amounts in blanks provided for each item and submit with breakdown of cost for following work showing credits and extras in accordance with Contract Documents previously issued under this file. Fill in Contractor's name and authorized signature. B. PROCEDURE: Change Order will be written for those items authorized by Owner involving cost, adjusting contract sum accordingly. C. DRAWINGS ISSUED HEREWITH: A -0, D1, D3, C3, Al, A3, A5, A6, A7, A8, A10, E -6, Sketches ESK -B -1 and ESK -B -2 D. SPECIAL REMARKS: E. TOTAL YOUR QUOTE: ADD $ DEDUCT $ CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE II. ITEMS: A. DRAWING ITEMS: 1. Drawing AO: (Reissued) a. Roof insulation "R" factor changed from 19.0 to 30,0, ADD $ DEDUCT $ NO COST CHANGE BULLETIN NO. 1 TELEPHONE (616) 235.6000 FAX (616) 235-6132 FILE NO: 262991 DATE: 3 -26 -92 ION WGTCN RrrFIVEO CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 26i9G, PERMIT CENTER BULLETIN NO. 1 TOYS "R" US REMODEL TUKWILA, WASHINGTON WBDC FILE NO. 262991 326 -92 PAGE 2 C Added existing New Door5s #18 and #28, which changed the total egress provided from 21.95' to 26.05'. • ADD $ DEDUCT $ NO COST CHANGE c. Added Drawing "LVI" Low Voltage Plan under electrical. ADD $ DEDUCT $ NO COST CHANGE Drawing_Dl: (Reissued) Demolition Note for new C.P.U. Door opening moved from north wall to the west wall. Drawing D3: (Reissued) Revised Demolition Note #27. Added Demolition Notes #32 and #33, ADD$ DEDUCT $ NO COST CHANGE FOR CLARIFICATION ONLY FOR CLARIFICATION ONLY ADD$ DEDUCT $ NO COST CHANGE RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2 6 1994 PERMIT CENTER Revised front elevation to show demolition required between Column Lines 1 and 2 for C.P.U. Doors. BULLETIN NO. 1 TOYS "R" US REMODEL TUKWILA, WASHINGTON WBDC FILE NO. 262991 3.26.92 PAGE 3 DEDUCT $ NO COST CHANGE Drawing C3: (Reissued) Revised Sidewalk Plan showing C.P.U. Doors moved from the north wall to the west wall. Drawing Al : (Reissued) a, Revised Floor Plan showing C.P.U. Doors moved from the north wall to the west wall. Revised Demolition Notes along west and south walls. ADD $ ADD DEDUCT $.. NO COST CHANGE Showed revised layout of New. Office area . ADD $ DEDUCT NO COST CHANGE ADD $ DEDUCT $ NO COST CHANGE Drawing A3: (Reissued) Centerline of lift to Column Line #4 changed from 2' -7 to 1' -9 in Enlarged Receiving Area Plan and Enlarged. Lift Area. BULLETIN NO. 1 TOYS "R" US REMODEL TUKWILA, WASHINGTON WBDC FILE NO. 262991 3 -26.92 PAGE 4 Drawing A5: (Reissued) Revised Enlarged Vestibule Plan and Detail 5 -5 -5 showing C.P.U. Doors moved from the north wall to the west wall: ADD$ DEDUCT$ NO COST CHANGE b. Showed revised layout of New Office Area ADD $ DEDUCT $ NO COST CHANGE Drawing A6: (Reissued) Revised Enlarged Control tower. Plan and Sections 1 -6 -6, 2 -6- 6, 3 -6 -6 and Elevation 6 -6 -6 to show New Office Area layout, ADD $ DEDUCT $ NO COST CHANGE Drawing A7: (Reissued) a. In Door Schedule, Door #28 width changed from 3' -7' to 4' -1 ADD $ DEDUCT $ NO COST CHANGE b. In Hardware Groups #4, #5, and #13 lockset best part number changed from 83K to 93K. ADD $: DEDUCT $ 'RECEIVED CITY Or TUKWILA MAR 2 6 ; 199 PERMIT CENTER NO COST. CHANGE . BULLETIN NO. 1 TOYS 'R' US REMODEL TUKWILA, WASHINGTON WBDC FILE NO. 262991 3 -26.92 PAGE 5 10. Drawing A8: (Reissued) Moved C.P.U. Doors and related notes from the partial left elevation to the front elevation. FOR CLARIFICATION ONLY 11. Drawing A10: (Reissued) Moved C.P.U. canopy from the north wall to the west wail. FOR CLARIFICATION ONLY 12. Drawing M1: Not Reissued) Relocate Door Heater #1 to new door location. ADD$ DEDUCT $ NO COST CHANGE 13. Drawing M2: (Not Reissued) Relocate Door Heater #1 to new door location. ADD$ DEDUCT $ NO COST CHANGE 14. Drawing E3: (Not Reissued) Provide power to hydraulic lift and circuit t o 3P25A circuit breaker in Panel HE as shown in Sketch ESK -B -2. 15. Drawing E4: (Not Reissued) Rework lighting in CPU Vestibule as shown in Sketch ESK -B -1. NO COST CHANGE 16. Drawing E6: (Reissued) Rework power components in CPU 9 Front Office area as shown. Ih:e: \toys \bulletin \builtuk.RN NO COST CHANGE RECiF.IVEb CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2 6 1992' PERMIT CENTER A • NC:1 1ITEC'TURE • PLANNING • I:N.GINEEI UNG INTERIOkS 0MO\ROEPLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 PROJECT: _ ceys. ' Gm:ize LOCATION: — 11..t ! A l VKJtb• CONNECT TO NEAREST AVAILABLE NL CIRCUI CONNECT TO EXIST CKT FEEDING THIS AREA FIXTURES SHOWN DASHED 3 AREA ARE EXISTING REMOVED 10111111110111MMIr 401 BULLETIN NO. SKETCH Ems.- - I TELEPHONE (616) 2356000 FAX (616) 2356132 ! ; ■9 - SEE EQUIPMENT R IOM LIGHT1 " I • N ON THIS DRAWING FOR LTG IN THI AREA FILE NUMBER: Z(,o211 I DATE: 326 /92, CIT OF rUICWILA MAR 2 6 192 PERMIT CENTER 20A-6'09 HE W 'J GROUT ARCHITECTURE PLANNING LNGINEERING INTERIORS .a■ aro 50MONROEPLACE GRAND RAPIDS, M1CHIGAN 49503 BULLETIN NO. • 1 SKETCH Esk,- � - Z PROJECT: "'("p`-toS, ,Tom -6 LOCATION: - 1UNCV4 11-4 , A% k — EXISTING JUNCTION BOX & DISC FOR BALER TO BE RELOCATED. VERIFY NEW LOCATION. RECONNECT TO EXISTING CIRCUIT: FILE NUMBER: 214:21 1 DATE: V214 TELEPHONE (616) 2356000 FAX (616) 235 -6132 ri inn REFER TO DWG A14 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONCERNING HYDRAULIC UFT HYDRAUUC LIFT 10HP, 480V, 30 BY OWNER ELC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TO LIFT INCLUDING ANY REQUIRED DISCONNECTING MEANS i HE-23 J BOX FOR HY —UFT COORDINATE LOCATION W /OTHERS EXISTING RECEPTACLE FOR BATTERY CHARGER TO REMAIN 0 0 REUSE AN AV LABLE EXISTING CIRC' IT IN THIS AREA EXISTING RECEPTACLE TO REMAIN 60 "AFF RECEIVED CITY O F TUKWIL A MAR 2 6 196,E PERMIT CENTER 211A•619 NV . . , . . AkCIE • •• • I ti.E. !NG .• • ININ■10:1$ 111•111111111111 DESIGN WORKSHEET FILE NUMBER: DATE: PAGE: / BY: 11111111 Ismormins 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 TELEPHONE (616) 235-6000 TELEX 226423 EASY ux 62723190 SEICOPIIR (616) 235-6132 - , -...1,----.'--- . -.4- i -j- 4 ' ' ' -1 ' • --i- -'• ---2------1 -- 4-- ---i-. i, 1 , , , ... , , _.7:: . - . .,, . ...-----.,,-4._/,,-..;..-..... __. __, _s_____:ege-.....e.. i , r 3- i ! : i ; , i ; - 1 1 :' , . , 1 . . ' _1. 1 ;_ , . , L ', 1 '! i ' 1. _. i • ___L__._ . ----i--- --- -- - -..--- --; -- -1---. - 'r - -- --- T." " -- 1 ---- i --. --. -- – , : ' I ! i I • ' } ; ' I f i ; ■ ! i } 3 .■ - ,..-.. e • . 1 1 1 ' ■ i 7 f ! 1 • , • 1 T • . "1 1" -`• . , . ...".7.!..- eiSt '" - i • 1 1 !•729-zw __.,?..-44-'4•1__....:V/427. ''_,:::.;-'...-f../...r-"tee: _ ; .4.e.e.."__ -.e...t-...i.p_ ...41 ir .0 i 2. ..-....":-......:' ...-. i 1 4 1= 7. 4 ..141;Zot; 47./ ! ' ',' , • I • , - l• , , 1, i • 1 ,,• , ..-.7'..er1..... ... TT . - - -- T -- -71 - .1. _.*:L.._.... :___I i_.1...._..1_'___4........_.-1 1 r 1:- i I • I ; — . . ; - ../ $ _ • i - *• ),e,j.-,..7„$;S:'-'-',. "Z.7 I 1 .2. 4 1; 4 0 ,4 - -• : 4- • ; - _ 1 77-1- 1 1 !, ' A 1 i ---.1 ----I , • , rti t t . , NV . . , . . AkCIE • •• • I ti.E. !NG .• • ININ■10:1$ 111•111111111111 DESIGN WORKSHEET FILE NUMBER: DATE: PAGE: / BY: 11111111 Ismormins 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 TELEPHONE (616) 235-6000 TELEX 226423 EASY ux 62723190 SEICOPIIR (616) 235-6132 - , -...1,----.'--- . -.4- i -j- 4 ' ' ' -1 ' • --i- -'• ---2------1 -- 4-- ---i-. i, 1 , , , ... , , _.7:: . - . .,, . ...-----.,,-4._/,,-..;..-..... __. __, _s_____:ege-.....e.. i , r 3- i ! : i ; , i ; - 1 1 :' , . , 1 . . ' _1. 1 ;_ , . , L ', 1 '! i ' 1. _. i • ___L__._ . ----i--- --- -- - -..--- --; -- -1---. - 'r - -- --- T." " -- 1 ---- i --. --. -- – , : ' I ! i I • ' } ; ' I f i ; ■ ! i } 3 .■ - ,..-.. e • . 1 1 1 ' ■ i 7 f ! 1 • , • 1 T • . "1 1" -`• . , . ...".7.!..- eiSt '" - i • 1 1 !•729-zw __.,?..-44-'4•1__....:V/427. ''_,:::.;-'...-f../...r-"tee: _ ; .4.e.e.."__ -.e...t-...i.p_ ...41 ir .0 i 2. ..-....":-......:' ...-. i 1 4 1= 7. 4 ..141;Zot; 47./ ! ' ',' , • I • , - l• , , 1, i • 1 ,,• , ..-.7'..er1..... ... TT . - - -- T -- -71 - .1. _.*:L.._.... :___I i_.1...._..1_'___4........_.-1 1 r 1:- i PROJECT: DESCRIPTION : i -'e..a' - - -- �- � I I ; j i r .' f 1 E i } I -G'.% Y...__ .:. - _ ....r42... ..,./7 .. ___ } i i Z L. / !Try' � _ -�_. i 9 " �. h ; L- �y'� Vi ✓ tLy 7 "<-77--- !- L_ Ail -....L.---. - .--; _i __, --4- ta ,t° _ I r '. 1 , , -I i 1 ( 1. ' --4. - -1r-511r-flit -- ; Iv' L.1 0 7.Z, ... _ r -7-- 1 II - 1 ■ t ! 1 I._ I ' ' "-Y 4:2_7i!fe:: e"'"' i 3 �� l- 7 ; 1 . 2 • "' , r --- f } ..111. . ` �" I : ' = „ sue_ is s � -- ...a r � WAS .S',01 ( _= • I 1 - 7•\ NE, I • I s) I it , r 1 ; : { j r , Art Ire ‘'‘. tiiii ' '.- --. 1 1 , : THE RO V1. • 3 TEI WO1 5. mmummommmumw 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS. MICHIGAN 49503 DESIGN WORKSHEET FILE NUMBER:.- - - ' DATE: ,z•-.y" PAGE: BY: TEI.Ermea (616) 235 -6000 TELEX 226423 EASY LINK 62723190 TELECoPIER (616) 235-6132 1331-1SNEIOM NOISKI .,s f F. ! \ ' N i I i }} ' 1 i 1 t 1 PROJECT: DESCRIPTION : z. TEEd± . i 1 -I �V 1 1 , ) j j j. I ( i I ik _ VDLI � � F LI 1 ? 1.g T I I . . illi -, A � r to .r L I1 1 I1 LAMM n i a. \ .: • {�. Il I -� ►�.. _ - • • 1,► a N 4 I s _ I I jr L _I • • - 1 A 7 . • ;77 , 1 b it .: � %i _ . . I I I N trr r 1 I 1331-1SNEIOM NOISKI • PROJECT: T�s /"T`''. DESCRIPTION: : ..�� . a,er�ry�5 e■ i 1 t i J ( 1 I L ! { • • , I f t 7 '���✓4'- x! 1 . 1611 °r�'�`!rr ! �? . C=G .�'ff } , - - 1 1 : _ . - - -- _ ate' , ,. ' i __ - - _ - - - - ,^ AB , s ! + 1 F - +-.st �Z- ;c ,9=i t � /.,- U -- --_-- i f t { V / i t +� - � g „'°- -,1 i. ' x . M 7 i __- _- ' - - -- .� - k t i ! I V y am- i G r _- is i! l I i t- _ "I ry /2iG F — r t �iG. 7 . ■ p p . , ) ,1,—,0,. 1 ..figill f i ' : , 6 1 i ' .. , J 3 4 ; 1 . i I j 11 1 t I • 1 k i t ! i t j -' I I t . e t i d! I } • [ .. r f { i J1 rr . 'I } S t i _ �.rs'- } I /.9t3 ' /C `� { / - _,Gd 6., ._. f ! } t . I t . j i -.1 1 J 1 I . ' . � r/ C . G � L✓ Z% . ea.✓C . .5 ,,c.r fir �� G�i•6- . ..// . 4-#:! i%5.r t '' 1 ; I I ill JQ/ I �it�l" ���Ot'� i/I 1 . r ..........,..__,.,.....,„___„.,, 714 I I i .1 1 z i y I i { — r 1 GL-„" t I t r '. �i p �� L 1 JA�' ' ' _T._G7 I II . . , 1 1 H i . it : , %^ --7-_, -- r A 50 MOCIRDE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS. MICHIGAN 49503 DESIGN WORKSHEET TELEPHONE (616) 235.6000 niex 226423 FILE NUMBER:ze DATE: PAGE: • BY: isr�✓ EASY LIlVX 62723190 TELECOPIER (616) 235-6132 i .1. • I'I:ANNltiC, ENGINEERING.. .INTERIORS 50 MC'.L'.'ROEPLAa GRAND IDS, MICHIGAN 49503 DESIGN WORKSHEET TELEPHONE (616) 215-6000 TELEX 226423 FILE NUMBER: DATE: /z" ' -9/ PAGE: BY: r� EASY Mt 62723190 TELECOPf R (616) 235-6132 PROJECT: 7 " . "�� DESCRIPTION : "ycrt- '-'-.....,/a s A rf % .Al25 € t ._ l t t ] , - ` _ - --_ __I .._.__ �%1,�2 Z _ _. � _ Iiili -- �- �. f ' ,,,ed .4/ 7 _ —7 Le--_"'e' �s�" ± s r - �__ .. t __.1 ± - P�� ^ 57 i ' ) i i i r f ` 3.�� 1 1 M • -. ; = -rte r s �/z1/6 � �� 1 / ; ' .......,crJ /.ci, t . adeiu I . . -1•-• { i .� ] X is %. �- 1 iz. s �.. !r t Iv _> 11 } i �.� ._ _4_.3 1 1 1 III I i t :, I i i 1 ; I i r ! - 7---- i i CF ) . L /7i! T t f i i i i • 1 ' . } I . r ] I L� L ► .. � ; 2 � ► .. G .. AA ACS ' i ce ? 1 ■ t �� \�` gQ 1>I �?.- I _ 4 1� • r is �:, •. N • 9 'cs o ,,,, RI , Istrolireartif4p: r1 / !- . • J. C) r f ' ilin • I . i . • L .1. • I'I:ANNltiC, ENGINEERING.. .INTERIORS 50 MC'.L'.'ROEPLAa GRAND IDS, MICHIGAN 49503 DESIGN WORKSHEET TELEPHONE (616) 215-6000 TELEX 226423 FILE NUMBER: DATE: /z" ' -9/ PAGE: BY: r� EASY Mt 62723190 TELECOPf R (616) 235-6132 • PROJECT: Td/`" ` DESCRIPTION: ,--"sdrar • a ''`"'` • ` r � -G:::: } I . I ; ma! 1 t ;i9 ; } fi— i i t f 1 as;' _ -r _ _ _.t -/-- -- --- j 'a 71 ; � - 1 r - ! :- _.._...._.- i —__2 t / s' t s j Z 1 � y /E ; t ` ., 1 • i r 3 - / Y.�s i t 7 7- i ns , � -. 7.. .__.._....._.1....__!............_ - _..__.._._. . .. ... .esrs '{ r he -moo --- C.�',v. '1 __ — 4 -_/-J -- ; � yo _�',s _=� , ,_-- .ma y,. ; _.._._......- • , 1 r ... .1._St•-• i I # (53, 4 i t . :,..,.. .-..71.1Z e_ , , L _ ._ _ _rt.' t t s t r , - S,e.:7 - .� „ ,, 1 9_,, ,. _,,,,,- . T - 17- i /® ' 1 ' 7 - _ � . r� .u. - ., . • { G tr . . v � yf � .� yU. t o , . 9 � .. i -- , K b f :.........„,-..4 ' ..— , gyp' I j..� 'r .,L �, ry . r -7 1. !PJ 4 ...._... I zri� ' .z ,, ... . .. . . '; I .. 3 1 y # 1 # ". . , "_i - 9 F I' i.. /1 i+71, Gf - � r t J w � :m.4-. ' • .may ` yh .3 _ . ,� "J . 7 11. � _ s err • IN1 MOP. S. 70NROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS. MICHIGAN 49503 DESIGN WORKSHEET TELEPHONE (616) 235-6003 TELEX 226423 FILE NUMBER: zGZSrr� DATE: PAGE: G BY: EASY LINK 62723190 TEL.COPIER (616) 235-6132 THE WBDC GROUP 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 DESIGN BEET TELEPHONE (616) 235-6003 TELEX 226423 FILE NUMBER: .ze-ToW - DATE: .-z-v PAGE: - 7 BY: ,- 7 EASY UNK 62723190 TEEECOPtER (616) 235 -6132 ' ! i ! i f L l I 1 =� ys� ✓ _ �j7o <✓Lf ''''+*'�� i f i ; . A -----;.x.y.- i , 1 7 et -..-k-H 1:1 r ` ---,- i • f �� -I r - -�. ___ .. �/ k ) ; --I 1 f b I__(i1 r --y_ i i i ,'r .77,5 * . 1. i 1 t 1 ! .. ,/ i • r � r 111 t ; rr F r E ® � c , �-- t om ¢ . , ; t , , : ter =- t Y„ --•= , 0 -F- w 41 0-- ■ N. Li T: ' NM THE WBDC GROUP 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 DESIGN BEET TELEPHONE (616) 235-6003 TELEX 226423 FILE NUMBER: .ze-ToW - DATE: .-z-v PAGE: - 7 BY: ,- 7 EASY UNK 62723190 TEEECOPtER (616) 235 -6132 • PROJECT: 7 /T 2... ' °L " - DESCRIPTION : "7".■-•2 a'- -^'-''' S i- I Y t ,...../...".,:a..... k S I i /1 � , --..-' „,..4: T// 3 ._... _.._... _.__ ...._ .. .... _ _ _ ' . _._. ..... I; } f I _ 7 Y _.�M 3 i ' _2 -7/res-----1 71 ' -E____�_ ..�, _ r e'i_ F / j : 1 .1__. r_/S� , ! ' i - t ...,1... f -- -- t e ' -r, Z- ,-.%?� ., - :e., y . . - �..... i -= t y( z z- r ' r i 1 i 1� �_ .-. i i , i 1 1 ; j,,! [ t { : i 4 F 7X.°3". -z 111 i rr6- _ �✓ ea [� .. _ t �c.�__ �.�si�4✓i -/ =G r,� , t_ ✓s i .eon �i _ Li 1 ' ? r 472 /..e..-7 f _j4' -1° ' ' *'�7�-/_Je _I __.: -.. _.. ,' till I ! I . t I I t --- .. i 7 --- --- • 1 . -(1 ! A i 7 , \ ' 1 ,"■,.. 1 ,--;-, : -° . e�� r a � z: G ,. ,1) A 4 01:504' - 1 : i . ‘, 4) , F" ..! ,: ,. / i r i t .a e 4V ) s 9 t � ++ a 1 �y �1 it THE . . . _,tic) 'r }: rEC �izr - I'VBDC rEc rct�c CROUP. E `C ' Te3 o S 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHDGAN 49503 DESIGN WORKSHEET TELEPHONE (616)235 -6000 TELEX 276423 FILE NUMBER: L`x°"9i DATE: -;'•' PAGE: 115 BY: EASY I.LNX 62723190 T alcortER (616) 23.5-6132 .a 3 DESIGN WORKSHEET PROJECT: Tom'' DESCRIPTION : ' 1 f : 1 �1u 0 8 Kroi 1.1 1 1 1 i a h' l ' i i aQ ,.., .r —r j .... 1 ... . � � t a' i \' f ar I .= :^1: i \ ySM:. S. p ct# 43 , . _i ti 161„,..... I __ _ ._.._ f_I �.... ; .. _ i _, � _ ._ . .,,. q i f .a 3 DESIGN WORKSHEET - - PROJECT: 7"V' DESCRIPTION : " 1-• . I 1 i T ; _G.G.?�� a 1^ _IL.5 � € USG' I ! ' (' 1 ! . i 1 i 1 , 3 I _ i vraysi. I 1 -r 1 { i v/� 1 i i . _.e>= ' 1 1 , I { __ __ I .- -.- 1 i y t i i -f w LS 2 1 I. • . O - fa± �1 0 r ,m is s ,�z — T�� _ .4.0.o-'r • • I I i { ' : 61213 , - ,< " i . T. -.:V ; ' ; .4( I 1 1 ,S3,c,Lefe:4->-' 4��° , . i i [ N.N. /�Gt SAS' . / • ... �4q��Z' ' : _.e S� ; 1 \ I - ` _ i i 1 r k7 i 4 s ! i t t ` , c. 1 . 1 7 Xi I , j I f :, 1 ' I I ' I t 1 t i j ! / $ iifi r a-c_ .. 3 ..7 _ } - wry (' ;. r - _._ .�' a..G F ,_ zv1° L Co: � Q I ' i ), "'sue 2 - .z�c� I 1 l -- 1. ( .y�ey✓ Y _�iC� 1 f 1 -1 /aJ C . , :..,.:, 1 ,,,. , ,. , , i ..8pt 17 - II i F r u d t} Kf LI " •THE: WBT C CROUP I'LANNING. I1vl • ao 50 3 )E PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 DESIGN WORKSHEET TELEPHONE (616) 235 -6000 mix 226423 FILE NUMBER: za- z6"`/' DATE: ' PAGE: BY: / 27,7 " / EASY LAx 62723190 TEIECOPIER (616) 235.613 PROJECT: T�,-1-S,71 —e- e--tc-21.-4 DESCRIPTION : „���— �--"'.- • • wA�_./J! c .-4 -) : t 1 i t ,.�_t' -�- -zi „I -- 7- I — i t t 1 i i i -- ; Z i ) i ! i • t _ii. ' i I ! 1 ? i Z , _ t + ! ' i � . � JC ' � Y ,A i ' ,ms's , e,o /./,.4: _ ,_.-.L !Z ) t.✓�.j C i ► { E -- -- ___ ` ( ;- ___ F t .. s i , 9 f i 1 i � i 1 .' i I ' • ,. ,r �..�? HAG } z s' c,s /- �7��✓ L. ...✓6 _ -� " " _ . -, c = ,..�_e% _ ti' i°_ s r a�ov� -> iG '� _ -G _.�°? 1 �_ i 3 ' i _ _ s ( _ 1 I s t _._G - t t . 7y6 r 1 /Z= "'Y ; !4v- . i . / / +4 L < 414, i k I \ V I I - -- FO, I ^^^ = o'J AO { .. : ._ {rte ] 17, 1 ` `y Y L... 1 tFY � + ,. t.a.�. /�.. 5 i � ... .. 1.. t..^ i „�. 2,�i /'S� • .)• { F .7. 'f c ' r • '„t THE ri ANC . @H17SC.T VE GR OUP IN ER1016 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MKH3GAN 49503 DESIGN WORKSHEET FILE NUMBER: z z Jr DATE: ,--.e-••• PAGE: - BY: TEUPIC E (616) 235 -6000 TELEX 226423 EASY LLNK LL' 62723190 TELECOPfER (616) -6132 PROJECT: /" �rv,'' L..' DESCRIPTION: .< " i {- + • { . 1 i _ i ' i • 4 y • , i -4 ( I I y i ; 1 .. 1 1 1 I + ,at - 1// E —L- .LJ_o0_.8__ >..flo t.___,;_,Ae • . i Sf f r F f i { 1 { l i { i } 111 , j e e ; a .� s .) i i { i 1 i , F , t ff f I { .i_ _ ( i ________j __f . "-- .x..0v_oT L ..o oo? ^6'-..___.... i I L I i % - ._.._`-- tt �UrtiX' i i 1 { E i .. j _ 1 { I i / ,- .tr-r = = ._v_c 05 -.�..o .. . - - ` -_- __. ... .. _..oQ i .i v?3. j ar .. - -_W._ /s , - t . L ? �.� _ - 5 _ i{ i i 1:T L �C _!te I 141.4... , i �i t Iii, I G s2 ", 1 i ' WTI �i ' R - ' ' _44 �_'- � i •1 ice' + w P I 1 E . j �o - �.y7 � i - /.2'1•, J L.o�.cc `��.�ov� - ���%G_.,_7 1 — - ` e� . ' - -- i H f F7-!17.....■1 L � �C�..- r ""��C\ - i / i J ` 4 - T - 73 -1 • •• 1. a 1 1 :=1:;.]:::-1 i i s I -- aE-r' ,- ,......:,...g,„,:i,t:., ir+ { . .v , e . ,:e:...:.4:::;:. . 1 1 . ,„,. . ,, 1- AItt.E -IITEC T L1 <E 1N 11 R4QIt5 letwas —S 50 MC* ROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 11119•111111111111k 1.11111.. DESIGN WORKSHEET TELEPHONE (616) 235 -5003 TELE]c 226423 FILE NUMBER: DATE: PAGE: BY: EASY LINK 62723190 TELECOPIER (61612.35-6132 PROJECT: 722Y'-5 `� -A DESCRIPTION : ! 4 t I ...1. _ _............ I .. 1 1 ' • .._. -- V I--..: ■ . • 1 i r ----- 1 I 1 i 1 1 : • - ! : . i_T. L....4. I \ 0 , r : . . - - I : ....: • ' . • .7- 3 . l I� . • • • , Pi 4 ' 1 ,.......--. i . ......_.... :ii .... .. . __ .... .. . . . . • • •" ''.' .. • ....._ _ ... .-.., ..............,_ 4iL__7....._._ ‘■ : 1 4 ..- k ........, - • •-• • ",-. .. . ‘ K1 ..)1... • 1, ...-......, .._•.• ! \ l• _.....-......ift4 1 . .-:: .., .. . _ , .. i' N V -•;' - ,..........- ......... • K .„ .....„.. ....._ . tl -,::,:- Zit` Wen 40 i • - ....:.\ i ti �✓ 1 ,�'l'Qiv . .. . . 1.,_.: ...., c....: miliRk. - 0 • ......... • ...,..... r --- ., .....1. H c , ----4 , ..,... - --•.., t i___ N , - - • ---'-' .... . . - - . , .... •■••■--..i. II [ ........, • ......... ......, .. . A „ ,---7--1 1— 7____i_ " f s ?`C _ 3 , l f_'•1 _ k .........wi,_-...l.-...--- tti , # .- 1 /I1 Id \"1 tl. I . . --tt. \ 1 VI _ 7.....-1 ...* L --- L 1, 1.. • \ r - , %-..... ..-:,...L..::.1:.-, • L ‘ . !'''''-'''-'' :::.. ' . it. . . . 1 ............ ” 1 ,.. . t I 1 ! 1 , .............. tN hi T - - -- - ---- . , . ....._ .7..4_ . -.,-.. ......, . ....._ ......„.., l �r91 ■ ..... ...._,......... .. .7. ......... • 7_ _.. g _....... . ‘) NW A ••••••••• S s .- .1 r---A 1, .i ••■•••••• . - N ..• . hi \ . .. ' :::::, . ,..• . VI • : .. - - • • „_,,.... •- :..... „.,.. I ' I ! . . ....... • . .. .... ......,_ ,,,• 1 ' , . . .., . ' - • ! .... . •• - . ....... t ,.• . • ;>. i ; - 1 - - 1 1 • . ........ . . . • .., PROJECT: 7z'1::<3 /��1" DESCRIPTION : /�-'''''''` • — 1 ..,=''./i� "-- /.J7ie i •.8 ' '04//J/!/i L„r .r -dr GS' t { '} 1 ›-- ��.i i✓� -�' ;mss': -' /y zz "._y! I I i ; „?,,, . s } 1 eI ! - _.w s _ - 1 ,- /.r : >— =`..1 y� o_ . sue./ - i i i 1 1 / 1 I i ` i !'�r� ya L/� . ,--= , ;,4 0 . 7,4r_ ���5`7'iir' /fi ___ _ - i i r 1 - i • 1 i F7 - c.,,,...,;,;., -1 r 1 : , , i r i i _......,..._ , , 1 , : f ' ' • 1 I . - /. _ -a c 2 —� ...r j j i ( t - � -I • _ 4 F_ 4 - ' . %" ' .vim, z y`.Z= Z _:� -!°� ; 1 I i +j 31 �� Gam } . 1 ' 1 o ,,r. .. • T. , 2,,,,,, - .b -� /,. t - 7� - ,1/. rk-ko L . 6V --r in �' ' _i . ` /N l .a ,. , '; : • � =; k .' ti 't THE. W BDC 'GROUP ARC:E1171- 11.3Rr • ('LANN1NG• • • IN11- :1OR5, 50 MO 4'ROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 DESIGN WORKSHEET TELEPHONE (616) 235.6003 TELEX 226423 FILE NUMBER: DATE: , ��. -,►� PAGE: BY: EASY UNK 62723190 TELECO ER (616) 235-6132 PROJECT: DESCRIPTION : -,..- 1. -11....--A- \ ! •:." 7- x27,7, 7 ? • . f - ,A111111.01111 lr 1777,fir I 1 : ta I to. I V1 4: 7 177 1 HTh gv • 61- ari • . ">Nrar. I • • F7 { --, • • 4.4 ,C R -.......1, .... Ii . : �_ N .11■■■ _..... .. : ,....k,..... • in t. 1 w � • ' II G \ Sul P5; . �t< _.. ... .-. ..,:..... fel 1, > ..: _ V... _. 10 I' „N., IN N h , k ' )...i itt _... - . . _��. __. t 1 . .. t.. __� _ ' .,� �_ t :.. ■ _ ._ Viz,: I F7,7, r • • kVA _ . _ _.__ . .__ ....... _ .., .. 1 nil w . x.e . . i 717.1 PROJECT: ` "—,./T`-144-tr DESCRIPTION: �,.✓'-- , f .t_ E , {. I ; ' - [- f f 7---- g f t i i � i 1 i , I /7._t83 :3� 5. J.. _ 1 - 'T_� --r 1 I � � � T�s_Sri �i'_.,e__/"8..,_ = A q _f-rz 1, . � a '. _ i.es 'r __,_._.. _ 1. i i f� _ • _._. / I ! -- { r -- ��3���6 1 4 i• . -rte _/ _,= vr_.�' ♦ i i ,./..3-J, 01 V'i AS 4,11 i F,7 �• I M IIII fi 'to • V;r . or' —._. �� % 'P`G C . ,v�.� - -- ' .,.i G...f-_�_ ✓_4 : NN ' f • --, -- �t _ 7 ' � � 1 i . NI 110 i 1 ' 1 i - mom. IT-Ir..-.r . ...- mom. • I . ,,.. .. PA i. , LI ,,,,,,, . t.� . 1 . ____.,.., 1 Al2C:HITi.CT1:1:E` IfKCltiia:JtJJtic 501 oONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 99503 DESIGN WORKSHEET — - " ENE (616) 235 -6000 :mix 226423 FILE NUMBER: 7 � t ' " DATE: PAGE: j - 7 BY: EASY LINK 62723190 TELECOPIER (616) 235 - 6132 PROJECT: DESCRIPTION: 4 7 •!,. ''747 I -... ':. 4 j__ • . ___ _ __ ...t_ ... ....!V;0.0/7* t ' , , '' ': - ; : ; , i ! ___. j_ __, ___ ;• ____; ___i___1_, , ', ._ • • " !,. -- .......c.e...-f-...z.s.,G I I ; , ', I i 1. •F , _...i j. •;/. . 0" , , ! 1 1 . . , , , , , -: ..3.5 1 7 -4 ---- ,... 1 I -. :-..- I _ i . I i. i •'. I i '; 1 1 1 I I ; I, 1 :iiii .., , _i__ • I : 1 I ,...--- .r.' _g•"•-•_,,..... ____s____ L__, • ' , 1 1 I I. ,!,- • I '.. ' 1 L J . .;‘,.-,." , 1 _..; ..•:. _.....3...0!__.."'" I 1 i • ' I _.____-____f.--Z,___L;e7e3,7......_te..._____ .L.-- , ____ .I . r 1 : .....,_ _1......._. . 1 1. I ' i . __ ] _ : 1 ..__ ' .-1. --"----1----- . -,- _ t —1- — • f . " '.- --- %/Z..-e tea. __ I 1 1 , 1 • , • ' 1 i • 7-- ow - E . r:-.. r .: - .. - -1 ---, .1 •, : i.... , , r- „ , i . : i 0. W • - / • 4J � \ ..., I 1 6.-V11■11/4‘,. •..,., E .i.:: ••• 1 : .___ ., i ..........___,..L.....:L________I .•.— . G... , , , 1 . , •,,, • . •••••• i fi'" , g a ,•. II ' • /._• vfX. 111 \� g • \ y \ - 1 • - , t • \ \\ m7. • § . c.*. , ...... -,- ,:. , '. ME t ,61116 . . . ® ` \ �& G � q y , © � a . ri - e. a • . \\ L - wA,„ :qa • . :o —...: ....... .::. - 1-• 1 ' i I ,.-. . ,v, ' • ,. : i :: . t'. 1 ''..,''' , ..... , • : .: —• .• . i : . .':' 1 -.- , i- i STEi; SC) - ' •k \-- , .,..,,c-,....- .. • ,.. . .. , 1 ' . .--- .'.:.4.-c. , .. .. . , -1 1 : :, ' .:, 1 HI - ..... y »' f LQ d � [ 3 . . . . _ , -4-td-.41?-■2'.? :' • : 1 . . ..„,,7 -', \ \q «w 24' : \ IT T % d�22 . . ...-...4 .. i I ! ...... ÷./c ' (...,.... , . , . � I .. 2 . 11111 i • ; f 1 t 1 : . ..!..:0 ...... • ....ifici: 1 I '' tA • ' ;egt X oeS . . . ' I - 1 • r."' ` � �] — F > '..,,,• .., :: .' i a . , / , .....' . 1 .„., . - ...... A IN ' . ... .. ] I ,„-...1. .., . ; - , - .., .....,.. . : - - : . . .. :-..,.." •:-'..:t. . : :."-. , - i.;: '.; .•.''' . '. *4;".:1 t,r54%, VA� " ME • ,. +1,4, . ' I ; 4 N. 14 Jj ~ ^�} 1 e ' - -• - ... , . . ' A .!.'';'. Tr ' ' ,. 1 & | . : : " : ,:.: ft:':: _../ ... , :1.:::- y. r::: BM . . ' THE . wBDc. C A I C E GROUP N.0 INC; E - . 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 TELEPHONE (616) 235-6000 TELEX 22642.3 - . DESIGN WORKSHEET FILE'NUMBER: DATE: PAGE: e BY: "v• EASY LINK 52723190 TFLFCOPIER (616) 235-613 THE.. GROUP:. • ARCHITECTURE PLANNING ENGINEERING 'INTERIORS 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 PROJECT: DESCRIPTION DESIGN WORKSHEET TELEPHONE (616) 235-6000 TELEX 226423 FILE NUMBER: .z'G .z %', DATE: PAGE: BY: EASY LINK 62723190 TELECOPIER (616) 235 -6132 �% O,6 �Z ' /�T�' e'S E ,' ! �r // ..�weo_.t+�✓. —• Aim '/�'..�..a' j,.. 7 ' . 2' Ja' --' 4 s,0 1 lJ�Si : G't7GS' , y » C. "' % • ?" 7 or •1311111/1111/MM W . E3pj �c F w 0, �. Q 21x1? � kk -k9 , O �0 2�s THE WBDC GROUP ARCHITECTURE • PLANNING ENGINEERING INTERIORS 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 PROJECT: TOYS 'R' US LOCATION: Tukwila, Washington DISTRIBUTION To all Bidders furnishing labor and material necessary an �. � Rl << 'Goya 3. Drawing Dl: 5. Drawing D3: project. TELEPHONE (616) 235 All applicable provisions of General and Supplementary Conditions, Instructions to Bidders and all other contract documents apply to this Addendum as though items included herein were part of said Contract Documents as originally issued, Revised Drawings issued herewith: AO thru E9 A. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING ITEMS: ADDENDUM NO _A_._ RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA r Ia 1 3 1992 PERMIT CENTER FILE NO: 262991 DATE: 02 - - FAX (616) 235-6132 ■ 1. Drawing AO: Added note "For Information Only" for Sheet A14 (vertical lift tails), Added Drawing E4.1, Mezzanine Level Lighting Plan. 2, Drawing C3: it a. Added to Note at Detail #5: °See Spec. Section 3,16.6." Sa° r�•1 V C7 b. Detail #2: Added curb section and related notes and dimensions. I' co c. Sidewalk plan (Detail 1): Show concrete curb on plan. , 9 Added note in Truck Dock area to: "refer to drawing A3 for new column tang and a. demo concrete slab as required." b. Added note: "along Column Line 9 between G and H to Demo. existing curb as required by A.D.A. Standards and refer to drawing Al for new door." c. Added reference to demo Note #3 "along Column Line 1 between Columns A and D," d. Added reference to demolition Note #4 to "demo CMU wall for new C.P.U. door - refer to Drawing A5." 4. Drawing D2: Added to note in Truck Dock area: 'Framing to be repaired or replaced as required at new location." a. Added note: 'Along south wall, remove concrete block wall due to addition of Door #27 (refer to Drawing Al)." ADDENDUM A TOYS "R" US TUKWILA, WASHINGTON WBDC FILE NO. 262991 February 11, 1992 Page 2 b. Added note: "Along north wall, remove concrete block wall due to addition of Door #28 (refer to Drawing Ai)'. Drawing Al: a. Added to General Notes ( #7 - #20). b. Added General Construction Notes (A - K). c. Revised stair at enlarged C.P.U. and Service Plan. d. Added Door No. 27 to plan and dimensions to locate it. e. Revised VCT limits in Sales Area to "new' VCT limits. f. Revised Stair #3 on plan and added note to "extend handrail to end of chute with support post.' g. Revised number for Electrical Room from #116 to #123. h. Eliminated Tower #120 from plan. I. Added C.P.U. Vestibule #116, including Doors #18 and #28. j. Renumbered Equipment Room from #119 to #105. k. Renumbered Computer Room from #105 to #122. I. Renumbered Count Room from #122 to #120. 7. Drawing Al A: a. Added General Notes ( #7 - #20). b. Added General Construction Notes (A - K). c. Stair Identification added (Stair #1; #2, #3 and #4). d. Added Guard Rail Notes for Stair #2, Stair #3, and Stair, #4. e. Indicated area and added note to: 'fill in existing 12' x 12' opening in Mezzanine floor (refer to Drawing S2).' f . Added note: 'Sales area face of mezzanine above to be repaired and refinished in accordance with specifications.' Revised dimensions at Stair #4. ADDENDUM A TOYS "R" US TUKWILA, WASHINGTON WBDC FILE NO. 262991 February 11, 1992 Page 3 8. Drawing A2: a. Add Detail #1: 'Lift Plan at Mezzanine.' b. Add elevation of removable gates. c. Add Detail #2 and #3: Stair Plans, d. Add Detail #2A: Section at chute and mezzanine floor. e. Add Detail #4A: Railing detail at stairway only. f. Add Detail #4: Railing detail at Lift only. g. Revise detail cut at Section #13 to #2 from #5. h. Detail #16: Add dimension to Column Line 6. i. Detail #16A: Add steel angle and aluminum closure in lieu of steel plate and existing beam. 1. Detail #17: Revise detail cut at section from #7 to #3. 9. Drawing A3: a. Indicated footing below at new Column at H.5 and 4.8, b. Added lift pit Detail #3. c. Section #2: Added Note "Pre - finished counter flashing to match hood." d. Enlarged lift area #1: Add Section cut #3-3 -3 and note: "existing stairway to Mezzanine above. Modify existing handrails per Detail 3 -5=4 on Drawing A4." 10. Drawing A4: a. Remove Details #3 and #4A (Railing Details). b. Stair Section #3: Add dimensions and rail spacings. c, Add Detail #4 (tile detail). d. Add . Detail #8 (shelf details), Revise. Elevation L to be F and refer to Detail #8 -4-4: Revise dimension In Enlarged Restroom Plans. ADDENDUM A TOYS "R" US TUKWILA, WASHINGTON WBDC FILE NO. 262991 February 11, 1992 Page 4 11, Drawing A5: a. in the enlarged Vestibule Plan: Added room name and number for Security Room #102 and Janitor #112, modified (2) section cuts in Service Area and (1) section cut on stair and Security area. Revised office layout to the north of the Service area (including room numbers). b. Added Detail #5 (C.P.U. Vestibule plan details). c. Revise detail cut numbering on Details #1 and #4). 12. Drawing A6: a. Revised Enlarged Plan to eliminate the Control Tower and added C.P.U. at northwest corner. Dimensions and notes to reflect the same. b. Added ceiling over Computer Room (detail #4) and notes relating to construction for that ceiling. c. Revised elevation of Count Room and Director's Office by eliminating the Control Tower. d. . Raised top of wall (beyond) to match 10' - 0" height for Section #1 (thru Count Room).. 13. Drawing A7: a. Revised Door #18. b. Changed door widths of Doors #19, #20, and #21 to 2' -8', c. Added Doors #27 and #28. d. Added Room #123 to Room Schedule. e. Revised requirements for Room #122. 14. Drawing AB: a, Added detail 'partial Left Elevation ". b. Added C.P.U. canopy and note to front elevation. c. Added roof line note to front elevation. d. Added CMU note to front elevation. Added cart curb note to front elevation: ADDENDUM A TOYS 'R' US TUKWILA, WASHINGTON WBDC FILE NO. 262991 February 11, 1992 Page 5 15. Drawing A9: a. Details #1 and #3: Added note to all new support angle at roof deck. b. Detail #3: 'added top of masonry and top of steel elevations.' 16. Drawing A10: a. Added Roof Plan Notes A -E and 1 -34. b. Changed detail notes on Detail 3. c. Added roof leader and guard note to Roof Plan. d. Added coping. 17, Drawing All: a. Added notes to Details #1, #2, #8, #9 and #10. b. Changed dimensions to Details #4 and #5, c. Changed Column 1.0 on Details #6 and #7. d. Revised dimensions and notes on Detail 7, 18. Drawing Al2: Added Reflected Ceiling Plan Note #6. b. Added Detail #5 (flashing detail at C.P.U. canopy). c. Added Detail #11 (socket and filler cap detail). d. Added suspended ceiling seismic bracing details. 19. Drawing A14:L a. Removed. Detail #6 (lift pit detail). b. Added note: 'For Information Only ". B. STRUCTURAL DRAWING ITEMS: 1. Drawing Si: (Reissued) For Reference Only ADDENDUM A TOYS "R" US TUKWILA, WASHINGTON WBDC FILE NO. 262991 February 11, 1992 Page 6 2. Drawing S2: (Reissued) a Added notes to the Steel Lintel Schedule. b. Added RTU roof frame and note to the Roof Framing Plan. 3. Drawing S3: (Reissued) a. Deleted stud and drywall on Detail No. 2. b. Added seismic reinforcement to typical lintel drawing detail. C. MECHANICAL DRAWING ITEMS: 1. Drawing M1 and M2: (Reissued) a. Added door heat to C.P.U. Vestibule #116 and renumber 1, 2, 3, and 4. b. Relocated RTU -7 to the south side of Computer Room #105. 2. Drawing M3: (Reissued) Revised Section 3 -2 -3, 3. Drawing M4: Added DH -5 to Door Heater Schedule. 4. Drawing P1: Revised location of Computer Room. D. ELECTRICAL DRAWING ITEMS: 1, Drawing El: (Reissued) Revised notes for clarification. 2. Drawing E2: (Reissued) Relocate sola transformer to above new location of Computer Room to correspond with architectural changes. 3. Drawing E4: (Reissued) a. Added lighting for new C.P.U. Vestibule. b. Modification to equipment and Computer Room lighting detail to accommodate new ceiling in Computer Room. c. Added exit lighting for new Door #27 in southeast corner of building. 4. Drawing E4.1: (New Drawing) Mezzanine Level Lighting Plan. 5. Drawing E6: (Reissued) Modify Power Plan to accommodate architectural changes. THE. : r UP ARCHITECTURE' .. PLANNING ENGINEERING INTERIORS 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 PROJECT: TOYS "R" US LOCATION: Tukwila, Washington 11111•11111111111111• 41ffialt ADDENDUM NOS_ TELEPHONE (616) 23 -6()00 FAX (616) 235-6132 FILE NO: 262991 DATE: 03 - - DISTRIBUTION To all Bidders furnishing labor and material necessary and required for above project. All applicable provisions of General and Supplementary Conditions, Instructions to Bidders and all other contract documents apply to this Addendum as though items included herein were part of said Contract Documents as originally issued, Revised Drawings issued herewith: S1, S2 and S3 A. STRUCTURAL DRAWING ITEMS: 1. Drawing Si: (Reissued) Added notes which require special inspections. 2. Drawing S2: (Reissued) a. Revised beam sizes from W8's to W10's on the mezzanine Framing Plan. b. Added notes to Mezzanine Framing Plan for clarification. 3; Drawing S3: (Reissued) a. Revised beam size on Detail 11 from W8 to W10, b. Revised Detail 12 top of beam elevation shown for clarification, n c. E@ROVIE Revised Detail 3, Sections A and B, added for :clarification , MAR 2 0 1992 MAHAN & DESALVO, ih :e: \toys \addendum \adde,tuk 5287 REGIS Its R.. i1T T G. ION T E OF'WA WON • .4, • THE 'wpm: CROUP; ARCHITECTURE PLANNING ENGINEERING - INTERIORS 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 DESIGN WORKSHEET TELEPHONE (616) 235-6000 TELEX 226423 FILE NUMBER: 262 991 DATE: 0 3 - 1 1 - 1 7 - PAGE: BY: EASY LINK 62723190 TELECOPIER (616) 235 -613 PROJECT: T® " P q DESCRIPTION : 7 w/LA- , VI/J& . P 6NoZ.2 C2) .4 llt+..:x i % .x :133 ,4 - 1, 3 z µ T r - 38 o Q T {NFa�c.E. w/ A" 'x 2, � a ; ( + J ( b 2S‘.) , to3 4.- 1, E@NOVIA N14R 2 0 1992 i i j i MAHAN' & DESA� LVO, INC . 092 ., +3 ,9s7•, — ,46_® /,Its +: / S (.�(o • /; 3 `$ . I. ■ .9 /8 (•332 ) .`71 3 ,... i M 1 t�r•r � 1 • 1 i 1 ,.... _, .... _. . ,.i . _... _ ._ ... ■ , 3 i-• /.,S ee,,,. � / co � 0 * W ASy� io4 ' 4 j THE WBDC •GROUP ARCHITECTURE PLANNING• ENGINEERING . ;'`INTERIORS. 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 DESIGN WORKSHEET TELEPHONE (616) 235 -6000 FILE NUMBER: 2(o2 9i DATE: 0 3 -19 -92. PAGE: BY: TELEX 226423 EASY LINK 62723190 TELECOPIER (616) 235 -6132 DESCRIPTION: THE WBIDC GROUP ARCHITECTURE • PLANNING ENGINEERING • INTERIORS 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 DESCRIPTION : DESIGN WORKSHEET TELEPHONE (616) 235 -6000. TELEX 226423 FILE NUMBER: 2.6,299 I DATE: 03-19-92- PAGE: BY: EASY LINK 62723190 TELECOPIER (616) 235 -613 THE Wp•Dc ARCHITECTURE PLANNING • • GROUP EN"NEERING INTERIORS IOW 11..;+ LI 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 TELEPHONE (616) 235-6000 PROJECT: DESCRIPTION: , •••e' LLc. • ! I • ...•••••:".e • • 1 4 1111•111■11111111111311111M11111111311M • • . • I rc. • I . . 1. • • • .....7.7.1 "e'....e..-z-7.'ct ....\- -...C. ,... 7.7 - .4-.2%-2....... 1 d . . —7:7D. __ I. I 1 L I 1 '. i I. I . • 1 1 1 , , ...... ,> ......,1'../........../....,?.1,....-*....-.'.. 1 . I i i I, l t i . • • ! I 1 . ; 1 1 ' ' 1 ' . . _ . I 1 1 l i 1 . 1 , ..... .0 t • ety _ ••• . •••.• , _ • : .,""%,-<?, ,e_.-?.F."1.7..e --'---- .e.) ', r - , -F-P4' ..- ‘ 5 " ••V )1 e I I 1 i , . • 1 ii, . I 1 ; . • I • ' ; I . .F i I 1 I 1 • DESIGN WORKSHEET • - t • 1 1 , 1 1 j . . I , • • "":' ■`. TELEX 226423 FILE NUMBER: se DATE: PAGE: BY: MAR 1 2 1992 MAHAN & DESALVO, IN R (616) 235-6132 I C ... ". azarrd _SI • I •' • . I • • 1 • • 1 t I , ! • • • • It ? • I • j l• • • . •. ..4-4-0:. PROJECT: 729,-fr,/,--,,,,e,..43-,---■ • _ . S . DESCRIPTION : .e1 • ' . . • • •, . . • . . . ... . • . ' . . . „ . • . . • — ,,,, • .'' ...:-..sre . (1 - .,...--•,/:.4.<.. _.-- . . . '..: ... * • ' • , . 1 ,., '. ..i.e.:,e-.4.-ra--- • • • . , .... • --7- . I i • ; ..‘ I . Me...ZVI • . .. . • 2 7 ,.._ . ;.■ ,. i . .:,.. ... '... -ti' ----;-, ..1.; . - 7_7/ "... ',.. • . 1 1 ,..., I 1 ... .Z 7.*. r -- T: ,.....- !'' i I- .,..- : , :'... : . . ,.'. . ', ' '. '' . . • - , j ,.„....,_,_,.s.„...„....,, ..,,: • 1 . .: .......e.-, ,..„----,-,.. I 1 . 1 . . . . . , r,,,,,.. i i • i ... - 1 • I ;! / . i ......5 ' ..... , T- , a. ,e`.....: . . ' ; : : : i • . • , -73..5._ -3...3 e3..... e- 1 * 1 • ; i -* ,..7., I. , , . i ' : ... ....„7:z..z..._.....--..,, 1 -. ,...- ,, , , .:PG.,--y.../. . . _... ., ... - .. 77G. • I. C..z ' • , _...._.. _.... . .-veee....) - .r7. 1 ',. . L 1 . . _J. 1 . . 1 • I. . L 1 [.„_. -- I :r.... i . I " i ...-..-, ! I 1 - !;*;t1":.. -: I ._ 1 1 : •.•., ' • - i ! I I I i 1 - I. ,, .7 1 -r- r r _ i .. ... . ._. 1 1 4.1.. 1 a. i ■ ',,. ' ,3r*C,...3 ''' . 1 '„ 1 I 1 - I . /x-- . I. -I • I , I , , ,...,,,*-.-..,.. L 1 • ) : L eat. ' --- -- . , — i. _ , ,,, €./ / ........J.---: - , , '......... ... 1 , , ' I , . 1 ./ . / . ' .1 ,■ I .---,- . i I i :..- I 1 1 --; 1 1 • -.2" I . 1 ' a" 1 .1 i 1 1 e›...r_...z. ... "! 6 , • • I -11 .%c> ' .. 1._ • • ' ,. i i 1 • ./. > . ' I. • . . ■ I i I I _ .. is.c.:4e-..4. .tailr-w. e")..G.. i . • 1 . , ... , #.41 , -e- - - - --- , 2 ;: ,, :;,,i. : ; , :' . .;; ' -- ''''-',''. ......_............ , -'---'': .' '' .. P : - 1 . 1. ` _ ......,.... —7 j....■:' I I . ...___. —. 1, ; ,7 7, ; : ;4g1 -1 . ; . . '). Z. ..... . ..- :.i4',1",' ! i ,i .., -•;‘,=.. i , ,, . . • .. !„z'i : • ' .f 1 ,l„it; ..•:- , :'.:,.,: . . • • . •;:" • i . - .,:,:.•:. :,..,.. - ---77 ,:;;.';' -." .s,').,.".1 1 . I i 1 :::::,.; ,.,•'!.. ' ' ,,..;,, "-- , ,,,',:' . I " ,‘ 12 -, :' THE WI3DC PLANNING GROUP: • ENGINEERING • INTERIORS 11. 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 ompomesolanalmeek DESIGN WORKSHEET TELEPHONE (616) 235-6000 TELEX 226423 FILE NUMBER: DATE: PAGE: BY: EASY LINK 62723190 Al11111•111111111111111•11 TELECOPIER (616) 235-6132 PROJECT: 7T10 :,/,77-?.'"`rz`• DESCRIPTION : �d"�` — "a te ... :›PtrZle. • F:-. r• 1 • .1 1--. '1..: . Ir- •'. ;: Ls-ri. c>. -,.. , '...!5; rf?--- . ' ........n. �. .. r ..o , 4*4 - 7• • - .� ..7.. -5 r . .- i ;,. Ja"o- . , : ` I I. .. 3e;_.,.. o'ks%' ..es�- r ...;t. -- <✓' ...... - . �S s. . - /.�0. _ . _ • ' °` � 0 4 ,. . . . . . ' -/� -*C. _ I _ ^- '. I•C•_c .._._..... �,�. 7. ...d3.�?!_' + ^ �' q . i.•�i,.l . . ST /_ .'y.0 -.,. '.."' I _ . ` ? ..._ • i .. V I� , ....._ ... _.._ "a". +O_/. ' _ /�"c. ... . ,..;r --"•-• K-1-/,-' �, 1 .;, "f" .....".'7"..e. i '-^.�, . .. ' � '..._. _ -` _ _ � + 7 � ci :•k•, ,.: .. - .... .. ..._.. i, l ,i ,•t �.__.:_ i0..C.,v.�,.r�-S wi s .1. : , i ! . "r .._. ;.�_ / _ ii J'•' Ri t: S • ,:50.• . { ' � . is y` • 1, cf�. f • ... _.. 7 - -.c - .. _ _. .._.... 7 _..........__ : � ; I I -�. _ 3 ..... - ..-.._ = _..�4 var-. - ..J . 1 ^ �. I . - .,..e. . ..._. I I � .. _ _•_ .. t 5 i ,u /0. .. G✓_1 Its } 4 s• t ��: .• ' f `.1�i'I • � s•14 �. ti sr THE WBDC GROUP ti ARCI IITECrURL PLANNING ENGINEERING INTERIORS• alesseemsamemp 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 DESIGN WORKSHEET 1111s1111•111111 TELEPHONE (616) 235 -6000 TELEX 226423 EASY LINK 62723190 FILE NUMBER : 7.°r/ DATE: PAGE: BY: �r9-' TELECOPIER (616) 235 -6132 f t •t {tr' I,,i Ve f �"a i ' • :6 9 f Li ' 1 • I" --- st .107 1 1 1 , • t L;-7 1 I t 1 1 t i - ' i 1 ss/ i t 1 '1 1� i 1 t 1 I 1 1 t DNA. r I I t • ! • 1 „H ti E Past -It'” brand fax transmittal memo 7671 r t ! 7 • " ;Z? s,gor I ' 1 I i i ii i ! •t 1 • �I i 1 j {` 1 e- , _ - ;a 4 I C PRono N r N a1 pnuun Fax° t 7-• &44- - gCl r z `.� m n (. } r l. 1f . - tJ T ( .-a r • • C u O i •111i 1 i 1 t : 1 - 1 ik �. 1 t i 1 t t • l 1 i • i .11 I t : w I 1 t 1 i Ii `4). 0 4- r r I ,; .f 1- • , t. • 3 !ii •, 3 PROGRAM : General Frame .Analysis The WBDC'Group JOB : TUKWILA J1 RUN : 8TH NODAL INFORMATION "NODE NODAL COORDINATES SUPPORT CONDITIONS NO X Y CODE PX STIFF P'1 STIFF M STIFF Units : Ft 0.000 1.170 1,854 1.170 3,440 1,170 5,020 1.170 6.600 1,170 8,190 1,170 9,770., 1.170 11,350'" 1.170 12,940 1,170 14,520 1,170 16,380 1;170 2,650 0.000 13 4.230 0.000 14 5,810 0.000 15 7,400 0.000 16 8,980 0.000 17 10,560 0,000 18 12,150 0.000 19 13,730 0.000 Ft Units Ft " Deg K /In PAGE NO. 1 TIME : Tue Mar 03 16 :28 :57 1992 JOB NO, : 31 ELEMENT` INFORMATION ELEM NE PE ELLE9. BETA PROP. ELEM NE PE NO NODE. . NODE LENGTH ANGLE TYPE TYPE HINGE. HINGE 1.854 0.00 1 BEAM. 2 . 2 3 1.586 0.00 1 BEAM 3 3 4 1.580 ' 0,00: . 1 BEAM 4 4 5 1,580 0,00 '1 BEAM 5 5 6 1.590 0.00 • 1 ' BEAM 6 b 7 1.590 0,00 1 BEAM' 7. 7 8 1.580 0,00.' 1 BEAM 8 8 9 1,590 0,00 1 BEAM 9 ' 9 10 1.580 0,00 . 1 BEAM 10 . 10 ' 11 1.860 0,00 .1 BEAM 11 '12 13' 1:580 . 0.00 2 BEAM 12 1. 14 1,580 0,00 2 DEW.: 13 14 15' 1 0.00 ? BEAD, 14 1 r 16. 1.580 0,00 BEAM 15 16 17 1;:80; :p,04 2 3EA71 16 .0 ' 1;590 0,40 BEAM 17 1E 19 1,.'30 :: 0.00" ::::2 . ` BEAN: 18 1 12' -, 2;897, - 23,82.; 3 BEAM: :. ,.19 2 :12 ' .1;417:.55,77,: 3 BEAi1. K /In K -In /Deg PROGRAM : General Frame 'Analysis v1.58 The '4BDC Group JOB.: TUK'WILA J1 • RUN : BTH • ELE.ME.NT. ..I NF0_RMAT I ON ELEM NE PE .ELEM BETA PROP ELEM NE PE NO :NODE . NODE LENGTH ANGLE TYPE TYPE HINGE. HINGE ELE;NENT L0 IN..F0RM.A.T I.0 :N EC . LOAD LOAD LOAD DIST: '10 CASE TYPE. SYS SPEC DIST PX PY 1 21.1a5X1,25;1,133 -2.9e +004 '463 ; .9,092 2 2L1X1X,,109 •2,9e ±004 0.412 :0,038 3 9116 IN; DIA, , TUBE 2, 9e +004 0,249 0.005 Description :.TL Element List : 1 -10 1 1 UNIF`,:.LOC FRAC B 040 0:00 0.36. n,00 E 1:00: 0.00' -0,36' 3. 1,412 55.97 3 BEAM. Y Y 13 1.412. -55.97 3 BEAM Y Y 1,412 55,97. . 3 BEAM Y Y 1;412. - 55.97 3 BEAM Y Y 1.412 :.55,97 3 ` BEAM Y Y 1.417 - 55.64. 3: BEAM' Y Y 1,412 55,97 3 BEAM Y -Y 1.412 55;97 . : 3: BEAM.— Y '412:' 55.97 3. BEAM;; "1:412* '` . 3'" ` BEAM. : Y 1.412 55.97 3 .BEAM:. Y 1,417 55.64 3 BEAM ;; Y 1.412 55,97 3 . BEAK' Y 1.412 -55,97 3 BEAM Y 1,412 .55.97 3 BEAM Y 2.897 23.82 3 . BEAM • Y PR.0P. :T:Y INFORHATI.ON SECTION NAME MODULUS . AREA Units.: K /In 2 In2 104 PAGE NO, 2 TIME : Tue Mar 03 16:29 :07 1992 JOB NO. : 31 P PROGRAM ; General Frame Analysis v1,58 The i18DC Group • JOB ; TUKWILA J1 • RUN : BT'ri NODE LOAD NO COMB NODAL .D14P:LACEMENTS • DX DY PAGE TIME ; Tue Mar 03 16 :29 :36 1992 JOB NO, ; 31 ROTATION LOAD COMBINATIONS:-...: CDMB, . 1: ; .:.1 OO. X CASE.' • PROGRAM : General Frame Analysis Y1,58 The WBDC Group JOB : TUKWILA J1 RUN : BTH NODAL DISPLACEMENTS MODE LOAD NO COMB DX EL EM LOAD NODE NO COMB NO AXIAL Units : K LOAD COMBINATION'S: COMB 1 1 1.00 X CASE :PROGRAM :'General: :Frame Analysis v1.58 The NBDC`Grnup JOB TUKWILA.J1 RUN : 8TH. ELEM LOAD NODE NO COMB . NO•, 15 16 17 PAGE NO, 5' TIME : Tue Mar 03 16 :30:02 1992 JOB NO. : 31 ELEMENT REPORTS SIGN CONVENTION : BEAM DESIGNERS AXIAL SHEAR MOMENT MAX MOM/DEFL DIST 13 1 14... 10.0496 0,0008 0,.0093 15 10,0496 0,0008 0,0105.. 0,0049 IMO 14 .,. 1 15 • 10.4395, 0,0000 0,0105 '. 16 10,4395 0,0000 0,0105 - 0,0051 ;: 0.79 .5993 0,2993 0:0706 0;0528 k ` 10 ;; ; 75;5993-.. -0,2741', : 0,. 0508 -0', 0068 • 12:. 6.9615 0,0063 - 0,0000 13`` 6.9615 0.0063 0.0099 ,.:'-0,0025. ,0,91;.'' 16 10.0537, - 0.0008 0,0105 17 10,0537 0,0008 0,0093 0,0048 0,78 17:' 8,8917 0,0004. 0.0093 18 8,8917 0.0004 0.0099 16 6,9614 r0.0063 . 0,0099 19 - 6,9614 0,01163 0,0000 - 0,0025 0,67 7.9182 0,2762 0,0509 - 0;0542 0,76•' - 7.9182 - 0.3009. " •=0,0706 - 0.0071 ' t : ` }.tit, 0.,3649 -0,0508 0,1326 1:01`;' - 6,0309 - 0.3103 0,0000 •- 0.0296:.'0;96` 9.8811 -0,0004 0.0099 8.8811 -0.0004 0.0093 - 0.0047 .,' 079. 0.2871 - 0,0515. 0,0621 0.79'. - 0.2864, , 0.•0509 •-0,0087 0,79, :..j PROGRAM : General Frame'Analysis v1,58 The WBDCGroup • JOB : TUKWIL A J1 "RUN BTH ELEMENT. REPORTS SIGN CONVENTION BEAM DESIGNERS NO COMB NO AXIAL SHEAR MOMENT MAX ;I0M/DEFL DIST ELEM LOAD NODE • 0.0000 0,0000.. 0,0000- 0,0000 0.0000 0.0000" 0,4000 . 0.0000 0,0000 0,0000.. : " 0.0000" 04000 22 '' 1 13' - 1.7192 0.0000' 0,0400 4 - 1.7192 0,0000 0,0000' 23 1 4 1,0448 0.0000. 0.0000 14 • 1.0448 0.0000 0,0000 24 1_ 14 -1,0434 .5 1.0434. 1 3 0.3471: 0.0000 0.0000 15 0.3471; 0.0000 0.0000 26 1 15. - 0,3466 0,0000 0,0000 6 -0.3466 'i: 0,0000 0.0000.. 27 1 6 , -0,3451 0,0000 0.0000 ". 16 0,3451 0,0000 . 0.0000 28 1 16 0.3442 0.0000 : 0,0000. 7 0.3442 0.0000 . 0.0000 7 - 1,0376., -i).0Q00.. O.U000 . 0.0000 . 17.: 1.0390 ,.. 0,0000 0.0000: ,. 8 1 0,0000 0,0000 • 0.0000 0.0000 0,0000 0,0000 PAGE NO, 6 TIME : Tue Mar 03 16 :30:29 1992 JOB NO. : 31 PROGRAM : General Frame Analysis v1,58 • . The WBDC.Group JOB : TUKWILA J1 RUN : BIN ELEMENT REPORTS SIGN CONVENTION : BEAM DESIGNERS NO COMB NO AXIAL SHEAR MOMENT MAX MOM /DEFL DIST ELEFS LOAD NODE PAGE NO, 7 TIME Tue Mar 03 16 :30;53 1992 JOB NO, : 31 2 35 1 19 6,5926•. 0.0000 0.0000 11 ' 6.5926 0,0000 0.0000•.. LOAD COMBINATIONS COMB 1 . •1',00 X CASE , 1 19 ;. 0 7713 :.;..0.0000' 0.0000 > ; • 10 -0,7713 0.0000 0.4000:; Units.: K K K -Ft 1,709H 0,0000 0.0000, ..t.709B.:. 4,0000 0.0000 R•.E A C T I O N.S - 0,0000 2,9730 -0.0000 PROGRAM : General Frame Analysis v1,50 The NBC Group : ' JOB : TUKWILA J1 MODIFIED RUN ; Big NODAL -INFORMAT,ION NODE NODAL COORDINATES SUPPORT CONDITIONS X Y CODE PX STIFF PY STIFF M STIFF NO .. •1.854 1 x170 '. "'3.440 f.170' 5,020 1.170 6,600. 1.170 7,330 1,170 0'00. 0.;000 1,`5,610 0.000 Units rFt Ft • K /In X /In 'l. -In /Deg ELEM NE NO NODE LEME;NT INFORM • PE'. ELEI4 : BETA : ' PROP ELEM NODE LENGTH .. ANGLE' TYPE TYPE :.'1 . 2LI,25X1,25X,133 2.9e$004. 0.53 0,092;.. 2 2L1 %1X.109 :: 2,,9e +004 ' 0,,41 0,038 9 /16.IN, DIA;'TUBE '.2,9e +004 :. 0,249 0,005 BEAM BEAM 1 BEAM 1 BEAM BEAM BEAM BEAM BEAM . .3 BEAM y Y 3 BEAM Y, Y. 3... BEAM.... Y _ Y 3 BEAM, .. Y Y 3 BEAM Y 3 BEAM Y Y 1 BEAM Y Y 4 ' 3 .. 6 • 7. p 9 , 0 11 12 • 13 14 15 Units Ft 1;854 1,586 0,00 1.580 1 0,00 . 0.730' 0',00 1.580 ' 0,00 1,580 . 0.00 2.597 ' -23.82 1,415 .55,77 1,412 `55,97, .1,412 -55,97 .1.412 . '55.97., 1,412 . - 55,57 1,412 . 55.97 1.918 37,59 PROPERTY.IHFCRMATION PROP SECTION NO NAME MODULUS AREA Units K /In 2 PAGE NO, 1 TIME ; Tue Mar 03 16 :57 :351992 JOB HO, : 35 . NE PE HINGE HINGE � PROGRAM : General Frame Analysis v1,5B The NBDC Group JOB ; TUKWILA J1 MODIFIED RUN 1.8TH E L E M E N T L O A D I N J O R M A T I O N REC LOAD. LOAD LOAD DIST NO CASE TYPE SYS SPEC DIST PAGE:NO; 2 TIME : Tue Mar 03 16:57:51 1992 JOB NO, 35 P'1.. . PY Units : Ft K /Ft K /Ft Ft -K /Ft *01)00n *TL` Element List,;.1 -5' 1 1 UNIT;' , LOC; :' FRAC ::'B 0,00 0,00 1,00 0;00 ':PROGRAM : General Frame Analysis v1.58 The WBDC Group JOB : TUKWILA J1 MODIFIED RUN : BTU NODE LOAD ND ' COMB 'NODAL DISPLACEMENTS DX 0.0000 0.0000:.. - 0,3152; 0.0029 0,0404. 0,0190 - 0.0048 - 0.0386 0,0138:'. - 0.0069 -0,0293 0,0274., - 0,0083 - 0,0138 0.1013 ,'.. 0,0091. 0.0000 0,0938 -0.0034 - 0.0384• 0.0030 0,0000 - 0,0346 0,0280 0.0030 -0.0199 0.0529., ELEMENT REPORTS ELEN LOAD .NODE " SIGN CONVENTION BEAM DESIGNERS'. NO. COMB NO AXIAL SHEAR MOMENT MAX NOM /DEFL DIST Units : K' K K—Ft K -Ft 11n Ft LOAD COMBINATIONS:, COMB ! : `1,00 X CASE ;1 2,3624 0.2874 . 0.0000 r' 0,1138 0,79. 2.3624' 0;3856 0,.0911 0.0236 ':0,86 DY PAGE NO, 3 TIME : Tue Mar 03 16:58:12 1992 . JOB NO. : 35 ROTATION PROGRAM : General.Frane Analysis v1,58 The WBDC Group ' JOB ; TUKNILA J1 MODIFIED RUN : BTH RASE NO, 4 TIME ; Tu? Mar 03 16.58 :18 1992 JOB NO, : 35 ELEMENT REPORTS SIGN CONVENTION : BEAM DESIGNERS NO COMB NO AXIAL SHEAR MOMENT MAX MOM /DEFL DIST ELEM LOAD NODE 1.4959. `' 0.2752 040636 - 1,9959 ; -0,2984, 0.0819 1 6255 0:1858';;. - 0.0389 0 • 0A1 - 1,6255 ' X0.0792':'.': 0.0000 0,0001 0,13 ,2,1284 0.0027 - 0,0000, 2;1284 0.0027 0.0042' - 0;0011 0,91 1.8671 - 0.0027 0,0042 1,8671 -0.0027 0.0000 -0.0011 0.67 2.5824. 0,0000 0,0000 2.5824 0.0000 0;0000 0.8356 0,0000 0.0000 - 0,8356 0.0000 0.0000 - 0.4217 0,0000 0.0000 7 -0.4217 0.0000. 0.0000 12 1 8 0,2303 0.0000 0,0000 �. � °� J, �,asa /x , "r:o � , 0.2303 0,0000 0.0000 13 1 4` 1.1691 : .0;0000 ` . 0.0000" 9 -0.9691 0',00,0,0 0.'1000 , 0,0000 - 1.8924 : 0.3052, - 0,0911,• 0.0372 0,84 -1,8924 70.2705 :. -0.:0636;,.. -0,0037 0.84 '.0:0539: ° t 0:86 :" 1.,4069 .0,0407 0,76 , - 0,0044 0.76 PROGRAM s. ; General. Frame,Analy"sis v1.58 The WBDC Group . . JOB : TUXWILA J1 MODIFIED RUN BTH ELEM LOAD NODE NO , COMB NO ' PAGE 5',. TIME : Tue ?far 03 16;58:25 1992 JOB NO. 35 ElENEN.T REPORTS. SIGN CONVENTION.: BEAM DESIGNERS AXIAL SHEAR MOMENT MAX NON /DEFL DIST 0,0000 0,0000 L• ,Zr. ›zs' 0.0000 0.0000 .0,0000 0,0000 '�. � J Q6,tID; W lLR; a2 NODIF!E! PROGRAM : General Frame Analysis v1,53 • • The WBDC Group JOB : TUKWILA J2 MODIFIED RUN : BTH PAGE NO, 1 TIME : Tue Mar 03 17:27:25 1992 JOB NO. : 36 NODAL INFORMATION : NODE NODAL COORDINATES SUPPORT CONDITIONS NO X 'I CODE PX STIFF PY STIFF M STIFF Units : Ft Ft K /In K /In K -In /Deg 3. 3 4 4 4 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 .9 10 11 :10 • 11 12 11 12 13 12 13 14 ' 13 14 15 14 .15 16 15 1 10 16 .. 4 1 4 17 .. 10 3 19 . 3 11 .. '19. . 11 . . , .. •20 i'.: -'12. 21 12 5 :22 5 13 1 BEAM: 1 BEAM , 1•: SEAM 1 • BEAM 1' : BEAM` 1 BEAU 1 BEAM 2 • BEAM . 2 BEAM. 2 BEAM 2 BEAM 2 BEAT" 2 BEAM 3 ' BEAM: Y 3 BEAM: y • 3 BEAM' Y 3`? BEAM" y 3 BEAM Y 3' "BEAM BEAK :0.000 1,170. H 1.854 1.170 3.440 1,170 5,020 1,170. 6.600 1,170 8.190 1.170 9;770 ' 1.170 11,350." 1.170 12.940 1,170 XR • 2.650 0,000 4,230 0.000 5810' 0.000 7.400 0,000 8.980 0,000 10,560 0,000 12,150 0.000 ELEMENT , INFO.RMAT IO:N NE PE ELEH BETA PROP ELEM . .NE. PE : . NODE NODE LENGTH ANGLE TYPE - . ..TYPE'' HINGE HINGE Units: Ft* , Deg 1,854 . 0,00 1.586 ' 0;00 1.580 0.00 1.580 0.00 1.590 0,00 1.580 0.00 1.580 0,00 1.590 0,,00 1.580 0,00 1,580 M0. 1.590 0,00 1,580 0.00 1,580 0.00 ,. 1.590 0,00 2,897 - 23.82,' 1.415. 55.77.. 1,412 55.97 1,412 . ' 55,.97 1:412 55,97" 1.412 : -55,97 1,412 55,97 1,417 .... - 55,64: PROGRAM : General Frame Analysis v1,58 The HOC Group JOB : TUKWILA J2 MODIFIED RUN : BTH PAGE NO, 2 TIME ; Tue Mar 03 17 :27 :371992 JOB NO, : 36 EL EM.ENT INFORMATION ELEM NE • PE ELEM 'BETA PROP ELEM NE PE NO ' NODE' NODE LENGTH ANGLE TYPE • TYPE ;TINGE HINGE 23 13 6 1,412 55.97 3 BEAM Y Y 24 6 14 1,412 -55.97 3 BEAM Y Y 25 • 14. 7 1,412, : 55.97 • .3 'BEAM Y Y 26 • 15' 1,412 7 `: 55.97' , 3 —. BEAN Y Y 27 ..: 15'. 8 ', :1',412 :55:97 3 BEAM Y Y: 28 8 . 16 1.417 55;64.. 3 ' BEAM ' Y Y 29 16 '9' 1.412 55..97 3 BEAM P R 0 P'El 1V I :101 Al 'ION" PROP :;' ` SECTION NO NAME MODULIlS'. :AREA ELEMENT :LOAD•'.INF0RilAT I ON REC. LOAD LOAD LOAD : 01ST NO CASE TYPE SYS SPEC 01ST PX PY: Units.: K /fn 1n2 . In4, Ft 1 2L1,25X1,251,133 2,9es004, 0,63 0,092 2' 2LIXIX,109 2,9e4004 "` : 0,412 0,038 '3 7/16 IN DIA. TUBE 2,9e +004• 0.249 0,005 HST Description TL Element List : 1 -B .: 1- 1, UNIF LOC FRAC B. 0,00' 0,00 �03b 0.00 E 1;00: 0,00 -0,36 0,00 : PROGRAM : General Frame Analysis v1.58 The SIBDC Group JOB : TUKf4ILA J2 MODIFIED RUN : BIN NODE LOAD NO COMB N 0 D A , L .D I S P L A C E N E N T S PAGE NO, TINE : Toe liar 03 17:28:19 JOB NO; 36'. . DY ROTATION. ••PROGRAM' General Frame Analysis v1,58 The WBDC, Group . JOB :`TUKWILA J2 MODIFFIED. RUN : . 8TH NODE ' ` LOAD NO COMB CO 1,00 X CASE 1 ELEMENT REPORTS':' .;'. OAD' NODE SIGN CONVENTION BEAM DESIGNERS: :COMB :'. NO AXIAL SHEAR. , MOMENT , -;'; :MAX•- iMOM /DEFL,. 0.0098 -0.0411 0.2366', -4.6374 0,3012 0.0000 0.1249 0,83 ✓ - 4.6374 - 0.3718 - 0,0655 . - 04271 0.89 2 4,1901 0,2855 -0.0655 0,0468 ' "0.79 v 3 - 4,1901 - 0,2902 -0,0692 0.0057. ' 0.79 5,6663 0,2942 '. - 0,0692 0,0501; 0,81 V 5,6663 0;2793. 0,0574 •-0;0063` 0;81 - 6.3737 0,2855 0.0574 0,0549 0,79. j/ - 6,3737.. - 0,2880 -0,0594: ;: -0.0073 0.79 - 6,3073 0,2873 - 0,0594 0,0543 0.79 V -6.3073 •-0,2899 -0.0615 -0.0072 0.79 -5,4654 0;2896 - 0.0615 0,0540 0,80 •V - 5,4654 • - 0.2840 .- 0.0571 0,0071 0.80 3.,8588 0,2681 •- 0,0571. 0,4419 0,74 .� ;t,895E :70. - 0,0865.. 0,0046 0,74.-: - 1,4217_ 0.3430 -9,0865 0,0755, 0,94, '- 1,4277.. -0,2342' -0,0000. •;-0.0109 0,87;. NODAL DISPLACEMENTS DX DY PAGE NO, 4 TIME Tue Mar. 03 17 :28 :20 1992 JOB NO. : 36 ROTATION 14 1 15 2,8712 - 0,0034'• 0.0054 `, 16 2,8712. -0.0034 - 0.0000 - 0.0014 0.67, 15 I 1 5,0692 0,0000 0,0000 ✓, 10. 5,0692 0.0000 . 0.0000 16 1 .2 - 0,7951 0,0000 0.0000 / 10 -0,7951 0.0000 0.0000 1 7 . 1 10 1,6715. 0.0000 0.0000 3 - 1,6715 0,0000. 0,0000 18 1 3 0,9663 0,0000 0,0000 11 0,9663 0,0000 0.0000 19 1 .11 -0,9729 0.0000 0.0000 7 4 - 0,9729 Amo 20 1 4 042914 A;0900: 0,0000 4 12. > 0,291 00004 0.0000 13 6. - 0,0007: ,0,0070, 44 ' 6.0820 -0, 0001. • .': ; 0 , 0058 . -0, 0031;;• 0 :78 14 4,8485' 0,0003 0,0058 :` �'.. 15 4.8485 0.0003'' 0.0054' -0:0027 0.78 0.2903 :' 0,0000 0.0000 ,. 0 2903 0,0000: 0 0000` 0,0007 -0,0007 y 0.78 PAGE NO. 5 - TIME ; Tue Mar 03 17:28:33 1992 • JOB NO, ; 16 • .. .PROGRAM : General Frame Analysis v1.58`: The NBDC Group JOB : TUWILA J2 MODIFIED RUN : BTH ELEM LOAD NODE NO COMB NO ELEMENT REPORTS SIGN CONVENTION BEAM DESIGNERS SHEAR. MOMENT MAX MOM /DEFFL DIST AXIAL LOAD COMBINATIONS: COMB 1 : 1,00,X CASE 1: Units N 0,0000 25 1 ' 14 1,1024;'" t `' 0, 000 ' ?'< 0.0000 z' 7 1.1024. '` 0.0000y':i: 0,0000 26 1 7 -1.7686 0,0000 ' 0.0000 7 15 - 1,7686 0,0000 ;;'; 0.0000 27 1 1.5 1,7649 '0.0000, 0,0000.E 8 ',L7.649. 0,0000 28 i 8 _2.5574 0,0000. 0.0000 Y 16 -2;5574' 0.0000 0,0000 16 2.5 40000 :• 0.0000; ✓_ _. 9 2,5513 • 0.0000 0,0000 RE A C T 1 0 PY • MOMENT -.2,3486• '0.0000 0009 . • . PAGE NO. 6 TIME : Tue Mar 03 17:28:51 1992 JOB NO, : 36 . , • PROGRAM : General Frame Analysis v1,58 The 'ABDC Group JOB : TUKWILA J3 ' RUN ;3TH. PAGE NO, 1 TIME : pled Mar 04 09:35 :59 1992 JOB NO, : 37 NODAL INFFORMATION NODE ' . NODAL COORDINATES SUPPORT CONDITIONS NO X Y CODE PX STIFF FY STIFF M STIFF Ft '! ... 0,670 :: ;0.670 "0 r670 .1;470 ' :0;670„ r 0'1670 • . XR 0', 000 Q000 •:0;000 K /In K /In K -In /Beg E(E'M.E'NT 1NFORMATI0 ELEM. NE, PE'::. 5 ELEII BETA ...PROP ELEM NE PE NO NODE .'',. NODE..' ":. 'LENGTH ,ANGLE TYPE TYFE HINGE HINGE Units•: Ft Deg 1 2 1,750' 0,00 1 BEAM 2 ' 2 3 1,580 0.00 .1 BEAM 3 3 4 1.590 0,00 1 BEAM 4 4 5 1,560 0,00 1 BEAM 5 5 6 1;380 0.00 1 BEAN 6 6 • 7 • 1,590 0.00 1 BEAM B:` 1,750 0,00 1 BEAM 10' . ; ... 1.585 . 0 2 BEAM imps', , • 0, 00 2 BEAM 1,580. 0,00 2. BEAM I3. 080 0,00 2 BEAM 12 1. • ' 9:. : 24627 -14.78 3 BEAM Y 13 2.' 9 1,036 -40.30 4 BEAM Y 14 9' 3.• 1.036' .40,30 4 BEAM Y 15 .,3. 10 ` ', 1,040 40 4 BEAM Y 16 10 4:., • 1.040 40.12 4 BEAM . Y 17 .. 4 11 1'.036 -40,30 4 BEAM '1 18 • 11 • 5 036 40,30 4 BEAM . Y 19 5 12 . 1',036 - 40,30. 4 BEAM • Y 20` 12 6' 1,056 40,3) BEAM Y 21 ..6 13 1,036 740,30 4 BEAM Y 22 1 13 :7 1'.044 39.95 4 ,BEAM . 23 : .. 8: , ;... 2;••7 14,72 BEAM ROGRAM :: Gen'eral Frame. Analysis v1,58 The:118DC Grpup: .JOB : 'TUKWILA J3 RUN BTIr PROPERTY INFORHATIEN PROP ' SECTION HO NAME MODULUS AREA 2L1725k1,25X,133,,. �2L1%lXt'•109 i 5 /8JN''•DIA;;::TUBE. :1%2IN.'DIA:iTUBE•.. � ; � PROGRAM : General Frane Analysis vl,58 The WBDC Group JOB : TUKWILA J3 :RUN nTri NODE ' OAD NO COMB 0 0,00007.' . 0,9126 .0077 3 1 - 0.0139.. -0' 3461;1 - 0,2322 4 1 - 0.0223 -0,4055; `. ' 0,1006 5 1 0.0313 0, 4057 O, 1006 . F ! 0..0396. 0,3471;. 0,2281 .. 7 0,0459 0.2456 0,42 79 8 - 0.0536: 0,0006 0,9154.:. 9 ! -0,0524 0,2945 -0,2952` 10 ! - 0,0407 °0,3x07 0,1892 I1 ! 0,0268 0,4109, -0,0005 17 1 1) 0130 - 0;3 0,1878'• `r. 0 0013: 0,2057 :0,29 5 ,LOAD COMBINATIONS: N 00AL DISPLACEMENTS Units : I DX DV PAGE NO, 3 TIME : Wed Mar 04 09 :37:14 1992 ;OD NO, : 37 • 'ROTATION Deg � <. PROGRAM ; General Frame' Analysis:,v1.58 The WBDC Group JOB : TUKWILA J3 RUN : BTH ELEMENT REPORTS ELEM LOAD NODE SIGN CONVENTION : BEAM DESIGNERS NO • COMB NO AXIAL SHEAR MOMENT MAX MOM /DEFL DIST -8,6937 0.2874 - 0.0348 0.0789', 0,79 5 - 8.6937 ... - 0,2861 -0.0338 - 0.0121 X0,79 . - 8.0340 - 71;0340 0.2670' - 0;?365 5;OU92 0,3258 - 6,0092 - 0;2514 6,6926'_= 0.3210 - 6',6926;'.. 0;3143 8 9 • PROGRAM .s'General,FrameAnalysis v1,58 The WBDC Group JOB,: TUKWILA J3 RUN 4 BTH. , - E L E M E N T REPORTS ELEM ' LOAD NODE SIGN CONVENTION 1 BEAM DESIGNERS NO COMB NO.' . AXIAL • SHEAR MOMENT MAX MOMi /DEFL DIST 0`.0029 0,0029 - 1,8162 -1.8162 - 0.8914 0.,0000.:. .0.0000 0,991A 0,,0t?fa0 0,0000 6,9198.;, 0,0000. 0,0000 6.9198 0,0000. 0,0000 0,0000 0.0000 0.0000 'f 0.0000 . PAGE N0;•:5 : : ;: TIME I Wed Mar 04 09:37:33 ' JOB NO., :' 37 PROGRAM :General .Frame Analysis 0..E1 The WBDC Group JOB : TUKWILA J3 RUN : BTH NODE :' LOAD NO COMB PX RE AC T I O 1 PY MOMENT TIME : Wed Mar.04 09;37:41 1992 .JOB NO.' : 37 J8 IF U3 1 JDIFIE NODAL I NF OR;iAT I O. NODE NODAL COORDINATES SUPPORT CONDITIONS NO X Y CODE PX STIFF PY STIFF M STIFF PROGRAM i General .Frane Analysis v1,58 The WBDC Group' JOB : TUKWILA J3 MODIFIED RUN : BTH PROP.. NO' Units : Ft: Ft NODE. 0.000. 0.'670 0;670: , 3;33Q; :4,920A. 6 560; ° . , 0.670 • 6 B30;t..:. 4, 670^ 2 5.40`:ri: .0 0,9,M 0:0000', 0.009 1 2L1.25X1.25X,133 2 2L1X1X,109 3 5/B IN, DIA..TUBE; 4 1/2 IN, DIA, TUBE K /.In . E'LEHENT IN • PE. • ELE4 . NODE LENGTH ' ANGLE TYPE TYPE ` . ; HINGE 'HINGE' , Units : Ft . Deg 2 '• 1.750 0,00. 1 BEAM.;;" '3 ' 1.580 0.00 1 BEAM` 4 1,590 0.00 1 BEAM : +p... 5 1.580 0,00' : 1 BEAM 5 6 0,330 0,00 1 BEAW.,: , 7 8 . 1.585 0.00 2 BEAM '': B 9 1.585 . 0.00 2 BEAM, .1 7 2.627 ' -14.78 3 BEAM 2 7 1,036 -40.30 4 BEAM 7 3 1,036 ' 40.30 4 BEAM, 3 . 8 1.040 -40.12 4 BEAM. 4" 1,040 40,12 4 BEAM. 9 . 1.036 40.30. ' 4 BEAM. 5. 1.036 40,30'; ..' ''. 4 BEAM :.., 6 1.305 30.89." 1 BEAM' MODULUS PAGE NO. 1 TIME : Tlx: Mar 03 18:04:54.1992 JOB NO. : 38 K /In • PROPERTY INFORMATION SECTION, NAME AREA Units : K /In 2 In2 In4 'Ft . K -In /Deg DIST 2,9e *004 2.9e +004 2.9e +004 2.90.004 ''PROSRAM•i.Beheral.Frame Analysis v1,58 The'WBDC Group JOB TUKWILA'J3 RUNT BTN{ LE'UN REC` LOAD LOAD LOAD NO CASE. TYPE . .Sys LOAD INFORMATION DIST. • SPEC DIST P% ' PAGE' NO, 2 TINE i Tue har 03 18 :05 :26 1992 JOB NO, : 38 PY ROGRAM General Erame`•Analysis vi, .: Tfte WBDC .Group JOl: TUKWILA J3 MODIFIED ROM BIN . E L E M E N T R`EP:OR T.S • ELEM . LOAD. NODE : SIGN ' CONVENTION BEAMi.DESIGNER5 : , i'::: NO' :COMB NO AXIAL SHEAR , MOMENT'; :'';'MAX!° :;MOM /DEFL DIST PROGRAM s General Fracie Analysis`v1;58 The WBDC Group ' JOB : TUKWILA J3 MODIFIED RUN : BTH ELEM LOAD NODE • NO COMB NO SIGH CONVENTION: BEH DESIGNERS SHEAR MOMENT MAX 140M /DEFL DIST - 0,4928 0.0000. - 0.4928 0.0000 0,3734`;: 0,0000:' 0.3734, 0,0000. PAGE' NO. 4 TIME Tue:Mar 03 18:06;28 1992 • JOB NO, : 38 2,6585 - 0,0059 >'. 0,0093 2 2:6565.; •0,0059 ;i - 0:0000 -0,9688.. :0.0000:.`.'" 0,0000. 7 0,9688 . 0.0000 :: j 0,0000 1 34 0.0000 0,0000 1;3433 0.0000 :;0,.0000 PROGRAM ; General Frame Analysis v0B The WuDC Group JOB : TUMWILA J3 MODIFIED RA ; BTH E L E M E N R E P A R SIGN'CONVENTION :.BEAN DESIGNERS NO COMB NO AXIAL SHEAR MOMENT MAX MOM / DEFL DIST ELEM LOAD NODE NODE LOAD NO COMB LOAD COMBINATIONS; COMB 1 ; 1,00 X CASE 1 PAGE NQ; 5;.. TIME Tue Mar 0,18:04:34 1992' JOB NO. : 38 THE WBDC GROUP` AaCHI f i` Tl;itE; I:\GItiI:EK]tiG INIT I-Ri )a5 I uu RECEIVED FEB 181992 CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 1 3 199` MAHAN & DESALVO, ..inrero. s 50 MONROE PLACE' GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 DESIGN WORKSHEET rairtioNE (616) 235-6000 I p ••c" .AV. s`..E" PERMIT CENTER FILE NUMBER: v 'S' DATE: /1 PAGE: BY: - ' ' i t 1 ' i i i _'.._ ...G._...; -'g. -=7air.<•r,-4..._:17Ocl..s_ -�>cr rK✓ r te. . = ,...: / - ../s7cs_ .. z ._ ..4%i✓.01✓�r!�'.....09'a . _- ..__ . . . t vi' -!Wiz. _ =er7.4 ..._ a' - e ' - ..,,✓... iz '- !G- .;. --- _ -___.. �. ) f 1 1 . i I PROJECT: /' DESCRIPTION: _ _ �_ a' -"-' • • \ I I f : , ,. i r ! i , :, , _ ___�......_ -_ -- _._ __ -- _ — _____. -__ t __ —_ , , , . „..._._ 1 i f ; , . „. ._._ moo' i , G- �'°,. /i/ ✓i?r :. . n'_ ,i9! - __. _, _ ,___ � , j t/ -- { - -----. .. - -f - -!_.2.L _�_ /�y,L „, . , i f } j } 3 e .,....57......4.>._/.2 r i 1 r ---(- i t , - i 1 _ i F\ 1 I ../1L/ti ��C f i j I i T i, 1 ',. •1 j 1 i i 1 , t I_ I Pte! / ©= . -- .<.- f � i 1, \i i LL. - - - I -•- i , ! • • .- .i.-� _ _ ° __ . �sG?__._• -- -i --�-- .__'._..._.;_.- - -- = /o ” G 13 � % r ; =- f /l,_.jL • -�. . 1_,�� , . i I , z • • t 1 . i =.4.01/A. / = / . 1 1 ! _t_ ., g .`11,44,•,4 _4_,_ .1 --- -,r , ..., s• i _ - /_ 3 __ 7 f i ` - - - ; - li �' f �-c� l - -- ,_ .._ T - -,-- • r. I - / J , - `-- - y .,� ; 1 si � , TC` .. -_1 '{ c 7't,` era .tk 1 �o , N,...,...,.. , = e 's mf t ONIN f . THE ' :GROUP .. ARC Hilr:CT1 RE Ett)ORS. 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAMS. MICHIGAN 49503 DESIGN WORKSHEET TELEPtiONE (616) 235.6000 Tax 226423 FILE NUMBER: DATE: i- z" -1 PAGE: BY: ..- " EASY LINK 62723190 TELECOPrER (616) 23S -613 THE wODC 'GRouP .AitCHITEC1 t ItE• I'I,ANN1NG • .E.NGINEEi <INc IN1 Ei 10.R5 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 r L. PROJECT: Tom"'' DESCRIPTION : ' �.le-i.. •t_° / 3e>r BOG - <s. -%c'— • 1 DESIGN WORKSHEET w vWW1111111k TELEPHONE (616) 235 -6000 TwEx 226423 EASY LINK 62723190 FILE NUMBER: W19' DATE: PAGE: . BY: G T£LECOP1ER (616) 235-6132 1 I F 1 T I I f I s 4 y r. y.�rl, , :7 °1 " f - / t' V -45to '`'%s+G�X 41 i 1 I 1 1 _ ,3 � , � i � " IT . .7�'_ r - 1 i _L ` ' I 1 ' _ 1 ; ---.....r."&7 i 5- 4 f , "2- -' = ' - ----, } i I , c °/ i /7,. , ' .3cr'� I ,Gv'' / I i- t Y Z 1 . .. __... ... _ i , .4' - i --:". '-i-. c a~rv'"... i Sr _a PROJECT: -' /T:‘-',.ew4 -i.9 DESCRIPTION : .....s2'' cz^°- 'r' -`' rJ • • ��"<� eY °���cr�G�/_ � i t _ fi } ="Gtr_ !�"%'"f.' '_ -.--- _ .- -- - •� - -- -� _... .. -- -.. __ _ .__ _ _ _ i 1 __ - -- ! _ as - /" ( i i 1 s 1..;'s f-4 i V ID- -- - -- 7•---- F -- - -_ ... 1 I 1 ZL`3 " - 1 - - ( - I • I i _... -- ; ) ;-••• 1 it -yam _ _. '° t __,. I ( , ` , i si_ : I i . 3 k - .......1.1■5•• ! 1 4 . � f i k _. - t �.3� I - ma y i - ,i. 1 .. V ! '63.:F-if 3 - - s — 1 . y I. I . i . , ,.. ! it . . 4 i' 7 ' rsr. :• � y 6 it . 1. r ! i i = s ty,Gr \� AS . d �' 1 q✓ � t3'. /v " Gd� i s a•. ice 1 ! 2r ^s3 fc A # aRerrr .47" i /Z1: f -4(. � . .� 1 it - ' %,70%• __,47.61-.0-'...0......;,ve-F..e.e_14 I E . %.1 T•HE :aizc,��trt {E'. t:c; aaair <c, 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 DESIGN WORKSHEET TELEPHONE (616) 2.15 -6000 TELE< 226423 FILE NUMBER: z'9 DATE: PAGE: -V BY: �s »✓ EASY LINK 62723190 TEI.ECOPIER (616) 235 -6132 7 / 7 • PROJECT: Toi-' DESCRIPTION: — 3 }{ • , i T { € :. E 1 , -rz a P;3"-e--:1 ii { • ii /lils 6d 1 , 1 te r. r' t C ir • 4 r� �y y : \i y • } { ` ,- l..T c } ' Y.; Y f, N +'p .. J t . 1, dggr :cgoup.••. ANairrEtIrjRii ENGINEEPENG 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, DESIGN WORKSHEET TELEpHosm (616) 235-6000 TELEX 225423 EASY LEVI< 62723190 TELECOPIER 616) 235-6132 PROJECT: T� r-1. /� "`'"`rg-~ DESCRIPTION: ,-->e,arg . a`IG6-403" �s . --+ 1 — - -----t------t-L---L-1----i - - • 1 ,...._.. i ! 1.___J . .%•,1_ 4 4 , , I * • 1 • I 1 1 • 11 I: . _ ,,.- • ii- L-. p * _. H kS k i t N : t i'=..,,,.1 • • , , ; , i ! 1 , • ' '4 . -. . i e i - - i \ \ , \ ; 1 , - • • .,,.4 '_::.. f f.... Ilk , , H 1 ! ! A .. .-I--N - __„,.. : . . , , I • t t . 1.,... it 6 '0 ii ,z.T- ' � � Ili f i 11 ; • _I.__ . .,„_...1_ ... ...... _ _.. _ _I . . . . „VI._:... ' K1. T '1 .'tf 2 DESIGN WORKSHEET PROJECT: T ° "S ."72 -me. "-Ix-z...-r DESCRIPTION : ey°.e..'''` S I I ._ i � ._ -._ 3 - -_l____ ---i ____i [.__ .j_- _�__._ ... ._- --- --- -: - -- 1 - --- - -. .._ . ._:.:__.' I i..�_. ____- - __:___ Gri '' i ' _ f t /.jC�l 1 ' ! t ! ( i /1 °K 1 y , ' /Z 7 ! ,Ti I L ` ± i 1 " ,.r j '' ,, %_ l V 4 / i I i I I 1 i - -- - ---'- ._. _ 1 1 - i t 1 Z3. , 1 .f ? .i / r . ...-..-7...-e yyr /t _ _g7o i 1 - - -- - - -• -, " - "XV 1 i p ism I, ' L; _ •- /mot ..__ _9/' _ iI i S 5 ( r , I i -- 1 ' i - i I 1 Z-44? 1 I _ _... .% _z;.'2��I� _.f._ I . 1 : T a ,,.ce. C . s!' _._y_ = y!> ,04. a ... _ I i i - =-�- - -`- - - ..w _ a i I ' ,v3 S # / d!/' . z��". I_ ' ' - _. _.. �_-. .;. ----- -- ��" I J?/ /� I i ! .a�z i. ors ?. 1 1 1 1 5 . is . EOM Ea # ! __ s i. _.. ',e- I ' m ' o # .. ,_ /c �. a BA • , {j{ `£ �,1 Li r sf i r o C. ,' 1 LP L•,� • �.�. ,./iw .� - 1/ 4- - --- 0 ►/ i I i �°- ( L r . ,c { a. s7� , a>o - � � I mo / : �4"; ;ts. 1' r I '' 1 1 4.--r-gr..' 1-7-1 � ..� fr 5:. i..t 1 '. ,1. .n 1 }mow """SSs .. `.'qt t S ? THE . •WBDC GROUP. • • I ciHrrJ:Cr1;I7E rJ:,t.\NINC, .. :. •I�cl;�t =Elti�c • I,N.TERloItti 50 ).& 4ROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 DESIGN WORKSHEET TEUPtiOPtE (616) 235-6000 TELEX 226423 FILE NUMBER: ze--z>2, DATE: PAGE: - 7 BY: /5•>7 EASY LINK 62723190 TELECOPIER (616) 235-6132 PROJECT: DESCRIPTION : . • 1_ _ .... L 4 I i 1 [ 1 L. 1 1 _. ;._ .... 1 . . . . ..:. ...._..,„ .... ......,............. ... k ,_'1.)..4 ri) 1 ) T , -;; •1 L-- __.L s - 4 1 m 1 \I , ! - : . ., k • - ---, Ns 1 , 0 . ......, 1 r —4-- .1 i i i [...- 1 , 1..:.) -- .71. --------- I , — 1 1 4, 1 — -- ------ r . . - . . t LI e i--- ii I , --s " ' ‘ -.....% -7 4. . „..„ ... I .V1iti I 1- '• i L i VI 1 i t I . , . .. rvt: I I I I t I 1 -A, • A 1 I L h. 1 1. r i - I { i 1. i s ! 1 - Misr I I ! 1 1 , , v: 1 - -7-- ■ ,,....r -.. . Jo _ -1 t - 1 :.;;,:,1,` :- ,.-. r• • 8 DESIGN WORKSHEET PROJECT: 7"- DESCRIPTION: I ; 1 .--,i.. 5........... . t f " 1 , 1 . • , L. L . ---: r 1 1 , l 4 • ' i •—:,...,---k",—. 41)12°4'7 " . - - • i 1 f ._ ; i• . ....i ......„. 1 __: i I f 1---. ir---■,,d• -1. ; f ., . r • ii i • . i , ; 1 1 i I I : / , ' ' ' f -- -.,"- - 1 "---7.- - - -7 ---- 1 F ,-,.---" ;,,. I I i 1— • i 1 , . , ,: -4 : f 4 I 1--- i ex 7,...r Y , i I • P ) ; 1 _ 1 , • ." /- :"E ' I .7,c-)./; e_-__Z .t..,;e.ii-■ a ''-'-- ,., e9/S/r/./..z . _ .; ; Alir I ; ; i f r 1 / ' - ! ! ; ! ! ■ 1 7 — : ;.Z,.a: ! ..e:;44,..—■ -.4.........-.+--,..4- - „.....1- _ -___.i... ..1 `, sz _ / i _l_ • A ! :-,,, 4,- • . ' :: ,f_.!./ 1 I : ' i i ■ • • L . g.'" 1 • , i ; • 1 . : 1 , L .• '.' .. ::), , . : . 1 r . I ' , I I , .., 4i .C.--..-1,;?......-Le" P', 0_, , ,c..... , ..... ----L.-- -.- --- — -,- L , : i 1 ' 1 t • • 1 i r ; ' - I .• H':',.:" .:.-..0.. f •-• • ', ! . ; • , , . , : ___L ,.• I r -' ,' '; ri , ,i ,,, • .. , , 1.: , .• • ,,, .t . ',it ..:-..-..e.__.:.,:.,.‘fFeer,-,,f-.2..!,.•::__..t.........L.......:....L...1.____ -.•(.• • i • • , . , • " , • 1 i , ___L .I • : , • , • , --3 T ... • - i . • : ti 1 . . ' 1 J. — I - 1 ; • . i / i ___ _ ._. . ------:,..a- —....."..t.c? .r...?:.‘f.e..... ''. .1 ....; . , - /1 -' - i / ' I 1 ; I / . ; ..';'. ' et e- . " ,.... - J ‘, 1 ; ' 4 ". 4,*.- ' ......----- -.... 111/1 , ., ..M..___. ..........,.. : .. . - ----,- •., 71 . ii .: -il',.. ...s.:-.5,.,:„. 4._. • • • r ' E . ..,,I... 4 ....*...,; 1 • 4 ' 4 ..„..-_-, ''.,', ' ',.: • ' , ; : • ;' • :•"4 :-: . - • '''''' ' .*:‘• 1 " / /M":-...•-•-ce-1. - . 1 ._......zOla.. • .../F — .5.'" / / I • ../4 . . i .. . i .,. ',i' : -, • , . ::;i:.1 -../' .l. / .., ..., 1 , ...W.-= . i ' i • i • /. i • -.....- - I ' : . i ' ' : r 110 , ; ; :. „. ,.. ., : . s i ./... : • _‘ . w. ■ 0 --- i , I kVC , Vk"E' , '‘ , $5 1 r --------- . . . 1 • ....0 - 7.' • , 1 4 ' t •• . k ■/.. r'.' ' ' 1 I f • . • ..., „... , - • ' ; -.. . . . ... , ./-;; . ? "4 k ' •-- ' 1 ST t - • ' .. .....*,_ . , , , ' • . .,....,,, .-.14.; .t'o••?; ,.-. .,'... .. :• .•zril , 41 , !.,,i,,;,),:, "r•l' . -. , ...., /. . ,. / t'''.t:' ; . , 1, .;; ., , . , •-,, . 1 THE WBD GR Al(c itcr LC Tt:Iii• LNGINLEro'.1.7":C. • I.N11-,ftli..)1:5 ■311111BMIIMIIIIMMISIONIBIN 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 DESIGN WORKSHEET TELEPHONE (616) 235-6000 • - ma 226423 FILE NUMBER: DATE: PAGE: • BY: EASY LINK 62723190 nucorist (616) 235-6132 PROJECT: DESCRIPTION: Ilia I , ,. :' ''' V ',.::". i'', ' ' ;.. ■.::' :j.''' ', '' . ‘.• ' . "i , - - - --- -- .- ..... 0 , 1 • . .. . -sr-0--- `4- if, to co io, --• 1--;----."7 IPC.; r , , • _::,... i kZ , . .. F . 11 r _L - :01 ---- f‘ 4 ill ... 0 I I-... ..... i ..,* I . k ..... ..... -. . t....: - , ...-., ,.. -..... .- .. • , . . . r- .. 1 , - , -7.7 1 Ikke P%,_- ! 1 N N ' \ .•S :'.,' - • 3 I - ; - (771;* I ' FT '1 _ _________, 1 ........- -.-7 I ----T----7- I --T--- j‘ 1 - -... 1 . ANN , -- • ____........,....... kq I I' N r. . 1 ' ' 1 1 1, - , _ l' _...:. .. 1 ..____,, A____ ., ...-:, AI . ..:,._. , , -,- ' A4 . ... . E:''''.: . : -........,--; 1 ;::„:,,.. - li ....,,,")...3\ .t ..... ..,,L,, It) 1-- H , : . ... ...•.... . : ,., 1 i i__..............,...A............,.Nt.-- i . N I i 1 \ 1 • _:.i......k -- i ....:.-I 1 i 1: , : i. ..... -- -c 1"-::.-. ._ . , ••• I . __ -- _ ., • - ................... , . .... . .......;.....,-.....L.,.._ .. .... • . ,...:,44 . :.:-__. . 4. :: .:....i.' _.._......k....i.,ti s ..- :_::: -.:-. , . - :,....;.-.. ;; -:.-.-_ ,.. ,....... , 41 ■\,, ! ) 4 I A i i %,'; . . 1- _,.._„ . .., i [ i . . I 1 i , , 1 1, [ . . [. .1 ,[ :,.. - .I— [ [ 1 [ • - ''''''''' - [ i 1: • .J ''17- . _.,• ______ .. -.......„ „ — — lo, ----- ''''' - , . .. ----- . - --- - ' - 1 : . . '. l• , t..- ... . , . I:- - ' - ' . . , .....- .. - . 110••■■••■•• I . , 1 r . ! I, 1 , i• ,-. : , , l' N cc • lo w It Z ILI C.7 < < 0 CL 03 "e. DESIGN WORKSHEET PROJECT: To. -�si DESCRIPTION : ..,�..-•-' ''-•• i ' - /mss , , i r _ _ ` z- r I z -j•-'-' ._3G ._)._G �.s- 44-, , -- --1 z s_.G✓ r { i f , .. _ - .._:___ ......:_i_____2.. - - _- -__.._ . 7 i ___- .- ' s - 1 ... .. / /.G i - .i!✓rn% iii ! S I _�/� .._.6 /iC<G ±.r!J - !� � .!ao? /.� �G ) /. . : T { . %._ 1 ____ ; __ _... __ . 77 3/_ ~i. .v3/___ _ _- ; -.- t .. - ; - i , M � , 1 ' ' . ,.....0,1: '...: _Z? ..ems ', — ^. _ -.-Z i l i ' a t 1 7Z p. - -i -. -_ 3 - GSAsJJ - -�i 4 lI + 1 i i 1 r ^-� a r sr zs =y_ ' --„ —ti- - \ i I # p _ 33F 1 k ti .. -- e ♦�- ---' . � 1 { Ca : L { r f �� { � { � I -1 ! l 0 9^ r : I. 9 � ,'T ; � �4q rtnr ¢ t � � a aAL: � :i f , ,� } . s 1 ,., ; I . S .L ; � L. I 11 � R oil j - 1, r i t a i its 1 3 ; 1 e c - { ��, ,5 .. � � � r �, Y i .Y THE WBDC G L .ii.: NN( G 50 MJONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS. MICHIGAN 49503 IMF '11111111111111•111, DESIGN WORKSHEET Ta 'HONE (616) 235.6000 TEM 226423 FILE NUMBER: DATE: PAGE: r BY: EASY LINK 62723190 TELECOPIER -6132 t . PROJECT: 7" L DESCRIPTION : 1 -• 1 j t i \ � I 1111111%— 1 1414 71 1 t.4 CIALst: 1 "Ait . ?‘1 t [21i • • —t � efrTe . A ' •1• .,. F Y; 011.1■■•• ff7j ---4---- - 1 • 1 , 1 I i _ ki .,... 14,1 s .. � � i _ tv. i -- ....,_ • : _.. 1 - -IT - 1= IA A _IL • .. L _... -_. t. _\ I A t I■ — N 1‘ i --11-1-- — N . .._.,,_. N 0 1 . _,._.;._ __ . � } _ � y_ .. . . _ �__... _..._. o 111•■•■ . — ...,_ r . L-te, i -1-:--.:---+ '_.:.-L. . I : 1 1 . i _ _.+,,__.... ..,.. 1 ___ 1 i 1 1 . 1 1.._,,. . .,_, � v r ,. ..._....... i „... _ 1. k '_ .1..._ .__. -; , ! 1 2 DESIGN WORKSHEET PROJECT: DESCRIPTION: 1 , ------ -- —.',_:._ .____,___ 1 T. i : ',. 1_1 I t 1 1 1 L i 1 1 1 1 F • , t : • i :. 1 ■ i i 1 • . 1 i :--- Z f ...:".e3.,-°-..---.7_,C" i ' • • 1 ...-•••e _'..../,'_E".3 I ; : 7 IL i :II ; : ) i . ; , 1 '----..-:-;-"----.-4.- I I � • ; , . t 1 ; ; • "-- i ! : -4.-- ■ ; ; ' - ' " 5 - 1 i , '.! ; : . I I . t I - —1 7 • I . i ... --.4 i - __ _...___.. ,.. , ' t 3 • -. t - T . 1.7 -.. 17 - 7 -- 7 7 ----/ — -- '"— kl%...: Z-7 0.. )a,',..... j',..!. • i : I , } • I • • ': ' . I . , •• I 1- i ' 1 ! -- --'- 1 t 1 1 11 1 i • ■ 1 1 t...._ I i . , ____......L,...._:--:./..,..,-..,a._-2.-----____-.17.,:s-_,-, ••• ; ', ,..-, :.i i_ ,... . ,..,...# if_ t , Z ;,.. , ..e.... 0. 1... 1 i 1 • ' ; ' : • i : t . 1 • :.,' . t ': 1 1 . t 1 1 A- : 4 1111 1 ' 11111111.1"''' 111 '._,—_1_....._"•. .1 . , "- 7..,,.,...-.• i 1. 1 , , , . ...., . w .13.,‘ — . 1 'e, . • ,: .i• a l• '.. . . • N ■ -V- 44 ad . C.I. ,1 -17 , • . ' 6 -.... . I L i i E_IgUrT" 11 ,'• e 4 4 rrY : k" .q.' ,.....,. :API . ..: ...... ... Z • r • - . ; :/ Ac.....% ,I, 7 ' r I 1 C~ �I i • 0 "4 ■-(14111411!:1111" G . • , V■4■ .1:- .divaistoiag'e. ' ' i i 1 1 ` , i 1 i :. • 1 1 6 • .. . .., ,- . ; I i ,. i • t ervy i , .t.' ' ' • 1 . i i ■ ettov • , ...41_ 0.'" Z i 1 .- //AZ' ... ,; ,, ,reie ,..„,..af...4 T. : 2....c. -7 r--/yr„..4.7,) I ....7 i 57 ,....... - : . --• , t ? • I , . i . , : -4r-:.___...•- ,- - i l ' • I r'"L._.... i • 1 t , . 9" .1 ,. : . I ti! __I ._ i _,1 , • • . - r.:......../- . 1 --4 - ... ' - ,- . , „.,..,..... ....--'-' . . ... -. ....1_,.;W. ot..... ,,-, H ....e................ :.. ; . ........ese.46. .; .1 ..• ..,. ;' ''' ' l THE wBDc • ARClin ,C.TURE • PLANNiNG GR A.m.-, IN11-KRAS • 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 TEUIP1-1014E (616) 235-6C00 DESIGN WORKSHEET nux 226423 • FILE NUMBER:" DATE: PAGE: BY: EASY LtIsIC 62723190 TELECOPIER (616) 235-6132 PROJECT': 7 --.1', /r,. DESCRIPTION : /t�'''''' • 1 r f $ yi ✓fc 2 I - ,� / /sis!S v / d,��1. p c-. ? -- - F� i i S I 1 } 1 i - t .- ..._�. T 1 2 j . !d � ✓ii //f _ ^ ��"� /��. /'°_,:-.f...._....;.41 -_:. i.. ' �f / . o r e 4- � /. ;"J."' �_ Z Y /�" `�14'.�/I - _ - t ( '. ! k 2 1 1 i f i I, I�f 11I . k r � f ; :r k t i t,. ! 77 1 [ f j i 7 I 3, i � t l� -- . --, h , 7 ' 7 7' ' �• r ; 1 _ 7 io ---- f l� j - - - 1 _- .. 1_,..7 1 i k ' ., . 1 i k ! 1 1i , i , ,_ � 5! - °"%i —ate s-- ,.sr /G ••■•■11 { i Y � - s _ _ � -_; :- = _ : i ; . ; . j . s ■ � } I, S /V /" 1 ' 4_1"-.T.- .ea � � 'J { EC FT: ,� .. lit, r aff ,/ ifii' .1fm ' • • Ir ' i " • % 7 / 7 . 0 ::- -1 . - . t ' • -- ' B , . . ., , , 1 „..—, - _4...,!...,,,..........„„ .70 4 L f N -; I - r _ � .t�.• } ,j ; { , � . . .. r' i � ni +C J:1 EC 1 ;; t2E . P'- LA:• / :NI C; • mossamminue 50 MoNIROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS,11.4C}i1GAN 49503 DESIGN WORKSHEET TaEPHO¢.'E (616) 235.6000 226423 FILE NUMBER: Z% DATE: /s --sr"' i PAGE: 'C BY: EASY LINK 62723190 TELECOS'st(616)235.6132 PROJECT: 772/'-s,..4 - 4.4- '' DESCRIPTION : /�--''r'''" j 3 I '' �-^- r i 1 1 ■ 1 e r i {{ 1 + , i � � r i � /S4r�iG / }7!.T •__... , zs 7'l e.V.44i�,,,v y i f ,-- � __ t f Z i _ , .- r i.s�S 3 r ^ ?- r f L ! t I i t_ _ ■ -Le") . = sin . S j Z - t 1, a j. t 1 r s ., • : - , /'" 7 t z r • /� — —L • Y 7 .– I i � y '' - f' - .3 E 2 t ) .. 7 , . IT i ff � ...<< _ !, T ---1 ! • --t) t 4 t t f > } .` . "7. .744 rvi ! I ' . / 4 t .. � �c' -oGg ' .". ! 4 ! ,.,.►ate` _ 4 _._, f I " , -r -- 1 .. ✓ ��'T i Li p , 4 Z'+ d 0 , -,,, 7 1 - 7 I � , - '; LYL . 3' it. V t 1 - i Gay � : / -i 1 � j y ', ` � � .,•.r v L ` .t y �. .l4 t,,. do .t F, 4 J�TN�C : �� G 4444 THE V :BDC: . ARcntrEc rAiL P RO P iNTE R:utts domemeramusomm 50 MCSMIDE PUCE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 DESIGN WORKSHEET TEtEPHO E (616) 235-6000 TEEFX 226423 FILE NUMBER: zs9.0, DATE: ." '" PAGE: G BY: /3 EASY IIlYK 62723190 Ta COP1ER (616) 235 -6132 • PROJECT: .7-cy..Y /7 J _. DESCRIPTION : fir✓ -. k 1 1 f , I i f $ I ! 1 I - 1 - )--- ---- 1 ! 1 t jd ;-:- ( ; 1 : $ I ._ -._. —!_ ___ ___.. ! _ _.�. ; _.__L_ i 1 _ _ _ • i • j i I Lei;/".., = =.r_,..: E 7.:_--- 1 --- 1 , ,--`: T- i 1 T i i i 1 7 i 1 I i 1 1 1 i L. - -' _ - ! 1 - .%7 4 i i 1 ' 1 I 1 17.c. . I -- S (__a t , /s= t- ? _S.r _..KK_..M..1_ 1 ..I_ r ' i t _ -�� .. . , r . ., 1 ' i - 1 ' - ,- , .....-ze._F:-...e.4.a_.x.-,t _LI___, r ; . :- 1 �� ; 30.t.3'G.4.0 i � 7 1 , • ;, r7:7 F . 4•77 ::.•; 72 ... S 2,` :. f 0 ' ••■••11 - t �� � -� i I � - /Sir " 44 410 L5: I ' N I • L1 • . / ®. .. ..i, 4 t ,x .�/ r...yam /, '/ J L x .P%.: ,1 / , :Fa .r• �. r � .cY t[ S1• .1' +t+N. � . T 1 , 1 . . J. t.. .'! .t a _ ,i .� r' ., i .:'.. .l. � .z r` l "' is ;. .,.: r k. 1::;•••••=i., x Y.: -Kx .A: „;r ^ ,'r � LYJ: � .�.ws (�i .Z ..., •.t, +� . d' ... i i'P .1 .H•..,;j -41') '. i.:.•:„;.1,. .xt x -?F�xN '1. i, ... • .. . , B�C G AKCH17 fCTURu • .I'LANNIN\:G • INTER10I25 •m► 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 DESIGN WORKSHEET a► TELEPHONE (616) 235 -6000 TELEX 226423 FILE NUMB ER: zG,s. "1 DATE: PAGE: J - 7 BY: �a.y✓ EASY LLNX 62723190 TELECOPIER (616) 235 -6132 PROJECT: Ta/`'�T' , ." 4e.e-z-zo•-4 DESCRIPTION : -•...✓/ 1 G/Let!_i -G e--- >; ,Y.1s1.rr. , i..r —' _....4._.._ . . . . 1 t I ! 1 7 _- S I ' 1 ' i f i i I y {f ! ,. 3 , . ! I : . _ ._. __.._ 1 . t I ! ...I t ... iv/ .... J .r 4 . . , i - : r . .1; - -- � .`.( ,�-'!`'� i vr —' " � ___ I ic�y/ r i :.__ its -' aid 07. . _ t `. I ! r— + I, i , , , r , ...„...S.,;„„ 44 a N _ „,...,--,,.......e.", a - i,..- 1. - _.„,.____,. ._ ..... i _ 1 1111111111•111111 _ _......-......41„ f .t_wi r - -- T -- �I I jo �l y �1 � c'1 • 1 1 CY I / 1 CJ _Y JI :t --- wl - .a " Wit— .J - . 4 gbuZ "''" ✓..3'./ ? I N I �.. . . _ ...7... a . _ L \. _ a . . :: .. :- 1 iLni ., ;{- ..,... . J'< } ..t '�L. yttt, '~ S'L . Y � r �, i . Y li . . .. .... —�- -r „.A .... .. ty 4. l t :. t i .„ .. ! ..t.. w .. Y ,, ;:.TY \ Yi,na S Lis .0,;,'t F 7 t CIIITt'.0 � LIit3 . PLANNING EitiC:I� Ei:ltl \G. INTE S 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 DESIGN WORKSHEET TELEPHONE (616) 235 -6000 TEM 226423 FILE NUMBER: DATE: /z PAGE: e BY: /'-' EASY LINK 62723190 TELECOPIER (616) 235.6 • ARCHITECTURE ' .PLANNING ENGINEERING. INTERIORS 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 49503 TELEPHONE (616) 235 - 6000 PROJECT: DESCRIPTION : DESIGN WORKSHEET TELEX 226423 " `EASY LINK 62723190 FILE NUMBER:.Zz?`/'" DATE: PAGE: 9 BY: TELECOPIER (616) 235 -6132 ( PLANNING; . NG(NI "EI7(ING' • LN 50 MONROE PLACE, GRANT) RAPIDS, MICHIGAN 44503 30150TEl.EGRAll ROAD, SUITE 340 9114011A FARMS, MI 48025 1 F.Li f()NF. (616) 235.6000 TELT :1'1IONE (313) 642-3999 FAX 1616) 235 "6132 FAX (313) 642.4164 FILE COPY I Understand that the Plan Check approvals are ubiect to errors and omissions and approval of plans does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordinance.: Receipt of contractor's copy of approved plans acknowledged.:. Date Permit No ARC1•irr C URE •1LI NNING. ENC!NEGRING . INTL1 TORS 50 \lf1.'JI1(10 PLACI; GRAND RAPIDS. MICIIl(iA5 495(13 1 ft )N 01016) 235.•01X1 • 30150'f0000RAPIl ROOf),SUITE 330DINGIIAAI1''ARhlS,MI414025. • TELCPIWNO(313) 042.3099 ISSUED FOR PRELIMINARY REVIEW ISSUED FOR PERMITS: ISSUED FOR BIDS; VAX (010)235 1132 • FAX 13131042 -4104 • January 31, 1992 February 13, 1992 January 31, 1992 PROJECT MAN TOYS 'R' US REMODEL TUKWILA, WASHINGTON . 5287 . 2 TITLE DIVISION 1 • GENERAL REQUIREMENTS *Construction Agreement Between Owner & Contractor Pages 1 thru 29 1A *General Provisions and Bidding Information 1A -1 thru 1A -11 1B *General Provisions for Mechanical & Electrical Work 1B-1 thru 1B-7 1C *General Provisions for Demolition Construction Work 1C-1 thru 1C-6 1D *Proposal Form 1D-1 thru 10-10 1 E List of Drawing 1E-1 thru 1E-2 1F *Exhibit 'A' Guarantee 1F-1 Exhibit 'B' Affidavit 1F-1 Exhibit 'C' Final Release 1F -2 Exhibit 'DI Construction Stage Project Checklist 1F-3 Exhibit 'E' Cost Collection Sheet 1F-4 Exhibit 'F' Construction Schedule 1F -5 Exhibit 'G' Manpower Status 1F-6 13 Soli Report, Boring Location Plan & Boring Logs 101-1 1H *Quality Assurance Testing and inspection 1H-1 thru 1H-8 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 2A *Testing 2A-1 2B *Site Grading 29.1 thru 2B-3 20 *Excavation and Saokfill 20-1 thru 20-2 2D *Site Drainage 2D-1 thru 2D-2 2E *Paving 2E -1 thru 2E -3 2F NOT USED 23 NOT USED 2H NOT USED 21 +Soil Treatment 21-1 2J NOT USED 2K NOT USED 2L NOT USED 20 +Sheeting, Shoring and Bracing DIVISION 3 • CONCRETE 3A *Concrete DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 4A *Unit Masonry Work DIVISION 5 - METALS 5A *Structural Steel 6B *Steel Joist Girders 50 *Steel Joists 6D *Metal Roof Deck 5E *Miscellaneous Metals 5F *Cold Roiled Structural Metals 53 +Metal Floor Deck DIVISION 6 - CARPENTRY 6A Carpentry GENERAL INDEX PAGE NOS. 20 -1 3A -1 thru 3A -9 4A -1 thru 4A -9 8A -1 thru 5A-4 58-1 thru 5B-3 50-1 thru 5C-3 5D-1 thru 5D-2 5E -1 thru 5E-6 5F -1 thru 5F -2 53-1 thru 50 -2 6A -1 thru 6A-4 lDig DIVISION 7 - MOISTURE CONTROL 7A 7B 70 7D 7E 7F 73 7X *Building Insulation (Perimeter) NOT USED NOT USED *Built -Up Roofing, Flashing, & Associated Sheet Metal - Fiberglas Insulated/Gravel - Field Technical Services Of loss - Criteria for Contractor - Policies and Procedures - Guaranty Information - Roof Audits - Key to Specification Numbers - Job Audit Report NOT USED NOT USED *Joint Sealants NOT USED DIVISION 8 - DOORS, WINDOWS & GLASS 8A *Hollow Metal Work 8B *Aluminum Frames & Windows BC *Glass and Glazing 8D NOT USED 8E NOT USED 8F *Automatic Entrance /Exit Doors 83 Special Doors 8H NOT USED 81 *Finish Hardware DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 9A 9B 90 9D 9E OF 93 9H GENERAL INDEX NOT USED *Gypsum Drywall Ceramlo Tile Suspended Acoustical Ceiling Systems *Resilient Flooring NOT USED Vinyl Walloovoring *Painting DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10A *Metal Toilet Partitions 10B *Toilet Room Accessories 100 NOT USED 10D Wall Protection PAGE NOS. 7A -1 7D-1 thru 70.6 Exhibit 1 Exhibit 2 Exhibit 3 Exhibit 4 Exhibit 6 Exhibit 6 Exhibit 7 Exhibit 8 73-1 thru 7G -2 8A -1 thru 8A-3 8B-1 thru 8B-3 80-1 thru 80-2 8F -1 thru 8F -2 8G -1 81.1 98.1 thru 9B-4 90-1 thru 90-2 9D-1 thru 9D-2,. 9E -1 thru 9E -2 9G -1 thru 9G -2 • . 9H -1 thru 9H-8 10A -1 108.1 10D-1 DMSION 11 - NOT USED DIVISION 12 - NOT USED DIVISION 13 13A Exterior Ceramic Tile DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS 14A NOT USED 14B +Lift (if required) c L GENERAL INDEX DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL WORK 16A *Basin Materials, Methods and Requirements 155 *Basle Requirements for Piping Systeme 150 *Plumbing Systems 15D HVAC Systems and Equipment 16E - *Air Distribution Systems and Accessories 15F *Fuel Systems 153 Fire Protection Systems DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL WORK 18A *Basic Materials, Methods and Requirements 16B *Power Distribution Systems 180 *Lighting Systems 18D NOT USED 16E *Special & Auxiliary Systems 16F NOT USED 180 Owner Furnished items PAGE NOS. 15A -1 thru 15A-3 156.1 thru 155.8 15C-1 thru 150-5 15D-1 thru 15D-4 15E -1 thru 16E-3 15F -1 153 -1 thru 153.3 16A -1 thru 16A-8 165.1 thru 165-2 16C-1 thru 160-2 16E -1 163-1 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT Location:_ between CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT 0014R REVISED: 02/01/91 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK TABLE OP__CONTENTS ARTICLE TITLE Preliminary Statement 1. The Contract Documents 2. The Work 3. Architect 4. Contractor's Duties 5. Subcontractors 6. Work by Owner or By Separate Contractors 7. Miscellaneous Provisions 8. Time of Performance 9. Examination of Documents and Site 10. Lien Rights 11. Payment to Contractor 12. Protection of Persons and Property 13. Insurance 14 Changes in the Work 15. Uncovering and Correction of Work 16. Accounting Records 17. Liquidated Damages For Delay in Completion; Bonus For Early Completion 18. Notices 19. Overtime 20. Termination 21. Entire Agreement Exhibit A - Exhibit B Exhibit C Exhibit D • Project Cost Breakdown Unit Pricing - Material Quantity Estimates - Contractor's Cost Collection Sheet AGE 1 1 1 2 6 7 7 9 9 10 10 13 14 15 16 17 17 18 18 18 19 INTENTIONALLY. `.BLANK THIS AGREEMENT, made as o TOYS "R "'US CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT a having an office at 461 From Road, (herein called "Owner "), and an office at called "Contractor "). PRELIMINARY STATEMENT , 19 , by and between corporation Paramus, New Jersey 07652 having herein Owner is the lessee /owner of a parcel of land (herein called the "Site") situated at with related Owner desires to have a improvements (herein called the "Project") constructed on the Site, and the Contractor has agreed to construct. the Project in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents NOW, THEREFORE, Owner and Contractor for the consideration herein set forth, hereby agree as follows: THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT. BLANK. tTICLE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.1 The Contract Documents (herein collectively called the "Contract" or "Contract Documents ") consist of the following: a) This Agreement,(b) The Drawings (herein called "Drawings" ), dated and consisting of the following: The general character of the detail work is shown on the Drawings, but Owner may require modifications thereto. If in any Drawings a portion of the Work is drawn out and the remainder indicated by outline or note, the Drawn out parts shall apply to all other line portions of the Work. (c) The Specifications (herein called "Specifications "), dated and prepared by (d) The following addenda, modifications and revisions to the foregoing: Any of the Contract Documents not attached hereto are hereby incorporated by reference and shall be deemed to be of the same force and effect as if actually attached hereto. 1.2 In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between: (a) This Agreement and the Drawings or the Specifications, this Agreement shall control; (b) The Drawings and the Specifications, the Specifications shalt control; however, notes or other details on Drawings shalt control over Specifications if such notes or details are not explained in the Specifications; (c) Larger scale drawings and smaller scale drawings, the larger scale drawings shall control. 1.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper performance and completion of the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as required unless it is consistent herewith and is reasonably inferable therefrom as being necessary to accomplish the intent of the Contract Documents. Words and abbreviations which have well -known technical or trade meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. Construction Agreement 9.4 The organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and the arrangement of the Drawings, shall not control Contractor in dividir" the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. 1.5 Contractor shell examine all Drawings and Specifications, and if, in order to install any materials or finish, it is necessary to temporarily omit certain portions of the Work in any sections thereof, Contractor shall cause such portions of the Work to be omitted until the materials and finish have been installed, and then to be completed without delay or extra cost to Owner. 1.6 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall be furnished, free of charge, all copies of the Drawings and Specifications reasonably necessary for the execution of the Work. Owner may, at his option, furnish Contractor with one (1) sepia transparency of the Drawings, in which case the Contractor shall be responsible for and pay for furnishing all further copies of the Drawings. Contractor shall not, under any circumstances, alter the sepia transparency in any way whatsoever. 1.7 This Agreement shall not be construed so as to create any contractual relationship of any kind between Architect and Contractor, but Architect shall be entitled to the performance of obligations intended for his benefit, and to the enforcement thereof. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall create any contractual relationship between Owner or Architect and any Subcontractor or Sub - subcontractor. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK 2.1 All work required pursuant to the Contract Documents, including, without limitation, all tabor, materials and equipment utilized or incorporated therein, is herein called the "Work ". ARTICLE 3 THE ARCHITECT 3.1 The architect for the Project is: (herein called "Architect "). 3.2 Owner may, from time to time and at any time during the construction of the Project, designate a new Architect, and, in the event of such designation, Owner shall give contractor written notice thereof. 3.3 ADMINISTRATION Or THE CONTRACT 3.3.1 (a) Owner's representative will administer the Contract Documents in accordance with the provisions hereof. As used herein, "Owner's Representative" shall mean any party or parties authorized or designated by Owner, as such, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Architect, Owner's Architectural Project Manager, Owner's Construction Project Manager or any other employee or designee of Owner. Owner's Page 1 Representative will have authority to act on behalf of Owner only to the extent expressly provided in the Contract Documents. Owner's instructions to Contractor may be forwarded directly by Owner to Contractor, or through Owner's Representative. Any action, duty or responsibility authorized by Owner to be performed or undertaken by Owner's Representative may in Owner's discretion, at any time and from time to time, be performed or undertaken in whole or In pert directly by Owner, in lieu of or in conjunction with Owner's Representative. (b) Unless and until Contractor is otherwise notified by Owner, Owner's Representative shall be: Vamets)• Address: Construction Agreement 3.3.2 Architect and /or Owner's Representative may visit the Site during construction to observe the progress and quality of the Work, to determine in general if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents, to protect Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work, and to establish the "Substantial Completion Date" and "Completion Date" (as those terms are hereinafter defined). 3.3.3 Neither the designation of Owner's Representative, nor any action taken of duty performed by Architect or Owner's Representative shall relieve Contractor of any of its responsibility hereunder. 3.3.4 Architect, Owner's Representative and Owner shall at all times have access to the Work, and the Contractor shall provide facilities for such access. 3.3.5 Owner's Representative will, pursuant to the provisions of Article 11 recommend to Owner the amounts to be paid to Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts as provided in said Article 11. 3.3.6 Claims, disputes and other matters in question between Contractor and Owner relating to the execution or progress of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents may be referred by Owner to Architect for his recommendation, but no such recommendation shall be binding upon Owner unless Owner shall accept same, in writing, and shall notify Contractor of such acceptance. 3.3.7 All interpretations and recommendations of architect shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be furnished in writing or in the form of drawings within a reasonable time after submission to Architect. 3.3.E Owner's Representative and /or Owner will have authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. if Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable for the implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents, he will have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Paragraph 7.6.2 whether or not such Work be then fabricated, installed or completed. 3.3.9 Architect, Owner's Representative and /or Owner will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon items submitted by Contractor, including without limitation Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for conforamnce with the design concept of the Work and with the information given in the Contract Documents. Such action shall be taken with reasonable prosptness so as to cause no delay. The approval by Architect, Owner's Representative or Owner of • specific item shall not constitute approval of an assembly of which the item is a cemponent . 3.3.10 Owner's Representative will receive and forward to Owner written warranties and related documents required by the Contract Documents to be provided by Contractor. 3.3.11 The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of Architect and /or Owner's Representative during construction as set forth in the Contract Documents may be modified in any respect by Owner, and Contractor shall be given notice by Owner of any such modification. ART ICLE 4 CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES 4.1 Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with, and shall in all respects comply with, the Contract Documents. 4.2 REVIEW OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 4.2.1 Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and shall immediately report any error, inconsistency or omission he may discover to Owner and Owner's Representative. Except as may otherwise be provided in this Agreement, Contractor shall be liable to Owner for any damage resulting from any such errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents. Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where required, approved Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples for such portion of the Work. 4.2.2 Before ordering any material or performing any of the Work. Contractor and each Subcontractor shall verify measurements at the building which apply to them, and shall be responsible for the correctness of same. No extra charge or compensation will be allowed on account of any inconsistency between actual measurements and the measurements indicated on any Drawing. 4.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES 4.3.1 Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using his best skill and attention. He shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all safety precautions and programs) and for coordinating all portions of the Work. Page 2 4.3.2 Contractor shall be responsible for the acts and omissions of his employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons performing any of the Work under a contract with, or otherwise on.behalf of, Contractor. 4.3.3 Contractors shall not be relieved from his obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by the activities or duties of Owner's Representative in his administration of the Contract Documents, or by inspections, tests or approvals required or performed pursuant to Section 7.6. 4.3.4 Contractor shalt establish permanent bench marks in not less than two widely separated places; shall establish the lines and levels of the Work upon substantial batter boards, and shall be responsible for their continued accuracy during the progress of the Work. 4.3.5 Contractors shell at ell times keep on the Site • complete and accurate level transit and rod in good working condition and shall allow Architect and Owner's Representative the unrestricted use of the same. 4.3.6 Owner or Architect shall provide Contractor with a survey of the Site showing, among other things, property tines, corner stakes, roads, utilities and sewer facilities. Using the established survey points, Contractor shall locate the building, sewer lines and other construction features at locations to be approved by Owner. Contractor shall set up batter boards as required by Paragraph 4.3.4 and shall establish and maintain the elevations called for. Upon completion, Contractor shall furnish Owner with reproducible sepias of (1) a site plan accurately marked to show all buried services and facilities, (2) as built drawings showing the location of the facilities within the structure, and (3) a final survey, prepared by a surveyor licensed to do business in the State in which the Project is located indicating the exterior location and layout of all buildings, structures and other improvements comprising the Project. Contractor shalt be liable for failure to maintain the minimum clearance, set-backs and similar requirements of applicable codes, ordinances, leases, or other agreements and /or governing authorities. 4.3.7 Contractor shall be responsible for all locations, dimensions and levels, and no instructions or orders received from any source, other than the information contained in the surveys, plot drawings and Specifications, or on written orders of Owner, shall justify departure from the dimensions and levels required by the Drawings. 4.3.8 Contractor shall employ a competent surveyor, licensed by the State in which the Site is located and acceptable to Owner, to take measurements at the Site and establish all lines, levels and bench marks, all of which shall be verified with drawings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Contractor shall be responsible for the proper laying out and location of the Work. 4.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 4.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. 4.4.2 Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among his employees and shall not employ on the Work any unfit person or anyone not skilled in the task assigned to him. 4.4.3 All materiel shall be arranged and maintained in an orderly manner on the Site. The streets, sidewalks, and other passageways are to be left open for traffic, or maintained in accordance with instructions of local building authorities. Contractor shall allot suitable end proper space to his Subcontractors for storage of their materials, equipment and supplies. 4.4.4 Contractor shall use local labor and materials to the extent possible and practicable without causing any delay in or damage to the Work. Owner assumes no responsibility and shall not be deemed to have any liability for any delays, poor workmanship or faulty materials resulting from or in any way attributable to such use. 4.4.5 Contractor and any Subcontractor shall make all provisions necessary to avoid any disputes with labor unions and shalt be responsible for any delays, damages, or extra costs incurred as a result of such disputes. 4.4.6 Contractor shall keep the working areas of the Site free of standing water, providing all pumps, maintenance and means of removal necessary to accomplish same, and also shall arrange for the removal of snow and ice from the approaches to the Site in order to keep the Site clear and unobstructed. 4.4.7 Contractor shall provide, erect, maintain, alter and remove all runways, planks, walks, ladders, rigging, barricades, shores, rails, hoists, derricks, scaffolding, and other equipment and apparatus necessary for the proper and expeditious performance of the Work, in compliance with all applicable laws. 4.4.8 Contractor shall remove all rubbish resulting from the performance of the Work on a daily basis, and shall keep all adjacent streets and driveways clear and unobstructed at all times. Upon completion of construction, Contractor shall remove all waste, surplus material, debris, construction equipment, machinery and tools from the Site and the Project. Adjoining land shall be left in a clean end neat condition. Contractor shall wash and /or clean all floors, walls, ceilings, and both sides of glass and glazing, before final acceptance of the Work by Owner. 4.4.9 Water required for the performance of the Work shall be provided by Contractor who shall pay maintenance costs, obtain necessary permits, pay all fees required, and provide temporary water where necessary. 4.4.10 Contractor shall provide and install ample temporary toilet accommodations, in accordance with all applicable governmental requirements, for the use of all workers at the Site, and shall maintain same in a clean, sanitary and functioning condition at all times. Upon completion of the Work, Construction Agreement Page 3 Contractor shall remove all temporary toilet accoxtnodations. 4.4.11 Contractor shall provide, maintain and pay for all temporary wiring, transformers, meters, lamps, lighting and electric power in sufficient amount required for the performance of the Work, and shall provide temporary electric light and power sufficient in Owner's judgment for store fixture installation in the building. 4.4.12 Contractor shall pay all charges for utilities up to and including the date prior to the date on which the Work shall be fully completed, subject only to minor punch list items, primarily of a cosmetic nature. Contractor shall cause all utilities to be connected, turned on and ready for use by Owner by the date prior to the Substantial Completion Date. 4.4.13 Contractor shall furnish, pay for and maintain temporary heat for all workers at the Site when the outside temperature is below 50 F. in order to protect the Work from freezing and to prevent any delay in the performance of the Work. 4.4.14 Contractor shall arrange for the heating and ventilating equipment in all areas to be in operation as soon as the building interior is complete, and shall provide meter and electrical service for temporary power for these areas until completion. Prior to completion of the building interior, Contractor shall provide Owner's personnel with proper instruction for the operating procedures for all such equipment. 4.4.15 Contractor shall cooperate with and work in harmony with all other contractors engaged in the installation of features not included in this Contract, but necessary or proper, in Owner's sole judgment, to the completion of the Project. Contractors shall afford reasonable facilities to such other contractors to enable their work to be properly built in place as the Work progresses. Any dispute or misunderstanding relating to the foregoing shall be submitted to Owner, and Contractor shall comply with Owner's directions given in connection therewith. 4.4.16 If any exterior areas are designated on the site plan for the storage and transporting of materials and equipment, Contractors shall utilize only such areas for such purposes. 4.4.17 Prior to "Final Payment" (as hereinafter defined), Contractor shall deliver to Owner's Representative all books, brochures and lists of manufacturer's operating instructions for all operable equipment included in the building and, in addition, shall thoroughly acquaint Owner with all maintenance and operational requirements of said equipment. 4.5 WARRANTY 4.5.1 Contractor warrants that all materials and equipment furnished pursuant to the Contract Documents will be new unless otherwise specified, 'and that all Work will be of good quality, free from faults and defects and in conformance with the Contract Documents. All Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may, at Owner's Representative's discretion, be considered defective. If required by Owner, Contractor shall Construction Agreement furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. This warranty is not limited by the provisions of Section 15.2. 4.6 TAXES 4.6.1 Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use end other similar taxes relating to the Work or portions thereof performed by Contractor, provided such taxes had been legally enacted at the time bids were received, but regardless of whether or not they were effective at such time. 4.7 BATS, FEZ AID NOTICES 4.7.1 unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall secure the building permit at Owner's expense and shall secure at Contractor's expense all other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, including, without limitation, any permit, license or inspection which may be necessary to allow Owner to commence its fixturing and merchandising operations and other preparatory work necessary or proper to enable the Project to be in full operation for its intended purposes no later than the day following the Completion Date, and a permanent certificate of occupancy (or its local equivalent, if certificates of occupancy are not issued in the jurisdiction). 4.7.2 Contractor shall give all required notices and comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority bearing on the performance of the Work. 4.7.3 If Contractor observes that any of the Contract Documents are at variance in any respect with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any governmental authority, he shall promptly notify Owner's Representative to enable Owner to make any necessary or appropriate modifications. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for and bear all costs attributable to the performance of any work known by Contractor to be contrary to any such taws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders, unless prior written notice to such effect has been given to Owner's Representative and Owner, and Owner has failed or refused to make necessary or appropriate modifications. 4.8 ALLOWANCES 4.8.1 Contractor shall include in the Project Cost all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by these allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons as Owner may direct. 4.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, these allowances are intended to cover the actual cost to Contractor of the materials and equipment covered by the allowance, reflecting any applicable trade discount and including the cost of delivery to the Site and all applicable taxes. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowance shall be included in the Project Cost and not in the allowance. Whenever the actual cost is more than or less than the allowance, the Project Cost shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. Page 4 4.9 R PERlNTEImEMT AND PROJECT MANAGER 4.9.1 Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent, a competent project manager and necessary. assistants (all of whom must be acceptable to Owner) to supervise the Work and who shall be in attendance at the Site until completion of the Work. The superintendent and the project manager shall represent Contractor and all communications given to either the superintendent or the project manager shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. Unless otherwise provided herein, all such communications shall be in writing. The names and qualifications of the superintendent and the project manager which Contractor wishes to employ shall be supplied to Owner simultaneously with Contractor's execution of this Agreement. 4.9.2 Neither the superintendent nor the project manager shall be transferred from this Project to another without the consent of Owner. 4.9.3 Without limiting Contractor's obligations pursuant to Paragraph 4.2.1, the superintendent and the project manager shall carefully examine the Drawings and Specifications and advise Owner's Representative of any inconsistency or discrepancy that may appear before proceeding with the Work. 4.9.4 The superintendent and the project manager shall, at all times, enforce good order among all workers, and shall relieve from employment on the Project any unfit person or anyone not skilled in the work assigned to him. 4.9,5 Owner shall have the right to refuse admittance to the Site to any employee of Contractor or its Subcontractors whose presence Owner or Owner's Representative, in either's sole judgment, deems inimical to Owner's interests. 4.10 PROGRESS SCHEDULE . 4.10.1 Contractor, simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, shall submit to Owner a proposed progress schedule for the Work providing for the expeditious and practicable performance thereof and setting forth commencement and completion dates for the different portions of the Work, broken down according to the Specifications subsections (which progress schedule, as approved by Owner, is herein called the "Progress Schedule "). 4.10.2 Contractor, simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, shalt submit to Owner a proposed manpower chart for the Work providing for the expeditious and practicable performance thereof and setting forth manpower requirements for different portions of the Work, broken down by major trades and /or Subcontractors and Sub•subcontractors (which manpower chart, as approved by Owner, is herein called the "Manpower Chart "). The Manpower Chart shall be in a form satisfactory to Owner and which may be easily revised for both planned and actual manpower utilized during the execution of the Work. 4.11 DOCU ENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE 4.11.1 Contractor shall maintain at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other modifications, in good order and marked currently to record all changes made during construction, and approved Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. These shall be Construction Agreement available to Architect, Owner and Owner's Representative, and shall be delivered to Owner upon completion of the Work. 4.12 31W DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 4.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate a portion of the Work. 4.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by Contractor to illustrate a material, product or system for a portion of the Work. 4.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. 4.12.4 Contractor shall thoroughly review all Shop Drawings, clearly marking all discrepancies of design concept, compliance with Contract Documents, dimensions, fabrication processes, techniques of construction and coordination of the work of all trades, and shall stamp drawings with corrections or approval noted thereon, and submit five (5) copies of same: to Architect and Owner's Representative with reasonable promptness, in order to avoid delay in the Work or in the Work of any other contractor. 4.12.5 Shop Drawings of all Subcontractors shall be thoroughly reviewed, approved and submitted by Contractor to Architect and Owner's Representative, all in accordance with Paragraph 4.12.4 hereof. 4.12.6 Contractor's approval and submission to Architect and Owner's Representative of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples shall constitute a representation by Contractor that he has determined and verified all materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, and that he has checked :and coordinated the information contained therein with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. 4.12.7 Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for any deviation from the requirements of the Contract Documents by Architect's, Owner's or Owner's Representative's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples under Paragraph 3.3,9 unless Contractor has specifically informed Architect and Owner's Representative in writing of such deviation at the time of submission and the Architect and Owner have given written approval specifically thereto. Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples by Architect's Owner's Representative's approval thereof. 4.12.8 Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples, to revisions, other than those requested by Owner's Representative on previous submittals. 4.12.9 No portion of the Work requiring submission of a Shop Drawing, Product Data or Sample shall be commenced until the submittal has been approved by Architect, Owner or Owner's Representative as provided in Paragraph 3.3.9 All such portions of Page 5 the Work shall be performed in accordance with approved submittals, as such approvals may, from time to time, be modified by Owner. 4.13 USE OF SITE 4.13.1 Contractor shell confine operations at the Site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably member the Site with any materials or equipment. 4.13.2 Contractor shall provide two (2) separate construction trailers at the Site, each in a location as close to the construction area as practical and otherwise acceptable to Owner. One such trailer shall serve as a Project field office for Contractor and Contractor's supervisory personnel and the other trailer shall serve as a Project field office for Owner's Representative, Architect and other personnel of Owner. Each trailer shall be of the dimensions and shall include the furnishings and equipment set forth in Sections 1C -3(C) and 1C -4(D), respectively, of the Supplementary General Provisions of the Specifications, and shall otherwise comply with said Sections of the Specifications. 4.13.3 All telephones and photocopy and fax machines required to be provided by Contractor under Sections 1C -3(C) and 1C -4(0) of the Supplementary General Provisions of the Specifications shall be maintained at Contractor's expense until the "Completion Date" (as that term is defined in Section 8.1.3). Their use for calls, photocopying and fax transmissions shall be free of charge to Owner's Representative, Architect and other personnel of Owner, 4.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING OF MIRK 4.14.1 Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting or patching that may be required to complete the Work or to make its several parts fit together properly. Such work shall be performed by skilled mechanics. 4.14.2 Contractor shalt not damage or endanger any portion of the Work or the work of Owner or any separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering any portion of the Work or any such separate work, or by excavation. Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter the work of Owner or any separate contractor except with the written consent of Owner and of such separate contractor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Owner shall have the right to cut or otherwise alter the Work without the consent of the Contractor. 4.14.3 Work that may be cut, damaged, disturbed or otherwise interfered with during progress of the Work of various trades shall be fully, properly and carefully repaired, made good in a first -class manner to the satisfaction of Owner, and shall match similar existing adjoining work. 4.14.4 Cut, patched or altered structural framing, or others other materials providing structural support, shall be properly braced and shored throughout the performance of the Work. 4.14.5 Mechanical and electrical contractors shell perform all of their cutting to limits as prescribed by Contractor. Construction Agreement 4.15 LOYALTIES AND PATENTS 4.15.1 Contractor shalt pay all royalties and license fees. Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall hold Owner harmless from toss on account thereof, except that Owner shall be responsible for all such toss when a particular design, process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified; but if Contractor has reason to believe that the design, process or product specified is an infringement of a patent, he shall be responsible for such loss unless he shall promptly give such information to Architect and Amer. 4.16 INDEMNIFICATION 4.16.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Architect and their agents and employees from and against ell claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorney's fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense (1) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom and (2) is alleged or claimed to be caused in whole or part by any willful or negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, Owner or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not alleged or claimed to be caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. 4.16.2 In any and all claims against Owner or Architect or any of their agents or employees by any employee of Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligations under this Section 4.16 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any Subcontractor under workers' or workmens' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 4.16.3 Nothing contained in this Section 4.16 shall constitute, or be deemed or construed to constitute, a modification, alteration or limitation of Contractor's liability and responsibility as set forth in Sections 6.2 and 10.3 hereof, it being understood and agreed by Contractor that such liability and responsibility shall be in addition to Contractor's obligations under this Section 4.16. 5.1 DEFINITION bRTXCLE 5 IIQ ECONTRACTORS 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform any of the Work at the Site or to furnish any materials or equipment to the Contractor, whether at the Site or elsewhere. 5.1.2 A Sub - subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform any of the Work at the Site or to furnish any materials or equipment to such Subcontractor, whether at the Site or elsewhere. Page 6 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF TN( WORK 5.2.1 Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, simultaneously with Contractor's execution of this Agreement Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative a list setting forth the names of the proposed Subcontractors, with no more than three (3) is for each portion of the Work. Owner or Owner's Representative shall, promptly thereafter, notify Contractor if he objects to any such proposed Subcontractor, it being understood and agreed that Owner or Owner's Representative has the right, in either's sole discretion, to reject any proposed Subcontractor. Within five (5) days after Contractor's execution of this Agreement, Contractor shall notify Owner's Representative, in writing, of the specific Subcontractors selected by Contractor. 5.2.2 If Owner or Owner's Representative objects to any such proposed person or entity, Contractor shall delete his name from the list of proposed Subcontractors, and may submit the name of • substitute for acceptance by Owner. Owner shall have the right, at no increased cost to Owner, to require Contractor to subcontract with any such proposed Subcontractors designated by Owner. 5.2.3 The subcontracting of any portion of the Work and Owner's approval thereof shalt not relieve Contractor from responsibility for the improper performance thereof or any other responsibility under the Contract Documents. 5.3 SLBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS 5.3.1 By an appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to Contractor by the terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume for the benefit of Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has assumed. Said agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in said agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against Contractor that Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against Owner. Where appropriate, Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with his Sub-subcontractors. Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound pursuant to this Section 5.3, and identify to the Subcontractor any terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Each Subcontractor shall similarly make copies of such documents available to his Sub- subcontractors. WORK BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORfI WORK AND AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS Construction Agreement ARTI CLE 6 6.1.1 Owner reserves the right to perform portions of the Work required to complete the Project with its own forces or separate contractors, and to award separate contracts in connection therewith. Any ciaim by Contractor that such action by Owner wilt result in delay or additional cost shall be wade as provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 6.2 R11TUAL RESPONSIBILITIES 6.2.1 Contractor shall afford Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and the execution of their work, and shall confect and coordinate the Work with their work as required by the Contract Documents 6.2.2 If any part of the Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of Owner or any separate contractor, Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly notify Owner's Representative of any apparent discrepancies or defects in such other work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of Contractor to give such notice shall constitute a waiver by Contractor of its right to object that such work was not fit and proper to receive his work, except as to defects which may subsequently become apparent in such work by others. 6.2.3 Any costs caused by defective or ill -timed work shall be borne by the party responsible therefor, except that Contractor shall' be responsible for all work performed by him or by any of his Subcontractors. 6.2.4 Should Contractor wrongfully cause damage to any of the work or property on the Site, Contractor shall promptly remedy such damage in 'accordance with Paragraph 12.2.5. 6.2.5 Should Contractor wrongfully cause damage to the work or property of any separate contractor, Contractor shall promptly correct same at his sole cost and expense. If such separate contractor sues Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been caused by Contractor, Owner shall so notify Contractor who shall defend, indemnify and hold Owner harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, awards or other liability resulting from damage caused or allegedly caused by Contractor. ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7.1 GOVERNING LAW 7.1.1 This Agreement shall be governed by taws of the state where the Site is located. 7.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS 7.2.1 Owner and Contractor each binds himself, his heirs, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to the heirs, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect to all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Contractor shall have no right to assign this Agreement. Page 1 7.3 CLAMS FOR DAMAGES 7.3.1 Should either party hereto suffer injury or damage because of any set or omission of the other party or of any of his employees, agents or others for whose acts he is liable, claim shall be made in writing to such other party within a reasonable time after the first observance of such injury or damage. 7.4 PERFORMANCE /OD AND LADOI AND MATERIAL PAYMENT SOD 7.4.1 If required by Owner, Contractor shall, at Owner's expense, furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of this Agreement and the payment of all obligations arising hereunder. Such payment and performance bonds shall be in such amounts and issued by such bonding or surety company or companies as may be designated by Owner. 7.5 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES 7.5.1 The duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and the rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of, any duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available at law. 7.5.2 No action or failure to act by Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of them under the Contract Documents, nor shall any such action or failure to act constitute an approval of or acquiescence to any breach thereunder, except as may otherwise be expressly provided in this Agreement or specifically confirmed in writing. 7.6 TESTS 7.6.1 If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any portion of the Work to be inspected, tested or approved, Contractor shall give Owner's Representative timely notice of its readiness so that Owner's Representative and /or Architect may observe such inspection, testing or approval. Contractor shall bear all costs of such inspections, tests or approvals conducted by public authorities. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Owner shall bear all costs of other inspections, tests or approvals. 7.6.2 If Owner's Representative determines that any Work requires special inspection, testing, or approval which Paragraph 7.6.1 does not cover, he will, upon written authorization from Owner, instruct Contractor to order such special inspection, testing or approval, and Contractor shall give notice as provided in Paragraph 7.6.1. If such special inspection or testing reveals a failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall bear all costs thereof, including inspection fees and compensation for Architect's additional services made necessary by such failure; otherwise Owner shall bear such costs, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. 7.6.3 Required certificates of inspection, testing or approval shall be secured by Contractor and promptly delivered by him to Owner's Representative. 7.6.4 If Architect and /or Owner's Representative is to observe the inspections, tests or approvals required by the Contract Documents, he shall do so Construction Agreement promptly and, where practicable, at the source of supply. 7.6.5 Contractor shall not be entitled to interest on any monies due hereunder or any monies due as a result of any claim, dispute or other matter in question. 7.7 INSPECTION ST OOIITRACTOR 7.7.1 Prior to submission of Contractor's bid, Contractor shall examine all locations and areas where Work is to be done, and shall notify Owner's Representative, in writing, of any conditions which would be detrimental to the proper installation of any portion of the Work. 7.8 CERTIFICATION OF MATERIALS 7.8.1 Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative certificates or affidavits from all manufacturers of materials used, certifying that materials conform to the requirements of the Specifications. 7.9 USAGE 7.9.1 Whenever the words "or equal," "similar to," or words of similar meaning are mentioned, they shall mean that the quality of materials, appliances or workmanship to which they refer shall be equal in the opinion of the Owner. 7.9.2 Contractor shall base his bid on the name or make of any article, device, material, form of construction, fixture, or similar item specified in the Specifications unless the term "or equal" is used. 7.9.3 After entering into this Agreement, substitutions will be considered for proprietary brands specified, other than those listed on a "Substitution Sheet" submitted with the bids, only if evidence that the proposed substitution is equal to the specified item, is submitted to Owner's Representative and such substitution is approved in writing by Owner. 7.10.1 Owner reserves the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to reject any and all bids. 7.11 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY 7.11.1 Contractor hereby acknowledges that it has established its bid for the Project based upon the quantities of materials set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto and made a part hereof and that Owner has entered into this Agreement in reliance upon Contractor's assurances to Owner that such quantities represent Contractor's good faith estimate of the requirements for the Project as determined by the exercise of sound construction practices. 7.11.2 The construction of the Project shall be solely at Contractor's risk concerning the damage or loss of any equipment or materials incorporated into the Work or located on the Site, except to the extent such damage or loss is to real property covered by the insurance Owner is required to carry pursuant to Paragraph 13.2.1. Page 8 ARTICLE 8 TIME OP PERFORMANCE 8.1 COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION 8.1.1 The Work shall be commenced within three (3) calendar days after Owner's Representative notifies Contractor (which notice may be given verbally) that the Site is ready for the York to be commenced thereon, and shall progress in accordance with the Progress Schedule. If the Site is not ready for the Work to be commenced thereon by 19 then all dates in the Progress Schedule, the S stantial Completion Date and the Completion Date shall automatically be deemed extended for a period equivalent to the number of days between said date and the date that the Site is ready for the Work to be commenced thereon. 8.1.2 Owner's Representative's determination that the Site is ready for the Work to be commenced thereon shall be binding upon Contractor unless, within twenty-four (24) hours after receipt of notice of such determination, Contractor notifies Owner of its objection thereto (which notice shall be given verbally, but shall immediately thereafter be followed up in writing in accordance with Article 18). 8.1.3 The Work shall be substantially completed to the extent provided in Paragraph 8.1.4 hereof no later than (herein called the "Substantial Completion Date "). The Work shall be fully completed, subject only to minor punch list items, primarily of a cosmetic nature, no later than (herein called the "Completion Date "). Contractor shall complete the work on all such punch list items within the time period specified in Paragraph 11.7.1, except that no such work shall be performed during the months of without the prior written consent of Owner. 8.1.4 The Work shall be deemed to be substantially completed when the Work has been completed (including the procurement by Contractor of a Certificate of Occupancy or other occupancy permit, if required by the governmental authority having Jurisdiction) to such an extent as to allow Owner, without interference or interruption resulting from continuance of the Work by Contractor or any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor, to commence and perform its fixturing and merchandising operations and other preparatory work in order that the Project may be in full operation for its intended purposes (including the issuance of a permanent certificate of occupancy or its equivalent) no later than the day following the Completion Date, with nothing other than minor punch List items, primarily of a cosmetic nature, remaining to be done on the Completion Date,and Owner's Representative has certified to such effect. Contractor shell, on the Substantial Completion Date, furnish Owner with a complete set of keys sufficient to provide Owner independent access to the Project, but delivery of such keys to Owner shall not constitute, or be deemed or construed to constitute acceptance by Owner of the Work or the Project, in whole or in part. Construction Agreement 8.1.5 If the Work is not being performed in compliance with the Progress Schedule, Owner shalt have the right, in addition to any other rights it may have, to: (a) give notice to Contractor compelling him to perform the Work on an overtime basis (which shall include weekends, if necessary), at no additional cost to Owner, in order to assure that the Substantial Completion Date and Completion Date are met, and Contractor shall promptly comply with any such notice, whether or not Owner shall have exercised the foregoing right; or of Project in responsibility rdanc for with A the construction rticle 20 hereof and Contractor shall be liable to Owner for all damages sustained by Owner as a result of Contractor's failure to comply. In addition, Owner shall have the right to apply amounts previously retained from the Progress Payments to costs incurred by Owner in performing the Work. Failure of Owner to exercise its rights pursuant hereto shall not be deemed a waiver thereof, nor prevent Owner from exercising such rights at • later date. Contractor shall insert in all agreements between Contractor and any Subcontractor a provision whereby the Subcontractor recognizes the right of Owner to assume responsibility for the construction of the Project, with such agreements to continue as direct agreements between Owner and the Subcontractor. 8.1.6 Unless otherwise provided, all of the dates and time periods set forth herein are of the essence of this Agreement. 8.2 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 8.2.1 If Contractor is delayed at any time in the progress of the Work by any act or negligence of Owner or an employee of Owner, or by any separate contractor employed by Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by delay authorized by Owner, then the dates in the Progress Schedule, the Substantial Completion Date and the Completion Date shall, subject to Paragraph 8.2.2, be appropriately extended. 8.2.2 Any claim for extension of time pursuant to Paragraph 8.2.1 shalt be made in writing to Owner's Representative not more than two (2) days after the commencement of the delay; otherwise it shall be waived. Contractor shall provide an estimate of the probable effect of any such delay on the progress of the Work at the time such claim is made. 8.2.3 This Section 8.2 does not exclude the recovery of damages for the delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND SITE 9.1 Contractor acknowledges that before making his proposal he carefully examined the Contract Documents, the Site and the surrounding area, and that he is fully informed regarding al! of the conditions affecting the work to be done and labor and materials to be furnished in connection herewith. Contractor further acknowledges that he has not relied on any representations or estimates which may have been made by Owner or Architect (or Page 9 any of its or their representatives, agents or employees), and Contractor shall make no claim against Owner by reason of any such representation or estimate. ARTICLE 10 LIEN RUtiT8 10.1 Contractor hereby stipulates and agrees that any and all of its lien rights, however created, now existing or which may exist in the future, are and shall be subject and subordinate to: (a) all existing mortgages affecting the Site, including future advances thereon; (b) all interim, construction and permanent mortgages, including future advances thereon, given in connection with the financing of (or reimbursement for) all or any part of the cost of the acquisition of the Site and the construction of the Project; (c) all existing or future grants, easements, rights of way, and dedications effecting all or any part of the Site; (d) all existing or future leases covering all or any part of the Site; (e) all renewals, replacements, extensions or modifications of any of the foregoing. 10.2 Contractor shall not, at any time, suffer or permit any lien, attachment, notice of intention to lien, stop notice, mechanic's lien or other similar lien or encumbrance permitted under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Site is located (all of the foregoing being herein individually and collectively called "Contractor's lien ") filed or served upon Owner by or on behalf of any Subcontractor or Sub - subcontractor, to remain on file against the Site, the improvements thereon, or money due or to become due for any work performed or materials furnished in connection with the construction of the Project, or to otherwise establish or create any liability or potential liability as between Owner and any Subcontractor or Sub - subcontractor. In the event a Contractor's lien is so filed or served, whether during or after the performance of the Work, Contractor shall cause same to be released or discharged of record or otherwise eliminated, by bonding or otherwise, at no cost or expense to Owner, within ten (10) days after Contractor receives notice of such filing or service, failing which, until same has been so released, discharged or eliminated, Owner may, at its option, in addition to any other remedies available to it, withhold any payments then or thereafter due by Owner to Contractor pursuant to this Agreement or cause same to be so released, discharged or eliminated, in which event Contractor shall, promptly on demand, reimburse Owner for all costs and expenses incurred by Owner in connection therewith, failing which, Owner may deduct all such costs and expenses from any payments then or thereafter due by Owner to Contractor pursuant to this Agreement. 10.3 Contractor hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Owner from and against any and all loss, cost, damage or expense (including attorneys' fees) arising out of or in any way resulting from any claim, suit , action or other proceeding instituted against Owner or the Project by or on behalf of any Subcontractor or Sub - subcontractor, whether or not such claim, suit, Construction Agreement action or other proceeding shall be instituted in correction with any Contractor's Lien. 10.4 In the event either party to this Agreement shall institute any claim, suit, action or other proceeding involving the other party hereto, then the party prevailing in such claim, suit, action or other proceeding shall be entitled to recover and receive from the non - prevailing party all costs and expenses (including attorneys' fees ) actually incurred by the prevailing party in prosecuting or defending, as the case may be, its interest in such claim, suit, action or other proceeding. Such recovery shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any other relief to which the prevailing party may be entitled in such claim, suit, action or other proceeding. ARTICLE 11 ItAIMPT TO CONTRACTOR 11.1 POOJECT COST 11.1.1 Contractor agrees to perform the Work and complete the Project, all in accordance with the Contract Documents, for the total project cost (the "Project Cost ") set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof. Contractor acknowledges that the Project Cost includes all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, for labor, material, equipment rentals and payments to Subcontractors, plus profit and overhead. Owner shall pay to Contractor the Project Cost, as hereinafter provided. Except as provided in Paragraph 11.1.2 hereof, Owner's liability for payment to Contractor pursuant hereto shall in no event exceed the Project Cost. 11.1.2 If Contractor's costs and expenses exceed the Project Cost, then the amount of such excess shall be paid by Contractor without reimbursement by Owner; except that, if Owner, pursuant to approved change order(s), has required changes in the scope of the Work, and if such changes have resulted in a net increase in Contractor's costs and expenses (after taking into account all such changes), then Owner shall pay Contractor the net amount by which Contractor's cost and expenses were thereby increased. 11.2 DRAW REQUESTS 19.2.1 On or before the tenth (10th) day of each month, Contractor shall request payment by delivering to Owner's Representative (personal delivery or delivery by regular mail shall be permitted) Ala Document 6702-application and Certificate for Payment and Ala Document 6702A- Continuation Sheets (herein called "Draw Request "), together with all supporting documentation necessary to verify the items and amounts included in the Draw Request. With each Draw Request, Contractor shall submit an updated schedule, in the form of a bar graph, showing the actual (or estimated) time for commencement and completion of the different portions of the Work broken down according to the Specifications subsections, and such other documentation as may be reasonably required by Owner's Representative. 11.2.2 Contractor warrants that (i) title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by each Draw Request will pass to Owner either by incorporation Page 10 into the Project or upon the receipt of payment by Contractor, whichever occurs first, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances, hereinafter referred to in this Article 11 as "liens "; and (ii) no Work, materials or. equipment covered by any Draw Request will have been acquired by Contractor, or by any other person performing Work at the Site or furnishing materials end equipment for the Project, for or on behalf of Contractor, subject to an agreement under which an interest therein or an encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or provider thereof or is otherwise imposed by or on Contractor or such other person. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments will not be made on account of arterials or equipment not incorporated into the Project. 11.2.3 Within five (5) days after the date hereof, Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative a schedule of values allocated to each portion of the Work according to the various subheadings of the Specifications, prepared on Practical Standard Form for Contractors No. 591 (or such other form as Owner's Representative may designate) and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as Owner's Representative may require. The total of all amounts set forth in the schedule of values shall equal the Project Cost and shall be used in verifying the amounts contained in the Draw Requests. 11.3 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 11.3.1 Owner's Representative will, within seven (7) days after the receipt of each Draw Request, either issue a Certificate for Payment to Owner, with a copy to Contractor, for such amount as Owner's Representative considers to be properly due, or notify the Contractor in writing of his reasons for withholding the Certificate for Payment in accordance with Paragraph 11.6.1. 11.3.2 By issuing a Certificate for Payment, Owner's Representative shall not hereby be deemed to represent that he has made exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work or that he has reviewed the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or that he has made any examination to ascertain how or for what purpose Contractor has used any payments previously made. 11.4 PAYMENTS WITHHELD 11.4.1 Owner's Representative may withhold his Certificate for Payment, in whole or in part , to the extent reasonably necessary to protect Owner, if, in Owner's Representative's opinion, he is unable to represent to Owner that: (i) the Work has progressed to the point indicated in the Drew Request; (ii) to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to later evaluation, to subsequent tests, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion, and to any specific qualifications set forth in his Certificate); and (iii) the Contractor is entitled to payment. If Owner's Representative is unable to make such representations and to certify payment in the amount of the Draw Request, he will notify Contractor as provided in Paragraph 11.3.1 If Contractor and Owner's Representative cannot agree on a revised amount, Owner's Representative will promptly issue a Construction Agreement Certificate for Payment for the amount, if any, for which it is able to wake such representations to Owner. Owner's Representative may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent observations, he may nullify the whole or any part of any Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in his opinion to protect Owner from loss because of: (a) defective work not remedied; (b) third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims; (c) failure of Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment; (d) reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Project cost; (e) damage to Owner of another contractor; (f) reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed in accordance with the Progress Schedule; or (g) persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 11.5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 11.5.1 Within thirty (30) days after receipt by Owner of • Certificate for Payment, Owner shall either (i) approve same and pay Contractor the approved amount less ten (10%) percent of said *mount, which shall be retained until the Final Payment is made (such payment being herein called a "Progress Payment ") or (ii) disapprove same and notify Contractor in writing of the reasons for such disapproval. 11.5.2 Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, on account of that portion of such Subcontractor's work completed through the date of Contractor's then current Draw Request, the amount to which such Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting the percentage actually retained, if any, from payments by Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's work. Contractor shall, by an appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to his Sub - subcontractors in similar manner. 11.5.3 Owner's Representative may, at its discretion, furnish to any Subcontractor information regarding the percentages of completion or the amounts applied for by Contractor and the action taken thereon on account of work done by such Subcontractor. 11.5.4 Owner shall have no obligation to pay or to see to the payment of any money to any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Owner may, in his discretion, make all or any portion of nay Progress Payment by check payable jointly to the order of Contractor and any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor which is entitled to payment on account of such Subcontractor's or Sub - subcontractor's work. Nothing herein shall be construed to permit Contractor to withhold or delay payment to any Subcontractor pending receipt of payment to Contractor by Owner. 11.5.5 Prior to or simultaneously with the submission of any Draw Request, Contractor shall deliver to Owner's Representative unconditional waivers or releases (in form satisfactory to Owner) of all liens or other claims relating to items covered by the Progress Payment made with respect to Page 11 such Draw Request, together with affidavits in form and substance acceptable to Owner from each Subcontractor certifying that payment was made by Contractor to Subcontractor in the proper amounts. Until such waivers, releases or affidavits have been delivered, Owner shall have the right to refuse to make any further Progress Payments. 11.5.6 No Certificate for Payment, nor any Progress Payment, nor any partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by Owner, shall constitute an acceptance by Owner of any Work not done In accordance with the Contract Documents. 11.6 FAILURE OF PAYMENT 11.6.1 If Owner's Representative dots not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of Contractor, within seven (7) days after receipt of a Draw Request, or, subject to Paragraphs 11.5.1 and 11.5.5, if Owner does not pay Contractor within thirty (30) days after approval of • Certificate for Payment, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) additional days' written notice to Owner, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been made. 11.7 PINCH LISTS 11.7.1 Within a reasonable time after the Work has been fully completed, subject to minor punch list items, primarily of a cosmetic nature, Owner's Representative may prepare a punch list setting forth those items of work remaining to be completed, or those items to be repaired or replaced. Subject to Paragraph 8.1.3, Contractor shall promptly perform all work set forth on said punch list, completing same within fourteen (14) days after receipt thereof, failing which, without the giving of add;tianat notice to Contractor, Owner shall have the rigr.t to perform same and deduct the cost hereof from the Final Payment. Nothing herein shall limit Contractor's obligations pursuant to Section 15.2. 11.7.2 Upon full completion of the Work, subject only to minor punch list items, primarily of a cosmetic nature, and upon application by Contractor and certification by Owner's Representative, Owner may, at Owner's discretion (but taking into account any bonds of the type enumerated in Paragraph 11.8.2(g) still outstanding) make payment reflecting adjustment in retainage, if any, for such Work or portion thereof, as provided in the Contract Documents. 11.8 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT 11.8.1 Upon completion by Contractor of all work set forth on the punch list referred to in Paragraph 11.7.1 hereof, Contractor shell submit to Owner's Representative a final Drew Request. Upon approval by Owner's Representative of said final Drew Request and receipt thereof by Owner, Owner shell promptly make or cause to be made a final inspection of the Work and, if, in Owner's view, the Work has been fully completed (including the completion of all punch list items) in accordance with the Contract Documents and Contractor's obligations thereunder have been fully performed, he will make the "Final Payment" (as hereinafter defined), in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.8.2 hereof. 11.8.2 Owner shell pay the entire amount remaining to be paid pursuant to this Agreement, including any Construction Agreement retainage, (herein called the "Final PaytnentN), within thirty (30) days after all of the following shall have occurred: (a) Receipt by Owner of a permanent certificate of occupancy (or its local equivalent, if certificates of occupancy are not issued in the jurisdiction) permitting the use of the Project for its intended purposes. (b) Receipt by Owner of the final Draw Request, setting forth the amount of the Final Payment and approved by Owner's Representative (which approval shall indicate that to the but of Owner's Representative's knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of his observations and inspections, the Work has been fully completed, including the completion of all punch list items, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, and that the Final Payment is due and payable). (c) Receipt by Owner of an affidavit of Contractor that all payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or his property might in any way be responsible, have been paid or otherwise satisfied, and such other data establishing payment or satisfaction of all such obligations, such as receipts, unconditional releases and waivers of liens arising out of the Contract Documents, to the extent and in such form as may be required by Owner. If any Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by Owner, Contractor, at no cost to Owner, shall furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify him against any such lien. If any such lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made, Contractor shall refund to Owner, promptly on demand, all moneys that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorney's fees. (d) Receipt by Owner of consent of the surety, if any, to Final Payment. (e) Receipt by Owner of all warranties, guarantees and as-built drawings relating to the Work required under the Plans and Specifications or under any of the other Contract Documents. (f) Acceptance by Owner of the Work as being fully completed (including the completion of all punch list items), which acceptance shall be acknowledged in writing. (g) Return to Owner of all payment or performance bonds (or other security) paid for by Owner and deposited with any governmental authority having jurisdiction to secure the performance of any portion of the Work required by such governmental authority. (h) Receipt by Owner of fully completed cost collection sheet as provided in the Specifications. 11.8.3 The making of Final Payment shall constitute a waiver by Owner of all claims against Contractor arising out of the performance of the Work, except those arising from: (a) unsettled liens filed prior to the date Final Payment is made, and all liens filed thereafter; (b) faulty or defective Work, regardless of when appearing; (c) failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; (d) terms of any special warranties or guarantees required by the Contract Documents; (e) claims relating to the liability of Contractor under the Contract Documents which, either by their nature or pursuant to the Contract Documents, are intended to survive Final Payment; or (f) any audit by Owner of Contractor's books and Page 12 records relating to sums paid by Owner to Contractor pursuant to paragraph 11.1.2 hereof. 11.8.4 The acceptance of Final Payment shall constitute a waiver by Contractor of all claims against Owner arising out of the performance of the Work. ajtTICLE 2.2, PROTECTION 0O' PERSONS AND PROPERTY 12.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS 12.1.1 Contractor shell be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. 12.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AID PSOPERTY 12.2.1 Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (a) all employees performing any portion of the Work and all other persons who may be affected thereby; (b) all the Work and all materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site, under the care, custody or control of the Contractor or any of his Subcontractors or Sub - subcontractor; and (c) other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavement, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. 12.2.2 Contractor shall give all notices end comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss. 12.2.3 Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and progress of the Work, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent utilities. 12.2.4 When the use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the execution of the Work, Contractor shall exercise the utmost care and shall carry on such activities under the supervision of properly qualified personnel. 12.2.5 Subject to Section 13.2, Contractor shall promptly remedy all damage or loss to any property referred to in subparagraphs (b) and (c) of Paragraph 12.2.1 caused in whole or in pert by Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Sub - subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable and for which Contractor is responsible under subparagraphs (b) and (c) of Paragraph 12.2.1, except damage or loss attributable to the acts or omissions of Owner, Owner's Representative or Architect or anyone directly or Construction Agreement indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of Contractor. The foregoing obligations of Contractor are in addition to his obligations under Section 4.16. 12.2.6 Contractor's superintendent, or another responsible member of Contractor's organization at the Site designated by Contractor in writing to Owner shall be responsible for the prevention of accidents. 12.2.7 Contractor shall: (e) Protect the excavation, trenches, and building from damage from rain water, spring water, ground water, beck up from drains and sewers and all other water. (b) Provide all shoring, bracing and sheathing required for the proper execution of the Work, and have same removed when the Work is completed. (c) Provide and maintain guard lights at all barricades, railings, obstructions in the street, sidewalks and all trenches or pits adjacent to walks or streets, in accordance with all applicable codes or requirements. (d) Protect all underground and above ground utility lines, including gas, telephone, electricity, water, sewage and storm drains. In addition, Contractor shall notify Owner's Representative of any utility encountered which is not indicated or is indicated incorrectly. (e) Provide protection against the elements at all times, so as to maintain all Work, materials, apparatus, and fixtures free from injury or damage therefrom. At the end of each day, all new work likely to be damaged shall be covered (f) Provide and maintain suitable fire protection equipment which shall be subject to approval of the local fire authorities. (g) Erect end maintain all necessary and proper temporary dustproof enclosures, screens, fences, barriers, guards, lights end other protective devices for the prevention of accidents and for the protection of the workman and the public in accordance with the requirements of all governmental authorities having jurisdiction, and post danger signs warning against the hazards created by performance of the Work. Contractor shall observe all laws and regulations relating to obstructing the street, keeping passageways open and protecting the same where they are exposed and may be dangerous to the public, the Work or employees of other contractors. Contractor shall plank or bridge passageways, place proper guards upon and around the same, and take such other measures as may be necessary to prevent accidents. All excavations, embankments, materials, rubbish heaps and other obstacles, and encumbrances incident to the Work rust be strongly barricaded and their presence clearly indicated by red or ember blinking or burning lights, which shall continuously operate between sunset and sunrise. (h) Be responsible for the management, care and maintenance of the Site, and except as may be otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be solely responsible for damage thereto and pay for any and all injury to persons or property incident to or on account of the execution of the Work, and shall adjust all claims or suits arising therefrom, without loss, expense or annoyance to Owner or Architect. Page 13 12.3 BIERlt£NCIES 12.3.1 In any emergency effecting the safety of persons or property, Contractor shalt take such measures as may be reasonably necessary to prevent potential damage, injury or loss. Any additional compensation or extension of time claimed by Contractor on account of emergency work shall be determined as provided in Article 14 for changes in the Work. ARTICLZ 3.3 Ijd8QRANCE 13.1 lIEAL REQUIREMENTS 13.1.1 Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect Owner and Contractor from claims arising out of or as a result of any Contractor's operations under the Contract Documents, whether directly performed by Contractor or any Subcontractor, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of the location of such operation or act, the place of business of contractor or subcontractor, the state of incorporation of any contractor or subcontractor or the state of residency of any employee or worker. Such insurance shall include, but shall not be limited to: (a) workers' compensation and employer's liability insurance, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit coverages (including similar coverage for any class of employees engaged in hazardous work at the Site who are not protected under the applicable workers' compensation statute). The workers' compensation policy must satisfy the statutory limits of the state in which the work is to be performed, with employer's liability limits of $500,000.00; (b) comprehensive general liability insurance, written on an occurence basis, including broad form contractual liability, completed operations and broad form property damage coverages, in an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 for personal and bodily injury to all persons in any one occurrence and for damage to property; and (c) motor vehicle liability coverage, with coverage limits not less than the amounts required by subparagraph (b) above. 13.1.2 Certificates of insurance satisfactory to Owner, and naming Owner as an additional insured (except for workers' compensation), shall be delivered to Owner prior to the commencement of Work, and said certificates shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled or "not- renewed" without thirty (30) days' prior written notice to Owner. 13.1.3 All insurance required to be carried by Contractor pursuant hereto shall be taken out with insurance companies approved by Owner in advance and licensed to do business in the state in which the work is to be performed. 13.2 PROPERTY INSURANCE 13.2.1 Unless otherwise provided, Owner may, but shall not be required to, maintain with respect to the entire Work at the site property insurance coverage of such type and in such amount as Owner, Construction Agreement in its sole judgment, shall deem proper. Any such policy shall name as insureds Owner, Contractor and any other party or parties which Owner may deem appropriate, as their interests may appear, and the proceeds of any loss shall be payable in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 13.2.3. If Owner does not intend to maintain such insurance, he shall inform Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. Contractor may then effect insurance which will protect the interests of himself, his Subcontractors and the Sub - subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to Owner. If Contractor is damaged by failure of Owner to maintain such insurance and to so notify Contractor, then Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Owner's insurance shall not cover hoists or equipment (including tools) belonging to Contractor or any Subcontractor or any other person or entity acting through or under Contractor or any Subcontractor. 13.2.2 Owner shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance as may be required by the Contract Documents or by law. The policies shall name as insureds Owner, Contractor and any other party or parties which Owner may deem appropriate, as their interests may appear. 13.2.3 Any loss insured under Paragraphs 13.2.1 or 13.2.2 is to be adjusted with Owner and made payable to Owner as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause. Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance monies received by Contractor, and by appropriate written agreement, shall require each Subcontractor to make payments to his Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. 13.2.4 Owner hereby waives all rights against Contractor, his Subcontractors, Sub - subcontractors, and their agents end employees for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by insurance maintained by Owner pursuant to this Article 13. Contractor hereby waives all rights against Owner, Owner's Representative, Architect and separate contractors, if any, and their respective subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by insurance carried by Contractor. Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of Architect, separate contractors, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors, by appropriate written agreements, similar waivers each in favor of all other parties enumerated in this Paragraph 13.2.4. 13.2.5 Owner shall have the right to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers in any manner it deems appropriate. 13.2.6 Owner shall have the right to use or occupy portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion thereof provided such use or occupancy shall not unreasonably interfere with Contractor's performance of the Work. The insurance required hereunder shall not lapse or be canceled on account of such use or occupancy. 13.3 LOSS Of USE INSURANCE 13.3.1 To the extent of any insurance proceeds actually received by Owner with respect thereto, Page 14 Owner waives ell rights of action against Contractor for loss of use of his property due to fire or other hazards, including consequential tosses. 13.4 SELF -DANCE 13.4.1 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Contract Documents, Owner shalt nave the right to be a self- insurer with respect to any insurance which Owner may carry hereunder. XRTICLR 14 MEW 111 TR! WORK 14.1 CNANCE ORDERS 14.1.1 A Change Order is a written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Owner's Representative, issued after execution of this Agreement, authorizing a change in the Work or an adjustment in the Project Cost or in the time for performance of the Work. There shall be no deviation from the requirements of the Contract Documents except as authorized by Change Orders. A Change Order signed by Contractor indicates his agreement with respect to the items contained therein. 14.1.2 Owner, without invalidating this Agreement, may, from time to time and at any time, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract Documents consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, and the Project Cost and /or the time for performance shalt be adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall be authorized by Change Order, and shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. Except as may be set forth in a Change Order, Owner shall have no liability whatsoever to Contractor as a result of any such changes, notwithstanding that said changes may result in, among other things, loss of anticipated profits or variations between estimated actual work required to construct the Project. 14.1.3 The cost or credit to Owner resulting from a change in the Work shall be determined by the Owner in one or more of the following ways, in Owner's discretion: (a) by mutual acceptance of a lump sum property itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; (b) by unit prices as set forth on Exhibit 8 attached hereto and made a part hereof; (c) by determination in • manner agreed upon by the parties of mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or (d) by the method provided in Paragraph 14.1.4. 14.1.4 Contractor shell promptly comply with all Change Orders notwithstanding that no agreement may have been reached with respect to determination of the cost or credit to Owner as provided in Paragraphs 14.1.3. the cost of such Work shall then be determined on the basis of the reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, and in such case Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as Owner's Representative may prescribe, an itemized Construction Agreement accounting together with appropriate data for inclusion in a Change Order. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, cost shalt be limited as set forth in Section 14.1.6 hereof. Pending final determinatic.i of the cost or credit to Owner, payments on account shall be made on portions of Certificates for Payment relating thereto that are approved by Owner. The amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any deletion or change which results in • net decrease in the Project Cost will be the amount of the actual net savings, determined, to the extent possible, in accordance with the above. 14.1.5 All "extras" must be authorized by Owner on a duly executed Change Order form signed by Contractor and any one of Owner's Representative, Owner's Vice President - Architecture i Construction or Owner's Senior Vice President - Real Estate. No other representative of Owner shall be authorized to sign any Change Order on behalf of Owner unless such authorization is set forth in writing signed by .Owner's Senior Vice President - Real Estate. 94.1.6 All "extras" shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative no later than five (5) days after the work covered by such "extra" is commenced, in either or both of the following ways, as specified by Owner: (a) Lump sum proposal outlining the work to be performed; or (b) Labor and material plus overhead and profit: general contractor, subcontractor and subordinate subcontractors shall all agree to be limited to and perform any additional work which may be ordered in accordance with this Article 14 and the following conditions: i. The total number of tiers involved in performing "extras" shall be limited to a maximum of three (3) (the Contractor, one Subcontractor and one Sub - subcontractor). ii. Overhead and profit shall be allowed only in accordance with the following schedule: (a) Single tier (Contractor only) - 10% upon all materials, labor and /or rentals supplied. (b) Double tier (Contractor and Subcontractor) - Subcontractor may increase price upon materials, labor and /or rentals supplied by 10%, with the contractor being permitted a 5% increase thereon (Total overhead and profit 15.5 %). (c) Triple tier - Sub - subcontractor may increase price of any materials, labor or rentals supplied by 10 %. The Subcontractor may increase such price by 5% and the Contractor may thereafter increase such price by 5% (Total overhead and profit - 21.25%). In determining overhead and profit, the foregoing percentages shall be applied to the net cost of materials, labor and rentals only, and such percentage shall be deemed to include all overhead and profit of every type and nature. The net cost of labor shall include the cash wages and ordinary benefits actually paid. Persons performing services other than so- called "trade persons" and "foremen" including and not limited to office, support and supervisory staff shall not be included in any calculation of the cost of labor and shall be deemed a part of overhead profit included in the foregoing percentages. Page 15 14.1.7 If the unit quantities originally contemplated are so changed in • proposed Change Order that application of the unit prices set forth in Exhibit B to the quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shell be equitably adjusted. 14.2 CONCEALED CONDITIONS 14.2.1 Should concealed conditions be encountered in the performance of the Work below the surface of the ground or should concealed or unknown conditions in an existing structure be at variance with the conditions indicated by the Contract Documents, or should unknown physical conditions below the surface of the ground or should concealed or unknown conditions in an existing structure of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in this Agreement, be encountered, the Project Cost shall be equitably adjusted by Change Order upon claim by either party made within two (2) days after the observance of the conditions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a concealed or unknown condition requires modification in the gaunt of excavation or concrete work, the adjustment in the Project Cost may, in Owner's discretion, be determined in accordance with Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof. 14.3 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST 14.3.1 If Contractor wishes to make a claim for an increase in the Project Cost, he shall give Owner's Representative written notice thereof within two (2) days after the occurrence of the event giving rise to such claim (including, without limitation, a claim arising out of (i) any written interpretation pursuant to Paragraph 3.3.7, (ii) any order by Owner to stop the Work pursuant to Section 15.3 where Contractor was not at fault, or (iii) failure of payment by Owner as provided in Section 11.6, but excluding any claims pursuant to Section 14.2). This notice shall be given by Contractor before proceeding to execute the Work, except in on emergency endangering life or property, in which case Contractor shall proceed in accordance with Section 12.3. No such claim shall be valid unless made in accordance with the foregoing. Any change in the Project Cost resulting from such claim shall be authorized by Change Order. ARTICLE 15 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 15.1 UNCOVERING OF WIRE 15.1.1 If any portion of the Work is covered contrary to the request of Owner's Representative or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, said Work shell, at the direction of Owner's Representative, be uncovered for inspection and then be replaced at Contractor's expense. 15.1.2 If any other portion of the Work has been covered, which Owner's Representative did not specifically request to observe prior to being covered, Owner's Representative may direct that such Construction Agreement Work be uncovered by Contractor for inspection. If such Work is found to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, the cost of uncovering and replacement shall be charged to Owner by appropriate Change Order. If such Work is found not to be in accordance with the Contract Documents, Contractor shall pay such cost unless this condition was caused by Owner or a separate contractor as provided in Article 6, in which event Owner shall be responsible for the payment of such costs. 15.2 CORRECTION OF WORK 15.2.1 Contractor shell promptly correct all Work rejected by Owner's Representative as defective or as failing to conform to the Contract Documents, whether observed before or after completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Contractor shall bear all costs of and expenses relating to the correction of rejected Work, including, without limitation, compensation for Architect's additional services, if any, made necessary thereby, and the costs of transportation incident to the repairing or replacement of defective work, removal and reinstallation as well as any damage to the work or property of others resulting from, or specifically attributable to, the remedial or corrective work. 15.2.2 If, within one (1) year after the date on which the Work, or any designated portion thereof, has been fully completed (including the completion of all punch list items), or within one (1) year after acceptance by Owner of designated equipment or within such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, Contractor shall correct same promptly after receipt of a written notice from Owner or Owner's Representative to do so. This obligation shall survive termination of this Agreement. 15.2.3 Contractor shall remove from the Site all portions of the Work which are defective or nonconforming and which have not been corrected under Paragraphs 15.2.1 and 15.2.2, unless such removal has been waived in writing by Owner. 15.2.4 If Contractor fails to correct defective or nonconforming Work in accordance with this Section 15.2, Owner may correct it as provided in this Article. 15.2.5 If Contractor does not proceed with the correction of such defective or nonconforming Work within the time fixed by written notice from Owner or Owner's Representative, Owner may remove same and may store the materials or equipment at the expense of Contractor. If Contractor does not pay the cost of such removal and storage within ten (10) days after demand therefor is made, Owner may, upon ten (10) additional days' written notice, sell such Work at auction or at private sale. If the proceeds of such sale are not equal to or greater than all the costs that should have been borne by Contractor, including compensation for Architect's additional services, if any, made necessary thereby, the deficiency shall be charged to Contractor and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. If payments then or thereafter due Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, Contractor shall pay such amount to Owner promptly on demand. Page 16 15.2.6 Contractor shall bear the cost of making good all work of Owner or separate contractors destroyed or damaged by such correction or removal. 15.2.7 Nothing contained in this Section 15.2 shall be construed as establishing a period of limitation with respect to any other obligation which Contractor may have under the Contract Documents, including Paragraph 4.5.1 hereof. Contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that the establishment of the time period of one (1) year after the date on which the Work has been fully completed (including the completion of punch list items), or after the date of acceptance, or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any warranty required by the Contract Documents, shalt relate only to the specific obligation of Contractor to correct the Work, and shall not constitute a limitation upon the time within which his obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor upon the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish Contractor's liability with respect to his obligations (other than specifically to correct the Work). 15.2.8 Contractor shall deliver to Owner's Representative, together with his final Draw Request, his written guarantee, made out to Owner and in a form satisfactory to Owner, guaranteeing all of the Work under the Contract Documents to be free from faulty materials and workmanship, watertight and leakproof in every particular. Contractor shall also agree to replace or to re- execute without cost to Owner such Work as may be found to be defective, and to make good all damage caused to other work or materials due to such required replacement or re-execution. This Agreement shall cover all Work under the Contract Documents and shall run for a period of one (1) year from the date the Project is in full operation, except as may be otherwise noted in the Specifications, or for a longer period where so stipulated in the Contract Documents. 15.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK 15.3.1 If Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or fails to correct defective Work as required by Section 15.2, Owner, by written notice, may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any other person or entity. 15.4 O.sIER'S RIGHT TO CARRY CUT THE WORK 15.4.1 lf, within two (2) days after written notice from Owner, Contractor fails to commence to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or to correct any defective Work as required by Section 15.2, and thereafter to complete said performance or correction with due diligence, Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy it may have, perform or correct said Work on behalf of Contractor. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from the payments then or thereafter due Contractor all costs and expenses incurred by Owner in connection therewith, including, without limitation, compensation for Architect's additional services made necessary Construction Agreement thereby, If the payments then or thereafter due Contractor are not sufficient to cover such mount, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner promptly on demand. 15.5 ACCEPTAII B OF DEFECTIVE OR 001MXNFORNING WORK 15.5.1 Owner may, in his discretion, accept defective or nonconforming Work, in which case a Change Order will be issued to reflect • reduction in the Project Cost where appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not Final Payment has been made. Owner shalt not be deemed to have accepted any defective or nonconforming Work unless such acceptance has been specifically acknowledged in writing. XRTICLE 16 AceOUaITING RECORDS 16.1 Contractor shell keep and maintain complete and accurate books and records in accordance with sound accounting principles, relating to the cost' and /or performance of the Work and the materials and supplies incorporated therein. Owner shall have the right, on ten (10) days prior notice given at any time and from time to time, to audit such books and records relating to the Project Cost (including any additions or reductions thereof pursuant to Paragraph 11.1.2 hereof), the Work, the Project and all such other matters relating to this Agreement. The books and records required to be maintained by Contractor in accordance with this Section 16.1 shall be kept and preserved at Contractor's principal place of business for a period of not less than three (3) years after the date upon which Final Payment is made. ARTICLE 17 LIOUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAY IN COMPLETION: BONUS FOR EARLY COMPLETION 17.1 Contractor acknowledges that Owner is relying upon Contractor to perform the Work and construct the Project in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents, and that Owner may suffer damages (whether by loss of sates and profits, increased costs or otherwise) in the event completion is delayed. 17.2 In view of the difficulty in ascertaining the actual damages Owner may suffer as a result of such delay, Contractor and Owner hereby agree that the sum of Two Thousand (52,000) Dollars per day represents a fair measure of such damages (said sum being fixed as liquidated damages and not as a penalty). In accordance therewith, if by the Substantial Completion Date the Work has not been substantially completed to the extent provided in Paragraph 8.1.4 hereof; or, if by the Completion Date the Work has not been fully completed, subject only to minor punch list items, primarily of a cosmetic nature; then in either such event Contractor shall pay Owner the sum of Two Thousand ($2,000) Dollars for each calendar day after the Substantial Completion Date until the Work is fully completed, subject only to.minor punch list items, Page 17 primarily of a cosmetic nature. Owner May take and retain such amount from any payment to be made to Contractor hereunder, and in the event of a deficiency, Contractor shall pay the deficiency to Owner promptly upon demand. 17.3 Owner hereby agrees that if Contractor shall substantially complete the Work to the extent provided in Paragraph 8.1.4 hereof prior to the Substantial Completion Date, and shall fully complete the Work ( subject only to Minor punch list items, primarily of a cosmetic nature) within fourteen (14) days after the Work is substantially completed as aforesaid, and provided that Contractor has otherwise fully and faithfully performed and discharged all of its obligations and responsibilities under this Agreement, then Owner shalt pay to Contractor, in addition to all other sums payable by Owner to Contractor pursuant to this Agreement, an amount equal to One Thousand (51,000) Dollars for each calendar day by which the date on which the Work is so substantially completed precedes the Substantial Completion Date. Such amount shall be paid by Owner to Contractor at the same time as, and subject to the name conditions pursuant to which, the Final Payment is made. ARTICLE 18 N TICE8 18.1 Unless otherwise provided herein, all notices, consents or other communications given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if .sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage paid as follows: 1. If to Owner, addressed: (a) TOYS "R" US 461 From Road Paramus, New Jersey 07652 one copy, to the attention of: • Senior Vice President . Real Estate with duplicate copy, under separate cover, to the attention of: - Vice President of Architecture and Construction with a copy to Owner's Representative 2. • If to Architect, addressed: 3. If to Contractor, addressed: Construction Agreement 4. If to Owner's Representative, to the address set forth in Paragraph 3.3.1 (b) hereof, with a copy to Owner (if Owner's Representative's address is not the address hereinabove set forth for Owner) or to such other persons or addresses es the party to be given such notice may designate by notice to the other,party. ARTICLE 19 OVERTIME 19.1 Contractor shall omit any Markup for overhead end profit for any overtime labor (premium time only) for which Contractor is compensated. ARTJCLE 20 TERM NATION 20.1 TERMINATION BY CONTRACTOR 20.1.1 If the Work is stopped for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days under an order of any court or other public authority having jurisdiction, or as a result of an act of government, such as decleration of a national emergency making materials unavailable, through no act or fault of Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing any of the Work under a contract with Contractor or a Subcontractor, or if the Work should be stopped for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days by Contractor because Owner's Representative has not issued a Certificate for Payment as provided in Section 11.6 or because Owner has not made payment thereon as provided in Section 11.6, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) additional days' written notice to Owner terminate this Agreement and recover from Owner payment for all Work executed and for any proven loss sustained upon any materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable profit and damages. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such termination shall occur if, within said seven (7) days, either Owner's Representative issues the Certificate for Payment or Owner makes the payment. 20.2 TERMINATION BY OWNER 20.2.1 If a petition under any federal bankruptcy law or an action under any insolvency law or statute is filed by or against Contractor and not dismissed within ten (10) days after such filing, or if Contractor makes a general assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his insolvency, or if he persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails, except in cases for which extension of time is provided, to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials, or if he'falls to make prompt payment to Subcontractors or for materials or labor, or persistently disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, or is otherwise in violation of any provision of the Contract Documents, then Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy he may have and after giving Contractor and his surety, if any, seven (7) days' written notice, terminate Page 18 the employment of Contractor and take possession of otherwise specifically provided herein. the Site and of all materials thereon owned by Contractor, and thereafter Owner may finish the Work IS WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by whatever method he may deem expedient. In such as of the day and year first above written. ease Contractor shalt not be entitled to receive any payment then or thereafter due under this Agreement. 20.2.2 If, after termination of this Agreement by Owner (other than a termination pursuant to OWNER: TOYS "R" US Paragraph 20.2.3), the cost to Owner of completing the Work, including compensation for Architect's Date additional services, if any, made necessary thereby, exceeds the Project Cost, Contractor shall pay such excess to Owner promptly on demand. This obligation for payment shall survive the termination of this Sy Agreement. 20.2.3 Without limiting the generality of Paragraph 20.2.1, if Contractor fails to deliver to Owner, at the time or times required by this Agreement, any items or information required to be delivered prior to the eosmencement of the Work (including, without limitation, the name and qualifications of his superintendent and the project manager, the proposed progress schedule and manpower chart, the CONTRACTOR: name of hfs Subcontractors and the schedule of values for the portions of the Work), Owner may, at Date any time until the commencement of the Work in accordance with Paragraph 8.11, or seven (7) days after all of such items or information have been submitted, whichever occurs first, terminate this By Agreement by giving Contractor written notice to such effect. In the event of the giving of such notice, this Agreement shall be deemed terminated . and neither party shall have any further rights, Name : obligations or liability hereunder. XRTICLE 21 ENTIRE AGREEMENT 21.1 This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes ail prior negotiations, representations,',or agreements, either written or oral, This Agreement may be amended or modified only in writing, or as Erie Swartwood, vice President Architecture and Construction Title: PROJECT MANE T Q1VISION 1 - GENERAL CONDITIONS Temporary Facilities $ Temporary Utilities >s Supervision S Insurance $ Premium Time !i Clean Up (Deily and Final) . . . . S Surveyors and layout . . ..... S Contractor's Administration Costs. $ Total General Conditions DIVISION 2 - SITE IMPROVEMENTS Demolition $ Site Grading, Clearing $ Storm Drains is Sanitary Sewers _ Water Service. . .. • $ Building Excavation ABackfill • . _ Bituminous,Peving $ Concrete Car Stoppers Pavement Marking S Landscaping $ Miscellaneous S Pile Installation (Materiels) f (Labor) S All walks, Pads and Curbs not included in Building Concrete Work (Materiels) (Labor) $ Total Site. Improvements. p1V1S10N 3 • CONCRETE Footings, Foundation Wells & Slab (Materials) . . (Labor) Sidewalks adjacent to building (Materials) (Labor) Total Concrete Reinforced Rods & Mesh (Materials) (Labor) Total Reinforced ptvisiow 4 • MASONRY . Masonry (Materials) (Labor) -.Tote%.Masonry. gxIzuIT .A ProJi Cost Oreekdow of Molar Cetesories of Work CONTRACTOR Rods & Mesh Total Concrete L Reinforced Rods and Mesh Work. . .. . . TOYS "R" US, INC. • • PAGE 1 OF 3 PROJECT. MANE DESCRIPTION AMOUNT D VI ISION 5 - STEEL Steel Structural .. • • $ Steel Miscellaneous $ Steel Erection $ Total Steel DIVISION 6 - CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK Carpentry: General. . • . . . . . . . . • • • $ DIVISION 7 - ROOFING Built-up Roofing (Materials) s (Labor) _ Flashing S Metal Roofing 6 Siding System. . . $ Total Built -Up Roofing . . . . . . . . . $ plviSiQN 7 - MOISTURE CONTROL (Materials) >s (Labor) S Total Moisture Control S Total Built -up Roofing,and Moisture Control pjvisioN 8 • DOORS,' WINDOWS, GLASS Nohow Metal (Materials) (Labor) Total Hollow Metal .S • Glass and Glazing. . $ Finish Hardware $ Total Doors, Windows and Glass plViflON 9 • FINISHES Painting Paint (Materials, paint onty).S Labor (Including scaffolding and block filler). . . $ Total Painting miI!T A S Ceramic Tile S Resilient Tile S Acoustical Ceiling • • • • • _ Drywall Sheetrock . (Materials) . . , (Labor) . . . . . . PAGE 2 OF 3 CONTRACTOR Total Sheetrock Total gxststit L . PROJECT NAME DESCRIPTION DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES Toilet Partitions. . . • • • . $ Toilet Accessories . . . . $ Miscellaneous Items. . . .. • _ Installation of Owner Supplied Items Sprinkler Within 5! of building (Materials) (Labor) . . . . . . Total Sprinkler Total Specialties ptvist0N 15 - MECHANICAL H.V.A.C. Equipment b Materials H.V.A.C. Installation. . . . • Total H V A C Plumbing Within 5' of building (Materials) . • . (Labor) O u t s i d e 5! of building ,(Ma,t.erials) . (Labor) . Total Plumbing • Total Mechanical .. PAGE 3 OF 3 CONTRACTOR AMOUNT Total Electrical DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL, Within 5' of.`buil,ding (Materials). (Labor) .Outside 5' of building (Materials) . • • ( Lebor) . . TOTAL. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SUBTOTAL . . .. . OVERHEAD AND PROFIT. . . . . .' TOTAL BASE CONTRACT. .. • TOTAL DEDUCTIONS . • ALTERNATES TOTAL ALTERNATES.::. .... .... S $ PROJECT NAME CONTRACTOR EXHIBIT 1 Unit Pricing NATURE OF j1 O R K bulk ■ed Rock Removal - by blasting, including removal of materials from site: Trench Rock Remove( - up to 5' -0" deep by 3'•0" wide (as required for utility lines) by ripping w/235 Csterpiller, Materials removed from site: Trench Bed Rock Removal - up to 10'•0" deep by 3' -0" wide (es required for utility lines) by ripping w/235 Caterpiller. Materiels removed from site: Trench Bed Rock Removed - up to 10' -0" deep by.3' -0" wide (as required for utility lines) by blasting and machine. Materiels removed from site: Trench Earth Excavation • by Case 580, to 8'•0" deep, including removal of materiel from site by machine as necessary: Mess Earth Excavation • by D-8 Cat or pans, including removal of materiel from site: UNIT OF UNIT MEASURES PRICE C.Y. )bulk Rock Removal - by ripping w/ 0 -8 Cat, w /hydraulic ripper, including C.Y. remove! of material from site: Trench Rock Remove( - up to 5'•O" deep by 3' -0" wide (as required for utility lines) by jack hammer. Materials to C.T. $ be removed from site: C.T. Trench Bed Rock Removal - up to 5' -0" deep by 3 wide (as required for utility tines) by blasting and machine. Materials removed from site: C.Y. S C.Y. C.Y. Control Fill - as measured compacted in-placed, and including placement and compaction as per specs: * Using On -Site Materials C.Y. * Using Imported Materials C.Y. Granular Fill • 3/4" crushed stone from off -site in place, and tamped: Retnforced Con erete • additional depth of column piers, including forms and rebars: (Excavation Excluded) Reinforced Concrete • additional depth of foundation walls, including forms and rebars: (Excavation C.Y. Excluded) Concrete Sidewalk - (4" thick, including mesh reinforcing) Ton C.T. t PAGE 1 OF 2 Igaprete Curbing. 4,000 psi, in place: (Excavation & Stone ease Excluded) .. gisoOsition Ot,,,,excess excavated. p.terial Trench • Masonry Pile Installation. MEASURES PRICE pevine'Suboraile: as per specifications Heavy Section S..Y. • Light Section S.Y. Paving bit us+inous surface course. overlay:_ as per specifications. Paving concrete surface:. as per spec,ifications. c .Y. s:.Y. DFSCRIPT'IQN Excavation Cut. and reuse on -site Cut and haul off -site Import and place fill Pavement Subgrade Pavement Bituminous Surface Pavement Concrete Surface Concrete ReinforcedRods Masonry Structural Steel Joists and 'Joist Girders .Miscelle "neous Steel: Miscellaneous JXN1•IT C Material Oupntity estimates 011 *Tfl; cu. yd. cu. yd. cu. yd. sq. yd. sq. yd. sq. yd. PAGE 1. OF 1 Ro,ofinp VCT y sq. ft Ceramic.Tile Gypsum.Boa.rd aq..ft :Windows;:Doora unit Pile'Installa,tion- linear pHis1T• "0" GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S COST COLLECTION SHEETS * *RETURN TO TOYS "R" US TAX DEPT UPON COMPLETION ** PROJECT: TOYS "R"-US, INC. 1) Landscaping /Shrubbery /Fences ..._, 2) Storm Drainage /Off Site .:.� 3) Sanitary Sewer /Lateral /On Site ...5 A). Storm Drainage/Main/On Site ...5 5) Storm Drainage /Lateral /On Site ...t 6) Sanitary Sewage /Main /On Site ...5 7) Vater Lines /Hain /On Site ...s 5) Primary Power /On Site 9) Telephone Equipment ...5 10). Irrigation System /Canals /Waterways ...s 11) Approaches /Apron /Sidewalks ...s 12) Parking Lots /Roads /Railroads/ ...5 (including Blacktop) 13) fence /Exterior ...5 14) Warts /Docks /Bridges :.. (Y) All Other Costs .. :..$ TOTAL ,(X)'+ (Y) (MUST. EQUAL TOTAL CONTRACT PRICE). (Sign Name (Title) (Date) Sub•Totat .s DIVISION 1* GENERAL INFORMATION AND BIDDING INFORMATION 1. REFERENCES AND DEFINITIONS 1.1 Throughout the drawings and specifications, addenda and other Contract Doouments, the term 'Owner shall mean 'Toys 'R' Us'. 1.2 Throughout the plans, specifications, addenda, and other Contract Documents, the term 'Contractors' shall be taken to mean the Contractor or hie Subcontractors. 1.3 In the plane, °peoificatione, addenda, and other Contract Documents, the abbreviation GCC le used. GCC shall be taken to mean the General Construction Contractor. 1.4 The term 'Owner's Representative' shalt be taken to mean the person or persons authorized by the Owner to act in his behalf. 1.5 The words 'plans' and 'drawings' shall be taken to have the same meaning, unless In context specifically referencing plan view or views. 1.6 The drawings and specifications are complementary each to the other and what is called for by one shall be as binding as if oailed for by both. However, the drawings and specifications shall be considered Inseparable documents and each Contractor shall consider both Instruments in order to perform the work In a000rdance with their combined intent. 1.7 References to the 'Arohlteor or 'Engineer' in the apeolfloations or on the drawings shall be taken to mean an authorized professional representative of the Owner. 1.8 In case of discrepancies in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall first consult with the Owner and Architect for clarifications, revisions, or further action as may be required. Any discrepancy whloh results in any claim for additional time or money must be addressed to the Owner and the Architect in writing. 2. PROPOSALS 2.1 Proposals will be received by the Owner at the following address, with the time and date as indicated in the 'Invitation to Bid' letter. TOYS 'R' US, INC, 1624 Army Court Stockton, CA 95206 ATTENTION: BID COMMITTEE 2.2 Proposals shall be submitted in duplicate on the enclosed 'Proposal Form' sealed In an opaque envelope marked 'Proposal'. Proposals will not be accepted over the telephone. No exceptions to procedure will be allowed and any bid received after the specified time will be subject to rejection. To be considered a valid bid, proposals must be filled In completely including category breakdowns and qualification data. 2.3 All proposals shall be In accordance with all requirements of all contract documents and subject to all conditions provided In same. *SECTION 1A - 2.4 All proposals shall be In a lump sum and shall cover and hi„ Jude all materials, accessories, tools, equipment, expendable equipment, insurance, taxes, overhead, profit and performance of all services and labor required to completely execute the work In accordance with the contract documents. 2.5 Each bidder shall break his proposal Into the categories per page 2 of the Proposal Form. This categorization Is requested only to further clarify bide as well as assure understanding of the scope of work. These categories will not be considered as fixing the basis for any contract adjustment. 3, SCHEDULE 3.1 This Is a 'Time Is of the Essence' project. Construction time shall not exceed 120 days, or the time period set by the owner's Representative at the time of bidding. Bidders are encouraged to submit, with their proposals, reduced time schedules. 3,2 Due to the nature of the Owner's retail market this project must be completed In accordance with the agreed construction schedule. Sitowork must be so scheduled as to have asphaltic bass course installed as early as possible In the Job schedule. 3.3 Contractors shall carefully schedule and coordinate work so as to provide the maximum cooperation and the minimum of interference with the work of others, Scheduling shall be approved by the Owner. 3.4 General Contractor shall submit prior to the start of the work a schedule showing the various phases and Indicating the starting and completion dates of all phases of the contract work. 3,5 After the work is commenced, the General Contractor shall conduct weekly jobsite meetings with all major subcontractors and shall advise the Arohitect in writing with a copy to the Owner as to the then current status of the schedule, and indicating whether or not the General Contractor contemplates, as of that time, any future deviation from the schedule. Such reports and meeting minutes shall include a statement Indicating that the report is based on the then current information furnished by all subcontractors and material suppliers and shall be Issued promptly after the weekly meeting. 3.6 Progress photos shall be taken biweekly and forwarded to the Owner. Photos should be selected to accurately depiot job status (elevations, sttework, interior, etc.) and shall be Identified as to the lob looation and date on the rear of the photo. Said photographs are not to be of professional quality but may be snap shots taken by the job superintendent. 3.7 No extension of time beyond date stipulated In proposal will be allowed on account of Inclement weather or other causes which could have been avoided by exercise of reasonable foresight on contractor's part. (Site development shall be so scheduled to provide an Impervious surface as early as practical.) 3.8 Any problems developing during the course of the Job that would affect the schedule shall be brought to the attention of tho Owner's Representative Immediately. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 1* GENERAL INFORMATION AND BIDDING INFORMATION 4. DEVELOPMENT (For Contractor Information) 4.1 Consultants: 5.3. BIDDERS NOTE: 6. SITE INSPECTION Solis - Cascade Geoteohnioal Inc. 12919 126th Place N.E. Kirkland, WA 98034 ATTN: George Lamb (206) 820 -8953 5. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 6.1 Before submitting proposal, each Bidder should carefully examine all drawings, specifications, addenda (if any), and all other Contract Documents. 6.2 All Inquiries regarding the meaning of drawings, specifications, and /or other Contract Documents shall be addressed to: The WBDC Group 50 Monroe Place Grand Rapids, MI 49503 (616) 235.6000 ATTN: Richard VanDenBerghe 5.3,1 INQUIRIES SHALL BE LIMITED TO CALLS FROM PRE - QUALIFIED GENERAL CONTRACTORS BIDDING THIS PROJECT. SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL MAKE CONTACTS ONLY THROUGH ONE OF THESE GENERAL CONTRACTORS. 5.3.2 BIDDERS SHALL NOT RELY ON VERBAL REPLIES. SHOULD CLARIFICATIONS OR REVISIONS BE REQUIRED, THE BIDDING DOCUMENTS WILL BE MODIFIED BY WRITTEN ADDENDUM DISTRIBUTED TO ALL BIDDING GENERAL CONTRACTORS. 5.3.3 NO PRE - APPROVALS WILL BE GIVEN FOR SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, OR METHODS. REFER TO SEPARATE PARAGRAPH THIS SECTION FOR SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE. 5.3.4 BIDDERS ARE HEREBY INSTRUCTED TO QUALIFY THEIR RESPECTIVE BIDS IN WRITING FOR ALL CONDITIONS NOT CLARIFIED TO THEIR SATIS- FACTION BY THE BIDDING DOCUMENTS. ANY SUCH QUAUFICATIONS MUST BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING WITH THE BiD PROPOSAL. 6.1 Each bidder shall vloft the project site prior to the preparation of his bid to investigate and determine all conditions on and near the site whloh could affect the execution of the work. Any Contractor's failure to fully acquaint himself with existing conditions under which the work is to be performed will not be justification for additional compensation. Tho location of tho underground utilities, such as sewers, electrical power, water piping, conduits, eto., indicated on the drawings Is as exact as can be determined from available *SECTION 1A -2 information but its accuracy or completeness cannot be guaranteed. Exact location of these utilities shall be verified by the Contractor prior to starting work. Contraotor shall exercise special care when excavating at or near the general location of underground utilities for the safety of workers, as well as for protection of the utility services. 6.3 Any connections to or relocation of any existing utility line requiring temporary discontinuation of utilities which are In active use shall be scheduled and coordinated with the utility companies and /or the representatives of the Owner. All premium time required for the Installation of any such connec- tions and /or relocations shall be included in Contractor's bid. In no oase shall the utilities be felt disconnected at the end of a working day or weekend unless authorized by representatives of the utilities and the Owner. Any existing utilities damaged due to the operation of any Contractor shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Owner and utility company or agency, by the Contractor causing the damage, at no increase in the contract cost. 7. INSPECTION AND SURFACE PREPARATION 7.1 Contractor shall be responsible to insure that ALL surfaces receiving subsequent finish or coatings are prepared in aocordance with manufacturers' recommendations. Contractor and his subcontractors shall require that a representative of the manufacturer Inspect and approve the surface preparation prior to application of his product. 7.2 Contractor shall advise Owner's Representative immediately, in writing, of any incompatibilities between materials or surfaces. Commencement of Application implies acceptance of the surface and shall constitute waiver by the respective contractor and general contractor to any claim of incompatibility. 8. WORK OF THE CONTRACTOR 8,1 Contractor shall furnish all labor and material required to perform and complete all work as shown and described In the Contract Documents, Including all work indicated or specified In addenda, bulletins, accepted alternates or amendments. 8,2 The scope of work shall Include all work noted In the plans or these spocifioations with the following clarifications: 8.2.1 Verification of the site conditions le the respon- sibility of the Contractor and no extra (time or money) shall be approved due to this contractor's failure to review conditions under which the work will be performed unless identified specifically by written exception as a part of his proposal. 8,2.2 The Contract Documents are intended to describe a total and completed facility. The epeclfioations describe the various items of work, character of materials and quality of workmanship. Any appurtenances, parts, finish work, etc., essential to the entire completion of the work, though not specifically shown or specified shall be covered by the contract sum. 8,2.3 The Contraotor will be required to furnish and install all temporary piping, power, electrio wiring, Lighting, eto., that is necessary to perform his work and shall remove same upon completion of the TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila Waehin on 01/31/02 DIVISION 1* GENERAL INFORMATION AND BIDDING INFORMATION work. Point of connection, route and method of extension must meet the approval of the Owner's Representative and the utility. 8.2.4 Contractor shall repair and continuously maintain all existing pavements In a condition passable by automobile traffic. Temporary repairs shall be made at the end of each working day as a minimum. At the completion of construction, any and all existing pavements damaged shall be restored to their original condition (paving type, thickness, finish, striping, base and subbase) as part of the base bid work at no additional cost to Owner. 8.2,5 The Contractor Is required to track the man - hours, by trade, expended on the protect, and is required to chart this Information in the format provided by the owner. These charts shall be maintained on a daily basis and shall be posted in the Contractor's Project Field Office Trailer. 8.3 Contractor Project Field Office Trailer: General Contractor is responsible, as part of the contract, for providing a separate trailer to serve as the projeot field office, The trailer is to be located on site as close to the construction area as practical. Minimum required trailer specifications to include: 8.3.1 Size to allow for workable spaces (approximately 8' w x 30' I). Trailer to have permanent tires, glazed windows, lockable door, steps (if required), trailer skirt, eto. and be In professional appearing condition. 8.3.2 The trailer must be equipped for heating In cold weather and air conditioning in warm weather, must be provided with appropriate utilities (telephone, power, eto.) and wired for convenience outlets. 8,3,3 Offioe furniture: plan raok desk with 2 chairs (minimum) flat surface (approximately 4' x 8' for drawing reference) 8.3.4 Provide separate office area for job superintendent. 8,3.5 Minimum of two outside phone lines with touchtone phones (no rotary dial). One private line to be accessible to superintendent, consultant, eto. The other line to be used for subcontractor access. The phones shall be equipped with an exterior audible ringer. 8,3.8 Phone beeper system for supervisor and answering machine for taking calls when no one is available. 8,3.7 All copies of plane and specifications with latest up- to -date revised drawings, addenda and change orders in sequence for reference, Shop drawings to be kept on rank sets. 8.3.8 A complete set of as -built drawings, current with project. *SECTION 1A 8.3.9 A complete set of Job dnouments including all field photos, tests, building permit set, copy of building permit, approval and inspection log, eto. 8.3.10 Bulletin board with subcontractor list, latest construction schedule, calendar, all key phone numbers and contacts, posted for public viewing. 8.3.11 All OSHA safety requirements Including but not limited to hardhats, first aid kit and fire extinguisher. 8.3.12 Potable water dispenser with cups and extra boots for muddy conditions should also be available in the trailer. 8.3.13 Provide one operable fax machine. 8.3.14 This GCC is responsible for all other provisions that may be dictated by abnormal construction circumstances, local, state and federal require- ments, unique site conditions, climate or topogra- phy, special construction materials or techniques and other conditions which may effect tho safety, efficiency or completeness of the project. 8.3,15 Provide one (1) operable photocopy machine. 8.4 Owner's Project Manager Field Office Trailer: General Contractor is responsible, as part of the contract, for providing a separate trailer to serve as the project field office for the Owner's Architectural Field Representative. The trailer Is to be located on site as olose to the construction area as practical. Minimum required trailer specifications to include: 8.4.1 Size to allow for workable spaces (approximately 8' w x 20' I), Trailer to have permanent tires, glazed windows, lockable door, steps (if required), trailer skirt, etc. and must be in professional appearing condition. 8.4.2 The trailer must be equipped for heating In cold weather and air conditioning In warm weather, must be provided with appropriate utilities (telephone, power, eto.) and wired for convenience outlets, 8.4.3 Office furniture: 1 plan rack 1 desk with 2 chairs (minimum) 4' x 8' table with 4 chairs (minimum) 8.4.4 Provide separate office aroa for Owner's Project Manager. 8.4.5 Two outside phone lines with touchtone phones (no rotary dial). 8.4,6 A complete set of as -built drawings, current with project. 8.4.7 All OSHA safety requirements including but not limited to hardhats, first aid kit and fire extin- guisher. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 1* GENERAL INFORMATION AND BIDDING INFORMATION 8.4,8 Potable water dispenser with oups and extra boots for muddy conditions should also be available In the trailer. 8.4.9 This GCC le responsible for all other provisions that may be dictated by abnormal oonetruotlon circumstances, local, state and federal requirements, unique eke conditions, climate or topography, special construction materials or teohnlqueo and other oondfions which may effect the safety, eftiolenoy or completeness of the project. 8.6 The Contraotor shall not assign any monies due or to become due to him under the Contract Documents without prior consent of the Owner, nor shall either party to the contract assign the contract or sublet It ao a whole without the written consent of the other. 8.6 The base bld shall be a complete and total package but to avoid price duplications shall exclude those items for which alternates are requested. Eaoh alternate pride shall be a total Including all charges associated with adding the said Item to the soope of work such as general conditions, overhead and profit. Reference Section 1A, Paragraph 11. 9, PAYMENTS 9.1 Within two weeks after award of the contract, the Contractor shall submit a breakdown of the coats of the work Including those of all the vendors and subcontractors. 9.2 The Contractor shall furnish the Initial breakdown on A.I.A. Form 0702 with the complete breakdown of the contract price so arranged and Itemized as to meet the approval of tho rchiteot. 9.3 All subsequent applloations for payment will be submitted on A.I.A. Form 3702 or a reasonable facslmile thereto, and shall be accompanied by Certificate A.I.A. Form 0703, 9.3.1 Column B, Description of Work, on Form 0703 shall be listed by Sub- contraot and epeo division and shall Include material supplier hems. 9.3.2 Column C, Schedule Value, on Form 3703 shall be the aotual sub- contract value and not the estimated value for the corresponding line Item of work. 9,4 Submit four (4) embossed, notarized copies of applications with original signatures on each. 9.6 Contractor shall submit with the first applloatlon for payment a copy of the proposed lien release form for approval by the Archltect. Contractor shall also submit along with this payment application a copy of the State Lien Law regulations. Lien release forme shall comply with State Lien Law regula- tions and shall Include the following Items: 9.5.1 Date of release and type (partial or final) of release. 9.5.2 Type of work or description of material for this release, 9.6.3 Project name and address Including the County and State. 9.5.7 *SECTION 1A 9.6.4 Name of the Owner for whom the Ilen waiver is releasing all claims. 9.5.5 Total amount of partial Ilen waiver. 9,5.6 Total amount of partial Tien releases to date for the work described. Total contract amount. 9,5.8 Total amount of the Hen waiver that pertains to Change Orders. Indicate the corresponding Change Order number(s) for which work was performed. 9.6.9 Total amount of releases to date for Change Orders and the Corresponding Change Order Numbers. 9.5.10 State lien law verbiage. 9.5.11 Notarized with an embossed seal, 9.5.12 Signature and name of the Contractor or subcontractor and /or material supplier company. 9.6 Payment applloations shall be accompanied by partial Ilen waivers (submitted in duplicate) for the application being submitted. These partial lien waivers shall equal the total dollar amount for each line item listed under'Desoription of Work, Column B, Form G703', for which the Contractor Is seeking payment. 9.7 Payment applications will not be processed until all such partial and /or final Ilen waivers have been submitted to the Owner's Representative. Partial and final Ilen waivers shall be accompanied by an Itemized Index of waivers which covers the applloatlon for which payment is being made. 9.8 The Owner shall pay the Contractor between the first and fifteenth of each month for work performed the preceding month, in accordance with Plans and Specifications, plus any approved Change Orders, If pay requests and Ilen waivers are in compliance with contract and submitted as stipulated. 9.9 Payments to be made as follows: 9.9,1 The Contractor shall prepare a statement each month of all work performed the preceding month Including all acceptable materials suitably stored on the site at that time. 9,9.2 When the statement is approved, the Owner will pay ninety percent (90%) of the amount due. 9,9.3 Release of retained funds shall be contingent upon Contractor's execution of Exhibits 'B' and 'C' and receipt of all tax forms, guarantees, warranties, As- Built Drawings, and service /operating manuals, Release of retained funds will also not be approved until all final Tien waivers have been submitted and the time period for which a lien oan be filed against the project from the date of substantial completion, as described by State Law, has lapsed. 9.9.4 Miscellaneous Provisions: Contractors and material suppliers shall not be entitled to eervlce charges or TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila Washln, on 01 31 92 DIVISION 1* GENERAL INFORMATION AND BIDDING INFORMATION Interest on any monies due and not pald and on any monies due as a result of any claim, dispute or other matter In question. 9.9.6 All Change Order cost breakdowns shall be notarized and shall be Included on the Application for Payment Form 0702 and 0703. 10.INSURANCE 10.1 The Contractor shall provide and maintain during the life of the contract, Insurance with insurers satisfactory to the "Arahttect' and the Owners. Coverages noted below shall be provided. Any Contraotor not having these limits shall so state In his proposal, otherwise it will be assumed the noted coverages are to be provided. 10.1.1 Workers Compensation and Employer's Liability - Workera Compensation as required by statute and, N ouoh exposures exist, Contractor's liability under the Federal Longshoremen and Harbor Workers Act. Employer's liability shall be for a minimum limit of $100,000. In case any work is sublet, each Contractor shall require any and all of his suboontraotors similarly to provide such coverages for all the latter's employees employed in connection with the work, unless such employees are covered by the protection of the Contractor. Provide similar coverage for any class of employees engaged In work at the site, not proteoted under the applicable workers' compensation statute. 10,1.2 Comprehensive General Liability insurance, Including contractual liability coverage, In an amount not less than $1,000,000.00 for personal and bodily injury to all persons in any one occurrence and for damage to property; and 10.1.3 Motor Vehicle Liability Coverage, with coverage limits not less than the amounts required by paragraph 10.1.2 above. 10,1.4 Certificates of Insurance, satisfactory to Owner and naming Owner as an additional insured, shall be delivered to Owner prior to the commencement of work, and said certificates shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled without thirty (30) days' prior written notice to Owner. All insurance required to be carried by Contractor pursuant hereto shall be taken out with insurance companies approved by Owner In advance. 10.1.5 Builder's Risk Inouranoe -The Owner shall maintain a policy for the duration of the project upon all structures and upon all materials in or adjacent thereto whloh are to be made a part of the insured structure to tho insurable value thereof less a deductible amount of $100,000.00 (Owner paid) for eaoh occurrence. This coverage will not include Contractor's and subcontraotor'o equipment, and may not necessarily be all inclusive as to Contractor's desired protection. 11. SPECIFIED MANUFACTURERS, SUBSTITUTIONS, AND ALTERNATES *SECTION 1A -5 The following provisions shall govern the bidding of all work. The provisions specified below shall not relieve the Contractor from meeting other requirements set forth elsewhere in the Bidding or Contract Documents. 11.2 When a brand name Is not specified: 11,2.1 Product used shall meet the specified standard, such as ASTM, etc., if specified, and shall be of the appropriate design, configuration, type, and finish as required to meet the requirements of the Intended service. 11.3 When two (2) or more brand names are specified without further qualifying stipulations: 11.6 11.3.1 In all cases, the first -named brand or manufacturer's equipment has been used for the basic design and to determine tho space requirements. 11.3.2 Any one of tho specified brands or manufacturer's products equivalent to the first -named may be used for the base bid price. 11.3.3 Should other than the first -named brand be used in preparation of the bid, the Contractor shall be responsible to determine and assure that the product or equipment being bid will fit and function In the space allocated. Submission of shop drawings to the r3CC shall be construed as evidence that the Subcontractor has made this determination and that the equipment will fit and function in the allocated space. 11,3.4 In all oases, the product used shall meet the requirements of the intended service, including specified optional accessories, performance, and basio features. Should one of the named manufacturers offer a range of quality for a particular item, the Contractor shall provide the selection of equal or greater quality compared with the first -named brand In the specifications. All equality determinations rest with the Architect/Engineer, and his decisions shall be final. 11.4 When one (1) brand name only is specified without further qualifying stipulations: 11.4.1 Contractor's base bid price shall be based on the product specified. 11.4.2 The Contractors are Invited and encouraged to propose, as Substitutions, the products or equip- ment of other manufacturers potentially suitable for the Intended services and /or applications. See paragraph below regarding Substitutions for further requirements. Substitutions 11.6.1 Any material, product, or equipment (other than specified materials, brands, or manufacturers) proposed by the Contractor shall be considered a Substitution, TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 1* GENERAL INFORMATION AND BIDDING INFORMATION 11.5.2 Except as otherwise specified herein below, in order to qualify for review by the Architect/Engineer for a decision on approval, a Substitution shall be submitted at the time of bidding. The proposed Substitution shall be clearly Identified and shall Inolude the respective add or deduot to the contract base bid amount as defined above. The Contractor shall submit complete data (Including samples, if requested) regarding the Substitution to the Architect/Engineer for review and decision. 11.6 Attemates /Unit Prices 11.6.1 When requested in the specifications or on the drawings, Contractor shall include the appropriate add or deduot to the contract amount for the Alternate as specified, The add or deduct shall Included all related charges Including general conditions, overhead and profit. 11.6.2 Requested Alternates shall be numbered and shall be clearly identified In each Contractor's bid. 11.8.3 Each bidder Is encouraged to submit any voluntary alternates or unit prices he feels appropriate. 11.7 Associated Costs and Delays 11.7.1 All additional costs associated with the use of any product, material, or equipment (otherthan the first - named brand, a specified material, or a requested Alternate) shall be the responelbility of the Contractor making the Substitution or electing to use other than the first -named brand, 11.7.2 For example, if a Contractor eleots to use the third - named brand In the specifications covering a particular item of equipment, and the choice of that brand necessitates an Increase In electrical feeder size, additional etruotural support, access panels, or any other changes whatsoever in this work and /or the work of others, the Contractor shall Inolude In his bld the cost of all such changes. 11.7.3 The approval of a Substitution and /or the discovery of associated costs during construction shall not relieve the Contractor from paying for changes In his work and/or the work of others. 11.7.4 To avoid the associated costs as described above due to an untimely discovery of necessary changes, the Contractor may be permitted to revert to the use of the specified product, material, or equipment provided a delay in the project does not result. The Architect/Englneer shall first be consulted and his decision regarding the interpreta- tion of 'delay' shall be final. 11.7.5 It shall be further understood that the use of any approved Substitution or otherthan the first -named brand in the apeoifloations shall Involve no extension of the project completion date and /or shall not pause delays In the work of other Contractors unless otherwise stipulated in writing with the respective Contractor's bid and /or proposal for Substitution. *SECTION 1A 12. SUBSTITUTIONS AFTER CONTRACT AWARD 12.1 In the event the Contractor (GCC or hie subcontractors) proposes substitutions to the Architect/Engineer or to the Owner after the Contract has been awarded, the Architect/Engineer will record all time used by hlm, his employees, and /or his consultants In the evaluation of each such proposed substitution, 12.2 Regardless of whether or not the Architect/Engineer approves a propoeed substitution, the Arohlteot/Englneer shall be reimbursed at the rate of two and one -half (2.5) times the direct cost for all time spent by the Architeot/Engineer and /or his consultants In evaluating each proposed substitution. A Change Order will be Issued to reduce the Construction Contract by an amount equal to the fees charged by the Architect/Engineer for reviewing one or more proposed substitutions. The Architect/Engineer will be reimbursed by the Owner In accordance with the Change Order amounts. 13, MODEL NUMBERS AND PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS 13.1 References used throughout the specifications are made to manufacturer's names and model numbers in con unction with a written specification description of the product. In the event any specified model number has been superseded and /or been rendered out of date by the manufacturer's product line revisions, or in the event any specified model number identifier} a product which is not Identical with the specified written description in all respects, the Contractor shall notify the Architect Engineer for clarification and directions prior to ordering and /or purchasing the product In Question. Contractor's failure to consider the combined Intent of model numbers and specified product descriptions shall not be justification for additional payments. 14. SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTAL DATA 14.1 After award of the Contract, the General Contractor and each sub - contractor shall promptly prepare and submit (within not more than 14 calendar days after contract award) to the Owner and to the Architect/Engineer complete lists of all products and equipment proposed for use in constructing this project. 14.1.1 The required lists shall Inolude the equipment mark noted on the drawings (If applicable), the manufacturer'e name and model number, and /or a brief desorlption of tho product, equipment, or material. 14.1.2 The lists shall clearly identify any and all deviations from the drawings and specifications, if applioable. 14.1.3 If use of the first -named brand in tho specifications' is proposed by the General Contractor or required by the Contract Documents, the required lists may Inolude the specification pago and paragraph. reference to augment or replace the product description. 14.1.4 Any and all Substitutions accepted at the time the Contract was signed and appropriately Identified in the Contract shall be identified on the lists as 'Accepted Substitutes'. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 1* GENERAL INFORMATION AND BIDDING INFORMATION 14.1.5 For construction based on a 'Performance Speoflcation' such lawn irrigation systems, the lists shall include a line Item for each product plus separate line items for hydraulic calculations and detailed shop drawings. 14.1.6 Structural systems shall be entered on the lists by categories or types of shop drawings required to properly fabricate, Install, and erect the systems. 14.2 Eaoh list shall be accompanied by a notarized oertiticatlon signed by the General Contractor and subcontractor (as applioable) attesting to the fact that the products, equipment, and materials will be furnished In accordance with the Contract Documents and the list, including all specified options, features, characteristics, and performance. The Contractor's certification shall be construed and interpreted to mean that the Contract Documents are 2lesrly and fully understood and that corrections to noncomplying work will be made promptly without delaying the project completion schedule and without additional costs to the Owner, unless otherwise qualified or stipulated. 14.3 Upon receipt of the required Ilet of products, materials, and equipment. The Archttect/Engineer will review same and exorolse the option to request selected shop drawings and /or submittals for review. 14.3.1 Tho Architect/Engineer will return a copy of each required list to the Contractor along with comments and a notification of shop drawings and submittals requested for review. 14.3.2 Upon return receipt of the required lists, Contractor shall promptly submit those shop drawings /submittals requested by the Arohltect/Engineer. 14,3,3 The Contractor should anticipate that selected shop drawings /submittals will be requested. The following list represents the minimum required submissions. The Contractor will verify all submittal requirements with the project specification and construction documents. 14.3.3.1 Selected reinforcing and structural steel shop drawings. 14.3.3.2 Block and other exterior material samples. 14.3.3.3 Sprinkler shop drawings. 14.3.3.4 Lawn Irrigation system (if applicable). 14.3.3.5 Automatic door and storefront shop drawings. 14.3.3,8 Roofing system submittals. 14.3.3.7 Hollow metal, hardware, and specialty eubmittale. 14.3.3.8 Submittals by electrioal contractor indicating manufacturers to be used for conduit, fittings, wire, cable, outlet and switch boxes, wiring connectors, junction boxes, pull boxes, wlrewaye, wiring devices and cover plates. *SECTION 1A -7 14.4 Exoept for those shop drawings and /or submittals specifically requested, by the Architect/Engineer, the Arohiteot/Engineer will not review oho • drawin s submittals or • roduot data. 14.4.1 Contractor's request for clarifications and /or Interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be made In writing on an individual and specific basis. All such requests shall first be reviewed by the General Contractor. 14.4.2 In the event specific approvals are required by the manufacturer of a product, material, or fabrication, the General Contractor (and his subcontractors) shall provide said 'approval' of the shop drawings or submittals as required to release for fabrication and /or shipment on a timely basis. The General Contractor and subcontractors shall advise suppliers, vendors, distributors, and manufacturer's of the terms stated In this paragraph regarding release or 'approval' for manufacturing, fabrication, and /or shipment to insure timely delivery of respective products, materials, equipment, and fabrications. 14.4.3 Submittals received by the Architect/Engineer outside the scope of the above guidelines will be returned to the General Contractor without review or comment. 14.5 The above stated procedures and policies regarding shop drawings and submittals are Intended to simplify and expedite the construction process and emphasize the General Contractor's role and responsibility for coordinating the work of all trades In a proper and timely manner consistent with the Contract Documents. In keeping with this Intent and concept, review comments received by the Contraotor (and Subcontractors) from the Architect/Engineer on selected and requested shop drawings and /or submittals shall not be Interpreted or construed as relieving the Contractor (or his subcontractors) from complying with the requirements set forth In the Contract Documents. 14.6 For all shop drawings, or product data, Including those requested by the Architect/Engineer, the General Contractor shall review same thoroughly and carefully, clearly marking and /or noting all discrepancies and deviations from the Contract Documents, and affixing an appropriate review stamp, signed and dated, Contractor's review (and submittal ff requeeted) shall constitute a representation by the Contractor that he has verified compliance with the Contract Documents; and that he has determined and /or verified that field measurements, coordination, materials, and requirements relating to the work and Information contained therein are consistent with the project criteria and Contract Documents. The General Contractor shall bo responsible to distribute all shop drawings and product data to the appropriate subcontractor, as applicable, on a timely basis after his review. 14.7 At the completion of the project and prior to or In conjunction with the Contractor's request for final payment, one (1) copy of all shop drawings and similar data shall be furnished to both the Owner and the Architect/Engineer as part of the 'As- Built' project records, including applicable revisions and notations to truly reflect as -built conditions. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 1* GENERAL INFORMATION AND BIDDING INFORMATION 14.8 Requested shop drawings and submittal data shall be mailed with a transmittal letter or form prepared by the Contractor whioh shall Include the number of coplee and Identification of eaoh Item submitted. The transmittal shall not be used as the only souroe for Identifying deviations, if any, from tho Con - traot Documents. 14.9 Requested shop drawings for Inter - related equipment must be submitted at one time, since the performance of one piece of equipment must be matched in performance by all other equipment of the overall system. 15. EXPEDITING PRODUCT DELIVERIES 15.1 15.2 Contractor shall be responsible for ordering and purchasing products, equipment, and materials on a prompt and timely basis to avoid delays in construction due to deliveries. GCC shall submit the lists of products, equipment, and materials within not more than 14 calendar days after award of contract. 15.3 Orders shall be planed with suppliers immediately upon return receipt of the above referenced 'lists' from tho Architect/Engineer and /or upon return receipt of requested submittals reviewed by the Arohiteot/Engineer, as applicable. No excuse for delivery delay will be entertained unless the fol- lowing items have been previously submitted to the Owner's Representative, 15.3.1 Photocopy of the order form forwarded not later than seven days after placement of the said order. 15.3.2 Letter from the supplier explaining the said delay. 15.4 Dated purchase orders shall be submitted to Owner, not later than 3 weeks following award of the contract for the following Items: 15.4.1 Electrical Items: 15.4.1.1 Conduit/duct. 15.4.1.2 Panels (if applloable) 15.4.1.3 Contactors (if applloable) 15.4.1.4 Main Distribution Panel (if applicable) 15.4.1.5 Dry Type Transformers (if applloable) 15.4.1.6 Parking lot lighting fbrturee (if applloable) 15.4.2 Mechanical items: 15.4.2.1 HVAC units. 15.4.2.2 Toilet fixtures. 15.4.2.3 Electric water coolers. 15.4.3 Arohlteotural items: 15.4.3.1 Hollow metal doors and frames with hardware. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila Washln on *SECTION 1A 15.4.3.2 Toilet partitions. 15.4.3.3 Vinyl composition tile. 15.4.3.4 Aluminum store front and rails, glass and glazing. 15.4.3.5 Split face, colored or other special masonry units, 16. OWNER- FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND /OR MATERIALS 16.1 Each Contractor shall receive, unload, inventory, rig temporarily store and safeguard, unorate, erect, Install, and place Into proper operation all Owner- furnished equipment, material and accessories in accordance with the drawings and specifications and In accordance with the equipment manufaoturer's detailed working drawings and Installation recommendations. Contractor shall provide all materials, accessories, devices, and equipment as required to properly install and place into operation all Owner - furnished material and /or equipment. 16.1.1 For Owner - supplied safes, Contractor shall have on hand at the time of delivery a forklift or similar equipment capable of transporting and planing a 4200 Ibs safe in the vertical position. Upon receipt of the safe, Contractor shall contact the designated Owner's Representative to transfer posseelon of the keys. 16.2 The material and equipment furnished by the Owner will carry the manufacturer's standard warranty. The Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative should any defective components or feature be discovered during receiving, Inventory, unarating, installation, or testing. All packing slips, bills of lading, and related paperwork must be held for the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall be responsible for all shortages and damages after accepting delivery, NO EXCEPTIONS. The Owner will notify the manufacturer for replacement or repairs. 16.3 Any repairs and /or replacements required due to Contractor's negligence shall be the responsibility of the Contraotor. 16,4 The Contraotor shall provide all labor and work for repairs and /or replacements related to Owner - furnished material and equipment during the term of the manufacturer's warranty, including warranty extensions (If any), purchased with the equipment. All work, materials, and labor related to repairs and /or replacements excluded from the manufacturer's warranty shall be provided by the Contractor for all defects, malfunctions, or deflolenoles occurring within the full warranty period. 16.6 The maintenance service requirements specified on the drawinge and /or in the respective sections of the specifications shall apply to all Owner- furnished equipment, unless noted or specified otherwise. 16.6 Data relating to Owner - furnished equipment shall be Included . In the Operating and Maintenance Manuals provided by the Contractor In accordance with this section of the specifications unless noted or specified otherwise. 01/31/92 DIVISION 1* GENERAL INFORMATION AND BIDDING INFORMATION 16.7 Each item of Owner- furnished equipment and /or material is shown or identified on the drawings and /or in the appropriate Section of the specHications. 16.8 The Contractor shall make notifications and coordinate with the Owner's Representative and the manufacturer to assure a timely, properly functioning installation of Owner - furnished material and equipment. 16.9 Contractor is responsible for complete Installation of material or Equipment, unless otherwise specified. If additional Information is required this must be made known at bidding time as an extra for this work will not be considered by Owner. 16.10 All surplus owner - supplied equipment and material shall be stored and safeguarded during the course of the work In accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and shall be permanently stored and /or distributed as directed by the Owner's Representative at Final Completion. 17. SAFETY AND PROTECTION 17,1 Each Contractor shall be fully responsible for complete and absolute compliance with all provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, including all amendments, pertaining to the work. 17.2 Each Contractor shall furnish and maintain for his portion of all the work all danger elgnals, signs, lights, guard barricades, eto., required by good practice and by law during the entire period of his contract. Each Contractor shall confine his equipment, storage of materials and the operations of his workmen to limits indicated by law, No Contractor shall load or permit the loading of any part of the structure with a weight that will endanger its safety. 17.3 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the proper protection of all materials and equipment delivered to the site from the time of such delivery until final approval and acceptanoe by the Owner. This protection and security provision shall include all Owner supplied Items. 17,4 The Contractor shall, at all times, protect the excavations, trenches and /or the portions of the building pertaining to his work from damage from rainwater, spring water, ground water, banking up of drains or sewers, and all other water. He shall provide all pumps and equipment and enclosures to provide this protection. He shall construct and maintain all necessary temporary drainage and do all pumping necessary to keep excavations free of water. 17.5 The Contractor shall provide all shoring, bracing and sheathing as required for safety and for the proper execution of the work, and have tt removed when the work Is completed. Special attention shall be given to foundations for buildings and basements. Where outs for utilities exceed 4', they shall be eloped or shored as required by a registered Engineer, In accord with both OSHA and local regulations. 17.6 Any work damaged by failure to provide protection as required above shall be removed and replaced with new work at the Contractor's expense. (Special attention is drawn to this provision as It relates to Owner supplied items including lighting fixtures and lamps.) 18, PERMITS, REGULATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS *SECTION 1A•9 18.1 The Contractor shall secure and pay for all required permits necessary for the prosecution of his work, 18.2 The Owner is responsible for filing the plans for the Building Permit. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner in expediting acquisition of this Permit. The main Building Permit fee shall be paid by the Owner; any other fees are to be paid for by the GCC or his subcontractors. No extra for such fees or one time charges will be considered. 18.3 Contraotor shall give all notices and oomply with all lawe, ordinances, rules and regulations bearing on the oonduct of the work as drawn or specffied. 18.4 All work installed by the Contractors shall be in compliance with governing Federal, State and Local Codes. All electrical work shall comply with the National Electrical Code (NEC - latost); except where more stringent Local or other Codes must govern. If any portion of work called for in the specifications or shown on the drawings is deemed contrary to the Codes and requirements, Contractor shall be required to bring the matter to the attention of the GCC prior to roughing -In so that same can be reviewed for clarification or revision. Installations made without regard to Code require- ments must be corrected by the Contractor or Contractors without an increase In the contract amount. 18.5 Any 'Standard' (ASTM, ASA, etc.) referenced In these specifications shall bo based on tho edition and /or amendments of the Standard as speoifled herein. In oases where the edition or date of the 'Standard' is not specified, the edition and /or amendments of the Standard which are current on the date the bids are submitted shall govern. Should a more ourrent edition of a Standard become effective during construction, the Contractor may, with the approval of the Engineer apply the latest edition of the specified Standard. 19. SUPERVISION, COORDINATION AND LAYOUT 19.1 All work Included In the respective contracts shall be under the constant supervision of qualified superintendents or foremen. 19,2 Considering the Time of Essence Contract the general contractor shall conduct weekly Job meetings with all major subcontractors In attendance for the purpose of coordination and expediting. 19.3 The Contractor will be required to submit the name of all subcontractors to the Owner's Representative for approval prior to awarding of the subcontract work. The Owner reserves the right to approve or disapprove any subcontractors. After their approval and the subsequent award of subcontracts, the GCC shall provide a type written list of the subcontractors with their work identified, address, phone number(s), and prime contact(s) to both the Owner and the Arohltect/Engineer. 19.4 In order to maintain proper coordination and continuation of all branches of work, job superintendents or foremen shall not be replaced without prior notice to and approval of the Owner's Representative. 19.5 Each Contraotor shall carefully examine ALL drawings and specifications for the total project and coordinate his work with others to avoid delay and shall be responsible to TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 1* GENERAL INFORMATION AND BIDDING INFORMATION ascertain that the work he Installs does not Interfere with work of other Contraotore. if work Is installed which does Interfere, it shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense. Preoccupation of space by any Contractor or subcontractor does not give him the right of priority to the space. 19.6 When piping, conduits, ducts or other home are to run In the same general direction, elevation or location, the Contractors Involved shall request the GCC to arrange a conference to determine the proper allooation of the space or position. 19.7 When work Is to be Installed above ceilings, adequate clearance must be maintained to allow for access, repairs, and removal of all devices. Each Contractor shall be responsible for protecting his installation from being blocked off by others. Should this condition occur, he shall bring the matter to the attention of the other Contractor for correction. 19.8 Each Contractor shall be responsible for any layout associated with the performance of his work. Should a subcontractor's work be subsequent to and contingent upon layout by another, he shall check saki layout prior to proceeding with his work, reporting any discrepancies to the GCC. Proceeding with the layout shall be considered as acceptance of the layout. 20. CUTTING. PATCHING AND CLEANING 20.1 No Contractor shall endanger and /or damage any work by cutting, drilling, digging or other actions. No Contractor shall out or alter the work of another Contractor without prior written approval by the Owner's Representative. 20.2 Any cost caused by defective and /or Ill -timed work shall be borne by the Contractor responsible therefore. 20,3 In no case shall any Contraotor out into any structural element, boam, or column without prior written approval from the Engineer. 20.4 Each Contractor shall be responsible to follow tho progress of the project to assure that his portion of the work is Installed at the appropriate time to avoid unnecessary cutting, patching, or modifications to his work and /or the work of other Contractors. (Special effort shall be undertaken to ensure that all conduit and embedded home are properly installed In the masonry work.) 20,5 In case any Contraotor le required to cut existing work in order to install tho work required under his portion of the contract, tho Contractor requiring the cutting shall bear the expense of the cutting and all subsequent repairing, patching, and /or replacement. All cutting, patching, repairing, and /or replacing shall meet with the approval of the Owner's Representative, Architect, and Engineer. 20.6 Each Contractor shall be responsible for cleaning up packing materials, trash, and any debris related to his portion of the work and /or generated by his workmen. In addition, each Contraotor shall be responsible for cleaning walls, floors and other finished surfaces soiled as a result of his portion of the work or due to his workmen. All work by each Contractor shall be clean at the completion of the respective portion of the contract. (Speolal attention shall be given to cleaning dirt, stains, eto. from interior and exterior masonry.) *SECTION 1A - 10 20.7 The subcontractor or material supplier shall promptly correct all work rejected by the Arohitect/Engineer or the Owner as defective or as failing to conform to tho Contract Documents whether observed before or after substantial completion and whether or not fabricated, Installed or completed. The subcontractor or material supplier shall bear all costs of correcting suoh rejected work or materials, Including the cost of the Architect's additional services thereby made necessary. 20.8 If the Owner prefers to accept defective or non - conforming work or materials, he may do eo Instead of requiring Its removal and correction, in which case a Change Order will be Issued to reflect an appropriate reduction in the contract sum, or, if the amount is determined after final payment, It shall be paid by the subcontractor or material supplier. 21.OWNER OCCUPANCY 21.1 The Owner reserves the right to take initial occupancy of the building at the earliest possible date, particularly with regard to delivery and Installation of fixtures, and merchandise, Depending on the progress of the subcontractor's work, this may or may not create some Inconvenience. The subcontractor should anticipate this possibility. Claims for time delays and /or extra costs due to such inconveniences will not be allowed. 21.2 When the Owner takes beneficial occupancy and begins receipt of merchandise, the site shall no longer be considered as a construction site. Subsequent to beneficial occupancy the contractor will be subject to the rules of the store management regarding access, security, smoking, etc. 22. FINAL INSPECTION 22.1 As the work nears completion, each Contractor shall review the requirements of the Contract Documents, Inspect the work, and inform all parties Involved of work to be corrected or completed before the project can be deemed substantially complete. 22,2 When, In the opinion of the Contractor, the project is substantially complete, he shall notify the Arohiteot/Engineer in writing of this fact, listing those Items of work remaining incomplete, the reason therefore, and the anticipated date that all remaining work will be completed. Final inspection of the project will then be scheduled. 22.3 The Owner's Representative reserves the right to cancel and reschedule the Inspection In the event considerably more work remains to be completed or corrected than indicated on the written request. 22.4 A representative of the Contraotor shall be present at the time of inspection. 23. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 23.1 Each contractor shall maintain current and accurate marked- up prints Indicating the as -built conditions associated with hie contracted work. 23.2 Upon completion of each contractor's work he shall submit the required marlced prints to the General Contractor for review and approval. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 1* GENERAL INFORMATION AND BIDDING INFORMATION 23.3 After receipt of this approval, the as-bulk conditions shown on these prints shall be transferred to a 'Master As -Built Set' maintained by the General Contractor. 23.4 Each subcontractor shall sign this 'master as -bulk set' certifying its accuracy. 23.6 Upon completion of the 'Punohliet' the General Contractor shall forward this 'master as•bulit set' to Architect/Engineer Corporation ae a permanent record of the projeot. 23,6 The final retainage will not be released until receipt of this 'master as-built set'. 24.GUARANTEE 24.1 General Guarantee • See Section 1 F, Exhibit 'A' 24.1.1 Eaoh Contractor and /or his subcontraotor shall guarantee his work In writing, Including labor and materials, for a period of one (1) year, or longer if eo speoifled elsewhere, from the date of final completion of the contract by the Contractor or from full occupancy of the building by the Owner, whichever date Is earlier. 24.1.2 However, if at the time of full occupancy of the building by Owner, a portion of the work has not been completed or is found to be defective, the starting date of guarantee for the defective or Incomplete portion shall be effective only after same has been completed or corrected by the Contractor. 24.1.3 if a portion of the building and /or the work is turned over to the Owner for occupancy and /or operation prior to the completion of the work under contract, the beginning of the guarantee period for the portion occupied will begin from the 'date of 000upanoy. In order to receive an adjustment In the guarantee period, the Contractors involved shall each submit awritten certificate describing the portion of the work involved. The certificate shall be submitted for signature and shall become effective when signed by the authorized Representative of the Owner. 24.1,4 Defective work and all damages. resulting from same occurring within one year from the date of oompletlon of work under contract shall be corrected by the responsible Contractor at his own expense. 24.1.5 Contractor shall be required to submit his written guarantee to Owner's Representative prior to receiving final payment. 24.2 Speolflo Warranty 242,1 Manufacturer'° equipment warranties shall be for at least a period of one (1) year as defined in the General Guarantee paragraph. When manufacturer's standard warranty is for a longer period, or if a longer period is oalled for In the specific equipment speoliloations, then the longer warranty period as defined by the manufacturer shall govern. In any case, the overall effective *SECTION 1A-11 guarantee period shall not be shorter than the one (1) year period dating from the final completion of the contract. 24.2.2 Contractor shall be required to turn over manufacturer's written guarantees, along with operating and service manuals, to Owner's Representative prior to receiving final payment. Refer to Section 1 B, Paragraph 10 for °peoffio requirements. - END OF SECTION - 101'R' U8 REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 1* GENERAL PROVISIONS- MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL WORK 1. GENERAL 1.1 All work under Divisions 16 and 18 of these specifications will be subject to and governed by the following: 1.1.1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND BIDDING INFORMATION - Section 1 A 1.2 The term 'Mechanical' Contractors shall mean the Heating and Air Conditioning Contraotor, Plumbing Contraotor, and Fire Protection Contractor. The term 'Electrical' Contractor ohall mean the building Electrical Contractor. Electrical work performed by the automatic temperature control subcontractor shall be Included In the Heating and Air Conditioning Contractor's work. For ease of reference, the following abbreviations may be used In the specifications and drawings: 1,2.1 GCC: General Construction Contractor who shall be the prime Contractor for this project and who shall be responsible to the Owner. 1.2.2 HAC: Heating and Air Conditioning Contractor, a subcontractor to the GCC. 1.2.3 PBC: Plumbing Contractor, a subcontractor to the GCC. 1.2.4 ELC: Electrical Contractor, a subcontractor to the GCC. 1.2,5 FPC: Fire Protection Contractor, a subcontractor to the GCC. 2, MATERIALS EQUIPMENT AND WORKMANSHIP 2.1 Unless otherwise specified, all materials and equipment incorporated In the work under the contraot shall be new. All work shall be performed by persons qualified In their respective trades. 2,2 AO material shall conform to the governing Codes or regulations. 2.3 All material and equipment shall bear the label of the Underwriters' Laboratories, !no. (U.L.), H U.L. has an eetablished certlfloatlon for the particular type of material, device, or equipment. 2.4 Contractors shall not scale the drawings. Refer to architectural and structural drawings for the building construction and dimensions, and refer to 'Room Finish Schedule' on architectural drawings for material, finish, and construction method of walls, floors and ceilings so that proper roughing -in of Contractor's work can be provided. 2.6 Where the word 'provide' Is used, this shall be taken to mean 'furnish and install', unless otherwise noted or specified, 2.6 It Is the Intent of the drawings and specifications that all labor, materials, and equipment be provided as required to complete the Installation of all mechanical and electrical systems and work described, shown, or indicated in the Contract Documents for proper functioning and finished appearanoe. The respective Contractors shall provide all necessary components, hardware, accessories, and devices *SECTION 1 B-1 as required to comply with the Intent of the Contract Dooumente, whether or not such items are shown on the drawings or referenced In the specifications. 2.7 Unless otherwise noted on the drawings or specified, each Contractor shall provide structural members, brackets, bracing, hardware, and related accessories as required to securely install all equipment, devices, and materials under his portion of the work. This shall include flashing, gaskets, sealants, and oaulking as required to prevent entrance of or damage from rain or wind. 2.8 In all oases, route utilities to cause the least interference with the fixture plan (e.g. mount sprinkler mains as high as possible in Mezzanine). 3. OWNER- FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND /OR MATERIALS 3.1 Each Contractor shall receive, unload, temporarily store and safeguard, uncrate, rig, erect, Install, and place Into proper operation all Owner - furnished equipment, material and accessories in accordance with the drawings and specHlcatione and In accordance with the equipment manufacturer's detailed working drawings and Installation recommendations, Contractor shall provide all materials, accessories, devices, and equipment as required to properly Install and place Into operation all Owner - furnished material and /or equipment, including assistance with and coordinating start -up services when provided by the equipment manufacturer. 3,2 The material and equipment furnished by the Owner will carry the manufacturer's standard warranty. The Contraotor shall notify the Owner's Representative should any defective components or feature be discovered during receiving, uncrating, Installation, or testing. All packing slips, bills of lading, and related paperwork must be held for the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall be responsible for all shortages and damages after accepting delivery, NO EXCEPTIONS. The Owner will notify the manufacturer for replacement or repairs. 3.3 Any repairs and /or replacements required due to Contractor'e negligence shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3.4 The Contractor shall provide all labor and work for repairs and /or replacements related to Owner- furnished material and equipment during the term of the manufaoturer's warranty, inoluding warranty extensions (If any), purchased with the equipment. All work, materials, and labor related to repairs and /or replacements excluded from the manufacturer's warranty shall be provided by the Contractor for all defects, mattunctlons, or deficiencies occurring within the full warranty period. 3.5 The maintenance service requirements specified on the drawings and /or in the respective seotions of the specifications shall apply to all Owner - furnished equipment, unless noted or specified otherwise. 3,6 Data relating to Owner - furnished equipment shall be included In the Operating and Maintenance Manuals provided by the Contractor in accordance with this section of the epeolfioations unless noted or specified otherwise. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 1* GENERAL PROVISIONS - MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL WORK 3.7 Each Item of Owner - furnished equipment and /or material Is shown or identified on the drawings and /or In the appropriate Section of the specifications. 3.8 The Contractor shall make notifications and coordinate with the Owner's Representative and the manufacturer to assure a timely, properly functioning Installation of Owner-furnished material and equipment. 3.9 Contractor Is responsible for complete Installation of equipment. ff additional information is required this must be made known at bidding time as an extra for this work will not be considered by Owner. 3.10 All surplus owner - supplied equipment and material shall be stored and safeguarded during the course of the work in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and shall be permanently stored and /or distributed as directed by the Owner's Representative at Final Completion. 4.EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 4.1 Excavation 4,1.1 All excavation shall be in accordance with Division 2 of these epectiloationa. 4.1.2 All excavation required for mechanical and electrical work shall be done by the respective Contractor, and shall be done In as short a time as practical before the work is placed. 4.1.3 When services are shown In the same general location, a oommon excavation may be used. However, separation between services as specified or as required by governing Code shall be maintained, Contractors Involved shall make their own agreement as to the sharing of cost for the common excavation work. 4.1.4 No excavation or soil stock piling shall be done within drip Tine of trees not shown to be removed on Architectural drawings. No trees shall be removed without prior approval of the Owner. 4.1,5 Excavation for utility lines In the parking area will be undertaken as soon as poosibia after contract award to allow for accelerated parking lot Installation. Utility lines under curbing and for parking lot lights shall be the first utility lines Installed where praotioal, 4.2 Baokfill; 4,2,1 All baokfill shall be In accordance with Division 2 of these epeclfioatlons. 4.2.2 All baokfill for mechanical and electrical work shall be done by respective Contraotor and shall comply with the following specifications. 4.2.3 Within building lines and under areas to be paved: Backlit! for trenches shall be performed In two operations. The backfill around and to 12 inches above the pipe or conduit shall be placed In thin lifts, not exceeding 6 Inches, and thoroughly *SECTION 1B-2 tamped and compacted. The balance of the baokfill shall be planed in lifts not exceeding 8 Inches, All backfill material shall be clean coil, free from rook, debris, cinders, frozen earth, or materials whloh could pause pipe or conduit damage or corrosion, Each lift shall be compacted to a maximum density to comply with the requirements specified In the Section of the specifications governing backfill around foundations, 4.2.4 Baokfill for mechanical and electrical work shall not be placed until all required inspections, testa, and approvals have been performed and given, including inspection and approval by the Owner's Representative. 4.2.5 Exterior of building lines and exterior of areas to be paved: Baokfill for trenches shall be placed In 12 inch lifts above the top of pipe or conduit. Baokfill around and to the top of the pipe or conduit shall be placed In thin lifts as specified above. Baokfill materials shall be as specified above. Eaoh lift shall be compacted as required to prevent settlement of trench backfill. 4.2,6 All backfill shall be placed with care such that piping, conduit or other work Is not disturbed or damaged. Compaction by flooding or pooling shall not be used. Immerelon -type vibrators are acceptable for compaction of granular backfill. 4.3 Shoring and Protection - Each Contraotor responsible for excavation work shall provide all necessary barricades, fencing, bracing, warning signs, pumping, eto., for the protection of workers, general public, and properties. 4.4 Sheet Piling and Pumping • if required, shall be provided by eaoh Contractor for his work. 4.5 Dewatering: 4.5,1 All excavations shall be dewatered before the work Is placed and ehall be kept dewatered until baokfill is completed. 4.5.2 Local site conditions and time of year must be taken into account when bidding dewatering ooste; and included In base contract price. All over excavation required of trench bottome to meet required densities will be to contractor's account. 4.6 Excess Earth from Excavation; • 4.6,1 Excess earth from excavation shall be trucked away by the Contractor making the excavation, or may be piled on the site at location designated by the GCC, if the excess earth is needed by GCC, and if . approved by the Owner's Representative as fill material. 4.6.2 Debris, trash, or rock not 'usable for fill shall be' removed from the ' Owner's property by the respective Contractor. 4.7 Restoration of Existing Conditions: TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 1* GENERAL PROVISIONS - MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL WORK 4.7.1 When the excavation Is within the area of finished site work by the GCC, baokfill to the height of rough grade. Final surfacing by GCC. 4.7.2 When the excavation le beyond the area of general construction work, final surface of the excavation and adjacent disturbed areas shall be restored to match the original oondttion by sodding, seeding, asphalt paving, concrete, etc., as required. Work shall oonform to applloable Sections of the specifications and shall be provided by the respective Contractor. 4.7.3 When the excavation le on public property, restoration of surfaoe conditions shall meet the requirements of public authorities having jurisdic- tion, and be maintained for a minimum of one (1) year. 5. CONCRETE WORK 5.1 Conorete Enoasement and Cradles: 5.1.1 Concrete encasement, cradles, or trenches for underground pipes, conduits and ducts shall be provided by the respective Contractor, unless otherwise noted or specified. 5.1.2 Composition and quality of concrete work shall comply with Division 3 of the specifications. 6. SLEEVES THROUGH WALLS AND FLOORS 6,1 Exterior and Foundation Walls: 6,1.1 All piping or conduit through exterior walls and foundation walls shall pass through schedule 40 steel sleeves which shall be large enough to allow for caulking material. No sleeves are permitted through concrete structural members unless Indicated on the structural drawings. 6.1.2 Space between pipe or conduit and sleeve shall first be packed with jute, hemp, or oakum and then be finally caulked flush with finished surfaces. 6.2 Interior Walls and Partitions: 6.2.1 All piping or conduit through interior walie and partitions shall pass through either schedule 40 black steel, plastio or galvanized steel sheet metal sleeves. Schedule 40 sleeves must be used with concrete or masonry construction. Sleeves will not be required for temperature control tubing. 6.2.2 Space between pipe or conduit and sleeve, or between Insulation and sleeve shall be caulked when passing through mechanical room walls or fire -rated walls. 6.2,3 Ducts: Space between duct and opening shall be grouted with non- shrinking cement or plaster for fire rating and noise Isolation. Openings in stud walls shall be sleeved with galvanized sheet metal collar and grouted as above. Fire dampers shall be provided In all ducts penetrating tiro -rated walls. 6.3 Floor: 6.3.1 6,3.1.1 7, LINTELS 8.1 Roof Openings: *SECTION 18 -3 All piping or conduit through floors shall be pro- vided with schedule 40 pipe sleeves, extending 1' above floor, except in finished areas. Sleeves In finished areas shall terminate flush with floor, and shall be schedule 40 pipe, plastio, or sheet metal. When opening is on the lowest floor - grout space between pipe or oondult and sleeve with non - shrinking cement. 6.3.1.2 When opening is above lowest floor - apace between pipe or conduit or insulation and sleeve shall be grouted with non- shrinking cement or shall be caulked from above and below to provide watertight construction and to maintain fire - rating of floor structure. 6.3.2 All ducts through floors shall be provided with galvanized or painted steel angle frame for support of duct and closure of opening. Provide grouting in the same manner as for ducts through walls. Fire dampers are required In all ducts penetrating fire -rated floors. 7.1 All lintels required for supporting building construction above pipes, boxes, panels, ducts, etc., shall be furnished and installed by the GCC 7.2 Contractor requiring the opening or recess shall be responsible for the size, location, and configuration of the opening. 8. ROOF OPENINGS AND CURBS 8.1.1 All roof openings for piping, vents, flues, stacks, ducts, conduits, eto., shall be sleeved by the respective Contractor. 8.1.2 All framed openings on roof shall be provided by GCC In accordance with details, dimensions, and locations as shown on the structural and architectural drawings. 8.2 Roof Curbs:(RTU Curbs are Owner - Supplied) 8.2.1 Unless prefabricated type curbs are specified, curbs shall be construoted by the GCC In accordance with details and dimensions shown on the structural and architectural plane. Respective Contractor shall provide correct dimensions to the GCC prior to fabrication of curbs. 8.2.2 Flashing for piping, vents, flues, stacks, ducts, conduits, etc., shall be made watertight by means of sleeves, flashing, and draw collars, Materials and methods shall be in accordance with Division 7 of these specifications. Sleeves, flashing, and flashing draw collars shall be furnished and Installed by the Contractor requiring the opening. If piping is Insulated, the Insulation shall be sealed TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 1* GENERAL. PROVISIONS- MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL WORK off by insulation cement or weatherproof mastic In a manner and with materials ae required to prevent rain leakage. Contractors requiring openings shall coordinate all flashing, counter flashing, and related details with the roofing subcontractor. 8.2.3 Plumbing vent terminals shall be Installed as shown on the drawings. 8.2.4 Special flashing and counter flashing ff required, shall be as shown on the drawings and /or as specified elsewhere in Division 16. 8,2.6 Prefabrioatod roof curbs, if required, shall be of the type as specified in the appropriate Section of Division 15 of these specifications and /or noted on the drawings. 8.3 Flashing and Counter Flashing: 8.3.1 Flashing around roof curbs shall be provided by the roofing subcontractor under GCC. Counter flashing shall be by the Contractor requiring such curbed openings, except where counter flashing Is a oomponent part of the equipment, all counter flashing materials and methods shall be in aocordanoe with Division 7 of these specifications. 8.4 Roofing and /or weatherproofing of any installation and /or penetration of the roof, by respective contractor, must bo coordinated with and installed by the GCC roofing subcontractor to assure the roofing guarantee will not be invalidated. 9, CUTTING AND PATCHING 9.1 For New Construction: 9.1.1 Roof Openings - Field -out openings in roof deck shall be out by various subcontraotors under GCC. The size and Iooatlon of such openings are the responsibility of the Contractor requiring the opening. 9.1.2 Floors, Waite, and Partitions - Openings In stud walls shall be out and/or framed by various subcontraotors under GCC. Openings In ooncrete and masonry work shall be sleeved prior to or at the placing of the oonorete and masonry work. The sizes and locations of openings are the responsibility of the Contractor requiring the opening. 9.1.3 Openings, lintels, frames, eto„ as required for flush mounted panels and recessed equipment shall be provided by various subcontraotors under GCC, unless otherwise noted on the drawings or specified herein. 9,1.4 Each Contractor shall be responsible to follow the progress of the project to assure that all sleeves, openings, rough -In boxes, frames, eto., are placed at the proper time. Any and all subsequent nutting and patching and /or unnecessary modifications to the work of other subcontractore shall be done at the expense of the Contractor requiring the 9.2 For Existing Structure: *SECTION 1 B.4 opening. Under no circumstances shall any etruotural members, load bearing walls, footings, or foundations be out without first obtaining written permission from the Architect/Engineer. 9.2.1 All cutting required shall be performed by each Contractor. Under no circumstances shall any structural members, Toad bearing wails, footings, or foundations be cut without first obtaining permis- sion from the Architect/Englneer unless the location and size of openings are predetermined as noted on the drawings. 9.2.2 Contractor shall make thorough investigation and /or field measurement by use of magneto detection instruments or other approved means to detect any concealed ferrous metal piping or conduits prior to cutting. Should any existing and active piping or conduits be damaged by the Contractor's work, same shall be restored to service immediately without additional cost to the Owner. 9.3 Cutting shall be limited to the size necessary for working conditions. When nutting surfaces are difficult or costly to replace, such as marble, ceramic tile, wood paneling, etc„ eaoh Contractor shall consult with the GCC In advanoe and they shall jointly develop a method of cutting. 9.4 All patching shall be done with materials and by methods consistent with the construction and materials being patched. In general, cement grout shall be used with masonry, and filler compound shall be used with dry-wall or plastered surfaces. Quality and final appearance of all patching work shall be subject to the approval of the Owner's Representative and /or Engineer - Architect. 10. OPERATING AND SERVICE MANUALS 10.1 General: Near the completion of the project, and (In order to allow Owner time in which to become familiar with its contents) at least one (1) month prior to Contractor's request for final inspection, eaoh Contractor shall be required to provide three (3) volumes of Operating and Service Manuals containing the following: 10,1.1 Start-up and Shut -down Procedures - Provide a step -by -step write -up of all major equipment. When manufacturer's printed start-up, trouble shooting and shut -down procedures are available, they shall be Incorporated into the operating manual for refer- ence. 10.1.2 Operating Instructions - Written operating Instructions shall be Included for the efficient and . safe operation of all equipment. 10.1.3 Equipment List - List of all major equipment as Installed shall include model number, capacities, flow rates, and nameplate data. (The list shall Include all equipment furnished by Owner.) 10.1.4 Contractor will, before the store opens, familiarize store personnel with operating instructions on each TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washinnton 01/31/92 DIVISION 1* GENERAL PROVISIONS - MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL WORK piece of equipment (e.g. set temperature controls, timers for lights, etc.). 10.1.5 Service Instructions - Each Contractor shall be required to provide the following information for all pieces of equipment: 10.1.5,1 Recommended spare parts including catalog number, name of local suppliers, and /or factory representative. 10.1.5.2 Lubrication and maintenance instructions for all equipment including all electric motors. 10.1.5.3 Belt ekes, types and lengths (mechanical only). 10.1.6 Manufacturer's Certificate of Warranty - Manufacturer's certificate of warranty shall be obtained for all major equipment furnished by each Contractor. Warranty shall be obtained for at least one (1) year as defined In the GUARANTEE paragraph. Where longer period is called for in the specific equipment specifications, the longer period shall govern. 10.1.7 The Contractor shall Include in the manuals parts catalogs for each item of equipment furnished by him on the project with the components Identified by number for replaoement ordering. 10,2 Submission 10,2.1 Manuals shall be in triplicate, and all materials shall be bound Into volumes of standard blank, 2-1/2' wide, 8-1/2' x 11' hard binders, with 2 -1/4' clear plastic label sleeve, Large drawings too bulky to be folded Into 8-1/2' x 11' size shall be separately bound or folded Into brown envelopes, cross referenced and Indexed with the manuals, 10.2,2 The manuals shall Include the name of Architect/Engineer, Contraotora, and major euboontraotore. 10.2.3 In order not to duplioate Contractor's effort, It Is suggeoted that eaoh Contractor submit one (1) preliminary copy of the manual to the Owner's Representative for a pre - check, and when approved, Contractor shall then submit the three (3) final copies through normal channels, 11. ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT 11.1 Accessibility 11.1.1 All control dovloee, epeolalties, valves, and removable panels on equipment shall be so located as to provide easy access for Inspection and maintenance Including ease of removal of any Interior components. 11.1.2 Should any Contractor's work, such as piping, duots, conduits, eto. be Installed without due regard to the accessibility of devices installed by other Contraotora, the Installation shall be relo- TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 11.2 Acoess Panels *SECTION 1 B -5 oated, offset, or re- routed without cost to the Owner. 11.2.1 Where devices are to be concealed In walls or above non - removable ceilings, each Contractor shall be required to furnish the required access panels to the GCC for Installation. 11.2.2 Size of panels shall be larger than the devices for accessibility, and shall be not less than 6 Inches square for wall panels and not less than 12 inches squaro for ceiling panels. Where the opening must allow adequate room for a person to pass through, a 24' x 24' panel shall be provlded. 11.2.3 Construction of panel shall comply with the following: 11.2.3.1 For masonry, tile, wood or wallboard surfaces - extruded aluminum frames, 3/4' border, aluminum piano hinges, screwdriver- operated cam lock, brushed satin aluminum finish. Final painting to match decor by GCC. 11,2.3.2 For acoustical tile ceiling - flangeless construction of even -tile module, recessed door panel for receiving acoustical tile by GCC, piano hinges, flush screwdriver- operated cam latch, white prime coat finish. Access panels will not be required In accessible type ceilings. 11.2.3.3 For plastered ceiling or wall - concealed flange, recessed door panel to reoeivo plaster by GCC, continuous hinges, flush latch, white prime coat finish. Final painting to match interior decor by GCC, 12. OPERATION OF DEFECTIVE EQUIPMENT 12,1 If after installation, operation of the equipment proves to be unsatisfaotory to Owner by reasons of defects, errors or omissions, Owner reserves the right to operate the equipment until It can be removed from service for correction by Contractor. Contractor shall be liable for any damage to equipment resulting from such continued operation. 13. ELECTRICAL WORK FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT 13.1 Eleotrloal Contractor • Shall wire all meohanloal equipment furnished by various Contractors and the Owner, In accordance with the following general provisions: 13.1.1 Power wiring from panel to motor controllers, relays, etc., and controllers to motor terminals per equipment manufacturer's wiring diagram. 13.1.2 Furnish, Install and wire local disconnect switches, manual push buttons and other oontrol wiring specifically called for or noted In electrical specifications. 13.1.3 Initlal field oiling of all motors prior to the test running of same. 01/31 /92 DIVISION 1* GENERAL PROVISIONS - MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL WORK 13.1.4 Receive, unload, sot and align all separately shipped motors. Adjust and align drive and adjust belt tension. 13.1.5 Furnish and install motor starters specifically called for on plans. 13.1.6 install and wire all field- mounted devices, such as selector switches, push button stations, etc, specifically called for to be furnished by other Contractors when not a factory pre -wired component. 13.1.7 Owner supplied Items include but ate not limited to: 13.1.7.1 Trash compactor 13.1.7,2 Lift (Mezzanine or Basement stores only) 13.1.7.3 Emergency generator 13.1.7.4 HVAC Packaged Roof -Top Units 13.1.7,5 (EMS)HVAC Controls for Roof -Top Units Refer to Specification Section 16G for a detailed list of Owner- supplied electrical Items. 13.2 Mechanical and /or Plumbing Contractors - Shall Include the following: 13.2.1 All motor starters or control devloes specifically called for to be factory pre - wired. 13,2.2 Furnish Individual motor starters or control devices specifically called for In accordance with the specifications, or as noted on the drawings. 13.2.3 Automatic oontrol and Interlock wiring as called for under Division 15. 13.2.4 Furnish complete and accurate wiring diagrams to ELC for all equipment requiring electrical power wiring and /or control wiring. 13,2.5 All separately shipped motors shall be delivered to ELC for Installation. Adjustable motor base and all bolts and nuts required for installation of base and motor shall be furnished by respective Contractor. 13.2,6 Furnish motor terminal connection diagram as prepared by motor manufacturers. 13.3 Motor Starters - Motor starters for mechanical equipment shall be furnished by the respective Contractors as called for on the drawings. In general, the following principles shall be followed: 13,3.1 All magnetlo motor starters to be built -In in motor control panelboards will be furnished and installed by ELC. 13,3.2 All magnetic motor starters to be factory pro -wired shall be furnished and installed at the factory and *SECTION 1B-6 shall be included in the respective Meohanioal Contract. 13.3.3 All individual motor starters shall be furnished and Installed by the ELC, unless noted to be furnished by others on plans. The ELC will install and wire all individual motor starters, including those furnished by others. 13.3.4 Magnetic motor starters furnished by ELC will be provided with auxiliary contacts required for operation of starting device only. Additional auxiliary contacts required for electrical Interlock and automatic controls shall be furnished and in- stalled by the Contractor responsible for the Inter- lock wiring. 13.3.5 In order to be properly sized, all heater elements for overload relays on magnetlo motor starters (except the starters factory prewired with equipment) shall be furnished and Installed by the ELC In the field. Each Contractor furnishing the motorized equipment shall be required to furnish a list of motor characteristics to the ELC so that properly sized heater elements may be provided. The list shall Include equipment identification by name and by number, full load current, looked rotor current, voltage rating, and suggested service factor to compensate for operating duty cycle and ambient temperature. 14. PAINTING 14,1 General 14.1,1 in general, all required field painting of piping, ductwork and other mechanical and electrical systems and components shall be done by subcontractor under the GCC. However, all painting or finishing, which is required for special results and /or wherever painting or finishing is specifically reforenoed within the context of Divisions 15 and 16, all such painting or finishing shall be provided by the respective Contractor, except as otherwise noted. Other painting to be provided under the mechanical and electrical work is described below. 14.1.2 Contractors are referred to Section 9H for further olaritioation and scope of painting work for this project. 14.2 Work Included • By Each Contractor 14.2.1 Equipment with factory standard finishes: Each Contractor shall touch -up paint all scratches or damages to finishes to match the factory finish. This shall Include all Owner- furnished equipment. 14.2.2 All miscellaneous structural members, brackets, braces, hardware, and accessories provided by each Contractor shall be painted with light gray rust inhibiting metal primer, except as otherwise' specified herein or noted on the drawings. hems In this category which are galvanized, cadmium or TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 1* GENERAL PROVISIONS - MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL WORK copper plated, stainless steel, or finished with a factory finish shall not be painted. 14.2.3 Nameplates and equipment Identifications shall be masked -off or suitably protected from paint during touoh -up or adjacent painting required by the respective mechanical or electrical Contraotor. Protection of nameplates and similar identifications as may be required during paint operations performed by the painting subcontractor under the GCC shall be provided by that painting subcontractor. 14.3 Painting Specifications 14.3.1 All painting work shall be performed In a neat and workmanlike manner. AII painting materials shall be of the best quality and suitable for the service Intended. All finish paints shall present a glossy finish and /or shall match the color and texture of the adjacent areas and surfaces. 14.3,2. Surfaces to be painted by the respective mechanical or electrical Contractor shall be free of rust, scale, peeling, blistering, grease, oil, or deteriorating film prior to application of primer. 14.3.3 Applicable parts of Seotion 9H of these specifications shall govern work under this Section. *SECTION 1B-7 DIVISION 1* GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR DEMOLITION /CONSTRUCTION WORK 1. GENERAL 1.1 Drawings and all general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 This section specifies administration and procedural requirements for Owner's continued operations, construction facilities and temporary controls, selective demolition and cutting and patohing. 1.3 Refer to other Sections and Drawings for specific requirements and limitations applicable to demolition, and cutting and patching individual parts of work. 1.4 Requirements of this Section apply to all trade installations, removals, repairs, replacements, etc, 2 WORK SEQUENCE 2.1 The Work will be conducted in several phases to provide the least possible Interference to the activities of the Owner's personnel and operation. 2.2 The Owner will provide a phasing plan and schedule and will instruct the General Contractor as to the sequence of construction to permit the Owner's uninterrupted operation. The General Contractor shall maintain a safe and clean environment during the construction period. 3. OWNER'S CONTINUING OPERATIONS 3.1. Work for this ProJeot is within existing facilities which will remain In full operation throughout construction period. 3.2. All remodeling work, new construction, etc. must bo conducted so as to cause absolute minimum of Interference with and Inconvenience to Owner's continuing operations. 3.3. All construction and remodeling operations must be conducted as required to Insure complete safety to persons (Owner's personnel, Contractor's personnel, general public and others) who may be on site or adjacent to work. 3.4. Entrances to and exits from existing buildings must be protected, kept free of restrictions or obstructions and maintained in full use at all times. Safety and well -being of occupants of this building and other persons must be prime concern of Contractor at all times. 3.5, Use by Contractor, subcontractors, suppliers, delivery persona, eto. of Owner's property (buildings and site) must be restricted to those areas designated by Owner for such use. Contractor must obtain permission from Owner before beginning any use of property. 3.6, Provide adequate safeguards for control of dust and moisture during construction. Close coordination with Owner for these environmental controls Is mandatory. 4 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES 4.1. General: Limit use of tho premises to construction activities in areas Indicated; allow for Owner occupancy and use by the public. 4.1.1 Confine operations to areas within Contract limits indicated. Portions of the site beyond areas In whloh construction operations are Indicated are not to be disturbed. 4.1.2 Keep driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and available to the Owner and the general publio at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on site, 4.2 Maintain existing building In weathertight condition throughout the construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Take all precautions necessary to protect the building and its occupants during the construction period. 5 OWNER OCCUPANCY *SECTION 1 C -1 5,1 The Owner will occupy the site and existing building during the entire construction period. Cooperate with tho Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with the Owner's operations. 5.2 The Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and Install equipment In completed areas of the building, prior to Substantial Completion. Such placing of equipment and partial occupancy ehall not constitute acceptance of the total Work. 5.2.1 Obtain Certificate of Occupancy from local building officials prior to Owner occupancy. 5,2.2 Prior to partial Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational. Required Inspections and tests shall have been successfully completed. Upon occupancy the Owner will provide operation and maintenance of mechanical and electrical systems in completed portions of the building. 6 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 6.1. Water and electrical energy will be made available only as thoy presently exist. Provide and pay for such connections to, extensions from, and means of using these utilities as may be required. 6.2. Except as noted in following paragraph, Owner will pay utility company bills for water and electrical energy which is required for project and which passes through Owner's meters. 6.3, Owner will not pay for following: 6.3.1 Water which is wasted needlessly or expended without proper regard for conservational or ecological considerations, 6.3.2 Electrical energy expended In electric heating devices. 7. PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITY INSTALLATIONS TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila Washln on 01/31/92 DIVISION 1* GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR DEMOLITION /CONSTRUCTION WORK 7.1. Before work Is started, consult with public and private utility companies and agencies and with Owner relative to location, conditions, protection, maintenance, relocation, etc., of utility Installations within boundaries of site or adjacent thereto. This includes, but Is not necessarily limited to, companies and agencies providing following utilities and /or services: 7.1.1 7.1.2 7.1.3 Gas Electric Energy Telephone 7.2, Before Item of work is started, carefully review information relative to existing utility Installations, and plan and schedule work so as to avoid damage to equipment or work, or other adverse results. 7.3. Should utility Installation be damaged or destroyed, or should Injury or damage be caused to persons or property, party or parties (Contractors and /or subcontractors) responsible for such Injury and /or damage shall be fully and exclusively liable and claims resulting therefrom. 8 WEATHER PROTECTION 8.1. AO temporary enclosures, heating devices, fuel, eto. and labor and services required therefor to protect materials In storage, work In progress and completed construction from damage to defacement duo to usual or unusual condition(s) of weather prior to time that building is completely and permanently enoloeed (all exterior building construction — walls, doors, windows, louvers, roofs, etc.— 100 percent complete and weathertight) shall be considered 'Weather Protection'. 8.2. General Contractor shall provide and maintain weather protection as may be required by trades to properly protect work from damage during construction. 9 TEMPORARY HEAT Water Sewers (Storm and/or Sanitary) Site Lighting 9.1 Except as provided In Paragraphs 9.2, 9.3 and 9.4 (following) General Contractor shall provide temporary heat required for proper and timely completion of total project Including temporary space heaters with vent pipes, adequate controls, fuel, attendants, supervision, eto. 9.2 Meohanioal Trades shall provide early use of or part of permanent heating system for supplementary heating subject to approval by Owner. 9.3 When permanent heating equipment le used for temporary heating, units shall be fitted with disposable type fitters which shall be changed at regular intervals as directed by Owner. At end of temporary heating period and prior to being turned over to Owner, heating units shall be thoroughly cleaned and permanent fitters installed. Mechanical Tradesman shall be responsible for operation, maintenance, cleaning, and warranty of these units during temporary heating period. 9.4 Owner will pay fuel bills for temporary heat provided by permanent heating system (only). Owner will not pay for fuel used in temporary heating devices. 10 EXISTING TOILET FACILITIES ' 10.1. Owner will permit use of toilet facilities in existing building, subject to Contractor enforcing compliance with Owner's *SECTION 1C-2 requirements as to cleanliness, eto. to satisfaction of Owner's Representative. 10.2. Abuse of privilege will result in cancellation of same, and Contractor will be required to make alternative arrangements at own expense to satisfaction of Owner's Representative. 11 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES 11.1. Provide and maintain temporary first aid facilities as required by OSHA and other federal, state and Ioosl authorities, laws, ordinances, regulations, eto. 12 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION 12.1 Contractor and subcontractor shall at times exercise every precaution for prevention of iire(s). Further, make timely and adequate provisions for protection and safety of persons and property In event of fire. 12.2 Contractor shall provide fire protection for work and shall furnish fire extinguishers and /or other fire - fighting devices, equipment, eto, of types and in such quantities as required by appropriate officials. Further, Contractor shall maintain same in fully operable condition and keep them readily available on site at times. 12.3. Whenever work of particularly hazardous nature is being done, party doing such work shall provide additional and /or special fire protection as may be required. 12.4. Electrical aro welding and flame cutting equipment must be approved by Owner before they may be used within building. Gas welding equipment may not be used. Gasoline torches or burners will not be permitted. When welding or flame nutting is permitted, Contractor shall provide full-time stand- by watchperson, with fire- extinguisher mounted on cart or other means of transportation located immediately adjacent to work and ready for Immediate use. 12.5 All combustible trash, refuse, etc, must be removed from the building and legally disposed of after each day's work. 12.6 Smoking shall be prohibited in all portions of building. 13 SECURITY 13.1 Owner maintains full -time security watoh at store. All traffic Is subject to oontrol and search by Owner's security personnel. 13.2 Contractors, subcontractors, material persons, suppliers, delivery people, eto. will be required to cooperate fully with Owner's personnel in maintaining integrity of Owner's seourity program. 13,3 Provide security for tools, equipment, devioes, etc, required or otherwise used for construction of project, and for materials which have been paid for by Owner but not yet incorporated Into new construction. 14 RESTORATION OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION, PAVING ETC.: 14.1 In addition to other work required by Contract Documents, . leave facilities and site In same condition as before project began. , TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 1* GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR DEMOLITION /CONSTRUCTION WORK *SECTION 1C-3 14.2 Should existing construction, paving, landscaping, etc. be de- faced, damaged or destroyed, same shall be repaired or replaced to complete satisfaotion of the Owner's Representative. 14.3 Where specific damage can be attributed to specific party (Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, delivery people, etc.), that party shall pay for repair or replacement of such damage. 14.4 Where damage cannot be attributed to specific party, Arohlteot shall apportion ooet of neoeeeary repairs or replacement among various parties in such manner as seems proper. 14.5 In event of delay or dispute involving repair and /or replacement of damaged construction, Architect reserves right to order execution of work and to deduct full cost thereof from monies due Contractor. 14.6 Photographs of existing exterior conditions of structure surfaces, equipment, and adJacent improvements that might be misoonstrued as damage related tostorage, removal operations, etc. These must be flied with Owner's Representative prior to start of work. 15 PROTECTION OF FINISHED ROOFS: 15.1 Provide temporary protective covering consisting of one layer of 3/4 Inch thick Dow Chemloal STYROFOAM or similar polystyrene or urethane foam type roof insulation, with full coverage overlay of minimum 5 /8-inch thick exterior grade plywood in as large sheets as available. 15.2 Protection shall be provided at existing roof area where heavy construction traffic will occur. 15.3 Place protection in accordance with following: 15.3.1 Set first layer of foam board firmly onto roof, with butt tight joints throughout. 15.3,2 Tape boards of layer together as necessary to retain firmly in place until succeeding work is placed. 15.3,3 Lay plywood over entire area with joints staggered from Joints in layer of foam board, and provide suitable method of fastening boards at corners so as to retain same in place under traffic. 15.3.4 Provide sand bag ballad to hold plywood in place. 15.4 Areas protected may be modified during course of work to suit changing requirements, but must be maintained in good condition at times. 18 PROTECTION OF AREAS WHERE EXISTING ROOFING IS REMOVED: 18,1 Provide temporary plywood, waterproof covers, fleshings, etc. as required to keep roof deck dry and to maintain weathertightness of occupied space below roof while existing roofing is removed for required work. 16.2 Protect existing remaining roof insulation to keep water from penetrating Insulation and causing damage to insulation, causing reduction of thermal insulating value, and possible leakage below. 16.3. Coordinate timing of protection work with cutting of openings in roof deok to avoid duplication of effort and to assure that completed protection work is not undone by others. 17 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 17.1 The following paragraphs below address the selective removal and subsequent offsite disposal: 17.1.1 Portions of existing building indicated on drawings and as required to accommodate new construction. 17.1.2 Removal of interior partitions as indicated on drawings. 17.1.3 Removal of doors and frames indicated 'remove.' 17.1.4 Removal of built -in casework indicated 'remove.' 17.1.5 Removal of existing windows indicated to be filled In. 17.1.6 Removal and protection of existing fixtures, materials, and equipment items indicated 'salvage.' 17.1.7 Roofing and roof insulation removal. 17.1.8 Cutting nonstructural concrete floors and masonry walls for piping, ducts, and conduits is included with the work of the respective mechanical and electrical specification sections In Divisions 15 and 16. 17.1.9 Cutting holes in roof deck for installation of new rooftop mechanical equipment. 17.2 Submit schedule indicating proposed sequence of operations for selective demolition work to Owner's Representative for review prior to start of work. Coordinate with Owner's Phasing Plan. Include coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services as required, together with details for dust and noise control protection. 17.2.1 Provide detailed sequence of demolition and removal work to ensure uninterrupted progress of Owner's on-site operations. 17.2.2 Coordinate with Owner's continuing occupation of existing building and with Owner's partial occupancy of completed new addition. 17.3 Photographs of existing interior conditions of structure surfaces, equipment, and adJacent improvements that might be misoonstrued as damage related to removal operations. These must be filed with Owner's Representative prior to start of work. 17.4 Owner will occupy portions of the building immediately adjacent to areas of selective demolition. Conduct selective demolition work in manner that will not disrupt Owner's normal operations. Provide minimum of 72 hours advance notice to Owner of demolition activities that will affect Owner's normal operations. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 1* GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR DEMOLITION /CONSTRUCTION WORK *SECTION 1C-4 17.5 Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of items or structures to be demolished. Conditions existing at time of Inspection for bidding purposes will be maintained by Owner Insofar as practicable. 17.8 Items Indicated to be removed but of salvageable value to Contractor may be removed from structure as work progresses. Transport salvaged items from site as they are removed. Storage or sale of removed items on site will not be permitted. 17.7 Provide temporary barricades and other forms of protection to protect Owner's personnel and general public from Injury due to selective demolition work. 17.7.1 Provide proteotivo measures as required to provide free and safe passage of Owner's personnel and general publio to occupied portions of building. 17.7.2 Erect temporary covered passageways whenever overhead work le performed. 17.7,3 Protect from damage existing finish work that is to remain in place and becomes exposed during demolition operations. 17.7.4 Protect existing floors to remain and new floors with suitable coverings. 17.7.5 Construct temporary insulated dustproot partitions where required to separate areas where noisy or extensive dirt or duet operations are performed. Equip partitions with dustproot doors and security looks, 17.7.6 Provide temporary weather protection during Interval between demolition and removal of existing construction on exterior surfaces and Installation of new construction to ensure that no water leakage or damage occurs to structure or interior areas of existing building. 17.7.7 Remove protections at completion of work. 17.7.8 Promptly repair damages caused to adjacent facilities by demolition work. 17.7.9 Erect and maintain dust -proof partitions and closures as required to prevent spread of dust or fumes to occupied portions of the building. 17.7.9,a Construct temporary barrier partition as required per state and local building codes and rules and OSHA standards to ensure public and employee safety. 17.7.9.b Where necessary, construct temporary partition to maintain fire rating required by governing authority. 17.7.9,0 Provide weatherproof closures for exterior openings resulting from demolition work. 17.8 Conduct selective demolition operations and debris removal to ensure no interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used faollitlee. 17.8.1 Do not close, block, or otherwise obstruct streets, walks, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways. Use signalman to ensure safe passage and egress. 17.9 Do not use cutting torches for removal until work area le cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as interior of ducts and pipe spaces, verify condition of hidden space before starting flame - cutting operations. Maintain portable fire suppression devices during flame - cutting operations. Provide Piro watch In areas not visible to flame cutter operator. 17.10 Maintain existing utilities Indicated to remain In service and protect them against damage during demolition operations. 17.10.1 Do not interrupt utilities serving 000upied or used facilities, except when authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to governing authorities and Owner. 17.10.2 Maintain fire protection services during selective demolition operations. 17.10.3 Locate, identify, stub off, and dioconneot utility services that are not indicated to remain. 17.11,4 Provide bypass connections as necessary to maintain continuity of service to occupied areas of building. Provide minimum of 72 hours advance notice to Owner if shutdown of service is necessary during ohangeover. 17.11 Provide interior and exterior shoring, braoing, or support to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of areas to be demolished and adjacent facilities to remain. 17.11.1 Cease operations and notify Owner's Representative immediately if safety of structure appears to be endangered. Take precautions to support structure until determination Is rnade for continuing operations. 17.11.2 Cover and protect furniture, equipment, and fixtures from soilage or damage when demolition work Is performed in areas where such items have not been removed. 17.12 Perform selective demolition work in systematic manner. Use such methods as required to complete work indicated on Drawings in accordance with demolition schedule and governing regulations. 17.12.1 Demolish concrete and masonry In small sections. Unless otherwise noted on Drawings out oonorete and masonry at junctures with construction to remain using power - driven masonry saw or hand tools; do not use power - driven Impact tools. Tooth - in masonry where an exposed masonry opening Is required. 17.12.2 Looate demolition equipment throughout structure and promptly remove debris to avoid imposing OYS'R` US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 1* GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR DEMOLITION /CONSTRUCTION WORK excessive loado on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 17.12.3 Provide services for effective air and water pollution oontrots as required by local authorities having jurisdiction. 17.12.4 Demolish foundation walls to depth of not less than 12 Inches below existing ground surface. Demolish and remove below -grade wood or metal construction. Break up below-grade concrete slabs, 17.12.5 For Interior slabs on grade, use removal methods that will not crack or structurally disturb adjacent slabs or partitions. Use power saw at all times. 17.12.6 Completely fill and compact below -grade areas and voids resulting from demolition work. Provide fill consisting of approved earth, gravel, or sand, free of trash and debris, stones over 6 Inches in diameter, roots, or other organic matter. 17.13 If unanticipated meohanioal, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with Intended function or design aro encountered, investigate and measure both nature and extent of the conflict. Submit written report to Owner's Representative in accurate detail. Pending receipt of directive from Owner's Representative, rearrange selective demolition schedule as necessary to continue overall job progress without undue delay. 17.14 Salvaged items: Where Indicated on Drawings as 'Salvage - Deliver to Owner,' carefully remove indicated Items, clean, store, and turn over to Owner and obtain receipt. 17.15 Remove from building site debris, rubbish, and other materlale resulting from demolition operations. Transport and legally dispose off site. Provide dumpster and locate on site per Owner's Field Representative. 17.15,1 If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations, comply with applicable regulations, laws, and ordinances concerning removal, handling, and protection against exposure or environmental pollution. 17,15.2 Burning of removed materials is not permitted on project site. 17.18 Upon completion of demolition work, remove tools, equipment, and demolished materials from site. Remove protections and leave Interior areas broom clean. Repair demolition performed In excess of that required. Return elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition existing prior to start operations. Repair adjacent construction or surfaces Boiled or damaged by selective demolition work. 18 CUTTING AND PATCHING 18,1 This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patohing. Refer to other Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching Individual parts of the Work. 18.2 Operational and Safety Limitations: Do not out and patch operating elements or safety related components In manner *SECTION 1C that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as Intended, or result In increased maintenance, or decreased operational life or safety. 18.3 Use materials that are identical to existing materials. if identical materials are not available or oannot be used where exposed surfaces are Involved, use materials that match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect. Use materials whose Installed performance will equal or surpass that of existing materlale. 18.4 Before cutting existing surfaces, examine surfaces to be out and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching is to be performed. Take corrective action before proceeding, If unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered. 18.4.1 Before proceeding, meet at the site with parties involved in cutting and patching, Including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential Interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. 18.4.2 Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut, 18.4.3 Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of the Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. 18.4.4 Avoid Interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas, 18.4.5 Take all precautions necessary to avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit or ductwork serving the building, but scheduled to bo removed or relooated until provisions have been made to bypass them. 18.5 Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Prooeed with nutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. 18.5.1 Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. 18.6 Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements to be retained or adjoining construction. Where possible review proposed procedures with the original installer; comply withthe original installer's recommendations. 18.6,1 In general, where cutting is required use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to size required with minimum disturbance of adjaoent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not In use. 18.6.2 To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, out or drill from the exposed or finished side Into concealed surfaces. 01(31/92 TOYS '' US REMODEL Washin ton R DIVISION 1* GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR DEMOLITION /CONSTRUCTION WORK 18.6.3 Cut through concrete and masonry using cutting machine such as oarborundum saw or diamond Dore drill, 18.8.4 Comply with requirements of applioable Sections of Division -2 where nutting and patching requires excavating and baokfllling. 18,8.6 By -pass utility services such as pipe or conduit, before nutting, where services are shown or required to be removed, relooated or abandoned. Cut -off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve or plug and seal the remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after by-passing and cutting. 18.7 Patching: Patoh with durable seams that are as Invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. 18.7.1 Where feasible, inspoot and test patched areas to demonstrate Integrity of the Installation. 18.7.2 Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 18.7.3 Where removal of walls or partitions extends one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space to provide an even surface of uniform Dolor and appearance. Where patching occurs In smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over entire unbroken containing the patch, after the patched area has received primer and second coat, 18.7.4 Patoh, repair or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even plane surface of uniform appearance. 18.8 Cleaning: Thoroughly olean areas and spaces where cutting and patching Is performed or used as aooese. Remove completely paint, mortar, olle, putty and Items of similar nature. Thoroughly glean piping, conduit and similar features 'before painting or other finishing le applied. Refer to painting and flooring epeollioatlon sections for other requirements. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. - END OF SECTION • TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington *SECTION 1C-8 01/31/02 c DIVISION 1* CONTRACTOR'S NAME: CONTRACTOR'S ADDRESS: TOYS 'FP US, INC. 1824 Army Court Stockton, CA 95208 Attn: Bid Committee Re: [PROJECT NAME] Gentlemen: PROPOSAL FORM Date: *SECTION 1D-1 The undersigned being familiar with the local conditions affecting the cost of the work with the drawings and specifications for the proposed above referenced project as prepared by The WBDC Group, 50 Monroe Place, Grand Rapids, Michigan 49503, hereby proposes and agrees If thls proposal Is accepted to enter into a contract to supply any labor, materals, services and equipment necessary for the complete execution of all general construction work In strict accordance with the plans and specifications for a lump sum of: ( ) DOLLARS ($ ) Write Out In Words Write in Figures Conseoutive Calendar Days (not to exceed 120 days construction condition date listed In specification). This bid le based upon proprietary brands as shown on plans and /or specified. The undersigned further proposes and agrees hereby to commence work with an adequate foroe and equipment Immediately after being notified in writing to do so, and to complete all work as required by the plans and specifications within the number of consecutive calendar days as itemized above, In submitting this bid, it is understood that the right le reserved by the Owner or his representative to reject any or all bids, and it is agreed that this bid may not bo withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) days from bid date. it is further acknowledged that, after thorough examination of the site, drawings and specifications, the above quoted prices do not Include any changes or substitutions to specified materials or methods. Any proposed changes or substitutions are itemized by attachment herewith for oonelderation noting the appropriate Add or Deduct amount. (Reference documents for specifically requoeted alternates.) We propose to subcontract the following items of work to other firma as follows: item of Work Suboontraotor Name and Address At the time of submission of thlo proposal, the undersigned has received the following addenda (if any): Addendum No. Date Name of Firm By (Typed) By (Signature) Title Offioiai Address Telephone Atteat: Exhibit A (Pages 1 thru 4) Exhibit B (Pages 1 thru 2) SEAL Exhibit 0 (Pages 1 of 1) Seoretary TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/3k92 92 DIVISION 1* TOYS 'R' U8 REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington PROPOSAL FORM THE FOLLOWING EXHIBITS A (PAGES 1 THRU 4), B (PAGES 1 THRU 2), AND C (PAGES 1 OF 1) ARE TO BE USED BY BIDDERS IN SUBMITTING THEIR PROPOSALS TO TOYS 'R' US, THESE SAME EXHIBITS WILL BE MADE AN ATTACHMENT TO THE CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND THE SUCCESSFUL GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR. *SECTION 1D-2 DIVISION 1* PROJECT NAME Total Site Improvements DIVISION 3- CONCRETE Footings, Foundation, Walls & Slab (Materials) (Labor) Sidewalks adjacent to building (Materials) (Labor) Total Concrete PROPOSAL FORM TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington EXHIBIT A *SECTION 1 D-3 Pro lect Cost Breakdown of Motor Categories of Work CONTRACTOR D ESCRIPTION AMOUNT DIVISION 1 - GENERAL CONDITIONS Temporary Facilities Temporary Utilities Supervision Insurance Premium Time , $ Clean Up (Daily and Final) Surveyors and Layout Contractor's Administration Costs Total General Conditions DIVISION 2- SITE IMPROVEMENTS Demolition Site Grading, Clearing Storm Drains Sanitary Sewers Water Service Building Excavation & Bituminous Paving Preoeast Concrete Wheel Stops Pavement Marking Landscaping Miscellaneous Pile Installation (Materials) (Labor) All walks, Pads and Curbs not included In Building Conorete Work (Materials) (Labor) $ $ $ PAGE 1 OF 4 DIVISION 1* PROJECT NAME DESCRIPTION Reinforced Rode & Mesh (Materlale) (Labor) Total Reinforced Rods & Mesh Total Concrete & Relnforoed Rode and Meeh Work $ DIVISION 4 - MASONRY Masonry (Materials) (Labor) Total Masonry DIVISION 6 - STEEL Steel Structural Steel Miscellaneous Steel Erection Total Steel DIVISION 6 - CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK Carpentry DIVISION 7 - ROOFING & MOISTURE CONTROL Built-up Roofing (Materials) (Labor) Flashing Metal Roofing & Siding System Total Built -Up Roofing Moleture Control (Materlale) (Labor) Total Moisture Control Total Built -up Roofing and Moisture Control PROPOSAL FORM EXHIBIT A , CONTRACTOR AMOUNT $ $ $ TOYS 'R' US RE ODEL • Tukwila Washin on *SECTION 1D-4 PAGE 2 OF 4 DIVISION 1* PROJECT NAME DESCRIPTION DIVISION 8 - DOORS, WINDOWS. GLASS Hollow Metal (Materials) (Labor) Total Hollow Metal $ Glass and Glazing Finish Hardware Total Doors, Windows and Glass $ DIVISION 9 - FINISHES Painting Paint (Materials, paint only) $ Labor (Including soaffoiding and blook filler) $ Total Painting $ Ceramio Tile $ Resilient Tile $ Acoustical Ceiling $ Drywall Sheetrook (Materials) $ (Labor) $ Total Sheetrook Total Finishes DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Toilet Partitions Toilet Accessories Miscellaneous Items Instaliation of Owner Supplied Items Total Specialties DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL H.V.A.C. Equipment & Materials H.V.A.C. Installation Total H.V.A.C. PROPOSAL FORM EXHIBIT A CONTRACTOR AMOUNT *SECTION 1D-5 TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila,'Waohindton • 01%31 92 PAGE 3 OF 4 DIVISION 1* PROJECT NAME QCRIPTION Sprinkler Within 5' of building (Materials) (Labor) Total Sprinkler Plumbing Within 5' of building (Materials) (Labor) Outside 5' of building (Materials) (Labor) Total Plumbing Total Mechanical DIVISION 16 • ELECTRICAL Within 5' of building (Materials) (Labor) Outside 5' of building (Materials) (Labor) Total Eleotrloal GENERAL CONTRACTOR SUB-TOTAL OVERHEAD AND PROFIT TOTAL BASE CONTRACT TOTAL DEDUCTIONS ,ALTERNATES TOTAL ALTERNATES GRAND TOTAL PROPOSAL FORM EXHIBIT A AMOUNT CONTRACTOR TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila; Waehington *SECTION 1D-6 $ PAGE4OF4 DIVISION 1* PROJECT NAME NATURE OF WORK Bulk Bed Rook Removal - by blasting, Including removal of materials from site: Bulk Rook Removal - by ripping w /D-8 Cat, w/hydraulio ripper, Including removal of material from cite: Trench Rock Removal - up to 5 deep by 3 wide (as required for utility Tines) by Jaok hammer. Materials to be removed from Bite: Trenoh Bed Rook Removal - up to 5'-0' doep by 3'-0' wide (as required for utility lines) by blasting and maohine. Materials removed from site: Trenoh Bed Rook Removal - up to 10'-0' deep by 3' -0' wide (as required for utility lines) by ripping w/235 Caterpillar. Materials removed from site: Mass Earth Exoavation • by 0-8 Cat or pane, inoluding removal of material from eke: Control Fill - as measured compacted In- placed, and Including placement and compaction as per epees: Using On-Site Materials Using Imported Materials PROPOSAL FORM EXHIBIT B Unit Pricing UNIT OF UNIT MEASURES PRICE C.Y. C.Y. C.Y. CONTRACTOR Trench Rook Removal • up to 5' -0' deep by 3' -0' wide (as required for utility lines) by ripping w/235 Caterpillar. C.V. $ Materials removed from site: C.Y. C.Y. Trenoh Bed Rook Removal - up to 10' -0' deep by 3' -0' wide (as required for utility lines) by blasting and maohine. Materials removed from site: Trenoh Earth Exoavation - by Case 580, to 8'-0' deep, inoluding removal of material from site by machine ae C.Y. neoeeaary: C.Y. 0.Y, C.Y. *SECTION 1D-7 01/31/92 PAGE 1 OF 2 DIVISION 1* PROJECT NAME NATURE OF WORK Granular Fill - 3/4' crushed stone from off-site In plane, and tamped: Reinforced Concrete - additional depth of column piers, Including forms and rebate: (Excavation Excluded) Reinforced Concrete • additional depth of foundation walls, Including forms and rebore: (Excavation Exoluded) Conorete Sidewalk • (4: thick, Inoluding . mesh reinforcing): Paving Subgrade - as per specifications: Heavy Section Light Section Paving bituminous eurface course overlay as por epeoitloatlons: Paving Concrete Surface - as per specifications: S.Y. Concrete Curbing - 4,000 psi, In place: (Excavation & Stone Base Excluded) Disposition of excess excavated material: Bulk Trench Masonry Pile Installation PROPOSAL FORM TOYS "R' US REMODEL- Tukwila; Washington EXHIBIT B (Continued) Ton C.Y. C.Y. C.Y. S.Y. S.Y. S.Y. L.F. CONTRACTOR Unit Pricing UNIT OF UNIT MEASURES PRICE *SECTION 1D-8 C.Y. $ S.F. $ L.F. $ PAGE2OF2 01/31/92 ='; DIVISION 1* PROJECT NAME DESCRIPTION Excavation Cut and reuse on -site Cut and haul off-site Import and plane controlled 1111 Total Excavation Pavement Subgrade Pavement Bituminous Surface Pavement Concrete Surface Conorete Reinforced Rods Masonry Structural Steel Joists and Joist Girders Decking Miscellaneous Steel: Miscellaneous Railings Stairs Lumber Roofing VCT Ceramio Tile Gypsum Board Windows, Doors Pile Installation .: Spray -On Flre- Proofing PROPOSAL. FORM EXHIBIT C CONTRACTOR Material Quantity Estimates QUANTITY *SECTION 1D-9 cu. yd. cu. yd. ou. yd. ou, yd. sq. yd, sq. yd. sq. yd, ou. yd. PAGE 1 OF 1 TOYS'R' US REMODEL •Tukwila; Washington 01/31/82 DIVISION 1* PROPOSAL FORM *SECTION 1D-i0 PROJECT CONTRACTOR 1) Landscaping/Shrubbery/Fences 2) Storm Dra!nage /Off -site 3) Sanitary Sewer/Lateral/On-site 4) Storm Drainage /Main/On -site 5) Storm Drainage/Lateral/On-eke 6) Sanitary Sewage /Main/On -efte 7) Water Lines /MaInOOn -afte 8) Primary Power /On -sfte 9) Telephone Equipment/Exterior 10) Irrigation Syetem/Canals/Waterways 11) Approaches /Apron/Sidewalke 12) Parking Lote /Roads /Rallroads (Including Blacktop) 13) Fenoe/Exterlor 14) Wharfe /Dooke /Bridges (X) Sub -Total (1) All Other Coate (X) + (Y) MUST EQUAL TOTAL CONTRACT PRICE Costs Completed by: TOYS "R' US REMODEL- T EXHIBIT D PAGE 1 OF 1 Cost Collection Sheet (Sign Name) (Title) (Date) $ (Name of Contractor) c DIVISION 1* COVER DRAWINGS A - 0 COVER SHEET DEMOLITION DRAWINGS D1 FLOOR PLAN DEMOLITION D2 MEZZANINE PLAN DEMOLITION 03 EXTERIOR ELEVATION DEMOLITION SITE DRAWINGS C - 2 EXISTING SITE PLANS C - 3 SITE DETAILS ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS A - 1 FLOOR PLAN AND DETAILS A - 2 FLOOR PLAN DETAILS A - 3 TRUCK DOCK PLAN AND DETAILS A - 4 ENLARGED OFFICE PLAN A - 6 VESTIBULE PLAN AND DETAILS A - 6 CONTROL TOWER, COUNT ROOM PLANS AND DETAILS A - 7 SCHEDULES AND DETAILS A - 8 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A - 9 VESTIBULE DETAILS A -10 ROOF PLAN AND DETAILS A -11 WALL SECTIONS AND DETAILS A -12 REFLECTED CEILING PLANS AND MISC, DETAILS A -13 CERAMIC TILE LAYOUT A -14 VERTICAL UFT DETAILS FIXTURE DRAWINGS F- 1 PH - GRAPHICS DRAWINGS G - 1 G- 2 STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS S- 1 S . 2 8 - 3 MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FIXTURE PLAN 1 P► --Ara GRAPHICS GRAPHICS LIST OF DRAWINGS GENERAL NOTES ROOF FRAMING PLAN TYPICAL DETAILS M • 1 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLANS M - 2 ENLARGED MECHANICAL FLOOR PLANS AND DEMOLITION M - 3 MECHANICAL SECTIONS AND DETAILS M - 4 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES PLUMBING DRAWINGS P - 1 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN P P. 2 PLUMBING SCHEDULE AND DETAILS SP1 EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION PLAN TOYS 'R' US - EMODEL • Tukwila Was on *SECTION 1E-1 31 92 DIVISION 1 * ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS LIST OF DRAWINGS E - 1 ELECTRICAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS E - 2 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN E - 3 RECEPTACLE AND FAN PLAN E - 4 LIGHTING PLAN E - 5 NOT USED E - 8 POWER DETAILS E - 7 COMPUTER SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM E - 8 PANEL SCHEDULES E • 9 RISER DIAGRAM *SECTION 1 E -2 DIVISION 1* EXHIBITS EXHIBITS 'A', 'B', 'C' MUST BE TYPED AS WORDED BELOW, ON CONTRACTOR'S LETTERHEAD DATE: EXHIBIT 'A' GUARANTEE TO: TOYS 'R' US, INC. 461 From Road Paramus, New Jersey 07652 The undersigned having heretofore entered Into a contract with TOYS US, INC. dated for located at according to certain plans and epeolfioations as Identified In the contract and in accordance with the terms of said contract, do hereby guarantee that all the labor and material furnished and work performed by ue under said contract Is In conformity with such plane and speoifioatlons and authorized alterations thereto and that such materials and equipment installed pursuant to said contract is free from Imperfect workmanship, and we agree to repair at our own cost and expense all of the work covered under said contract and change orders which may prove to be defective for a period of year(s) from the date hereof. Furthermore, we agree to repair at our sole cost any work which we may affect or disturb In making the repairs herein contemplated, By: Title: Guarantee Period Begins (Date) SUBCONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS TO: TOYS US, INC. 481, From Road Paramus, New Jersey 07652 PROJECT: (name & address) State of: County of: *SECTION 1 F1 EXHIBIT 'B' The undersigned hereby certifies that to the best of his knowledge, Information and belief, except as listed below, the Releases or Waivers of Uen attached hereto Include this contractor, all of his subcontractors, all suppliers of materials and equipment, and all performers of work, labor or services who have or may have liens against any property of the Owner arising In any manner out of the performanoe of the Contract referenced above. EXCEPTIONS: (If none, write 'None'. If required by the Owner, the suboontraotor shall furnish bond satisfactory to the Owner for eaoh exception.) SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ATTACHED HERETO: 1. Contractor's Final Release or Waiver of Liens, conditional upon receipt of final payment. 2. Separate Releases or Waivers of Liens from subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers, accompanied by a list thereof. CONTRACTOR: Address: By: Subscribed and sworn before me this day of , 199_. Notary Publlo: My Commission Expires: TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - T Washlnaton 01/31/92 DIVISION 1* EXHIBITS EXHIBITS 'A', "B','0' MUST BE TYPED AS WORDED BELOW, ON CONTRACTORS LETTERHEAD EXHIBIT 'C" FINAL RELEASE TO: TOYS 'R' US, INC. 461, From Road Paramus, New Jersey 07852 WHEREAS, pursuant to oontraot made by and between, the Owner, (SEAL) WITNESS hereinafter called CONTRACTOR, for final payment is about to be made, NOW, THEREFORE, In consideration of the premises and of the sum of DOLLARS {$ ) lawful money of the United States being the full and entire sum due upon the completion of the contract aforesaid to the meld Contractor In hand paid by receipt of which Is hereby acknowledged, said Contractor does hereby remise, release and forever dlsoharge of and from any and all manner of actions, suits, debts, dues, sums of money, accounts, reckonings, bonds, bills, covenants, controversies, agreements, promisee, claims, demands and liens whatsoever In law or in equity whloh the said Contraotor has or may have for or on a000unt of or in connection with the oontraot aforesaid. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Contractor has caused Its name to be hereunto eubeoribed and Its coal to be hereunto affixed this day of nineteen hundred and ATTEST OR WITNESS: CONTRACTOR By: Title: Address: By: Title: TOYS US REMODEL Tukwila, Washlnoton *SECTION 1 P2 01/31/82 DIVISION 1* 1. Prior to Start•up Building Permlt(s) Grading Foundation Special G,C.'s Construotion Sohedule Performance Bond (11 required) Insurance Certificates Workman's Comp, GeneralAuto Liability Builder's Risk Other Addenda # 2. Durinn Construction 3. Close Out Application for Payment #(s) Change Order #(e) Purchase Orders (critical Items) and Contracts Hollow Metal Toilet Partitions HVAC Units Parking Lot Fixtures & Poles Doors V.A. Tile Aluminum Storefront Work Specialty Block EXHIBITS Certificate of Occupancy Guarantee Servloe and Operating manuals Affidavit of Release of Liens Final Release As -Bulit Mark -Up Drawings Toys 'R' Us Tax Forms Punoh -out sign-off by designated Owner's Representative EXHIBIT'D' CONSTRUCTION STAGE PROJECT CHECKLIST *SECTION 1 F3 TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila. Washington DIVISION 1* PROJECT: TOYS 'R' US, INC. 1) Landscaping/Shrubbery/Fences .,,$ 2) Storm Drainage /OH Site ,,,$ 3) Sanitary Sower /Lateral/On Site ,,.$ 4) Storm Drainage /Main/On Site ,,,$ 6) Storm Drainage /Lateral /On Site ,,,$ 6) Sanitary Sewage / Maln/On She ,,,$ 7) Water Lines / Main/On She ,,,$ 8) Primary Power /On Site ,,,$ 9) Telephone Equipment ,,,$ 10) Irrigation System/Canals/Waterwaye ,,,$ 11) Approaches /Apron/Sidewalks ,,,$ 12) Parking Lots /Roads /Raliroads/ ,,,$ (Inoluding Blacktop) 13) Fonoe /Exterior ,,,$ 14) Wade /Docks /Bridges ,,;$ (1� All Other Coate ,,,$ TOTAL (X) + (Y) (MUST EQUAL TOTAL CONTRACT PRICE) COST COMPLETED BY: TOYS 'R' U8 REMODEL • Tukwila, Waehinpton EXHIBIT 'E' GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S. COST COLLECTION SHEETS * *RETURN TO TOYS 'R' US TAX DEPT UPON COMPLETION ** Sub-Total .,,$ (Sign Name) (Title) (Name of Contractor) (Date) EXHIBITS *SECTION 1F4 DIVISION 1* EXHIBITS EXHIBIT uP - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE The attached construction schedule represents a prototyploal protect, and Is Included as an example only, The Contractor. Is required to submit a project construction schedule on a similar blank form provided by the Owner's Representative In accordance with Section 1A: Paragraph 3.4 *SECTION 1F6 DIVISION 1 EXHIBITS EXHIBIT "G" - MANPOWER STATUS *SECTION 1 F6 TOYS 'R' US J EMODEL - Tukwila, Washington The attached manpower chart represents the approved format for,submission made by the Contractor in accordance with Section 1A Paragraph 82.6,; , Thls'exampie shows manpower allocation for an average and shall not be construed: as representative of manpower requirements for this project, . . 0131/92 DIVISION 1* SOILS REPORT The Solis Report is made available for the convenience of he Contractor. Data on the Indicated subsurface conditions are not Intended as representations or warranties of accuracy or continuity between soil borings. It is expressly understood that Owner will not be responsible for Interpretations or conclusions drawn therefrom by Contractor. Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be made by Contractor for the purpose of preparing his bid but these will be at no cost to Owner. *SECTION 1 G -1 GEOTECHNICAL STUDY TOYS "R" US ADDITION 16700 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA, WASHINGTON JOB NO. 9201 -03G TABLE OF CONTENTS Purpose and Scope Page 1 Project Description Page 2 Site Description Page 2 Subsurface Conditions Page 3 Soil Conditions Page 4 Ground Water Conditions Page 6 Conclusions and Recommendations Page 6 Site Preparation Page 6 Foundation Design Page 7 Slab -on -Grade Page 8 Estimated Settlements Page 8 Site and Building Drainage Page 9 Structural Fill General Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Page 9 Page 10 Test Boring Location Map Test Boring: Logs Unified Soils Classification System ,r(41 CASCADE GEOTECHNICAL INC. 12016 115TH AVENUE N.E., BLDG. H (206) 821.5080 KIRKLAND, WASHINGTON 98034 FAX: (206) 820.6953 January 22, 1992 Job No. 9201 -03G The WBDC Group 50 Monroe Place Grand Rapids, Michigan 49503 Attention: Richard Van Den Berghe Reference: Geotechnical Study Toys "R" Us Addition 16700 Southcenter Parkway Tukwila, Washington Dear Mr. Van Den Berghe: At your request, we have conducted a subsurface soil investigation at the above site. The following geotechnical report summarizes our field observations, and presents our conclusions and recommendations. PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purpose of our study was to investigate the subsurface soil and ground water conditions in the location of the proposed addition in order to formulate conclusions and provide geotechnical recommendations as required by the project scope. The scope of our study was in conformance with the applicable items presented in Attachment "A" of the Standard Agreement For Soil Borings, Testing, And Analysis by The WBDC Group, dated January 8, 1992. We were not provided with a full set of building plans for use in preparing this report. We were provided with undated, unreferenced copies of the "Sidewalk Plan" and "Fixture Plan", and a copy of the "Design Worksheet" for Parking Requirements by The WBDC Group, dated November 18, 1991. We were also provided with the "As Built Drawing" plan set for the January 22, 1992 The WBDC Group Job No. 9201 -03G Page 2 CASCADE GEOTECHNICAL INC. existing store by the manager of the store. The "As Built Drawing" plan set was prepared by Cassis Associates and contained sheets A -1 through A -12, G -1 and G -2, F -1, S -1 through S -3, M -1 and M -2, P -1, SP -1, and E -1 through E-5. PROJECT DESCRIPTION Based on our conversations with you and as shown on shown on the provided drawings, we understand that the project will be an approximately 1041 square foot addition to the western side (front) of the existing retail store. The addition will consist of a structural steel superstructure with non -load- bearing CMU exterior walls, and will use continuous footing foundations, spread footings for column loads, and a concrete slab -on -grade floor. We understand that maximum expected column loads are 72 to 82 kips. SITE DESCRIPTION The existing retail store is located in the Parkway Square shopping mall in Tukwila, Washington, approximately 3500 feet south of Interstate 405 and about 350 feet east of Southcenter Parkway. The existing store is approximately 38,000 square feet, and has CMU exterior walls and a concrete slab -on -grade floor. The building is surrounded by an asphalt paved drive and parking areas. The building and paved areas have been built on a thick layer of fill which was placed over valley alluvium. East of the building and paved area, the fill slopes down about ten (10) feet to a flat, low -lying area which is vegetated with . native grasses and several deciduous trees. Further east, much of the ground surface is covered with standing water. The site is bounded the north by an asphalt paved parking lot for a hotel, and to the south by retail stores. Grades of the properties located north and south of the site are approximately the January 22, 1992 The WBDC Group Job No. 9201 -03G Page 3 CASCADE GEOTECHNICAL INC, same. An asphalt paved parking lot extends to the west from the Toys "R" Us building to Southcenter Parkway. The condition of the existing pavement around the building and in the parking areas is generally good; however, some minor cracking in the asphalt was noted near the northeastern corner of the building, and minor patching had been done to the pavement on the drive adjacent' to the western side of the building. Based on our conversations with the store manager, we understand that the pavement patching was routine maintenance. We did not note any significant cracking of the exterior CMU walls, the concrete slab -on -grade floors or the sidewalk adjacent to the western side of the building. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS The site subsurface conditions were investigated by drilling two (2) test borings on January 20, 1992. Test Boring #1 was terminated at a depth of nineteen (19) feet below the existing grade, and Test Boring #2 was terminated at a depth of approximately thirty -seven and one -half (37 '/2) feet below the existing grade. Approximately eighteen (18) feet of extra drilling was performed for Test Boring #2 due to conditions encountered at shallower depth, The request for extra drilling was made in the field by our representative, and was authorized by Richard Van Den Berghe of The WBDC Group. The test borings were drilled in the locations shown on Design Worksheet for Parking Requirements by The WBDC Group dated November 18, 1991, and were located in the field by our field representative by measuring from the existing building with a measuring tape. Surface elevations of the test borings were measured relative to.a datum point using .a measuring: tape and a Brunton® compass. The datum point used is the surface of , the concrete slab January 22, 1992 The WBDC Group Job No. 9201 -03G Page 4 Soil Conditions CASCADE GEOTECHNICAL INC, supporting the Puget Power transformer located in a parking lot island southwest of the building. No existing benchmark was found on the transformer slab. Representative soil samples were obtained from the test borings and were returned to our office for further review. The test boring samples were obtained in accordance with ASTM D 1586 and ASTM D 1587 sampling procedures. The locations of the test borings are shown on the site plan presented in Appendix A. Depths referred to in this report are relative to the existing. ground surface at the time of our investigation. The test boring logs with detailed soil descriptions are presented in Appendix B. The soils we observed in the test borings were described in the field and were classified using the Unified Soils Classification System. A copy of this classification system is presented in Appendix C. In general, the soil conditions encountered at the site consisted of imported fill overlying native alluvial sediments. Asphaltic concrete pavement was overlying the imported fill soils in both of the test borings. The thickness of the asphalt was six (6) inches in Test Boring #1 and two (2) inches in Test Boring #2. No crushed rock was found beneath the asphalt in either location.. Both of the borings were terminated within the native alluvial sediments below the fill. In Test Boring #1, imported fill consisting of mottled gray to gray, medium dense to very dense, moist silty sand with some gravel was found to a depth of fourteen (14) feet below the existing grade. The fill contained trace amounts of organic material at various depths. The density of the fill soil increased with depth to about eleven and one -half (11 V feet below the existing grade, then decreased slightly. Native silt was found beneath the fill to the test boring termination depth of nineteen (19) feet below the existing grade. The native silt was gray, very January 22, 1992 The WBDC Group Job No. 9201 -03G Page 5 CASCADE GEOTECHNICAL INC. stiff to hard, moist, slightly plastic, and contained some fine grained sand and a trace of small - diameter gravel. The fill soils encountered in Test Boring #2 were not as consistent as those found in Test Boring #1, and were generally wet to saturated from a depth of approximately six (6) ,feet to a depth of approximately thirteen (13) feet below the existing grade. The fill soils generally consisted of gray -brown to gray silty sand with some gravel, gray silty sand, and gray medium - grained sand. The density of the fill soils were generally medium dense to dense; however, loose, saturated silty sand with some gravel was found between six (6) feet and six and one -half (6 '/ feet below the existing grade. Gray, very stiff to hard, moist native silt was found beneath the fill at the sample interval between eighteen (18) and nineteen (19) feet. The native silt was similar to the native silt found at the same depth below grade in Test Boring #1. The native soils found below nineteen (19) feet consisted of a six (6) inch layer of moist, compressed peat and medium stiff to very stiff, moist to wet silt. The silt found beneath nineteen (19) feet generally contained some fibrous organic material. The site lies in an area which. Waldron (1962) has geologically mapped as "Quaternary Alluvium" consisting of sand, silt and clay deposits from the Green River. The native soils that were encountered in the test borings correlate well with the published description of this geologic unit. 'Waldron, H.H., 1962, Geologic Map of the Des Moines Quadrangle, Washington: USGS Map;GQ -159, Scale::; 1:24,000.. January 22, 1992 The WBDC Group Job No. 9201 -03G Page 6 Ground Water Conditions CASCADE GEOTECHNICAL INC, No ground water was encountered in Test Boring #1. Ground water and saturated soils were encountered within the fill in Test Boring #2 from approximately six (6) feet .beneath the existing grade to approximately thirteen (13) feet below grade. Our visual examination of the site and the soil conditions we found in the test borings indicate that the building area was filled with imported fill soil, then probably subsequently surcharged with a pre -load prior to construction of the existing building. The purpose of pre - loading is to pre- consolidate the compressible, native alluvial soils, allowing the use standard shallow footings and slab -on -grade floors. We also reviewed "as built" building plans for the existing building which indicated that the building is supported on spread footings. We conclude that spread footings and a slab -on -grade floor will also be suitable for the proposed addition, provided that our recommendations are carefully followed. The presence of the wet to saturated soils found six (6) feet below the surface in Test Boring #2 may require additional subgrade preparation measures which could include sub - excavation and replacement with structural fill, the use of geotextiles, and drainage. Site Preparation CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Due to the fine - grained, moisture - sensitive nature of the on -site soils, we recommend that site work be done during an extended period of dry weather. Significant additional costs and construction difficulty could be incurred if work proceeds in wet weather, CASCADE GEOTECHNICAL INC. January 22, 1992 The WBDC Group Job No. 9201 -03G Page 7 We recommend removing the all existing surface improvements from the area of the proposed addition, and grading the exposed subgrade away from footing and slab -on -grade locations to minimize the potential for accumulation of surface water. We recommend using lightweight excavation equipment at "arms reach" to avoid disturbing the exposed subgrade. In addition, construction traffic should be limited on the exposed subgrade minimize disturbance. Special care during excavation must be undertaken by the contractor to avoid disturbing or undermining existing building footings. The exposed subgrade soils should be proof - rolled with a loaded dump truck to reveal soft or yielding surficial soils. Any loose, wet subgrade soils encountered during site excavation or exposed during proof - rolling should be removed and replaced with structural fill as recommended by Cascade Geotechnical, Inc. Additional measures to provide a firm, dry subgrade could include the use of geotextile fabrics such as Mirafi 500X (or equivalent) in conjunction with clean 1 1/4 inch minus crushed rock, or two (2) inch diameter ballast rock. Foundation Design We recommend placing continuous and isolated spread footings on a minimum of eighteen (18) inches of imported structural fill to provide uniform subgrade support. The structural fill should be placed as recommended in the Structural Fill section of this report, and should extend laterally from the sides of the footings at least eighteen (18) inches. Recommended gradations for imported structural fill materials are provided in the Structural Fill section. A maximum safe bearing value of 2,000 psf may be utilized for the foundation design. Footing widths should comply with applicable codes. The bottom of the perimeter footings should be at least eighteen (18) inches below the final outside grade for frost protection. Footing trench.. January 22, 1992 The WBDC Group Job • No. 9201 -03G Page 8 Slab -On -Grade Estimated Settlements CASCADE GEOTECHNICAL INC. excavations of about three (3) feet below the existing grade are anticipated for the perimeter footings to provide the recommended frost protection depth and the recommended structural fill thickness. We recommend that Cascade Geotechnical, Inc. be engaged to review the foundation plans to verify bearing capacity. We recommend that. Cascade Geotechnical, Inc. be engaged to view the footing excavations prior to placement of structural fill, and inspect and test structural fill as it is being placed. The slab -on -grade floor should be placed on a minimum of twelve (12) inches of imported structural fill that is placed as recommended in the Structural Fill section of this report. At least four (4) inches of clean sand, crushed rock or imported fill material having less than 5% material passing the #200 sieve (based on the fraction passing the #4 sieve) should be placed between the slab and the slab subgrade as a capillary break. A vapor barrier should be placed between the slab and the capillary break material. If desired, several inches of clean sand may be placed over the vapor barrier to aid concrete curing. It is our conclusion that since the site was previously pre- loaded, significant settlements in the building area and the area of the proposed addition have already occurred. We would expect settlements of the addition to be immediate and relatively small. If the subgrade is prepared as recommended, we estimate that the maximum expected settlement of the proposed addition would be approximately three- fourths ( of an inch. Differential settlement across the addition would be less than that amount. January 22, 1992 The WBDC Group Job No. 9201 -03G Page 9 Site and Building Drainage. Structural Fill CASCADE GEOTECHNICAL INC. Perimeter foundation footing drains are desirable and may be necessary if wet conditions are encountered. A foundation drainage system should consist of a four (4) inch diameter, perforated, rigid pipe placed along the exterior base of the perimeter foundation footing and tightlined to the storm sewer system. The pipe should be bedded on several inches of pea gravel and backfilled with a minimum of twelve (12) inches of pea gravel. Roof 'downspouts should be tightlined to the storm sewer system separately from the footing drains. Paved areas should be designed to drain away from the building and should be directed to catch basins that are attached to an existing storm sewer drain. The presence of ground water seepage in Test Boring #2 may require temporary drainage measures during construction, and possibly additional permanent drainage. We recommend that we be engaged to observe site excavation to assess the ground water conditions, and to provide additional drainage requirements. Structural fill should be placed on a firm, horizontal subgrade in maximum eight (8) inch thick, loose lifts and compacted to at least ninety -five (95) percent of the ASTM D -1557 maximum dry density value. We recommend the use of an imported granular fill because of the difficulty of achieving the recommended level of compaction with the on -site fine- grained soils. The imported fill should conform to the following gradation: January 22, 1992 The WBDC Group Job No. 9201 -03G Page 10 CASCADE GEOTECHNICAL INC. Sieve Size Percent Passing 4 inch 100 #4 25 -75 #200 10.0 maximum. Based on the percent passing the #4 sieve. If wet weather or a wet subgrade is encountered, a free - draining fill soil should be used. The free - draining fill has a similar gradation as shown above except the percent passing the #200 sieve should be five (5) percent maximum, based on the percent passing the #4 sieve. If the free draining fill is used throughout the area of the addition, a separate material for the capillary break will not be required. GENERAL The recommendations provided above are based on our understanding of the project at this time. We recommend that Cascade Geotechnical, Inc. be engaged to review the final plans to verify that our recommendations have been properly interpreted and to provide additional or alternate recommendations. We recommend that Cascade Geotechnical, Inc. be engaged to observe site excavations to verify subgrade conditions, and to observe and test the placement of structural fill to confirm material suitability and verify compaction. These recommendations are for engineering review, and go beyond any testing agency involvement which may be required. We expect the on -site soil conditions to reflect our findings; however, some variations may occur. Should soil conditions be encountered that cause concern and /or are not discussed herein, Cascade Geotechnical, Inc, should be contacted immediately to determine if additional or alternate recommendations are required,' January 22, 1992 The WBDC Group Job No. 9201 -03G Page 11 This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of The WBDC . Group, for specific application to the proposed addition to the Toys "R" Us store, in Tukwila, Washington, in accordance with generally accepted soils and foundation . engineering practices. No other warranty, expressed or implied, is made. Thank you for this opportunity to be of service to you. Should you have any questions or require additional services, feel free to contact us at any time. Sincerely, CASCADE GEOTECHN- 7- Ge. ge E. J President CASCADE GEOTECHNICAL INC. January 22, 1992 The WBDC Group Job No. 9201 -03G Page 11 This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of The WBDC Group, for specific application to the proposed addition to the Toys "R" Us store, in Tukwila, Washington, in accordance with generally accepted soils and foundation engineering practices. No other warranty, expressed or implied, is made. Thank you for this opportunity to be of service to you. Should you have any questions or require additional services, feel free to contact • us at any time. Sincerely, CASCADE GEOTEC Gedfge E. President ohn S . ' ler. Project Manager CASCADE GEOTECHNICAL INC. 363" ----> T,B,2 CASCADE GEOTECHNICAL INC. 12016 115Tri AVENUE 11 E., ROG. ; (206) 82 KIRKLAND, NASMINGTON 9834 FAX: i205) 620 SOUTHCENTER TOYS "R" US TEST BORING LOCATION MAP EXISTING BUILDING ••••••• 09...11* 071•111••• 01••■■■•• ••■•■•11 PROPOSED ADDITION 1 04.1 3" 1O08 0 LB. 1 ---mw—mussa FROM DESIGN WORKSHEET PARKING REQUIREMENTS BY WBDC GROUP Job No. 9201-03G Scale NO SCALE LOCATIONS ARE APPROXIMATE 0ate 0 1-20-92 wrLBY BK I Eng•G col 'roject SO UTHCE : R TOYS "R" US Job No. 9201.03G Date 1/20/92 Boring No. 1 Dwn.By BK )riller DRILLING UNLIMITED brill Type Mobile B -61, Hollow Stem Auger ieo /Eng J. SADLER Hole Dia. 7" Fluid None Penetration Soil Description & Classification Notes 1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE; Approximately 6" thick. I 4 5 — 6 7 13 SILTY SAND; mottled gray, medium dense, moist, with some 18" recovery. gravel (fill). I 5 19 19 38 SILTY SAND; mottled gray, dense, moist, with some gravel, Hard Drilling. 18" recovery. with trace burned organics (fill). I 21 1'0 22 22 44 SILTY SANDS mottled gray, dense, moist, with some gravel (fill). 8" recovery. I _ .12 ' 25 25 50 SILTY SAND., mottled gray, dense to very dense, moist, with some — 18" recovery. gravel (fill). I _ 15 15 16 31 SILTY SAND; mottled gray, medium dense to dense, moist, with 16" recovery. some gravel, with trace fibrous organics 15 (fill). _ I _ 6 11 19 30 SILT. gray, very stiff to hard, damp to moist, with some fine- grained 18" recovery. 20 25 ___._r., sand, with trace small diameter gravel, T.D. — slight plasticity. (ML) 19.0' , _ _ 30 loses: No ground water encountered .in boring. Test Boring #1 surface elevation - el. 1.7. Benchmark: el. 0.0, top of concrete slab supporting Puget Power transformer, located southwest of southwest. building corner. . :rendition shown represent our obeervatiots at the time end location of the (Isla work, modifications bared on lab tests; analysis, and geological and engineering judgement. These conditions nay not exist et other times end location a, even in close proximity. This information was gathered as part of our investIgetion, and we are not responsible for any tees or Interpretation of the nlormetion by others. . wi CASCADE GEOTECHNICAL, INC. TEST BORIN G . LO.G Page 1 of 1 Project SOUTH CENTER TOYS "R" US Job No. 9201 -03G Date 1/20/92 poring No. 2 Dwn.By BK Driller DRILLING UNLIMITED Drill Type Mobile 6 -61 Hollow Stem Auger Geo /Eng J. SADLEP Hole Dia. 7^ Fluid None Sample Interval Depth Penetration Strata Soil Description & Classification Notes “9 /SMO19 L '4 /SM0m r- 1 r-i r--1 – 5 10 – — – 15 _ 20 — – 25 — – _ 30 9 5 4 3 6 6 3 11 4 5 6 14 12 12 3 3 10 8 25 14 14 4 �5 7 15 14 s 39 26 26 7 7 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE; Approximately 2" thick. 12" recovery. _saturated _below 6'. S 1/20/92 – 18" recovery. – 14" recovery. 8" recovery. 12" recovery. 6" wash above sample. –_ rock in sample tip. 12" recovery. 6" wash above — sample. – 12 " recovery. – 6" wash above —sample. peat -- 6" thick. _ 8" wash. SILTY SAND; gray- brown, medium dense, moist to wet, with some gravel, with trace organic material (fill). SILTY SAND; gray, medium dense to loose, moist to saturated (fill), ' SILTY SAND; gray, medium dense, moist to saturated, with some gravel (fill). SILTY SAND; gray, medium dense, saturated, with some gravel (fill). SILTY SAND; gray to gray- brown, dense, moist, with some gravel(fill). SILT; gray, very stiff, moist, with some fine - grained sand, with trace small diameter gravel, slight plasticity. (ML) PEAT; dark brown, compressed, moist, fibrous. (PT) SILT; gray- brown, very stiff, moist to wet, with trace fibrous organics, slight plasticity. (ML) No recovery. No recovery. Notes:Ground water encountered within fill from 6' to approximately 13'. Test Boring 112 surface elevation - el. 2.2. Benchmark: el. 0.0, top of concrete slab supporting Puget Power transformer, located southwest of southwest building corner. Condition shown represent out observation it the time and loution of the Held work, madilications based on lab taste, analysis, and geological and engineering judgement. These condition may not exist st other times and loution, even in close proximity. This information was gathered se part of our investigation, and we we net responsible for env use or interpretation of the inlormation by others. TEST BORING LOG Page 1 . of 2 CASCADE GEOTECHNICAL, INC. Project SOUTHCENTER TOYS "R' US • Job No, 9201 -03G Date 1/20/92 Boring No. 2 p.2 Dwn.By BK Driller DRILLING UNLIMITED Drill Type Mobile 6 -61 Hollow Stem Auger • ,Geo /Eng J.. SADLER Hole Dia. 7" Fluid None Sample Interval 1 yldoQ Penetration Strata Soil Description & Classification Notes „9 /SMO1a 'l4 /SMO18 —" — 40 45 50 55 60_ 65 SILT: gray, medium stiff, wet, slightly plastic, with some fibrous 37.5' . Pushed Shelby • -sample tube 30" - recovery, soil description from - sample @ 37.5' ` — organics. (ML) T.D. = • • Notes: Ground water encountered within fill from 6' to approximately 13'. Test Boring #2 surface elevation - el 2.2. Benchmark: el. 0.0,' top of concrete slab supporting Puget Power transformer, located southwest of southwest building corner. Conditions shown represent our obeoryetions et the time and location of tho /fold work, modilicstione bowl on lob toots, analysis, and geological and engineering judgement, Those conditions. may not exist at other times and locations, even in ciao* proximity. This Information was gathered es part of out investigation, and we era not rssponsibk for any use or Interpretation of tho information by ethers. M CASCADE GEOTECHNICAL, INC. TEST BORING LOG Page 2 of 2 MAJOR DIVISIONS SYMBOL LETTER DESCRIPTION COARSE GRAINED SOILS GRAVEL & GRAVELLY SOILS CLEAN GRAVELS • ° O O °' , °o °° °' ° ,,. _00.4' GW Well- graded gravels or gravel - sand mixtures, little or no fines .!• : &:Y;.tr• �i. }y'• 'K'r±i'' G P Poorly graded gravels or gravel -sand mixtures. little or no fines GRAVELS WITH FINES Sample Interval pr M" '..• • • • , t . 1 GM Silty gravels or gravel - sand -silt mixtures /AI GC Clayey gravels or gravel- sand -clay mixtures SAND & SANDY SOILS C LEAN SANDS ° ° °° ° ° ° °° ° °o °od° SW Well- graded sands or gravelly sands, little or no fines : :: ;::•: ' % ::"::: :: +: :: S P Poorly graded sands or gravelly sands, little or no fines SANDS WITH FINES 1111 5%522iSa 111•11•1111 MOWER M1111111101 315a50:1 OM= 163553M i $C SM Silty sands or sand -sill mixtures M L Clayey sands or sand -clay mixtures Inorganic slits & very fine sands, rock flour, silty or clayey fine sands, or clayey silts with slight plasticity FINE GRAINED SOILS SILTS & CLAYS Liquid Limit Less Than 50 C!. lnorganic clays of low to medium plasticity, gravelly clays, sandy clays, silty clays or lean clays rej) OL Organic silts & organic silty clays of low plasticity SILTS & CLAYS Liquid Limit Greater Than 50 r ��� M H Inorganic silts, micaceous or diatomaceous fine sandy or silty soils, elastic silts CH Inorganic clays of high plasticity, tat clays ��,���� ' % ,„, � � OH Organic clays of medium to high plasticity, organic silts HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS •- - -"'i - :• - ... PT Peat or other highly organic soils • TOPSOIL - µ •• -:y:N Humus & duff layer FILL ►i�� • O ftsoo —► - • Uncontrolled, with highly variable constituents Bp DATUM NOTE I 2 "O.D. Split Spoon Sampler Sample Interval Ring or Shelby Sampler Sample Interval P Sampler Pushed Sample Interval * Other Sample Type Sample Interval SYM DATUM NOTE Water Level Date Recorded T S Torvane Reading qu Penetrometer Reading i Water Observation Well Tip Elevation UNIFIED SOILS CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CASCADE GEOTECHNICAL, INC. KEY CHART DIVISION 1* PART 1: GENERAL 1. REQUIREMENTS FOR QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING ANDINSPECTIONS 1.1 TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING AND INSPECTION The owner will employ and pay for the services of an Independent testing agency to provide quality assurance testing and Inspections. The testing agency shall be licensed In the state where the structure le located and shall meet the requirements of 'Recommended Praotloee for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Conorete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Ueed in Construotion' (ASTM E329). All testing and Inspections shall be performed under the supervision of an engineer registered in the state where the structure is looated. 1.2 Materials and operations shall be tested and inspected as the work progresses. Failure to detect any defective work or material shall not In any way prevent later rejection when such defeat Is discovered nor shall it obligate the Owner's Representative for final acceptance. 1.3 The testing agency shall report all test and inspection results to the Arohiteot/Engineer, Owner and Contractor immediately after they are performed. All test and inspection reports shall be signed and sealed by an engineer registered in the state where the structure is located and shall include the exact location in the work represented by the test. 1.4 At the completion of all work tho testing agency shall submit a quality assurance oertiiloatlon (control Inspection report for site work, concrete, masonry, structural steel) signed and sealed by an engineer registered in the state where the structure le located, stating that all work subject to quality assuranoe testing and Inspections has been constructed In a000rdanoe with the contract documents and all other applioable node requirements. Submit a quality assurance certification for eaoh epeoifloations section requiring quality aseuranoe,testing and Inspections on the attached form. *SECTION 1 H -1 1.5 The testing agency and Its representatives are not authorized to revoke, after, relax, enlarge or release any requirement of the contract documents, approve or accept any portion of the work, perform any duties of the Contractor, or be a party to scheduling of work. 1.6 The contractor shall notify the testing agency and the Owner's Representative a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all structural steel operations and all reasonable faollltlea shall be made available for teohniolane. 1.7 Records of inspection shall be kept available to the building official during progress of work for two years after completion of the project. Records shall be preserved by the testing agency. 1.8 Testing agency personnel shall have their time sheets signed by an authorized representative of the general contractor. Copies of signed time sheets must be submitted with all Invoices for payment. 1.9 Professional Liability, General Liability and Worker's Compensation Insurance are required. Minimum coverage for Professional Liability Insurance is $500,000. 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 The specification sections requiring quality assuranoe testing and Inspections are shown in Schedule A. Specific requirements are shown In the project speoifioations for each section. 2.2 Furnish all labor, materials, tools and supplies, and perform operations In connection with quality assuranoe testing and Inspections. - END OF SECTION - 01 31 92 pIViSION 1* QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: TO: AtteMlon: RE: Request for Professional Services Quality Assurance Testing & inspection Toys °R' Ua \lade 'R' Us Gentlemen, Enclosed for your reference are the following: 1. Project Drawings. 2. Project Specifications. 3. Requirements for Quality Assurance Testing and Inspection, 4. Control Inspection Report Form. 5. Proposal Form. With a copy to: TOYS 'R' US, INC. 461 From Road Paramus, New Jersey 07652 Attention: 'Construction Manager's Name' <Architect> <Address> <Address> Attention: 'Proleot Manager's Name' *SECTION 1H-2 TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01 31 92 Your firm Is among those being Invited to submit a proposal for the quality assuranoe testing and Inspections during the construction of the referenced project. Your proposal for testing should be based on the above criteria and should be specific with the scope of work well defined for a 'lump sum' fee, The scope of work definition should include the anticipated number of man hours of each job classification that will be necessary to complete the field testing, lab work, reports, supervision, oto. in accordance with the bid form provided. include as part of your proposal hourly rates for any additional testing and /or supervision that may be necessary, and submit your proposal on the enclosed form with supplements ae required. Please note the attached certification forms which you will be required to execute. Professional Liability, General Liability, and Worker's Compensation Insurance are required. Minimum coverage for Professional Liability Insurance Is $500,000. Please Indicate In your proposal any additional costs required to upgrade your current Professional Uability Insurance coverage to the value specified. If you feel your firm Is not able or qualified to propose on all applicable oategories of the bid form, please prepare your fee for the portions for which your firm would like to be considered. Submit your lump sum proposal by on the bid form provided including unit prices and estimated quahtities as requested to: DIVISION 1* QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING AND INSPECTION DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATION SECTIONS REQUIRING QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING AND INSPECTIONS SPEC. SECTION TITLE DRAWINGS TITLE '*SECTION 1H -3 DIVISION 1* QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING AND INSPECTION *SECTION 1 H-4 PROPOSAL BREAKDOWN PROJECT: LOCATION: GRADING AND SITEWORK Site Monitoring - 'On -call' basis monitoring of site preparation and fill placement, review of compaction procedures, monitoring of utility installation, checking soil moisture, determining percent compaction, eta. 1. In-Place Density Tests (Level II or I11 Technician or Engineer) a. Mass Grading: estimated visits @ $ per visit ...$ b. Standard (Proctor or Nuclear Density) Compaction Tests estimated or 2. Subgrade Evaluation for footings, foundation piers, foundation walls, grade beams and slabs (other than pile- supported foundations) (Staff Engineer or ) o: estimated 3. Backfill for Utility Linos and Above Foundations estimated estimated TOYS 'R' U8 REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington tests @ $ per test hours @ $ per hour ...$ visits @ $ per visit or hours @ $ per hour ...$ estimated visits @ $ per visit or hours @ $ per hour ...$ 4. Pile Installation (if required) a. Monitoring, Installation and testing of load test plies ( Engineer) hours @ $ per hour ...$ b. Report Preparation �� Engineer with Engineer review and consultation) hours @ $ per hour ...$ Monitoring produotlon pile installation( Engineer). estimated visits @ $ per hour or hours @ $ per hour PROPOSAL BREAKDOWN (continued) DIVISION 1* QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING AND INSPECTION 5, Pavement- Asphalt Surface and Graded Aggregate Base Course (if required) 0, II. CONCRETE inspection of asphalt placement and compaction, measurement of thiokness,temperature, In -place density testing and sampling of mix for phyeloal testing. a, In -Plaoe density testing of base course or b. Modified Proctor Test compression testing, estimated estimated o. Marshall Stability and Flow Test d, Extraction and gradation estimated estimated visits @ $ per visit Engineering Report Review (Engineer) hours @ $ per hour ...$ visits @ $ per visit .,$ estimated tests @ $ per tests ...$ tests @ $ per tests ...$ hours @ $ per hour ,..$ SUBTOTAL SiTEWORK TESTING ...$ Field Testing: May include sampling and testing fresh concrete for slump, reinforcing steel installation, forms, air content, unit weight (if required), molding and transporting test specimens to laboratory, post - placement concrete inspection (curing procedure), and concrete 1, Site Conorete Testing and Placement Evaluation (Level 11 Technician) a. Footing and other small pours estimated pours @ $ per pour or hours @ $ per hour ...$ b. Slabs: On- Grade, or other estimated pours @ $ per pour or hours @ $ per hour ...$ o. Cylinder pink -up when not on -site for other work estimated tripe © $ per trip ,.,$ *SECTION 1 H -S TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 1* QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING AND INSPECTION PROPOSAL BREAKDOWN (continued) 2. Post- Placement Concrete Inspection (On -she for 2 hours per visit) 3. Conoreto Compression Testing 111 MASONRY estimated 4. Engineering Report Review Engineer) estimated hours (off $ per visit ...$ estimated TOYS Washlnaton *SECTION 1 H-6 visite Q $ per visit ,..$ estimated oyllnders Q $ per cylinder ...$ SUBTOTAL CONCRETE TESTING ...$ 1. On -Site Testing and Observation (Level 111 Technician) estimated visits Q $ per visit or hours Q $ per hour ...$ 2, Laboratory Testing a. Masonry Unit Prism Compression Tests estimated specimens (� $ per specimen $ b, Compression Testing of Mortar Cubes estimated specimens @ $ per epeoimon $ o. Compression Testing of Grout Speoimens estimated specimens (a� $ per specimen $ d. Mortar Testing for Compliance with ASTM C270 estimated specimens Q $ per specimen ...$ e. Masonry Unit Testing for Compliance with ASTM C270 specimens p $ per specimen ,..$ 3. Engineering Report Review ( Engineer) estimated hours Cg? $ per hour . ...$ SUBTOTAL MASONRY TESTING ...$ 01/31/92 QUA ASSURANCE TESTING AND INSPECTION PROPOSAL BREAKDOWN (continued) IV. STRUCTURAL STEEL, BAR JOIST AND DECKING Erectlon.Evaluation: Evaluation of any or all of the following, as established by project specifications: material storage conditions, column alignment, elevation verification, bolt hole alignment and bolt torque, welds by visual techniques, steel decking, bultt-up roofs, prime coat touch -up and /or final painting. DIVISION 1* 1. Erection Evaluation of Structural Steel and Bar Joists estimated or 2. Engineering Report Review ( Engineer) estimated visits @ $ per visit hours @ $ per hour hours @ $ per hour SUBTOTAL STRUCT, STEEL TESTING $ TOTAL ALL TESTING Iile *SECTION 1H-7 DIVISION 1* LOCATION: NAME: ADDRESS: SIGNATURE: It is my professional opinion that: QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING AND INSPECTION Professional Engineer or Registered Architect Supervising Engineer or Architect All Inspected material and work conforms to all applicable requirements. State Zip Code All inspected material and work conforms to all applicable requirements, except as described below: *SECTION 1H-8 CONTROLLED INSPECTION REPORT FOR PROJECT: DATE: 1 19 SIGNATURE: DATE: ,19 Professional Engineer or Architect DATE: ,19 have assumed responsibility for the inspection work designated above. I personally, or qualified personnel under my direct supervision, did perform the required Inspections and tests; and all required Inspeotion and test reports signed by me and tests are substantially in compliance to quantity . required by project specifications. Ir DIVISION 2* SITE TESTING PART 1: GENERAL 1. GENERAL 1.1 Include all labor, material and equipment to perform all work In this Section. 1.2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 specifications to each subcontractor and for coordinating the work accordingly. 1.3 Submittal data, shop drawings, and samples: 1.3.1 Shall be submitted for review only when required by and In accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 1A of these specifications. 1,3.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples in the context of the technical specifications shall be taken to mean 'if required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. 1.4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 1.6 The Owner will employ and pay for the services of an Independent testing agency to provide testing and Inspection of soil and paving work. The Contractor shall schedule and coordinate his work with the testing agency. 1.6 The testing agency shall be selected by the Owner prior to beginning work. The testing agency shall be lioensod in the state where the structure Is located. All testing and inspections shall be performed under the supervision of an engineer registered in the state where the structure is located. 1.7 The Owner may elect to change testing agencies at his own discretion. 1.8 Invoices for testing work shall be routed through the Owner as stated in the Quality Assurance Proposal document (Section 1H of these specifications), Testing agency personnel shall have their time sheets signed by an authorized representative of the General Contractor. Copies of signed time sheets must be submitted with all invoices for payment. PART 2: PRODUCTS - NOT APPUCABLE PART 3: EXECUTION 2. WORK INCLUDED 2.1 Testing of compaction throughout site for compliance with these specifications. 2.2 Inspection and approval of eubgrade prior to placement of all footings, foundations and Glebe. All footing subgrades shall meet the design bearing capacity criteria as outlined in the Soils Report. 2.3 Testing of all excavation and baokfill compaction including that for mechanical and eleotrioal trades to comply with these specifications. *SECTION 2A -1 2.4 Off -site fill must be tested for approval by Owner. 2.5 Inspection and testing of all site grading operations for compliance with these specifications. 2.6 Inspection and testing of all site drainage work for compliance with these specifications. 2.7 Inspection and testing of asphaltic concrete and stone base materials, installation, and compaction. Refer to Specification Section 2E for paving and stone base criteria. 3. COMPACTION TEST REQUIREMENTS 3.1 Compaction test shall include but not be limited to site Inspections with a minimum of one density test per 5,000 sq. ft. of area per lift in the building area and one density test for every 7500 sq. ft. of area per lift in the pavement area. 3.1.1 Said inspections shall be pre - scheduled; however the Owner shall reserve the right to reschedule. 3.1.2 A report shall be submitted, following each Inspection, and prior to next inspection, that shall Include observations, recommendations and test results. 4. REPORTING 4.1 Passing reports shall be distributed to the Grading Contractor, General Contractor, the ArchitectEngineer and the Owner. 4.2 Falling reports shall be distributed in the same manner, however, the Field Superintendent shall be notified Immediately to facilitate corrective action. 4.3 All field reports and test reports shall be signed and sealed by a licensed engineer in the state where the structure Is located. 4.4 At the completion of all work the testing agenoy shall submit a quality assurance certification signed and sealed by an engineer registered In the state where the structure is located, stating that all work subject to quality aesurance testing and inspections has been conetructed in accordance with the contract documents and all other applioable node requirements. Submit a quality assurance certification for eaoh specification seotion requiring quality assurance testing and Inspections. (See Section 1 H-6). 4.5 Records of Inspection shall be kept available to the building official during progress of work. Records shall be preserved by the Independent testing agency for two years after completion of the project. - END OF SECTION - TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 c DIVISION 2* SITE GRADING PART 1: GENERAL 1. GENERAL 1,1 Include all labor, material and equipment necessary for and incidental to the execution of all erosion control, clearing, grubbing, and grading work as shown on the plans. 1.2 Visit the eke and examine all conditions that may affect the troops of work. 1.3 Maintain bench marks and other reference points. If disturbed or destroyed, replace as necessary. 1.4 Take necessary precautions to prevent blocking of sowers, filling of ditches and washing of earth onto existing pavement during heavy rains. After heavy rains promptly Olean up any debris and sedimentation that may have occurred, or might be damaging to sewers, dkohes, and pavements. Comply with all local ordinances relative to erosion control. 1,5 Topographio and property surveys giving lot size, ground elevations, obstructions on site, locations and depths of sewers, conduits, pipes, existing structures, curbs, pavements, tracts, and soil boring data giving the nature of ground and sub - surface oondkions have been obtained from reliable sources, The accuracy of this data Is not guaranteed, and Is furnished solely as an accommodation to the Contractor. Use of this data shall be made at the Contractor's discretion, No additional compensation will be granted due to the Contraotor's lack of knowledge of site conditions. Prior to bid submission, conduct any additional surveys and soils tests you may deem necessary to verify the accuracy of the information provided. 1.6 All site work Is to be done In accordance with the plans and specification. The Soils Report Is made available for the convenience of the Contraotor. Data on Indicated subsurface conditions are not Intended as representations or warranties of accuracy or continuity between soil borings. It Is expressly understood that Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn therefrom by Contractor. Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be mado by Contractor ... for the purpose of preparing his bid but these will be .... at no cost to the Owner. 1,7 Site grading must commence Immediately upon award of contract and shall oontinue until site Is graded for paving. Grading must be closely coordinated with utilities and ourb installation to have a paving base course Installed as soon as possible. 1.8 Unless speckloally waived by the Owner's Representative, the Contraotor Is required to stake and grade the area designated for Owner's Pylon or Monument signage within ten (10) days of the start of grading operations. 1.9 Contractor is responsible for estimating and calculating all out and fill quantities. Prior to bid submission the Contractor shall conduct any additional surveyo and soil tests he deems necessary to calculate the out and fill quantities properly. Additional surveys and tests made by the Contractor shall be made at no cost to the Owner. 2. WORK INCLUDED 2.1 Erosion Control measures 2.2 Clearing and removal of debris, 2.3 Protection of trees (as applicable). 2.4 Topsoil removal and stockpiling. 2.5 Grading. 2.6 Proofrolling 2.7 Rook Removal. 2.8 Compaction. 2.9 Clean -up. 3. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE 3.1 Excavating and backfill. 32 Excavation and backfill for Mechanical and Electrical trades. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE 4.1 General 4.1.1 *SECTION 2B -1 The Owner will employ and pay for the services of an independent testing agency to provide testing and Inspection of the site grading work. Tho testing agency shall be licensed in the state where the structure is located and all testing and Inspections shall be performed under the supervision of an engineer registered In the state where the structure Is located, 4.1,2 Site grading work and materials shall be tested and Inspected as the work progresses. Failure to detect any defective work or material shall not in any way prevent later rejection whon such defect Is discovered nor shall it obligate the Owner's Representative for final acceptance. 4.1.3 The testing agency shall report all test and Inspection results to the Archkect/Englneer, Owner and Contraotor immediately after they are performed. All test and inspection reports shall be signed and sealed by an engineer registered In the state where the structure Is located and shall Include the exact location of the work represented by the test. 4.1.4 At the completion of all site grading work the testing agency shall submit a letter of oertkioation signed and sealed by an engineer registered In the state where the structure is located, stating that tho site grading 'work has been constructed In accordance with the contract doouments, Boils report, and all other applicable code requirements. 4.1.5 The testing agency and its representatives are not authorized to revoke, alter, relax, enlarge or release TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 2* SITE GRADING any requirement of the contract documents, approve or accept any portion of the work, perform any duties of the Contractor, or be a party to scheduling of work. 4.1.6 The Contractor shall notify the testing agency and the Owner's Representative a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all site grading work. 4,1.7 Records of Inepeotlon shall be kept available to the building official during progress of work and for two (2) years after completion of the project. Records shall be preserved by the Independent testing agency. 4.2 The testing agency shall conduct pre - grading inspections as necessary to determine that: 4.2.1 All erosion control measures have been Installed per the drawings and local ordinances. 4.2.2 All demolition work Is executed per the drawings and specifications. 4.2.3 All demolished materiale have been removed from the site. 4.3 The testing agency shall conduct eke grading inspections and testing as necessary to determine that: 4.3,1 All topsoil and organic matter have been removed from the building and paved areas. 4.3.2 All grading and proofrolling have been performed per the specifications. 4.3.3 All rook enoountered meets the definition of rock as specified in the specifications. 4.3.4 Approval of all on -site and off -site fill materials. 4.3.5 All fill materials have been compacted per tho specifications. 4.4 The testing agenoy shall conduct post - grading Inspection as necessary to determine that: 4.4.1 All exoeee materials, trash, eto, have been removed from the site in accordance with the proJeot apeokioatione. PART 2: PRODUCTS - NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION 5. EROSION CONTROL 6.1 Install all erosion control measures as shown on the EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN or as required by local ordinance. *SECTION 2B-2 6. CLEARING AND REMOVAL OF DEBRIS 6.1 All obstructions within the building, paving or planted areas to be removed to a minimum depth of 24' below finished grades. Grub out roots of all trees and stumps to be removed. 6,2 Remove from site all trees, stumps, debris plies, or other refuse encountered during clearing and grading. 6.3 Refer to Section 2J and Drawings for demolition work required. 7. PROTECTION OF TREES (as applicable) 7.1 All trees which are outside the limits of grading operations, are to remain in place unless otherwise noted on the plane. 8. TOPSOIL REMOVAL & STOCKPILING 8,1 Remove all topsoil and organio matter from out and f111 areas before grading operations start. 8.2 Stockpile a sufficient amount of topsoil for later distribution In planted areas. All excess topsoil is to be removed from the site. 8.3 Before placing fill, remove all debris subject to termite attaok, rot or corrosion, and all other deleterious materials from areas to be filled. 9. GRADING 9.1 Prior to grading, set grade stakes 50 feet o.o. to establish finish contours. 9.2 Perform grading to a tolerance of plus or minus 1 Inch within building and paved areas. 9.3 Allow for the thicknesses of the floor slab and base material within building limits, for the pavement and its base in paved areas and for topsoil replacement in landscaped area. 9.4 Areas within the building showing an abrupt change in grade (such as at trunk docks) shall be graded to a 1 on 1 slope centered at the retaining wall. 9.5 Unless otherwise Indicated on the plans, grading shall be evenly sloped to provide drainage. Round top and bottom of banks and at other breaks In grade, 9.6 Provide suitable off -site f111 material, or alternately, dispose of all excess material as required, to achieve the final grades shown on the plans. 10. PROOFROLLING 10.1 Exposed subgrade in the building area and In the paved areas shall be proofrolled to detect soft or unsuitable soil conditions. 10.2 Proofroiling shall be done after a' suitable period :of dry weather to avoid degrading an otherwise acceptable subgrado. TO 8'R US - EMODEL - Tukwila ashln on 0 31 92 DIVISION 2* SITE GRADING 10.3 Proofrolling shall bu performed with a 15 to 20 ton dump truok or scraper as per the Solis Report recommendations or Geotechnioal Engineer's recommendation in the field. Gooteohnloal Engineer's recommendation in the field governs. The vehicles shall make a minimum of four overlapping passes with the latter two passes at right angles to previous passes. 10.4 Soft, organic, highly plastic, or excessively wet soils or old fill materials enoountered during the proofrolling operation, causing deflection or not acceptable by the Geotechnioal Engineer, shall be excavated and replaced with clean fill or material specified by the Geoteohnlcal Engineer in the field to faollltate compaction at no extra cost under the base contract up to two (2) feet in depth. 11.ROCK REMOVAL 11.2 Rook is defined as the following: 11.3 When blasting 1s required suoh work shall be conducted only by firms who are specialized and are licensed to do this work and have adequate Insurance coverage. 12.COMPACTION If, during the course of excavation work, rook is encountered, compensation for rock removal shall be based on the unit prices quoted. Rook volumes shall be determined by surveys conducted before and after this work is performed. 11.2.1 General Excavation - any material which cannot be excavated with a single -tooth ripper drawn by a crawler traotor having a minimum draw bar pull rated at not less than 56,000 pounds (Caterpillar D 8K or equivalent) or by a front-end loader (Caterpillar 977 or equivalent). 11.2,2 Trench Excavation - any material which cannot be excavated with a baokhoe having a bucket curling force rated at not less than 24,700 pounds (Caterpillar Model 225 or equivalent). 12.1 Prior to placing fill or subbase within the building or paved areas, the exposed eubgrade shall be scarified and moisture- conditioned to between one (1) percentage point below and two (2) percentage points above the optimum moisture content. The eubgrade soils should be reoompacted to a dry density of at least ninety-five (95) percent of the standard Proctor maximum dry density for a depth of twelve (12) Inches. 12.2 Suitable on -elte materials may be used as fill. Refer to Soils Report. 12,3 Off -eke borrow material must be approved by the Independent testing agency. Approval will be based upon the results of tests conducted by a qualified soils testing laboratory. 12,4 Satisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, GC, SC, GM, SM, SW, and SP. Unsatisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D2487 soil classification groups ML, MH, CL, CH, OL, OH and PT. *SECTION 2B-3 12.5 All controlled fill shall be Olean, well graded granular soil with a maximum particle size of six (6) inches and not more than fifteen (15) percent by weight passing the #200 slave, free of debris and with less than five (5) percent by weight fibrous organic material. 12.6 Fill within building lines and under paved areas shall bo placed In loose horizontal layers not more than eight inches (81 thlok. Interim grade shall always be kept sloped and crowned to faollltate run -off, Plaoe no fill on frozen or on excessively wet or dry subgrado. 12.7 FiII under building slabs & paved areas shall be oompacted to 95% of the Modified Proctor Maximum Dry Density (ASTM D- 1557). 12.8 Contractor shall protect and maintain all finished compacted areas. Any finished compacted subgrade area which deflects one Inch (V) or more as a result of construction traffic shall be out, dieced, and reoompacted. The depth of the out, disoing procedure and compaction requirements shall be determined by the Geoteohnical Engineer In the field. There shall be no extra cost under the base contract for this subgrade recompaotion. 12.9 All fill material shall bo free of debris and have less than five (5) percent, by weight, fibrous organic material. 12.10 To ensure workability with a minimum compactive effort, it is essential that the material be kept at or near the optimum moisture content during compaction. 12.11 Moisture Control: Where subgrade or layer of soil material must be moisture conditioned before compaction, uniformly apply water to surface of subgrade, or layer of soil material, to prevent free water appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operations. 13.CLEAN -UP 12.11.1 Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit compaction to specified density. 12.11.2 Soil material that has been removed because It is too wet to permit compaction may be stockpiled or spread and allowed to dry. Assist drying by discing, harrowing or pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to a satisfactory value. 13.1 The entire site shall be raked clean of all trash and other debris after completion of grading work and excess material removed from the site, prior to proceeding with seeding. 13.2 Erosion control measures will be removed after permanent landsoaping has been established, or at a time set by the local authorities. - END OF SECTION - TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 c DIVISION 2* EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL PART 1: GENERAL 1. GENERAL 1.1 Inolude all labor, material and equipment necessary for and incidental to the execution and completion of all excavation, fine grading and filling, baokfilling and topsoil work within the limits established on the plan. 1.2 Contractor shall be solely responsible for determining the quantities of materials to be excavated and handled, and for the amount of baokfllling to be done in order to completely perform all work required as shown on the drawings. 1.3 Excess or unsuitable materials from excavation shall be removed from the site. 1.4 Control grading In vicinity of buildings and paved areas so ground surface Is at all time properly sloped to drain surface water away from exoavatod areas. Promptly remove water that aooumulates in excavations, using pumps where required. 1.5 Cooperate fully with other trades In all phases of the work so that the work under this heading shall be coordinated with the sequences and operations of such other trades. 1.6 Suitable baokfilling materials and any topsoil needed In addition to that obtained from stook plies on the site shall be furnished by this Contractor. 2. WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE 2.1 Excavation and backfill, except as noted above, for mechanloal, plumbing and electrical work. 3, QUALITY ASSURANCE 3.1 General 3.1.1 The Owner will employ and pay for the services of an Independent testing agency to provide testing and inspection of the excavation and backfill work. The testing agency shall be licensed In the state where the structure Is located and all testing and Inspections shall be performed under the 3.3 supervision of an engineer registered in the state where the structure Is looated. 3.1.2 Excavation and backfill operations shall be tested and Inspected as the work progresses, Failure to detect any defective work or material shall not In any way prevent later rejection when suoh defect is discovered nor shall tt obligate the Owner's Representative for final acceptance. 3.1.3 The testing agency shall report all test and Inspection results to the Arohfteot/Engineer, Owner and Contractor Immediately after they are performed, All test and inspection reports shall be slgnod and sealed by an engineer registered In the state where the structure is located and shall include the exact location of the work represented by the test. *SECTION 2C-1 3.1.4 At the completion of all excavation and baokflli work the testing agency shall submit a letter of certification signed and sealed by an engineer registered In the state where the structure is located, stating that the excavation and backfill work have been constructed In accordance with the contract documents and all other applicable node requirements. 3,1.5 The testing agency and its representatives are not authorized to revoke, alter, relax, enlarge or release any requirement of the contract doouments, approve or accept any portion of the work, perform any duties of the Contractor, or be a party to scheduling of work. 3.1.6 The contractor shall notify the testing agency and the Owner's Representative a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all excavation and backfill work. 3.1.7 Records of inspection shall be kept available to the building official during progress of work and for two (2) years after completion of the project. Records shall he preserved by the independent testing agency. 3.2 The testing agency shall conduct excavation inspections and testa as necessary to determine that: 3.2.1 Subgrade areas have been constructed per the Solis Report and specifications criteria. 3.2.2 All footing subgrade areas have been inspected, tested and accepted prior to placement of concrete. 3.2.3 All excavations are free of water at all time. 3.2.4 All footing excavations are protected from freezing temperatures. 3.2.5 All aver- exoavations are inspected, tested, and accepted prior to backfllling. 3.2.6 Verify quantities of excavated materials as done In accordance with Section 2C paragraph 5(D). The testing agenoy shall conduct backfilling Inspections as necessary to determine that: 3.3.1 Baokfilling materials meet the criteria for fill per the specifications and the Soils Report. 3.3.2 Foundation walls are braced and foundation oonorete Is of adequate strength prior to baokfilling. 3.3.3 Backflll has been placed and compacted per the specifications and the Soils Report, 3.3.4 Verify quantities of backfill materials as done in accordance with Section 2C paragraph 5(D). 3.4 The testing agency shall conduct post - excavation and backfitling inspections as necessary to determine that: TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 2* EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL PART 2: PART 3: 4. 3.4,1 All excess and unsuitable materials have been removed from the site. PRODUCTS - NOT APPUCABLE EXECUTION FINE GRADING 4.1 Fine grading shall consist of fine excavation and filling necessary to bring eubgrade to elevations shown, prior to spreading topsoil. 4.2 Compaction of fill In grass and planting areas shall be accomplished by a minimum of two passes of the equipment passing over the fill. Fine grading Is defined as plus or minus 0.1 feet. 4.3 Any additional fill required beneath the building and In paved areas shall be compaoted por Section 2B, paragraph 12 and per the Soils Report recommendations. 5. EXCAVATION 5,1 Excavate eubgrades for plaoing of footings, retaining walls, pits, tronoh, eto., to grades given on drawings. 5.2 Where forme for concrete are required within excavations, such excavations shall be made to allow sufflolent space to permit erection and removal of forms and Inspection of work; minimum 1'-6' from wall face. 5,3 Excavate or baokflll to subgrade elevations required for concrete slabs and paving, allowing for thickness plus granular 1111. 5.4 Where prsvlouely unknown soft earth or Boil with vegetation le encountered In the building area, at footing bottom and in pavement subgrade areas, excavate to firm material, and fill additional exoavation with approved fill and compact the additional fill to 95% per ASTM D-1 557. Prior to overexoavatlon, the General Contraotor shall hire a surveyor, registered In the state where the structure is located, to survey the proposed overexcavation area at a 50' grid. The General Contractor shall estimate the overexcavation volume and shall give the Owner a Dopy of the estimate based on the unit prices for excavation and baokflll In the General Contractor's base bid. Upon exoavation completion and acceptability of the excavated subgrade, by the Independent testing agency, the area shall be re- ourveyed at a 60' grid, by a surveyor retained by the General Contractor. After backfilling and compaction of suitable fill material is accepted by the Independent testing agency (Geotechnical Engineer), the overexcavated areas shall be resurveyed. All overexcavated material quantities shall be verHled by survey comparisons and /or truok receipts which are approved by the Independent testing agency representative (Gooteohnical Engineer). All quantity verification shall be given to the Owner. Based on the unit prloee for exoavation and baokflll as quoted In the base bid, deductions or additions to the base bid will be determined. 5.5 Keep excavations free from water at all times. Keep all excavations clean of all loose earth and rock at all times. *SECTION 2C-2 5.6 When freezing temperatures may be expected, excavation shall not be made to full depth indicated, unless footings can be poured Immediately after excavation work is completed. When the excavation has been carried to required depth, and concrete cannot be Immediately deposited, the bottoms of excavation shall be protected from frost by suitable means. Any protective covering so placed shall not be removed until immediately before concrete Is placed. 6. BACKFILLING 6.1 When baokflll Is to be placed before floor slabs are in -place and of proper strength, this Contractor shall be responsible to see that all foundation walls are properly braced and that the foundation concrete is of adequate strength (28 days cure) before backfilling operations are started. 6.2 Materials for backfilling may be site borrow earth material, free from broken masonry, rook, frozen earth, roots, or other organic matter and shall comply with the Soils Report requirements for compacted fill. 6.3 Earth baokflll In building and paved areas shall be placed In lifts not to exceed 8' and shall be compacted per Section 2B, paragraph 12 and per the Solis Report recommendations. 6.4 Obtaining satisfactory densities is the responsibility of this Contractor, but the Owner's Representative shall have the right to access to the working areas at all times and shall verify compliance with the specifications. 6.5 Backfill behind curbs with topsoil, tamp well and shape to drain. 7. PLACING TOPSOIL 7.1 After completion of building work, loosen subgrade In all seeded and landscaped areas to a depth of at least 2' by scarifying or other approved method to permit bonding of topsoil to subgrade. 7.2 Uniformly distribute topsoil on designated areas and spread uniformly to such depth that when properly compacted, finish grade will conform to indicated finish elevations. Finished topsoil grades shall not deviate from elevations ehown by more than 2' plus or minus. In no case shall topsoil be less than 6' deep. 7.3 Grade to prevent irregularities and depressions in which water will be retained. 7.4 Place no topsoil on frozen sub -grade or on exoeedingly wet or dry sub- grades, as determined by the Owner's Representative. 7.5 Topsoil shall be furnished by this Contractor. 8. CLEAN -UP 8.1 The entire area of the site where excavation, filling, backfilling and grading Is to be performed, shall be raked clean of all trash and other debris after completion of the work and excess material removed from the site. - END OF SECTION • TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31192 DIVISION 2* SITE DRAINAGE PART 1: GENERAL 1. GENERAL 1.1 Furnish and install all storm water drainage lines, inlets, catch basins, manholes, etc., outside the building line. 1.2 Storm drainage shall be as shown and sized on the plans. 1.3 Do all shoring and braolng required to prevent cave -Ins. 1.4 Do not baokflll until system le approved by Owner. 1.5 All new catoh basins and manholes shall be constructed per Iooal standards. 1.6 Schedule all storm water drainage lines catch basins, etc. In the paving areas as early as possible to allow for paving of lot. 2. SUBMITTALS (AS APPLICABLE) 2.1 Submit shop drawings of cast Iron covers and rungs for approval by the Owner's Representative prior to installation. 3. QUALITY ASSURANCE 3.1 General 3.1.1 Tho Owner will employ and pay for the services of an Independent testing agency to provide testing and inspection of the site drainage work. The testing agency shall be licensed In the state where the structure Is located and all testing and inspections shall be performed under the supervision of an engineer registered in the state where the structure Is looated. 3.1.2 Site drainage materials and operations shall be tested and Inspected as the work progresses. Failure to detect any defective work or material shall not in any way prevent later rejection when such defect Is discovered nor shall It obligate the Owner's Representative for final acceptance. 3.1.3 The testing agency shall report all test and Inspection results to the Architect/Engineer, Owner and Contractor Immediately after they are performed. All test and inspection reports shall be signed and sealed by an engineer registered in the state where the structure Is located and shall Include the exact location of the work represented by the test. 3.1.4 At the completion of all eke drainage work the testing agency shall submit a letter of certification signed and eealed by an engineer registered In the state where the structure is looated, stating that the site drainage work has been constructed in accordance with the contract documents and all other applicable code requirements. 3,1.5 The testing agenoy and its representatives are not authorized to revoke, atter, relax, enlarge or release any requirement of the contract documents, *SECTION 2D -1 approve or accept any portion of the work, perform any duties of the Contractor, or be a patty to scheduling of work. 3.1.6 The Contractor shall notify the testing agency and the Owner's Representative a minimum of 24 hours In advance of all site drainage. 3.1.7 Records of Inspection shall be kept available to the building official during progress of work for two years after completion of the project. Records shall be preserved by the independent testing agency. 3.2 The testing agency shall conduct pre -site drainage inspections as necessary to determine that subgrade areas have been constructed per the Soils Report and specifications orlteria. 3.3 The testing agency shall conduct site drainage Inspections and testing as necessary to determine that: 3.3.1 All site drainage excavations and backfill are performed In compliance with the protect specifications. 3.3.2 All trenches are properly shored and braced to prevent cave -ins. 3,3.3 All materials used in the site drainage meet the requirements of the project specifications. 3.3.4 All excavation are free of water at all times. 3.4 All excess and unsuitable materials have been removed from site, 3.4.1 All surface defects are repaired In accordance with the project specifications. PART 2: PRODUCTS 4. MATERIALS (AS APPLICABLE) 4.1 Castings: Conform to the requirements of the Specifications for Gray Iron Castings, ASTM -A48, shall be clean and free of scale, adhesions, or Inclusions, and shall be fabricated of Class 30B cast Iron. 4.2 Concrete, reinforcing, placing, etc., to be In accordance with Section 3A of the specifications. 4.3 Sewer Brick: New, whole, or uniform standard size, conforming to the Specifications for Sewer Brick, ASTM -C32, Grade MA. 4.4 Mortar: A uniform mixture of Portland Cement and sand with the minimum amount of water necessary to produoe the required consistency. 4.5 Proportions: One volume cement to three volumes of sand. 4,6 Reinforced Concrete Plpe: Precast, with circular reinforcement, conforming to the Specifications for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe, ASTM- C76, Wall B, Class III. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila Waehin on 01/31/92 DIVISION 2* SITE DRAINAGE 4.7 Corrugated high density (CPCE) polyethylene pipe ADS -N12. CPCE Plpe shall be the requirements and specifications as provided by Advance Drainage Systems, Inc. PART 3: EXECUTION 5, INSTALLATION 5.1 Underground piping shall not be laid In contact with rocks, boulders, cinder 101, or materials which could cause unusual corrosive action. 5.2 Make all excavation and trenching to proper grades and depths shown on the drawings. At or below level of the top of pipe, trenches shall be from 12' to 16' wider than the outside diameter of the pipe to be laid therein, Width of trench above that level may be as conditions require. 6.3 Avoid water accumulation In trenches. Pump dry before laying pipe or baokliiling. Waste unsuitable baokfill material off -site and provide acceptable replacement materiel as required. 5.4 Do all shoring and bracing requlred to prevent oave -Ins. 6.5 All underground concrete piping shall be laid with the bottom quadrant (90 degrees) of the pipe fully and uniformly supported on a shaped tronoh bottom. Suitable shaping and excavation shall be made at proper Intervale to receive bell or hub ends. 6.8 Joints shall be made wfth oement mortar or a composition meeting local Plumbing Code requirements. 6.7 Do no baokfilling until system le approved by Owner's Repreeentative and looal government agenoy, as appropriate. 5,8 BaokfIII shall be Olean sand or gravel for two (2) feet above . topmost hub. The remainder of the baoldill to be excavated material free from brlok bats, rubble, and nobbles larger than 6 inches. 5.9 Baokflll material to be laid in eight (8) Inoh layers, and compacted to 98% per ASTM D- 1557. 5.9.1 Contractor shall conform to OSHA Standards for trenching requirements. - END OF SECTION - TOYS "R' US REMODE(. = Tukwila. Washington *SECTION 2D-2 DIVISION 2* PAVING PART 1: GENERAL 1. GENERAL 1.1 Inoludo all labor, material and equipment to completely install all bituminous paving. 1.2 Paving shall be bid to allow for mobilization as follows: 1.1,1 Base Mobilization Bid shall require that the aggregate base course be Installed within the first six weeks of the project. This surface shall be maintained throughout construction to provide a suitable and Impervious surface for construction traffic and shall be repaired oultable for asphaltic concrete paving immediately following completion of masonry work and steel erection. 2. WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE 2.1 Excavation, grading and preparation of sub -grade to required elevation with a tolerance of plus or minus 1 Inch. 3. QUALITY ASSURANCE 3.1 General 3.1,1 The Owner will employ and pay for the services of an independent testing agency to provide testing and inspection of the asphaltic concrete and stone base work. The testing agency shall be licensed In the state where the structure Is located and shall meetthe requirements of 'Recommended Practices for Inspection and Tooting Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used In Construction' (ASTM E329). All testing and inspections shall be performed under the supervision of an engineer registered in the state where the structure Is located. 3.1.2 Asphaltic oonorete and stone base materials and operations shall be tested and Inspected as tho work progresses. Failure to detect any defective work or material shall not In any way prevent later rejection when such defect Is discovered nor shall It obligate the Owner'e Representative for final acceptance. 3.1.3 The testing agency shall report all test and Inspection results to the Architect/Engineer, Owner and Contractor Immediately after they are performed. All test and Inspection reports shall be signed and eealed by an engineer registered In the state where the structure is located and shall Inolude the exact location of the work represented by the test. 3.1.4 At the completion of all paving work the testing agenoy shall submit a letter of oertffloation signed and sealed by an engineer registered In the state where the structure Is located, stating that the asphaltic oonorete and atone base workhave been constructed In accordance with the contract documents and all other applicable code requirements. *SECTION 2E -1 3.1.5 The testing agency and its representatives are not authorized to revoke, alter, relax, enlarge or release any requirement of the contract documents, approve or accept any portion of the work, perform any duties of tho Contractor, or be a party to scheduling of work. 3.1.6 The Contractor shall notify the testing agenoy and the Owner's Representative a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all asphaltic oonorete and stone base work. 3.1.7 Records of Inspection shall be kept available to the building official during progress of work and for two years after completion of the project. Records shall be preserved by the Independent testing agency. 3.2 The testing agency shall conduct pre - placement inspections as necessary to determine that: 3.2.1 Paving subgrade areas have been constructed per the Solis Report and specifications criteria. 322 All paving section subgrade areas have been Inspected, tested and accepted. 3.3 The testing agency shall conduot tests as necessary to determine that: 3.3.1 All materials used in the production of asphaltic concrete and stone base meet the requirements of the project speolficatlons. 3.4 The testing agency shall conduct asphaltic concrete and stone base placement inspections as necessary to determine that: 3.4.1 Asphaltic conorete has been mixed and transported In accordance with the project apeoifioatlona. 3.4,2 Asphaltic concrete Is conveyed to the place of final deposit by methods which prevent separation or loss of material. 3.4.3 Asphaltic concrete and stone base are properly compacted, 3.4.4 Asphaltic concrete ie finished within the tolerances of the project. 3,5 The testing agency shall conduct post - placement inspection as necessary to determine that: 3.5.1 All surface defects are repaired In accordance with the project specifications. PART 2: PRODUCTS 4. MATERIALS 4.1 Aggregate for rolled atone base course shall be clean, crushed stone, free from thin or elongated pieces, soft or disintegrated materials, or other foreign matter. Stone shall meet the criteria established for crushed aggregate base TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila Washin, ton 01 31/92 DIVISION 2* PAVING established by the Department of Transportation for State Highways. 4.2 Base Paving Section Bid: Include In bid the cost to Install pavement cross section as recommended in the Soils Report and as detailed on the drawings. 4.3 Aggregate for Aephaltlo Conorete: 4.3.1 Coarse Aggregate shall be natural crushed stone produced from sound, durable rock, free from objeotlonable coatings. This aggregate shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D-692. 4.3.2 Fine Aggregate shall consist of natural sand or by special permission may be fines produced by the crushing of natural stone. The fine aggregate shall conform to the requirements of ASTM 0.1073 and mineral filler shall conform to ASTM D-242. 4.3.3 Asphalt Cement shall conform to ASTM 0-946. 4.4 Asphaltic Concrete Mlxturee 4.4.1 Asphaltic concrete mixture shall consist of mineral aggregates and asphalt cement combined In such proportions that the composition by weight of the finished mix shall be within the following range for the type specified. 4,4.2 Asphaltio Concrete Base Course • Composition of the Base Course shall conform to Mix Designation 3A as defined by The Asphalt Institute or to an established state or local mix meeting the reoommended criteria. 4.4.3 Asphaltic Concrete Surface Course (Topping) - Composition of the surface course shall conform to Mix Designation 8A as defined by the Asphalt Institute or to an established state or local mix meeting the recommended criteria. 4.6 Rolled Stone Base 4.5.1 Preparation of Mixture: The exact proportions of aggregate and water shall be regulated so as to produce a uniform satisfactory mixture. The order of sequence In which the aggregate and water shall be drawn or weighted may vary under different conditions. The percentage of water In the mixture may vary with moisture conditions and sources of aggregate, but In no case shall the percentage of water be more than 12 peroont by weight, of the total mixture. The finished mixture shall have a moisture content necessary to obtain the maximum density required to comply with the standard compaction teat herein specified. In general, the proper moisture content can be judged by the appearance of free water on the surface of the particles. Excess moisture resulting In run -off shall be avoided, PART 3: EXECUTION 5. TRANSPORTATION OF MIXTURES *SECTION 2E -2 5.1 The mixture shall be transported from the paving plant to the work in tight vehicles with metal bottoms previously oleaned of all foreign materials. The truck beds shall be raised and the inside lubricated with a thin oil to prevent the mbcture from adhering to the bed. An excess of lubricant will not be permitted. Each load shall be covered with canvas or other suitable material of sufficient size to protect It from the weather, 6. CONSTRUCTION OF STONE BASE 6.1 In no case will the Contractor be permitted to place the mixture or manipulate It on muddy or frozen subgrade. Also, no frost or frozen particles shall be placed on the subgrade or compacted. 6.2 Before starting the construction of surface courses, the base shall be cleaned and adjusted to conform with the cross section shown on the plans and to the lines, grades and thickness established. For the purpose of these specifications, this work shall include sweeping, removing all loose, naked or foreign materials. The total cost of adjuoting and compacting oubgrades and for cleaning and restoring base courses shall be included in the contract price. 6.3 After the subgrade has been properly prepared, the mixture shall be uniformly spread by blades, or other approved equipment, in successive layers of oourses to such depth that, when compacted, the base will have the minimum thickness shown on the typical cross section. The Contraotor may construct the base In any number of layers which he may find convenient to facilitate compacting, except that, In no case, shall any individual layer have a compaoted thickness of more than 4'. Eaoh layer shall be compacted, as hereinafter specified, before any succeeding layer is plaoed. 6.4 if the mixture becomes too dry to permit compaction, water shall be added during the compacting operations in such an amount as to Insure proper compaction. If for any reason, the mixture Is too wet for proper compaction it shall be allowed to dry until the proper moisture content is obtained. 6.5 The mixture shall be handled In such manner as to avoid undue segregation. if segregation occurs or If the mixture beoomee contaminated, such segregated or contaminated materials shall be removed and replaced with materials of suitable quality and gradation, except that areas of surface segregation may be corrected by spreading a quantity of stone screening sufflolent to close the voider and bind the loose material firmly In place. The screening shall be wet and rolled so as to create a dense and uniform surface. Segregated or contaminated materials shall be removed and replaced with suitable material at the sole expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall restrict hauling over the completed or partially completed work after inclement weather, or at any time when subgrade material is soft and there is tendency for the subgrade material to work Into the aurfaoe material. Any screenings used In correcting areas of surface segregation will be measured and paid for as a part of the aggregate constituting the base course, All extra work or expense involved due to screenings being required shall be the Contractor's obligations without extra cost to Owner. Compaction shall be performed by the use of any approved TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 2* PAVING equipment, within the limits of these pecifications, which will produce satisfactory results. 6.6 Shaping and compaction shall be carried on until a true, even, uniform base course of the proper grade, cross section and density is obtained. Proper moisture content shall be maintained by wetting the surface as required during shaping and compacting operations. The use of excess water, resulting In run -off or In the formation of a slurry on the surface, shall be avoided. 6.7 Final rolling on the top course of multiple course construction or the top of single course construction shall be accomplished by self- propelled smooth - wheeled roller weighing not Tess than seven (7) tons, nor more than ten (10) tone. 6.8 The density to be obtained In the completed base shall be at least ninety -five percent (05 %) per ASTM D -1557. 7. CONSTRUCTION OF ASPHALTIC SURFACE 7.1 Mixing Plant shall conform to ASTM D -995. Preparation of Mixture: The bituminous cement shall be carefully heated without damage by overheating to a workable temperature. The final mixture shall not exceed 350 degrees F. when disohargod. 7.2 Application 7.2.1 Spreading of mixture shall be done at mixture temperature above 250 degrees F. and only when weather conditions are suitable. 7,2.2 Use hand rakers for inaccessible locations and mechanical spreading and finishing machine of type approved by owner's Representative. 7.2.3 Side forms to serve as screed or strlkeoff control to Insure surface true to elevation or to prevent squeezing out or side shoving under roller or lateral displacement shall be used where applicable. Forms shall be of height equal to thickness of finished course. 7.2.4 Roiling shall be carried out while mixture is still hot, with emit-propelled roller having weight of 200 lbs. per lineal Inch of roller. Rolling shall be paralleled to spreading of mixture, from edge toward center, and In manner consistent with good practice getting proper compaction without cracking, shoving or otherwise displacing mixture during hardening process. All places inaccessible to roller shall be compacted by hand tampers or vibratory plates. 7.2.5 Mixture shall be placed continuously. Roller shall not pass over unprotected end of freshly laid mixture unless further laying is to be delayed for euffioient time to permit mixture to become chilled. In such case, edge of mixture shall be out back and trimmed to expose unsealed or granular surface for full specified depth of finish course. *SECTION 2E -3 7.2.6 At end of each day's work, joints shall be formed by laying and rolling mixture against boards of thickness of compacted mixture. When laying is resumed, above mentioned exposed edges shall be painted with thin coat of asphaltic cement, and fresh mixture shall be raked against joint, thoroughly tamped with hand tampers, and rolled. 7.2.7 Afterfinal compression, the surface shall be smooth and true to the established crown and grade. It shall have the average thickness specified and shall at no point vary more than one quarter (1/4) Inch from the specified thickness. Any tow or defective places shall immediately bo remedied by cutting out the course at such spots and replacing It with fresh hot mixture which shall be Immediately compacted to conform with surrounding area and shall be thoroughly bonded to It. Tho finished pavement shall be set free from depresolons exceeding one -eight (1/8) Inch as measured with a ten (10) foot straight edge paralleling the center line of the roadway. No traffic shall be permitted on the finished pavement until it has cooled to atmospheric temperature. 8. PAVEMENT PAINTING 8,1 Scope of Work 8.1.1 Layout and paint yellow striping on parking lot surfaces designating parking spaces, driving lanes and other elements noted on the site drawings, Comply with local ordinances when completing this work. 8.2 Materials 8.1.2 Do not apply paint In snow, rain, fog or mist, or when relative humidity exceeds 85% unless otherwise permitted by manufacturer. When surface temperature is below 50 degrees F. do not apply paints and special coatings, unless otherwise specified. Stop exterior work sufficiently early to permit film to set up before condensation, frost and moisture, caused by night temperature drops, occur. Do not begin ex'ierlor painting until frost or condensation evaporates and surface is moisture free. Comply with manufacturer's written requirements. 8,2,1 Parking Areas: All parking lot striping and arrows: 9. PROTECTION 1 coat Pratt and Lambert Traffic Paint Color: Yellow unless Iooal ordinance requires white. 9.1 Provide adequate protection for all adjacent work and areas against any damage or injury by employees, materials, tools, or equipment used in connection with this contract. 9.2 Maintenance of finished asphattio concrete surfacing will be required until acceptance of work by Owner. • END OF SECTION - TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila Washin ton 01/31/92 1.1 DIVISION 2* PART 1: GENERAL 1. GENERAL Inolude all labor, material and equipment to perform all work In this Section. The area to be treated shall be soils under the new addition. 1.2 Work Included shall be all labor, materials and Installation required to complete the project. 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 Furnish all materiels, equipment, supervision and all incidentals necessary to complete all termite treatment of soil. 2.2 The following areas are to be chemically treated before vapor barrier (Polyethylene film) Is installed and /or concrete slabs are poured. 2.2.1 The compacted soil under all concrete slabs, within a line one (1) foot outside of building line. 3. GUARANTEE 3.1 Furnish a written guarantee covering the following: 3.1.1 That materials, and application was made at the concentration, rate and methods specified herein. 3.1.2 Effectiveness of treatment against tormltes for a period of five (5) years from date of acceptance of the project. PART 2: PRODUCTS 4, MATERIALS PART 3:. EXECUTION 5, WORKMANSHIP SOIL TREATMENT 4.1 One of the following chemicals in percentages Indlcated shall be put Into solution in water (strength of working solution by weight). 4.1,1 Benzine Hexaohlorlde Gammalsomer 0.8% 4,1,2 Dieldrin 0.5% 4.2 The type and application of all chemicals must be approved by and meet requirements of Federal, State, and Local Governmental Agencies having Jurisdiction. 5.1 Application shall be by a Certified Pest Control Operator at the following rates: 5.1,1 Slab on fill: one (1) gallon per ten (10) sq. ft. throughout. 5,1.2 inside of Foundation Walls along expansion Joints, and at all slab penetrations: Two (2) gallons per five (5) Lineal Feet. *SECTION 21.1 5.2 Treatment shall not be made when soil Is excessively wet nor when rains are expected during that day. 5.3 Coordinate the work with other trades to arrange for all surfaces to be covered with vapor barrier as soon as work Is completed for any or all areas treated. - END OF SECTION - IOYS'R' US REMODEL- Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 2* SHEETING, SHORING AND BRACING PART 1: GENERAL 1. GENERAL 1.1 Include all labor, material and equipment to perform all work in this Section. 1.2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 specifications to each subcontractor and for coordinating the work accordingly. 1.3 Submittal data, shop drawings, and samples: 1.3.1 Shall be eubmltted for review or_A when required by and In accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 1A of these specifications. 1.3.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples In the context of the technical specifications shall be taken to mean 'if required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. 1.4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 1.5 The Owner will employ and pay for the services of an Independent testing agenoy to provide testing and inspection of sheeting, shoring and bracing work. The Contractor shall schedule and coordinate his work with the testing agency. 1.6 When drawings and /or special permits are required they shhll be kept at the Job site available for reference by the Owner or Owner's Representative. 1.7 The testing agency shall be selected by the Owner prior to beginning work. The testing agency shall be licensed in the state where the etruoture le located. All testing and Inspections shall be performed under the supervision of an engineer registered In the state where the structure is located. 1.8 The Owner may elect to change testing agencies at his own discretion. 1.9 Invoices for testing work shall be routed through the Owner as stated In the Quality Assurance Proposal document (Section 1H of these specifications). Testing agency personnel shall have their time sheets signed by an authorized representative of the General Contractor. Copies of signed time sheets must be submitted with all invoices for payment. 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 Contractor shall design, obtain any additional or special permits for, furnish, Install, maintain and remove such sheeting, bracing and shoring as may be required to support sides of excavation and to prevent the movement of earth which would damage or delay work or cause damage to adjacent pavement, buildings or other structures, and as may be required in standards set forth by Federal Oocupational Safety and Health Aot of 1970 under Publio Law 91 -696 as follows: 2.2 If in the opinion of Owner, Owner's Representative or Architect/Engineer, sufficient or proper supports have not been provided at any point he may order additional supports planed at the expense of Contractor, and neither the placing of euoh additional support°, nor failure of Owner, Owner's Representative or Architect/Engineer to order such additional supports, shall relieve or release Contractor from his responsibility for the design and sufficiency of such supports. 2.3 Designing, permitting, furnishing, installation, and maintenance of sheeting where required by project conditions, whether left In place or removed at the completion of the work, Is considered incidental to furnishing and installation of wall and pipe, and no specific payment will be made therefor. PART 2: PART 3: 3. 4. REMOVAL *SECTION 20 -1 2.1.1 OSHA Safety and Health Standards (20CFR 1928/1910). 2.1.2 Construction Industry OSHA 2207 PRODUCTS - NOT APPLICABLE EXECUTION INSTALLATION 3.1 Design and Installation of sheeting, shoring and bracing shall be performed using methods and materials consistent with good engineering practices, given the site and soils condition, adjacent loads and other site - specific factors which may affect the performance of the Installed work. 3.2 Care shall be taken to prevent voids outside sheeting, but if voids are formed, they shall be Immediately filled and compacted to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative. 4,1 Trench sheeting shall not be pulled unless pipe foundation wall and retaining wall strength is sufficient to carry trench loads based on trench width to baok of sheeting at top of pipe. All sheeting and bracing which Is not left in place In trench shall be removed in such a manner as to not endanger installation foundation and retaining wall, pipe or other structures, utility conduits or property, whether public or private. All voids left or oaused by withdrawal of sheeting shall be immediately refiled with sand or gravel, by ramming with tools adapted for that purpose, or as may be directed by the Owner's Representative. - END OF SECTION - TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 f DIVISION 3* CONCRETE PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.1 The provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 Unless otherwise shown or specified, the work shall conform to the following standards of the American Concrete Institute. 1.2.1 ACI 117 -81 Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. 1.2.2 ACI 211.1 -89 Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete. 1.2,3 ACI 212.2R -81 (86) Guide for Use of Admixtures In Concrete. 1.2.4 ACI 214-77 (89) Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete. 1.2.5 ACI 302.1R-89 Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. 1.2.6 ACI 304R -89 Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete. 1.2.7 ACI 304.2R -71 (82) Plaoing Concrete by Pumping Methods. 1.2.8 ACI 305R -89 Hot Weather Concreting. 1.2.9 ACI 306R -88 Cold Weather Concreting. 1.2.10 ACI 306.1-87 Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting. 1.2.11 ACI 308-81 (86) Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. 1.2,12 ACI 309R -87 Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. 1.2.13 ACI 315-80 (86) Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. 1.2.14 ACI 318-89 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 1.2.15 ACI 347R -88 Guide to Formwork for Concrete. 1.3 Unless otherwise shown or specified, the work shall conform to the following standards of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. 1.3,1 Manual of Standard Practice, 1986 4.1 1.3.2 Placing Reinforcing Bars, 1986 1.4 Refer to drawings for extent and locations of all concrete 4.2 work. Verify conditions and requirements of the job. 1.5 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 specifications to each subcontraotor and for coordinating the work accordingly. 1.6 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1. Include all labor, materials and appliances, and perform all operations in connection with the installation of Concrete Work, and all related work incidental to the completion thereof, as shown on the drawings, complete, In strict accordance with the drawings and as specified herein. Concrete work includes: 2.1.1 Concrete, reinforcing andformwork for foundations, pilasters, slabs, sidewalks, stairs, curbs, gutters, all site work concrete, foundations for light standards and signs, foundation pads for equipment, etc. 2,1.2 Installation of anchor bolts for steel columns, poste, and other anchored work as may be required. 2.1.3 Grouting of column bases. 2.1.4 All anchor slots, sleeves, and other inserts as required. 2.1.5 Shop drawings. 2,1.6 Vapor barrier under all interior concrete slabs on grade. Gravel subbase beneath slabs on grade. All dowels from oonorete Into masonry walls. Concrete fill for metal pan stairs. 2,1.7 2.1,8 2.1.9 2.1.10 3. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE 3.1 Installation of epoxy sealer for Interior concrete floor slabs specified in Section 9H, painting (for Toys 'R' Us projects only). 3.2 installation of stair nosing and pipe handrails specified in Section 5F- Miscellaneous Metals. 4. SUBMITTALS *SECTION 3A - All other items required to make the work of this Section complete including staking for layout of footings, building layout, excavation, backfilling, etc, Shall be submitted for review only when required by and In accordance with the prooedure set forth in Section 1A of these specifications. All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples in the context of the technical specifications shall be taken to mean 'If required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Waehln•ton 01 31 92 DIVISION 3* CONCRETE 4,3 Submit steel shop drawings well In advance of placement. Show all details of construction, bending and placing, completely dimenaloned. 4.4 Submit concrete mix designs for review by the Architect/Engineer well In advance of concrete placement. Concrete mix design submittal shall include all strength data neoeeeary to show compliance with the strength requirements of this specification for either the trial batoh method or the field experience method and shall be certified by an engineer registered In the state where the structure Is located, 4.5 Review of submittals will cover general design only. In no case shall this review relieve the contractor of the responsibility for strength of concrete, general or detailed dimension, qualtty or quantity of materials, or any other conditions, functions, performance or guarantees required. 6. QUALITY ASSURANCE 6.1 General 6,1.1 The Owner will employ and pay for the services of an independent testing agency to provide testing and inspection of oonorete work. The testing agency shall bo licensed In the state where the structure is located and shall meet the requirements of 'Recommended Practices for inspection and Testing Agenoles for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction' (ASTM E329), All testing and Inspections shall be performed under the supervision of an engineer registered in the state where the etruoture is located. 5.1.2 Conorete materials and operations shall be tested and Inspeoted as the work progresses. Failure to detect any defective work or material shall not in any way prevent later rejection when such defect Is discovered nor ehall It obligate the Owner's Representative for final acceptance. 5,1.3 The testing agency shall report all test and inepeotlon results to the ArohltoctEngineer, Owner and Contractor immediately after they aro performed. All test and inspection reports shall be elgnsd and sealed by an engineer registered In the state where the structure is looated and shall Include the exact location In the work represented by the test. 5,1.4 At the completion of all concrete work the testing agency shall submit a letter of certification signed and sealed by an engineer registered In the state where the structure Is looated, stating that all concrete work has been constructed In accordance with the contract documents and all other applicable node requirements. 5.1.6 The testing agency and its representatives are not authorized to revoke, alter, relax, enlarge or release any requirement of the contract documents, approve or accept any portion of the work, perform any duties of the Contractor, or be a party to scheduling of work. *SECTION 3A -2 5.1.6 The contractor shall notify the testing agency and the Owner's Representative a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all concrete work and all reasonable facilities shall be made available for technicians. 5.1.7 Records of Inspection shall be kept available to the building official during progress of work for two years after completion of the project. Records shall be preserved by the independent testing agency. 5.2 The testing agency shall conduct pre - placement inspections as necessary to determine that: 5.2.1 Formwork has been constructed to the correct dimensions and tolerances. 5.2,2 Reinforcing steel has been placed in aocordance with shop drawings bearing the Architect's shop drawing review stamp marked either furnish as submitted or furnish as corrected, and that all reinforcing steel Is properly secured and supported as necessary to prevent displacement during concrete placing operations. 5.2.3 All bearing material has been inspeoted and accepted. 5.3 The testing agency shall conduct concrete placement inspections as necessary to determine that: 5.3.1 Concrete has been mixed and transported In accordance with ASTM 094. 5.3.2 No water is added to the concrete except in accordance with ASTM C94, the accepted concrete mix design and the specified maximum slump. 5.3.3 Concrete Is conveyed to the place of final deposit by methods which prevent separation or loss of material. 5.3.4 Concrete Is properly consolidated, 5.3.5 Conpiefodt tivaslikehtiorsacordance with the 5.3.6 All hot - weather or cold - weather practices as recommended by ACI are implemented as necessary, 5.4 The testing agency shall oonduct strength tests of the concrete during construction in accordance with the following procedures: 5,4.1 Secure composite samples In acoordanoe with 'Method of Sampling Fresh Concrete' (ASTM 0172). Each sample shall be obtained from a different batch of concrete on a random baste, avoiding any selection of the test batoh other than by a number selected at random before commencement of conorete.placement. 5.4.2 Mold and cure four specimens from each sample in accordance with 'Method of Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens In the Field' (ASTM C31). TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Washington 01/31/92 c DIVISION 3* CONCRETE Any deviations from the requirements of this Standard ehall be recorded In the test report. 5.4.3 Test specimens In accordance with "Method of Test for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens' (ASTM C39). Two specimens shall be tested at 28 days and two shall be tested at 7 days. The acceptance test results shall be the average of the strengths of the two specimens tested at 28 days. If one specimen In a test manifests evidence of Improper sampling, molding or testing, It shall be discarded and the strength of the remaining cylinder shall be considered the test result. Should both specimens In a test show any of the above defects, the entire test shall be discarded. 5.4.4 Make at least one strength test (4 cylinders) for each 50 cu. yd., or fraction thereof, of each mix design of conorete plaoed in any 1 day. 5.4.5 Determine slump of the conorete sample for each strength test and whenever consistency of concrete appears to vary, using 'Method of Test for Slump of Portland Cement Conorete' (ASTM C143). 5,4.8 Determine air content of normal weight concrete sample for each strength test In accordance with either 'Method of Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method' (ASTM C231), 'Method of Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Conorete by the Volumetric Method' (ASTM 0173) or 'Method of Test for Unit Weight, Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete' (ASTM C138). 5.4.7 Determine temperature of conorete sample for each strength test. 5.5 The testing agency shall conduct post - placement inspection as necessary to determine that: 5.5.1 Conpn4adS slaeelfidntlno<ardanoe with the 5.5.2 Control joints In slabs -on -grade are Installed as specified. 5.5.3 All hot - weather or cold- weather practices as recommended by ACI are implemented as necessary. 5.5.4 All surface defects are repaired In accordance with the project specifications. PART 2: PRODUCTS 6. CONCRETE MATERIALS 6.1 Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C33. 6.2 Fine aggregate: ASTM 033. 8.3 Portland cement: ASTM 0150, Typo 1 or II. (Flyash not permitted.) 6.4 Water: Clear and free from Injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, organic or other deleterious matter. 8.5 Admixtures: *SECTION 3A -3 6.5.1 Water reducing, retarding, and accelerating admixtures: ASTM C494, may be used at the contractor's option. 6.5.2 Alr•ssitrahtfajfrodrabdoretae. ASTM C260, for all 6.5.3 Pozzolanio admixtures: ASTM 0618, may be used upon review by the Architect/Engineer. 6.5.4 Maximum chloride Ion due to admixtures shall not exceed 0.1% by weight. 8.5.5 The addition of calcium chloride Is not permitted. 6.5.6 All admixtures shall be used in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 7. REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS 7.1 Reinforcing Steel Bars: ASTM A615, including Supplemental Requirements S1, Grade 60, unless noted otherwise. 7.2 Welded Wire Fabrio: ASTM A185 7.3 Steel Wire: ASTM A82. 7.4 Metal Accessories: Include all spacers, ties, chairs and other devices required to properly support and fasten reinforcing steel in place in accordance with the requirements of the ACI Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforcing Concrete Structures. 8, FORM MATERIALS 8.1 Removable forms shall be wood, metal or other approved material. 8.2 Forms for unexposed concrete surfaces may be No. 2 oommon boards of dimension lumber of uniform thickness. 8.3 Earth outs may be used for forme for footings if soil conditions permit. 9. RELATED MATERIALS 9.1 Vapor Barrier: 6 mil polyethylene. 9,2 Premolded Filler: Non - bituminous fiber type as per ASTM D1741, Type III, Homasote'300' or approved equal all wood fiber board with the'Homsx Plus' pull off strip for joints to be flash - patched. 9.3 Curing Compound: L & M Cure as manufactured by L & M Construction Chemicals, Ino. 9.4 Form Ties: Black Iron snap ties with a minimum 1 inch breakbaok. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 3* CONCRETE 9.6 T shaped plastic control joint: T-shaped 1/16' plastic strip at least 1' deep, with minimum 3/4' wide pull top stiffener and having suitable anchor to prevent vertical movement. 9.6 Form Releasing Agent: Non - staining. 9.7 Grout shall be 'Crystex' by L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 9.8 Gravel subbase (beneath slabs on grade): Fine graded granular material conforming to the following requirements: Maximum Size: 1 -1/4' Passing No. 200 sieve: 15% maximum Plasticity Index: 6 maximum Uquid Limit: 25 maximum PART 3: EXECUTION 10. CONCRETE PROPORTIONS 10.1 The specified compressive strength of the concrete f'c for each portion of the structure shall be as designated on the drawings. Strength requirements shall be based on 28-day compressive strength. 10.2 Concrete exposed to weather shall be air - entrained. Air content shall bo between 4 and 8 percent. 10.3 Slump of concrete shall not exceed 4' unless a high range water- reducing admixture is used. The slump of concrete prior to addition of a high range water-reducing admixture shall not exceed 4'. The slump of concrete containing a high range water- reducing admixture shall not exceed 10'. 10.4 The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall not be more than one- fifth of the narrowest dimension between sides of forms, one third of the depth of Blabs, nor three-fourths of the minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars. 10.5 The nominal maximum aggregate size shall be a minimum of 3/4', 10.6 The minimum cement content (ASTM 0150) of all concrete shall conform to the following table. (Flyash not permitted). Specified Minimum Cement Content Compressive (pounds per cubic yard) Strength Non -Air Entrained Air - Entrained (pel) Concrete Concrete 3000 470 617 4000 564 611 10.7 Concrete shall be proportioned by either the trial batch method or the field experience method. 10,7.1 Where the trial batch method is used, make three test cylinders for each trial batch. Break one cylinder at 7 days and two at 28 days to verify strength requirements. Adjust proportions to produce a design mix at least 1200 psi greater than the specified strength, fo. 10,7.2 Whore the field experience method is used the required average compressive strength shall be 10.7.3 Concrete mix designs shall be certified by an engineer registered in the state where the structure is located and retained by the Contractor. The Contractor shall pay for this service. 11. FORMWORK 11.1 *SECTION 3A-4 determined In aocordanoe with paragraph 4.3,2 of ACI 318. Documentation that proposed concrete proportions will produce an average compressive strength equal to or greater than the required average compressive strength shall consist of a field strength test record representing materials and proportions to be used for this project. A field strength test record shall consist of at least 10 consecutive tests onoompassing a period of time of not leeo than 45 days and made within the past 18 months. Forms shall be used, wherever necessary, to confine the concrete and shape it to the required dimensions. Forms shall have sufficient strength to withstand the pressure resulting from placement and vibration of the concrete, and shall have suffloient rigidity to maintain specified tolerances. 11.2 The design and engineering of the formwork, as well as its construction, shall be the responsibility of the contractor. 11.3 Forms shall be sufficiently tight to prevent Toss or mortar from the concrete. 11.4 All exposed concrete corners shall have a 3/4' x 3/4' chamfer, except as otherwise noted, 11.5 11.6 11.7 Forms ties shall be broken off 1' or more back from oonorete surfaces. No wire or strap ties will be permitted. Ties shall be of sizes and weights as required for pressures developed, and installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Forms ties for exterior walls and grade beams shall be leakproof 'waterseaf type'. Forms for exposed surfaces shall be coated with non - staining releasing agent, applied before the reinforcing steel is placed. Forms shall not be disturbed until the concrete has adequately hardened. Care shall be taken to avoid spelling the concrete surfaces. 11.8 All surfaces of forms and embedded materials shall be cleaned of any accumulated mortar or grout from previous concreting and of all other foreign material before concrete is piaoed In them. 12. REINFORCEMENT 12.1 Fabrication: 12.1.1 Reinforcing steel shall be accurately fabricated to the dimensions shown. 12.1.1.1 Bends shall conform to bend dimensions defined as standard in a000rdance with details In the ACI Detailing Manual - 1980 (SP -66) and /or CRSI Manual of Standard Praotice, unless otherwise shown. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 c DIVISION 3* CONCRETE 12.2 Placing: 12.2.1 12.2.2 13.JOINTS 12.1.1.2 Bars shall be bent cold, and shall not be bent or straightened In a manner that will Injure the material, 12,1.1.3 Bars shall be fabricated within the tolerances shown In the ACI Detailing Manual - 1980 (SP -66) and /or CRSI Manual of Standard practice. 12.1.2 Welding as an aid to fabrioatlon and /or installation will not be permitted except as epeol loally shown on the drawings or as authorized by the Architect/Engineer. Position reinforcement to 1/4' ± In accordance with placement piano. Unless noted otherwise, reinforcing shall be placed so that the minimum concrete cover shown on the drawings Is provided. 12,2.3 It shall be the contractors responsibility to ensure that the Intended reinforcement location is maintained during concrete placement. Tie bars at intersections with soft steel wire. 122.4 Lap splices of reinforcing shall be as called for on the drawings. 12.2.6 Do no splicing at points of maximum stress. Lap all bars at all corners and abrupt changes In direction of walls. Provide steel dowels between footings and walls, pilasters, columns and eleewhere, as indioated on drawings and /or as conditions require. 12.2.6 Do not drive nails into wood forms to support reinforcement. 12.2.7 Provide two (2) No. 5 bars around all openings In slabs and concrete walls, and at all re- entrant corners In floor slabs. 12.2.8 Reinforcing bars partially embedded in oonorete shall not be field bent. 12.2.9 Iron worker to remain on Job during concrete placing to correct displacement of reinforcement. 12,3 Cleaning and Protection: 12.3.1 Protect reinforcement from excessive rusting or mechanical Injury. Store on skids or otherwise maintain at least 8 Inches above ground. 12.3.2 After bars are tied In plane take whatever precautions are necessary to protect bars from damage by construction equipment or careless workmen. Pay particular attention to bars projecting out of previously placed oonorete. Damaged steel shall be replaced at no cost to Owner. 13.1 Construction Joints *SECTION 3A -5 13.1.1 Provide construction joints as required by the drawings, specifications, and Job conditions. Provide 1 -1/2' deep key at joint. All reinforcement shall be continued across joints. Remove all laitanoe from Joints prior to plaoing adjoining concrete. 13.1.2 Provide construction joints In walls at a maximum spacing of 50 feet unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. 13.1.3 Construction joints In slabs on grade are intended to function as formed control joints. See drawings for details. Locate construction joints In slabs on grade at locations shown on the drawings. For exterior slabs on grade the maximum spacing between construction joints shall be 20 feet. Construction joints in interior slabs on grade shall be flash patched with low viscosity mortar. 13.2 Control Joints 13.2,1 Locate control joints in Interior slabs on grade as shown on the drawings. Control joints shall be flash patched with low viscosity mortar where floor covering Is used. 13.2.2 Locate 1' deep scored control joints in sidewalks as shown on the drawings. The maximum spacing of scored joints shall be 8 feet. 13.3 Isolation Joints 13.3.1 Locate isolation joints at all columns and where exterior slabs or sidewalks abut vertical surfaces and elsewhere, as shown on the plans or as job conditions require. 13.3.2 Looate Isolation (expansion) Joints in sidewalks at locations shown on the drawings. The maximum spacing between Isolation joints In sidewalks shall bo 32 feet. 13.3.3 Locate isolation (expansion) joints in curbs at a maximum spaoing of 20 feet. 13.3,4 Premolded filler for isolation joints shall be 1/2' think. 13.3.5 Isolation joints that will be covered with floor covering shall be flash patched with low viscosity dement mortar. 14. PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE 14.1 Ready -mixed concrete shall be batched, mixed and transported In acoordance with ASTM C94. The ready -mixed oonorete producer shall furnish duplicate delivery tickets, one for the Contractor and one given to the Owner's Representative, for each batch of concrete. The information provided on the delivery ticket shall Include the quantities of all material batched including the amount of free water In the aggregate. The quantity of water that can be added at the TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Waehinaton 01 31 92 ty DIVISION 3* CONCRETE alto without exceeding the maximum water cement ratio speotled ohall be noted on the delivery ticket. 14.2 For Job mixed concrete, mixing shall be done in a batch mixer of approved type. The mixer shall be rotated at a spend recommended by the manufacturer and mixing shall be continued for 1 -1/2 minutes atter all materials are In the drum. For batches larger than 1 oublo yard, mixing time shall be Increased 15 seconds for eaoh additional oubio yard or fraction thereof. All concrete shall be mixed until there is a uniform distribution of the materials and shall be discharged completely before the mixer is recharged. 14.3 The independent testing agency shall have access at all times to the hatching and mixing plant for sampling of materials and inspection of all work performed for this Job. 14.4 In cold weather, the temperature of the concrete when delivered at the site of the work shall be at least 50 degrees F. 14.5 In hot weather the Ingredients shall be cooled before mixing, or flake ice or well - crushed Ice of a size that will molt completely during mixing may be substituted for all or part of the mixing water if, due to high temperature, low slump, flash set or cold joints are encountered. When air temperature is between 80F and 90F, reduce maximum mixing and delivery time from 1.1/2 hours to 75 minutes, When air temperature exceeds 90F, reduce maximum mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. 15.PLACING 15.1 Preparation for Planing Conorete 15.1.1 All bearing material shall be Inspected by the Independent testing agency prior to placement of concrete. The independent testing agency shall be the Bole judge as to the suitability of tho bearing material. 15.1,2 Before oonorete to planed, all debris and Ice shall be removed from the spaces to be occupied by the oonorete. Remove surplus form releasing agent from the contact face of forms. Forms and the reinforcement shall be thoroughly cleaned of Ice or other coatings. 16.1.3 Water shall be removed from place of deposit before oonorete is planed, Concrete shall not be placed on frozen ground. 16.1.4 Notify all trades concerned and the Owner's Representative sufficiently In advance of the scheduled time for concrete placement to permit installation of all required work by other trades. 15.1.5 Before plaoing oonorete, all required embedded items, including dovetail anchor slots, anchors, Inserts, curb angles, metal frames, fixtures, sleeves, drains, stair nosinge and accessory devices for Mechanical and Electrical Installations shall be properly looated, accurately positioned, and built Into the construction, and maintained securely in place. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington *SECTION 3A -8 15.1.6 Build Into construction all items furnished by the Owner and other trades. Provide all offsets, pockets, Blabs, chases and recesses as Job conditions require. Thicken slabs as required to maintain the intended slab thickness at embedded items. 15.1.7 Set anohor bolts furnished under the Structural Steel Section of these specifications. 15.1.8 Place and properly support reinforcing steel. 15.2 Conveying 15.2.1 Concrete shall be conveyed from the mixer to the place of final deposit by methods which will prevent separation or loss of material. 15.2.2 Equipment for chuting, pumping and pneumatically conveying concrete shall be of such size and design as to insure a practically continuous flow of concrete at the delivery without separation of material. 15.2.3 Provide runways or other means for wheeled equipment to convey concrete to point of deposit. Construct runways so that supports will not boar upon reinforcement or fresh concrete. 15.3 Depositing 15.3.1 Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. No concrete shall have a free fall of over three feet from truck, mixer or buggies. The concreting shall be carried on at such a rate that the concrete Is at all times plastio and flows readily Into the spaces behNeen the bars. No concrete that has partially hardened or been contaminated by foreign materials shall be deposited in the work, nor shall retempered concrete be used. 15.3.2 When concreting Is started, It shall bo carried on as a continuous operation until the placing of the suction Is completed. 15.3,3 All concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated by mechanical vibrators during the placing operation and shall be thoroughly worked around the reinforcement and embedded fixtures and Into the corners of the forms. Mechanical vibrators shall be . applied directly to the concrete and used only under experienced supervision. Vibrators shall not be secured to forms or reinforcement. Compaction shall bo oarriod on continuously with the placing of concrete. Keep a minimum of two vibrators on the Job during concreting operations. 15.3.4. Protect adjacent surfaces from concrete drippings, spillage and splashes. Hardened or partially hardened splashes or accumulations of concrete on forms or reinforcement shall be removed before tho work proceeds. Clean all damaged surfaces Immediately. 01/31/92 c DIVISION 3* 16. REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS CONCRETE 15.3.6 All conveyances shall be thoroughly cleaned at frequent intervals during the placing of the conorete, and before beginning a new run of conorete all hardened ooncrete and foreign materials shall be removed from the surfaces. 16.3.6 The superintendent or foreman in charge of concrete work shall mark on the drawings the time and date of the planing of the conorete in the different areas and members. Location of ooncrete batches from which concrete teat cylinders are made shall also be recorded on these drawings. Such drawings shall be kept on file at the job until its completion and shall be subject to the Inspection of the Owner's Representative at all times. 18.1 Surface defects, including tie holes, shall be repaired Immediately after form removal. 16.2 All honeycombed and other defective concrete shall be removed down to sound concrete. If chipping is necessary the edges shall be perpendicular to the surface or slightly undercut. No featheredges wilt be permitted. The area to be patohed and an area at least 8 In. wide surrounding It shall be dampened to prevent absorption of water from the patohing mortar. A bonding grout shall be prepared using a mix of approximately 1 part oement to 1 part fine sand passing a No. 300 mesh sieve, mixed to the consistency of thick oream, and then well brushed Into tho surface. 16.3 The patohing mixture shall be made of the same materials and of approximately the same proportions as used for the conorete, except that the coarse aggregate shall be omitted and the mortar shall consist of not more than 1 part cement to 2-1/2 parts sand by damp loose volume. White portland cement shall be substituted fora part of the gray portland oement on exposed conorete in order to produce a color matching the color of the surrounding conorete, as determined by a trial patch. The quantity of mixing water shall be no more than necessary for handling and placing. The patching mortar shall be mixed in advance and allowed to etand with frequent manipulation with a trowel, without addition of water, until it has reaohed the stiffest consistency that will permit planing. 16,4 After surfaoe water has evaporated from the area to be patohed, the bond coat shall be well brushed Into the surface. When the bond ooat begins to lose the water sheen, the premixed patohing mortar shall be applied. The mortar shall be thoroughly consolidated Into place and struck off so as to leave the patch slightly higher than the surrounding surface, To permit initial shrinkage, it shall bo left undisturbed for at least 1 hr. before being finally finished. The patched area shall be kept damp for 7 days. Metal tools shall not be used In finishing a patch in a formed wall which will be exposed. 16.5 After being cleaned and thoroughly dampened, all tie holes shall be filled solid with patohing mortar. 16.6 Interior Concrete Floor Joints - All oontrolconstructlon Joints In Interior slab-on-grade concrete floors shall be filled with 'MM -80', a semi -rigid epoxy manufactured by *SECTION 3A -7 METZGER/McGUIRE CO., Concord, NH, 1- 800 - 223.6680. Material shall have a cured Shore A hardness of approximately 80, tensile strength of approximately 400 -500 pal, adhesion to concrete of approximately 180-230 psi. Material shall be 100% solids epoxy, require no primer in normal circumstances and be a two-component pour grade, gray color. NO C- ,GTI T(r T"Ict -4 . Installation shall not proceed until the slab has cured for a minimum of 30 days. 60-90 day cure Is preferable. MM -80 shall be installed full joint depth in typical saw -cut joints; approximately 2' deep in thru slab construction joints; and shall be finished flush with the floor surface, or slightly high, if approved by the architect or owner. MM-80 is to be mixed and Installed In strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. Applicator shall have a minimum of five years experience in epoxy applications. 17. FINISHING OF FORMED SURFACES 17.1 After removal of forms all concrete surfaces not exposed to view shall be finished with a rough form finish and all surfaces exposed to view shall be finished with a smooth form finish. 17,2 For a rough form finish, tie holes and defects shall be patched and fins exceeding 1/4 in. In height shall be chipped off or rubbed off. Otherwise, surfaces may be left with the texture Imparted by the forms. 17.3 For a smooth form finish, the form faoing material shall produce a smooth, hard, uniform texture on the conorete. The arrangement of the faoing material shall be orderly and symmetrical, with the number of seams kept to the practical minimum. Tie holes and defects shall be patched. All fins shall be completely removed. 18. SLABS 18.1 Preparation of subgrade for slabs on grade. 18.1.1 All bearing material shall be Inspected by the Independent testing agency prior to placement of all slabs on grade. The Independent testing agency shall be the sole judge as to the suitability of the bearing material. 18.1.2 The subgrado shall be wall drained and of adequate and uniform loadbearing nature. 18.1.3 Place gravel subbase to thloknese shown on the drawings and compact to a minimum of 98% of maximum density at optimum moisture per ASTM D698. 18.1.4 Place vapor barrier over gravel subbase. Lap joints a minimum of six inches. 18.1.5 The subgrade shall be free of frost before concrete planing begins. If the temperature inside a building where concrete Is to be planed Is below freezing it shall be raised and maintained above 50 F. long enough to remove all frost from the aubgrade. 01/31/92 TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila Waehin on DIVISION 3* CONCRETE 18.2 Edge forms and Intermediate screed strips shall be set accurately to produce the designated elevations and contours of the finished surface, and shall be sufficiently strong to support vibrating soreeds or roller pipe screeds. The conorete surface shall be aligned to the contours of screed strips by the use of strike -off templates or acceptable compacting type screeds. 18.3 Placement 18.3.1 Mixing and plaoing shall be carefully coordinated with finishing. Conorete shall not be placed on the eubgrade or forms more rapidly than it can be spread, straightedged, and darbled or bull floated. These operations must be performed before bleeding water has an opportunity to collect on the surface. 18.3.2 To obtain good surfaces and avoid cold joints, the size of finishing crews shall be planned with due regard for the effects of conorete temperature and atmospherlo conditions on the rate of hardening of the oonorete. 18.3.3 Conorete In slabs shall be thoroughly consolidated. Internal vibration shall be used along the bulkheads of slabs on grade. Consolidation of slabs shall be obtained with vibrating screeds, roller pipe screeds, internal vibrators, or other approved means. 18.4 Conorete Floor Finishes 18.4.1 General: All finishes must be adequate In all respects to receive material to be applied to it, true to line and free of defects or blemishes. Plane trueness tolerance shall not exoeed 1/8' in 10'; finished concrete slabs that contain defects exceeding this tolerance shall be replaced at the expense of the Contractor. No driers, dry cement, nor dement -sand mixture shall be used In connection with any finish surfaces to absorb water, stiffen mix or for any other purpose. 18,4.2 Finish 18,4.2.1 All interior floor slabs shall receive a troweled finish. 18.4.2.2 All metal pan stairs, exterior stairs and sidewalks shall receive a light broom finish. 18.4.2.3 All exterior Blabs except stairs and sidewalks shall receive a rough broom finish. 18.4.2.4 Floated finleh • After the conorete has been placed, consolidated, struck off, and leveled, the concrete shall not be worked further until ready for floating. Floating with a hand float or whh a bladed power trowel equipped with float shoes, or with a powered disc float shall begin when the water sheen has disappeared and when surface has stiffened sufflolontly to permit tho operation. During or after the first floating, planeness of eurfaoe shall be checked with a 10-ft. straightedge applied at not TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, ,Washington *SECTION 3A -8 less than two different angles. All high spots shall be cut down and all low spots filled during this procedure to produoe a eurfaoe within a 1/4' in 10' tolerance throughout. The slab shall then be refloated immediately to a uniform sandy texture. 18,4.2.5 Troweled finish - The surface shall first be float - finished as specified above. it shall next be power troweled, and finally hand troweled. The first troweling after power floating shall produoe a smooth surfaoe which is relatively free of defects but which may still show some trowel marks. Additional trowelings shall be done by hand after the surfaoe has hardened sufficiently. The final troweling shall be done when a ringing sound Is produced as the trowel is moved over the surface, The surface shall be thoroughly consolidated by the hand troweling operations. The finlehed surfaoe shall be essentially free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance and shall be plane to a 1/8' In 10' tolerance. On surfaces Intended to support floor coverings, any defects of sufficient magnitude to show through the floor covering shall be removed by grinding. 18.4.2.6 Light broom finish • The surface shall first be trowel- finished as specified above. Immediately after final troweling, it shall be given a light transverse texture by drawing a broom across the surfaoe. 18.4.2.7 Rough broom finish - Immediately after the conorete has received a float finish as specified above, it shall be given a coarse transverse snored texture by drawing a broom or burlap belt across the eurfaoe. 19. CURING AND PROTECTION 19.1 Beginning immediately after placement, conorete shall be protected from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical inJury, and shall be maintained with minimal moisture loss at a relatively constant temperature for the period necessary for hydration of the cement and hardening of the concrete. 19.2 Except when a outing compound Is used, Interior slabs shall be wet oured by one of the following procedures applied Immediately after completion of placement and finishing: 19.2.1 Ponding or continuous sprinkling. 19.2.2 Application of absorptive mats or fabrio kept continuously wet. 19.2.3 Application of sand kept continuously wet. 19.2.4 Continuous application of steam (not exceeding 150 F.) or mist spray. 19.2.5 Application of waterproof sheet materials, conforming to ASTM C171. 19.3 For slabs (except when wet curing le used) and for other concrete surfaces not in contact with forms, apply curing 01/31/92 DIVISION 3* CONCRETE compound Immediately after completion of placement and finishing. The compound shall be applied in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer Immediately after any water sheen which may develop after finishing has disappeared from the concrete surface. For any surface against which additional concrete or other material Is to be bonded, unless It le proven that the ouring compound will not prevent bond, positive measures shall be taken to remove It completely from areas to receive bonded applications. 19.4 Moisture loss from surfaces placed against wooden forms or metal forms exposed to heating by the sun shall be minimized by keeping the forms wet until they can be safely removed. After form removal apply curing compound in acoordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer. For any surface against which additional concrete or other material Is to be bonded, unless it is proven that the curing compound will not prevent bond, positive measures shall be taken to remove it completely from areas to receive bonded applications. 19.5 Temperature, Wind, and Humidity 19.5.1 Cold weather - When the mean dally outdoor temperature Is less than 40 F., the temperature of the concrete shall be maintained between 50 and 70 F. for 7 days. When necessary, arrangements for heating, covering, insulating, or housing the oonorete work shall be made In advance of placement and shall be adequate to maintain the required temperature without Injury due to concentration of heat. Combustion heaters shall not be used during the first 24 hr. unless precautions are taken to prevent exposure of the concrete to exhaust gases which contain carbon dioxide. 19.5.2 Hot weather - When necessary, provision for windbreaks, shading, fog spraying, sprinkling, ponding, or wet covering with a light colored material shall be made In advance of placement, and such protective measures shall be taken as quickly as oonorete hardening and finishing operations will allow. 19,5.3 Rate of temperature change - Changes In temperature of the air Immediately adjacent to the concrete during and Immediately following the curing period shall be kept as uniform as possible and shall not exceed 5 F. In any 1 hr. or 50 F. In any 24-hr, period. 19.6 Protection from meohanical Injury - During the curing period, the concrete shall be protected from damaging mechanical disturbances, such as load stresses, heavy shock, and excessive vibration. All finished oonorete surfaces shall be protected from damage by construction equipment, materials, or methods, by applioation of curing procedures, and by rain or running water. Self - supporting structures shall not be loaded In suoh a way as to overstress the concrete. 20, EVALUATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF CONCRETE 20.1 Test results for standard molded and standard cured test cylinders shall be evaluated separately for each specified *SECTION 3A -9 concrete mix design. Such evaluation shall be valid only if tests have been conducted In accordance with the specifications. 20.2 For evaluation, each specified mix design shall be represented by at least five tests. 20.3 The strength level of the concrete will be considered satisfactory so long as the averages of all sets of throe consecutive strength test results equal or exceed the specified strength, fc', and no individual strength test result falls below the specified strength, fo', by more than 500 psi. Should cylinder tests fall to meet these requirements or if deficient construction is suspected by Owner's Representative, core tests may be required and the cost of such tests shall be paid by the contractor. 20.4 Testing by Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be used to determine relative strengths at various locations in the structure as an aid for selecting areas to be cored. Such tests shall not be used as a basis for acceptance or rejection. 20.5 Where core tests are required, cores at least 2 in. in diameter shall be obtained and tested in accordance with 'Methods of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete' (ASTM C42). The cores shall be air dried (temperature 60 to 80 F, relative humidity less than 60 percent) for 7 days before test and shall be tested dry. 20.6 At least three representative cores shall be taken from each member or area of concrete In place that Is considered potentially deficient. The location of cores shall be determined by the Architect/Engineer so as least to Impair the strength of the structure. If, before testing, one or more of tho cores shows evidence of having been damaged subsequent to or during removal from the structure, it shall be replaced. 20.7 Concrete in the area represented by a core test will be considered adequate if the average strength of the cores Is equal to at least 85 percent of and if no single core Is Tess than 75 porcent of tho specified strength, fc', 20.8 Core holes shall be filled with low slump concrete or mortar. 21. ACCEPTANCE OF STRUCTURE 21.1 Completed concrete work which meets all applicable requirements will be accepted without qualification. 21.2 Completed concrete work whioh fails to meet one or more requirements but whioh has been repaired to bring it into compliance will be accepted without qualification. 21,3 Completed concrete work whioh falls to meet one or more requirements and whioh oannot be brought Into compliance may be accepted or rejeoted by the Owner's Representative. In this event, modifications may be required to assure that remaining work complies with tho requirements. 21.4 The cost of any additional tests or analysts, including additional architectural and engineering services, performed to prove the adequacy of the oonorete work, shall be borne by the contractor. - END OF SECTION - TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila Washin on 01/31/92 c DIVISION 4* UNIT MASONRY WORK PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.1 The provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified In this Section. 1.2 Unless otherwise Indicated or specified, the work shall conform to the following Standards: 1,2.1 American Concrete Institute, ACI 531 -79 (revised 1983), 'Building Code Requirements for Concrete Masonry Structures', 1.2.2 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1.2.2.1 ASTM A36, Standard Specification for Structural Steel, 1.2.2.2 ASTM A82, Standard Specifications for Cold -Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement, 1.2,2.3 ASTM A153, Standard Specification for Zino Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 1.2,2.4 ASTM A167, Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat- Resisting Plates, Sheet and Strip. 1.2.2.5 ASTM A307, Standard Specification for Low - Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Standard Fasteners. 1.2,2,6 ASTM A366, Standard Specification for Steel, Carbon, Cold- Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. 1.2.2.7 ASTM A615, Standard Specification for Deformed Billet -Steel Bars for Conorete Reinforcement. 1.2.2.8 ASTM A841, Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire. 1.2.2.9 ASTM C90, Standard Specification for Hollow Load - Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 1.2.2,10 ASTM C140, Standard Methods of Sampling and Testing Concrete Maoonry Units, 1.2.2,11 ASTM 0270, Standard Speofficatlons for Mortar for Unit Masonry. 1.2.2.12 ASTM C478, Standard Specifications for Mortar and Grout for Reinforced Masonry. 1.2.2.13 ASTM D2240, 1,2,2,14 ASTM E329, Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Conorete Steel and Bituminous Materials as used In Construction. 1.2.2.15 ASTM E447, Methods of Test for Compressive Strength of Masonry Prisms. 1.2.3 Cast Stone institute (C.S.I.) 1.2.3.1 All applicable standards and specifications, *SECTION 4A -1 1.2,4 National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA) 1.2.4.1 Technical Note No. 6, Estimating the Fire Resistance of Concrete Masonry. 1,2.4.2 Technical Note No. 35, Fire Safety with Concrete Masonry, 1.3 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 epeoffioatlone to eaoh euboontraotor and for coordinating the work accordingly. 1.4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 1.5 All work shall be constructed per seismic design regulations as stipulated In Uniform Building Code. 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and scaffolding required for completing masonry work, and related items Indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. (NOTE: Refer to drawings for items applicable to the project). 3. SUBMITTALS 3.1 Shall be submitted for review In accordance with the procedure set forth In Section 1A of these specifications. 3.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples in the oontext of the technical specifications shall be taken to mean 'if required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. 3,3 Concrete Block Strength Certification: Submit manufacturer's certification, signed and sealed by an engineer registered in the state where the structure Is located, that all concrete block to be used for this project complies with the requirements of ASTM C90, Grade N, Type 1 and has a minimum net area compressive strength of 1900 psi when tested in aocordance with ASTM C140. 3.4 Submit samples approximately 4' x 4' x 4' of concrete block and brick for integrally colored and architectural or customized unite, Provide samples of matching custom color mortar. After Owner review and acceptance of block and mortar samples, the contractor shall erect a sample panel (3' x 3') showing block, joints and workmanship. Do not proceed with the manufacture of the custom concrete block units until Owner approval of sample panel is received. Brick and mortar color must match adjacent development. 3.5 Where atone sills are required, provide sample sized approximately 6' long for Owner review. 3,6 Review of oubmittais will cover general design only. In no case shall this review relieve the contractor of the responsibility for general or detailed dimension, quality or quantity of materials, or any other conditions, functions, performance or guarantees required. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila W: shin: on 01/31/92 DIVISION 4* UNIT MASONRY WORK 4, QUALITY ASSURANCE 4,1 General 4.1.1 The Owner will employ and pay for tho services of an Independent testing agency to provide testing and inspection of masonry work. The testing agenoy shall be licensed In the state where the structure Is located and shall meetthe requirements of 'Recommended Practices for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used In Construction' (ASTM E329). All testing and Inspections shall be performed under the supervision of an engineer registered In the state where the structure Is located. 4.1.2 Masonry materials and operations shall be tested and inspected as the work progresses. Failure to detect any defective work or material shall not in any way prevent later rejection when such defect Is discovered nor shall It obligate the Owner's Representative for final acceptance. 4,1.3 The testing agency °hall report all test and Inspection results to the Architect/Engineer, Owner, and Contractor immediately after they are performed. All test and inspection reports shall be signed and sealed by an Engineer registered In the state where the structure to located and shall Include the exact location in the work represented by the test. 4.1.4 At the completion of all masonry work the testing agency shall submit a letter of certification signed and sealed by an engineer registered In the state where the structure Is located, stating that all masonry work has been constructed In accordance with the contract documents and all other applicable code requirements. 4.1.5 The testing agenoy and Its representatives are not authorized to revoke, after, relax, enlarge or release any requirement of the contract documents, approve or accept any portion of the work, perform any duties of the Contractor, or be a party to scheduling of work. 4.1.6 The contractor shall notify the testing agency and the Owner's Representative a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all masonry work and ail reasonable facilities shall be made available for technicians. 4.1.7 Records of Inspection shall be kept available to the building official during progress of work for two years after completion of the project. Records shall be preserved by the Independent testing agency. 4.2 The testing agency shall verify compliance with design drawings and apecifioations and keep a record that shall cover: 4.2.1 Quality and testing of masonry untts and materials for mortar and grout. 4.2.2 Make prism tests In accordance with ASTM E447, Method B for each size and type of unit, one test In advance of construction and one test for each 6,000 eq. ft. of wall area during construction. Prisms shall be ungrouted. Prism strength shall be 1500 psi mtnlmum at 28 days. 4.2,3 Proportioning, mixing, and consistency of mortar and grout. 4.2.4 Laying, mortaring, and grouting of masonry units and masonry structural elements. 4.2.5 Condition, grade, size, spacing, and planing of reinforcement. 4.2.6 Any significant or unusual construction loads on completed masonry structural elements. 4.2,7 General progress of work, 4.3 When the ambient temperature falls below 40 F. or rises above 100 F., a complete record shall be kept of weather conditions and of preconditioning and protection given to masonry materials, and protection and curing of completed work, PART 2: PRODUCTS 5 BRICK MASONARY AND CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS 5,1 Concrete Masonry Size: Manufacturer's standard sized units with nominal face dimensions of 16' long by 8' high (15.5/8' by 7.5/8' actual), unless otherwise shown. Thickness to be as detailed, 5.2 Obtain masonry units from one manufacturer, of uniform texture, size and color for each kind required, for eaoh continuous area and visually related areas. 5.3 Provide epeolal shapes where shown and where required for lintels, corners, jambs, sash, control Joints, headers, bonding and other special conditions. 5.4 Custom Units: 5.4.1 Refer to drawings for color and location of Integrally colored units (i.e., white, gray, etc.). 5.4.2 Refer to drawings for type and location of architectural or customized units (i.e., smooth, splR- ieoe, fluted, scored, ribbed; slump, etc.) 5.4.3 Where indicated, provide units called out by manufacturer and catalog number or approved equal. 6,5 Grade and Strength *SECTION 4A -2 5,5.1 All masonry units shall be normal weight block conforming to ASTM C90, Grade N, Type 1. 6.5.2 Net area compressive strength of concrete masonry units shall be not less than 1900 psi when tested in accordance with ASTM C140, unless masonry TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 4* UNIT MASONRY WORK prisms are made. Prism strength shall be 1500 psi minimum at 28 days. 5.6, Wherever a lire- resistance olaseifloation Is shown or scheduled for unit masonry oonetruotlon (4 hour, 3 hour and similar designations) comply with the requirements for materials and installation established by the National Concrete Masonry Assoolation Tech #6 and #35 and other governing authorities for the construction shown. 6.7. Brick Masonry: Brink shall be Mae hard burned brick, Color shall be 'Mountain Red', texture to be matt, as manufactured by Interstate Brick Company, West Jordan, Utah, (801) 561- 1471. Brlok color, type and erection layout must match adjacent development. Owner shall approve sample panel prior to construction. 5.8 Provide bull nose units for interior exposed corners, door jambs, and heads. Atlas brick shall be size as detailed on the drawings. Atlas brink shall be In accordance with ASTM Specifications C -652; Grade S.W., Type HBX (minimum range variation hand selected). See drawings for speolal units for 45 degree angle units and offset requirements. Masonry units shall be true In all planes and of the dimensions set forth within 9/32' tolerance, All brink shall be selected at the yard before delivery and any units warped, overburned, chipped, undersize or oversize, shall be replaced at the expense of the brick manufacturer. All expensed edges and faces to have the same texture. Face size shall be 3 -1/2' x 15 -1/2'. 6. MATCH EXISTING 6.1 Where indloated that masonry is to 'match existing', visit the site and verify type, color, texture, etc. of existing units to be matched. Provide matching units as approved by the Ownor'e Representative. 7. MORTAR MATERIALS 7.1 Mortar shall conform to ASTM C270, Type S. 7.2 For job site pigmented mortar use mineral pigments, and with exception of carbon blank limit to 10 percent of cement content, and carbon black to 1 -1/2 percent of cement content. Where masonry cement le used, limit color pigments to 1/2 of preoeding percentages. Color pigments shall be comparable In quality to material manufactured by Frank D. Davis Co., Beltsville, Maryland. Color must match adjacent development. Field versify and obtain approval by Owner. 7.3 Prembced colored masonry mortar shall match Integrally colored btook. • 8. GROUT 8.1 Grout shall conform to ASTM 0476. 9. REINFORCING BARS 9.1 Reinforcing bars ehall conform to ASTM A615, Grade 60, unless noted otherwise. 10. JOINT REINFORCING *SECTION 4A -3 10.1 Continuous wire reinforcing (Joint reinforcing) shall be ladder type fabricated units with a single pair of 9 gage side rode and 9 gage continuous cross rods fabricated from cold -drawn eteel wire complying with ASTM A82, and galvanized to conform to ASTM A641, Claes 1 and #185 truss -box- meeh/selemlolip/reotanglar pintle /continuous wire. 10,2 Manufacturer offering products to comply with requirements for joint reinforcing shall be: Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. 11. ANCHORS, TIES, AND METAL ACCESSORIES 11.1 Anchors, ties, and metal accessories shall conform to the following requirements where applicable: 11.1.1 Sheet Steel:ASTM A366, 16 gage minimum, galvanized to conform to ASTM A153. 11.1.2 Structural Steel:ASTM A36 galvanized to conform to ASTM A153. 11,1.3 Anchor Boks:ASTM A307 galvanized to conform to ASTM A153. 11.1.4 Stainless Steel:ASTM A167, type 304, 11.1.5 Uniform Building Code seismic regulations, 11.2 Manufacturers offering products to comply with requirements for anchors shall be: Hohmann and Barnard, Inc. At concrete wall and masonry. use #305 dovetail slot/seismicllp/ #315 -BT flexible dovetail /continuous wire. At steel frame and masonry use #380 grlpstay ohannel /selsmicclip/ #363 -BT flexible gripetay anohor /continuous wire. 12, MASONRY ACCESSORIES, FINISHES, AND RELATED ITEMS 12.1 Masonry Cleaner: "Sure Klean Vanatrol' as manufactured by The Process Solvent Company. 12,2 Maistureproofing: Prime -a -Pell, 200 clear as manufactured by Chemprobe Corp., Garland, Texas 214 - 271 -5551. 12,3 Masonry Cell Insulation: KorfiI expanded polystyrene insulation inserts for standard two core masonry units as manufactured by Korfll, Inc., P.O. Box 123, Chilopee, MA 01514 (800-628-8476). Provide Korfll EPS Insert, to be Installed at the exterior wall face of all cells. This single unit insert Is to be used except in those states where open -ended masonry cells are manufactured. Use original Korfll 'horseshoe' Insert in these areas. Verify application with Korfii. Furnish Insulation in all cells except bond beam blocks and parapets above the roof line. Wall shall have 'U' values as follows: 12' walls = 0.19, 8' walls 0.24 (w /140# Density Block). Do not Insulate parapet walls above roof. Alternate block insulation to be Insul -Bloo standard unite as manufactured by lnsul -Bloc Corp., 55 Circuit Avenue West, Springfield, Massachusetts 01089, Phone (413-781- 0010). TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/82 DIVISION 4* UNIT MASONRY WORK (If Ineul -Bloc Alternate le used, delete Inserts at all cells grouted solid for reinforcing.) 12.4 Premolded Joint Filler: Expanded or molded polystyrene foam thickness and width to suit joint In which used minus depth necessary for caulking work. 12.6 Premolded Control Joint Gaskets: 12.5.1 Gasket shall be of natural or synthetic rubber, solid section ASTM D2240, not Tess than 70 durometer, regular or wide flange as shown or required. 12,6.2 Gaskets shall be oroos- shaped in section similar to regular flange type designed to fit standard sash block and maintain lateral masonry stability, as manufactured by Dur- O-Wall Company. 12.6 Concealed Masonry Flashing and Adhesive (thru -wall or spandrel beam flashing): Flexible vinyl sheet formulated from virgin polyvinyl chloride with plasticizers and other modifiers to remain flexible and waterproof, biaok color, 20 mils thick unless otherwise Indicated. Use apeolfio types and adhesives recommended by manufacturerfor parapets, spandrel beams, door and window flashing and foundation flashing. 13. STONE SILLS 13,1 Cast atone sills consisting of white Portland Cement, aggregates, reinforcing, etc, with a smooth texture finish. Stone sills to be consistent in texture and color and free of chips and cracks. Joints in sills to be determined by best industry standards for maximum allowable lengths. 13,2 Provide all anchors, fasteners, dowels, etc„ for a complete and finished installation as shown on drawings. 13,3 Sills to be 1 -5/8' think with 3/8' mortar setting bed, Mortar to be whlfe in color. All mortar mixes and applications to be per latest ASTM standards for cast stone application and installation. 13,4 Fabricator: Member of the Cast Stone Institute (C.5.1.). PART 3: EXECUTION 14.PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 14.1 Masonry unite shall be sound and free of chips and major oraoke which would Impair the strength of permanence of the construction. 14.2 Masonry units shall be kept dry during delivery and while etored at the cite. Protect units with waterproof coverings to minimize moisture absorption. 14.3 Store masonry units on level platforms permitting air to circulate under stack. 15. PREPARATION 15.1 Make layout In accordance with project drawings. 15.2 Remove !altanoe, loose aggregate, and anything that may prevent mortar from bonding to foundation. TO 5 'R' US R MODEL - Tu ila aehin on *SECTION 4A-4 15.3 Do not proceed with masonry construction, until permitted, when the following foundation tolerances are not met: Horizontal alignment (Variation from plan dimension) Vertical alignment (Variation from level) ±1/4 in. In 10 ft. 1/2 in. max. variation ±1/4 in. In 10 ft. 1/2 In. max. variation 15.4 Mortar (cold weather) - Use acceptable cold weather precautions when temperature is leas than 40 ° F. 15.5 Mortar (hot weather) - Use acceptable hot weather precautions in placing and curing of the mortar when air temperature exceeds 100 ° F and when there le a drying wind at temperatures above 90 ° F. 16. PLACING MASONRY UNITS 16.1 Construct masonry with experienced personnel, using manufactured masonry units and materials necessary to hold units in desired position. There shall be an experienced foreman on the Job at all times. 16,2 Thickness: Build walls and other masonry construction to the full thickness shown, except, build single - wythe walls to actual thickness of the masonry units, using units of nominal thickness shown or specified. Use concrete units that are sound, dry, clean and free from ice and frost when placed. 16.3 Cut masonry units with motor - driven saw designed to cut masonry with clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units as required to provide pattern shown and to fit adjoining work neatly. Use full units without nutting wherever possible. 16.4 Dampening of concrete units before or during construction shall not be permitted unless made necessary by unusual conditions and approved by the Architect or Engineer. 16.5 Adjust each unit to final position in wall white mortar Is still soft and plastic. Remove any unit disturbed after mortar has stiffened, and re-lay with fresh mortar. 16.6 Align vertical cells to be filled with grout to provide a continuous unobstructed opening not less than 3' x 4'. 16.7 Pattern Bond: Lay all block in the bond pattern shown or if not shown or specified in a running bond pattern with vertical joint in each course centered on units In courses above and below. Bond and Interlock each course of eaoh wythe at corners, unless otherwise shown. Do not use units with less than 4' horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. 16,8 Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint widths and to properly locate openings, movement - type joints, returns and offsets. Avoid the use of less- than -half- size units at corners, jambs and wherever possible at other locations. : 16.9 Lay -up walls plumb and true and with courses level, accurately spaced and coordinated with other work. 16.10 Where indicated, Inner wythe of front wall to receive graphics and exterior wall to receive paint, ceramic the or exterior 01 t DIVISION 4* UNIT MASONRY WORK Insulation and finish system shall be carefully and accurately laid to a flush, true and plumb plane with tooled joints. 16.11 Stopping and Resuming Work: Rack bank 1/2 masonry unit length in each course; do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry units and mortar prior to laying fresh masonry. 16,12 Built -in Work 16.12.1 As the work progresses, build-In items specified under this and other Sections of these Specifications. Fill In solidly with masonry around built- In items. 16.12.2 Fill space between hollow metal frames and masonry solidly with mortar. 18,12.3 Where bulit -in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, plane a layer of metal lath In the joint below and rod mortar or grout Into core. 16,12.4 Non - bearing Interior Partition Walls: Build full height of story to underside of structure above, unless otherwise shown. 16,13 Temporarily brace walls to provide stability during construction. 16.14 Temporarily shore masonry to provide support during construction. 17. REINFORCEMENT 17,1 Preparation: 17.1.1 Place all reinforcement for masonry In accordance with project documents. 17.1.2 Use metal reinforcement at time of placement which is free of mud, oil, or other coatings that adversely affect bonding capacity. 17,1.3 Metal reinforcement with rust, mill scale, or a combination of both may be used provided tho minimum dimensions, including height of deformations, and weight of wire brushed specimens are not less than required by applicable ASTM specification. 17.1.4 Do not use metal reinforcement with kinks or unrequlred bends. Do not straighten nor repair bars In a manner that will damage the bar or adjacent construction. 17.2 Fabrication: 17.2.1 Fabricate bars without damaging the materials, 17,2.2 Bending of bare 17.2.2.1 Perform bending on unheated bars, unless otherwise acceptable. 17.2.2.2 Bare larger than #5 ehall not be field bent unless acceptable to Architect and Engineer. *SECTION 4A -5 17.2.2.3 The diameter of bend measured on the Inside of the bar, other than for stirrups, shall not be Tess than the values listed below except that for Grade 40 bars in sizes #3 to #11 inclusive, with turns not exceeding 180 ° , the minimum diameter shall be five bar diameters. MINIMUM DIAMETERS OF BEND Bar Size Minimum Diameter #3 through #8 6 bar diameter° #9, #10, and #11 8 bar diameters 17.2.2.4 Inside diameter of bend for stirrups shall not be less than four bar diameters. 17.2.3 Standard hooks - Use one of following: 17.2.3.1 A 180 turn plus extension of at least four bar diameters but not leas than 2 -1/2 In, at free end of bar. 17.2.3.2 A 90 turn plus extension of at least 12 bar diameters at free end of bar. 17.2.3.3 For stirrup anchorage only, either a 90 or a 135 turn plus an extension of at least six bar diameters but not Tess than 2 -1/2 in. at free end of bar. 17.2.4 Welding - Welding of reinforcing bars Is not permitted. 17,2.5 Joint reinforcement: 17.2.5.1 Reinforcement of two or more deformed longitudinal wires weld connected with cross wires, forming a ladder design. 17.2.5.2 Make out -to-out spacing of longitudinal wires 2 In. less than the nominal width of the wall or wythe. 17.2.5.3 Space welded contacts or cross wires with each longitudinal wire not more than 16 In. 17.2.5.4 Provide Joint reinforcement in flat sections 10 to 20 ft. long, except that factory- formed corner reinforcements and other special shapes may be shorter. 17.2.6 Anchors and ties - Fabricate anchors and ties in one of the following ways: 17.2,6.1 Wire mesh ties shall be No. 16 gage minimum 1/2 in. mesh steel wire, 12 In. minimum length and 1- 1/2 in, Tess than the nominal width of wall. 17.2.7 Rigid steel anchors at Intersecting walls shall be 1- 1/2 x 1/4 x 24 In, minimum with ends turned up 2 in. minimum and shall conform to ASTM A36. 17.2.8 Dovetail anchors shall be sheet steel 0.06 in. minimum thickness, 1 in, wide, and turned up 1/4 In. at outer end. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL. • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 4* UNIT MASONRY WORK 17.2.9 Corrugated or crimped metal ties, shall be sheet 0.03 In. minimum thickness, 7/8 in, wide, 6 in. long. 17.2.10 Wire ties shall be joint reinforcement. 17.3 Planing reinforcing bars: 17.3.1 Embed bars In grout and provide a minimum masonry cover not less than the following: 17.3.1.1 Minimum 2' where exposed to earth or weather. 17.3.1.2 Minimum 1 -1/2' where not exposed to earth or weather. 17.3.2 Make splices in bare as shown on project drawings unless otherwise acceptable to Architect and Engineer. 17.3.3 Provide clear distance between horizontal bars In layer not less than the diameter of the bars, nor 1', except that they may be bundled in pairs. 17.3.4 Provide clear distance between vertical bars not Tess than one and one -half times the bar diameter, nor 1 -1/2', except that they may be bundled in pairs. 17.3.5 Lay horizontal bars as work progresses. 17.3.6 Hold vertical bars in hollow unit masonry in place at 200 bar diameters or 10 ft. maximum on center whichever is lesser. 17.4 Planing Joint Reinforcement: 17.4.1 Place masonry joint reinforcement so that longitudinal wires are located over face-shell mortar beds and are embedded in mortar or grout for their entire length with minimum cover of 5/8' when exposed to weather or earth and 1/2' at other locations. 17.4.2 Piaoe factory- fabricated sections at corners and wall intersections, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect/Engineer. 17.4.3 Unless noted otherwise, joint reinforcement shall not be continuous through a control joint or an expansion joint. 17.4.4 Lap the ends of joint reinforcement 6' for deformed wire and 12' for plain wire when spliced. 17.4.5 Space continuous horizontal reinforcing as follows: 17.4.5.1 For multi - wythe walls (solid or cavity) where continuous horizontal reinforcing also acts as structural bond or tie between wythes, space reinforcing as required by Code but not more than 16' o.o. vertically. 17,4.5.2 For single -wythe walla, epaoe reinforcing at 16' 0.0. vertically, unless otherwise shown. 18. MORTAR *SECTION 4A -6 17.4.6 Reinforce masonry openings greator than 1'-0' wide, with horizontal joint reinforcing place in 2 horizontal joints approximately 8' apart, both Immediately above tho lintel and immediately below the sill. Extend reinforcing a minimum of 2'- 0' beyond jambs of the opening, bridging control Joints where provided. 17.5 Placing anchors, ties, and metal accessories 17.5.1 Install required anchors, ties, and metal accessories as the masonry construction progresses. 17.5.2 Set bolts and inserts vertically in the top of the walls, pilasters, beams or columns 3' minimum from any face in masonry 7' or more in thickness, and at the center line In thinner masonry sections. 17.5.3 Adjust shelf angles as required to keep tho masonry level and at required elevation. Provide anchorage as detailed In the project documents. 17.5.4 Hold all metal accessories to masonry by firmly embedding anchorage Into grout or mortar 3' minimum. 18.1 Mixing mortar - Mix all oementitious materials and aggregate In mechanical mixers for a minimum period of 5 minutes, after all materials are placed In the mixer, with the amount of water required to produce the desired workability. Allow hand mixing only when acceptable. 18.2 Make workability or consistency of mortar on the board suoh that it can be worked with the trowel. Water for tempering shall be available on scaffold at all times. 18.3 Do not permit mortar to stand more than 1 hr. without remixing. 18.4 Discard mortar which has begun to set or is not used within 2 -1/2 hr. after initial mixing. Retemper mortar which has stiffened due to evaporation to restore its workability. Mix colored mortar to produce uniform color throughout. Mix trial batches, dry, and establish the color by sample panels. MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTS Place hollow units with full mortar bedment in all courses of piers, columns, pilaster, In starting courses on footings and solid foundation walls, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be reinforced or filled with grout or concrete. In other oases provide cross web bedding when required. 19.2 Place hollow units with head joints tightly mortar bedded for a minimum depth from each faoe equal to the masonry unit face shell thickness. 19.3 Make horizontal and vertical face joints 3/8' thick unless otherwise required. Shove vertical mortar joints tight. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/3 92 DIVISION 4* UNIT MASONRY WORK 19.4 Tool mortar joints in exposed exterior surfaces when thumbprint- hard with a round jointer unless otherwise required. Point joints tight in unparged masonry below grade. 19.5 Remove mortar protrusions extending more than 1/2' Into cells or cavities to be grouted. 19.6 FIli horizontal Joints between top of masonry partitions and underside of Blabs or beams with mortar unless otherwise acceptable to Architect/Engineer, 19.7 Provide joints for sealing on the exterior face at control joints and at other locations where sealed Joints are indicated. Rake joints and tool smooth and uniform to depth of 3/4', unless otherwise required or accepted. 19.8 In temperatures exceeding 100 ° F., do not lay out mortar beds ahead of pining of units. Use a very light fog spray, not sufficient to penetrate the masonry, on vertical surface of masonry to ald in mortar curing during first 24 hr. after plaolng units. 19.9 Do not Insert through wall flashing or other elements which stop bond in masonry joints between mortar and masonry units, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect/Engineer. 19.10 Remove masonry unite disturbed after laying; Olean and relay In fresh mortar. Do not pound corners at jambs to fit stretcher units which have been set In position. If adjustments are required, remove units, Olean off mortar, and reset In fresh mortar. 19.11 Clean mortar spatters and drips from adjacent block work Immediately. 20. ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION 20.1 Anohor or bond masonry and walls and partitions at points where they meet or Intersect by one of the following methods: 20.1.1 Lay 50 percent of units at the Intersection In masonry bond with alternate units having a bearing of not lase than 3' on the unit below. 20.1.2 Anohor the intersection by metal ties, joint reinforcement, or anchors as acceptable to Arohitect/Engineer. 20,1.3 Anchor Interior non -load- bearing walls at Intersection, at vertical Intervals of not more than 2' on centers, with metal ties embedded at least 4' Into the masonry, or as acceptable to Architect/Engineer. 20.1.4 Where courses of meeting or Intersecting walls are carried up separately, use acceptable method of bonding or keeping separate at the Intersection. 20.2 Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces such members to comply with the following or as shown on the drawings, 20,2.1 Provide an open apace not less than 1/2' In width between masonry and structural member, unless *SECTION 4A -7 otherwise shown. Keep own space free of mortar or other rigid materials. 20.2.2 Anohor masonry to structural steel members with metal ties embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure. Provide anchors with flexible tie sections, unless otherwise shown. Space anchors as shown, but not more than 16' o.c. vertically and 32' o.o. horizontally. 20.3 Anchor masonry furring to backing with anchors or ties by embedment at least 1 -1/2' into facing and backing. Space ties not farther apart than 24' vertically, nor 36' horizontally. 21. CONTROL JOINTS AND EXPANSION JOINTS 21.1 Provide control joints and expansion joints as required, and construct by using special control joint units, open end stretcher units, metal sash jamb units and control joint filler, or abutted standard units, and preformed gaskets, compressible material, building paper and caulking or sealants as indicated on drawings or as required. 21.2 Make control joints and expansion joints weather tight at exterior walls. 21.3 See Seotion 7G 'Sealants' for various joint sealant requirements. 21.4 Control Joint Spacing: If location of control joints Is not shown, place vertical joints spaced not to exceed 40' -0' o.o. for concrete masonry wythes If reinforced, or 30' -0' 0.0. if not reinforced. Locate control Joints at points of natural weakness In the masonry work as directed by Owner's Representative. 22. BOND BEAMS 22.1 Construct bond beams of one or more courses of load- bearing units filled with concrete or grout and reinforced. Use continuous reinforcement unless otherwise indicated. 22,2 Provide custom unit bond beams to match adjacent block color and texture, if required, where shown on the drawings. 23. GROUT FOR MASONRY 23.1 General: 23.1.1 Set reinforcing steel and anchors in required position and secure against displacement before grouting Is started. 23.1.2 Mix all cementitious materials and aggregates for a minimum period of 5 minutes. after all materials are placed in the mixer with the amount of water required to produce the desired consistency. Place in cores and /or collar joints while fluid and before Initial set has taken place. Puddle or vibrate grout into place. Place grout in such a way as to prevent segregation of materials. Pour grout fluid enough to flow Into all crevices of grout spaces leaving no voids. 23.1.3 Grout beams over openings in one continuous operation. TOYS PR' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 4* UNIT MASONRY WORK 23.1.4 Grout vertical cores In maximum of 5' lifts. Stop grout pours 1- 1/2' below a mortar joint, except at top of wall. Where bond beams are used stop grout pour 1/2' below top. 23.1.5 Use metal lath, mortar, or special units to confine grout to area required. Do not use materials which may Inhibit bond or are combustible. 23.1.8 Use aoo.ptable oold weather precautions In placing and curing of grout when temperature is less than 32 ° F. 23.2 Low -lift grouting: In hollow unit masonry construction, limit low -lift grouting to maximum wall height of 5' per lift. Vertical cores to be grouted shall have minimum clear dimensions of 3' x 4'. 23.3 High -lift grouting: 23.3,1 Grout hollow unit masonry of a000rdance with this section when erected to height in excess of 5' before grouting. Vertical cores to be grouted shall have minimum clear dimension of 3' and clear area of 10 sq. In. 23.3,2 Provide oleanout openings at 12 sq. In. minimurn area opposite each vertical bar at bottom course or In foundation wall. 23.3.3 Clean cores and collar joints of mortar droppings and foreign material, position reinforcement, and close oleanout openings before grouting. 23.3.4 Place vertioal barriers consisting of masonry units and mortar In bond beam type hollow units and in collar joints to be grouted at 30' maximum to limit horizontal flow of grout. 23.3.5 Pour grout In 6' lifts maximum allowing minimum of 30 minutes and maximum of 1 hr. before pouring next lift. Grout shall be oonsolidatod by puddling or vibrating at time of pouring and then reconsolidated before plasticity is lost. Reconsolidation may occur as next lift is poured. 23.3.6 Do not erect masonry to a height more than 80 times the minimum clear grout space before grouting with a maximum of 30' unless otherwise acceptable to Architect/Engineer. 23.4 Construction protection; 24. LINTELS 23.4.1 Do not use high -lift grouting method until masonry units have been in place 3 days minimum. 23.4.2 Do not permit water or foreign material to fall In grout space while grout Is being placed and curing. 23.5 Cleanup: Remove misplaced grout Immediately and clean affected areas. 24.1 24,2 *SECTION 4A - 8 Install loose lintels of steel and other materials where shown. Provide masonry lintels whore shown and wherever openings of more than 1'•0' are shown without structural steel or other supporting lintels. Provide formed -in -place masonry IiMels. Temporarily support formed- In -place lintels. 24.3 Unless otherwise shown, provide one reinforcing bar for each 4' of wall thickness and of a size number not Tess than the number of feet of opening width. 24.4 For hollow masonry unit walls, use specially formed 'U'• shaped lintel units with reinforcing bars placed as shown and filled with concrete grout. 24.5 Provide minimum bearing at each jamb, of 4' for openings less than 6'- 0' wide, and 8' for wider openings. 25. FLASHING OF CONCRETE MASONRY WORK 25.1 Wall Flashing: 25.1.1 Surfaces to receive flashing shall be smooth, dry and free from projections. 25.1.2 Install fleshings in walls where and as shown on drawings. Apply the material in one layer and spot bond to masonry with a heavy cold applied asphaltic mastic. Laps shall be not less than 6' and sealed with a full coating of bonding material. Where material turns up it shall be fully coated and bonded. Where anchors, ties, or other materials penetrate fleshings, the holes shall be carefully waterproofed with the bonding material. 25.2 Install reglats and Hailers for flashing and other related work shown to be built Into masonry work. 26. REPAIR POINTING AND CLEANING 26.1 Remove and replace masonry units which are loose, chipped, broken, stained or otherwise damaged, or if units do not match adjoining units as intended. Provide new units to match adjoining units and install in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. 26.2 Pointing: During the tooling of Joints, enlarge any voids or holes, except weep holds, and completely fill with mortar. Point- up Joints at corner, openings and adjaoent work to provide a neat, uniform appearanoe proporly prepared for applloation of caulking or sealant compounds. Cut at defective joints and repolnt. 26.3 Clean exposed masonry by dry brushing at the end of eaoh day's work and after final pointing to remove mortar spots and droppings. Clean wall surfaces with prepared masonry cleaner in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Check to confirm manufacturer's recommendations for use on Integrally colored concrete block. 26.4 Remove mortar splatters and drips from adjacent block work Immediately. TOYS'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/82 DIVISION 4* UNIT MASONRY WORK 26.5 After completion of all work, this contractor shall remove all eoaffolding and surplus masonry supplies from construction site. 27. LIQUID WATER REPELLENT 27.1 Installer: A firm with not leas than 3 years of successful experience In application of water repellents of types required on substrates similar to those of this project. 27.2 Job Conditions: 27.2.1 Weather and Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with application of water repellent (except with the written recommendation of manufacturer), when ambient temperature is less than 50 degrees F.; or when substrate surfaces have cured for less than a period of 2 months; or when rain or temperatures below 40 degrees F. are predicted for a period of 24 hours; or earlier than 3 days after surfaces became wet from rainfall or other moisture sources or when substrate is frozen, or at surface temperature of less than 40 degrees F. 27.2.2 Installer must examine substrate and conditions under which water repellent is to be applied, and advise Contractor In writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not prooeed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected In a manner acceptable to Installer. 27.3 Preparations for Installation: 27.3.1 Clean substrates of substances which might interfere with penetration /adhesion of water repellents. Test for moisture content, In accordance with repellent manufacturer's Instructions, to ensure that surface Is sufficiently dry. 27.3.2 Coordination with sealants: Where feasible, delay application for water repellents until Installation of sealants has been completed in joints adjoining surfaces to be coated with repellent. 27.3.3 Mask off areas whioh receive paint, ceramic tile or exterior insulation and finish system to ensure that no liquid water repellent is applied on these areas. Protect adjoining work, including sealant bond surfaces, from spillage or blow- over of water repellent. Cover adjoining and nearby surfaces of aluminum and glass where there Is possibility of water repellent being deposited on surfaces. Cover live plant materials with drop clothe. Clean water repellent from adjoining surfaces immediately after spillage. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning. 27.4 Installation: 27.4.1 Apply 'Prim -a -pall' clear coating by Chemprobe Corporation, Garland, TX (214) 271 -5551, in a uniform, one -coat saturation -type spray coating of water repellent on surfaces Indicated for treatment. Comply with all manufacturer's Instructions and 28. CONSTRUCTION PROTECTION 28.1 Step bank unfinished work for Joining new work. Before laying new work, remove loose mortar and Olean exposed joint. 28,2 Protect ellle, ledges, and offsets from mortar drippings and other damage during construction. 28.3 28.4 28.5 *SECTION 44-9 recommendations, using airless spraying procedure. Remove misplaced mortar and grout immediately and clean affected areas. Proteot face materials from staining. Keep masonry units dry. Keep the top of masonry construotion covered with a water -proof oovering when work is not In progress. 28.6 Temporarily brace masonry against horizontal loads until cured and permanently braced. 29. ACCEPTANCE OF MASONRY CONSTRUCTION 29.1 Completed masonry work which meets all applicable requirements shall be accepted without qualifications. 29.2 Completed masonry work which falls to meet one or more requirements must be brought Into compliance in an approved manner or may be rejected or accepted by the Arohiteot/Engineer. 29,3 The masonry work shall be clean and show a quality of workmanship and finish that conforms to the approved sample when viewed at a distance of 15' In average daylight, or as otherwise acceptable to the Architect/Engineer. 29.4 Joints shall be tooled and tight, showing no separation between mortar and units. - END OF SECTION - TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 c DIVISION 5* STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.1 The provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified In this Section. 1.2 Unless otherwise shown or specified, this work shall conform to the following standards: 1.2.1 AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges (1986) except as modified herein. 1.2.1.1 Paragraph 4.2.1 of the above code is hereby modified by deletion of the following sentence: 'This approval constitutes the Owner's acceptance of all responsibility for the design adequacy of any connections designed by the fabricator as a part of his preparation of these shop drawings'. 1.2.2 AISC Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings (1978). 1.2.3 AISC Specification for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts (1985). 1,2.4 AWS (D1.1) Structural Welding Code - Steel (1985). 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 Include all labor, materials and appliances, and perform all operations In conneotlon with the Installation of all Structural Steel and all related work, complete, In strict accordance with the drawings, and as specified herein, Structural steel work Includes: 2.1.1 Design of structural steel conneotions. 2.1.2 All structural steel Including columns, beams, girders, column baee and cap plates, Joist and beam bearing plates, angles and channels. 2.1.3 Framing for all openings In metal deck, 2.1.4 Connection angles, bolts and electrodes for welding work. 2.1.5 Framing and supports for roof top units. 2.1.6 Shop painting. 2.1,7 Shop drawings. 2.1.8 Furnishing of anchor bolts (installation of anchor bolts shall be by the concrete contractor), 2,1,9 Connections of masonry straps and anchors to oolumns and beams. 2.1.10 Connections for steel joist girders and steal Joists to structural steel, 2.1.11 All other items required to make the work of this section complete. *SECTION 5A -1 2.2 Tho General Contractor shall b9 responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 specifications to each subcontractor and for coordinating the work accordingly. 2.3 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternatos, and Substitutions. 3. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE (As Required by Job Conditions) 3.1 Steel Joist Girders - Section 5B. 3.2 Stool Joists - Section 5C. 3.3 Metal Roof Deck - Section 50. 3.4 Miscellaneous Metals - Section 5E. 3.5 Cold Rolled Structural Metals - Section 5F. 3.6 Metal Floor Deck - Section 53. 4. SUBMITTALS 4.1 Shall be submitted for review only when required by and in accordance with the procedure set forth In Section 1A of these specifications. 4,2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples In the context of the technical specifications shall be taken to mean 'if required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. 4.3 Shop Drawings: 4.3.1 Submit shop drawings to the Arohitect/Engineer for review prior to fabrication. 4.3.2 Items requiring field measuring shall have all dimensions verified In the field before fabrication. 4.3,3 Prepare In a000rdanoe with applicable standards and specifications listed in this Section. 4.3.4 All structural steel shall be detailed, fabricated and erected in accordance with the AISC Code of Standard Practice, except as modified herein. 4,3.5 Submit shop drawings prepared under supervision of a registered professional engineer, including complete dotalls and schedules for fabrication and assembly of structural steel member°, procedures and diagrams. Include details of outs, connections, oamber, holes and other pertinent data. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols and show size, length and type of each weld. Furnish erection drawings referencing erection marks to shop detail drawing numbers. Provide setting drawings, templates and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other anohorages to be installed by others. Type of fasteners shall be clearly shown for all members. TOYS 'Re US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01 31 92 DIVISION 5* 4.3.6 Fabricator's erection drawings and shop details shall clearly show the design Toads of the connections designed by the Fabricator. 4.3.7 The fabricator's engineer shall be responsible for the design, adequaoy and safety of all connections. All shop drawings shall be signed and sealed by the fabricator's engineer with the registered engineer's seal for the state where the structure is Iodated. 4.4 Connection Design Certification: Submit connection design certification stating that all structural steel connections have been designed in accordance with the drawings, project specifications and AISC specifications. Connection design certification ehall be signed and sealed by the fabrioator's engineer with the registered engineer's seal for the state where the structure Is located. 4.5 Mill Orders: Furnish one copy of any mill orders made for this protect to the Architect/Engineer, Independent testing agency and the Owner at the time order is sent to manufacturer. 4.6 MITI Test Reports: Submit mill test reports to the Architeot/Engineer, independent testing agency, and Owner for all steel used in this protect. 4,7 Welder Certifications: Submit welder certification° to the Arohlteot/Englneer, Independent testing agency, and the Owner showing compliance with AWS D1.1 for all welders to be used on this project. Welders must have been certified within the last six (6) months. 4.6 Connection Design Calculations: Design calculations for all connections designed by the fabricator's engineer shall be submitted only when requested by the Owner's Representative for submittal to the building official or for Information. Connection design oaloulations will not be reviewed by the Arohltect/Englneer. All design calculations shall be signed and sealed by the fabricator's engineer with the registered engineer's seal for the state where the structure is located. 4.9 Review of submittals le only for review of general conformance with the design concept, Including verification of the design Toads shown on the shop drawings. In no ease shall this review relieve the contractor of the responsibility for design, adequaoy and safety of all connections, correctness of fit, general or detailed dimensions, quality or quantity of materials, or any other conditions, functions, performance or guarantees required. 5. QUALITY ASSURANCE 5.1 General 5.1.1 STRUCTURAL STEEL The Owner will employ and pay for the services of an Independent testing agency to provide testing and inspection of structural steel erection. The testing agency ehall be licensed In the state where the structure Is located and shall meet the requirements of 'Recommended Praotloes for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used In *SECTION 5A - 2 Construction" (ASTM E329). All testing and inspections shall be performed under the supervision of an engineer registered in the state where the structure is located. 5.1.2 Structural steel materials and operations shall be tested and Inspected as the work progresses. Failure to detect any defective work or material shall not In any way prevent later rejection when such defect Is dieoovered nor shall it obligate the Owner's Representative for final acceptance. 5.1.3 The testing agency shall report all test and Inspection results to the Arohltect/Englneer, Owner, and Contractor immediately after they are performed. All test and inspection reports shall be signed and sealed by an engineer registered In the state where the structure is located and shall include the exact location of the work represented by the test. 6.1.4 At the completion of all structural steel work the testing agency shall submit a letter of certification signed and sealed by an engineer registered in the state where the structure is located, stating that all structural steel work has been constructed In accordance with the oontraot documents and all applicable code requirements. 5.1.5 The testing agency and its representatives are not authorized to revoke, alter, relax, enlarge or release any requirement of the contract documents, approve or accept any portion of the work, perform any duties of the Contractor, or be a party to scheduling of work. 5.1.6 The contractor shall notify the testing agency and the Owner's Representative a minimum of 24 hours In advance of all struoural steel operations and all reasonable facilities shall be made available for technicians. 5,1.7 Records of inspection shall be kept available to the building official during progress of work for two years after completion of the project. Records shall be preserved by the Independent testing agonoy. 5.2 The testing agency shall conduct inspections as necessary to determine that: 5.2.1 All structural steel has been erected In accordance with the contract documents. 5.2.2 All welding procedures are prequalified. 5.2.3 Welding is performed only by welders who have been certified within the last six months to accordance with AWS D1.1. 5.2.4 Weld quality le acceptable based on visual Inspection of all welde. 5.2.5 Botts have been Installed In accordance with AISC Specifications, TOYS 'R' US REMODEi.- Tukwila, Washlnoton 01/31/92 DIVISION 5* STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 2: PRODUCTS 6. MATERIALS 6.1 Struotural Shapes and Plates: ASTM A36 Typical, unless noted. 6.2 Structural Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B, Fy = 46KSI. 8.3 Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B, Fy = 35 KSI. 6.4 Bolts: ASTM A325. 6.5 Welding Eleotrodes for Aro Welding: Series E70. 6.6 Anchor Botts: ASTM A307 Typioal, unless noted. 6.7 Paint (Shop Coat): Fabrloator's standard gray metal primer paint. PART 3: EXECUTION 7. DESIGN OF CONNECTIONS 7.1 Unless otherwise shown or called for on the drawings, all shop connections may be either bolted or welded and all field connections shall be boiled. The fabricator Is responsible for the design of all connections. Connections shown on the structural drawings are schematic and are only intended to show the relationship of members connected. Connection details Indicated on the drawings shall be Incorporated into the fabricator's connection design. 7,2 Unless noted otherwise, connections shall be designed to support half of the allowable load on the beam, defined in the AISC Beam Tables as Wo/2L, or the reaction shown on the drawings, whichever Is greater. For connections not covered above, notify Engineer of need for additional information. 7.3 Unless noted otherwise, connections shall be designed as 'simple framing' connections (unrestrained, free- ended) with the ends of beams and girders connected for shear only, and free to rotate with some inelastic, but self - limiting, deformation of connection parts, under gravity load. 7.4 Unless otherwise noted, bolted connection shall be designed as bearing type connections using the values for bearing type connection with threads Included in the shear plane. A minimum of two bolts per connection must be used. 7.5 Single plate connections may be used only 11 the connections are designed In accordanoe with the design procedure given In 'Engineering for Steel Construction' published by the AISC. '7.6 The fabricator is responsible for verifying the tension capacity of axially loaded members after a section is reduced for bolt holes, Member size may be Inoreased or connection plates added as required, 8. FABRICATION 8.1 Shop Fabrication and Assembly: Fabricate and assemble structural assemblies in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate items of structural steel In accordance with AISC *SECTION 5A - Specifications and as Indicated on final shop drawings. Provide camber In structural members where indicated. 8.2 Properly mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. Fabricate for delivery soquenoe which will expedite erection and minimize field handling of materials, 8.3 Structural steel fabricator must coordinate details, provide connections and punch holes for other trades as shown on structural, architectural, eleotrioal and mechanical drawings. 8.4 Shop splicing of material will not be permitted unless each Individual splice Is shown on the shop drawings and Is subsequently approved by the Architect/Engineer. 8.5 Painting 8.5.1 AU surfaces of steel to be painted shall be cleaned and primed according to Steel Structures Painting Council Specification SSPC -SP -3-63 and as hereinafter modified. 8.5.2 Paint all structural steel Items with one shop coat applied at a rate to produce a minimum dry film thickness of 1.0 mil. 8.6 Inspection: All fabrication work shall be subject to inspection by Owner's Representative and /or an Independent testing laboratory. All reasonable facilities shall be made available for the Inspectors at all times. Contractor shall bear costs of testing work performed by his field and shop forces necessary to Insure performance of contract. 8.7 Substitutions 8.7.1 In oases where material shown or specified is not readily available, proposed substitutions must be submitted for review by the Architect/Engineer. 8.7.2 All substituted material must be of equivalent section to that specified and any additional cost due to Inoreased weight Is to be borne by this Contractor. 8.7.3 Substitutions must not Interfere with Architectural, Plumbing, Mechanical, Electrical, eto. requirements. 8.8 Steel shall be delivered as required In accordance with a schedule approved by the Owner's Representative. 9, ERECTION 9.1 The steel structure is a non - self - supporting steel frame and is dependent upon diaphragm action of the metal roof deck and attachment to the masonry walls for stability and for resistance to wind and seismic forces. Provide all temporary supports required for stability and for resistanoe to wind and seismic forces until these elements are complete and are capable of providing this support. 9.2 Furnish to concrete contractor all required anchor bolts and other incidental Items of structural steel required to be built Into concrete or masonry. Furnish templates and location plans for installing these items. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31 /92 DIVISION 5* 9.3 Thoroughly examine and check the placement of anchor bolts and any supports on which the struotural steel work Is in any way dependent and notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any defects which would affect the satisfactory completion of this work. The starting of structural steel erection shall Imply acceptance of the underlying surfaces. 9.4 Set and shim all base plates to the elevations shown on the contract drawings. 9.6 All work shall be carefully and accurately assembled to oarry out the design as shown. Erect the steel In order of sequenoe and schedule ae previously arranged with the Owner's Representative. 9.6 Use care In handling and erection to Insure that steel shall not be twisted, bent or otherwise damaged, and should any diffioutty be encountered, It shall Immediately be reported to the Owner'e Representative. No cutting of structural shapes will be done In the field without the consent of the Owner's Representative, 9.7 Furnish all erection equipment, power, planking, braoing, guys, bolts, shims, eto., necessary In exeouting this part of the work. 9.8 Welders ehall be certified by an Independent testing and Inspection service. Tests for uncertified welders shall be at the expense, of this oontraotor. 9.9 Misfite, due to shop or drafting errors, will be corrected or replaoed In field at the fabricator's expense. 9.10 All steel shall be erected square, plumb and true to lines and levels . Any measures required to correct out of plumb steel columns, eto., will be at this contractor's expense. 9.11 Field touoh up painting shall be done with the same type of paint as the shop coat. Touoh up shall include ereotion damage, cleaning and painting of field connections or welds, bolts, nuts, and areas adjacent to welds not primed. • END OF SECTION • TOYS 'R• US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washlnaton STRUCTURAL STEEL *SECTION 5A -4 DIVISION 5* STEEL JOIST GIRDERS PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.1 The provisions of DNislon 1 apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 Unless otherwise shown or specified, this work shall conform to the following standards adopted by the Steel Joist Institute: 1.2.1 Standard Specifications for Joist Girders (1989) 1.2.2 Recommended Code of Standard Practice for Steel Joists and Joist Girders (1987) 2, SCOPE OF WORK 2,1 The work required under this Section consists of all steel joist girders, acoessorles and related items necessary to complete the work indicated on the drawings and as specified. 2,2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 specifications to each subcontractor and for coordinating the work accordingly. 2.3 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 3. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE (As required by Job Conditions) 3,1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 4, 4.1 Structural Steel - Section 5A. Steel Joists Section 6C. Metal Roof Deck - Seotion 5D. Misoellaneous Metals - Seotlon 5E. Cold Rolled Structural Metals - Section 5F. Metal Floor Deck - Section 50. SUBMITTALS Shall be aubmitted for review only when required by and in a000rdanoe with the procedure set forth In Section 1A of these speoifloations. 4.2 All referenoes to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples In the context of the teohnioal specifications shall be taken to mean If required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise, 4.3 Shop Drawings: 4.3.1 Submit shop drawings to the Architect/Engineer for review prior to fabrication. 4,3,2 items requiring field measuring shall have all dimensions verified In the field before fabrication. 4.3.3 Furnish detailed drawings and lists showing the mark, number, and location of all joist girders. *SECTION 55 -1 Show type of paint and all accessories and details as may be required for proper Installation of joist girders. 4.3.4 Show design loads and location of loads on each joist girder. 4.3.5 All shop drawings shall be signed and sealed by the manufacturer's engineer with the registered ongineer'e seal for the state where the etruoture le located. 4.4 Manufacturer's Certification: Submit manufacturer's certification stating that all steel joist girders used on this project have been designed and manufactured in accordance with the drawings, project specifications and SJI specifications. Manufacturer's certification shall be signed and sealed by the manufacturer's engineer with the registered engineer's seal for the state where the structure is located. 4.5 Steel Joist Institute Certification: Submit Certification from the Steel Joist Institute that the manufacturer's design of joist girders have been checked by the Steel Joist Institute and found to conform to its standard specifications and load tables. 4,6 Design Calculations: Design calculations for all joist girders used on this project shall be submitted only when requested by the Owner's Representative for submittal to the building official or for Information. Design oaloulatlons will not be reviewed by the Architect/Engineer, All design calculations shall be signed and sealed by the manufacturer's engineer with the registered engineer's seal for the state where the structure Is located. 4.7 Review of submittals Is only for review of general conformance with the design concept including verification of the design loads shown on the shop drawings. In no case shall this review relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for design, general or detailed dimensions, quality or quantity of materials, or any other conditions, functions, performance or guarantees required. 5. QUALITY ASSURANCE 6.1 General 5.1.1 The Owner will employ and pay for the services of an independent testing agency to provide testing and Inspection of steel joist girder work. The testing agency shall be licensed in the state where the structure Is located and shall meet the requirements of 'Reoommended Practices for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steal, and Bituminous Materials as Used In Construction' (ASTM E329). All testing and Inspections shall be performed under the supervision of an engineer registered In the state where the structure Is located. 5.1.2 Steel joist girder materials and operations shall be tested and Inspected as the work progresses. Failure to deteot any defective work or material shall not in any way prevent Later rejection when TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila Washin, ton 01 31 92 (VISION 5* STEEL JOIST GIRDERS such defect is dlecovered nor shall it obligate the Owner's Representative for final acceptance. 6.1.3 The testing agency shall report all test and Inspection results to the Architect/Engineer, Owner and Contraotor immediately after they are performed. All test and Inspection reports shall be signed and sealed by an engineer registered In the state where the structure le located and shall Include the exact location In the work represented by the test. 5.1.4 At the completion of all steel joist girder work the testing agency shall submit a letter of certification signed and sealed by an engineer registered in the state where the structure is located, stating that all steel Joist girder work has been constructed in accordance with the contract documents and all applicable code requirements. 5.1.5 Tho testing agency and its representatives are not authorized to revoke, alter, relax, enlarge or release any requirement of the contraot documents, approve or accept any portion of the work, perform any duties of the Contractor, or be a party to scheduling of work. 6,1.6 The Contractor shall notify the testing agency and the Owner's Representative a minimum of 24 hours In advance of all steel joist girder work and all reasonable facilities shall be made available for technicians, 5.1.7 Records of Inspection shall be kept available to the building official during progress of work for two years after completion of tho project. Records shall be preserved by the Independent testing agency, 5,2 The testing agency shall conduct inspections as necessary to determine that: 5,2.1 Steel jolet girders have been erected In aocordance with the contract documents. 5,2.2 Damaged joist girders have not been installed In the work. PART 2: PRODUCTS 6. MATERIALS 6.1 Steel for Joist Girders: Comply with SJi Specifications, 6,2 Shop paint: Shall conform to the Steel Structures Painting Council Specification 15-68T, Type 1 (grey). PART 3: EXECUTION 7. DESIGN 7.1 Steel joist girders shall be designed by the manufacturer, The manufacturer's engineer shall be responsible for the deolgn, adequacy and safety of all steel joist girders. All shop drawings shall be signed and sealed by the manufaoturer'e engineer with the engineer's seal for the state TOYS US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington *SECTION 5B-2 where the structure is located. Design shall be In aocordance with the Standard Specifications for Joist Girders. 7.2 Unless otherwise noted, steel joist girders shall be designed as simply supported primary members with all loads equal in magnitude and evenly spaced along joist girder top ohord. 7.3 Additional design loads from roof top equipment or other concentrated loads shown on the drawings shall be considered as collateral loads. These loads shall be considered in the design of tho joist girders. Refer to the architectural and mechanical drawings for locations and weights of equipment. Whore such loads do not occur at the panel points of the joist girder, auxiliary framing shall be added to the joist girder or the top ohord shall be designed for the effects of the load. 7,4 Joist girders shall be designed to support the total design loads without exceeding a deflection of L/360. 7.5 When net uplift forces due to wind are shown on the drawings, the manufacturer shall design the Joist girders and connections of the joist girders to the supporting structure for the net uplift. 8. FABRICATION 8.1 Steel joist girders shall be fabricated In accordance with the Standard Specifications for Joist Girders, 8.2 Provide strutted ends of the bottom chord of sufficient etrength and rigidity to restrain the lateral movement of the bottom chord. 8.3 Before application of shop coat, clean stool free of all foreign substances. Give all items one (1) shop coat applied at a minimum rate of 1.5 mil dry film thickness, 8.4 Camber all joist girders In aocordance with the Standard Specifications for Joist Girders. 9. ERECTION 9,1 Steel joist girders shall be erected In accordance with the Standard Specifications for Joist Girders. 9.2 Thoroughly examine the structural steel and other supports on whloh the steel joist glider work Is In any way dependent and notify the Owner's Representative In writing of any defects which would affect the satisfactory completion of this work. The starting of work In connection with steel jolet girders shall imply acceptance of the underlying surfaces. 9.3 During the construction period, the Contractor shall provide means for the adequate distribution of concentrated loads so •. that the carrying capacity of any joist girder is not exceeded. 9.4 No other loads shall be placed on the joist girder until the steel joists bearing on the girder are In plane and attached thereto. 9.5 Field touch up painting shall be. done with the same type of paint as the shop coat. Touch up shall include bare, abraded, welded and rusted areas. 01/31/92 DIVISION 6* STEEL JOIST GIRDERS 9.8 Repair or replace all damaged Joist girders. The Architect/Engineer shall be the Bole Judge as to whether a Joist girder oan be repaired or must be replaced. - END OF SECTION - TOYS 'R' US REMODEL. - Tukwila, Washington *SECTION 6B -3 01/31/92 c DIVISION 5* STEEL JOISTS 4.3.2 items requiring field measuring shall have all PART 1: GENERAL dimensions verified in the field before fabrication. 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.1 The provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified In this Section. 1.2 Unless otherwise shown or specified, this work shall conform to the following standards adopted by the Steel Joist Institute: 3,1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3,6 4. 4.1 1,2.1 Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists, K- Series (1989). 1.2.2 Recommended Code of Standard Practice for Steel Joists and Joist Girders (1987). 1.2.3 Standard Load Table - Open Web Steel Joists, K- Series (1987). 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 The work required under this seotlon consists of all standard open web joists, accessories and related items necessary to complete the work indicated on tho drawings and as specified, 2,2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 specifications to each subcontractor and for coordinating the work accordingly. 2.3 Refer to Seotlon 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 3. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE (As Required by Job Conditions) Structural Steel - Section 5A. Steel Joist Girders • Seotlon 5B, Metal Roof Deck - Section 5D. Miscellaneous Metals - Section 5E. Cold Rolled Structural Metals - Section 5F. Metal Floor Deck - Section 50. SUBMITTALS Shall be eubmitted for review only when required by and in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 1A of these epeolfloatlons. 4.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples In the context of the technical epeoifications shall be taken to mean 'if required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. 4.3 Shop Drawings: 4.3.1 Submit shop drawings to the ArchiteoUEnglneer for review prior to fabrication. *SECTION 5C 4.3.3 Furnish detailed drawings and lists showing the mark, number, type, location, and spacings of all joists. Show bridging type, mark, method of attachment to the joists and anchorage at the ends. Show type of paint and all accessories and details as may be required for proper installation of joists. 4.3.4 Show design loads on each Joist. 4.3.5 All shop drawings shall be signed and sealed by the manufacturer's engineer with the registered engineer's soal for the state where the structure le located. 4.4 Manufacturer's Certification: Submit manufacturer's certification stating that all steel joists used on this project have been designed and manufactured in accordance with the drawings, project specifications and SJI specifications. Manufacturer's certification shall be signed and sealed by the manufacturer's engineer with the registered engineer's seal for the state where the stricture is located. 4.5 Steel Joist Institute Certification: Submit certification from the Steel Joist Institute that the manufacturer's design of K Series Steel Joists have been checked by the Steel Joist Institute and found to conform to its standard specifications and load tables, 4.6 Design Calculations: Design calculations for all joists used on thls project shall be submitted only when requested by the Owner's Representative for submittal to tho building official or for information. Design calculations will not be reviewed by the Architect/Engineer. All design calculations shall be signed and sealed by the manufacturer's engineer with the registered engineer's seal for the state where the structure Is looated. 4.7 Review of submittals is only for review of general conformance with the design concept including verification of the design loads shown on the shop drawings. In no case shall this review relieve the contractor of the responsibility for design, general or detailed dimensions, quality or quantity of materials, or any other conditions, functions, performance or guarantees required. 5. QUALITY ASSURANCE 5.1 General 5.1.1 The Owner will employ and pay for the services of an Independent testing agency to provide testing and Inspection of steel joist work. The testing agency shall be licensed In the state where the structure Is located and shall meet the requirements of 'Recommended Practices for Inspection and Testing Agenoles for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used In Construction' (ASTM E329). All testing and Inspections shall bo performed under the aupervlslon of an engineer registered In the state where the structure le located, TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 5* STEEL JOISTS 5.1.2 Steel Jolet materials and operations shall be tested and Inepeoted as the work progresses. Failure to detect any defective work or material shall not in any way prevent later rejection when such defect Is discovered nor shall it obligate the Owner's Representative for final acceptance. 6.1.3 The testing agency shall report all test and inspection reeufte to the Architect/Engineer, Owner, and Contractor Immediately after they are performed. All test and Inspection reports shall be signed and sealed by an engineer registered In the state where the structure is located and shall include the exact location in the work represented by the test. 5.1.4 At the completion of all steel joist work the testing agency shall submit a letter of certification signed and sealed by an engineer registered In the state where the structure Is located, stating that all steel joist work has been constructed in accordance with the contract documents and all applloable code requirements. 5.1.5 The testing agency and its representatives are not authorized to revoke, atter, relax, enlarge or release any requirement of the contract documents, approve or aooept any portion of the work, perform any duties of the Contractor, or be a party to scheduling of work. 5,1.6 The contractor shall notify the testing agency and the Owner's Representative a minimum of 24 hours In advance of all steel joist work and all reasonable facilities shall be made available for technicians. 5.1.7 Records of inspection shall be kept available to the building offlolal during progress of work for two years after oompletlon of the project. Records shall be preserved by the Independent testing agency. 5.2 The testing agency shall conduct Inspections as necessary to determine that: 5.2.1 Steel joists have been erected in accordance with the contract documents. 5.2.2 Damaged joists have not been installed in the work. PART 2: PRODUCTS 6. MATERIALS 6.1 Steel: Comply with 8J1 Specifications, 6.2 Bridging: Comply with SJI Specifications. 6.3 Shop Paint: Conform to the Steel Structures Painting Council Speolfloatlone 15-68T, Type 1 (grey). PART 3: EXECUTION 7. DESIGN TOYS'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington *SECTION 5G2 7.1 Steel joists shall be designed by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's engineer shall be responsible for the design, adequacy and safety of all steel joists. All shop drawings shall be signed and sealed by the manufacturer's engineer with the engineer's seal for the state where the structure le located. Design shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists, KSeries. 7.2 Unless otherwise noted, steel joists shall be designed as simply supported, uniformly loaded trusses with the top ohord braced against lateral buckling. The uniform design load shall be the total safe uniformly distributed load as shown in the SJI Standard Load Table. 7.3 When net uplift forces due to wind are shown on the drawings, the manufacturer shall design the joists, bridging and connections of the Joists to the supporting structure for the net uplift. A single Tine of bottom chord bridging must be provided near the first bottom ohord panel points whenever uplift duo to wind forces Is shown on the design drawings. 7.4 When nonuniform or concentrated loads are shown on the drawings, the manufacturer shall design the joists in accordance with Paragraph 4.1 of the Standard Specification for Open Web Steel Joists, K- Series. 8. FABRICATION 8.1 Steel joists shall be fabricated in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists, K- Series, 8.2 Provide extended ends, special depth ends, etc., where Indicated on the drawings and as job conditions require. 8.3 Before application of shop coat, Olean steel free of all foreign substances. Give all steel items one (1) shop coat applied at a minimum rate of 1.5 mil dry film thickness. 8,4 Camber all steel Joists for roofs In accordance with the Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists, K- Series. 9. ERECTION 9.1 Steel joists shall be erected In accordance with the Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists, K- Series. 9.2 Thoroughly examine the structural steel and other supports on which the steel joist work Is in any way dependent and notify the Owner's Representative In writing of any defects which would affect the satisfactory completion of this work. The starting of work in connection with open web steel joists shall imply acceptance of the underlying surfaces. 9.3 During the construction period, the contractor shall provide means for the adequate distribution of concentrated loads so that the carrying capacity of any joist le not exceeded. 9.4 All bridging and bridging anchors shall be plaoed and joist ends fxed prior to the application of any loads. 9.5 Field touch up painting shall be done with the same type of paint as the shop coat. Touch up shall Include bare, abraded, welded and rusted areas. 01/31/92 DIVISION 5* STEEL JOISTS 9.6 Repair or replace all damaged Joists. The Architect/Engineer shall be the sole Judge as to whether a Joist oan be repaired or must be replaced. - END OF SECTION - *SECTION 5C-3 TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila. Washington DIVISION 5* METAL ROOF DECK PART 1: 1. 1.1 GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Tho provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 Unless otherwise shown or specified, this work shall conform to the following standards. 1.2.1 SDI Speoifloatlons and Commentary for Steel Roof Deck (1989). 1.2.2 SDI Diaphragm Design Manual 2nd Edition (1987). 1.2.3 AWS (D1.3) Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel (1981). 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 Include all labor, material and equipment to furnish and install metal roof decking In accordance with the drawings and as specified. 2.2 Furnish and Install all perimeter filler strips, closures and aocessories as required, to complete the metal deok work and make it ready to receive roofing. 2.3 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 specifications to each subcontractor and for coordinating the work accordingly. 2.4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 3. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE (As required by Job Conditions) Structural Steel - Section 5A. Steel Joist Girders - Section 5B. Steel Joists - Section 5C. Miscellaneous Metals - Section 5E. Cold Rolled Structural Metals - Section 5F. Metal Floor Deck - Section 50. SUBMITTALS 3,1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.8 4. 4.1 Shall be submitted for review only when required by and in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 1A of these specifications. 4.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples In the context of the technical epeotfloations shall be taken to mean 'it required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. 4.3 Shop Drawings 4,3.1 Submit shop drawings to the ArohltecvEngineer for review prior to fabrication. *SECTION 5D - 1 4.3.2 items requiring field measuring shall have all dimensions verified in the field before fabrioation. 4.3.3 Furnish detailed drawings and lists showing the mark, number, type, and location of all metal roof dock. Show method of attachment to the supporting structure. Show all openings for hatches, stacks, eto. Show type of paint and all aooessorles and details as may bo required for proper Installation of metal roof deck. 4.3.4 Show design loads for all metal roof deck. 4.3.5 All shop drawings shall be signed and sealed by the manufacturer's engineer with the engineer's seal for the state where the structure is located. 4.4 Manufacturer's Certification: Submit manufacturer's certification that all metal roof deck used on this project and its attachment to the supporting structure has been designed and manufactured In accordance with the drawings, project specifications and SDI specifications. Manufacturer's certification shall be signed and sealed by the manufacturer's engineer with the registered engineer's seal for the state where the structure is located. 4.5 Design Calculations: Design calculations for all metal roof deck used on this project shall be submitted only when requested by the Owner's Representative for submittal to the building official or for information. Design calculations will not be reviewed by the Architect/Engineer. All design calculations shall be signed and sealed by the manufacturer's engineer with tho registered engineer's seal for the state where the structure is located. 4.6 Review of submittals Is only for review of general conformance with the design concept including verification of the design loads shown on the shop drawings. In no case shall this review relieve the contractor of the responsibility for design, general or detailed dimensions, quality or quantity of materials, or any other conditions, functions, performance or guarantees required. 5. QUALITY ASSURANCE 5.1 General 5,1.1 The Owner will employ and pay for the services of an independent testing agenoy to provide testing and inspections of metal roof deok work. The testing agency shall be licensed in the state where the structure is located and shall meet the requirements of 'Recommended Practioes for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used In Construction' (ASTM E329). All testing and inspections shall be performed under the supervision of an engineer registered In the state where the structure is located. 5.1.2 Metal roof deok materials and operations shall be tested and inspected as the work progresses, Failure to detect any defective work or material shall not in any way prevent later rejection when TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01 atm DIVISION 5* METAL ROOF DECK such defect is discovered nor shall it obligate the Owner's Representative for final acceptance. 5.1.3 The testing agency shall report all test and Inspection results to the Architect/Engineer, Owner, and Contraotor Immediately after they are performed. All test and Inspection reports shall be signed and sealed by an engineer registered In the state where the structure le located and shall include the exact location In the work represented by the test. 5.1.4 At the completion of all metal roof deck work the testing agency shall submit a letter of certification signed and sealed by an engineer registered In the state where the etruoture Is located, stating that all metal roof deck work has been constructed in accordance with the contract documents and all applicable code requirements. 5.1,6 The testing agency and its representatives are not authorized to revoke, alter, relax, enlarge or release any requirement of the contract documents, approve or accept any portion of the work, porform any duties of the Contractor, or be a party to scheduling of work. 5.1.6 The contractor shall notify the testing agency and the Owner's Representative a minimum of 24 hours In advance of all metal roof deck operations and all reasonable facilities shall be made available for technicians. 5.1.7 Reoords of Inspection shall be kept available to the building official during progress of work for two years after completion of tho project. Records shall be preserved by the independent testing agency. 5.2 The testing agency shall oonduot inspections as necessary to determine that: 5.2,1 Metal roof deok work has been ereoted in accordance with the contract documents, 5.2.2 All welding procedures are prequalified. 5.2.3 Welding le performed by welders who have been certified within the last six months. 5.2.4 Weld quality le aoceptable based on visual Inspection of all welds. PART 2: PRODUCTS 6. MATERIALS 6.1 Steel: Comply with SDI Specifications. 6.2 Accessories: Manufacturer's Standard 6.3 Shop Paint: Manufacturer's standard shop paint (grey). PART 3: EXECUTION 7. DESIGN 7.1 Metal roof deck and Its attachment to the structure shall be designed by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's engineer shall be responsible for the design, adequacy and safety of all metal roof dock. All shop drawings shall be signed and sealed by the engineer with the engineer's seal for the state where the structure Is located. Design shall be In accordance with the standards referenced In paragraph 1 B. 7.2 Metal roof deck shall be of configuration, depth and minimum gage as shown on the drawings and shall be designed In accordance wth the SDI Specifications. 7.3 Metal roof deck shall be capable of supporting the uniformly distributed superimposed loads as called for on the drawings wlthoutthe deflection exceeding 1/240 of the span length and without exceeding the allowable stresses specified In tho SDI Specifications. 7.4 Metal roof deck and Its attachment to the supporting structure shall be designed in accordance with the SDI Diaphragm Design Manual for the diaphragm shear shown on the drawings, 7.5 Metal roof deck and Its attachment to the supporting structure shall be designed for a gross uplift of 30 pounds per square foot, or the gross uplift shown on the drawings, whichever Is larger. 8. INSTALLATION *SECTION 5D-2 8.1 Metal roof deck shall be ereoted and fastened In accordance with the SDI Specifications and the manufacturer's specifications and erection layouts. Metal roof deck shall be continuous over at least three spans, Cutting openings through the deck which are less than 18 square feet In area and all skew cutting shall be performed In the field, 8,2 Metal roof deck shall receive one primer coat of manufacturer's standard grey paint applied at the minimum rate of 1,5 mil dry film thiokness. 8.3 Top and bottom faces and edges of deck materials where outs have been made shall have prime coating touched-up with a heavy coat of same material as used In shop. 8.4 Do not hang or support any loads from metal roof deok. 8.5 All deok damaged, dented or chipped during shipping or erection to render it unsightly shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. The Arohltect/Englneer shall be the sole Judge as to whether metal roof deok must be replaced. - END (*SECTION - TOYS 'R' U8 REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 5* MISCELLANEOUS METALS PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.1 The provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 Unless otherwise shown or specified, this work shall conform to the following standards: 1.2.1 AISC Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings (1978). 1.2.2 AISI Specification for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members (1980). 1.2.3 AWS(D1.1) Structural Welding Code - Steel (1985). 1.2.4 AWS(D1.3) Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel (1981). 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 Include labor, materials, and equipment to furnish and install all miscellaneous metal work shown or required by the drawings and herein specified. 2.2 Miscellaneous metal work includes all items of miscellaneous metal not covered in other (motions. All items shall be complete with minor sundry and accessory parts, anohors, fittings, eto., customarily furnished for the general type and kind of items shown or required. 2.3 Work of thle Section Includes, but Is not limited to, the following Items of work. (Note: Refer to drawings for items applloable to the project.) 2.3,1 Inserts, bolts, screws, nuts, eto, 2.32 Ladders 2.3.3 Railings 2.3,4 Bollards 2.3.5 Frames for wall, roof, pits, etc, 2.3.8 Lintels 2,3.7 Burglar guard° 2.3.8 Corner guards 2,3.9 Leader (D.S.) guards 2.3,10 Gondola fixture framing including channels, hanger rode, wall plates, angles, eto. 2.3,11 Metal nosing° for concrete stairs. 2.3.12 Metal stairs, 2.3,13 Gratings, 2.3.14 Wall pack covers. U8 REMODEL - Tu i a Washln s on *SECTION 5E -1 2.3.15 Other miscellaneous metal items indicated, specified or required. 3. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE (As Required by Job Conditions) Structural Steel - Section 5A Steel Joist Girders - Section 5B Steel Joists - Section 50 Metal Roof Deck - Section 5D Cold Rolled Structural Metals - Section 5F Metal Floor Deck - Section 50. SUBMITTALS 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 4. 4.1 Shall be submitted for review only when required by and in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 1A of these specifications. 4.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples in the context of the technical specifications shall be taken to mean 'if required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. 4.3 Shop Drawings 4.3.1 Submit shop drawings to the Arohttect/Engineer for review prior to fabrication. 4.3.2 Shop drawings shall be in accordance with the contract drawings and shall show sizes of metal items, method of assembly, hardware anchorage and connection to other work for each item of miscellaneous metal, 4.3.3. The location of all Items must be given either by note or by an erection drawing. 4.3.4 Shop drawings shall also Indicate by manufacturer and part number all fastening to be used. 4.3.5 When necessary, measurements given on the contract drawings must be verified at the building on surrounding work to avoid any discrepancies. 4,3,6 Detail metal work for ample size, strength and stiffness and as directed. Detail items subject to live loads to support suoh loads as required by applicable Codes and governing agencies, unless otherwise noted. 4.3.7 Detail metal work to receive hardware and show proper clearances or bevels. 4.4 Metal Stair Certification: Submit to the Architect/Engineer for review a written certification signed and sealed by an engineer registered in the state where the structure Is located stating that all metal pan etalrs for this project have been designed In accordance with the contract dooumonts and all applloable local, state and federal code requirements. 0 S 31 01 92 DIVISION 5* MISCELLANEOUS METALS 4.5 Review of submittals le only for review of general conformance with the design concepts. In no case shall this review relieve the contractor of the reeponelbility for general or detailed dimensions, quality or quantity of materials, or any other conditions, functions, performance or guarantees required. PART 2: PRODUCTS 6. IM ERIALS 5.1 Structural Shapes, Platen and Bars: ASTM A36. 5.2 Structural Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B, Fy = 46 KSI. 5.3 Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Type S, Grade B, Fy = 35 KSI. 5.4 Cast Iron: Gray Iron conforming to ASTM A48, Class 30, unless otherwise noted. 5.5 High strength bolts: ASTM A325. 5.6 Botts: ASTM A307. 5.7 Welding Electrodes for Aro Welding: Series E70. 5.8 Stair Nosings for Concrete Stairs: Curb Bar CBI as manufactured by American Abrasive Metals Company, Irvington, New Jersey, 07111 - Phone (800) 631 -7841, or approved equal. 5.9 Wire: ASTM A82 Cold Drawn Steel. 6. FABRICATION 6.1 Schedule fabrication and delivery of miscellaneous metals and furnish to trades concerned all items to be built into other work. 6.2 Verify Job dimensions before beginning fabrication. 6.3 Drill or punch and countersink holes for bolts and screws. Shearing, drilling or punching shall leave clean, true lines and surfaces, 6,4 At the proper time furnish necessary templates, patterns and items of miscellaneous metal, such as sleeves, Inserts and similar Items to be built Into adjoining work. 8.5 Unless otherwise shown, all comers shall be square and all members shall be true to length and straight. Fabrioate metal work with eharp lines and angles with smooth true surfaces and clean edges. Form exposed joints to exolude water. 6.6 All parts exposed to view shall be thoroughly finished, presenting a neat and workmanlike appearance with surfaces ground and dressed, free from flake, rust, pitting, weld marks and other noticeable fabrloatlon marks. There shall be no twists, bends or open joints In finished members, nor any projecting edges or corners at connections, Sharp exposed edges shall be eased. 6.7 All parts shall be properly reinforced, braoed and made thoroughly rigid and substantial. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washlnoton *SECTION 5E -2 6.8 Conceal fastenings where possible. Where sorews or bolts are used, heads shall be countersunk, screwed up tight and threads nioked to prevent loosening. 6.9 6.10 6.11 Fabricate nonferrous mombere with fastenings of same material. All bulk -up sections shall be shop fabricated and realigned after welding to true, straight section. Welds shall be shop welded Insofar as Is practicable. Where problems of shipment, handling and installation require fabrication in sections, provide for field fitting and welding. 6.12 Modification of details for ease of fabrication may be made only upon written approval of the Architect/Engineer. 6.13 Any member requiring a weather seal shall have continuous welds. 6.14 Rough Hardware, Inserts, Bolts, Screws and Nuts, eto.: 6.15 Ladders 6.16.1 6.14.1 Unless otherwise specified, provide all bolts, screws, nuts, etc., shown or required to secure this work in place. 6.14.2 Unless otherwise specified, provide steel Inserts where required in concrete to receive bolts or other fastenings. 6.14.3 Use expansion bolts when necessary for attachment to masonry. 6.14.4 Unless otherwise specified, provide all angles, plates, bolts, sleeves and other itemo to be embedded in concrete as shown or required. Bolts shall not extend more than 1/8' beyond exposed nuts. 6.14.5 All fastenings shall be subject to the approval of the Owner's Representative. Laddsro shall be width Indicated, of all welded construction. Fabricate ladder with hot rolled steel rails and round steel rungs extending through the rails with connections welded and ground smooth. Spaoe rungs 12' o.c. Anchor ladder at bottoms and tope and at intermediate polnts indicated, with brackets of same size as side rails and of such length as to hold ladder 7' away from walls, unless otherwise detailed. Extend rails 42' above top rung, and return rails to wall or structure unless other secure handholds are provided. If the adjacent structure does not extend above the top rung, goose -neck the extended rails back to the etruoture to provide secure ladder aooess. 6.15.2 Fabricate ladders for the locations shown, with dimensions, spacings, details and anchorages as indicated. Comply with the requirements of ANSI A14.3, except as otherwise indicated. 01/31/92 c DIVISION 6* 6.16 Railings: MISCELLANEOUS METALS 6.16.1 Horizontal and vertical rails shall be formed of 1- 1/2' I.D, standard weight steel pipe as Indicated with joints and Intersections coped, welded and ground smooth. Refer to tho drawings for special details, 6.16.2 Posts shall not be over 5' -0' o.o. and shall have flanged braokete of malleable iron for securing ends to stair stringers and to concrete where required. 8.16.3 Wall railings shall be provided with ends returned to walls. Provide flanged brackets of malleable Iron for support of ends of railings to walls, and Intermediate supports not over 5'-0' o.c. 6.16.4 Interconnect railings and handrail members by butt - welding or welding with Internal connectors, at fabricator's option, unless otherwise indicated. 6.16.4.1 At tee and cross Intersections provide coped Joints. 6.16.4,2 At bends Interconnect pipe by means of prefabricated elbow fittings or flush radius bends, as applicable, of radiuses Indicated. 6.16.4.3 Form bends by use of prefabricated elbow fittings and radius bends or by bending pipe, at fabricator's option. 6.16.5 Form simple and compound curves by bending pipe In Jigs to produce unHorm curvature for each repetitive configuration required; maintain cylindrical oroes- section of pipe throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of pipe. 6,16,6 Close exposed ends of pipe by welding 3/16' thick steel plate In place or by use of prefabricated fittings, 8.17 Brackets Flanges, Fittings and Anchors: Provide wall brackets and closures, flanges, miscellaneous fittings and anchors for Interconnections of pipe and attachment of railings and handrails to other work. Furnish Inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings and handrails to concrete or masonry work. 6.17.1 For railing poste sat in oonorete provide sleeves of galvanized steel pipe not less than 6' long and with an inside diameter not less than 1/2' greater than the outside diameter of pipe. Provide steel plate closure welded to bottom of sleeve and of width and length not less than 1' greater than outside diameter of sleeve. 8.17.2 Galvanized exterior steel railings, including pipe, fittings, brackets, fasteners, and other ferrous components. Provide blank steel pipe for interior railings. 6.18 Pipe Bollards (Exterior): 6.18.1 Provide and install pipe guard bollards where shown on drawings. Bollards shall be standard weight pipe burled In concrete below grade. Fill pipe with concrete and mold cap round and smooth. Embed pipe in concrete 18' round (8' cover on pipe) and extend below grade as shown in details. Paint pipe OSHA yellow. 6.19 Pipe Bollards (Interior): 6.19.1 Provide and install concrete- filled pipe bollards where shown. Bollards shall be standard weight pipe of the size shown set in pipe sleeves sized to accommodate bollard by plus or minus one Inch. Sleeve shall be 12' deep with capped end embedded In concrete floor slab. Set bollard full depth into sleeve and provide wedges to center and plumb. Insert foam banker rod to 1 -1/2' below finish floor between pipe and sleeve. Fill with Por Rok grout to finish floor. 6.20 Loose Lintels: *SECTION 5E -3 6.20,1 Shalt be of sizes shown on the lintel schedule, or as required for the particular location. 6,20,2 This shall include openings for ducts, louvers, grilles, convectors, eto. All lintels shall have 8' of bearing at each end, unless otherwise noted, 6.20.3 Galvanize loose steel lintels to be installed in exterior walls. 6.21 Burglar Protection Guards 6.21.1 At roof openings larger than 12' x 12', provide and install 1/ 2' diameter bars 6' o.c. maximum In 4- sided welded steal angle frame as detailed. Secure angles to roof opening angle frame. 6.21.2 For burglar protection guards at the meohanioal roof top units, coordinate with the mechanical contractor for proper size and location. 6,22 Corner Guards: 6,22.1 Furnish steel angle corner guards to the masonry section for Installation. Furnish guards with anohors for embedment into blook coursing as shown, 6.23 Leader Guards: 6.23.1 Provide and install bent plate leader guards with brackets as ehown at rear of building. Expansion bolt guards with minimum 3/8' diameter x 5' long expansion ahlolds into concrete foundation wall below the level of the first floor and into solidly grouted oonorete block above first floor, where anchors ocour. TOYS 'R" US RE ODEL • Tu ila Washln, on 01 31 92 DIVISION 5* MISCELLANEOUS METALS 6,24 Metal Stairs: 6,24.1 Fabricate and Install metal stairs where Indicated on the drawings, conforming to size and profile detailed. 6,24.2 Provide assemblies which, when installed, comply with the following minimum requirements for structural performance, unless otherwise Indicated. 6,24.2.1 Stringers, Treads and Platforms of Steel Stairs: Capable of withstanding a live load of 100 pounds per square foot or a concentrated load of 300 pounds at any point. 6,24.2.2 Handrails and Topraf e: Capable of withstanding a concentrated Toad of 200 pounds applied at any point In any direction or a uniform Toad of 50 pounds per toot applied simultaneously in both vertical and horizontal directions when tested per ASTM E935. Concentrated and uniform loads above need not be assumed to act concurrently. 6,24.3 Submit written certification signed and sealed by a structural engineer licensed in the state where the structure Is looated, indicating compliance with all requirements. 6.25 Steel Frames 625.1 Provide steel frames for openings, knock -out panels, frames, pits and other openings in floors, walls and roofs as indicated. 625.2 Construct frames to profile, sizes, and lengths as shown on the drawings. 6.25,3 Fabrioate misoellaneoue units to sizes, shapes and profiles shown, or if not shown, or required dimensions to receive adjacent other work to be retained by framing. Except as otherwise shown, fabricate from steel shapes and plates and steel bars, of welded construction using butt joints for field connection. Cut, drill and tap units to receive hardware and similar items. 6.25.4 Weld securely to structural steel where Indicated. 6,26 Gratings: 6.26.1 Provide banded steel bar type gratings and frames over sump pit and at other looations indicated, Construct gratings of steel bars of size shown. All Joints shall be mechanically Interlocked, welded, or riveted as governed by the design Indloated. Provide steel supporting members as indicated or required. Form gratings into sections of sizes Indicated, or necessary for proper access and handling. Fasten gratings In place with steel clips or other suitable fastenings of a type that will permit removal. Gratings and fastenings on the exterior of the building and as noted shall be hot - dipped zino- coated after fabrication. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 6.27 Miscellaneous Steel Trim: 6.27.1 Provide shapes and sizes for profiles shown. Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes and plates and steel bars, with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Use concealed field splices wherever possible. Provide cutouts, fittings and anchorages as required for coordination of assembly and Installation with other work. 6.28 Edge Angles: 6.28.1 Provide edge angles at overhead door openings, and elsewhere as shown, fabricated of structural steel shapes consisting of 3' x 3' x 1/4' and 6' x 3' x 3/8' bank to back. Plug weld outer angle to Inner with minimum 3/4' diameter welds 4' on centers of continuous weld across the top for entire width. Provide 1/8' thick by 2' wide steel strap anchors 4' long at maximum spacing of 2'-0' and 6' from each end. 6.29 Steel Door Frames (for overhead doors and speoial doors): 6.29.1 Fabricate steel door frames of steel shapes or bent plate as shown, fully welded, uniform equare and true. Plug weld built -up members, continuously weld exposed joints; grind exposed welds smooth. 6.29.2 Provide adjustable steel strap anchors for securing door frames of overhead doors into adjoining masonry, using 1/8' x 2' straps of the length required for a minimum 8' embedment, unless otherwise shown. Weld anchors to frame Jambe no more than 12' from both bottom and head of frame and space anchors not more than 30' apart. 6.30 Steel Plate light Bracket: 6.30.1 At trunk dook inside wall provide steel plate bracket as per detailo on the drawings. Expansion bolt to wall. Drill and tap to take bolts for bracket of dock Tight. 6.31 Wall Pack Covers: 6.31,1 At exterior wall where indioated, Fabrioate of steel bent plate, gauge and size indloated with bolt holes and anchors as required. Units shall be shop primed for field finish. 7. FINISHES 7.1 Galvanizing: *SECTION 5E 7.1.1 All items to be galvanized shall be cleaned and heat prepared and given one good heavy coating of galvanizing by immersing same full into the vat, allowing same to coat well all jointe and surfaces before removing. 7.1.2 Galvanizing applied on product fabricated from rolled, presoed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strips shall comply with ASTM Al23. 01 /31/92 MISCELLANEOUS METALS DIVISION 5* 7.1.3 Galvanizing on assembled steel products shall comply with ASTM A386. 7.1.4 Galvanizing on Iron and steel hardware shall oomply with ASTM A153. 7.1.5 Galvanized surfaces for which a shop coat of paint le specified shall be chemically treated to provide a bond for the paint. 7.1.6 Except for bolts, nuts, etc., all galvanizing shall be done after fabrication. 7.1.7 Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc dust content paint for regatvanizing welds in galvanized steel, complying with Military Specifications MIL -P -21035 (Ships). 7.2 Shop Painting: 7.2.1 Unless otherwise specified, all steel, cast or wrought Iron, except galvanized parts and parts embedded In oonorete shall be prepared and painted as follows before leaving the shop, 7,2.1,1 All Items of miscellaneous Iron and steel, except galvanized items, shall be given one shop coat of gray metal primer, or an approved equal, applied to a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. 7,2.1,2 Steel in contact with earth, concrete or masonry shall be given a heavy ooat of blaok asphaltic paint over the prime coat. 7.2.2 All paint shall be uniformly applied to produce a smooth surface free from rune, laps, streaks, spatter, brush marks, disoontinuances, etc., and surfaces shall be evenly covered to the minimum thickness speottied. Paint shall be well worked Into all joints and open planes. Contact and Inaccessible surfaces shall be given one coat before assembling. 7.2,3 No paint shall be applied when the materials are wet, or when the ambient temperature Is below 40 degrees F., or temperature of materials is below the dew point of the atmosphere. 7.2.4 All paint shall be delivered to the shop in original, sealed containers, marked with the manufacturer's name, brand identification and paint number. 7.2.5 After erection, spot paint, In a neat and workmanlike manner, all connections, field welds, bolts and abrasions with the same prime paint used originally. PART 3: EXECUTION 8. PREPARATION 8.1 Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for Installation of anchorages, such as concrete Inserts, sleeves, *SECTION 5E -5 anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having integral anchors, which are to be embedded In concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to project site, 9. INSTALLATION 9.1 General 9,2 Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devised and fasteners where necessary for seouring miscellaneous metal fabricators to In -place construction; including threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through- bolts, lag bolts, wood screws and other connectors as required. 9.3 Cutting, Fitting and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation of miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set work accurately In location, alignment and elevation, plumb, level, true and free of rack, measured from established lines and levels. Provide temporary bracing or anchors In formwork for items whioh are to be bulk Into concrete, masonry or similar construction. 9.4 Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. Weld connections which are not to bo left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Grind exposed joints smooth and touch -up shop paint coat. Do not weld, out or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot - dipped galvanized after fabrication, and are Intended for bolted or sorewed field connections. 9.5 Field Welding: comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded metal•aro welding, appearance and quality of welds made, and methods used In correcting welding work. 9.6 Steel Pipe Railings and handrails: 9,6.1 Adjust railings prior to anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints, Space poste at spacing indicated, or if not indicated, as required by design loadings. Plumb posts in each direction. Secure posts and railing ends to building construction as follows: 9.6.1.1 Anchor posts in concrete by means of pipe sleeves preset and anchored into oonorete. After posts have been Inserted Into sleeves, fill annular space between post and sleeve solid with non - shrink, non- metallio grout, mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer's directions. OR: at Contractor's option. 9,6.1.2 Anchor posts In oonorete by core drilling holds not less than 5' deep and 3/4' greater than outside diameter of post. Clean holes of all loose material, Insert posts and fill annular space between post and concrete with non - shrink, non - metallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer's directions, 9,6.1.3 Leave anchorage Joint exposed; wipe off excess grout and leave 1/8' bulld -up sloped away from TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 5* - END OF SECTION - MISCELLANEOUS METALS post. For Installation exposed on exterior or to flow of water, seal grout to comply with grout manufacturer's directions. 9.6.1.4 Anchor rail ends Into conorete and masonry with steel round flanges welded to rail ends and anchored tin wall construction with lead expansion shields and bolts. 9,6.1.6 Secure handrails to wall with wall braoket and end fittings. Provide bracket with not less than 1 -1/2' olearanoe from Inside face of handrail and finished wall surface. Locate brackets as Indicated or, if not Indicated, at spacing required for design loading. Secure wall brackets and wall return fittings to building construction as follows: 9.6.1.6 Use type of racket with flange tapped for concealed anchorage. 9.6.1.7 For concrete and solid masonry anchorage, use drilled -In expansion shield and elther concealed hanger bolt or exposed lag bolt, as applicable. 9.8.1.8 For hollow masonry anchorage, use toggle bolts having square heads. 9.6.1.9 For stud partltions use lag bolts set Into wood backing between etude, Coordinate with stud Installations for accurate location of backing members. 9.7 Abrasive Nosings: Follow manufacturer's Installation Instructions. Cast anchors Into concrete. 9.8 Touch -Up Painting: Cleaning and touch -up painting of field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas of the shop paint on miscellaneous metal le specified In Division 9 of these epeolfioatlons, TOYS "R" US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 9.9 For galvanized surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas: and apply 2 ooats of galvanized repair paint. *SECTION 5E-6 DIVISION 5* COLD ROLLED STRUCTURAL METALS PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS: 1.1 The provisions of Diviolon 1 apply to the work specified In this Section. 1.2 Unless otherwise shown or specified, this work shall conform to the following standards: 1.2.1 AISI Specification for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members (1980). 1.2.2 AWS (D1.3) Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel (1981). 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 Include all Tabor, materials and equipment to furnish and Install all cold rolled structural metal motions as shown on the drawings and herein specified. All framing shall be complete with fasteners, clips, plates and accessory parts, customarily furnished for this type work. 2.2 Tho work of this section Includes, but le not limited to: (Note: Refer to drawings for items applicable to the project). 2.2,1 Structural light gage framing where indicated. 2.2,2 Framing for Interior load bearing partitions, where Indicated. 3, RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE (As required by Job Conditions) Structural Steel - Section 5A Steel Joist Girders - Section 5B Steel Joist - Section 5C Metal Roof Deok - Section 50 Miscellaneous Metals - Section 5E Metal Floor Deck - Section 6G SUBMITTALS 3.1 3.2 3,3 3.4 3,6 3,6 4, 4.1 Shall be submitted for review only when required by and in acoordanoe with the procedure set forth in Section 1A of these specifications. 4.2 All references to eubmittal data, shop drawings, and samples In the context of the technical specifications shall be taken to mean 'if required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. 4,3 Shop Drawings: 4.3.1 Submit shop drawings for review prior to 7.3 fabrication. 4.3.2 Verify Job conditions before beginning fabrication. 7.4 4.3.3 The drawings shall show sizes, method of assembly and anohorages. 4.4 Manufacturer's data and certification: 4.4.1 Submit manufacturer's data for all cold rolled structural metals used in this project. 4.5 Review of submittals is only for review of general conformance with the design concept. In no case shall this review relieve the contractor of the responsibility for general or detailed dimensions, quality or quantity of materials, or any other conditions, functions, performance or guarantees required. PART 2: 5. 5.1 PART 3: 6. 6.1 7. 7.1 4.4.2 Submit manufacturer's certification that the physical and structural properties of all cold rolled structural metal framing members, connections, and accessories moot or exceed the physical and structural properties listed by Unimast, Inc. PRODUCTS MATERIALS *SECTION 5F -1 All cold rolled struotural metal framing membero, connections and accessories shall be of the type, size and gage shown on the plans. The physical and structural properties listed by Unlmast, Inc. shall be considered the minimum permitted for all framing members, connections and aooessories. 5.2 All cold rolled structural metal framing members shall be formed from corrosion - resistant steel, corresponding to the requirements of ASTM A446, with a minimum yield strength of 40 ksi for SJ and CS -style studs, and 33 ksi for CR- runners. EXECUTION FABRICATION: Framing components may be preassembled Into panels prior to erecting. Prefabricated panels shall be square with components attached In a manner as to prevent racking. 6.2 All framing components shall be out squarely for attaohment to perpendicular members, or as required for an angular fit against abutting members. Members shall be held positively In place until properly fastened. ERECTION: Prior to commencement of work under this Sootion, carefully inspect the work of other trades and verify that all such work Is complete to a point where this Installation may properly commence. 7.2 Use means necessary to protect the work under this Seotion before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. Handling and lifting of prefabricated panels shall be done in a manner which will not cause distortion of the members. Temporary bracing shall be provided until erection Is completed. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 PIVISION 5* COLD ROLLED STRUCTURAL METALS 7.5 Splines In etude shall not be permitted. 7.6 Any material damaged during fabrication, shipment or erection shall be replaoed at no additional cost to the Owner. - END OF SECTION - ' "SECTION 5F -2 01/31/82£:,.", :%`: c DIVISION 6* PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS METAL FLOOR DECK 1.1 The provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified In this section, 1.2 Unless otherwise shown or specified, this work shall conform to tho following standards: 3.1 3.2 3.3 3,4 3,5 3.6 4. 4.1 1.2.1 SDI Speolfloatlons and Commentary for Non - Compostte Steel Form Deok (1989). 1.2.2 AWS (D1,3) Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel (1981) 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2,1 Include all labor, material and equipment to furnish and Install metal floor deok In accordance with the drawings and as specified. 2.2 Furnish and Install all filler strips, closures and accessories as required to complete the metal deck work and make it ready to receive concrete, 2,3 The General Contractor °hall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 specifications to each subcontractor and for coordinating the work accordingly. 2,4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 3, RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE (As Required by Job Conditions) Structural Steel - Section 5A. Steel Joist Girders - Section 5B. Steel Joists - Section 50. Metal Roof Deck - Section 5D. Miscellaneous Metals - Section 5E. Cold Rolled Structural Metals - Section 5F. SUBMITTALS Shall be submitted for review only when required by and in a000rdanoe with the procedure set forth In Section 1A of these epeoifioatlons, 4.2 All references to eubmtttal data, shop drawings, and samples in the context of the technical speolfloatlons shall be taken to mean 'If required under the provisions of Seotion 1A', unless stipulated otherwise, 4,3 Shop Drawings 4.3.1 Submit shop drawings to the Architect/Engineer for review prior to fabrication. 4.3.2 tteme requiring field measuring shall have all dimensions verified In tho field before fabrication. *SECTION 50 - 4.3.3 Furnish detailed drawings and lists showing the mark, numbor;' and location of all metal floor deck. Show method of attachment to the supporting structure. Show all openings, type of finish and all accessories and details as may be required for proper Installation of metal floor deck. 4.3.4 Show design loads for all metal floor deck. 4.3,5 All shop drawings shall be signed and sealed by the manufacturer's engineer with the engineer's seal for the state where the structure le located. 4.4 Manufacturer's Certification: Submit manufacturer's certification that all metal floor deck used on this project has been designed and manufactured in accordance with the drawings, project specifications and SDI specifications. Manufacturer's certification shall be signed and sealed by the manufacturer's engineer with the registered engineer's seal for the state where the structure is located, 4.5 Design Calculations: Design calculations for all metal floor deck used on this project shall be submitted only when requested by the Owner's Representative for submfttal to the building official or for Information, Design calculations will not be reviewed by the Architect/Engineer. All design calculations shall be signed and sealed by the manufacturer's engineer with the registered engineer's seal for the state where the struotura le located. 4.6 Review of submittals Is only for review of general conformance with the design ooncept including verification of the design loads shown on the shop drawings. In no case shall this review relieve the contractor of the responsibility for design, general or detailed dimensions, quality or quantity of materials, or any other conditions, functions, performance or guarantees required. 5, QUALITY ASSURANCE 6,1 General 5,1.1 The Owner will employ and pay for tho services of an Independent testing agency to provide testing and inspections of metal floor deck work. The testing agency shall be licensed in the state where the structure is located and shall meet the requirements of 'Recommended Practices for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction' (ASTM E329). All testing and Inspections shall be performed under the supervision of an engineer registered In the state where the structure le looated. 5.1.2 Metal floor deck materials and operations shall bo tested and inspected as the work progresses. Failure to detect any defective work or material shall not In any way prevent later rejection when such defect is discovered nor shall it obligate the Owner's Representative for final acceptance. 5,1.3 The testing agency shall report all test and inspection results to the Architect/Engineer, Owner and Contractor immediately after they are performed. All test and Inspection reports shall be TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01 31 92 DIVISION 5* METAL FLOOR DECK signed and sealed by an engineer registered In the state where the structure Is located and shall Include the exact location in the work represented by the test. 5.1.4 At the oompletion of all metal floor deck work the testing agency ohall submit a letter of certification signed and sealed by an engineer registered In the state where the structure is Iooated, stating that all metal floor deck work has been constructed in a000rdanoe with the contract documents and all applicable code requirements. 5.1.6 The testing agency and its representatives are not authorized to revoke, alter, relax, enlarge or release any requirement of the contract documents, approve or aooept any portion of the work, perform any duties of the Contractor, or be a party to scheduling of work. 5.1.6 The contractor shall notify the testing agency and the Owner's Representative a minimum of 24 hours In advance of all metal floor deok operations and all reasonable facilities shall be made available for teohniolans. 5.1.7 Records of inepeotion shall be kept available to the building official during progress of work for two years after completion of the project. Records shall bo preserved by the Independent testing agency. 5.2 The testing agency shall conduct inspections as necessary to determine that: 5.2.1 Metal floor deok work has been erected In accordance with the contract documents. 5.2.2 All welding procedures are prequalified. 5.2.3. Welding Is performed by welders who have been certified within the last six months. 5.2,4 Weld quality Is acceptable based on visual Inspection of all welds. PART 2: PRODUCTS 6. MATERIALS 6.1 Steel: Comply with SDI Specifications. 6.2 Aooeseories: Manufacturer's standard, galvanized. PART 3: EXECUTION 7. DESIGN 7.1 Metal floor deok shall be designed by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's engineer shall be responsible for the design, adequacy and eafety of all metal floor deok. All shop drawlnge shall be signed and sealed by the manufacturer's engineer with the engineer's Beal for the state where the structure Is located, Design shall be In accordance with the standards referenced In paragraph 1(B). TOYS 'R• U8 REMODEL Tukwila r Waehinaton *SECTION 6G -2 7.2 Metal floor deck shall be of depth and minimum gage as shown on the drawings and shall be designed in accordance with the SDI Specifications. 7.3 Metal floor deok shall be deeigned such that the stresses shall not exceed 0.80 times the ylold strength with a maximum of 38 ksl under the combined weights of wet concrete, deck and a construction live load of 20 pounds per square foot uniform load or 160 pound concentrated load on a 1'-0' wide section of deck. Design loads shall be applied In a manner which simulates the sequence of concrete placement. 7.4 Metal floor deck shall be designed such that the deflection relative to the supporting members based on the weight of the wet concrete and on the weight of the steel deck, uniformly loaded on all spans, shall not exceed L/180 or 3/4 inch, whichever Is smaller. 8. INSTALLATION 8.1 Metal floor deck shall be ereoted and fastened in accordance with the SDI Specifications and the manufacturer's specifications and erection layoute. Metal floor deok shall be continuous over at least three spans. End laps shall always occur over supports with a minimum lap of 2'. 8.2 Do not hang or support any loads from metal floor deok. 8.3 All deok damaged, dented or chipped during shipping or erection to render It unsightly shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. The Arohiteot/Engineer shall be the sole Judge as to whether metal floor deok must be replaced. - END OF SECTION - 01 Min .. r DIVISION 8* CARPENTRY PART 1: 1. 1.1 GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS The general provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 epeolfioatione to each subcontractor and for coordinating the work accordingly. 1.3 Submittal data, shop drawings, and samples: 1.3.1 Shall be submitted for review only when required by and in accordance with the procedure set forth In Section 1A of these specifications. 1.3.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples In the context of the technical specifications shall be taken to mean "if required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. 1.4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 Furnleh all labor, materials, equipment, toots and services necessary to complete the carpentry and related work in addition to layout of this work and installation of listed items of other eections of the specifications. Examine the drawings to determine the extent of the work and review the following criteria. 2.2 General Requirements 2.2,1 Furnish and install all rough woodwork, centering for masonry, rough bunks, grounds, screeds, nailing stripe, oto, 2.2.2 Furnleh and Install all required rough hardware, suoh as nails, bolts, washers, anchors, eto., except as otherwise apeotfied. 2.2.3 Take charge of and distribute hardware at the building and provide and arrange temporary shelving for the storage of all hardware. 2.2.4 Lay out work described and assigned to this section of the specifications In accordance with the drawings. Carefully check dimensions. 2,2.5 Erect temporary protection for all completed or partially completed work where required to protect materials, surfaoee, finishes, and equipment; this Includes temporary doors until hollow metal doors are delivered. 2.2,6 Examine the conditions including existing dimensions under which the work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of any uneatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. *SECTION GA -1 2.2.7 Coordinate work and cooperate with all other trades furnishing built in items to avoid delays in any work. 2.3 items furnished by others or included under different sections and installed by this contractor are as follows: 2.3.1 Hollow metal doors and frames (Section 8A) 2,32 Finish hardware (Seotlon 8» 2,3.3 Toilet partitions (Section 10A) 2.3.4 Toilet room accessories (Section 10B) 2.3,5 Wall protection (Section 10D). 2.3.6 Conveyor (at mezzanine or basement stores) (Section 14A) 2.3.7 Lift and lift enclosure (at mezzanine or basement stores) (Section 14B) 2,3.8 Dock bumpers and dock seals (by Owner) 2.3.9 interior aluminum railings at the Cash Register Area (by Owner) 2.3,10 Barer (by Owner) 2.3.11 Special Doors (by Owner) 2,3.12 Sate and Safe Support Frame. 2,4 items of work Included but are not limited to the following List. Examine the drawings and this specification section for the extent of work. 2.4.1 Wood grounds, blocking, and other carpentry Items as shown, for supporting and fastening millwork, carpentry, tollet partitions, urinal screens, grab bars and the work of the various other Sections. 2.4.2 All rough hardware Including bolts, nails, screws, spikes, hangers, eto., required In connection with the Installation of all materials under this Section. 2.4,3 Wood framing including wall studs, plates, joists, etc.; plywood, rough wood blocking, blocking for roof curbs, and other roof wood members. 2.4.4 Security tower construction. 2.4.5 Styrofoam strips or pads covering mechanical fasteners In area above office mezzanine. 2.4.6 Finish wood trim and cabinet work including; coat eheives In Break Room and Training Room, and cabinets and countertop at Security Tower. 2.4.7 Laminated plastic covered plywood countertops, walls and counter fronts as indicated. 2,4.8 Plywood for equipment backboards as shown on drawing°. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 6* CARPENTRY 2.4.9 Sheet metal chute for mezzanine stores. 2.4.10 Plywood walkway above Equipment Room. 2.4.11 All miscellaneous work shown on drawings but not furnished or Installed by other trades. 2.4.12 Wood doors (biroh) in Training Room, 3. SUBMITTALS: 3.1 Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing location of each Item, dimensioned plane and elevations, large scale details, attachment devices and other components. Show location of blocking and supports that are to be built into wall substrates. 3.1.1 Submit the following shop drawings: 3.1.1.1 Control/Security Tower details, 3.1.1.2 Lavatory counter tops. 3.1.2 Submit the following samples: 3.1.2.1 Plastic laminate, 3' x 5' for each type, color, pattern and surface finish. 4. TEMPORARY PROTECTION 4.1 Construct temporary doors, stairs, ladders, runways, barricades and railings required in and about the building. 4.2 The building shall bo olosed with temporary doors and windows as the work progresses, and during periods of Inclement weather. All unglazed windows shall be closed with 4 mil polyethylene film In rough frames or old sash, plywood, or other suitable means. Temporary doors shall be storm tight with locks: do not fasten to finished frame of permanent door. 4.3 Protect well and in the proper manner with nonstaining sheathing paper, all materials in construction likely to be damaged by other trades or affeoted by the weather. The use of nails, wire, or metal likely to rust or cause disooloration, will not be permitted. All protection must be placed Immediately after materials or work Is set In place, and when directed by the various trades or Architect's Representativo. 4.4 Guard rails shall be constructed around all shafts, wells, large duct openings, eto., occurring In the floor and roof constructions. Rails shall be of height speoified by Code and of substantial oonetruotlon, and shall remain In place until the enclosing walla or partitions are erected and roof openings closed, at whioh time the guard shall be removed. 4.5 Comply with current OSHA regulation° and standards. PART 2: PRODUCTS 5. LUMBER, GENERAL 5.1 Standard: For each use, comply with the 'Amerioan Softwood Lumber Standard' PS 20 by the U.S. Department of Commeroe. Nominal sizes are shown or epeoifiod; provide TOYS 'R' U8 REMODEL • on *SECTION 6A-2 actual sizes complying with the minimum size requirements of PS 20 for the moisture content specified for each use. 6.2 Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise shown or specified. 5.3 Provide seasoned lumber with 19% maximum moisture content at time of dressing and complying with dry size requirements of PS 20, unless otherwioe speoified. 6. FRAMING LUMBER 6.1 General: Where wood framing from 2' to 5' (but not including 5') in nominal thickness, and 2' or more in nominal width le shown or scheduled; provide lumber complying with grading rules whioh conform to the requirements of the 'National Grading Rule for Dimension Lumber' of the American Lumber Standards Committee established under PS 20, 6.2 For light framing (2' to 4' thick and 2' to 4' wide), provide construction grade. 7. STRUCTURAL FRAMING 7.1 Structural Framing (6' and wider and from 2' to 4' thick), provide No. 2 grade lumber of any species of specified grade meeting or exceeding the following values: 7.1.1 'Fb' (minimum extreme fiber stress in bending) 1250 pounds per square inch. 7.1.2 " E` gaintisrprermgda husiredIelasticity) 1,700,000 7.2 General: Where lumber less than 2' in nominal thickness and 2' or more In nominal width is shown or specified, provide boards complying with dry size requirements of PS 20. 8. BOARDS 8.1 Exposed boards: Where boards will be exposed In the finished work, provide the following: 8.1.1 Moisture content: 15% maximum. 8.1.2 For transparent finish (or natural finish), where shown or scheduled, provide the following: Select Heart Boards, Red Oak. 8.1,3 For paint finish, where shown or scheduled, provide the following: No. 2 boards, Ponderosa Pine (SPIB). 8.2 Concealed boards: Where boards will be concealed by other work, provide the following: 8.2.1 Moisture content: 16% maximum. 8.22 Species and grade: Southern Pine (SPIB) No. 2 boards or WWPA (any species) 'Construction' boards. 9. PLYWOOD ukwila Waehi 01 31 DIVISION 6* CARPENTRY 9.1 Standard: For each use, comply with tho requirements for 'Softwood Plywood /Construction and Industrial' PS1 by the U.S. Department of Commerce. 9.2 Plywood: Provide plywood as specified for the type of exposure and finish shown or scheduled, as follows: 9.2.1 For smooth plywood exposed on the interior and to receive a paint finish, provide Interior Type, Grade A on exposed face; Grade D on concealed face. 9.2.2 For floor underlayrnent, provide Underlayment Grade C-D plugged. Provide sanded finish where resilient finish flooring is Indicated. 9,2.3 For equipment backboards for electrical or telephone equipment, provide fire- retardant treated Standard Grade plywood with exterior glue. 9.3 Exterior plywood: Where plywood Is concealed by built -up roofing provide exterior type. (Make fire- treated as required by local codes.) 10. PARTICLE BOARD 10.1 Provide particleboard complying with the requirements of the National Particleboard Association's 'Physical Property Speoffioation for Mat Formed Wood Partioleboard for Floor Underlayment' and with FHA UM28. Refer to Control Tower details for extent of particle board application. 11. ANCHORAGE AND FASTENING MATERIALS For each use, select proper type, size, material and finish complying with the applicable Federal Specification. 12. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 12.1 Plastic laminate: Plastic laminate shall be of the thickness Indloated on the drawings, and shall be of the'hlgh- pressure" type. Laminate shall be general purpose grade with a 'M' finish, In color as Indloated on the drawings or as selected by the Architect. 12.2 Wood shelves and hanging rods: Shelves for coat racks shall be 1'thiok clear pine, 12' deep unless otherwise shown, and shall be supported on 1' x 3' wood cleats on both ends and across back. Hanging rods shall be provided where required. They shall be nickel- plated steel tubing similar and equal to Stanley No. 7050 with flanges at ends securely fastened In plane. Where poles are over 4' long, provide center supporting brackets similar to Stanley No. 7037. 12.3 Wood shelves for Storage Closet and Janitor's Closet shall be 3/4' thiok interior grade plywood with 3/4' solid wood edge strip, 12' or 18' deep as indicated on drawings supported by factory finish white stanchions 6 long, 24' o.o. 12.4 Sheet metal galvanized steel 22 gauge (for mezzanine stores). 13. FIRE - RETARDANT TREATMENT 13.1 Where used In contact with or In composition of rated walls or as shown or scheduled, comply with AWPI Spechlcation 0- 208 for pressure impregnation with fire - retardant chemicals to *SECTION 6A -3 achieve a flame- spread rating of not more than 25 when tested In accordance with UL Test 723, ASTM E84 or NFPA Test 355. 13.2 Where treated hems are Indicated to receive atransparent or paint finish use a fire- retardant treatment which will not bleed through or adversely affect bond or finish. 13.3 Complete fabrication of treated hems prior to treatment, wherever possible, ff out after treatment, coat out surfaces with heavy brush coat of same fire- retardant chemical used for treatment. Inspect each piece of lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces. 14. WOOD PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT 14.1 The following hems of rough framing or finish woodwork shall be treated with 'Woodlffe' or equal wood preservative process: 14.1.1 Framing lumber in contact with concrete slab or grade. 14.1.2 Framing lumber in conjunction with roofing. PART 3: EXECUTION 15. WOOD FRAMING, GENERAL 15,1 Set wood framing accurately to required lines and levels. Provide framing members of sizes and on spacings shown, and frame openings as shown, or if not shown, comply with the recommendations of the 'Manual for House Framing' of the National Forest Products Association. Cut, join and tightly fit framing around other work. Do not splice structural members between supports unless otherwise detailed, 15,2 Anchor and nail as shown, or if not shown, to comply with the 'Recommended Nailing Schedule • Table 1' of the 'Manual for House Framing' and other recommendations of the NFPA. 15.3 Securely attach carpentry work to substrates by anchoring and fastening as shown and as required by recognized standards. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. 16.4 Set carpentry work accurately to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true and accurately out and fitted. 16.5 Partition framing: Space studs as Indicated and double at openings. Unless otherwise Indicated, make headers over openings of two piece stud material set on edge or solid lumber of equivalent size. Bolt end studs to abutting concrete and masonry walls. Provide bearing partitions with double top plates with Joints lapped 2 feet, 15.6 Joists and rafters unless otherwise Indicated shall bear 4 inches onto masonry and 2 Inches on wood or steal. Frame openings with headers and trimmer. Carry joists, trimmers, and headers on joist hangers when framing Into carrying member at the relative same level. Fire cut Joist bearing Into masonry. Accurately bevel -out ends of wood bridging to afford firm contact with members and nail each end with two naile, Keep lower end free until subfloor is In place. Metal TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 6* CARPENTRY bridging may be installed as recommended by the manufacturer. 15.7 Stair framing shall be spiked together. Cut rough carriages accurately to receive finish treads and risers. Provide trimmers, blocking, and other framing necessary for support of treads, risers, and railings. 15.8 Anchor sill plates to concrete floors with expansion bolts, one near each end and at 4' Intermediate spacing. Anchor other wood membere Into concrete, masonry and steel wlh appropriate fastenere and unless otherwise Indicated, space fasteners at 4-ft. centers with a minimum of two fasteners per piece. Anohor bolts shall be a minimum 3 /8-In. round. Stagger end joints of wood membere overlaying one and other 2- ft. and lap membere at corners. 15.9 Trim shall be Installed with lengths as long as practicable and closely fitted joints. Blind nail to the extent practicable; set and stop fade nailing with non - staining putty to match finish. Use screws for fastening to metal; set and atop as done for nails. Stagger and conceal joints. Cap molded work at retums and Interior angles and miter at exterior corners. Shoulder flat work to reduce warping. 16. ATTACHMENT AND ANCHORAGE 16.1 Use common wire nails, except as otherwise shown or specified. Use finishing nails for finish work. Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between membere. Install fasteners without splitting of wood; predrill as required. See Paragraph 15(B). 17. WOOD GROUNDS, NAILERS, BLOCKING AND SLEEPERS 17.1 Provide wherever ehown and where required for soreeding or attachment of other work. Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of work to be attached. Set true to line and level, plumb, with intersections true as required angle. Coordinate location with other work Involved. 17.2 Attach to substrates securely with anchor bolts and other attaohment devices as shown and as required to support applied loading. Countersink bolts and nuts flush with surfaoes, unless otherwise shown. Build Into masonry; anchor to form -work before concrete placement. 18. WOOD FURRING 18.1 Install plumb and level with closure strips at all edges and openings. Shim with wood blocking or Incombustible materials, accurately fitted to close furred spaces. 18.2 Furring to receive gypsum drywall: Unless otherwise shown, provide 1' x 2' furring at 16' 0.0. vertically. 19. PLYWOOD 19.1 Comply with recommendations of the American Plywood Association (APA). 18.2 Provide plywood underlayment whore ehown. Install underlayment Just prior to laying of finish flooring. Stagger end Joints between panels in relation to each other and all *SECTION 6A-4 Joints in relation to substrate jointing. Allow 1/32' space between panels ends and edges for expansion and contraction unless otherwise detailed, Nall or staple in accordance with APA recommendations unless otherwise detallod. Prior to installation of finish flooring, fill damaged areas wider than 1/16', set nails 1/16' or staples and screws 1/32' but do not fill; lightly sand rough areas, - END OF SECTION - TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washlnaton 01/31/92 DIVISION 7* BUILDING INSULATION (PERIMETER) GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS The general provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified In this Section. 1.2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 specifications to each subcontractor and for coordinating the work a000rdingly. 1.3 Submittal data, shop drawings, and samples: 1.3.1 Shall be submitted for review only when required by and In accordance with the procedure set forth In Section 1A of these specifications. 1,3.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples In the context of the technical specifications shall be taken to mean 'If required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. 1.4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 Work under this Section consists of furnishing all materials, accessories, tools, equipment, services, and labor required to completely Install the building Insulation Indicated on the drawings and specified herein. 2.2 All insulation shall be stored so that It is protected from weather and shall be kept dry before, during and after application. 3. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE 3.1 Batt insulation specified in Section 9B. 3.2 Insulation of mechanical equipment and ducts specified in Division 15, 4. SUBMITTALS 4.1 Submit product data for all materials specified or required in this section. 5. REFERENCE STANDARDS 5.1 Unless otherwise Indicated or specified, the work shall conform to the following Standards: 5,1.1 ASTM 0578 Type IV, Standard Specification for Preformed, Block -Type Rigid Polystryrene Thermal Insulation. PART 2: PRODUCTS 6. MATERIALS 6.1 Rigid perimeter insulation, polystyrene Insulation board conforming to ASTM C578, Type IV and with thickness as *SECTION 7A -1 required to achieve an R = 5.0 value (minimum) or as required to comply with governing energy code. PART 3: EXECUTION 7. INSTALLATION 7.1 Installation of all Insulation shall be in accord with ourrent printed manufacturer's instructions. 7.2 Perimeter insulation to be installed under the floor slab (horizontally and vertically) to extent as shown on drawings. - END OF SECTION - TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 7* BUILT-UP ROOFING, FLASHING, & ASSOC.SHEET METAL *SECTION 7D -1 PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.1 The general provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified In this Section. 1.2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of division 1 epeoifloations to each subcontractor and for coordinating the work accordingly. 1.3 Submittal data, shop drawings, and samples: 1,3,1 Shall be submitted for review orui when required by and in accordance with the procedure set forth In Section 1A of these specifications. 1.3.2 All referenoes to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples in the context of the technical specifications shall be taken to mean 'If required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. 1.4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 2, SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and scaffolding required for completing built-up roofing, flashing and associated sheet metal work and related items indicated on the drawings and specified herein. (Note: Refer to drawings for items applicable to the project), 2,2 The extent of roofing, flashing and sheet metal work is shown on the drawings and Includes brake metal roof edges, copings, gravel stops, gutters and downspouts. 2,3 Coordinate this work with other trades Involved to avoid delays and to Insure a satisfactory and watertight Installation. 2.4 Roofer: Examine surfaces on or against which roofing Is to be applied, check levels of roof for dips or hollows. Notify Owner's Representative In writing of any defeats which, In the opinion of Roofer, would be detrimental to installation of his work. Do not prooeed with any work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the roofing contractor. Laying of materials will be considered as acceptance of deok by Roofer. 2.6 Proceed with roofing work only after substrate construction and penetrating work have been completed. 2.6 Weather Conditions: Proceed with roofing work only when weather conditions are In compliance with manufacturer's recommended limitations, and when conditions will permit the work to proceed In accordance with requirements and the manufacturer's recommendations, 3. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE 3,1 Masonry thru•wall fleshings not as000lated with roofing specified In Section 4A Unit Masonry Work. 3,2 Preservative treated natters and blocking specified in Section 6A, Carpentry. 3.3 Building Insulation specified In Section 7B, Building Insulation. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE 4.1 The roofing and as000lated work shall be accomplished by a single firm, which has Installed the approved eyotem for at least three years on projects comparable to the work of this contract; and, upon written request of the Owner, shall furnish the name and location of such roof installations. 4,2 Pre - Roofing Conference: Before the roofing work is scheduled to commence, after submittals have been reviewed by tho Owner, and before any materials are ordered, a conference shall be called at the jobsite for the purpose of reviewing the drawings and specifications. The intent is to resolve questions before the work is started. The conference shall be attended by the roofing contraotor, and his foreman, as well as the Owner's Representative. 4.3 UL Listing: Roofing system shall meet requirements for U -L Class 'A' fire rating. 4.4 FM Listing: Roofing system shall be applied in accordance with F -M 1.90 requiremente. 5. SUBMITTALS 5.1 Manufacturer's Data, Roofing: For information only, submit 2 copies of specifications and installation instructions from tho manufacturer for each major roofing product or system required. The material shall not be ordered until the submittals have been approved, One (1) copy shall be kept at the jobslte at all times for use during construction. 6. ROOFING SYSTEM GUARANTEE 6.1 Submit, In duplicate, ten year unlimited guarantee on roofing and associated work specified In this Section, agreeing to repair or replace work which leaks water, deteriorates excessively or otherwise falls to perform as roofing due to failures of materials or workmanship, Coverage of the guaranty shall Include roof membrane, roof insulation, fastener (as applicable), base flashing (minimum height 8', maximum height as recommended by manufacturer) and workmanship for the full time specified. Guarantee shall be issued and backed solely by the Roofing Materials manufacturer, and shall be signed by Roofing Materials manufacturer. 6.2 As part of the bid documents, the roofing contractor shall eubmtt written evidence from the roofing manufacturer, to the Owner, Project Manager, and general contractor, that he Is eligible to provide the guaranty called for. A copy of the guaranty proposed by the roofing contractor shall also be submitted with the bid. Failure to provide either of the doouments shall result in disqualification of that bid. 6.3 General Contractor to submit to the Owners Representative copies of all Manufacturer's field inspection reports, Including Interim and final inspection reports, as well as the 10 year guarantee as provided by Manufacturer. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01 31 92 DIVISION 7* BUILT -UP ROOFING, FLASHING, & ASSOC.SHEET METAL 8.3 Store all cartons, Insulation, and drums of asphalt on raised, level platforms and protect them from the weather with waterproof tarpaulins. 8.4 Store solvents and coatings in a cool dry area. 9.1.1 Manville, Roofing Systems Division. 9.1.2 Celotex, Roofing Products Division. 9.1.3 Tamko Asphalt Products, 9,1.4 Owens- Corning Fiberglass Corp. 9.2 For Regional Representatives, call: *SECTION 7D-2 7. SHEET METAL GUARANTY 9.2.1 Manville: (800) 654 -3103 7.1 Provide guarantee for all sheet metal work for a period of two 9.2.2 Celotex: (813) 873 -1600. (2) years from date of aooeptanoe of same, as evidenced by final payment, and binding contractor to repair, or replace, at 9.2.3 Tamko: (800) 641 -4691. his own expanse, all work whloh may show defective material or workmanship within said period. This guarantee shall 9.2.4 Owens - Corning: (419) 248 -5361. inolude leaking, failure of materials to stay In place, undue expansion, lifting, deformation, loosening and splitting of 10. ACCEPTABLE BUILT -UP ASPHALT ROOFING SYSTEMS seams. 10.1 Insulated Metal Deck: Three plies glass - fiber felts over 8. HANDLING, PROTECTION AND STORAGE manufacturer approved insulation, gravel- surfaced. 8.1 Stand all roll goods on end and store on clean floor to keep 10.1.1 Manville 3G -IG. ends of rolls free from foreign matter. 10.1.2 Celotex AGS- 3-C-G. 8.2 Store all roofing materials in a dry plane, on raised platforms, and cover with waterproof tarpaulins, Inside, or In closed 10.1.3 Tamko 501. vane, protected from sun and weather. 10.1.4 Owens - Corning 33-IG. 10.2 insulated Wood Deck: Three piles glass - fiber felts over manufacturer approved insulation, with mineral - surfaced cap sheet: 10.2.1 Manville 3G -IC. 8.5 Keep lids tightly sealed on all out back adhesives, and flashing cements to keep volatiles from escaping. 10.2.2 Celotex AGS- 3-C-M. 8.6 Unload and handle all roofing materials with care. Dropping 10.2.3 Tamko 502. rolls, roof Insulation, and roofing accessories can damage these components sufficiently to cause unsatisfactory 10,2.4 Owens - Corning 33 -10. application and performance. 10.3 Non - Insulated Wood Dook: Three plies glass -fiber felts with 8.7 Heat asphalt In accordance with manufacturer's mineral-surfaced cap sheet: recommended limits. Overheating of asphalts may change the physical properties of the asphalt and can contribute to 10.3.1 Manville 30 -NC. premature aging or failure of the roof membrane. 10.3.2 Celotex 8.8 Plastic covers and shrink -wrap shall not be used for Job storage, nor shall any other cover be used In which moisture 10,3.3 Tamko 512. can condense within or on the material stored therein. 10.3.4 Owens-Corning 33-NC. 8.9 Keep temperature of roll materials above 40 degrees F for 24 hours prior to application, eepeolally coated rolls. 11. MATERIALS 8.10 Cover all roofing materials remaining on the roof deok at the 11.1 Fiberglass Ply Sheets: Glass fiber reinforced, complying with end of each work day. ASTM D2178, type VI. PART 2: PRODUCTS 11.2 Asphalt: Complying with ASTM D312, 9. ACCEPTABLE BUILT -UP ROOFING MANUFACTURERS 11.2.1 Type II (Flat) Asphalt shall be used with gravel surfaced specifications on slopes up to 1/2' per 9.1 Built-up roof system manufaoturere which are acceptable for foot. uee on the project are: 11.2.2 Type III (Steep) Asphalt shall be used on all cap sheet specifications and on gravel surfaced specifications with slopes between 1/2' per foot and 3' per foot. 11.3 Membrane Flashing: Manufacturer's Standard Torch-Applied, Modified Bitumen Flashing. TOYS'R' US REMODEL- T lll sshin a ton 01/31/92 !VISION 7* BUILT-UP ROOFING FLASHING & ASSOC.SHEET METAL 11.4 Aggregate: Clean, dry, roofing grade gravel conforming to ASTM D1883. All gravel shall pass through a 3/4' sieve, and none shall pass through a 1/4' sieve. 11.5 Mineral Surfaced Cap Sheet: Conforming to ASTM D3909, Color: White. 11.6 Asphalt Primer: Conforming to ASTM D41 or Federal Specification SS-A -701. Any dilution not recommended by the manufacturer le prohibited. 11.7 Asphalt Flashing Cement: Complying with Federal Specification 8S- C-153, Type 1. 11.8 Preformed Expansion Joint Covers: Furnish and install metal flanged 'Expand -O- Flash' as manufactured by Manville Products Corp., of type 'CF -EJ' shown on drawings at adjacent building walla. 11.9 Misoollanooue Materials: Surface Applied Reglet and Cap Flashing: Two piece reglet and flashing system for surface application to masonry regiet of formed 0.50 aluminum; oap flashing .032 aluminum. Hickman 'Hinge -Lock' type. 11.10 Sheathing Paper: Single -Ply of 5 -pound rosin -sized sheathing paper. 12. ROOFING INSULATION 12.1 Provide Insulation acceptable to the roofing manufacturer in thlokness attaining a guaranteed 'R' value of 26, or greater if required by prevailing energy Codes. 12.2 For a guaranteed 'R' value of 26, provide the following: 12,2.1 Double Layer: 12.2.1.1 Bottom Layer: Appropriate thickness of 1.8" Ieocyanurate roof insulation with Non - Asphaltio Glass Fiber Facers, complying with Federal Specification HH -I- 1972/2 and approved for use with guaranteed roofing assemblies. 12.2.1.2 Top Layer: 1' organic fiberboard complying with Fed. Spec, LLL- 1-535, Class 0, or 1' perlite board conforming to ASTM 0728 (Guaranteed Ra2.78). 12.3 For a guaranteed 'R' value greater than 26, the roof Insulation assembly shall Include: 12.3.1 Double Layer: 12.3.1.1 Bottom Layer: Appropriate thickness of manufacturer approved Isooyanurate roof insulation, with the guaranteed 'R' value to be calculated at R =5.6 per inch. 12.3.1.2 Top Layer: 1' organic fiberboard complying with Fed. Speo. LLL - 1-535, Class C, or 1' perlite board 2conforming to ASTM C728 (Guaranteed 11.4.78). 12,4 Cant strips shall be standard asphalt- impregnated fiberboard, complying with ASTM D208, In degree sections with 4-1/4 inch face dimension unless noted on drawings to be wood or steel. All to be reinforced with periodlo blocking strips. 12.5 Edge strips, where Indicated, shall be standard asphalt Impregnated fiberboard, complying with ASTM D208, 12 inches by 48 Inohes tapering from 1-5/8 Inches to 1/8 Inches to 1/8 inch on the 12 inch dimension. 12.6 Tapered Insulation: For cricket construction and where otherwise Indicated, organlo fiberboard tapered Insulation complying with F.S.LLL -1535 or perlite board conforming to ASTM C728. Slope as indicated on the drawings. 13. INSULATION FASTENERS *SECTION 70-3 13.1 Shall be type recommended by insulation manufacturer for substrates Intended, sized for thickness and type of insulation used. 13.2 Meet or exceed Factory Mutual Class I requirements. 14. ALUMINUM SHEET METAL 14.1 Aluminum sheet metal for fleshings, copings, gutters, and downspouts shall be 3003 alloy, standard mill finish, .032 inoh thlokness unless otherwise noted. Aluminum to be factory finished as indicated on drawings and in specifioation Section 9H. 15. ROOF HATCH AND SMOKE HATCHES - NOT USED - PART 3: EXECUTION 16, REFERENCE 16.1 The most ourrent application guide published by the manufacturer of the selected roofing system shall be considered part of this specification and shall be referred to for more epecitic application procedures regarding roofing Insulation, membrane and base flashing. 16.2 Where this written epeoifloation differs from the manufacturer's application guide, the more stringent specification shall be used. 17. HEATING BITUMEN (ASPHALT► 17.1 Aephah shall not be heated above 500 Maximum storage temperature for bulk asphalt le 325 17.1.1 Bitumen temperature at the point of applioatlon shall be +1- 25 degrees F of the Equiviocous Temperature (EVT). 17.1.2 If the EVT is not known, bitumen temperature at the point of application shall be 375 degrees F to 425 degrees F for Types 11 and 111 Asphalt. 17.2 Use separate kettles or tankers for each type of bitumen, 17,3 The heating prooess shall be strictly regulated by means of an automatic thermostatio control of any approved type for TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 7* BUILT-UP ROOFING, FLASHING, & ASSOC.SHEET METAL *SECTION 7D-4 positive temperature control. Kettles or tankers shall be the Immersion tube type, fired by liquid LP gas, and shall have 100% safety shutoff. 17.4 Provide each kettle or tanker with a recording thermometer that will graphically Indicate and record on a chart the maximum and minimum temperatureeto will oh materials have been heated. Recording thermometers shall be capable of accurately reoording temperatures as high as 600 degrees F and as low as 0 degrees F. The thermometers shall be properly maintained at all times. Kettles or tankers without recording thermometers In good working condition shall not be used. At the end of each working day, turn the chart from the thermometer on each kettle or tanker cover to the Owner's Representative. If any underheated or overheated bitumen has been applied on the roof, remove that portion of the roof. 17.5 Maintain the temperature of the bitumen at the point of applioation by using Insulated pipes, buckets, luggors and other insulated roofere equipment as required by field conditions and as approved by the owner's representative. 18, INSTALLATION OF ROOF INSULATION 18.1 Installation of roof Insulation shall comply with Factory Mutual requirements for Class I construction and 1-90 wind uplift rating. Follow details as set forth in current Factory Mutual Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-28. 18.2 Insulation shall be Installed in two layers: 18.2.1 Bottom layer Is to be mechanically fastened to the deck. Fastener quantities shall be: 18.2.1.1 For 4' x 4' leooyanurate insulation, provide a minimum of six (6) fasteners per board. 18.2.1.2 For 4' x 8' isocyanurate insulation, provide a minimum of eleven (11) fasteners per board. 18.2.2 Top layer to to be installed In a unitorm, solid 25 -30 lb. /100 ft. square mopping of hot asphalt. Joints are to be offset a minimum of a inohes from the preceding layer of Insulation. 18.3 Insulation boards shall be laid in parallel courses with transverse Joints staggered. Parallel courses shall be laid at right angles to metal deok ribs. Adjoining edges of board shall be brought into tight contact, but shall not be forced into place In such manner as to damage boards. Where the root meets vertioal surfaces, boards shall be cut in a neat workmanlike manner, leaving approximately a 1/2' joint. Score or out boards as neceseary to lay flat on deck where same is irregular. Any joint parallel to ribs shall be placed over eolid deck bearing. 18.4 Roof insulations shall be out to fit neatly around projections, pipes, and vents coming through roofing. Provide clearance per manufacturer around heat conducting pipes. 18.5 Fiberboard cants, tapered edge strips and crickets are to be mopped in placed with hot asphalt. 18.6 Install only as much roof Insulation as can be completely covered with roofing the same day. 19. INSTALLATION OF BUILT -UP ROOFING AND FLASHING (INSULATED METAL. DECK) 19.1 Apply roofing plys by first starting at the low edge of the roof. Apply one 12' wide, then over that one 24' wide, then over both a full 38' wide sheet flberglae ply sheets. Succeeding layers of ply sheets are to be applied in full widths, overlapping the preceding plye in accordance with manufacturer's roofing system guaranty requirements. Install each felt so that it shall be firmly and uniformly set without voids into hot asphak which has been applied just before the felt at a minimum rate of 25 lbs. per square over the entire surface. Roll ply sheets Into asphalt. On inclines over 1' per foot, backnailing le required. 19.2 Install modified bitumen fleshings as specified by manufacturer. For curbs and walla up to manufacturer's recommended maximum height, flashing Is to be Installed in one piece. 19.2.1 When shown on drawings, flashing is to be installed in two pieces. The first piece should extend from 4' past the toe of the cant to manufacturer's recommended maximum height, up the parapet wall. The first piece of flashing overlaps the top of the first piece by at least four inches, and extends to the outside edge of the top of the parapet wall. 19.3 Embed not less than 400 lbs. per square of gravel into the appropriate grade of hot asphalt, using a uniform mopping of not less than 60 lbs, per square of roof area. The application of tho aggregate to the rooting system should be delayed until the entire roof system including the fleshings is completed. 19.4 All conduit/lightweight pipe present on roof surface must be supported by treated wood blocking. Attachment of pipe to wood blocking should allow for minor movement of pipe. Each treated wood blooking support should be set In a heated, upside down plece of modified bitumen, which extends a minimum of 4' beyond all edges of the wood. Modified bitumen pad and adhered wood block are then loose laid on top of the completed roof system (including surfacing). Modified bitumen pad should not be adhered to the membrane or the surfacing. 20. INSTALLATION OF BUILT -UP ROOFING AND FLASHING (INSULATED OR NON - INSULATED WOOD DECK) 20.1 Install one lapped course of rosin -sized building paper to wood deck as recommended by membrane manufacturer. 20.2 Apply base ply with 2' side laps and end laps. Mechanically seoure maximum 9' o.o. at side laps and maximum 18' o.o. on two lines 11 -13' from each edge (staggered). Meohanioat eeourement using mechanical fasteners as recommended by the deck manufacturer. To minimize wrinkles and buckles allow enough time for base ply to relax unrolled prior to attachment. 20.3 Embed two plies of flberglae ply sheets In shingle fashion (starter sheets required), lapping 19' into uniform solid moppings of hot bitumen, using 23- 451b/100 ft per ply. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Waehinsrton 01/31/92 DIVISION 7* BUILT -UP ROOFING, FLASHING, & ASSOC.SHEET METAL Starter plies should be out to dimensions so as to preclude coincident side laps to the base ply. 20.4 Install modified bitumen fleshings as specified by manufacturer. For curbs and walls up to manufacturer's recommended maximum height, flashing is to be installed in one piece. 20,4.1 When shown on drawings, flashing is to be installed in two pieoes. The first piece should extend from 4' past the toe of the cant to manufacturer's recommended maximum height, up the parapet wail. The first piece of flashing Is then nailed off. The second piece of flashing overlaps the top of the first piece by at least four inches, and extends to the outside edge of the top of the parapet wall. 20.5 Embeded nominal 18' lengths of mineral - surfaced cap sheet with 2' side and end laps Into a uniform, solid 20 to 30 pound /square mopping of Type 111 asphalt. End laps shall be staggered, minimum 3'. NOTE: Cap sheet must be installed prior to modified bitumen flashing at all cant strip flashing detallo. 20,8 All condult/Ilghtwelght pipe present on roof surface must be supported by treated wood blocking. Attachment of pipe to wood blocking should allow for minor movement of pipe. Each treated wood blocking support should be set In a heated, upside down piece of modified bitumen, which extends a minimum of 4' beyond all edges of the wood. Modified Bitumen pad and adhered wood block are then loose laid on top of the completed roof system (including surfacing). Modified bitumen pad should not be adhered to the membrane or the surfacing. ROOFING CONSTRUCTION AT EDGES AND PENETRATIONS Provide preformed edge strips (cant strips) where shown and wherever feasibil to install hot mop to Insulation. Provide 1' rigid insulation at all preformed curbs for roof penetrations (mech. units, exhaust fans, roof hatch, etc.) 21.3 At all areas where Modified Bitumen fleshings will be adhered to metal, the metal flange must be primed on both sides and adhered to the field plies with asphalt flashing cement. 21.4 All sheet metal flanges to which Modified Bitumen flashing will be adhered, must be nailed 3' o.o. staggered, prior to the application of the flashings. Wood nallers equal in thickness to the roof insulation must be Installed below all sheet metal flanges prior to the application of the roofing plies. 22. SHEET METAL FLASHING, COPINGS, GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS 22.1 Surfaces to which sheet metal Is to be applied shall be even, smooth, sound, thoroughly Olean and dry and free from all detects that might affect the application. 22.2 All accessories or other hems essential to the completeness of the sheet metal installation, though not specifically shown or specified, shall be provided. All such items, unless otherwise shown on the drawings, or specified, shall bo of the *SECTION 7D -5 same kind of material as the hem to which applied. Nails, screws, and bolts shall be of the types best suited for the purpose intended, and shall be of a composition that Is compatible with the metal to which it will contact. 22.3 Do not weld aluminum, Instead provide mechanical waterproof connections, 22.4 Flash and counterflash with specified aluminum at juncture of all roofs with vertical surfaces and other pieoes as required by drawings. Exposed edges of all fleshings shall be doubled back 1/2' to provide stiffness. Cap flashing shall turn down over base fleshings not less than 4'. Ventilators and other items of equipment which have integral members to cover flashing need not have cap flashing. 22.5 Comply with details and profiles as shown, and comply with the most current SMACNA 'Architectural Sheet Metal Manual' recommendations for installation of the work. 22.6 Provide for thermal expansion of all exposed sheet metal work exceeding 15'-0' running length. All thermal expansion joints are to be mechanical joints. Provide 6' wide cover plate over 1/4' wide joint. Cover plate shall be embedded in maotlo, attaohed to nailer with waterproof connection and loose locked to the drip edge. 22.7 Flashing and Trim: Expansion joints, 10'-0' maximum spacing, and 2'- 0' from corners and Intersections. 22.8 Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions wherever possible. Fold back edges on concealed side of exposed edges, to form a hem. Provide continuous clips under coping edges. 22.9 Pitch Pans: Where supports, pipes or other objects extend through roof, provide bottomless pitoh pane as Indicated on the drawings. Form pans from 24 gauge galvanized sheet metal allowing 4 Inch nailing flange and 3 Inch standing leg with top edge folded back 1/2 inch, all joints soldered. Provide collars where required. Install pitch pans only where flanged sleeve and weather cap flashing cannot be installed. Sot pitch pan flange in a solid bed of black plastio roofing cement. Fill bottom of pan to a depth of 1 inch with cement mortar mix. Fill pan to top with dead -level bitumen, 22.10 Install flanged tube- weather cap flashing at all penetrations of electrical conduit and other service lines. 22.11 Fabricate and Install .032 Inch aluminum rectangular downspouts and gutters in sizes indicated with required special connectors. Anohor to wall with straps spaced and attached as indicated on the drawings. Telescope downspouts ends a minimum of 1 -1/2'. Provide watertight connections and slip type expansion Joints where gutters join downspouts. 22.12 Fabricate and install .032 Inch aluminum gravel stop in size and configuration indicated. 22.12.1 The fabrication of the gravel stop shall conform to Plate 38, Figure A and joint system ohall conform to Plate 42, Figure A of the 1987 Edition of the 'Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" published by SMACNA. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Waehinpton 01/31/92 22.122 Fasten roof flange to wood nailer 3' o.o. staggered. Coordinate with installation of gutter. 23. FABRICATED PRODUCTS 23.1 Fabricated Metal Flashing: Fabricate metal flashing, trim, copings, gutters and downspouts and similar items to comply with profiles and sizes shown, and to comply with standard Industry details as shown by SMACNA In the 'Architectural Sheet Metal Manual'. 24. ROOFING APPLICATION QUALITY CONTROL 24.1 The General Contractor shall request the roofing manufacturer to provide a competent representative to Inspect and direct the handling, methods, and application of the roofing materials. While it shall not be required that the manufacturer's representative remain constantly at the building during installation, he shall be requested to inspect ail phases of the work In the application of the roofing as it progresses. This representative should at all times be easily accessible during the execution of the work In order that he may properly attend to questioned Roma. Tho manufacturer's representative is requested to certify, In writing, that the workmanship and Installation were properly and correctly performed and that the manufacturer's warranty is valid, 24.2 If this Inspection and oerlifioation process Is not provided by the General Contractor then the roof test outs as specified below under paragraph 24.2.1 and 242.2 below shall be performed by the General Contractor. 24.2.1 General Contractor Is to be responsible for obtaining roof test outs and analysis as provided by a certified independent testing laboratory for all roof systems as specified by AVM Document ANSI/ASTM D3617 -77 Standard Recommended Practice for Sampling and Analysis of New Built -Up Roof Membranes. All sampling procedures and documentation shall be In accordance with this ASTM Document. Copies of the results are to be submitted to Owner and the Owner's Representative for review and approval. 24.2.2 The cost of the required teat and all subsequent roof repairs are the responsibility of the General Contractor and shall, therefore, be Included as part of the base bid proposal and Identified as ouch. - END OF SECTION - TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington DIVISION 7* BUILT -UP ROOFING, FLASHING, & ASSOC.SHEET METAL *SECTION 7D-O 01131/92 ., - c C DIVISION 7* JOINT SEALANTS PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.1 The general provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified In this Section. 1.2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 specifications to eaoh subcontractor and for coordinating the work a000rdingly. 1.3 Submittal data, shop drawings, and samples: 1.3.1 Shall be submitted for review of when required by and in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 1A of these specifications. 1.3.2 All references to submtttal data, shop drawings, and samples in the context of the technical specifications shall be taken to mean 'if required undor the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. 1.4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and scaffolding required for completing caulking and joint sealant work indicated on the drawings and herein specified. (NOTE: Refer to drawings for items applicable to the project.) 2.2 The required applications of sealants and caulking Include, but are not necessarily limited to those locations herein listed. 2,3 Flashing and countorflashing adjoining wall areas, 2.4 Exterior wall joints, masonry control Joints, exterior and interior. 2.6 Joints between wall and adjacent windowe, doors, grilles and miscellaneous frames on exterior and interior. 2.6 Joints at penetrations of walls, decks and floors by piping and other services and equipment. 2.7 Drywall control joints and other joints where drywall abuts other materials. 3. SUBMITTALS 3.1 Manufacturer's Data, Sealants and Caulking: For information only, submit 2 copies of manufacturer's specifications, recommendations and Inetallation instructions for each type of sealant required. Include manufacturer's published data, or letter of certification or certified test laboratory report Indicating that each material complies with the requirements and le Intended generally for the applications shown. Show by transmittal that one Dopy of each recommendation and Instruction has been distributed to the installer. 4. REFERENCE STANDARDS 4.1 Unless otherwise indicated or specified, the work shall conform to the following Standards: 5,2 6. 6.1 4.1.1 4.1.1.1 4.1.1.2 4.12 4.1.2.1 *SECTION 7G -1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). ASTM C834, Latex Sealing Compounds. ASTM C920, Elastomerio Joint Sealants. Federal Spoolficatlone (F_S FS TT- S- 001543A, Sealing Compound: Silicone Rubber Base (For Caulking, Sealing and Glazing in Buildings and Other Structures). 4.1.2.2 FS TT -S- 001657, Sealing Compound - Single Component, Butyl Rubber Base, Solvent Release Type. 4.1,2.3 FS TT -S- 00230, Sealing Compound, Elastomerio Type, Single Component (For Caulking, Sealing and Glazing In Buildings and Other Structures). 5, GUARANTEE, SEALANTS 5.1 Submit 2 copies of written guarantee agreeing to repair or replace sealants which fall to perform as air -tight and water- tight joints; or fall in Joint adhesion, cohesion, abrasion resistance, weather resistance, extrusion resistance, migration resistance, stain resistance, or general durability; or appear to deteriorate in any other manner not clearly specified by submitted manufacturer's data, as an Inherent quality of the material for the exposure indicated. Provide guarantee signed by the installer and contractor. Guarantee period is 2 years. JOB CONDITIONS The installer must examine the joint surfaces, backing, and anohorage of units forming sealant rabbet, and the conditions under which the sealant work Is to be performed, and notify the Contractor In writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work and performance of the sealants, Do not proceed with the sealant work until unsatisfactory conditions have been correoted In a manner acceptable to the installer, PART 2: PRODUCTS 7. MATERIALS, GENERAL 7.1 Provide custom colors, wherever Indicated, to match Architect'o samples or to match the adjoining surfaces in a manner to be determined by the Architect. Provide manufacturer's standard colors, as selected by Architect, wherever custom colors are not indloated. 7.2 Compatibility: Before purchase of each specified sealant, Investigate its compatibility to adhere with the joint surfaces, Joint materials (manufacturer's recommended variation of the specified materials) whioh are known to be fully compatible OYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Waehinaton 01/31/92 DIVISION 7* JOINT SEALANTS with the actual Installation condition, as shown by manufacturer's published data or certification. 7.3 Provide size and shape of preformed sealant tapes as shown or, if not shown, as recommended by the manufacturer, either in hie published data or upon consultation with his technical representative. 7.4 Exterior One - Component Sealants: Provide one of the following: 7.4.1 Acrylic terpolymer sealant conforming to F.S. TT -S. 00230. 7.4.2 Silicone sealant conforming to F.S. TT- S- 001543A and ASTM C920. 7.6 Interior Caulking: Provide one of the following (paintable): 7.5.1 Aoryllo latex water emulsion compound conforming to ASTM C834. 7.5.2 Butyl sealant conforming to FS TT-S- 001657. 7.6 Miscellaneous Materials: 7.6.1 Joint Cleaner: Provide the type of joint cleaning compound recommend by the sealant or caulking compound manufacturer, for the joint surfaces to be cleaned. 7.6.2 Joint Primer /Sealer: Provide the type of joint primer /sealer recommended by the sealant manufacturer, for the joint surfaces to be primed or sealed. 7.6.3 Bond Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer, to be applied to sealant- contact surfaces where bond to the substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant. Provide self- adhesive tape wherever applloable. 7.6.4 Sealant Backer Rod: Compressible rod stook polyethylene foam, polyethylene jacketed polyurethane foam, butyl rubber foam, neoprene foam or other flexible, permanent, durable non - absorptive material as recommended for compatibility with sealant by the sealant manufacturer. Provide size and shape of rod which will control the joint depth for sealant placement, break bond or sealant at bottom of joint, form optimum shape of sealant bead on back side, and provide a highly compressible booker to minimize the possibility of sealant extrusion when joint le compressed. 7.6.5 Precompreseed Expanding Foam Sealant: WILL - SEAL 150 (single Impregnation) or WILL -SEAL 250 (double immpregnation) black preoompressed, chemically resistant foam sealant as manufactured by Will -Seal Construction Foam Division of Illbruok/U.S.A. Uee proper thickness to seal . opening against dust, air, water penetration. PART 3: EXECUTION TOYS 'R' US REMODEL:114cwila, Washington 8. JOINT SURFACE PREPARATION 8.1 Clean Joint surfaces immediately before Installation of sealant or caulking compound. Remove dirt, insecure coatings, moisture and other substances which would Interfere with bond of sealant or caulking compound. 9.INSTALLATION *SECTION 7G -2 9.1 Comply with sealant manutaoturer'e printed inotructione except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified and except where manufacturer's technical representative directs otherwise. 9.2 Prime or seal the joint surfaces wherever shown or recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Do not allow primer /sealer to spill or migrate onto adjoining surfaces. 9.3 Install sealant backer rod where shown allowing proper depth for sealant bead. 9.4 Install bond breaker tape wherever shown and wherever required by manufacturer's recommendations to ensure that elastomerlo sealants will perform properly. 9.5 Employ only proven Installation techniques, which will ensure that sealants will be deposited in uniform, continuous ribbons without gaps or air pockets, with complete 'wetting' of the joint bond surfaces equally on opposite sides. Except as otherwise indicated, fill sealant rabbet to a slightly concave surface, slightly below adjoining surfaces. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal surfaoe and a vertical surface, fill joint to form a slight Dove, so that joint will not trap moisture and dirt. Finish joint surfaoe shall be smooth. 9.6 Install sealants to depths as shown or, If not shown, as recommended by the sealant manufaoturer but within the manufacturer's general limitations, measured at the center (thin) section of the bead. 9.7 Clean excess material off adjacent surfaces. Remove cartons and other debris related to this work from the protect site at the direction of the project superintendent. - END OF SECTION - 01/31/92 t DIVISION 8* HOLLOW METAL WORK PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.1 The general provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified In this Section. 1.2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 specifications to eaoh subcontractor and for coordinating the work accordingly. 1.3 Submittal data, shop drawings, and samples: 1.3.1 Shall be submitted for review only when required by and in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 1A of these specifications. 1.3.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples in the context of the technical specifications shall be taken to mean 'if required under the provisions of Section 1A °, unless stipulated otherwise. 1.4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 This Section Includes all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary for and inoldental to the execution and completion of Hollow Metal Work, as shown on the drawings and specified herein. (NOTE: Refer to drawings for items applicable to the projeot.) 3. REFERENCE STANDARDS 3.1 Unless otherwise Indicated or specified, the work shall conform to the following standards: 3.1.1 Amerioan Soolety for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 3.1.1.1 ASTM A153, Standard Specification for Zino Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 3.1.1.2 ASTM A366, Standard Specifications for Steel, Carbon, Cold- Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. 3.1.1.3 ASTM A525 Standard Specification for General Requirements for Delivery of Zino- Coated (Galvanized) Iron or Steel Sheets, Coils, and Cut Lengths by the Hot -Dip Method. 3.1.1.4 ASTM A526, Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zino- Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process, Commercial Quality. 3,1.1.5 ASTM A588, Standard Specification for Steel, Carbon and High- Strength Low Ally Hot - Rolled Sheet, Hot - Rolled Strip and Cold - Rolled Sheet, General Requirements. 3,1.1.6 ASTM A569, Test for Specification for Steel, Carbon (0.15 maximum percent) Hot - Rolled Sheet and Strip, Commercial Quality. *SECTION 8A -1 3.1.1.7 ASTM E152, Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 3.1.2 Amerioan National Standards Institute, ANSI A115, Specification for Door and Frame Preparation. 3.1.3 National Builder's Hardware Association (NBHA), Recommended Looatlons for Builder's hardware. 3.1.4 National Fire Protection Association, NFPA 80, Fire Doors and Windows. 3.1.5 Steel Door Institute, Recommended Specification Standard Steel Doors and Framos. 3.1.6 Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), Building Materials Directory. 4. SUBMITTALS 4.1 Manufacturer's Data: For Information only, submit two (2) copies of manufacturer's data for fabrication and installation instructions. Transmit one copy of Instructions to the Installer. 4.2 Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for the fabrioation and installation of hollow metal work. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door design types, conditions at openings, details of construction, gauges of metal, finishes, location and installation requirements of finish hardware and reinforosments, and details of jolnte and connections. 4.3 Provide a schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for detail and openings as those on the contract drawings. 5. FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES 5.1 Fire Rated Assemblies: Wherever a fire - resistance classification (3 -hour, 1 -1/2 -hour, eto., or 'A', 'B', etc.) Is shown or scheduled for hollow metal work, provide fire -rated hollow metal doors and frames investigated and tested as a fire door assembly, complete with type of fire door hardware to be used. Identify each fire door and frame with UL labels, and Indicate applicable fire rating of both door and frame. Construct and install assemblies to comply with NFPA Standard No. 80, and as herein specified. 5.2 Oversize Assemblies: Wherever hollow metal assemblies are larger than size limitations established by NFPA and UL, provide manufacturer's certification that assembly has been constructed with materials and methods equivalent to labeled construction. 5.3 Label Construotion: Each required fire door and frame, Including hardware, shall be an exact duplicate, except for size, of a type Investigated and successfully fire tested In accordance with ASTM E152 Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Door Assemblies, for the period of time and with the performance under test as required for the various ratings Indicated. The assembly shall be identified by labels of the approving agency. The label on the door or frame shall indicate the applicable fire test rating for the construction furnished. Approved agencies shall Include the Underwriters' Laboratories, Ino., the Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada, TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 8* HOLLOW METAL WORK the Factory Mutual Laboratories, and other authorities having looal or regional jurisdiction. 6. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 6.1 Deliver hollow metal work cartoned or crated to provide protection during transit and Job storage. 6.2 Inspect hollow metal work upon delivery for damage. Minor damage may be repaired provided the finish items are equal In all respects to new work and acceptable to the Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged Items as directed. 6.3 Store hollow metal units on raised platforms in vertical positions with blocking between units to allow air circulation. Keep stored material covered and protected from damage. 7. JOB CONDITIONS 7.1 Job Conditions: installer must examine the substrate and conditions under whioh hollow metal work is to be installed and notify the contractor in writing of any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the installer. 8. QUALITY ASSURANCE 8.1 Provide hollow metal work manufactured by a single firm specializing in the production of this type of work and shall be a ourrent member of S.D.I., unless otherwise acceptable to the Architect. PART 2: PRODUCTS 9. MATERIALS 9.1 Hot - Rolled Steel Sheets and Strip: Commerolal quality carbon steel pickled and oiled, comply with ASTM A569 and ASTM A568. 9.2 9.3 Cold - Rolled Steel Sheets: Commercial quality carbon steel, complying with ASTM A366 and ASTM A568. Galvanized Steel Sheets: Zino - coated carbon steel sheets of commercial quality, complying with ASTM A526, with ASTM A525, 090 zinc coating, mill phoophatized. Provide for exterior doore and frames. 9.4 Minimum Gauges of Steel: Unless otherwise indioated on drawings doors shall be 18 gauge and frames shall be 16 gauge. 9.5 Core material; for interior doors, honey comb; exterior doors, polystyrene, U- Factor = 0.21. 9.6 Supports and Anohore: Fabricate of not Toss than 16 gauge sheet steel. Galvanize after fabrication units to be built Into exterior walls, complying with ASTM A153, Class B. 9.7 Shop Painting 9.7.1 Clean, treat and paint surfaces of fabricated hollow metal units, whether concealed or exposed In the finished work. JOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila. Washington *SECTION 8A - 2 9.7.2 Clean steel surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt and other foreign materials before the application of the shop coat of paint. 9.7.3 Apply shop coat of prime paint of even consistency to provide a uniformly finished surface ready to receive field - applied paint. 9.7.4 For steel surfaces use rust - inhibitive enamel or paint, either air -drying or baking, suitable as a base for specified finish paints. 9.8 Inserts, Botts and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard unite, except hot -dip galvanize items to be built Into exterior walls, complying with ASTM A153, Class C or D as applicable. 9.9 Anohors: Provide minimum of 3 anchors each jamb per manufacturer's standards. 10.GENERAL FABRICATION 10.1 Fabricate hollow metal units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles. Wherever practicable, fit and assemble units in the manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work, that cannot be permanently factory- assembled before shipment, to assure proper assembly at the project alto. Weld exposed joints continuously, grind, dress, and make smooth, flush and invisible. Metallic filler to conceal manufacturing defects is not acceptable. 10.2 Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat Phillips or Jackeon heads for exposed screws and bolts. 10.3 Finish Hardware Preparation: Prepare hollow metal units to receive mortised and concealed finish hardware, including cutouts, reinforcing, drilling and tapping In accordance with final Finish Hardware Schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI A115 'Specifications for Door and Frame Preparation'. (Note: All lookeets, latches and cylinders are to be Best.) 10.4 Reinforce hollow metal units to receive surface - applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface- applied finish hardware may be done at project alto. 10.5 Locate finish hardware In accordance with 'Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware', published by the National Builder's Hardware Association. 10.6 Door Louvers 10,6.1 Provide weatherproof stationary louvers for exterior doors, where indicated, constructed of Z- shaped blades formed of 20 gauge galvanized steel sheets. Space blades not more than 1.1/2' o.o. Provide removable Insect screens on interior face of doors, 0114 x 18 wire mesh In rigid, formed metal frame, 10,6.2 Provide elghtproof stationary louvers for Interior doors where indioated, constructed of Inverted V- shaped of Y- shaped blades formed of 18 gauge 01 31 92 DIVISION 8* HOLLOW METAL WORK cold - rolled steel. Space blades to provide not less than 20% free air opening. 10.6.3 For fire-rated openings, provide tightly fitted, spring loaded, automatic closing louvers with operable blades, equipped with fusible links, arranged so that metal overlaps metal at every Joint. 10.7 Provide stock hollow metal frames of the types and styles Indioated on the drawings or sohedulee and complying with S.D.I. 100 for minimum materials and construction requirements. 10.8 Provide stock hollow metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelights, borrowed lights, and other openings, as shown on the drawings. Conceal all fastenings unless otherwise shown. 10.9 Fabricate frames of fully welded construction. 10.10 Form exterior frames of steel sheets with a stretcher level degree of flatness. 10.11 Rubber Door Silencers: Drill etope to receive 3 silencers on strike jambe of single -swing frames and 4 silencers on heads of double -swing frames. Install plastic plugs to keep holes clear during construction. 10.12 Spreader Bare: Provide removable spreader bars for across bottom of frames, taok welded to Jambs and mullions. 10.13 Sound Deadening: Coat Inside (concealed) faces of door frames In hollow wall construction with fibered asphalt emulsion. PART 3: EXECUTION 11. INSTALLATION Except for frames located at inplace concrete or masonry, place frames prior to construction of enclosing wails and ceilings. Set frames accurately In position, plumbed, aligned, and braced seourely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. 11.2 In masonry construction, locate three wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels. Building -in of anchors and grouting of frames le specified In the Masonry Section. 11.3 At Inplace concrete or masonry construction, set frames and secure to adjacent construction with machine screws and masonry anchorage devices. 11.4 Install fire -rated frames In a000rdanoe with NFPA Standard No. 80 11.6 In metal stud partitions, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels. In open steel stud partitions, plane etude in wall anchor notches and wire tie. In closed steel stud partitions, attach etude to wail anohore with tapping screws. 11.6 Door Installation 11.6.1 Fit hollow metal doors accurately In their respective frames, within clearances specified In S.D.I. 100. 11.6.2 Place fire -rated doors with clearances as epeolfied In NFPA Standard No. 80. 11.7 Adjust and Clean *SECTION 8A -3 11.7.1 Check and readjust operating finish hardware items In hollow metal work just prior to final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including doors or frames which are warped, bowed or otherwise damaged. 11.7.2 Prime Coat Touch -Up - Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch -up of compatible air - drying primer. - END OF SECTION - TOYS'R' US REMODEL - Tuk. wila Washington 01/31/92 C DIVISION 8* ALUMINUM FRAMES & WINDOWS PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.1 The general provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified In this Section. 1.2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a Dopy of Division 1 specifications to each subcontractor and for 000rdinating the work accordingly. 1.3 Submittal data, shop drawings, and samples: 1.3.1 Shall be submitted for review otlx when required by and In accordance with the prooedure set forth in Section 1A of these specifications. 1.3.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples in the context of the teohnioal specifications shall be taken to mean 'if required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. 1.4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 The extent of aluminum work under this Section Is indicated on the drawings and specified herein. Refer to drawings for location, details, eto. for the work which Includes, but is not neoessarily limited to: (NOTE: Refer to drawings for items applicable to the project) 2.1.1 Aluminum frames and framing. 2.1.2 Aluminum closures. 2.1,3 Aluminum clad structural or miscellaneous steel framing. 2.1.4 Preparation of aluminum framed openings for automatic entranoe /exit doors and coordinating their Installation where required. 2.1,5 Caulking specified for work of this Section. 3, RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE 3.1 Steel channel framing to receive aluminum tube closures: Section 5F. 3.2 Glass and Glazing: Section 8C. 3.3 Automatic Entrance /Exit Doors: Section 8F. 3.4 The Q.C.C. shall prepare all masonry openings required for the installation of work of this Section, 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE 4.1 Drawings: Plans, elevations and details show spacing of members u well as profile and elmllar dimensional requirements of aluminum entrances and storefront work. Minor deviations will be accepted in order to utilize manufacturer's standard products when, in Architect's sole Judgment, such deviations do not materially detract from design concept or Intended performances. 4.2 Drawings aro based on Kawneer Trifab II 450 System for aluminum framing. Similar and equivalent system by Amarlite or United States Aluminum Corporation will be acceptable for use unless otherwise indicated or specified. 4,2,1 Where Indicated for ceiling framing, provide Kawneer Fa -Set 400 framing system or similar and equivalent by Amerika or U.S. Aluminum Corp. 5, SUBMITTALS *SECTION 8B-1 5,1 Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and Installation of aluminum entrances and storefronts, Including elevations, detail sections of typical composite members, anchorages, reinforcement, expansion provisions, and glazing. 5,2 Submit shop drawings to Installer of automatic entrance /exit doors where work includes preparation of aluminum framed openings for doors. 5.3 Samples: Submit samples of each type and color of aluminum finish on 6' long sections of extrusions or formed shapes and on 6' square sheets. 6.4 Submit product data for all items if requested. PART 2: PRODUCTS 6, ALUMINUM STOREFRONT WORK 6.1 Materials: Aluminum shall be free from streaking and die marks. Extrusions: Alloy 6063 -T5, sheets - No. 32 Alumnae. 6.2 Finish: (Refer to Drawings for Finish Required). 6.2.1 Exposed finish on aluminum framing members: Clear anodized, AAMI2C22A31, Kawneor Permanodio No. 17 or comparable finish; Bronze Anodized AAM12022A42, Kawneer Permanodlo No, 40, or comparable finish; other finish as Indicated on drawings. 6.2.2 Mild steel framing operations shall oonform to ASTM A283 Grade 'C'. All steel to receive one coat of zinc chromate primer after fabrication. Field welds and scratches shall receive one touch- up coat after installation. 6.3 Fasteners: Aluminum alloy 246 -T4, or bronze. Do not use exposed fasteners exoept where unavoidable. Match finish of adjoining metal. Provide phlllips head countersunk head machine screws for exposed fasteners. 6.4 Flashing: 20 gauge aluminum. 6.6 Sealant: Tremoo 'Mono', GE 'Silpruf' or equal. Color to match aluminum. 6.6 Workmanship: TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington — 01/31/92 DIVISION 8* 6.6.1 TOYS 'R' U8 REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington ALUMINUM FRAMES & WINDOWS All work shall be straight and true, free from warpage, and of highest standard of material and workmanship. As far as possible, all work shall be performed In the shop. Any departure from indicated details shall be submitted for approval to tho Owner's Representative. Joints, corners, copes and miter° shall be accurately cut, filed, and fitted and framed together at contact points. All surfaces of joints and connections shall match the finish of adjacent metal and be approved by the Owner's Representative. Provide all clips, fastenings and reinforcements required for installation of all work. Removable members shall be carefully formed and fitted. So far as possible, all fastenings shall be concealed. Those which are not shall match finish of adjoining metal. All joints shall be watertight. Provide approved type bituminous Insulation between aluminum and dissimilar metals or cement mortar. 6.6.2 All frames, transoms, and mullions, etc., shall be constructed, sized, dimensioned, and reinforced as required to provide rigid construction. Joints shall be of the hairline type. Reinforce with steel plate for all hardware and accessories, including surface applied items. include all sealing and caulking between metal to metal contacts, between frames, mullions, etc., to provide airtight and weathertlght joints. 6.7 Aluminum Framing System: Thle contractor shall furnish all necessary material, labor and equipment for the complete Installation of the following: 6,7.1 Glass framing, vertical and horizontal; transition members connecting these components, adapters and mountings for trim moldings and facing materials. Provide aluminum tube members to be Installed over steel channel framing as indicated. 6.7,2 Framing members, transition members, mullions, adapters and mountings shall be extruded of aluminum with alloy and temper consistent with the method of manufacture. These members shall be of 8068 -T5 extruded aluminum alloy (ASTM B221 alloy O.S. 10A- T5). 8.7.3 All screws, miscellaneous fastening devices and Internal components shall be of stainless steel, or plated or corrosion- resistant materials of sufficient strength to perform the functions for which they are used. 6.7.4 Glass framing members shall provide for flush glazing on all sides with through sight lines, and no projecting stops or face joints except where snap-on stops are indicated or required. The system shall provide fully resilient settings for glass and panels by use of elaetomerio gaskete on both sides of the glass. Adapters and mountings for trim moldings and face materials shall be designed so as to permit the installation of these products in their regular manner, and shall not Interfere with the normal assembly and weathering of the grid framing. *SECTION 85 -2 6.7.4.i Joints, water stops, sealants as recommended by the manufacturer. Joints between framing members and adjoining metals made watertight by caulking with caulking compounds, or other approved sealant material. 6.8 Protection: Provide required protection to prevent damage to finished work. Provide protective barriers ae required to prevent damage, after erection, resulting from work of other trades. Use strippable rubber paint on erected work and gummed paper on shop fabricated work. 7. PERFORMANCE 7.1 Window framing furnished under this Section shall meet or exceed the following performance requirements. 7.1.1 Resistance to Water Infiltration: The framing system, shall not leak when tested in accordance with ASTM E331 at a test pressure of 7.5 P.S.F. (Certified test results available). 7.1.2 Performance Under Uniform Loading: When tested in accordance wlth ASTM E3330, the maximum deflection of any member shall not exceed 1/175 of its span and when the load Is removed there shall be no evidence of permanent deformation or damage when tested under a load of 30 P.S.F. 7.1.3 Allow for expansion and contraction resulting from ambient temperature range of 120 ° F. (49 ° C). 7.1.4 Air filtration of not more than 0.06 cfm per square foot of a fixed area per ASTM E 283. PART 3: EXECUTION 8. PREPARATION 8.1 Field Measurement: Wherever possible, take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings, and fabrioation, to ensure proper fitting of work, However, proceed with fabrioation and coordinate installation tolerances as necessary when field measurements might delay work. 9. ERECTION 9.1 All items under this heading shall be set In their correct locations as shown In the details and shall be level, square, plumb, and at proper elevations and in alignment with other work. 9.2 All joints between Interior metal, masonry and between Interior glass framing and mullion members shall be tightly caulked In order to seoure a watertight job. All materials shall be screwed In place using backing, masonry plugs, or anchor straps as required. Where moldings are joined, they shall be accurately cut and fitted to result In a tightly closed joint. 9.3 After erection, the General Contractor shall adequately protect exposed portions of the framing from damage by grinding and polishing machines, plaster, lime, acid, cement, or other harmful compounds. 9.4 All framing, accessories, etc. shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 01 31 92 DNISIO 8* ALUMINUM FRAMES & WINDOWS 9.6 Remove and replace members that are marred or show evidence of deterioration of finish. 10. PROTECTION AND CLEANING 10.1 After Installation, metal and glass surfaces of the walls shall be cleaned on both Interior and exterior, of all mortar, plaster, paint and other contaminants. 10.2 This oontraotor shall be responsible for removal of protective materials and cleaning with plain water, or water with soap or household detergent. This Subcontractor shall be held responsible for damages resulting from the use of other cleaning materials. 10.3 After being cleaned, all work shall be protected against damage until it Is accepted by the General Contractor. Thereafter, It shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor to maintain protection and provide final cleaning. 10.3.1 Cleaning of all frames to be complete a minimum of one (1) week before store opening. 11, GUARANTEE 11.1 For all work of this Section provide guarantee that all workmanship, materials, and the completed Installations are first olass in every respect, and that contractor will make good at his own expense any and all defects of any nature whatsoever that may develop within one year from date of acceptance of the building. *SECTION 85-3 - END OF SECTION - DIVISION 8* GLASS AND GLAZING PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.1 The general provisions of Division 1 apply to the work epeotfled In thle Section. 1.2 The General Contraotor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 speoNioations to eaoh subcontractor and for coordinating the work a000rdingly. 1.3 Submittal data, shop drawings, and samples: 1.3.1 Shall be submitted for review only when required by and In accordance with the procedure set forth In Section 1A of these specifications. 1.3.2 All referenoes to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples In the context of the teohnioal epeoifioations shall be taken to mean 'If required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. 1.4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and scaffolding required for completing glass and glazing work and related Items Indicated on the drawings and specified herein. 2,2, Items to be completed include but are not limited to the following: (NOTE: Refer to drawings for items applicable to the project.) 2,2.1 Glazing of manual aluminum doors and framing. 2.2,2 Glazing of interior /exterior door vision panels. 2.2,3 Glazing of Interior borrowed 11tes. 2.2.4 Other glazing items indicated or speoified herein, PART 2: PRODUCTS 3. GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL 3,1 Primary Glass Standard: Provide primary glass which oomplies with ASTM 01036 requirements. 3.2 Heat-Treated Glass Standard: Provide heat - treated glass whioh complies with ASTM 01048 requirements. 4. GLASS 4.1 Float glass of thickness indicated on the drawings shall be clear glazing quality, as manufactured by Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co., or equal, Provide 1/4 inch thickness If not Indloated on the drawings. 4.1,1 Float gises shall conform to ASTM C1036, Type I, Class 1 (Transparent), Quality q3 (Glazing Select). *SECTION 8C -1 4.2 Tempered glass, 1/4 Inoh thlok clear Hereullte as manufaotured by Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co. or equal (11 required by oode), 4.2.1 Tempered glass shall conform to ASTM C1048, Kind FT (Fully Tempered). Condition A (uncoated surfaces), TYpe I (Transparent), Quality q3 (Glazing Quality), Class 1 (clear). 4.3 One -way Mirror Glass: 1 /4' thick 'Mirropane E.P.' transparent mirror by Libbey -Oweno -Ford Co. or approved equal. 4.4 Acrylic Sheet: 4.4.1 Plexiglas 'G', 1/4' thick, colorless aorylio where indicated. 4.4.2 1/8' white translucent 'Plexiglas' by Rohm & Haas, where indicated. 4.5 Laminated safety glass to be two (2) sheets of clear float glass with a 30 mil film of polyvinyl butyral laminated by manufacturer's standard heat -plus- pressure process, 1/4' thick If not otherwise Indicated. 4.6 Tinted Glass: 1/4' thick grey tinted glass with light transmittance of 36 to 54 by St. Gobain, PPG, or LOF. 4.7 Wire glass shall conform to ASTM 01036, Type III, Kind A, Form 1, Quality q11, clear and polished both faces with Type m1 Diamond Mesh. 5. MISCELLANEOUS 5.1 Molded neoprene gaskets (at exterior glazing In aluminum frameo) shall be of proper profile and hardness required for watertight construction; comply with ASTM D2000 designation 2BC 415 to 380 620, blank. 5.2 Oil -based channel glazing compound (at interior glazing) FS TT -G- 410 type and consistency recommended by manufacturer for application ohown. Products meeting this specification include 'Tremglaze' as manufactured by the Tremco Manufacturing Co., Cleveland, Ohio, 'Glazing Compounds M242 and M251' as manufactured by the Pecora Chemical Corp., Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. 6.3 Miscellaneous Glazing Materials: 5.3,1 Setting Blocks: Neoprene, 70-10 durometer hardness, with proven compatibility with sealants used, 5.3.2 Spacers: Neoprene, 40-50 durometer hardness, with proven compatibility with sealants used. 5.3.3 Compressible Filler Rod: Closed -cell or waterproof- jacketed rod stook of synthetio rubber or plastic foam, proven to be compatible with sealants used, flexible and resilient, with 610 psi compression strength for 25% deflection. 5.3.4 Cleaners, Primers and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer, TOYS 'R' US REMODEL- Tukwila, Washington 01/31/82 DIVISION 8* GLASS AND GLAZING PART 3: EXECUTION 6. STANDARDS AND PERFORMANCE 6,1 Watertight and airtight installation of each piece of glass le required, exoept as otherwise shown. Eaoh installation must withstand normal temperature changes, wind loading, impact loading (for operating eaoh and doors) without failure of any kind Including loss or breakage of glace, failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight, deterioration of glazing materials and other defects In the work. 6.2 Glazing channel dimensions as shown are intended to provide for necessary minimum bite on the glass, minimum edge clearance and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. The Glazier is responsible for correct glass size for each opening, within the tolerances and necessary dimensions established. 6.3 Comply with combined recommendations of glass manufacturer and manufacturer of sealants and other materials used In glazing, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified, and except where manufacturer's teohnioal representatives direct otherwise. 6.4 Comply with 'Glazing Manual' by Flat Glass Marketing Association exoept as shown and specified otherwise, and exoept as specifically recommended otherwise by the manufacturers of the glass and glazing materials. 7. GLAZING 7.1 Install (setting blocks of proper size at quarter points of sill rabbet. Set blocks in thin course of the heel -bead oompound, If any. 7.2 Provide spacers Inside and out, and of proper size and spacing, for all glass sizes larger than 50 united Inches, exoept where gaskets are used for glazing. Provide 1/8 Inch minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width, exoept with sealant tape use thlokness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. 7.3 Voids and Filler Rode: Prevent exudation of sealant or compound by forming voids or Installing filler rods in the channel at the heel of Jambs and head (do not leave voids In the sill channels) exoept as otherwise Indicated, depending on light size, thickness and type of glass, and complying with manufacturer's recommendations. 7.4 Do not attempt to out, Beam, nip or abrade glass which is tempered, laminated, heat strengthened, or coated. 7.5 Force sealants Into channel to eliminate voids and to ensure complete 'wetting' or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. 7.6 Tool exposed surfaces of glazing liquids and compounds to provide a oubatantlal 'wash' away from the glass. Install pressurized tapes and gaskets to protrude slightly out of the channel, so as to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets. 7.7 Clean and trim excess glazing materials from the glass and stops or frames promptly after installation, and eliminate staino and discoloration°. *SECTION 8C-2 7.8 Gasket Glazing: Miter out and bond ends together at corners where gaskets are used for channel glazing, so that gaskets will not pull away from corners and result in voids or leaks in the glazing system. 7.9 At completion of work and Net prior to final aooeptanoe by Owner, oean both sides of all glass. - END OF SECTION TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila. Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 0* AUTOMATIC ENTRANCE /EXIT DOORS THIS SECTION IS FOR INFORMATION AND COORDINATION ONLY TO INCORPORATE THIS WORK INTO THE PROJECT. THE OWNER HAS ENTERED INTO A NATIONAL ACCOUNT AGREEMENT WITH HORTON AUTOMATICS FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING AUTOMATIC ENTRANCE/EXIT DOORS. MATERIAL HAS BEEN PRE - ORDERED. FOR COORDINATING INFORMATION CONTACT NATIONAL ACCOUNTS DEPARTMENT, 4242 BALDWIN BLVD„ CORPUS CHRISTI, TX 78405, PHONE (800. 631. 3111). PART 1: 1. 1.1 GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS The general provisions of Division 1 apply to tho work epeoifled In this Seotion. 1.2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 specifications to eaoh subcontractor and for coordinating the work accordingly. 1.3 Submittal data, shop drawings, and samples: 1.3,1 Shall be submitted for review only when required by and in accordance with the prooedure set forth In Section 1A of these specifications. 1.3.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples In the context of the technical 6. apeoifioations shall be taken to mean 'If required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless 6.1 stipulated otherwise. 1.4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Produote, Alternates, and Substitutions. 2. SCOPE OF WORK (By Door Manufacturer) 2.1 Work Inoluded: 2.1.1 Electrically operated automatio entrance /exit doors and frames, automatic sliding door operators, motion detector, hold -open safety beam, header box enclosures and accessories for the sliding doors Indicated to receive such equipment, all automatic entrance /exit glazing and Joint sealants between door frames and adjacent surfaces, 3. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE (By G.C.C.) 3.1 Aluminum frames and windows: Section 8B ( Inoluding preparation of opening for door units plumb and square, and all required transoms, If Indicated, above door header boxes). 3.2 Maaterkeyed Cylinders: Section 81. 3.3 Electrioal Connections: Division 16. 3.4 The G.C.C. shall prepare all openings required for the Installation of work of this Section. 4, SUBMITTALS *SECTION 8F - 1 4.1 Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and standard details for automatic entrance /exit doors, including fabrication, finishing, hardware, operators, accessories and other components of the work. Include roughing -In diagrams, wiring diagrams, parts lists, and maintenance Instructions, as well as certified test data. 4.2 Templates and Diagrams: Furnish templates, diagrams and other data to fabricators and installers of related work, promptly as needed for coordination of automatic entrance installation. Expedite immediately to avoid any delay. 4.3 Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for the fabrication and installation of automatic entrance /exit doors and associated components of the work. Indicate anchors, Joint system, expansion provision, hardware, and other components not inoluded in manufacturer's standard data. include glazing details. PART 2: 5. 5.1 PART 3: 7. 7.1 PRODUCTS MANUFACTURER/AUTOMATIC UNITS Manufacturer: Horton Automatic Div.; Overhead Door Corp. Series 2410. Size, quantity and location as indicated on the drawings. 5.1.1 Automatic doors shall be factory glazed. ALUMINUM FINISHES Finish: (Refer to Drawings for Finish Required). 6.1.1 Exposed finish on aluminum framing members: Clear anodized, AAMI2C22A31, Kawneer Permanodio No. 17 or comparable finish; Bronze Anodized AAM12C22A42, Kawneer Permanodio No, 40, or comparable finish: other finish as Indicated on the drawings. EXECUTION INSTALLATION Not applicable. -END OF SECTION- TOYS 'R' US MAY ELECT TO USE AN ALTERNATE VENDOR FOR THIS WORK. IN SUCH CASES USE ALTERNATE PARAGRAPHS: THE OWNER HAS ENTERED INTO A NATIONAL ACCOUNT AGREEMENT WITH STANLEY MAGIC -DOOR FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING AUTOMATIC ENTRANCE/EXIT DOORS. MATERIAL HAS BEEN PRE - ORDERED. FOR COORDINATING INFORMATION CONTACT MR. STEPHEN VONOHLEN OR MR. KENNETH KARMAZYN, SOUTH GOLD INDUSTRIAL PARK, 17 -C MARLEN DRIVE, TRENTON, N.J. 08691, TELEPHONE (609) 890-0877 TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 8* AUTOMATIC ENTRANCE/EXIT DOORS 5. MANUFACTURER/AUTOMATIC UNITS 5.1 Manufacturer: Stanley Maglo-Door Div.; The Stanley Works. Series 3000, Size, quantity and IooatIon as Indicated on the drawing.. *SECTION 8F-2 c c DIVISION 8* SPECIAL DOORS *SECTION 8G-1 PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1 .1 The general provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified In this Section. 1.2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 specifications to each subcontractor and for coordinating the work a000rdingly. 1.3 Submittal data shop drawings, and samples: 1.3.1 Shall be submitted for review ok when required by and In accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 1A of these specifications. 1.3.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples In the context of the technical apeoifications ehal! be taken to mean 'If required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. 1,4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 Furnish all Tabor, materials, tools and equipment, including door frames as indicated on the drawings, required for the installation of Owner-supplied special doors. PART 2: PRODUCTS 3. DOUBLE ACTING DOORS 3.1 Doors are provided by Owner and shall be double aoting traffic doors as manufactured by Chase Industries, Ino. Doors shall be provided complete with all hardware and accessories EXCEPT frame. 4. INSTALLATION 4.1 All doors, accessories and equipment °hail be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. After installation of doors, teat and adjust for smoothness of operation ae approved by manufacturer, 6. GUARANTEE 6.1 For all work of this Section provide guarantee that all workmanship, materials, and the completed Installations are first olaeo In every respect, and that contractor will make good at his own expense any and all defects of any nature whatsoever that may develop within one year from date of acceptance of the building. - END OF SECTION - TOYS "R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/82 c DIVISION 8* FINISH HARDWARE PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.1 The general provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified in thle Section. 1.2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a Dopy of Division 1 specifications to each subcontractor and for coordinating the work a000rdingly. 1.3 Submittal data, ehop drawings, and samples: 1.3.1 Shall be submitted for review 2nk when required by and In a000rdance with the procedure set forth in Section 1A of these specifications. 1.3.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples In the context of the technical epeotfioatlons shall be taken to mean 'k required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. 1.4 Refer to Seotion 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Produots, Alternates, and Substitutions. 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2,1 All hardware Items shall be furnished by the General Contractor with the exception of Detex Alarm Exit Devices and the door closers which will be furnished by the Owner. All hardware items shall be Installed by the General Contractor. 2.2 Look Installation 2.2.1 All looks shall have Beat cylinders and a Best construction core keyed aliko. 2.2.2 Automatic entrance doors and detex alarms will be furnished with Best cylinders pre - Installed. Contractor must key with a Best construction core. 2,3 All hardware shall be neatly packed and labeled with Identkioation as to where it Is to be applied. 2,4 All hardware shall have the required screws, bolts, and fastenings, wrapped In paper and packed In the same package as the hardware. 2.5 All hardware that fastens to metal doors and frames shall be made to template and attached with maohlne screws. 2,6 The Hardware Contractor shall furnish and ship templates to other contractors as directed, all F.O.B. Factory Site. All hardware shall be shipped to the job site. 2.7 Provide a competent representative who shall inspect and direct the method of setting, applying and adjusting all hardware. tt le not required that the Representative shall remain constantly at the building, but shall properly Inspect all the work in the application of hardware, as it progresses, This representative shall be at all times easily accessible during the execution of the work In order that he may promptly attend to item in connection with the hardware. 3. GUARANTEE *SECTION 81-1 3.1 All hardware kerns shall be guaranteed by their manufacturer as stated In their catalogs. Vendor ohsll assume all responsibility. 3.2 Guarantees shall be in wrtting by the manufacturer and shall be delivered to the Owner. The guarantee shall begin from the date of acceptance of the building. 3,3 Hardware vendor shall make a final check of all installed hardware items together with the Owner's Representative and General Contractor, prior to final acceptance of the building. 3.4 Defective hardware within the guaranteed period must be replaced at Contractor's expense, including labor for removal and reinstallation. PART 2: PRODUCTS 4. HARDWARE SCHEDULE 4.1 Items supplied by General Contractor. Refer to drawings for schedule. PART 3: EXECUTION 5. INSTALLATION 5,1 Refer to Section 6A for Installation responsibility. 5.2 For exterior outswinging doors, closers shall be mounted inside (push side) of door. Interior doors shall have closers mounted on the pull side of the doors unless otherwise indicated. Verify mounting location of oloser with the Owner's Representative before closer installation. -END OF SECTION- TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 C DIVISION 9* GYPSUM DRYWALL PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED /DOCUMENTS 1.1 The general provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified In this Section. 1.2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 specifications to each subcontractor and for coordinating the work a000rdingly. 1.3 Submittal data, shop drawings, and samples: 1.3.1 Shall be submitted for review Elk whon required by and In accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 1A of these specifications. 1.3.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples In the context of the technical specifications shall be taken to mean 'If required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. 1.4 Refer to Sootion 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 This Section includes all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary for and Incidental to the execution and completion of Gypsum Drywall work as Indicated on the drawings and epeolfied herein. (NOTE: Refer to drawings for items applicable to the project.) 2.2 2,3 3. 3.1 Structural etude and joists: Sootion 5F. Wood studs, blocking, gypsum sheathing: Section 6A. QUALITY ASSURANCE Fire - Resistance Ratings: Comply with fire-resistance ratings as Indloated and as required by governing authorities and nodes. Provide materials, accessories and application procedures whioh have been listed by UL or tested in accordance with ASTM E119 for the type of construction shown. 3,2 Tolerances for Drywall Work: Do not exceed a variation of 3/16' In 8' -0' from plumb, level and flat (all directions); and do not exceed 1/16' offset of planes at Joints between panels, shim panels as necessary to comply with tolerances. 4. JOB CONDITIONS 4.1 In cold weather, the building shall be heated during the applioatlon of the gypsum wallboard and joint treatment to maintain a uniform temperature In the range of not loss than 55 degrees F. for a minimum period of 48 hours prior to during and following applioatlon of gypsum board and Joint treatment, materials or bonding adhesives and ventilation shall be provided to eliminate excessive moisture. 4.2 Maintain minimum temperature of 55 degrees F. in building prior to drywall application for a period of 48 hours. The temperature shall be maintained for the entire wallboard and PART 2: 5. 5.1 Joint treatment application. Ventilation should be provided to eliminate excessive moisture, and control drying time of joint compound. Avoid drafts to prevent too rapid drying of joint compounds. PRODUCTS MATERIALS Steel Drywall Framing: Studo and Runners - Sorow -type complying with ASTM 0645. Provide studs of the size indicated with runners of compatible size. Fabricate from eleotro- galvanized steel with zino coating. 5.2 Gauge of metal for studs: 5.2.1 25 gauge: Use for all conditions unless otherwise Indicated or specified herein. 5.2,2 20 gauge: Use for all partitions over 10' -0' high and for other locations indicated or specified herein. 5.2.3 18 gauge: Use for conditions indicated and for other locations indicated or specified herein. 5.2.4 NOTE: All metal framing members designated 'CS' or 'SJ' on the drawings are specified In Section 5F, 5.3 Rigid Furring Channels: Screw type hat - shaped furring channels complying with ASTM C645, fabrioate from 25 gauge electro- galvanized steel with manufacturer's standard zino protective coating. Sizes as Indloated on drawings. 5.4 Ceiling Furring Channels shall be 3/4' standard galvanized cold rolled lathing channels. 5.5 Ceiling Runner Channels shall be 1 -1/2' (0.475 lbs. per ft.) standard galvanized channel runners for suspended ceiling work. 5.6 Ceiling Hangers for runners shall be No. 8 gauge steel galvanized annealed wire. 5.7 Ceiling Tie Wire shall be 18 gauge galvanized annealed wire, 5.8 Manufacturer: Same as gypsum wallboard manufacturer, or approved equal. 5.9 Gypsum Drywall Board: *SECTION 9B'-1 5,9.1 Exposed Drywall Surfaces: Provide gypsum wallboard (48' wide) complying with ASTM C36 with paperface surface suitable to receive decorated finish and with long edges tapered to receive manufacturer's standard joint treatment, unless otherwise shown. 5.9.2 Moisture- Resistant Applications: Where shown on drawings, provide moisture- resistant gypsum backing board and /or face board with Dore and paper faoings treated to resist moisture to comply with ASTM C630. JOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila. Washinaton 01/31 /92 DIVISION 9* GYPSUM DRYWALL 5.9.3 Fire-Rated Applications; Provide either regular to Type 'X' gypsum wallboard, as required to meet the rating for the construction ohown. 5.9.4 Manufacturers: Provide gypsum wallboard produced by one of the following or approved equal. Georgia Pacific Corporation National Gypsum Company U.S. Gypsum Company 5.10 Drywall Accessory Materials: 5.10.1 Fasteners: Provide 1' and 1 -1/2', Type S drywall screws. Comply with ASTM C646. 5,10.2 Drywall Control Joints: For long continuous runs of drywall systems, provide one -pieoe joint assembly of non- oorroeive metal with continuous unperforated expansion strip for insertion into joint and perforated flanges for attachment to face of wallboard. Material shall be U.S.G. Control Joint #093 or similar if by another manufacturer. Space Joints at 30 maximum. 5,10.3 Metal Trim Accessories: Provide trim accessories of the sizes required for the drywall applications shown and specified, fabricated from galvanized steel. At external corners, provide metal corner bead with smooth rigid nose and perforated and knurled metal flanges, U.S.Q. Dur -A -Bead or similar if by another manufacturer. 6.10.4 For protection of exposed wallboard edge openings and where drywall abuts or intersects dissimilar construction, provide metal casing bead trim. Beaded nose with exposed flange knurled for joint treatment. Where kerfed jambs are shown, provide trim with special leg deeigned for insertion Into jamb slot, U.S.G. 200A Metal Trim or similar if by another manufacturer. 5,10.5 Joint Tapes; Perforated fiber type complying with ASTM C475, U.G.S. Perf-A -Tape or equal if by another manufacturer. 5.10.6 Joint Compound: Adhesive with or without fillers complying with ASTM C475. Provide in dry powder form or pre -mixed ready for application. 5.10.7 Two-Compound Treatment: Provide compatible joint compounds; one compound for bedding and the other compound for finishing Joints. Perf -A- Tape compound system or equal if by another manufacturer. 5.10.8 Water resistant joint compound where required at Joints, cut edges, eto. of water resistant banking board, subject to compliance with requirements. 5.11 Miscellaneous Materials; 5.11.1 Wall standard reinforcing strips: 18 gauge x 6' wide horizontal sheet metal reinforcing - 3 rows TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington PART 3: *SECTION 9B-2 horizontal and continuous across metal studs, behind all gypsum drywall shown to have wall standards. 5.11.2 Drywall Blanket Insulation: Where shown and where needed to achieve Sound Transmission Class (STC) and where needed for fire- rating indicated, provide semi- rigid, spun mineral fiber blankets without membrane covering, complying with FS HH- I-521, Type 1, of 3-1/2' thloknese, 2.6 p.c.f. density tested by tho drywall manufacturer for the required ratings. Where shown and where needed for Thermal Insulation to achieve minimum R value of 19. 5,11.3 Access Panels shall be Milcor Type M standard access doors and located where shown on Mechanical and Plumbing Drawings. 5.11.4 Drywall Sealant: At sound rated applications, provide non- drying, non - shrinking, non - migrating sealant recommended by the drywall manufacturer. Provide sealant which Is palntable wherever exposed to view. EXECUTION 6. INSTALLATION OF STEEL DRYWALL FRAMING Manufacturer's Instructions: Unless otherwise shown or specified, install metal framing and accessories In accordance with manufacturer's printed Instructions. 6.1 Floor and Ceiling Runner Tracks: Provido Continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align runner tracks accurately to the partition layout at both floor and ceiling. Secure runner traoke as recommended by the stud manufaoturer for the floor and ceiling construction Involved, except do not exceed 24' o,o. spaoing for nail or power - driven fasteners. Provide fasteners at all corners and ends of runner, Use continuous gasket sealers at floor, ceilings, columns and walls of dissimilar materials. 6.2 Height of Partitions: Terminate top of partitions as shown on drawings. 8.3 For gypsum drywall applications, space studs not to exceed 16' 0,0, for partitions to 20' -0' high, space studs not to exceed 12' o.o. for partitions over 20' -0' high. 6,4 Provide additional studs to support inside corners at partition intersections and corners, and to support outside corners, terminations of partitions, both side of control joints and adjacent to all openings. 6.5 Use full length studs between'runner tracks, 6.6 Friction fit etude to runner tracks by positioning and rotating into place. Provido positive attachment to runner tracks for studs located at partition corners and intersections, and adjacent to openings using 3/8' self - tapping screws on both flanges of studs, 6.7 Provide rough framing at openings using full - length studs adjacent to Jambs and horizontal header and sill tracks. Cut 01/31/92 DIVISION 9* GYPSUM DRYWALL horizontal track° to length and split flanges and bend webs at ends for flange overlap and screw attachment to Jamb etude. Install out to length Intermediate studs between jamb etude at head and sill sections at same spacing as full - length studs. 6.8 Where vertical control joints are shown at Jamb lines, provide additional vertloai etude located on opening side of jambs and not less than 1/2' from Jamb studs. Do not fasten studs to tracks or Jamb etude, 6.9 Where solid oore wood doors, or double doors, or doors weighing less than 60113s., provide 2, 20 -gauge studs at each jamb and one additional stud not more than 6' from Jamb etude. At doors weighing more than 60 lbs. substitute 18- gauge studs. 6.10 Provide 20 -gauge stud horizontal reinforcement for attachment of plumbing fbctures or handrails or grab bars for toilet rooms. 6.11 Drywall Ceiling Framing; 6.11.1 Ceiling Furring Channels shall be not over 12' o.c. Install with metal furring clips. 6,11,2 Ceiling Runner Channels shall be spaced at right angles to the 3/4' channels, shall not be over 4' -0` o .o. 6.11.3 Ceiling Hangers for runners shall be spaced not over 4' 0' o.o. In both directions. Hangers shall be securely anchored to floor construotion above. Provide additional hanger support for ceiling mounted fixtures. 6.11.4 Ceiling Tie Wire shall be not less than four otrands at eaoh bearing. 6.12 Metal Furring Framing: 6.12.1 General: Provide metal furring where shown, as specified, and as required to provide support for drywall. Where size and spacing of furring members Is not shown for support, do not exceed the minimum requirements of GA201 6.12,2 Where control or expansion joints are shown, provide separate supports on each side of joint. Do not bridge joints. 6.13 Wail/Standard Support System: 6,13.1 Install 3 rows of horizontal oheet metal reinforcing strips, behind all gypsum wall board where metal wall standard locations are shown on the drawings. 6,132 Looate sheet metal strip reinforcing at centerlines as Indicated on drawings. 7, INSTALLATION OF GYPSUM DRYWALL BOARD 7.1 General: TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington *SECTION 9B -3 7.1.1 Standards: Comply with the requirements of ANSI A97.1 'Standard Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Wallboard', except comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations where more stringent. 7.1.2 Provide drywall of the thickness shown. 7.1.3 Form control joints in drywall construction as epeolfied. Allow 1/2' continuous opening between edges of adjacent drywall boards to allow for Insertion of control Joint trim accessory. 7.2 Single Layer Applications: 7.2.1 Partkion/Walls: Apply gypsum board vertically using floor -to- ceiling length boards with vertical joints located over supports, but offset at least one stud space on opposite faces of partition/walls. Use type S drywall screws at 12' 0.0. 7.2.2 Ceilings: Apply gypsum board with long dimension at right angles to supports with end joints located over eupports. Use maximum practical length boards to minimize end joints. Stagger end joints In alternate courses of boards and locate as far away from center of ceiling as possible. Use Type S drywall screws at 12' o.o. 7.2.3 Wood Supports: Fasten gypsum wallboard with annular ring nails or screws at the Contractor'o option. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for fastening, but do not exceed nail spacings of 8' 0.0, for walls and 7' o.o. for ceilings, or screw spaoings of 12' o.c. (wall and ceilings). 7.2.4 Metal Supports: Fasten gypsum wallboard with screws. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for fastening, but do not exceed 12' o.o. spacing. Screws shall be power- driven and sorew heads shall provide slight depression below the surfaoe of the board, 7.2.5 Wall Tile Base: Where drywall Is base for thin -set ceramic tile and similar rigid applied wall finishes, Install moisture resistant gypsum backing board. Apply with uncut long edge at bottom of work, and space 1/4' above fixture lips. Seal ends, cut -edges and penetrations of each piece with water - resistant adhesive or, where reoommended by backing board manufacturer, with water - resistant joint compound. 7.3 Double Layer Applloation; Mechanically Fastened Layers: Fasten both layers to supports with screws in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; but for base layer, do not exceed 8' o.o, spacing at edges and 12' o.o, spacing at intermediate eupports, and for face layer do not exceed 16' o.o. spacing along supports. On walls, apply both layers vertically with vertical joints staggered on opposite side of partitions and offset not less than 12' between layers. 7,4 Sound Rated Applications: Comply with requirements Indicated by manufacturer to achieve required ratings, as 01/31/92 DIVISION 9* GYPSUM DRYWALL proven by his certified laboratory test results. For sound - rated construction, comply with the following: 7.4.1 Partitions: Provide continuous beads of sealant at juncture of both faces of runners or plates with floor and ceiling construction, and wherever drywall abuts dissimilar materials. Install sealant prior to Installation of drywall boards. 7.4.2 Control Joints: Provide oontinuoue bead of sealant between edges of drywall panels at control joints. Seal prior to installation of surface- applied control joint accessories and locate at proper depth in Joint to allow for insertion of expansion strip. 7.4.3 Openings and Cutouts: Seal open spaces between drywall and electric boxes, fixtures, cabinets, ducts and other flush or openings in electric boxes and similar devices built Into the drywall work. 7.4.4 Partition Insulation: Install drywall blanket Insulation for sound attenuation. Completely II space between studs to full height of partitionlwall. Fit carefully behind electrical outlets and other work whloh penetrates partition/wall. Attach to bank face of drywall with adhesive application. 7.5 Thermal Insulation: Friction Fit Thermal Insulation between etude unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. 7.6 Drywall Finishing: 7.6.1 Finish exposed drywall surfaces with Joints, corners and exposed edges reinforced or trimmed as specified, and with all Joints, fastener heads, trim accessory flanges and surface defects filled with joint compound as specified in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for a smooth, flush surface. Form true, level or plumb lines, without joints, fastener heads, flanges of trim accessories or defects visible after application of field- applied decoration. 7.6.2 Use Joint tape to reinforce joints formed by tapered edges or butt ends of drywall units and at interior corners and angles. Set tape in joint compound then apply skim coat over tape in one application. 7.6.3 Where open spaces of more than 1/16' width occur between abutting drywall units, (except at control joints), prefill joints with joint compound and allow profili to dry before application of joint tape. 7.6.4 Reinforce external corners of drywall work with comer beads. 7.6.5 Securely fasten metal corner beads as recommended by the manufacturer. Use fasteners whloh will be fully concealed by Joint compound fill applied over flanges. 7.6.6 Edge Trim: Provide epootfied type of metal casing bead trim. Install in single unjointed lengths. *SECTION 9114 7.6.7 Insert control joints strips Into open joint and staple flanges to drywall in a000rdance with manufacturer's instructions. 7.6.8 Application of Joint Compounds: After mixing, do not use joint compounds If recommended pot -life time has explred. Allow drying time between applications of joint compound in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for the relative humidity and temperature levels at the time of application. In no case, allow less than 24 hours drying time between applications of joint compound. Apply not less than 2 separate coats of joint compound over joints, fastener heads and metal flanges. (2 coats are in addition to set and skim coat mentioned above.) Sand between coats as necessary. Final coat and subsequent sanding shall leave gypsum wallboard ready for decorator finish. 7.6.9 Joint compound treatment is not required above suspended ceilings where partition /walls are shown or specified to extend to struotural deck or ceiling above suspended ceiling, unless partition is visible through ceiling grille. 7.7 Completion and Protection of Finished Work: Installer shall advise Contractor of proper procedures for tho protection of completed drywall work from damage or deterioration until acceptance of the work. At the completion of this contractor's work, all unused materials, tools, scaffolds, and equipment shall be removed from the structure. All work installed by others, which is dirty due to the drywall installation, shall be cleaned and restored to its original condition. All drywall construction shall be guaranteed against defective materials and workmanship for a period of one year as called for In the General Provisions. -END OF SECTION- TOYS 'R' U8 REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 t DIVISION 9* CERAMIC TILE PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1,1 The general provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 specifications to each subcontractor and for 000rdlneting the work a000rdingly. 1,3 Submittal data, shop drawings, and samples: 1.3.1 Shall be submitted for review or.„,A when required by and in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 1A of these specifications. 1.3.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawingo, and samples In the context of the technical specifications ehall be taken to mean 'if required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. 1.4 Refer to Seotion 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 Furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment required for completing ceramic tile work and related items indicated on the drawings and herein specified. 2.2 Exterior ceramic tile specified in Section 13A. PART 2: PRODUCTS 3. CERAMIC TILE 3.1 Standard grade meeting ANSI A137.2 5. 3.2 Ceramlo wall tile, floor tile and base where indioated on drawings and schedules shall be American Olean, colors as 5.1 Indicated on the Room Finish Schedule. Glazed tile base shall be 4-1/4' x 4-1/4' Dove base with straight top with transitional pieces suoh as Inside and outside corners. 3.3 One foot wide ceramic the horizontal color band at height, color and pattern for toilets as shown on drawings. 5.3 3.4 Mortar Mix for Thin Setting Bed Method at drywall partitions: Materials shall be Portland Cement Powdered mortar product 5.4 of one of the following, manufactured under license to the Tile Council of America, Inc., and all containers shall bear their Hallmark. 3.4.1 'L & M Master Mix', as manufactured by L & M Tile Products, Inc. 3.4.2 Sanded 'Tile- Mate', as manufactured by Upco Company. 3.4.3 'RS Thin Set Mix', as manufactured by the United States Tile Company. 3.5 Sand: ASTM C144 washed clean and graded; use fine sand for grout; me white sand with white cement. Gradation: 100% passing No. 8 sieve, not more than 5% passing No. 100 sieve. 3.6 Water: Clean, potable free from deleterious substances, 3.7 Marble saddles shall be white vermont marble, even color and rubbed finish of profile and length shown on drawings. Set snugly between door Jambe. Set saddles In thin bed of Portland cement mixture and grout 3.8 Grout: Hydroment Ceramlo Tile Grout, as manufactured by the Upco Company. Color shall be white at the wailo and grey on the floors. PART 3: 4. 4.1 EXECUTION INSTALLATION OF TILE *SECTION 9C Concrete or Masonry Base: All wall and floor tile to be Installed over a base material consisting of concrete or masonry shall be installed by the thin-set mortar bed method. Thin-set mortar shall be mixed thoroughly and applied In strict accordance with manufacturer's printed Instruction. Minimum thickness of setting bed shall be 1/8'. Install with best practice of the trade in accordance with the procedure set forth In the Installation Manual current edition, published by L & M Tile Products, 1 no., and Tile Counoil of America Basle Specifications F 113. 4.2 Ceramlo wall tile and base on gypsum board shall be Installed per Tile Council of Amerioa Specification No. W243 for Dry Set Mortar. 4.3 Grout: Force grout into Joints, avoiding air traps or voids, strike or tool Joints of tile to depth of cushion. Remove excess grout, check for gaps or air holes. WORKMANSHIP Work: Performed by qualified workmen in a manner conforming to best current practice of the trade. 6.2 Cut and drill where necessary, without marring tile. Grind and carefully Joint any cut edges against other work, Remove loose mortar, !shame or materials detrimental to bond before applying setting beds. Carefully lay out work to ensure straight Joints of uniform width. Avoid tile out less than half size, unless specifically approved by Owner's Representative. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 9* CERAMIC TILE 6. CLEANING AND PROTECTION 6.1 At completion of Installation, thoroughly Olean all surfaces. Use of sold will not be permitted. Use clean water In Initial cleaning. Remove all stains, mortar, eto. 6.2 Before trafflo Is permitted over finished tile floors, Dover with waterproof building paper with all Joints taped. 0.3 Remove crooked, broken or damaged tile; replace with new before completion of building. *SECTION 9C.2 DIVISION 9* SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.1 The general provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified In this Section. 1.2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a oopy of Division 1 specifications to each subcontractor and for coordinating the work a000rdingy. 1.3 Submittal data, shop drawings, and samples: 1.3.1 Shall be submitted for review at when required by and in accordance with the procedure set forth In Section 1A of these specifications. 1.3.2 All references to eubmittal data, shop drawings, and samples In the context of the technical specifications shall be taken to mean If required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. 1.4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and scaffolding required for completing acoustical tile ceilings, suspension systems and related Items indicated on the drawings and herein specified. 2,2 The extent of the work Is Indicated on the drawings and specified herein. 3. QUALITY ASSURANCE 3.1 The acoustical tile, suspension systems and related Items shall meet or exceed the following standards: 3.1.1 American Society for Testing Materials E84. 3.1.2 Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Fire Resistance Index - Where aooustioal ceilings are components of fire rated assemblies, provide complete ceiling systems complying with UL design numbers corresponding with oonotruotlon assemblies indicated, 3,1.3 ASTM 0 635 - Performance requirements for suspension systems, Inoluding dimensional tolerances. 3.1.4 AIMA Bulletin • Acoustio unit performance data as published by Acoustical and Insulation Materials Association. 3,1.5 CISCA Code of Praotloes - Ceilings and Interior Systems Contractors Association Code of Practice for Acoustical Ceiling System Installations. *SECTION 9D -1 4. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 4.1 Deliver materials to the project site in original unopened packages bearing manufacturer's name and specific product identification. 4.2 Store materials In a dry place with continuous support to avoid warping units. 4.3 Handle materials carefully to avoid damaging or disooloring. Replace materials which have been damaged or discolored. PRODUCTS FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES PART 2: 5. 5.1 Where acoustic ceiling systems are components of floor - ceiling or roof - ceiling or beam assemblies for which a fire resistance rating is shown or scheduled, provide complete ceiling systems complying with the requirements of UL 'Fire Resistance Index' (including referenced requirements) for the UL design numbers corresponding with the construction assemblies shown. Provide suspension system access members complying with applicable UL requirements, as indicated. 6, MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS 6.1 Lay -In Acoustic Tile: 24' x 48' x 5/8' tile, fissured design No, 767B with plastic coating as manufactured by Armstrong Cork Company. No substitutions will be allowed unless critical delivery schedules oannot be met. 6.1.1 Where UL time rated designs are indloated provide fissured design 'Fire Guard' lay -In panele by the Armstrong Cork Company to match the time rating requirement. 6.2 Exposed Grid Suspension Systems: 6.2.1 Structural classification of system shall be intermediate duty complying with ASTM 0635. Classify cross runners as main runners. 6.2.2 Manufacturer: Provide ceiling suspension systems by one of the following: Donn Products Chicago Metallio Eastern Products National Rolling Mills /Bundy 6.2.3 Main tee shall have 15/16' exposed flange with a rolled oap and 1 -1/2' deep web with double web design. Wall mouldings shall be angle shape. 6.2.4 Finish of exposed surfaces: Matte white. 6.2.5 Attachment Devices: Tested for a carrying oapaoity of not less than 5 times the design load Involved. 6.2.6 Hangers: As recommended by manufacturer to comply with the specified structural classification (ASTM C 635). Wire hangers, If recommended, to TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 9* SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS be not less than 12 gauge (0.016' diameter), galvanized, soft annealed, mild steel wire. 8.2.7 Primary and Secondary Supporting Members: As further specified and required suspension systems. 8.2.8 Assembly Devices and Accessories: As recommended by manufaoturer and as required to comply with calling performance requirements. 6.2.9 Provide hold down clips for ceilings as indicated on dQRrawings. PART 3: EXECUTION 7. INSPECTION 7.1 Installer must examine the conditions under which the suspended ceiling work is to be performed and notify the Contraotor in writing of any unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with suspended ceiling work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected In a manner acceptable to the installer. 7.2 Installer shall consult other trades and contractors involved prior to start of selling work, to determine areas of potential Interference, Do not start Installation until interferences have been resolved to the satisfaction of the installer. 7.3 Coordinate layout with other work which penetrates or Is supported by ceiling suspension system. 8. INSTALLATION OF FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES 8.1 Install selling suspension systems which are components of fire rated floor - ceiling or roof - ceiling assemblies, complete, in accordance with the requirements of applicable UL 'Fire Resistance Index' design numbers. 9, GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS 9.1 Install suspension systems which are part of non -fire rated assembliee in a000rdanoe with manufacturer's instructions; the requirements of Article 2'Installation of Components' of ASTM 0836 'Standard Reoommended Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -In Panels'; and further specified. 9.2 Secure to structural and intermediate framing members by attaching to metal slips designed for the type of member Involved, or where possible, by looping and wire -tying directly to members. Do not attaoh hangere to metal roof deok. 9.3 Space hangere to fall not more than 8' from ends and not more than 4' o.o., between ends of primary suspension members, and as required to support other work resting In or on selling. Provide additional hangers at fixtures as required to prevent deflection of suspension system members in TOYS 'R' U8 REMODEL - Tukwila, Waehinaton *SECTION 9D-2 excess of ASTM C 635 requirements. Do not attaoh hangers to ducts, pipes or other similar work which occurs above ceilings; provide additional suspended ceiling members at such locations. 9.4 Install continuous metal moldings for support of runners and unite where suspended ceilings meet walls, partitions and other vertical elements. Secure moldings to building construction by fastening through holes in web. Miter out Inside and outside corners. 10. INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED GRID SYSTEMS 10.1 Main Runners: Support directly from hangers; space as required to support ceiling units and other work resting In, or on, ceilings and as required to comply with ceiling performance requirements. Provide unjointed main runners of manufacturer's maximum standard length wherever possible; join abutting sections with manufaoturer's standard splice connection; do not pop rivet flanges of abutting runners. 10.2 Cross Runners: Support by interlooking ends of cross runners with main runners (or cross runners classified as main runners) to form 90 degree angle between intersecting runners. Space as required to support each panel unit used in the work 10,3 Moldings: install with exposed leg in same plane as bottom flange of exposed runners, unless otherwise shown or specified. 10.4 Suspended grid system shall be braced laterally for seismic resistance as shown on drawings. 11. INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS Install acoustioal panels only after the building is enolosed and moisture is at a low level compatible with manufaoturer's requirements. Workmen shall not fingerprint panels with dirty hands or gloves. 12. REPLACEMENTS 12.1 General Contractor to provide one carton of eaoh type of ceiling tile to be used for replacement of any tiles damaged or discolored In the future. - END OF SECTION' - 01/31/92 C DIVISION 9* RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.1 The general provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified In this Section. 1.2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 epeotfloations to each subcontractor and for coordinating the work accordingly. 1.3 Submittal data, shop drawings, and samples: 1.3.1 Shall be submitted for review only when required by and In accordance with the procedure set forth In Section 1A of these specifications. 1.3.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples in the context of the technical specifications ehall be taken to mean 'if required under the provisions of Section 1A ", unless stipulated otherwise. 1.4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternatee, and Substitutions. 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 Furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment required for completing the resilient flooring work and related Items indicated on the drawings and herein specified. (NOTE: Refer to drawings for items applicable to the project.) 2.2 Manufacturers of resilient flooring and selection of resilient flooring materials including vinyl composition, tile, seamless flooring, resilient base, stair coverings, and metal and resilient edge strips, etc., are indicated on the drawings. 2,2.1 Related Items including adhesives, are specified herein. 3. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 3,1 Manufacturer; Wherever possible, provide required resilient flooring and accessories produced by a single manufacturer, Including recommended primers, adhesives, sealants, and leveling compounds. 4. SUBMITTALS: 4.1 Samples: Provide full -size tile units, and 2-1/2' long sections of resilient flooring accesoorles. 4.2 Maintenance Instructions: Submit 2 copies of manufacturer's recommended maintenance practices for each type of resilient flooring and accessory required. 5. JOB CONDITIONS: 6,1 Maintain minimum temperature of 65 degrees F. (18 degrees C.) In spaces to receive resilient flooring for at least 48 hours prior to Installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. Store resilient flooring materials in spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before beginning Installation. Subsequently, maintain *SECTION 9E •1 minimum temperature of 55 degrees F. (13 degrees C) In areas where work is completed. PART 2: PRODUCTS 6. MATERIALS 6.1 Vinyl Composition Tile: 12' x 12' x 1/8' gauge, of color and pattern as Indicated on drawings. 6.2 Wall Base: 4' high x .080' gauge. Provide top -set cove or straight base by manufacturer and of color as Indicated on the drawings. 6.3 Adhesives (Cements): Waterproof, stabilized type as recommended by manufacturer to suit material and substrate conditions. 6.3.1 6.3.2 6.3.3 6,3.4 6.3.5 Armstrong: 8-750. GAF Corp. - Tarkett: FB -20. Azrook: Clear Brush -On Adhesive. Kentile: 990 Adhesives for seamless flooring, stair coverings, resilient base, eto. as recommended by manufacturer for substrates to bo covered. 6.3.6 Seventy -Two (72) hours before Installation, G.C.C. to contact flooring representative for moisture bonding test as recommended by manufacturer. 6.4 Concrete Slab Primer: Non - staining type as recommended by flooring manufacturer. PART 3: EXECUTION 7. INSPECTION AND SURFACE PREPARATION 7.1 Contractor shall be responsible to Insure that ALL surfaces receiving subsequent finish are prepared in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. Contractor and his subcontractors shall require that a representative of the manufacturer Inspect and approve the surface preparation prior to application of his product. 7.2 Contractor shall advise Architect immediately, In writing, of any Incompatibilities between materials or surfaces. Commencement of Application implies acceptance of the surface and shall constitute waiver by the respective contractor and general contractor to any claim of Incompatibility. 8. PREPARATION 8.1 Prior to laying flooring, broom Olean or vacuum surfaces to be covered. 8.2 Apply concrete slab primer, 11 reoommended by flooring manufacturer, prior to application of adhesive. Apply In compliance with manufacturer's directions. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 9* RESILIENT FLOORING 8.3 Use leveling compound as recommended by flooring manufacturers. 9. INSTALLATION 9,1 Install flooring after finishing operations, including painting, have been completed and permanent heating system Is operating. Moisture content of conorete Blabs, building air temperature and relative humidity must be within limits recommended by flooring manufacturer. 9.2 Place flooring with adhesive cement In strict compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. Butt tightly to vertical surfaces, thresholds, nosinge and edging. Scribe as necessary around obstructions and to produce neat joints, laid tight, even, and straight Extend flooring Into toe spaces, door reveals, and Into closets and similar openings. 9,3 In areas where resilient tile floor meets a higher material, Install latex type underlayment approved by the tile manufacturer with a slope not more than 1/8' per foot. Feather underlayment neatly on a straight line where the elope meets the level floor, 9.4 Tightly cement flooring to subbase without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections. 9.5 Tile Floors: 9,5.1 Lay tile from center marks established with prinolpel walls, discounting minor offsets, so that tile at opposite edges of the room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid use of out widths less than 1/2' at room perimeters. Lay tile square to room axis, unless otherwise shown, 9.5.2 Match tios for color and pattern by using tile from cartons In same sequence as manufactured and paokaged Is so numbered. Cut tile neatly to and around all fixtures. Broken, cracked, chipped or deformed tile are not acceptable. AU tile to be by same manufaoturer from earne run for entire store. Lay all in alternating pattern. 9.5.3 Roll tile with water filled roller to assure adhesion. 9.5.4 Adhere tile flooring to substrates using full spread of adhesive applied In compliance with flooring manufacturer's directions. 9.5.5 Where indicated, scribe tiles at aluminum railing Insert Iooatons In order to provide flush Installation of esoutoheon plates. 9.6 Accessories: 9.6.1 Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, and other permanent fixtures In rooms or areas where base Is required. Install base In as long lengths as practicable, with preformed interior and exterior corners or fabricate from base materials with mitered or coped Inside corners. Tightly bond base to backing throughout tho length of each *SECTION 9E -2 piece, with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces. 9.6.2 Place resilient edge strips tightly butted to flooring and secure with adhesive. Install edging strips at all edges of flooring, unless otherwise shown, whloh would otherwise be exposed. 9.6.3 Place metal edge strips tightly butted to flooring and secure, Install edging strips at all unprotected edges of flooring, unless otherwise shown. 9.6.4 On masonry surfaces, or other similar Irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. 10. CLEANING AND PROTECTION 10,1 Remove any excess adhesive or other surface blemishes, using neutral type cleaners as recommended by flooring manufacturer. Protect installed flooring from damage by covering. 10.2 Allow no foot traffic or other use for at least 24 hours after Installation. 10,3 Provide adequate protection for tile in areas where baffle occurs and maintain this protection until all work In building Is completed. 10.4 Floors shall be oleaned and waxed in compliance with manufacturer's requirements immediately prior to final inspection of work by the Owner. 10.4.1 Finishing: After completion of proJeot and just prior to final inspeotlon of work, thoroughly Olean floors and aocessories. 10.4.2 Strip flooring and apply wax and buff with type of wax, number of coats and buffing procedures in compliance with floor manufacturere Instructions and requirements. 11. REPLACEMENTS 11,1 General Contractor to provide two (2) full cartons of each type, size and color of floor tile to be used throughout the facility. This will serve as a replacement of any tiles damaged or discolored In the future. 12. GUARANTEE 12.1 All guarantees and warranties are to remain in effect and will not be voided if vapor barrier Is used below slab. •END OF SECTION- TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washinrrton 01/31/92 c DIVISION 9* VINYL WALL COVERING PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.1 The general provlelons of Division 1 apply to the work specified In this Suction. 1.2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 specifications to each subcontractor and for coordinating the work a000rdingly. 1.3 Submittal data, shop drawings, and samples: 1,3.1 Shall be submitted for review on when required by and In accordance with the procedure sot forth In Section 1A of theee specifications. 1.3.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples In the context of the technical specifications shall be taken to mean 'If required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. 1.4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 Furnish all labor, materials, tools, and equipment required for completing vinyl wall covering work and related items Indicated on the drawings and herein specified. 2,2 Owner has entered Into a National Account Agreement with Columbus Walloovering Company, Rockville Centre, New York for the provision of the speoified vinyl wallcovering and compatible premixed vinyl adhesive. Contractor shall use the order form attaohed to this section to place his vinyl wallcovering and adhesive order. 3. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 3.1 Installer: A firm specializing In wall covering work and with not less than five years of experience In installing similar wall coverings. 4. DELIVERY AND STORAGE: 4.1 Comply with instruotions and recommendations of manufacturer and as herein specified. 4.2 Store materials In original undamaged packages or containers. Do not store rolled goods In upright position. Maintain temperature In storage area above 40 degrees F. (4 degrees C). 5. JOB CONDITIONS: 5,1 Maintain constant minimum temperature of 60 degrees F. (16 degrees C.) at areas of installation for at least 72 hours before and 48 hours after application of materials, 5.2 Illuminate areas of installation using building's permanent lighting system; temporary lighting alone will not be acceptable. PART 2: PRODUCTS 6. VINYL WALL COVERING *SECTION 90-1 6.1 Vinyl wallcovering shall be 'Guard Vinyl Walicovering Stipple Type 11 24 oz. Osnaburg - 53' wide' as manufactured by Columbus Coated Fabrics, Borden Inc. 8.2 Adhesive shall be 'FC -100 Premixed Vinyl Adhesive' as manufactured by Borden, Inc. PART 3: EXECUTION 7. PREPARATION 7.1 Acclimatize wall covering materials by removing from packaging in area of installation not less than 24 hours before application. 7.2 All surfaces to receive vinyl wallcovering shall be structurally sound, smooth, clean and dry. Moisture content of walls shall not exceed five (5) percent. The Installer shall examine the conditions under which vinyl wallcovering is to be Installed and advise the Owner's Representative, in writing, of any conditions detrimental to the proper installation of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected, Start of work implies acceptance of surfaces to receive vinyl wallcovering. 7.3 Prepare substrates In accordance with wall covering manufacturer's recommendations for type of substrate. 7,3.1 New drywall shall receive one (1) coat of a white pigmented alkyd or latex primer. 7.3,2 Previously painted surfaces shall be sanded and washed with trisodium phosphate and then rinsed with clean water. 7.3,3 For other surfaces, oontaot the wallcovering representative. 8. INSTALLATION: 8,1 Brush or roll adhesive on material ueing approximately one (1) gallon for every 10-12 linear yards. Reverse every other strip. Hang on wall using butt procedures. Use broad knife to remove air bubbles, wrinkles, blisters, and other dofects. Remove excess adhesive adjacent surfaces immediately using manufacturer's recommended procedures. 8.2 Remove surplus materials, rubbish, and debris resulting from wall covering installation upon completion of work, and leave areas of installation in neat, clean condition. - END OF SECTION - TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Waehinaton 01/31/92 DIVISION 9* Me. Susan Leff Columbus Walloovering Company 2 Lincoln Avenue /Suite 304 Rockville Centre, NY 11570 Dear Susan: adhesive FC-100 to: NAME ATTN: VINYL WALL COVERING TO: GENERAL CONTRACTOR Please fill In the blanks below and forward the following order form to Columbus Walloovering Company (CWC) 1.800 -521 -5250 eo that your walioovering material request oan be processed. Note that the material being ordered Is to be sent to your company office and not the Job Bite. RE: PROPOSED TOYS 'R' US CiTY STATE *SECTION 9G -2 ZIP CODE Please forward seventy (70) yards of 'Guard Vinyl Walloovering Stipple Type II 24 oz. Osnaburg - 53' wide and ono 5-gallon pall of pre -mixed vinyl I understand that the material will be forwarded to my office by UPS 0.9,D The cost of the material will be two hundred forty seven dollars and twenty five cents ($24725) plus tax and shipping. Should there be a problem in delivering the merchandise top my office you may, contact meat; ) DIVISION 8* PAINTING OWNER HAS ENTERED INTOA NATIONAL ACCOUNTAGREEMENT WITH PRATT & LAMBERT FOR THE SUPPLY OF PRATT & LAMBERT PAINTS. FOR QUOTATIONS AND /OR INFORMATION CONTACT THE PRATT & LAMBERT REGIONAL OFFICE APPROPRIATE FOR THIS PROJECT. Central Region Mr. Harvey Kalberg 817 North Church Road Elmhurst, Illinois 60121E (312) 834 -7300 North Central Region Mr. Edward Klass 6161 Cochran Road Solon, Ohio 44139 (216) 248 -7350 Eastern Region Mr. Jerry B. Lolzeaux 25 Truman Drive South Edison, New Jersey 08817 (201) 985-0770 Southern Region Mr. Max Adam 404 East Mallory Memphis, Tennessee (901) 775-1315 Southwestern Region Western Region Mr. Dick Boyd Mr. Hal Ross 1234 Saline Avenue 1309 Melody Road North Kansas Ctty, MO 64116 Marysville, CA 95901 (816) 221-3400 (916) 743 -2033 PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.1 The general provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified in this Section. 12 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 specifications to each subcontractor and for coordinating the work accordingly. 1,3 Submittal data, shop drawings, and samples: 1.3.1 Shall be submitted for review only when required by and In a000rdanoo with the procedure set forth in Section 1A of these specifications. 1.3.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples In the context of the technical specifications shall be taken to mean 'If required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. 1.4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 2, SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 Furnish ail labor, material*, tools, equipment and scaffolding required for completing surface preparation, painting, finishing and related Items indicated on the drawings and herein specified. 2.2 'Paint' as used herein means all coating systems materials, including primers, emulsions, enamels, sealers and fillers and other applied materials whether used as prime, intermediate or finish coats. 2.3 Paint exposed surfaces of unfinished primed surfaces throughout the Interior whether or not colors are designated In 'eohedules ", except where natural finish or material Is TOYS US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington *SECTION 914-1 specifically noted as a surface not to be painted. Where Items or surfaces are not specifically mentioned, paint same as adjacent similar materials or areas. If color or finish is not designated, Architect will select these from colors available for materials systems specified. 2.4 Mask off nameplates, equipment Identifications and similar Items. Cover sprinkler heads with plastlo bags and protect moving parts during painting. Remove all protective coverings at the oompletion of painting activity. 2.5 The painting contractor is responsible for the application of the paint or finishing material. If any surface to be finished cannot be put In proper condition for finishing by customary cleaning, sanding and puttying operations, the painting 38109 contractor will immediately notify the General Contractor and Owner's Representative in writing; or assume responsibility for and rectify any unsatisfactory finish resulting. '2.6 The painting contractor shall examine all documents that form this contract, and the alternates that affect the work under this Section. Examine the speoifloatlons under other divisions and thoroughly familiarize himself with all provisions regarding their painting. 2.7 Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog or mist, or when relative humidity exceeds 85% unless otherwise permitted by manufacturer. When surface temperature is below 50 degrees F. do not apply paints, varnishes, and special coatings, unless otherwise speoitlod. Stop exterior work sufficiently early to permit film to sot up before condensation, frost and moisture, caused by night temperature drops, occur. Do not begin exterior painting until frost or condensation evaporates and surface is moisture free. Do not varnish when temperature is below 70 degrees F. Comply with manufacturer's written requirements. Painting may continue in inclement weather only it surfaces to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits set by manufacturer, 2.8 Exterior surfaces to be painted or finished include, but are not limited to the following: (NOTE: Refer to drawings for items applicable to the project.) 2.8.1 Hollow metal doors/irames. 2.8.2 Miscellaneous metals /structural steel, 2.8.3 Mechanical equipment screen roof supports. 2.8.4 Aluminum, not prefinished. 2.8.5 Galvanized metal, 2.8.6 Masonry. 2.8.7 Stucco, concrete. 2.8.8 Exposed gas lines above roof. 2.8.9 Other surfaces indicated to be painted/finished. 2.9 Interior surfaces to be painted or finished include, but are not limited to the following: (NOTE: Refer to drawings for hems applicable to the project.) 01/31/92 DIVISION 9* 2.10 Work speoifled under other Sections: PAINTING 2,9.1 Hollow metal doors/irames, 2.9.2 Miscellaneous Metals /Structural Steel. 2.9.3 Maaonry 2.9.4 Wood, including millwork (painted). 2.9.5 Wood, including millwork (stained). 2.9.8 Graphics (various surfaces). 2.9.7 Sealing of concrete floors not receiving floor coverings (including prestriping where required). 2.9.8 Touching up of snuffs, abrasions, marred areas and other imperfections of prefinlehed metal, wood or other surfaces which are required to be painted/finished. 2.9.9 Spray paint the exposed underside of roof deck and /or Proselee Mezzanine and all structural and miscellaneous eteel, steel Joists and metal deck(s), eto. and all of the items and related equipment shown or echeduled on the drawings, unless specifically noted or scheduled to be unfinished. 2.9.10 Paint interior surfaces of ducts where visible through registers or grllleo, with a flat, non specular black paint. 2,10,1 Prime coat painting and undercoats of paint, taotory finish painting speoiflod in other Sections of the specifications. 2.10.2 Field touch -up of miscellaneous metals. 2.10,3 Field touch up of structural steel. 2,11 Items not to be painted: Unless otherwise noted, prefinished, prefabricated, or ehopfabricatod components or equipment, concealed surfaces, finish anodized aluminum, overhead doore, roof hatches, operating parts, labels, identification plates, performance ratings, etc. 3. DELIVERY AND STORAGE 3.1 The contractor shall store all apparatus and materials used on the Job In a single plane designated by the General Contractor, or Owner's Representative. Such storage shall be kept clean and painting contractor shall be liable for damage to surrounding areas, All soiled or used rags, waste and trash must be removed from the building every night and every precaution taken to avoid the danger of fire, 4. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 4.1 Tho contractor shall study the contract, drawings and specifications with regard to the work as shown and required under this Section as to Insure Its completeness. 4.2 Contractor shall be responsible to insure that ALL surfaces receiving subsequent finish or coatings are prepared in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Contractor and his subcontractors shall require that a representative of the manufacturer Inspect and approve the surface preparation prior to application of his product. Contractor shall advise Architect immediately, In writing, of any incompatibilities between materials or surfaces. Commencement of application Implies acceptance of the surface and shall constitute waiver by the respective contractor and general contractor to any claim of Incompatibility. 4.3 The contractor shall cooperate in the coordination and scheduling of the work of this Section with the work of other Sections so as not to delay job progress. PART 2: 5. 5.1 3.2 Deliver all materials to Jobelte In original, new and unopened packages with oontainers bearing all manufacturer's data, Instructions, sped. numbers, etc, Materials not displaying proper manufacturer's guarantee will not be accepted. 5.6 PRODUCTS MATERIALS *SECTION 9H -2 Painting and finishing products for use in the work shall bo the standard best or top brands produced for each particular kind of material required herein, by the following manufaoturers unless otherwise noted: 5.1.1 Pratt & Lambert (P & L) - General interior and exterior paint. 5,1.2 EPMAR - Interior clear epoxy floor sealer. No substitution. Contaot EPMAR Corp., 13210 Barton Circle, Santa Fe Springs, California 90670 (213) 946 -8781. 5,1,3 Series 55 Tneme•orete by Tnomeo Company, Ino. parapet wall coating. 5.2 Provide undercoat paint produced by same manufacturer as finish coats. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits. 5.3 Colors shall be pure non - fading pigments, finely ground in linseed oil or japan, as required. Colors used on plaster, masonry and concrete shall be limeproof. Color eohedule shall be approved by the Owner's Representative prior to application of products. 5.4 Shellao shall be pure, white or orange gum, cut In pure denatured alcohol, using five pounds of gum to each gallon. Orange shellac: Used for painting over knots sap, resinous woods. 5.5 Spackling compound shall be finely ground, grit free; when dry, shall set without shrinkage to smooth, hard, white surface, and sand easily to take any finish. Patohing piaster shall be white non - shrinking, containing no lime and uniform In set and quality. 5.7 Wood filler shall be paste type, match any stain color required. Do not mix filler with stain. 01/31/92 r DIVISION 9* PAINTING 5,8 Raw linseed oil shall conform to ASTM D234. 5.9 Boiled linseed oil shall conform to ASTM D260. 5,10 Turpentine shall be gum spirits of turpentine conforming to ASTM D13. 5.11 Putty shall conform to ASTM D317, Class B white lead whiting P AY. 6.12 All finishes to be Class 'C' flame spread or better. 5.13 Painting subcontractor shall provide and leave at Job one (1) gallon of each oolor. (All colors to be in fresh, unopened cans.) PART 3: EXECUTION 6. PREPARATION OF SURFACES 6.1 Prior to installation of work, the contractor shall examine surfaces which are to receive painting and finishing coats, and report conditions of surfaces which are not properly prepared to receive work of this section. Start of work shall Imply that work can be performed as specified herein. 8.2 Spaces shall be broom clean and surfaces dust -free before 6.9 Wood painting Is started. Before painting or finishing, plaster, greases and other extraneous matter which would affect the finished work shall be removed. 8,3 Areas and /or spaces where painting and /or finishing work Is being performed shall be maintained above 50 degrees F. during application and drying. 6.4 Do repairing or spackling of surface necessary for proper application of paint. 8.5 Surfaces shall be thoroughly dry and cleaned of oil, grease, dirt, rust, sandpapered smooth and otherwise properly prepared. 8.6 Concrete, Stucco, Masonry: 6.6,1 Thoroughly Olean concrete, stucco, masonry and other absorptive surfaces to be painted of grit, efflorescence, grease, dirt and release agents which will adversely affect the adhesion or appearance of the paint finish. 6.6.2 Masonry construction shall be cured for 30 days, and concrete construction cured for 60 days before painting. Check alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces to be painted. if surfaces require corrective measures, G,C.C. to correct condition of painted surface. 8.7 Interior Concrete Floors scheduled to reoeive epoxy sealer: 8.7.1 New Concrete Floors: Floors shall be cured minimum of 28 days and shall be etched or sandblasted to remove lakenoe as recommended by sealer manufacturer, If curing compounds have been used on floors, remove these compounds before applying epoxy sealer. 6.8 Gypsum Drywall: 6.10 Metals: 6.10.1 *SECTION 9H -3 6.7.2 Old Concrete Floors (Remodeling): Remove old coatings such as grease, oil, dirt, paint, eto. By grinding and nutting, sandblasting ('Cut- Blast'), mechanical scarification or by chemical stripping. Clean concrete with Trisodlum Phosphate solution and degrease If required as recommended by sealer manufacturer. Aold etch, rinse, neutralize and flush Olean, removing all water and neutralizing solution. Allow to dry before applying epoxy sealer. 6.8.1 Scratches, cranks, holes, indentations, gouges, and similar defects In surface shall be properly cut out and filled with spackling compound, Joint compound or other patching material as may be required and brought to a smooth flush surface. Patched portions shall be given a coat of primer - sealer in addition to all other specified coats. 6.8.2 Safe moisture level for painting shall be determined by the use of a moleture meter, Patched areas, 'hot' or suction spots shall be spot primed as per manufacturer's label directions. 6,9.1 Woodwork to be painted or finlshed shall be sandpapered to remove all roughness, loose edges, slivers, or splinters, and then brushed to remove dust, grease or dirt and shall be washed off with naptha or other suitable cleaner. Knots and sappy streaks or spots shall be given two (2) thin coats of shellac, lightly sandpapered when dry. 6.9.2 All cracks, nail holes and surface defects In woodwork shall be filled with putty or plastic wood after the priming coat, filler, or shellso has been applied. Putty or plastic wood filler shall be brought up flush with the surface and lightly sandpapered smooth. 6.9.3 Open grained woodwork to be finished shall be first filled thoroughly with paste filler. Filler shall be of such consistency as to be applied with a short bristle brush. Filler shall be well rubbed Into the grain and when set, the rubbing shall continue across the grain until a hard, non - absorbent surface is obtained. 6.9.4 Top and bottom edges of wood doors to be primed the same as face of doors, after fitting. Metal surfaces shall be washed with mineral spirits to remove dirt or grease before applying materials. Where rust or soale Is present, it shall be wire brushed or sandpapered Olean before painting, Shop coat of paint that becomes marred shall be cleaned and touched up with the primer specified. 6.10.2 Galvanized metal surfaces shall be thoroughly wiped down so that surfaces are free of dirt, grease TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washin on 01/31/92 D ISION 9* PAINTING or foreign matter, as recommended by approved paint manufacturer. 6.10.3 Shop or prime coated metal surfaces shall be cleaned of similar foreign matter as above, and shall have all bare spots or rust spots removed by wire bruehing or sanding and be touched up or reprimed as required. 8.10.4 Dents, crooks, hollow planes, open Joints and other Irregularities in metal work to be painted shall be filled with an approved metal filler suitable for the purpose which, after setting, shall be sanded to a smooth, hard surface. 6.11 Meohanioal and Electrical items: 6.11.1 Pipe and duct coverings, shall be given a heavy coat of glue size before other paint applications, except when sized under the work of other sections. There shall be added to the glue size, and to oaoh coat of paint applied thereafter, a sufficient amount of a fungicidal agent to render the fabric mildew- proof. The fungicidal agent shall be a type which will not adversely affect the color, texture, or durability of the paint. 6.11,2 Exposed panel boxes, electric cabinets, piping, ducts, and other mechanical and electrical work and equipment In finished spaces, shall be given one (1) prime coat and then shall be finished to match walls and ceilings on whioh or near which they are located. 8,11,3 Gas lines above roof shall be painted. Color as Indioated or scheduled. 7. PAINTING SCHEDULE 7.1 Exterior Surfaces: 7.1.1 Ferrous Metal: All structural steel, miscellaneous Iron, hollow metal doors and frames, roof structures, exposed roof piping: 1 ooat P & L Effecto Ruet Inhibiting Primer 2 coats P & L Effecto Enamel 7.1.2 Galvanized Metal: 1 coat P & L Galvanized Metal Latex Primer 2 coats P & L Effecto Enamel 7.1.3 Aluminum - All aluminum copings, gutters, downspouts & scuppers (if required) to be factory finish to matoh adjacent finish. All remaining aluminum surfaces: 1 coat P & L Effecto Rust Inhibiting Primer 2 coats P & L Vapex House Paint 7,1,4 Conorete - All oast -in -place or pre -oast oonorete or stucco surfaces: 2 coats P & L Vapex House Paint TOYS 'Fr U8 REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington *SECTION 9H 7.1.5 Masonry - Concrete blook: 7.1.5.1 Normal weight oonorete block: 2 coats P & L Pro Hide Latex House Paint 7.1.5.2 Lightweight aggregate block: 1 coat P & L Primal!!! 200 2 coats P & L ProHide Latex House Paint 7.1.6 Masonry - Exposed Parapet above roof: Series 55 Tneme -orete by Tnemeo Company, Inc. Apply a two -coat film of minimum 14.5 wet mils thickness each in accordance with manufacturer's Instructions for the substrate to be covered. 7.2 Interior Surfaces: 7.2.1 All drywall surfaces, except where graphics are called for or where ceramlo tile or vinyl wall covering is applied to: 1 coat P & L Vapex Wall Primer 2 coats P & L Cellu -Tone Enamel 7.2.2 All concrete block surfaces scheduled to be painted except where graphics are called for: 1 coat P & L Primafll 1 coat P & L Cellu -Tone Enamel 7.2.3 Graphics - on exposed block: 1 coat P & L Primafll coats P & L Latex Enamel 7.2.4 Graphics - on drywall: 1 coat P & L Vapex Wall Primer 2 coats P & L Latex Enamel 7.2.5 Graphics - on wood: 1 coat P & L Interior Trim Primer 2 coats P & L Latex Enamel 7.2,6 Wood or Hardboard (painted) - all exposed woodwork to be painted, except where noted to be stained: 1 coat P & L Interior Trim Primer 2 coats P & L Cellu -Tone Enamel 7.2.7 Wood (stained) - all exposed, unpainted wood, noted to have stained finish; 1 ooat P & L Tonetlo Wood Stain 1 coat P & L Filler Sealer 2 ooate P & L Varmor Clear Finish 7.2.8 Ferrous Metal - all doors, frames, handrails and other ferrous metal, except where.noted : 1 coat P & L Interior Trim Primer 2 coats P & L Cellu -Tone Enamel 01/31/92 DIVISION 9* 8. WORKMANSHIP PAINTING 7,2.9 Other Ferrous Metal (sprayed) - all structural steel, including bar joists, beams, and decking: (Refer to schedule on drawings) 2 coats P & L Pro-Hide Dry Fall -Out Spray Coating Flat (2.5 mill thickness minimum per coating) 7,2.10 Mieoellaneous Metal • all piping, machinery and other ferrous metal not oovered in other sections: 1 coat P & L Interior Trim Primer 1 coat P & L Cellu -Tone Enamel 7.2.11 Concrete Floors - All floore without floor coverings: 2 coats EPMAR Sta - Crete Series 1600 Clear, 5 mils total dry film thlokness. 7.2.12 Concrete Floors - All floors without floor coverings with striping: 2 coats P & L Effecto Enamel, OSHA Yellow (striping only). 2 coats EPMAR Sta • Crete Series 1600 Clear, 5 mils total dry film thickness. 7.2.13 Prime Coats • Apply prime coat to material which Is required to be painted or finished but has not been prime coated by others, 8.1 Painting materials shall be applied by ekllled mechanics well versed In the several branches of the work. Each painting operation shall be performed In the Owner's Representative opinion In aocordanoe with tho best practices whloh are consistent with the surfaces being finished and the types of materials being applied. Painting materials shall be free of skins, lumps or any foreign matter and the solids shall be kept well stirred in the vehlole of any such material while being applied. 8,2 Painting materials shall be evenly and smoothly spread or flowed on and shall be free of runs, drips, sags, Drawling, brush marks and clogging of angles. No successive coats of painting materials shall be applied until the preceding coat is thoroughly dry and hard. Wood and metal surfaces with varnish or enamel finish shall be sanded between coats to produce even, smooth surfaces. 8,3 Eaoh painting material shall be stirred, blended, tinted, thinned and/or applied In aocordanoe with the manufacturer's directions. Eaoh coat of paint shall be a different tint from that of the preceding coat. Eaoh final coat of the painting shall be the exact shade and texture as represented by the sample previously seteoted and approved by the Architect. Where two coat work Is specified, the first coat shall be tinted toward the final color. 8.4 Unless otherwise specified, materials for succeeding coats on any one surface shall be the products of the same manufacturer who furnished the first prime- sealer coat or undercoat for that particular surface, except when metal primers are used as epecified under other Sections of the specifications, *SECTION 9H -5 8.5 An ambient temperature of not less than 50 degrees F. shall be obtained In all spaces or locations where work required under this specification is in progress, unless otherwise directed by the Architect. 8.6 Exterior painting shall not be done during any period of high humidity which would prevent the attainment of eatlefaotory resuko from any painting operation. 8.7 Coat shall be thoroughly dry before euooeeding coats are applied. Allow a minimum of 24 hours between ooats on any surface, unless otherwise specified by the manufacturer. 8.8 Stains shall be applied freely with a soft hair brush and the excess wiped off. The operation shall be repeated to prevent blotohing and to produce uniformity throughout. 8.9 Eaoh coat of varnish, except the last shall be rubbed with steel wool, after drying. The last coat shall be rubbed with pumice stone and oil to produce a smooth, satin finish. 8,10 The number of coats herein specified shall be In addition to any priming or other coats specified under the various Sections. Painted surfaces shall receive at least one (1) priming coat and two (2) finishing coats, unless otherwise specified. 8.11 Hardware, lighting fixtures, switch plates and the like shall be removed before painting and afterward replaced. 8.12 In the painting of movable or operating parts, no paint shall be applied to sliding contacts and the like, where the bare material Is necessary for proper operation, Paint applied to such surfaces shall be removed. 8.13 Access doors, plates, panel boxes, conduits and the like shall be painted In with the adjoining surfaces on which they occur, using the same kind of paint, number of coats, oolor and finish. In spaces where adjoining surfaces do not receive paint the work shall be painted the same as similar work In painted spaces and of color directed. 8.14 Mechanical work shall not be painted while materials contain heat. They shall remain unheated until after the final coat has thoroughly dried. 8,15 No interior painting shall be done until the building Is thoroughly dried out and all conditions are suitable to produce satisfactory results, in aocordanoe with manufacturer's directions. 8.16 Provide and use a sufficient number of drop cloths and exercise care to protect finished surfaces of floors and other work, and immediately remove spatter, stains and droppings from such surfaces. Particular care shall be taken when painting above wainscots and other finished surfaces, furnishings, equipment and the like. 8.17 Wood trim shall be back primed before installation. 8.18 Remove doors to paint tops and bottoms, 8.19 Materials shall be thoroughly mixed and strained before using. Addition of thinners such as linseed oil, turpentine and the like shall be added to ready -mixed materials only In TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - ukwlla Waehin, on 01 31 92 DIVISION 9* accordance with the manufacturer's printed Instructions. If no printed Instructions appear on the container, the contractor shall obtain this information In writing from the manufacturer. A copy of these printed Instructions shall also be transmitted to the Architect. 8.20 Materials used to prepare surfaces and apply clear epoxy sealer on concrete floors where scheduled, shall be mixed, water - thinned and applied In strict a000rdanoe with sealer manufacturer's Inetruotlone and as speoUlod herein, 9. PROTECTION AND CLEANING 9.1 Work under thle Section shall not check, crack, peel, discolor or have other defects due to Improper materials or workmanship, duo to improper preparation of the surfaces, or due to the painting, varnishing, or eurfaoes which were not In proper condition to receive paint, varnish or other painter's materials, and such unsatisfactory work shall be refinished at no additional cost to the Owner. 9.2 The contractor shall, when so directed, retouoh where necessary, restore where damaged or defective, and clean off paint spots from floors, walls, finished hardware, glass and other surfaces not soheduled to receive paint, and shall leave painted surfaces clean and in a satisfactory condition. 9.3 Upon completion of work, surplus materials, empty packages and containers and debris shall be removed from the she by legal means. 9,4 Acceptance at final Inspection will be governed by body finlehee exhibited and the contraotor shall apply additional costs as required to produoe proper finish and coverage In accordance with the approved samples. At acceptance, the paint and varnish finished work shall be In a neat, sound and undamaged condition. 9,5 Surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned at completion and before aooeptanoe of work. TOYS g U8 REMODEL Tukwila. Washington PAINTING *SECTION 9H-6 9.6 This contractor shall protect his work and the work of other trades against damage or injury by his employees or by the materials, tools and equipment used in connection with the painting. Work that is damaged as the result of the painting operations, shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. 9.7 When Owner's personnel take over store for fbcturing, G.C.C. to move all paint materials and equipment to a location outside of store, No storage of paint or painting equipment will be allowed In the store. 9.8 Provide 'Wet Paint' signs as required to protect newly painted finishes. 9.9 At the completion of work of other trades, touch -up, and restore all damaged or deface painted surfaces. - END OF SECTION f DIVISION 10* METAL TOILET PARTITIONS PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.1 The general provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 specifications to each subcontractor and for coordinating the work a000rdingy. 1.3 Submittal data, shop drawings, and samples: 1.3.1 Shall be submitted for review oly, when required by and In accordance with the procedure set forth In Section 1A of these specifications. 1.3.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples In the context of the technical specifications shall be taken to mean 'if required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwlso. 1.4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 Furnish all materials, Inserts, anchors, eta. required for a complete metal toilet partition installation as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. 2.2 Refer to Section 1013 for toilet room accessories. 2,3 Comply with local Codes or handicap provisions of local agencies, if no local oodee are applicable comply with the requirements of ANSI A117.1 for handloap use of toilet rooms. PART 2: PRODUCTS 3. MATERIALS 3.1 Toilet Partitions: Flush type, floor mounted, overhead braced with in •swing doors exoeptfor handicapped designated stalls requiring out- swinging doore by Sanymetal, 'Academy' style. (Sanymetal Products Inc., 1701 Urbana Road, Cleveland, Ohio 44110. NO SUBSTITUTIONS 3.2 Urinal Screen: Flush type, 24' or 42' (as indicated on the drawings) wall hung with wall brackets. The urinal screen shall also be supported from the wall and the floor. The floor support shall be continuous, 1.1/4' x 1 -1/4' x 96' minimum, to the structure above the ceiling. Provide escutcheon plate where the vertical pole passes thru the acoustical tile ceiling. 3.3 Color will be Sanymetal No. 71 Gray. THIS COLOR MUST BE PROVIDED 4. FABRICATION 4.1 All sheet steel for this work shall be stretoher leveled furniture steal with a hot dip galvanized coating of not less than 1.25 oz. per eq. ft. of surface (.0021 Inch thickness). *SECTION 10A -1 4.2 Panels of partitions or screens shall be 1' thick, made of two steel sheets, not less than 20 gauge, assembled over and cemented under pressure to rigid sound deadening core. 4.3 Pilasters of partitions shall be 1 -1/4' thick made of two steel sheets of not Zees than 20 gauge, assembled over and cemented under pressure to a rigid sound deadening core. 4.4 Doors of partitions shall be 1' think made of two steel sheets of not lees than 22 gauge, assembled over and cemented under pressure to a rigid sound deadening core, and shall be free from warp (24' wide in- swinging doors at ordinary stall, 32' wide clear opening out - swinging doors at handicapped stall). 4.5 Edge strips where part of standard design shall be not less than 18 gauge steel. 4.6 Panels, partitions, pilasters and doors shall be reinforced as necessary to develop full strength of screws, bolts or welds. 4.7 Pilasters shall be securely anchored to floor by means of plated or galvanized jack leveling screws through reinforcing at bass of pilasters and floor and shall be concealed and protected by a one piece 3' high shoe of chrome - plated brass, or stainless steel. 4.8 Door shall be equipped with concealed, controlled gravity action door hinges. Hinges shall be adjustable for holding door in open position and shall all be set to hold door open at approximately 30 degrees when not latched. 4.9 Door shall have one combination rubber - tipped bumper and coat hook, one concealed latch with access feature and one heavy duty combination latch keeper and door stop with renewable rubber bumper. 4.10 Both wall and pilaster brackets shall be stirrup type, chrome - plated non - ferrous die castings with polished finish or extruded aluminum with polished anodized finish. 4.11 Hardware and accessories shall be plain pattern and shall be ohrome- plated non - ferrous die oastings with polished finish. 4.12 Use concealed fasteners wherever possible. All hardware having exposed screws or bolts shall have chrome - plated, theft-proof type heads and nuts. For concealed fasteners use hot - dipped galvanized, cadmium - plated or other rust - resistant protective- coated steel. 4.13 Attach wall mounted screens with heavy duty concealed anchoring devices, Including wall channels, plates and studs as recommended by the manufacturer. Set units to provide support and resist lateral impact. 4.14 Overhead bracing with continuous extruded aluminum to be fully enolosed anti -grip design, 1-1/4' thick. PART 3: EXECUTION 5. ERECTION 5.1 Installation responsibility specified in Section 6A. - END OF SECTION - TOYS 'R' US • REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 c DIVISION 10* TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.1 The general provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 epeoffloations to each subcontractor and for coordinating the work a000rdingly. 1.3 Submittal data, shop drawings, and samples: 1.3.1 Shall be submitted for review only when required by and in accordance with the procedure set forth In Section 1A of these specifications. 1.3.2 All references to submittal data shop drawings, and samples In the context of the technical speoffioations shall be taken to mean 'If required under tho provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise, 1.4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 Furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment required to complete the toilet room accessories Installation as indicated on the drawings and specified herein, including inserts, baoking plates, anchoring devices, eto. for support of accessories. 2,2 Mounting bolts and screws shall be concealed wherever possible. Exposed mounting bolts shall have theftproof type heads and shall match the material of the accessories. PART 2: PRODUCTS 3. MATERIALS 3.1 All the toilet room accessories will be provided by tho General Contractor; (unless noted otherwise): NOTE: Schedule on drawings Is based on prototype store requirements. Refer to drawings for quantities & variations due to code requirements, etc, G.C.C. responsible for coordination of oorreot number of accessories. PART 3: EXECUTION 4. INSTALLATION 4.1 Check all accessories received at jobslte to determine oorreot type and quantity. Report missing or damaged merchandise to the superintendent promptly. Installer to examine all areas and conditions under whioh toilet accessories are Installed and coordinate with G.C.C. that corrections are made prior to proper installation. 4,2 Install all Owner furnished and contractor furnished aocessorles at standard heights and proper looations per manufaoturer'e requirements. Proteot adjacent surfaces *SECTION 10B -1 during installation of accessories and correct any damaged areas to the satisfaction of the superintendent. 4.3 Remove paper, boxes and other items at the end of each day's work. 4.4 Check to assure that all accessories are securely fastened before leaving project. - END OF SECTION - TOYS 'R' US • REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 r DIVISION 10* WALL PROTECTION FOR RESILIENT CORNER GUARDS AND WALL BUMPERS OWNER HAS ENTERED INTO A NATIONAL ACCOUNT AGREEMENT WITH BALCO, INC. FOR QUOTATIONS AND INFORMATION, PLEASE CALL (800- 835 - 0082). IF FURTHER COORDINATION IS REQUIRED CONTACT MR. JORGE O. ANDREO (316-945-9328). PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.1 The general provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified In this Section. 1.2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 specifications to each subcontractor and for coordinating the work accordingly. 1.3 Submittal data, shop drawings, and samples: 1.3.1 Shall be submitted for review o� when required by and In a000rdanoe with the procedure set forth In Section 1A of these specifications. 1.3.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and eamples In the context of the technical epecifioatlons shall be taken to mean 'if required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise, 1.4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Produote, Alternates, and Substitutions. 2, SCOPE OF WORK 2,1 Furnish all labor, materials and tools required for installation of wall protection work Indicated on the drawings and herein speofiled, PART 2: PRODUCTS 3. MATERIALS 3.1 Following items are furnished and installed by G.C.C.: 3.1.1 Corner guard: Baloo CGS-3 surface - mounted vinyl guard, 48' high with continuous aluminum mounting plate. Color shall be Toy blue, Mount as indicated on drawings. 3.1.2 Wall bumper: Balco Type VB 4, 8' high with continuous aluminum rotainer and color coordinated end Daps. Color shall be Toy blue to match corner guards. Mounting and lengths as Indicated on drawings. 3.1.3 Stainless steel corner guards (if required) shall be Tubular Specialties Mfg., Inc., Model CP -3548 x 14 gauge #430 satin finish stainless steel with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, Guards shall have PVC strippable protective covering. Phone 800-421-2961. 3.1.4 Acrylics covering (if required) to be Kleerdex Acrylic PVC alloy, 'Kydex 100', .028 thickness to be applied as indicated on drawings. Kydex color to be 'ivory' #82015. *SECTION 10D -1 PART 3: EXECUTION 4. PREPARATION 4.1 General Contractor to prepare all surfaces as required by manufacturers printed instructions. 5. INSTALLATION, ACRYLIC COVERING 5.1 Field Installation of Kydex to building surfaces will be accomplished either by overlay wrapping with solvent binder or thermo forming with heat Joint (field or shop fabricated). 5.2 General Contraotor to verify with local Kleerdex representative choice of methods based on maximized applloatlon for specific applloatlon condition. Note: Flush rivets or mechanical fasteners will not be allowed, 5.3 Only authorized materials and methods of installation will be allowed per manufacturers requirements. 6. INSTALLATION, STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARDS 6.1 Adhesively Install where Indicated per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 7. INSTALLATION, VINYL CORNER GUARDS/WALL BUMPERS 7.1 Installation responsibility specified in Sootion 6A. - END OF SECTION - TOYS 'R' US • REMODEL • Tukwila, Waehineton 01/31/92 DIVISION 13* EXTERIOR CERAMIC TILE PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS PART 2: 1.1 The general provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified In this Section. 6. 1.2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a 6.1 copy of Division 1 specifications to each subcontractor and for coordinating the work accordingly. 1.3 Submittal data, ehop drawings, and samples: 1.3.1 Shall be submitted for review o_rk when required by and In accordance with the procedure set forth In Section 1A of these specifications. 1.3.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples In the context of the technioal specifications ehall be taken to mean 'if required under the provisions of Suction 1A', unless stipulated otherwise. 1.4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2,1 Owner to furnish all exterior ceramic tile, F.O.B. Jobefte. 2.2 Contractor shall provide: 5.1 2.2.1 Mounting, setting and grouting materials, labor, tools, equipment and scaffolding to install Owner furnished exterior ceramic tile. 2.2.2 Verification of quantities and condition of tile required of the project before acceptance of shipment. 2.2.3 A report of all breakage of tile in shipment within 48 hours of aooeptanco, in writing, to Owner's Representative. 2.3 Refer to applioable drawings for extent of work under this Section. 3. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE 3.1 Conorete Blook Substrates: Section 4A. 3.2 Ceramio Tile (Interior): Section 9C. 4. SUBMITTALS 4.1 Submit product data for all materials (except tile) furnished under this Section. 5. GUARANTEE For all work of this Section provide guarantee that all workmanship, materials, and the completed Installations are first class in every respect, and that contractor will make good at his own expense any and all defects of any nature TOYS 'R' U8 REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington *SECTION 13A -1 whatsoever that may develop within o,re year from date of acceptance of the building. PRODUCTS MATERIALS Ceramics Tile: Exterior ceramic tile as manufactured by Dura Ceramics, Ino. will be furnished by Owner as follows: 6.1.1 Size /hlokness: 7 7/8' x 7 7/8' x 3/8' and 11 7/8' x 11 7/8' x 3/8'. Dimensions Indicated may vary by 1/16'. 6.1.2 Colors: As Indicated on the drawings. 6.2 Products and system of United States Gypsum Co. (USG) are specified herein to establish a standard of quality. 6.2.1 System: USG 'Durook Exterior Cement Board Systems'. 6.2.2 Similar products and systems will be considered for approval after review. 6.3 Materials (masonry substrate): 6.3.1 Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type 1. 6.3.2 Lime: ASTM C206, Type S or ASTM C207, Type S. 6.3.3 Sand: ASTM 0144 washed clean and graded; uee fine Band for grout; use white sand with white cement. Gradation: 100% passing No. 8 sieve, not more than 6% passing No. 100 sieve. 6.3.4 Reinforcement: Self- furring galvanized expanded metal lath, 3.4 lbs. /sq. yd., ASTM C847. 6.3.6 Membrane: 15 Ib, roofing felt or 4 mil. polyethylene film. 6.3.6 Fasteners: Galvanized roofing nails or common nails as required to secure membrane and metal lath to masonry. 6.4. Materials (baokerboard substrate on metal framing on masonry): 6.4.1 Baokor Board: USG 'Durook' exterior cement board, 1/2' thick. 6.4.1.1 Joint Reinforcement: 2' wide, Durook Exterior Tape, open weave. 6.4.2 Furring Channels: Equal to USG 7/8' metal furring ohanneis, minimum 25 gauge corrosion resistant steel, size as indicated. 6.4.3 Masonary Fasteners: 'Tapoon' masonry screws with corrosion resistant coating, size and spacing Indicated. 01/31/92 DIVISION 13* EXTERIOR CERAMIC TILE 8.4.3.1 Fasteners: Durook Steel Screws, 1 1/4' or 1 5/8' Wafer Head, with anticorrosive coating, for Durock to steel framing. 6.4.4 Skim and Bond Coate: Durock Latex Fortified Mortar (white). 6.5 Misoellaneous: 6.5.1 Wall Trim: Alcoa Building Products wall trim #F5S1 (3) .032 Aluminum, pre finished (white). 6.5.2 Membrane: 6.5.2.1 Tyvek Housewrap 6.5.2.2 No. 15 asphalt felt 6.5.2.3 Per Federal Specification UU- B- 790 -Ag: Grade D, 60 minute building paper or equivalent. 6,5,3 Sealants: Conform to the requirements of Seotlon 70. 6.6 Grout: Durock Latex Fortified Grout. Color: White. 6.7 Water: Clean potable, free from deleterious substances. 6.8 Tile Cleaner: Product specifically acceptable to manufacturer of tile and grout manufacturer for applioation indicated and ao recommended by national Tile Promotion Federation, 112 North Alfred Street, Alexandria, VA 22134, or Ceramic Tile Institute, 700 N. Virgil Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90029. 6.9 Grout Sealer: Provide a 10.0% concentration of polymerized silicone resins In hydrocarbon solvents, complying with FS SS-W- 110. PART 3: EXECUTION 7. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY 7.1 The Contractor shall study the drawings and specifications with regard to the work as shown and required under this Section as to Insure its completeness. 7.2 Contractor shall be responsible to Insure that all surfaces receiving subsequent finish are prepared in accordance with manufaoturer's recommendations. Contractor and his subcontractors shall require that a representative of the manufacturer Inspect and approve the eurfaoe preparation prior to application of his product. Commencement of applioation Implies acceptanoe of the surface and shall constitute waiver by this oontraotor and General Contractor to any claim of Incompatibility. 7.3 To aohieve an acceptable installation of Exterior Ceramic Tile, it Is the Intent that all work herein specified shall be performed by a single euboontraotor or, at a minimum be closely coordinated and supervised by the General Contractor, among the trades Involved, to assure undivided responsibility. 8. INSTALLATION, GENERAL *SECTION 13A -2 8.1 Walls must be thoroughly cleaned prior to applioation. Remove and scrape off ail projections and deleterious materials. 8.2 ANSI Tile installation Standard: Comply with applicable parts of ANSI 108 Series of Tile Installation Standards Included under 'American National Standard Speolfioationa for the Installation of Ceramic Tile'. 8.3 TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA 'Handbook for Ceramic) Tile Installation': comply with TCA installation methods indicated or, if not otherwise indloated, as applicable to Installation conditions shown. 8.4 Pattern: Lay tile in pattern indicated. Align joints on wall area. Provide uniform Joint widths as shown. 9. WALL TILE INSTALLATION METHODS ON MASONRY 9.1 Install tile designated for wall application to comply with requirements indicated below for setting bed methods, TCA installation methods related to subsurface wall conditions, and grout types. 10.2 9.1.1 Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A108.1. 9.1 .1.1 Masonry Exterior: TCA W201 9.1.1.2 Grout: Latex Portland Cement. Back- buttering of all exterior ceramic the for 100% mortar contact Is mandatorv. INSTALLATION OF TILE ON BACKER BOARD AND STEEL FRAMING Framing Erection: 10.1.1 The wall assembly components ohall be constructed to meet local building code performance requirements, and in accordance with framing manufacturer's latest printed specifications. Membrane: 10.2.1 For steel framing, secure membrane to framing with tape or adhesive and immediately apply Durook Exterior Cement Board or staple membrane to bank of Durock Exterior Cement Board with 1/2' crown, 1/4' to 3/8' leg staples. Extend membrane 2' to 3' beyond board edges and lap membrane to joints in shingle -like manner to prevent water penetration Into framing cavity. 10.3 Durock Exterior Cement Board: 10.3.1 Apply Durock Exterior Cement Board with rough side towards exterior and with ende and edges over supports. Fit ends and edges closely, but not forced together, For Durook Exterior Cement Board with staple - attached membrane, apply in a shingle - Iike manner on the interior faoo of the oement TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 t C DIVISION 13* EXTERIOR CERAMIC TILE 10.4 Skim Coat: 10,5 Exterior Finish: board beginning at bottom of wall. Stagger end Joints In successive courses. 10.3,2 Fasten Durook Exterior Cement Board to framing with epeolfled faetenere. Drive fasteners in field of Durook Exterior Cement Board first, working towards ends and edge.. Hold Durook Exterior Cement Board In firm contact with framing while driving fasteners. Space fastener. max. 8' o.o. along framing with perimeters fasteners at least 3/8' and lees than 6/8' from ends and edges. Drive screws .o bottom of heads are flush with surface of Durook Exterior Cement Board, to provide firm panel contact with framing. Do not overdrive. 10.3.3 FreflII Joints with Durook Latex Fortified Mortar. Embed Durook Exterior Tape centered over all joints and corners but not overlapped. As an alternative, apply Durock Exterior Tape over joint and then apply Durook Latex Fortified Mortar or Durock Exterior Baseooat, forcing it through tapo to completely fill and level joints. This may require several passes. 10.4.1 For oeramio tile, apply a 1/8' min. thiok skim coat of Durook Latex Fortified Mortar over Durock Board surfaces. Apply skim coat uniformly over entire surface. Leave surface smooth and flat. Allow to set 24 hours before applioation of bond coat for setting tile. 10,5.1 Install oeramio tile In accordance with ANSI 108.5 speoifloations and manufacturer's directions, using the notched trowel required for the thickness of tile being Installed. Apply Durook Latex Fortified Mortar to obtain uniform setting bed. Use a eliding and twisting motion to embed units and obtain a 100% mortar contact. Beat in oeramio the in accordanoe with accepted practice. Apply Durock Latex Fortified Grout after mortar has set firmly for 24 hours. Mix and apply grout a000rding to directions on package. Force maximum amount of grout Into Joints. Tool and Compress grout Into Joints to provide neat and uniform appearance. Clean grout from finished surfaces and cure installation ae required by ANSI A108.10 Specification. 10.6.2 Baok- buttering of all exterior ceramic tile for 100% mortar contact Is mandatory. 11. CLEANING AND PROTECTION 11.1 Cleaning: Upon completion of placement and grouting, clean all oeramio tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. 11.1.1 Use specified cleaning solution as per manufacturers Instructions. *SECTION 13A -3 11.2 Finished Tile Work: Leave finished Installation clean and free of cranked, chipped, broken, unbonded, or otherwise defective tile work. 11,3 Remove and roplaoe all cracked, ohipped or misaligned the units. 11.4 Sealer Coat: Upon cleaning of tile, apply heavy coat of speoified sealer to all exposed grout Joints exoept where specifically indloated on the drawings. Do not apply sealer to grout Joints until grout le fully cured. 11.5 Protection: Protect installed tile work during construction period to prevent staining or damage to the installation. - END OF SECTION - TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 c DIVISION 14* 2. SCOPE OF WORK LIFT FOR LIFT, OWNER HAS ENTERED INTO A NATIONAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT WITH PFLOW INDUSTRIES, INC. MATERIAL HAS BEEN PREORDERED. FOR INFORMATION AND COORDINATION CALL HERB RUEHL (414- 462 - 8810). 3.2.6 Vertioal Rise: Height (floor to floor) Indicated on PART 1: GENERAL drawings. 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.1 The general provisions of Division 1 apply to the work specified in this 8eotton, 1.2 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 specifications to each subcontractor and for coordinating the work accordingly. 1.3 Submittal data, shop drawings, and samples: 1.3.1 Shall be submitted for review onl when required by and In accordance with the procedure set forth In Section 1A of those specifications. (Shop drawings available to Q.C.C. upon request to manufacturer.) 1.3.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples In the context of the technical specifications shall be taken to mean "if required under the provisions of Section 1A ", unless stipulated otherwise. 1.4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Alternates, and Substitutions. 2.1 Material lift furnished by Owner. Receipt of delivery, storage, Installation, electrical hook -up, start -up and testing, permits, approvals, Inspections and all other Items necessary for a complete Installation are by the General Contractor. 2,2 0,00. to field verify all clearances and coordinate with manufacturer requirements. 2,3 0,0.0. to provide concrete pit at first floor, eize indicated on the drawings. PART 2: PRODUCTS 3, MATERIALS 3.1 Owner shall provide Pfiow floor-to-floor vertical lift, Model HL- 4 as manufactured by Pflow Induetrlee, Inc., 5045 N. 35th Street, Milwaukee, WI 53209. 3.2 Characteristics: 3.2,1 Capacity: 4,000 Ibe 3.2.2 Carriage: 6' wide x 6' long with safety railings on 3 sides. Safety ohain across operating end, 3.2,3 Hydraulic: 5 hp motor pump, 3.2,4 Actuation: Operating epeed 47 fpm. 0 8 'R' U8 REMOD L • TukwIl n• o 3.2.6 Operation: Two (2) momentary pressure up -down- stop push button statione. 3.2.7 Enolosures: Full enclosure both levels with wall serving as a rear panel for the enclosures. Both levels equipped with Interlocked gates. 3.3 Guide rails, enclosures, steel deck, controls, hydraulic cylinders, floor supports, kick plates, brackets, etc. to be standard Pflow equipment per manufacturer's requirements. PART 3: EXECUTION 4. INSTALLATION 4,1 Installer shall be a factory- authorized installer with not less than five (5) years successful experience with the installation of similar lifts. 4.2 All lift equipment shall be Installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's requirement°, G.C.C, is responsible for providing Pflow all clearance dimensions required for fabrloation (this includes clear floor - to-floor, clear width and length of openings, clearances at structural members, pit dimensions, eto. 4.3 Electric oontrols to be Installed by the G.C.C.'s electrical contractor. Q.C.C. to provide Pflow with all existing voltages and power, for their use in preparing controls for installation. 5. GUARANTEE *SECTION 145-1 5,1 Lift and all other equipment In this section shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1) year. - END OF SECTION - as 01 31 92 DIVISION 15* BASIC MATERIALS,METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS PART 1: GENERAL 1. GENERAL 1.1 All meohanioal work shall be governed by and subject to the provisions of this Section and all Sections of Division 1. Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products, Substitutions, and Alternated. 1.2 1.3 All piping work for mechanical and plumbing systems shall be governed by and subject to the provisions of Section 15B. 1.4 All air distribution systems and accessories shall be governed by and eubJect to the provisions of Section 15E. 1.6 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 specifications to each subcontractor and for 000rdlnating the work accordingly. 1.8 Submittal data, shop drawings, and samples: 1.6,1 Shall be submitted for review only when required by and in a000rdanoe with the procedure set forth In Section 1A of these specifications. 1.6.2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples In the context of the technical specifications shall be taken to mean 'if required under the provleions of Section 1A", unless stipulated otherwise. 2. PROTECTION AND INSTALLATION 2.1 All mechanical equipment and materials stored on the site shall be suitably sheltered from the elements. All materials and items subject to moisture damage shall be stored In dry, heated spaces. All equipment shall be protected against dirt, water, and corrosive or meohanioal damage, and theft. 2,2 All mechanical systems and equipment shall be stored, protected, Installed, tested, adjusted, and started up In strict accordance with the manufacturer's direction° and Instructions. Each Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of any conflict between any requirement of the Contraot Documents and the manufacturers' instructions and shall receive the Engineer's written instructions before proceeding with the work. Any work that does not comply with the manufacturers' Instructions or such written instructions from the Engineer shall be corrected by the Contractor at no Increase In the contract amount or additional cost to other trades. 2,3 All mechanical systems and equipment shall be Installed to permit removal of coils, heat exchangers, fan shafts, fan wheel°, fitters, belt guards, sheaves, drives, and all other parte requiring periodic replacement or maintenance. The Installations shall be arranged such that the removal can be accomplished without damage to the part removed and without damage to or disassembly of any other equipment, piping, device, or system. *SECTION 15A -1 2.4 All anchor bolts, inserts, supports, and installation hardware shall be provided by the Contractor responsible for Installing the respective equipment or system unless otherwise noted on the drawings or specified. Each Contraotor shall be responsible for the location of all anchoring hardware, Inserts, supports, and related accessories. 2,5 All open ends of pipes and equipment connections shall be capped or plugged (until final connections are made) to keep out dirt and other foreign materials. Cape and plugs shall be designed for the intended purpose. Plugs of rags, waste, insulation, or similar materials shall not be used for plugging. 2.6 Equipment and materials of the same general type shall, in as muoh as practical, be of the same manufacturer throughout the work for uniform appearance, operation, maintenance, and repair. 2.7 tf the size of any piping, valves, devices, ductwork, or related aooessories is not clearly evident on the Drawingo, the Contractor shall request clarification from the Engineer prior to proceeding with the work, 2.8 All V -belt, chain, coupling, gear, and similar rotating drives shall be equipped with a protective guard provided by the Contractor Installing the equipment. Other than factory furnished guards, all guards shall be constructed of small pattern, flat expanded metal over a steel angle frame or rigid sheet metal guard securely bolted to the floor and /or equipment. Provide atachometer hole at the motor shaft and driven equipment shaft for guards protecting field adjustable drives and all belt driven equipment. All motor couplings, such as with base mounted pumps, shall be provided with sheet metal coupling guards. All guards, other than factory finished guards, shall be painted with rust inhibiting primer and a final heavy coat of enamel to match the adjacent equipment. 2.9 All mechanical equipment shall be installed In a rigid and secure manner and shall be installed plumb, level, and square with the building, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or specified herein. All piping connections to pumps and other equipment shall be installed without strain, distortion, or excessive forces In the piping or on the equipment. 3. THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL WORK 3.1 General 3,1.1 The following specifications are the general requirements for thermal insulation for all mechanical systems. The specific insulation requirements for systems and equipment shall be as specified in the respective Sections of Division 15. 3.1.2 Refer to Section 15B for the basin requirements governing the application of thermal insulation common to all piping systems. 3.1,3 Each contractor shall be responsible for the insulation on all work installed under his contract. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwlla,,,Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 15* BASIC MATERIALS,METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 11 certain equipment le furnished by the Owner or others, but installed by the HAC, the cost of the required Insulation shall be included In the HAC proposal unless otherwise noted on the drawing or specified herein. 3.1.4 Thermal Insulation work shall be Installed In a workmanlike manner by workmen regularly engaged In this type work. Insulation work may be done by an Insulation subcontractor, The name of eaoh Insulation subcontractor shall be submitted to the Owner's Representative for approval prior to authorization of the work by the respective contractor. 3.2 Materials and Installation 3.2.1 All thermal and acoustical Insulation materials shall be the products of Owens- Corning, Certain -teed Products CSG Group, or Johns - Manville, except as otherwise specified. 3.2.2 All Insulation materials used shall have composite (insulation, jacket or facing, and adhesive used) fire and smoke hazard ratings as tested by procedure ASTM E•84, NFPA 255, and UL 723 not exceeding flame spread of 25, smoke developed of 50, and fuel contributed of 60. The only exception to the above is where flexible foamed plastic insulation is allowed for specific applications by these specifications. 3,2,3 Any treatment of facing or jackets applied to meet the above fire and smoke hazard ratings shall be permanent. The use of water soluble treatments is prohibited. 3,2.4 Insulation accessories, such as ooatings, adhesives, mastics, tapes, and cloths shall have the same component fire and smoke hazard ratings as speoified above. 3.2,5 All Insulating materials or their containers shall be labeled to Indicate that the fire and smoke hazard ratings do not exceed the above requirements. 3.2.8 All Insulation shall be applied and Installed In accordance with tho Insulation manufacturer's Instruotione using the materials, accessories, and methods required to meet the fire and smoke hazard ratings. 3.2,7 Insulation shall be applied on clean, dry surfaces after inspections, testing, and any other operations requiring exposed conditions are completed. 3.2.8 All cold surfaces shall be Insulated using vapor barrier with permeability rating suitable for the Intended service. Vapor barrier ehall be continuous and unbroken with all joints property sealed. 3.2.9 All existing insulation on existing piping, equipment, or systems that Is damaged due to relocation of equipment, new piping or sheet metal connections, or other operations under the contract, 3.2.10 Pipe and externally applied duct insulation shall be continuous through wall and floor openings except at penetrations through fire rated construction and where penetrations are required to be flrestopped. Duct linings shall be Interrupted at fire dampers as required to avoid interference with the fire damper operation. Sleeves for Insulated piping and externally insulated ductwork penetrating walls and floors shall be sized to accommodate the epeoified insulation thickness except where insulation must be interrupted as specified above. 4. LAYOUT AND PLANNING *SECTION 15A - 2 shall be patched or replaced to match the existing Insulation and finishes. New Insulation work which Is subsequently damaged due to negligence shall be repaired or replaced at the cost of the contractor causing the damage. 4.1 Contractor shall be responsible to layout, plan, and locate all systems, equipment, ductwork, and piping based on accurate field measurements and shop drawings or certified prints as required to properly install, maintain, repair and operate all systems and equipment. Contractor shall not scale the drawings to locate equipment, ductwork or piping. The drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangement and routing. Contractor shall plan the work to minimize offsets, to avoid interferences, and to provide for the neat and proper erection of the systems. All piping and ductwork shall be installed as high above floor and /or mezzanine as possible to avoid interference with the Owner - Installed fixturing and racking. 5. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND START -UP 5,1 Contractor shall test, adjust, start -up and place Into proper operation all equipment and systems installed under his contract. Prior to the start-up of any equipment or system, the responsible contractor shall make certain that all equipment Is clean, free of foreign matter, all bearings properly lubricated and all precautions in accordance with equipment manufacturer's Instructions. 5.2 Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, temporary piping, devices, gauges, instrumentation, and equipment required to perform testing, adjusting, calibration, start -up, acceptance tests, and operation of the equipment and systems, Including work related to start -up services provided by the equipment manufaoturere. 5.3 Set points given in the specifications and /or on the drawings for operation, control, and safety devices are for Initial trial. Final set points shall be established by Contractor as required to achieve optimum operation under Installed conditions. 5.4 Provide taps in piping work as required to Install temporary gauges and /or devices for calibrating and adjusting regulating devices, controls, pumps, eto., whether shown on the drawings or not. 5.5 Heating and Air Conditioning Systems • Tests for the heating systems shall be conducted during winter season and that for the cooling systems shall be conducted during the Bummer TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 15* BASIC MATERIALS.METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS season. However, for sir cooled refrigeration equipment, cooling systems shall be charged and put Into service at the time of completion regardless of the season. If the cooling systems are put Into operation during winter or spring season, contractor emu re -oheok the systems during the following Bummer Beason. If the heating systems are put Into operation during warm or mild weather, oontractor shall . re.oheck the systems during the following winter season. 5.6 Other Systems - Test shall be performed In accordance with the equipment manufacturer's standard testing procedures or as specifically called for under the Individual equipment or system specifications. - END OF SECTION - *SECTION 15A -3 DIVISION 15* BASIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1: GENERAL 1. GENERAL 1.1 All work underthle Section shall be governed by and subject to the provisions of the following: SECTION 15A - BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 1.2 Thle Section Is Intended to establish the basin requirements for piping work common to all mechanical and plumbing systems. This Section shall govern all piping work except as otherwise modified In other Sections and /or as required to comply with governing Codes and/or regulations of Utilities. 1.3 Fire Protection Systems: Refer to Section 15G. The Installation of all fire protection systems and piping shall comply with the requirements of governing Codes. The provisions of the National Fire Codes (latent edition) published by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) shall govern as minimum requirements in the absence of requirements from governing Codes. 2. PIPING MATERIALS 2.1 The piping materials for each type of mechanical system are specified in the respective sections of these specifications. The epeoHied materials shall be used to establish the base bid by eaoh contractor, unless otherwise specified and /or allowed by addendum. 2.2 Substitute Piping Materials 2.2.1 At the the of bidding, Contraotore are encouraged and Invited to propose as substitutes any piping materials and /or systems potentially suitable for the services Involved In lieu of the specified materials. 2.2.2 Contractor's proposal for aubatitute materials shall be accompanied by the respective add or deduct to the contract amount. Any substitute piping material accepted by the Owner's Representative shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. Contractor shall eubmlt data on the substitute in sufficient detail to permit the Engineer to evaluate joining and installation methods, expansion and contraction, oorrosion resistance, flow performance, and other pertinent features. Contractor shall be responsible to assure that the substitute materials can be installed properly with the restraints Imposed by the geometry and construction features of this project. 2.3 Provide chrome plated escutcheon plates to finish and conceal pipe penetrations through walla In all locations where exposed to view, 3. VALVES 3.1 General 3.1.1 All valve catalog numbers specified herein refer to Jenkino valves, except as otherwise noted, *SECTION 15B -1 3.1.2 Equivalent valves as manufactured by Stookham, Fairbanks, Kennedy, Hammond, or Niboo are acceptable for base bid. 3.1.3 At the time of bidding, Contractors are encouraged and invited to propose as substitutes any valves of other manufacturers and /or designs potentially suitable for the applications and servloee Involved In lieu of the epeoHied valves. Contractor's proposal for eubotitute valves shall be accompanied by the respective add or deduct to the contract amount, Any substitute valves shall be approved by the Engineer prior to award of the contract by the Owner's Representative. Contractor shall, whon requested, submit complete and detailed data on the substitute valves to the Engineer. The data shall include an identification of the proposed service and application of each valve. 3.1.4 Hose -end valves (H.E.V.) shall be provided as gate valves with hose - thread adaptor having 3/4' hose thread, except as otherwise noted or epeoHied. 3.1.5 Valves for special applications or systems which are not specified in this section shall be specified In the appropriate section of Division 15. 3.2 Gate Valves 3.2.1 Domestic Hot and Cold Water 3,2.1,1 2-1/2" and larger - Fig. 651 -A, 125 lb., IBBM (iron body, bronze mounted), solid wedge, OS &Y, flanged. 3.2.1.2 2' and smaller - Fib. 47 -U, 125 Ib., bronze, rloing stem, solid wedge disc, union bonnet, screwed. 3.3 Globe Valves 3.3.1 Domestic Hot and Cold Water 3.3.1,1 2.1/2' and larger - Fib. 613, 125 Ib., IBBM, OS &Y, bolted bonnet, regrind -renew beveled bronze diso and Beat ring, flanged. 3.3.1.2 2' and smaller - Fig. 106-A, 150 Ib., bronze, composition disc, diso holder, screw -over bonnet, screwed, 3.4 Check Valves 3.4.1 Domestio Hot and Cold Water 3.4.1.1 2 -1/2' and larger - Fib. 624, 125 Ib., IBBM, swing cheek, bolted cap, regrind -renew bronze seat and diso, flanged. 3,4.1,2 2' and smaller - Fig. 92 -A, 125 Ib., bronze, swing check, regrinding bronze disc, screwed. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 18* BASIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING SYSTEMS 3.5 Gas Systems 3.5,1 2 -1/2' and larger - ACF (WKM) FIg. R -1431, 200 pelg WOG, semi- steel, lubricated plug, flanged; with operating wrench. 3.5.2 2' thru 1' - ACF (WKM) FIg. R -1430, 200 psig WOG, seml- eteel, stainless steel spring lubricated plug, screwed; with operating wrench. 3.5,3 3/4' and 1/2' • ACF (WKM) Fig. D -125, 200 psig WOG, semi - steel, stainless steel spring lubricated plug, screwed; with operating wrench. 3.5,4 Lubricant used shall be suitable for intended service. At the completion of the work, each valve shall have an operating wrench secured to the valve or pipe by wire or heavy twine. At the option of the Owner's Representative, all operating wrenches shall be turned over in a eteel or 3/4' plywood tool box with hinged lid and hasp. 3.5.5 Companion flanges for flanged valves shall be provided with flat faoe or with raised face removed. 3.8 Shut -off and Isolation Valves; Open -ond Valves 3.6.1 Required shut -off and Isolation valves are shown on the drawings and /or specified In Division 15 of these specifications. 3.62 In general, a shut -off valve will be required at the mains and at oaoh pieoe of equipment so that the system and equipment may be Isolated for service or repairs. Valves shall be line size, unless otherwise shown on the drawings. 3.6.3 Each contractor is requested to notify the GCC prior to any piping installation, if, in the opinion of the contractor, any additional shut -off valves might be decired. If approved by Owner's Representative, a change order will be issued. 3.7 Drain Valves 3.7.1 The Installation of all liquid piping shall be such that the contents may be easily drained at the end or at the beginning of each run. Provide 1/2' drain valves with 3/4' hose -end connections for all drainage, unless larger size is shown on the drawings or required by Code or regulation. 3.7.2 When a eudden change of piping elevation is unavoidable due to construction obstructions, a drain valve must be Installed at the low point for draining. 4. JOINING OF PIPING SYSTEMS 4.1 Threaded Joints 4.1.1 All steel or wrought Iron pipes wtth threaded Joints shall have full out, taper threads and the interior of the pipe shall be reamed out clean and to full size of pipe. 4.1.2 Factory threaded pipe shall be furnished with thread protector during shipment and until pipe Is installed. 4.1.3 Threaded pipe Joints shall be made with an approved pipe thread compound, applied to male threads only. 4.2 Sweat Joints 4.2.1 All copper piping shall have sweat Joints, except at screwed valves and devices where sweat-to- threaded adaptors shall be provided. 4.2.2 Solders for Sweat Joints - For domestic hot and cold water and DWV services, a good grade of 50 - 50 tin -load solder; for refrigeration service, silver solder, 35 or 45% alloy. When required by governing Codes, Joints In potable water piping shall be made with lead -free soldering or brazing compound. 4.3 Welded Joints 4.3.1 Welded joints shall be made by the shielded metal- arc process. Welders shall be currently qualified by tests in accordance with the Standards for Qualification of the American Welding Society or the ASME Boller and Pressure Vessel Code. For portions of the work failing within the Jurisdiction of ASME Code, welders shall be qualified in accordance with ASME Standards. The level and type of welder qualification shall be consistent with the pressures, temperatures, hazards of the respective systems, and as required by governing Codes. 4.3.2 As minimum requirements, welding work shall be In accordance with the applioable provisions of AWS and/or ASME Specifications to assure proper procedures for Joint preparation, Joint alignment, electrode selection, and welding techniques. 4.4 Use of Fittings and Unions *SECTION 15B-2 4.4.1 All changes in direction and size of pipe shall be made with fittings. No mitering, saddling, or welding or smaller pipe Into larger will be permitted. Run -outs in steel or wrought iron piping (except galvanized), one -half the size of the main or smaller may be made by use of 'Weld -O- Lets'; runouts larger than one -half the main size shall be made with tees. 4.4.2 Unions shall be provided at the connections to all equipment unless the connections are made with flanged fittings or mechanical couplings. 4.5 Connection Between Dissimilar Metals 4.5.1 No direct connection between dissimilar metals Is permitted. 4.5.2 For screwed connections, use insulating'dieleotric' unions. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Waehlnnton 01/31/92 DIVISION 15* 4.6,3 BASIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING SYSTEMS For flanged connections (Including bronze or copper to out Iron or steel; cast Iron to steel; or stainless steel to oast Iron or steel) the raleed face shall be removed or flat face flange provided. A full face, non•metallio, gasket suitable for the service shall separate flange faces. Flange bolts shall be Isolated from the dissimilar material by means of Insulating sleeves or bushings and washers. 4.6 Gaskets - Gaskets for flanged connections shall be of suitable materials and thicknesses for the service involved. For natural gas and water systems, 'CC Rubber by Crane, or equal shall be used. For fuel oil systems, cork -fiber or neoprene compressed asbestos shall be used. 4.7 Joints for Sewer Piping Systems - Refer to Section 15C, Plumbing Systems. 4,8 Meohanioal Couplings 4,8,1 At the contractor's option, mechanical couplings and fittings may be used for applications as specified herein. Meohanical couplings shall be considered for other systems provided the contractor submits a proposed substitution prior to contract award by the Owner'o Representative. 4.8.2 Couplings and fittings shall be Victaullo, Gustin- Bacon, or approved equal. Couplings shall be Viotaulio Style 77 and /or Style 75, Gaskets shall be grade '11' synthetic and bolts shall be oval neck track -type with hexagonal nuts. Galvanized couplings with cadmium- plated bolts and nuts shall be used with galvanized pipe. Where malleable fitting pattern Is not available, standard seamless welding fittings may bo used In conjunction with the grooved fittings. 4,8.3 Before assembly of couplings, lightly coat pipe ende and outside of gaskets with manufacturer's recommended lubricant to facilitate installation. Pipe shall be grooved in accordance with manufaoturer'e specifications and instructions. Manufacturer's field Instructions shall be provided. 4.9 Joints for other piping systems, If applicable, shall be as specified in the appropriate Section of Division 15, 5. ROUTING OF PIPING SYSTEMS 5.1 All piping shall be run parallel to and perpendicular to walls, floors, and ceilings with due allowanoe for pitch. 5.2 All piping above ground shall be run exposed in Pre -Sales and unfinished areas. 6.3 All piping above ground ehall be run concealed in finished areas, Including offices and office areas, finished toilet rooms, and similar finished areas. An area shall be considered 'finished' whenever a ceiling Is required to conceal structural framing. Concealed piping shall be Installed within ceiling plenums or spaces, within wall construction, enclosed in furred columns, eto. Piping to be concealed In unfinished *SECTION 15B-3 areas shall be so noted on the drawings. No water piping shall be concealed in exterior walls. 5.4 In general, all horizontal piping shall be run as high above finished floors as possible, with proper allowance for pitch. Elevations and routings of piping shown on the drawings are reasonably accurate and are intended as a guide, not as a restriction, for proper piping installation. Contractors shall verify elevations and routings to minimize offsets and to assure proper coordination prior to Installation of piping work. 6. SLOPE FOR PIPING SYSTEMS 6.1 All piping shall be sloped to permit draining of the respective piping system. The following minimum slopes shall apply except as otherwise specified or noted on the drawings. The direction (of slope) given below is the direction of piping fall with respect to the primary fluid conveyed. COMPONENT SYSTEM OR SIZE SLOPE RATE DIRECTION Domestic All interior Water piping Sewers, 3' and Ind. &San smaller Sewers 4' and larger Ind. & San. Sewers Ind. &San Vents Sewers, Interior Storm Natural Gas Maine branches 7. 7.1 1' in 40ft. 1' in 4ft. 1' in 8ft Against flow With flow With flow 1' in 4ft. From stacks 1' in 8ft. With flow 1' in 50ft. With flow 6.2 When governing Codes or utility regulations require elopes greater than those specified above or prohibit slopes as great as those specified above, the Code or regulation shall apply. 6.3 The direction and magnitude of the slope may be varied from the above speotfications for special or unavoidable conditions when approved in writing by the Engineer or Owner's Representative, PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND ANCHORS All piping and related devices and equipment shall be securely supported to avoid sagging, vibration, and excessive strain or forces on the piping or related devices and equipment. Proper allowances shall be made for expansion, contraction, slope, and anchorage. 7.2 Piping shall be supported from structural framing, oonorete floor slabs or walls, or masonry walls as the strength of the supporting construction safely permits. 7.3 No piping shall be supported from roof decks, metal elde wall, precast concrete side walls, lateral bracing for etructural members, or web members of bar joists without prior written approval from the Engineer. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 15* _ BASIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING SYSTEMS 7.4 Eaoh contractor shall provide all beams, channels, angles, Unl- Strut, and similar membere, Including braokets, braces, stanohlons, saddle°, clips, eto., as required to support piping from building framing, platforms, or floor, Column-type supports and etanohlons anchored to floor or oonorete pad (exterior) shall be permitted only where shown on the drawings, speoified herein, or approved by the Engineer. All steel supporting elements for piping shall be painted with rust inhibiting primer, white or light grey in oolor except as otherwise specified. 7.5 Piping supported from field- placed concrete floors or walls shall be attached by means of appropriate inserts installed at the time concrete is poured. Each contractor shall provide all Inserts for his portion of the work and shall be responsible for the location of same. 7.6 No cutting or drilling of structural members shall be permitted without prior written approval from the Engineer. 7.7 Hangers and supports shall be trapeze, split or solid ring, clamp of olevls type on adjustable hanger rods. Hanger rods shall be attaohed to beam clamps or other suitable brackets or supports. Welding of hanger rods to steal framing will not be permitted. 7.8 Pipe hooks, strap Iron, or chains will not be permitted for supporting piping. 7.9 Hangers and supports in direct contact and copper tubing shall be copper plated and suitably isolated from tube to prevent contact between dissimilar metals. All hangers, rode, and supporting devices shall be primed with light grey rust inhibiting primer, cadmium plated, galvanized, or equivalent non - corrosive finishes or materials. 7.10 Piping ehall be supported and /or anchored at each change In pipe direction, at branch connections to mains and runouto to equipment, at valves 3' and larger, and at heavy devices. 7.11 Vertical piping shall be supported with riser clamps placed at eaoh floor or ceiling and at each coupling and fitting. Clamps shall not be exposed where exposed piping passes through finished areas. Clamps shall be securely supported by brackets or similar struotural members whioh are in turn supported from suitable building construction. 7.12 The maximum center -to- center spacing of pipe hangers and supports, In feet, shall comply with the following schedule for hard drawn copper tubing, for steel pipe, Sohedule 40, and for Sohedule 40 PVC. PIPE COPPER PIPE COPPER SIZE PVC STEEL SiE PVC STEEL 1/2' 4 5 3' 6 12 3/4' 4 6 3-1/2' - 13 1' 41/2 7 4' 6-1/2 14 1 -1/4' 5 8 6' - 16 1.1/2' 5 9 8' 7 -1/2 17 2' 5 10 8' 8 19 2-1/2' 6 11 10' 8-1/2 22 12' 9-1/2 23 8, UNDERGROUND PIPING *SECTION 158 7,13 Hanger and support spacing for other types of piping shall comply with the following, except as otherwise specified or noted on the drawings. 7.13,1 Cast Iron 8o11 Pipe: 10 -feet (maximum) with eupporte and hangers located at the joints, but not less than one (1) hanger or support for each length of pipe. When 5-foot section° of pipe are ueed or when piping le not supported at joints, hanger and support spacing shall not exoeed 5 -feet. 7.13.2 Cast Iron or Asbestos- Cement Pressure Pipe: 12- feet (maximum) with supports and hangers located at the joints, but not Tess than one (1) hanger or support for each length of pipe. 7.13.3 Plastic or Fiberglass Piping: The maximum spacing of supports and hangers for speotfied plastic or fiberglass piping shall be as specified in the appropriate section of these specifications. 7.13.4 Substitute Piping Materials or Systems: Contractors offering substitute piping shall submit proposed hanger spacing, preferably the manufacturer's printed recommendations, to the Engineer for approval. 7.14 Refer to separate paragraph covering thermal Insulation for additional requirements for hanging and supporting insulated piping. 8.1 Underground piping shall not be laid In contact with rooks, boulders, cinder flit, frozen earth, or any other materials or objects whloh could cause physical damage to the piping or unusual corrosion action. 8,2 Alt underground cast iron, vitrified clay, and concrete piping shall be laid with the bottom quadrant (90 degrees) of the piping fully and uniformly supported on a shaped trench bottom, inoluding bell or hub ends, except as otherwise specified or noted on the drawings. 8.3 Vitrified clay pipe shall be installed In accordance wfth the applicable provisions of ASTM C-12 as minimum requirement°. 8.4 Vitrified clay pipe under exterior paved areas shall be installed with the following bedding conditions, unless more stringent condition° are noted on the drawings or required by site conditions. 8.4.1 Total cover over top of pipe 18' or loss: Lay pipe with bottom half (180 degrees) In a concrete cradle not less than 4' thick below pipe barrel. 8.4.2 Total cover over top of pipe 30' to 19': Lay pipe with bottom quadrant in a concrete cradle not less than 4' thick below pipe barrel. 8.5 Underground piping subject to thrusts or "pull - apart' forces due to pressure testing, shock loads, or other potential movements shall be anchored with clamps and rods and/or with concrete thrust blocks as required to resist such forces TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Waehinaton 01/3 DIVISION 15* BASIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING SYSTEMS or potential movements. Clamps, rods, or similar metal anchors shall be painted or coated to prevent corrosive action. 9. THERMAL INSULATION • Applications to Piping 9.1 Refer to Section 15A for basin requirements for thermal Insulation work and materials, Refer to each Section of DIvleion 16 for the types and thlokneeees of insulation and other requirements for insulation of epeoNio systems and equipment 9.2 The following speoffioatlons are for the methods of applications of thermal Insulation common to all piping systems. Special and /or additional requirements (if any) for particular systems shall be as specified in the respective Section of Divielon 15. 9.3 Fittings - Insulate wlth equal insulating value and vapor barrier as the respective pipe Insulation with built -up covering, with pre - molded (such as Insul -Sure as manufactured by Insul- Coustlo, Corp.) or with one piece pre - molded PVC Insulated fittings such as manufactured by Zeston. Fittings insulated with built -up and mitered segments shall have cement, mastio, and wrap applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for proper ratings and for a smooth, even, finished appearance. 9.4 Valves 9.5 Flanges 9.5.1 9.4.1 Valve bodies on low temperature systems shall be Insulated with built -up and mitered segments of fiberglass, asbestos cement, or pre - molded Ineulatlon as required to equal the insulating and vapor permeability values of the respeotive pipe Insulation. Valves shall be oovered with a glass fab jacket. 9,4.2 Valve bodies on high temperature systems (above 250 degree* F.) shall be Insulated with asbestos cement and glass fab jacket as required to equal the insulating value of the respective pipe Insulation. Valve bodies on hot systems (below 250 degrees F.) shall be insulated similar to valves on low temperature systems. 9.4.3 Exposed portions of valves shall be insulated as much as practical, except the hand wheel and exposed• portions of the stem. 9.4.4 Apply cements, mastics, and straps In accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for proper ratings and for a emooth, even, finished appearance. On hot systems (below 250 degrees F.) Insulation may atop at flanges so as to allow sooese to bolts. Ends of Insulation ehall be finished. 9.5.2 On high temperature systems (250 degrees F. or higher) flanges shall be insulated same as piping. 9,5.3 On low temperature systems insulation shall stop at flanges and shall be sealed. Cover flanges with 9.6 Pipe Saddles 9.7 Accessories *SECTION 158-5 1/2 flexible foamplastio 'slip cover' which shall be stretched over the flanges and shall be fitted snugly against the piping insulation forming tight vapor seal. Slip cover shall be removable. 9.6.1 No Insulation shall rest directly on pipe supports. Provide heavy gauge galvanized steel or aluminum protector saddles on the bottom halt of the piping at each support of sufficient length and stiffness to prevent noticeable deformation of Insulation. 9.8.2 'Hot' Piping (hot water, etc.) 9.82.1 Piping may be supported by pipe hangers directly, with insulation fitted around the hangers and finished in a similar manner as fittings, or Insulation may pass through hangers. 9.8.3 'Cold' Piping (cold water, downspouts, eto.) 9.6.3.1 AU insulation of 'cold' piping shall pass uninterrupted through pipe hangers. 9.6.3.2 Insulation saddles on which pipe Is supported shall be of sufficient density to safely support the weight of piping and contents without noticeable deformation. Bottom portion of the pipe cover shall be provided with galvanized steel or aluminum protectors. 9.6.3.3 Prefabricated pipe saddles shall be Insui- Shield ", as manufactured by Insul- Coustic Corp., or similar shop fabricated saddles. Sample of shop fabrioated saddles shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to installation, 9.7.1 All accessories, specialties, and thermal conducting components on low temperature piping systems shall be insulated with 3/8' thick flexible foamplastio material or insulation and vapor barrier equivalent to adjacent piping. 9.7.2 All accessories, epeolatties, and thermal conducting oomponents on high temperature piping systems shall be Insulated equivalent to adjacent piping. 9.7.3 Insulation for removable components shall be easily removable without disturbing the main piping insulation. 10,CLEANING AND PRESSURE TESTING 10.1 General 10.1.1 Refer to Section 150 for additional requirements relating to Plumbing Systems. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 15* BASIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING SYSTEMS 10.2 Cleaning 10.1.2 Definition: Cleaning ae used herein shall be taken to mean the removal of all materials foreign to the respective piping system whloh is or could be contaminating, obstructing, or unsightly. 10.2.1 The interior of all piping work shall be thoroughly cleaned of foreign materials as the work is Installed, 102.2 After installation, the Interior of all piping shall be cleaned and flushed In a000rdance with the epeolfloatione governing the respective systems. 10.2.3 The exterior of all above grade piping shall be cleaned of mud, dirt, grease, and other foreign materials by brushing and /or washing with suitable solvents or detergents as required to leave the piping clean In general appearanoe and suitable to receive thermal Insulation. Further cleaning and preparation of piping to receive painting, when required, shall be performed by the Painting Contractor. 10.3 Pressure Testing 10.3.1 All piping shall be pressure tested In accordance with the following speolfioatlons and as required by other Sections of Division 15. 10,3.2 Testing work shall be successfully completed prior to application of any thermal insulation or pipe covering, priorto baokfilling any burled piping, and prior to enclosure of any concealed piping. 10.3.3 Testing shall be in the presence of the Engineer and /or the Owner's Representative and all authorities having approval jurisdiction over the Installed work. Each contractor shall perform and conduct the testing at times mutually agreed upon with the Owner's Representative. 10.3.4 Isolate or remove any and all devices and equipment from the piping prior to the pressure testing 11 the devices or equipment aro not designed to withstand the test pressures. If the maximum pressure rating le not marked on the device or equipment or le otherwise not known to the Contractor, the Engineer shall be notified prior to testing for directions. 10.3.5 Testing shall be repeated or continued until all piping le proven leak -free. All defects shall be repaired or replaoed to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative. Defective welds in welded piping shall be ground off and the piping shall be rewelded. Defective pipe or fittings shall be replaoed, not patohed or repaired, 10.3,6 Gaseous Fuel Piping • Shall be pneumatically tested with compressed air at a minimum of 25 pelg and In no case leas than 50% above the operating pressure of the system. Pressure in the section of piping under test shall hold constant for TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington *SECTION 15B a period of 24 hours after applying correction factors for temperature changes. Where required by code or utility company, a certificate of compliance shall be obtained from the utility company or code enforcing authority. - END OF SECTION - 01/31 -/92 r DIVISION 15* PLUMBING SYSTEMS ]PART 1: GENERAL 1. GENERAL 1.1 All work under this Section shall be governed by and subject to the provisions of the following: Section 15A - BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS, AND REQUIREMENTS Section 15B - BASIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING SYSTEMS 1.2 All work under thls Section shall be the responsibility of the Plumbing Contractor (PBC), except as otherwise specified herein, noted on the drawings, or modified by the Contract Documents. 2. SANITARY SEWER SERVICE 2.1 Waste water disposal for this project shall be accomplished by connection to the underground public sewer system as Indicated on the drawings. 2.2 The PBC shall be responsible for the entire sewer service installation, Including the payment of all one -time fees or charges related to tapping the public sewer main and /or for the sewer service. 2.3 The PBC shall during bidding, contact the Sewer Utility to determine fees and charges and to verify all requirements. The fees and charges shall be identified separately In the Contractor's proposal. During construction, the PBC shall make all necessary notifications and coordinate the sewer service for the project on a timely and proper basis. 2.4 The PBC shall verify the Invert elevation at the point of discharge to the publlo sewer system and all other related details prior to proceeding with the sewer system. 2.5 The entire sewer service Installation shall comply with the regulations of the Sower Utility and with governing Building Codes. In the absence of governing codes, provisions of the National Standard Plumbing Code shall govern as minimum requirements. 3. DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE 3.1 Potable water supply for this project shall be obtained by connection to the underground public water main as Indicated on tho drawings. 3.2 The PBC shall be responsible for the entire water service Installation, Including the payment of all one -time fees or charges related to tapping the public water main and /or metering. The PBC shall, during bidding, contact the Water Utility to determine foes and charges and to verity all requirements. The fees and charges shall be identified separately In the Contractor's proposal. During construction, the PBC shall make all necessary notifications and coordinate the water service for the project on a timely and proper basis. 3.3 The PBC shall provide all piping, valves, and accessories as required for the Installation of the water meter(s). If required by the Water Utility, the PBC shall furnish and /or Install tho water meter(s). *SECTION 15C-1 3.4 The entire water service installation shall comply with the regulations of the Water Utility and with governing Building Codes. In the absence of governing regulations or nodes, provisions of the National Standard Plumbing Code shall govern as minimum requirements. 3.5 Water service piping shall be laid at a depth as necessary to prevent freezing per NFPA Pamphlet 24 and /or Water Utility Standards. 3.6 Separation between underground potable water piping and all underground storm piping, sanitary and Industrial sewer piping, and other potentially contaminating sources shall be as required by governing Codes and regulations. As minimum requirements, maintain a separation of 10 -feet of undisturbed earth between underground potable water and sewer piping. Where water piping must cross over sewer piping, maintain a clear separation of not less than 18 Inches between pipes. Sewer piping shall not be laid above water piping unless approved in writing by the Engineer. 3.7 The PBC shall be responsible to plan and coordinate the water service piping to interface with and comply with the fire protection requirements of this project. Water piping installed without regard to these requirements shall be reworked and /or replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 4. PIPING MATERIALS (Except as otherwise required by governing Codes) 4.1 Sanitary Sewer System 4.1.1 Service weight cast iron soil pipe and fittings, ASTM A74, coated inside and out with tar pitoh varnish, shall be used In the following applications, and where noted on the drawings. 4.1.1.1 Underground, within building lines and to not less than 5- feet beyond. Underground vent piping, 2' minimum size. 4,1.1.2 4.1.1.3 Interior above ground soil, waste, and vent piping 2' and larger. 4.1.2 Standard strength vitrified clay pipe and fittings, ASTM C13, shall be used for underground, exterior of building lines, below unpaved areas. 4.1.3 Extra strength vitrified clay pipe and fittings, ASTM C200, shall be used for underground, exterior of building lines, below paved areas. Where Indicated on the drawings, cast Iron soil piping shall be used. 4.1.4 Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe, ASTM Al20, with screwed, galvanized cast Iron drainage pattern fittings shall be used for all interior above ground soil and waste piping, 1 -1/2' and smaller. Vent piping 2' and larger above ground shall be oast Iron soil pipe or galvanized steel pipe. 4.1.5 At the PBC's option, underground sewer piping exterior of building lines may be gasketed Joint PVC, ASTM D -3034, SDR -35, equivalent to Carlon TOYS 'IT US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION_ 15* PLUMBING SYSTEMS Vylon '2', Above grade Interior DWV plping may be Schedule 40 PVC pipe with drainage pattern fittings joined by solvent cementing or thermal bonding. Installation, joining, bedding, and hanger spacing (100 degrees F. ambient basis) shall conform to manufacturer's recommendations for each respective piping system. 4.1.8 DWV copper pipe and fittings may be used for above grade piping. 4.1.7 Interior, above grade storm drainage piping, when Indicated on the drawings, shall be schedule 40 PVC with drainage pattern fittings. Underground storm drainage piping within 5' of building line shall be service weight 0.1. Soil pipe as specified for sanitary sewers or may matoh above grade piping. 4.2 Water Systems (Domestic) Hot/Cold and Fire Service) 4.2.1 For combined domestic and fire service, underground main water piping 6' and larger shall be push -on joint, oement Ilned gray cast Iron pipe and fittings, ANSI A21.6 (AWWA C106), ANSI A21.10 (AWWA 0110) and ANSI A21.11 (AWWA 0111), having ANSI A21.6 thickness designation of 22, equivalent cement Ilned ductile Iron pipe and fittings, or J- M Manufacturing 'Blue Brute' Class 200. 4.2.2 Underground domestic water service 3' and larger shall conform to the above specifications for combined fire and domestic service. 4.2.3 Underground main water service piping 2.1/2' and smaller shall be Type K oopper tubing with solder - type wrought copper fittings (cast bronze when necessary) or Schedule 40 PVC with solvent cemented Joints. 4.2.4 Interior above ground piping shall comply with the following: 4.2.4.1 Pipe - Type L copper tubing, hard temper, ASTM B88. 4.2.4.2 Fittings - Solder -type wrought copper, (oast bronze where necessary). 4.2.4.3 Unions - Wrought copper solder- joint, copper-to- copper. 4.2.5 Cold water piping may be Schedule 40 PVC with solvent cemented joints. At changes in material and/or where unavoidable, PVC threaded Joints shall be Schedule 80, minimum. Installation, Joining, and hanger spacing (100 degrees ambient basis) shall conform to manufaoturer's recommendations. DVS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Waehinaton *SECTION 15C-2 4.3 Joints for Cast Iron $oil Piping 4,3.1 Joint shall be properly packed with jute, oakum, or hemp and filled with molten lead not less than 1' deep. Lead shall be virgin pig lead conforming to the standards of the Lead Industries Association. Reclaimed lead shall not be used. Surfaoes of hub and spigot shall be cleaned prior to jolts mark- up. 4.3.2 At the PBC'e option, oompreselon -type neoprene gaeketed joints, such as Tyler's Ty -Seal' or equivalent, may be used. Joints shall be made In a000rdanoe with the manufacturer's recommendations utilizing the proper gasket lubricant, such as Tyler's 'LubrVFast', and the proper tooling to drive the spigot Into the gasketed hub. This method must comply with governing Codes. 4.3.3 At the PBC's option, the pipe, fittings, and joints may be of the 'No-Hub' design conforming to Standards 301 -72 of the Cast Iron Soli Pipe Institute in the following applications and where permitted by governing Codes. Joints shall consist of neoprene gaskets, corrugated stainless steel shield and worm gear draw bands. Draw bands shall be tightened alternately with the proper torquing tools. Installations shall comply with the manufacturer's recommendations and Pamphlet 100 of the Cast Iron Soli Pipe Institute. The 'No-Hub' system shall be acceptable for above ground piping only. 4.4 Joints for Vitrified Clay Piping 4.4.1 For straight piping runs, Joints shall be properly packed with Jute or oakum and filled with cement mortar. Surfaces to be Joined shall be cleaned prior to Joint make-up. 4.4.2 At the PBC'e option, compression joints conforming to ASTM C425 may be used on straight rune and where permitted by governing Codes. Surfaces to be joined shall be cleaned prior to joint make -up. Lubricants and Joint assembly shall be In a000rdanoe with the manufacturer's recommendations utilizing the proper tooling. 4.4.3 Curvilinear rune of VCP shall be installed with plain end pipe joined with compression sleeve couplings conforming to ASTM C- 594 -70. Type 0, latest revision soh as manufactured by Dickey or equivalent. Surfaces to be joined shall be cleaned prior to Joint make -up, and joints shall be made In accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations utilizing the proper lubricant and tooling. At the PBC's option, this method of joining may bo used for all clay piping work. This method must comply with governing Codes. 6. PIPING SPECIALTIES 6,1 Vacuum Relief Valves - Watts No. 38A for water service on water heatere Installed above fixture outlets. c DIVISION 15* PLUMBING SYSTEMS 6.2 Water Pressure Reducing Valves - Watts with Integral strainer and bulk -In bypass check valve feature. Type, size and no- flow eet point preseure as indioated on the drawings (If required). 5.3 Shook Arrestors 5.3.1 The PBC shall be reeponelble for the quiet operation of the water system. 5.3.2 Provide shock arrestors to absorb hydrostatic shook and vibration In the piping. Shook arrestors shall be olzed and located as per manufacturer's reoommendations. 5.3.3 Manufacturer: J.R. Smith 5000 Series; Josam No. 1485, Zurn, Wade Shookatops, W-5 to W -100 and WP Series, Amtrol Dlatrol as equals. 5.3.4 Where shook arrestors are not used, provide air chambers as follows: All fixtures - At eaoh hot and cold water supply, provide 18' air chamber one (1) pipe size larger than the oupply connection to the respective fixture, minimum 1'. 5.4 Vaouum Breakers 5,4.1 Provide approved vaouum breakers as Indicated, specified or required. Vaoouum breakers shall be provided for plumbing fixtures as specified under Plumbing Fixtures, 6.4.2 When indicated on the drawings, provide vaouum breakers as follows: Angle pressure type, Sloan V- 300-A, V- 188-A, V-350A up to 3/4', or approved equal. 1' and over Watts No. 288A, or approved equal. 6. DRAINS 6,1 Provide floor drains and special purpose drains In a000rdanoe with the schedule on the drawings. 6.2 Drains shall be the product of Jooam, Wade, Blake, Jay R. Smith, or Zurn. 6.3 All drain outlets shall be the same size as the size of the connecting piping unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Drains used with hub and spigot cast iron pipe shall have caulked outlet unless otherwise required by governing Codes. Drains may be installed by means of a Neoprene gasketed Joint furnished and guaranteed leakproof by the drain manufacturer, such as the Josam Wee-Joint', where permitted by governing Codes. 8.4 Drains may be Installed by means of a Neoprene gasketed joint furnished and guaranteed leakproof by the drain manufacturer, such as the Josam 'JINee- Joint', where permnitted by governing Codes, 6.5 All floor dralne shall be Installed flush with finished floor, 6.6 All floor drains shall be Installed with deep seal P- traps. Provide trap seal primers where required by governing Codes. Floor drains shall be properly located to serve the *SECTION 15C-3 respeotive equipment and areas. Prior to rough -In, coordinate and verify drain locations with the Owner's Representative, GCC, and HAC as required. 7. CLEANOUTS 7,1 Sanitary Sewers 7.1.1 Provide ceanouts as required to comply with governing Codes. The following epeotfioatlone shall apply ae minimum requirements. 7.1.2 Cleanouts and accessories shall be the products of Josam, Wade, Blake, Jay R. Smith, or Zurn. 7.1.3 Where possible, Cleanouts shall not be located In the Sales Area. In general, Cleanouts shall be provided in looations indicated on the drawings and shall be spaoed not more than 50 -feet apart for interior horizontal piping. Provide a cleanout on all soil and waste stacks; locate each stank cleanout at 18' to 36' above finished ground floor. 7.1.4 Cleanouts shall be of the same size as the pipe served up to and Including 4' lines and not less than 4' for larger linos. 7.1,5 Cleanouts shall be extended to and flush with finished floor. Exterior ceanouts shall be Installed in an 18' x 18' x 6' thick concrete pad flush with final grade thickened at the center to encase the pipe Joint. 7.1,6 Cleanouts shall be installed with aooessibility for rodding purposes. In the absence of governing Codes, the provisions of the National Standard Plumbing Code shall apply. 7.1.7 The PBC shall be responsible for selecting the proper types of Cleanouts, Including accessories and access covers, for each cleanout applloation. Eaoh oleanout Installed shall be compatible with the surrounding construction and finishes. The following specifications shall govern for the given applications unless surrounding construction or finishes preclude their use, Application Josam Series Number Exposed Cleanouts 58500 Floor Cleanouts Concrete Floors Vinyl Tiled Floors Carpeted Floors Terrazzo Floors Ceramic or Quarry Tiled Floors Wall Cleanouts Concrete or Masonry 58180 or 58190 58000-12 or 58010-12 58000-14 or 58010-14 58040-1-13 or 58050.2.13 68020.2 or 68030 -2 58710 -4 or 58790-4 TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washlnoton 01/31/92 DIVISION 15* PLUMBING SYSTEMS 8.3 8,4 8,5 Drywall on Studs Plaster on Studs Ceramic: Tile on Drywall Exterior Cleanouts 68710 -4 or 58790-4 58700-2 or 58750-2 58740-2 or 58770-2 Unpaved Areas 68180 or 58190 Paved Areas 58300.5.16 or 58310 -5.15 7.1.8 Cleanouts with Inside caulked outlets may be Installed by means of a Neoprene gasketed joint furnished and guaranteed by the cleanout manufacturer, such as Josam 'Jtffee /Joint', where permitted by governing Codes. 8. PLUMBING FDCTURES AND TRIM 8.1 Provide plumbing fixtures and trim In accordance with the sohedule on the drawings. 8.2 Fbcturea and trim shall be the products of American Standard, Kohler, Eller, or Crane, exoept as otherwise noted on the drawings or In these specifications. All flush valves shall be Sloan and shall be equipped with approved vacuum breakers. Carriers for wall hung fixtures shall be the products of Josam, Wade, Blake, Jay R. Smith, or Zurn. Unless otherwise specified or noted on the drawings, all fittings and trim shall be ohrome plated brass and shall be of the same manufacturer as the fixtures, Including P- traps, eupplles, stops, and union connections. Strap wrenches shall be used whore required to prevent damage to chrome plated pipe and fittings. 8.6 All fbctures shall be set firm and squarely aligned with walls and floors. All fbduree shall be properly connected to soil, waste, and vent piping and required water eupplles in a rigid and substantial manner, without damage to any adjoining work or finish. Provide chrome plated esoutaheons at exposed wall penetrations for all piping work. 8.7 Stops or gate valves shall be Installed in the hot and cold water supplies to each fixture or piece of equipment. Provide union oonneotion on the fixture or equipment side of each stop or gate valve. 8.8 Provide shook arrestors or air chambers as specified herein on hot and cold water supplies to fixtures. 8.9 Lavatories, sinks, and all other fixtures where carrier is not applicable for wall mounting shall be installed with through bolts secured with square steel plates (Min. 4' square by 10 gauge) for bearing and support on the opposite side of the wall. 8.10 Fbctures mounted to partition wails where bearing plates and bolts would be exposed in an adjacent room shall be installed with not less than 1/4 Inch toggle bolts or other fasteners acceptable to the Engineer. Lead shield anchor bolts will not be acceptable. *SECTION 15C-4 9. HOT WATER HEATER (HWH -1) 9.1 Provide hot water heater as Indicated on the drawings and in accordance with the following specifications. 9.2 Water heater shall be equipped with Watts temperature - pressure relief valve. The relief valve discharge for the unit shall be plped unobstructed and undiminished In size to the floor receptor. Relief valve discharge piping ehall comply with governing Codes. Piping shall bo Oohed downward In the direction of flow, shall be routed without upward offset, and shall not constitute a hazard for tripping or head room. 9.3 Heater tank shall be Insulated with glass fiber insulation covered with a steel sheet metal jaoket having a baked enamel finish. Tank shall be equipped with manual drain valve with 314' hose thread outlet. 9.4 Hot Water Heater (HWH -1): Energy effiolent unit meeting state and local Codes as manufactured by A.O. Smith located as indicated on the drawings. Water heater shall be U.L. listed. Equivalent unite by other manufacturers will be acceptable for base bid. Type, size, voltage, and KW as specified on the drawings. 10. THERMAL INSULATION 10.1 Refer to Section 15A for general requirements and workmanship, and to Section 15B for methods of application. 10.2 For insulation work, the PBC may employ an insulation subcontractor speoializing and experienced In this work. Subcontractor shall meet the approval of the Owner's Representative. 10,3 Cold Water Piping - All exposed piping and all piping concealed above ceilings shall be Insulated with 1' thick Fiberglas ASJ /SSL- II Insulation with all service jaoket (ASJ). In all oases where accumulation of condensation might damage construction materials, piping shall be insulated. 10.4 Hot Water Piping - Except as otherwise speol ied, all hot water piping shall be insulated with 1' think Fiberglas ASJ /SSL -II insulation with all service jacket (ASJ). 10.5 Electric Water Coolers - Portion of condensate and waste drain pipes within the coolers and exposed shall be insulated with 3/8' thick flexible closed -cell foam- plastio material. 10.8 Hot Water Heater - Shall be factory Insulated. 10.7 Interior above grade storm piping (when indicated on drawings): insulate all horizontal piping, including riser elbows, and all roof drain bodies as specified for Cold Water piping. 11. CLEANING AND DISINFECTION Definition: Cleaning as used herein shall be taken to mean the removal of all materials foreign to the respective oystem, fixture, or equipment whloh is or could be contaminating, obstructing, or unsightly. 11.2 The Interior of all piping shall be cleaned as It Is being Installed. Special care shall be taken to keep potable water TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila Washin on 01 31 92 DIVISION 15* PLUMBING SYSTEMS piping clean and free of contaminating materiale, including rodents and vermin. 11.3 Prior to testing, completed sections of sewer piping shall be flushed to olean and assure the absence of obstructions. 11.4 Prior to testing and insulating, all water piping shall be thoroughly cleaned and flushed by opening valves and faucets, etc., until the dieoharged water Is clean and clear. The exterior of all above grade water piping shall be cleaned of dust, dirt, grease, plaster, concrete, caulking, and other loose or adhered foreign materials. 11.6 The exterior of exposed sewer piping shall be cleaned as specified above for water piping. 11.6 All fixtures, water heaters, water coolers, and other fixtures and equipment Installed under the PBC's contract shall be thoroughly cleaned and shall be clean when turned over to the Owner. Gummed labels and gum residue shall be removed unless such label constitutes name plate or performanoe data or Is the certification of a nationally recognized rating agenoy such as U,L., AGA, ASME, etc. 11.7 All floor drains, roof drains, P- traps, strainers, cleanouts, aooese panels, aerators, piping speotafties, and special fixture and trim shall be thoroughly cleaned and shall be clean when turned over to the Owner. 11.8 After all cleaning, testing, adjusting, and insulating work is completed, all domestic and potable hot and cold water piping systems, inoluding related tanks, heaters, pumps, and equipment, shall be thoroughly disinfected in accordance with governing Codes prlor to plaoing Into servioe for potable use. In the absence of governing Codes, the disinfection shall be In accordance with AWWA Standards C- 601.54 or C- 601.68 for piping and AWWA Standard D- 102-64 for tanks, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 12. TESTING AND ADJUSTING 12.1 Thie Contractor shall notify the Administrative Authority having jurisdiction over plumbing work and the Owner's Representative three (3) working days before the test will be made. 11 necessary, tests on portions of the work may be made and these portions of work may be concealed after being proven satisfactory. All tests shall be made in the presence of proper authorltites. Repairs of defeots that are discovered as a result of inspections, or tests shall be made with new materials. Caulking of screwed Joints, cracks or holes will not be accepted. Teets shall be repeated after defects have been eliminated. 12.2 Domestic Hot and Cold Water Piping 12.2.1 All piping shall be hydrostatically tested at 125 psig until leak tree. Pressure in each test section shall be maintained at the initial test pressure for not less than 12 hours. 12.2.2 All leaks shall be repaired and the pressure test shall be repeated as specified above until proven leak-free. *SECTION 150.5 12,2,3 All devices or Items of equipment not designed or recommended by the manufacturer for the test pressures shall be removed or effectively Isolated from the test pressure. 12,3 Sewer and Sanitary Piping 12.3,1 Waste, Drain and Vent - Shall be hydrostatically tested In aocordanoe with the governing plumbing node, but In no case less than the 'water test' method specified In the National Standard Plumbing Code. in general, all piping shall be tested with not less than 10 -feet of water column except the uppermost 10 -feet of the system. Piping exposed to subfreezing temperatures may be tested by the BOCA 'air test' method with the approval of the Code enforcing authorities. 12.3.2 Sewers • Shall be tested In accordance with the requirements of local sewer inspection authority, In general, the sewer under test shall be subject to a minimum pressure of 10 -feet water column, or a flow test to be witnessed be the sewer inspector. 12.4 Check all faucets, etops, and isolating valves for leaks and repair and /or adjust as required. 12.5 Check and adjust the temperature and operation of all hot water heaters in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 12.6 Check and adjust the bubbler stream on all water coolers and drinking fountains. Check and adjust the timing cycle if all flush valves as applioable, 12,7 Check, test, and adjust as required all equipment, fixtures, and devices Installed under the PBC's contract in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, Equipment requiring lubrication shall be checked and lubricated, if required, prior to start-up. - END OF SECTION - TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31M DIVISION 15* HVAC SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT OWNER HAS ENTERED INTO A NATIONAL CONTRACT WITH CARRIER TO FURNISH SELECTED HVAC UNITS, ACCESSORIES AND CONTROLS, AS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. THE HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DEUVERY COORDINATION, RECEIVING, SETTING AND INSTALLING THE OWNER - FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AS WELL AS THE ONE -YEAR PARTS AND LABOR WARRANTY FROM THE DATE OF STORE OPENING. EVEN THOUGH THE HVAC EQUIPMENT IS OWNER - FURNISHED, THIS DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF ANY RESPONSIBILITIES RELATING TO THIS EQUIPMENT, ITS INSTALLATION OR WARRANTY. PART 1: 1 . 1.1 GENERAL GENERAL All work under this Section shall be governed by and subject to the provisions of the following: Section 15A - BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS, AND REQUIREMENTS Section 15B- BASIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING SYSTEMS 1.2 All work under this Section shall be the responsibility of the Heating and Air Conditioning Contractor (HAC), except as otherwise specified herein, noted on the drawings, or modified by the Contract Documents. 2. ACCESSORIES 2.1 Refer to Section 15E for speolfioations governing prefabrioated roof curbs. *4, 2.2 Roof openings 12' square and larger shall be protected with burglar bare provided under another Section. HAC shall coordinate location of burglar bar assembly to assure proper function and accessibility of fans. 3. DOOR HEATERS (Air Curtaino) (Owner - Furnished Equipment) 3.1 Door heater sir curtains shall be provided by Owner and Installed by the HAC in sizes and locations as scheduled and Indicated on the drawings. Refer to Architectural drawings for additional Installation provisions. 3.2 Door heaters shall be Berner Model Mark 1 and 2 - 36E and 48E as manufactured by Berner International Corp. Contacts for air curtains are: Cooper Equipment, John W. Cooper, phone (314) 367 -1311 or Berner International, 1-800-245-4455. 3,3 Units shall consist of a base frame of 16 gauge steel on which le mounted tans and two speed air over split oapaoitor, double- shafted motor(e) with bulit -In thermal protection. Double Inlet forward curved steel fan wheels shall be supplied. A 2.5' deep nozzle shall extend the full length of the unit and shall be equipped with aluminum vanes adjuetable ±20 ° . A wall mounting plate of 16 gauge steel shall bo euppiled. The wall mounting plate of 16 gauge steel shall be supplied. The wall mounting plate and base frame shall be made of aluminized steel. The cover housing shall be made of .050' satin anodized aluminum with a matohing satin anodized aluminum Inlet grille. 3.4 Units shall be complete with operating and safety controls. Eleotrlo resistance heat shall be deleted from each unit when *SECTION 15D-1 noted on the plans. Integral switching permits selection of 'OFF', 'FAN ONLY' and 'FAN -HEAT' and speed selection. Units shall operate on tow speed (2000 fpm) or high speed (3000 fpm). Model 36E shall have 1/3 H.P. blower and 9.6 KW heater (unless noted otherwise on the drawings). Model 48E shall have (2) 1/3 H.P. blowers and 12.6 KW (unleee noted otherwise on the drawings). The units shall be oomplete with unit- mounted, factory Installed and wired, disconnect switches for power connections. All units shall have factory installed thermostats. 3,5 Units shall be AMCA Certified Tested in accordance with Air Curtain Test Procedure Standard #220. 3.6 Units shall be U.L. Listed. 4. ROOF TOP COMBINATION HEATING AND COOLING UNITS (RTU -6 THRU RTU -7) (OWNER- FURNISHED EQUIPMENT) 4.1 Coordinate delivery of, arrange for rigging of, receive, rig and install In place roof top combination heating and cooling units with all accessories as indicated and scheduled on drawings and according to the following specifications. 4.2 The roof top units shall be Carrier. Units shall be furnished by the Owner. The national account representative for Carrier is Mr. Anthony Calderone. He can be contacted by phone: (609)259 -9327. Each unit shall be a complete unitary package consisting of heating section (when specified), condensing section, cooling coil, blower, controls, wiring, piping, casing, and structural base, The entire unit shall be factory wired, piped, assembled, charged and tested In all modes of operation. Gas- fired units shall be AGA certified for outdoor use. Four -year extended Protection Plan for the motor /compressor is Included in the Agreement between Owner and Carrier, but shall be obtained by the HAC and submitted to the Owner as part of the Protect close -out documentation. The HAC shall also obtain and provide written certification for 6 year warranty when offered as 'standard' for units 15 tons and smaller. Except as otherwise noted or specified, all accessories shall be Carrier. 4.3 Each untt shall be designed to operate on a 480 volt, 3 phase, 60 Hz power supply with a single field power connection (unless otherwise noted). All necessary starters, contactors, control transformers, controls, and control safety devices shall be factory Installed and wired. 4.4 Each unit shall be provided with and Installed on a full perimeter prefabricated roof curb, as provided by Owner. Installation shall be by tho HAC. Roof curbs or units shall be shimmed or blocked using sheet stock steel as required to set the units level within the tolerances recommended by Carrier (1/16' per linear foot or as otherwise Indicated In Installation, Start-up and Service Instructions). All flashing, counterflashing, and sealing shall be provided by the HAC as required for a water tight Installation and interface with the roofing construction. Roof insulation and membrane shall be installed on the exterior of each curb by the Roofing Suboontraotor. HAC shall coordinate as required. Curb design shall conform to th standards of the National Roofing Contractor's Association. When required by local Codes and /or authorities, each rooftop unit shall be anchored to the roof curb as recommended by Carrier for a water -tight installation. Each roof curb shall be likewise anchored to the roof structure. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 16* HVAC SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT 4.5 Roof openings shall be protected with burglar bars as specified under another Section, and shall be furnished and Installed by the HAC. HAC shall coordinate location of burglar bar assembly to assure proper function and accessibility of fans. 4.6 Each unit shall be provided with a factory equipped and Installed economizer cycle (unless otherwise noted) actuated by a differential enthalpy controller arranged to cool up to 100% outside air. Refer to separate paragraph and drawings for requirements on System 7300 Controls. Relief air damper sections shall be manufactured by Carrier and arranged to operate barometrioally In direct proportion to the outside air quantities. Compressor ehort cycle protection shall be provided on all unite. See Section 15D, paragraph 7.(B) Controls for RTU -1 thru RTU-6 and Office Area Fan Control. 4.7 Outside air dampers on each unit shall be balanced and set for the specified minimum position and shall be closed when unit le shut down. 4.8 Evaporator condensate drain for each unit shall be trapped and drain pipe shall bo extended to 3' beyond the unit on the low -roof side and/or as noted on the drawings. Piping shall be Type M copper or oopper D•W -V. 4.9 Each unit shall be faotory assembled, charged, and tested. All starters, relays, and control transformers shall be included. 6. 4.10 The ELC chat! provide all power wiring In accordance with 6.1 wiring diagrams, data, and instructions furnished by the HAC. The HAC shall Install, and wire all field installed control devices, See Paragraph 7 for the furnishing of control devices. 4.11 Each system shall be installed, ohooked out, and started up In strict and complete accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Refer to separate paragraphs for testing and balancing requirements. 6. ROOFTOP UNITS RTU-e, AND RTU -7, (OWNER - FURNISHED EQUIPMENT), 5.1 Coordinate delivery, arrange for rigging, receive, rig and install In plaoe owner - furnished single -zone self- contained gas -fired heating and electric cooling roof top units ae soheduled and shown on the drawings and as specified. RTU-8 ehall be pooling only (no heat). 5,2 The units shall be manufactured by Carrier. Sub - paragraphs 5.1, 5.2, 6.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, and 6.11 under RTU-6 and RTU -7. 5.3 RTU-7 shall be designed to operate on 208 vott, 1 phase, 60 Hz power supply with a single field power connection (unless otherwise noted). All necessary starters, contactors, control transformers, controls, and control safety devices shall be factory Installed and wired. 5.4 Unite shall Include the following features and /or functions (unless otherwise noted): TO S'R' US RE ODEL - Tukwila ash on *SECTION 15D-2 5.4.1 Economizer section with enthalpy controller and electronic economizer motor shall be provided by Carrier and provide 0 to 100% outside air for cooling when the outside air /humidity Is suitable. Economizer on RTU -7 shall be dry-bulb controlled. 5.4.2 Full perimeter roof curb shall be provided by Owner and installed by the HAC. 5.4.3 Throw away filters, Fitters shall be lnoluded In the return air section. 5.4.4 Units RTU-6 and RTU -7 shall be controlled with a separate Honeywell 17300 thermostat, wall mounted, as Indicated on the drawings. 5.4,5 Compressor shall be equipped with crankcase heater. Standard Internal protection for refrigerant, current, and temperature shall be provided. Compressor short cycle protection shall be provided. 5.4.6 Unit shall be factory assembled, charged, and tested. All starters, relays, and control transformers shall be Included. AUTOMATIC CONTROLS General 6.1.1 Except ae otherwise epeolfied and /or noted on the drawings, all automatic control devices shall be furnished by the HAC, and Installed and wired by the HAC, 6.1.2 The HAC shall be responsible to obtain all necessary wiring diagrams, and provide all additional control devices, and work as required to perform tho sequencing and automatio control functions specified herein and noted on the drawings. 6.1.3 The HAC shall provide all necessary supervision and coordination to insure the proper location, Installation, and function of all controls. 6,1.4 Refer to the electrical drawings for further clarification of the work provided by the ELC. All control - related wiring and conduit required shall be furnished and installed by the HAC, including 120 volt control power wiring, extension of 120 volt circuits for control power source, and wiring for 120 vott damper motors. Locate controls where indicated on the drawings or as directed by the Owner's Representative. 8,1.5 After completion of the new Installation, the HAC shall be responsible to regulate and adjust new and existing thermostats, damper motors, switches, etc., and place them In complete operating condition subject tolhe approval of the Engineer. All service Incidental with the proper performance of the temperature control system shall be furnished without charge and guarantee period of. one year for RTU-6 and RUT -7. 01 31 92 DIVISION 15* HVAC SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT 6.1.6 Wiring for controls shall be done in compliance with local codes and NFPA requirements. Wiring diagrams for all automatic oontrol systems shall be submitted by the HAC to Engineer for review before Installation, All exposed wiring and all 120 volt wiring for automatic oontrols and related wiring shall be In conduit. Concealed low voltage wiring routed In chases, ceiling plenums, walls, etc. need not be In oondutt unless required by governing Codes. Low voltage wiring In return air plenums shall be rated and approved for this application. 6.1.7 Smoke detectors and /or flrestate and all related wiring, devices, and work shall be provided by the HAC as required to comply with governing Codes. 6.1.8 All heating- cooling thermostats shall be set at 78 degrees F. for cooling and 68 degrees F. for heating. Unit heater thermostats shall be set at 65 degrees F. (adj.). Night setbacks shall be set at 58 degrees F. (adj.) for RTU-6 and RTU -7 and existing units where possible. 6,1.9 Unless otherwise directed by the Owner's authorized representative, the following set points shall apply to all systems: Occupied Cool - 78 Occupied Heat - 68 Unoccupied Cool - 85 Un000upied Heat - 58 6.1.9.1 The HAC shall be responsible to Insure that all 7300 controls have fresh, 9 volt baok -up batteries installed when the systems are turned over to the Owner. 6.1.9.2 The HAC shall also be responsible for the following: Obtain and complete the 7300 System check list contained In the System 7300 'Information and Operation Manual' and send copies to the Engineer and to Carrier. Obtain and complete Carrier warranty card and send to Carrier within 15 days of installation completion. Send Dopy of warranty card to the Engineer. Obtain and plane a copy of the System 7300 'Information and Operation Manual' provided by Carrier Inside the main oontrol panel and look the panel at the completion of all work, testing, balancing, start -up, programming, and check -out. Turn the main panel keys and the balance of the manuals over to the Owner's store manager or authorized representative. 6.2 Controls for RTU-8 and RTU -7 (Owner - furnished equipment) 6,2.1 Rooftop unite RTU-6 and RTU -7 shall be controlled by programmable (stand - alone) T -7300 thermostats. Thermostats shall be installed and wired by the *SECTION 15D-3 HAC In the locations shown on the drawings. Thermostat for RTU-6 shall utilize a remote sensor. 6.2.2 The HAC shall set temperature and time parameters as directed by the Owner's Representative. 6.3 Elec. Unit Heater #8 and #7 Control: Space thermostat shall cycle unit on and off with remote summer fan switch ( #MRFS- 1). 6.4 Door Heaters: Refer to equipment specifications for additional control requirements. 6.5 Refer to drawings for additional control requirements and specifications. 7, IDENTIFICATION 7.1 All temperature controls and each new and existing Rooftop Unit shall be provided with identification tags of black phenolic material with engraved white letters, supplied and installed by tho HAC. 7.2 Identify each control device with Its number and service by means of a laminated black and white phenolic label with letters engraved In blank to white. identifications shall correspond to the Operating Instructions as specified herein. 7.3 Provide an 8-1/2' x 11' diagram showing the relative position of each new and existing rooftop unit with respect to the store's floor plan, Mount diagram within the control panel cabinet. 7.4 Tags for new and existing Rooftop Units shall have letters not loss than 1' high and shall be attached to unit's sheet metal housing panel, Tags to read: RTU -1, RTU -2, oto. corresponding to mark on drawings. 8. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 8.1 The HAC shall prepare and mount in a glass frame In the Manager's Office, or as otherwise directed, step -by -step operating instructions for eaoh piece of equipment. The Instructions shall be simple and shall enable the Manager to properly etart and stop the equipment and to operate the equipment In all seasons. The format and instruotion sheet shall be submitted to the Engineer for review before being framed and mounted. 9. TEST REQUIREMENTS 9.1 After the installation is complete and HAC shall perform the following tests to Insure the performance of the equipment: 9.1.1 Refer to Section 15B for additional requirements. 9.1.2 Refrigerant Piping: All field - installed refrigerant piping shall be tested with a halide torch. Any leaks shall be repaired and the system recharged, 9.1.3 Performance Testing: The HAC shall operate all pieces of mechanical equipment to insure eatisfactory results. Measurements of air delivery shall be made at all fans and air devices and the TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVIGION 15* TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washlnnton HVAC SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT systems balanoed so that the deviation between aotual and speoHied quantities Is no greater than 5 %. Ampere measurements shall be made of all motors to Insure that none of the motors are overloaded. All automatic controls ehall bo tested to Insure proper sequencing of operations as specified herelnbefore. Any equipment which is defective In either performanoe or operation, or excessively noisy shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner. Thie data shall be submitted 30 days prior to store opening. A punch liet will be prepared by the Owner's Representative and /or the Engineer and submitted to this Contractor for remedial work to be completed two weeks prior to the date of store opening. Contractor shall remove all filters and shall install new filters throughout the system, one day prior to store opening. 9.1.4 Performance tests shall Inolude, but not be limited to the following: 9.1.4.1 Ampere reading of each motor including corresponding name plate rating. 9.1.4.2 CFM output from each air device and eaoh fan. 9.1.4.3 Suction and disohargo pressure for eaoh compressor. 9.1,4,4 Entering and leaving db /wb on each stage of cooling and (db) heating. 9.1,4.5 CFM or fresh alr for each unit. (Contractor to mark position of damper when proper fresh air requirement Is achieved and look damper in this position.) 9.1,4.8 List of room temperature and outside temperature at time tests were taken. 9.2 Tests shall be conducted during both cooling and heating seasons, preferably during period of design conditions, These tests will be witnessed by the Engineer or Owner's Representative. Contractor shall eubmlt his proposed sohedule to the Owner's Representative no less than three weeks in advance for coordination. 9.3 A properly Identified testing and balancing report shall be submitted to the Engineer (in three copies) for each testing period as above. Report shall Inolude all testing and balanoing results and all related or influenoing conditions. 10. SERVICE REQUIREMENTS 10,1 Tho HAC ehall provide, as part of his Contract, one (1) year maintenanoe and repair $ervice for all new equipment and systems provided and /or Installed under the HAC's contract from date of Owner's aooeptanoe of the equipment. 10.2 The one (1) year service shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner for labor and materials and shall Inolude all Owner- furnished equipment. See Section 18 for additional requirements relating to Owner - furnished equipment. 10.3 Each service call shall Inolude, but not be limited to, the replacement of defective equipment and components, repair *SECTION 15D of leaks, oiling and lubricating motors and moving parts, cleaning and /or replacing filters, adjusting and /or replacing belts and drives, replacement of refrigerant which le lost for any reason, and all other routine maintenance work recommended by the respective equipment manufacturers. 10.4 A minimum of four (4) service /Inspection visits shall be included. The visits shall be soheduled on a quarter year basis but shall specifically Inolude the start of the heating and cooling seasons. The HAC shall respond promptly upon receipt of calls from the facility's operating personnel In the event of equipment failure. Routine maintenance work may be combined with emergency calls H reasonably within the quarter year schedule. 10.5 At the time of final inspection, the HAC shall oheck the condition of filters in each unit, in the presence of the owner's Representative, and replaoe all filters that are dirty at that time. Thereafter, 4 filter changes shall be made at approximately 3 month Intervale for a period of 1 year. Inolude all labor and material. HAC shall request the store manager sign for each service trip and verify the replacement of filters. 10,6 This Contractor may provide for the above through use of hls own service (except as herein Indicated) department or such subsidiary as may be adequately staffed, equipped and competent to perform the required servloe functions when needed. H this Contractor does not maintain euoh a department or subsidiary, he shall bo required to obtain the services of a reputable agenoy or firm regularly engaged In provision of start, test, ohook and service for equipment of types specified. 10.7 The company, agency or firm that le selected by the Mechanloal Contractor, subsidiary or independent, shall be subject to the approval of the owner, and shall be able to meet any minimum criteria that the owner deems necessary in providing proper and adequate service of equipment Involved. 10.8 The name of servicing agency shall be submitted along with the equipment submittals. 10.9 The provisions of the above paragraphs shall not be Interpreted as diminishing in any way the equipment warranties and /or Contractor's one (1) year warranty on the project; however, the beginning date for the servloe requirements epeolied above shall begin on the same date as the warranty covering that same portion of this project - END OF SECTION - 01 /31 DIVISION 15* AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AND ACCESSORIES PART 1: GENERAL 1. GENERAL 1.1 All work under this Section shall be governed by and subject to the provisions of the following: Section 15A - BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS, AND REQUIREMENTS 1.2 All work under this Section shall be the responsibility of the Heating and Alr Conditioning Contractor (HAC), except as otherwise specified herein, noted on the drawings, or modified by the Contract Documents. 2. SHEET METAL WORK 2.1 General 2.1.1 Sheet metal work shall be performed by the HAC's own sheet metal shop, or at the HAC's option, may be subcontracted to a qualified Sheet Metal Subcontractor, hereinafter referred to as the SMS. If SMS is to be used, the HAC shall submit the name of the proposed SMS to the Owner's Representative for approval prior to the awarding of the HAC's contract. 2.1.2 Reference Manuals. Quality of workmanship, metal gauges, fabrication, construction and Installation of sheet metal work ehall comply with the latest editions of DUCT MANUAL AND SHEET METAL CONSTRUCTION FOR VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS published by Sheet Metal and Alr Conditioning Contractor's National Association, Ino. (herein referred to as SMACNA). All work and materials shall comply with NFPA Pamphlet 90A, latest edition. 2.2 Materials, Fabrication, and Installation 2.2.1 Ducts for heating, pooling, and exhaust systems shall be galvanized steel of commercial lock forming quality having a minimum galvanized coating of 1.1/4 ounces per square foot of sheet metal (total coating for both sides), unless otherwise noted on the drawings or specified herein, 2,2.2 Sheet metal work as shown on the drawings Is In general, schematic and based on the specified manufacturer's equipment and material dimensions. HAC shall make accurate measurements in the field prior to ductwork fabrication and shall provide all necessary offsets and transition pieces required to accommodate the actual struotural and equipment variations and as required to clear piping and recessed lighting fixtures. All ductwork In finished areas (with hung ceilings and ceilings covering roof structure and framing) shall be concealed. 2.2.3 Duct Dimensions - Unless otherwise specified or noted on the drawings, duot sizes shown are OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS (sheet metal sizes) of the ducts. Round ducts shall not be substituted for *SECTION 15E - 1 recta,:gular ducts shown on tho drawings, unless authorized In writing by the Engineer. 2.2.4 All rectangular ductwork shall be cross broken. 2.2.5 All ducts and ductwork shall be supported by hangers of tho types and at the spacings as recommended by SMACNA. HAC shall provide additional steel angles, channels, Unietrut, eto., as required to span between bar joists or structural members In order to hang ducts at proper intervals and at necessary points. Hangers shall be provided at all elbows and at branch takeoffs on the main ducts. 2.2,6 No ducts shall be supported from the roof deck. No cutting or drilling of structural members Is permitted unless written permission is obtained from the Engineer. No ducts shall be supported from or rigidly attached to any interior partitions, except those of masonry or concrete construction. 2.2.7 Where ducts pass through walls, floors or partitions, the space around ducts shall be sealed with mineral wool, or other non - combustible material as required by NFPA. Ducts shall be provided with sheet metal angle frames close fitted to the openings. 2.2.8 No duct is to be planed directly under any electric light outlet, and In those cases where lighting outlet must occupy the same location as the duct, provide eufficient braoing, eto., to allow the ELC to hang hie lighting fixtures below the duct. The Owner's representative shall determine if the light fixture is to be moved or hung from the duct; secure his written approval before Installation. 2.2.9 Whero it becomes necessary, because of job conditions to run pipes, conduits, ceiling hangers, etc., through the ductwork, the HAC shall do all sheet metal nutting necessary and shall patch all openings using suitable collars or sleeves with flanges to make an air -tight patch. Furnish a streamline section around the element whioh Is passing through the ductwork. 2.2,10 Access doors shall be hinged and construoted of 18 gauge metal rigidly reinforced, furnished with necessary hardware and framing, inoluding felted edges. When closed, they must be air- tight. Access doors shall be located for easy removal or cleaning and for maintenance of filters, heating coils, dampers, and all other equipment requiring access. Access doors shall be not less than 266 sq, in. and square, (similar to SMACNA Figure 2- 14). For plenums and casing, access doors to be similar to SMACNA Figure 3-17 and Table 3 -1. 2.3 Turning Vanes and Radius Elbows 2.3,1 All changes In direction of supply, return, and exhaust ductwork made with square elbows shall have turning vanes. Turning vanes shall be TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 15* AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AND ACCESSORIES provided in all square elbows whether shown on the drawings or not. 2.3.2 Turning vanes shall be double wall type as manufactured by Aero /Dyne Company or Tuttle & Bailey, or may be shop fabricated in accordance with SMACNA. The number and spacing of vanes shall oomply with the manufacturer's recommendations or, if shop fabricated, in accordance with SMACNA. In ducts with internal liner, the vanes shall be Installed over the liner; the liner shall not be interrupted for vane installation. 2.3.3 At the Contractor's option, elbows may be 'Standard Radius' type in accordance with SMACNA with the throat radius equal to the width of the duct in the plane of the radius. When space does not permit the use of 'Standard Radius' elbows, a short radius elbow with turning vane complying with SMACNA may be used. 2.4 Flexible Connections 2.4.1 Provide sound and vibration Isolating flexible oonnootions on all motorized equipment to which duct connections are made, at Iodations noted on the drawings, and as specified. 2.4,2 Connection° on Interior work shall be made with Ventglas Neoprene - coated glass fabric as furnished by Ventfabrios, Inc. Connections made on work exposed to weather and /or sunlight shall be made with Vontlon Hypalon • coated glass fabric as furnished by Ventfabrios, Ino. 2.4,3 An allowance of at least one inch slack shall be made at each oonneotlon. The fabric shall be attaohed at equipment with metal collar frames and to duotwork by folding In with the sheet metal or with bands or frames as required to make leakproof Joints, 3, VOLUME CONTROLS 3.1 Provide splitter dampers, volume control damper °, and air extractors at all branch take -offs and other locations as shown on the drawings and as otherwise required for the proper balancing of the air distribution systems. The HAC shall be reeponeible for the proper balancing and volume control of all air distribution systems. 3,2 Volume dampers, eplltter dampers, and/or air extractor where splitters are not Indicated shall be Installed at all branoh take- offs of supply ducts. All dampers shall be substantially constructed of 16 gauge metal, proportioning type, and so Installed as to prevent rattling. All dampers to be quadrant type with look nut. 4. AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES 4.1 Provide atr distribution devices complete with accessories in accordance with tho Schedule on the drawings and the following. 4,2 The HAC shall verify ceiling construction to assure the suitability of each devioe, frame, and hardware for the 5. DUCT LINER TOYS U8 REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington *SECTION 15E -2 respective application. Provide all mounting hardware required whether specified on the drawing schedule or not. 4.3 Air devices shall be as manufactured by Barber - Colman, Metal- aire, Tuttle and Bailey, Titus, Kueger, Carnes or Anemostat- Waterloo. 5.1 Low veloolty rectangular duct systems (supply and return) shall be internally lined with 1' acoustical liner for systems where indicated and /or noted on the drawings. Exhaust ducts shall not be Tined unless specifically noted on the drawings. 5.2 Duct liner shall be made of glass fiber material bonded with an inactive resin and having a density of not less than 2 pounds per cubic foot. The surface in contact with the air stream shall be coated with neoprene or other suitable coating to prevent erosion and to meet the requirements of NFPA Pamphlet 90A. The material shall have the following ratings and characteristics. 5.2.1 Thermal conductivity (k- factor) of 0.23 at 75 degrees F. mean. 5.2.2 Flame spread • 25; Smoke developed - 50. 5.2.3 Maximum air velocity of 4000 FPM in accordance with UL Standard 181. 5,2.4 Maximum temperature of 250 degrees F. 5.2.5 Noise reduction coefficient of 0.08. (Average of sound absorption coefficients at 260, 500,1000 and 2000 cps.) 6.3 AO duot lining shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and SMACNA Standards. Mechanical fasteners and adhesives shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. 5.4 Duct liner shall be as manufactured by Cortainteed CGS Group or Owens- Corning. 6. DUCT WRAP 6.1 Round ducts shall reoeive 1 -1/2' of Owens- Corning vapor barrier faced duct wrap FRK -25, series ED -150, with a thermal conductivity of 0.24 at 75 degrees F. mean temperature, or equivalent by J -M or Certainteed. Insulation shall be adhered to metal at 8' o.o. with Foster's 85-15 bonding adhesive. Longitudinal and circumferential joints shall be secured with 9/16' flare-door staples at 6' o.o. and taped with 3' wide (min.) foil reinforced kraft tape. All penetrations of faoing shall also be taped. Comply with manufaoturer's recommendations tor installation. 7. FLEXIBLE INSULATED DUCTS 7.1 Provide flexible ducts as manufactured by Certainteed CGS Group, Flexible Tubing Division of Automation Industries, Johns- Manville, or Wiremold as indicated on the drawings and In accordance with the following speoifloatlons. 01/31/92 DIVISION 15* AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AND ACCESSORIES 7.2 Flexible ducts shall consist of an Inner of helical wound spring eteol ooated with vinyl and covered with a vinyl ooated fiberglass mesh permanently fused to form a continuous inner sleeve. The Inner line shall be covered with fiberglass Insulation Jacketed with a reinforced, metalized plastic vapor barrier casing. 7.3 Flexible ducts shall be UL listed In accordance with UL Standard 181, Class 1 and shall have the following ratings and oharaoterletlos, 7.3.1 Maximum thermal oonductanoe (C) of 0,23 BTUH per square foot degree F. at 75 degrees F. 7.3.2 Temperature range of 0 to 250 degrees F. 7.3.3 Maximum vapor transmission rating of Jacket of 0.03 Perm. 7.3.4 Maximum Internal pressures of 2' w.o. positive and 1 -1/2' w.o. negative. 7.3.6 Maximum velocity of 2400 FPM. 7.4 Duct sizes noted on the drawings refer to the Inside duct diameter. Flexible ducts shall be Installed to provide sweeping oonfiguratione without undue restrlotions, but not creating unnecessary sage or curves. Flat banding material not less than 1-1/2' wide shall be used to suspend flexible duoting. Ducting furnished with factory Installed grommets shall be amended by wires attached to grommets. 7.6 Where ceiling plenum space Is not sufficient to permit top connection to ceiling diffuser with proper bend radius for flexible duct, HAC shall fabricate and /or provide an adaptor box for diffuser to permit side connection of flexible duct. 8. PREFABRICATION ROOF CURBS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS 8.1 Roof curbs for Carrier Rooftop Units (BTU's) shall be manufacturer's standard, unlnsulated curbs furnished by Carrier. All other roof curbs shall comply with the following paragraphs. 8,2 Provide factory prefabricated roof curbs and equipment supports as Indicated on the drawings and In accordance with the following specifications. 8.3 When available, roof curbs and equipment supports shall be furnished by the manufacturer of the respective equipment or item to be supported to assure a close and proper fit. All other curbs and supports shall be as manufactured by Vent Products Co., Inc., Louvers and Dampers, Ino., Penn Ventilator, The Pate Company, or Thybar Corporation, in accordance with the following: 8.4 Materials and Construction 8.4.1 Curbe and supports shall be constructed of not less than 18 gauge galvanized steel or 14 gauge (.084') aluminum. Material of curb shall match the equipment or item to be supported when required to prevent direct contact of dissimilar metals. *SECTION 15E 8.4.2 Curbs and supports shall be reik;orced and /or constructed of heavier gauge materials as required to properly support the applied loads, Including wind, snow, and dynamic with safety factor of 2 or greater. 8.4.3 All joints and seams shall be continuously welded to assure leak proof and weather tight construction. 8.4.4 All ourbe ohall be Insulated with rigid fiberglase board, 3 lbs. per cubic foot minimum density. The thickness of insulation board shall be equal to the required nominal curb thickness: 1- 1/2 inches, minimum. 8.4.5 All curbs and supports installed on Insulated roofs shall have an Integral cant strip, 3' minimum. The cant shall be ralsed by an amount equal to the thiokness of the roof insulation. The top of all curbs shall be not less than 11 inches above finished roof. The top of all equipment supports shall be not less than 9 Inches above finished roof. The top of all curbs and supports shall be installed level with factory built -in pitch for roofs with a slope of 3/8 Inch per foot or more. 8.4.8 Top of all curbs and supports shall have a wood nailer of nominal 2 inch lumber, except where self- flashing curbs are approved. Provide cap flashing for all applications where the wood nailer would be exposed. • END OF SECTION - TOYS "R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washinnton 01 31 92 c DIVISION 15* FUEL SYSTEMS PART 1: GENERAL 1. GENERAL 1.1 All work under this Section shall be governed by and subject to the provislons of the following: Section 15A - BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS, AND REQUIREMENTS Section 15B - BASIC REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING SYSTEMS 1.2 Ali work under thls Section shall be the responsibility of the Heating and Air Conditioning Contractor (HAC), except as otherwise specified herein, noted on the drawings, or modified by the Contract Documents. 2. GAS PIPING SYSTEM 2.1 The HAC shall be responsible for all work and paymont of all one- time fees or charges related to providing gas service to the building. The HAC shall contact the gas oompanv during bidding to determine fees, charges, and requirements. The fees and charges shall be Identified separately In the Contractor's proposal. During construction, the HAC shall make all necessary notifications and coordinate the gas service requirements with the gas company to establish the gas service to the building equipment on a timely and proper basis. 2.2 Provide a complete system of natural gas piping as Indicated on the drawings and as required to properly connect all gas fired equipment. All work shall comply with governing State and local codes and regulations of the Gas Utility Company. The building gas piping system is designed and sized on the baste of natural gas at 1000 BTU per C.F. nominal heating value, 0.6 specific gravity, and delivery pressure at the outlet side of the meter as noted on the drawings. Should local conditions and /or Codes vary from the design basis, HAC shall notify the Engineer and qualify his bld accordingly. 2.3 Pipe shall be ASTM A -120 black steel, Schedule 40, for Interior and above grade. Underground piping shall be ASTM A -120 black steel, Schedule 40 with X -Tru -Coat plastic wrap with all Joints and damaged areas coated with X- Tru -Coat primer and tape. Underground steel pipe shall receive cathodic protection (magnesium anodes) as recommended and supplied by a vendor specializing In this work. Polyethylene piping approved by local Codes and the Gas Utility Company may be used for underground gas main service. 2.4 Fittings shall be 150 Ib. malleable Iron, screwed, or schedule 40 black steel, welding. 2.5 Unions In sizes rand smaller shall be 150 lb. malleable Iron, bronze or brass seat, ground Joint, screwed. Unlons 2 -1/2" and larger shall be 150 lb. flanged. 2.6 Each gas fired Item of equipment shall be equipped with an Isolation valve, dirt leg, and union connection to the units gas train. *SECTION 15F -1 2.7 A main shut off (house) valve shall be provided Inside at the entrance gas riser. 2.8 Refer to Section 15B for valve specifications. 2.9 Provide gas pressure regulators approved by Gas Utility Company and Local Codes when indicated on the drawings and /or when the delivered gas pressure exceeds the allowable Inlet pressure of the Installed equipment. Pressure regulators shall be Installed above the roof and shall be equipped with Internal relief. Regulators shall be installed to prevent relief port from being blocked by water, Ice, or dirt. 3. FLUE VENTS 3.1 Unit heaters and similar gas -fired units shall be vented with properly sized Type B, double wall gas vent complete with roof cone, sleeve cap, storm collar, UL listed wind cap, and accessories as required for proper function and compliance with NFPA Standards and governing Codes or regulations. Gas vents shall be Metalbestos, Hart & Cooley, or Metal Fab. - END OF SECTION - TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 15* DIVISION 150 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS ALL WORK UNDER THIS SECTION 153 IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF CODE CONSULTANTS, INC., ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI (CCI). ALL INQUIRIES REGARDING FIRE PROTECTION WORK, INCLUDING RELATED SITE FEATURES, SHALL BE DIRECTED TO: CODE CONSULTANTS, INC. 655 CRAIG ROAD SURE 140 ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI 63141 ATTENTION: MR. MIKE KIRN PHONE: (314) 991 -2833 *SECTION 150 -1 ALL SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITCAL DATA RELATED . TO THE FIRE PROTEOTION WORK SHALL. BE SENT DIRECTLY TO MR. KIRN AT CCI AS ABOVE. c AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS PART I - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General and Supplementary Con - ditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to the work of this sec- tion. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The Fire Protection Contractor (FPC) shall provide all required labor, mater- ials, equipment and services necessary to provide a complete and operational fire protection system for the existing, remodeled and vestibule, addition areas of the Toys "R" Us store as hereinafter described and as shown on the drawings. B. During construction, the FPC shall make all necessary notifications and coordi- nate the fire protection service for the project on a timely and proper basis. See drawings for extent of work required by the FPC. C. The entire fire protection service in- stallation shall comply with the regulations of the purveyor of water and local building codes. D. The FPC's work shall begin at the base of the existing sprinkler riser and shall include but not be limited to the following: Fees and permits. TOYS "R" US /TUKWILA, WA Demolition of existing overhead sprinkler piping as required. Remodeled wet pipe sprinkler system for those remodeled areas as re- quired. Wet pipe sprinkler system with dry horizontal sidewalls for the vesti- bule, addition area. Coordination of work and schedules with other trades. E. Interior Work - Provide the Following: Overhead pipe, fittings, hangers and sprinklers. • Replace end /or install any broken and /or missing headguards throughout the pre -sales arcs. . Backflow preventor assembly as re- quired by the purveyor of water. DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL WORK SECTION 15G -1 Relocate 1 -1/2 -inch hose connections as required. Inspector's test connections and auxiliary drains. 0. It is intended that the specification shall describe and provide for a working installation complete in every detail, and all items necessary for such com- plete installation shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned herein. 1.03 REFERENCES A. All work shall be installed in accor- dance with all applicable codes and referenced design standards. 1988 Uniform Building Code NFPA 13, Sprinkler Systems B. Sprinkler system design criteria shall be strictly per this specification. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Remodeled automatic sprinkler system and standpipe system to provide fire protec- tion for the existing, remodeled, and vestibule, addition areas of the Toys "R" Us store. B. REMODELED AND ADDITION AREAS: Provide pipe sizing in accordance with ordinary hazard pipe schedule from NFPA 13, Installation of Sprinkler Systems. C. Reuse existing fire department connec- tion as required. D. The FPC is to provide all necessary off- sets, raises or drops in main or branch - line piping and auxiliary drains re- quired by building conditions. E. The information given herein is as exact as could be secured for bidding pur- poses, but Its accuracy is not guar- anteed. The FPC must examine the Job conditions and verify all measurements, distances, elevations, clearances, pipe sires, etc., before submitting proposal. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equipment and components not specifical- ly specified shall be listed by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. for fire protection systems installation. B. FPC shall be a licensed FPC by the State of Washington. 01 -07-92 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. All work shall meet the requirements of the Owner, authority having jurisdic- tion, Architect and CCI. B. The FPC shall not pursue any approvals or interpretations of the design documents except through the office of CCI. C. Sprinkler piping shall not be concealed where it is inaccessible unless in- spected by a representative of the au- thority having Jurisdiction. D. The system shall not be accepted by the owner until completely accepted in writ- ing by the authority having jurisdiction as meeting the criteria established herein and on the shop drawings includ- ing final testing and receipt of the Contractor's Material and Teat Certifi- cate. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to CCI the following: Two sepias of each drawing. Submit- tal must be comprehensive of entire project, complete in all detail. Ten (10) sets of the manufacturer's literature on all system equipment. Two samples of each type of the au- tomatic sprinklers for approval. CCI will review this submittal for con- sistency with the engineering documents. B. After the satisfactory review by CCI, the FPC shall provide submittals to the authority having jurisdiction for ap- proval. C. The FPC shall be responsible for re- sponding, in writing, to any comments from the authority having Jurisdiction within ten (10) working days after the receipt of their comments. Copies of the response shall be sent to. the Owner, General Contractor and CCI. 0. Any work performed prior to the satis- factory review by CCI and approval by the authority having jurisdiction will be solely at the FPC's risk. 1.08 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Upon completion of construction, the FPC shall submit two sets of reproducibles and four sets of prints of the "as built" drawings to the Owner. SECTION 15G -2 1.09 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Upon completion of construction, the FPC shall submit two sets of equipment war- ranties and two sets of operating and maintenance instructions to the Owner. 1.10 WARRANTEE A. The FPC shall repair all defective work- manship or replace all defective materi- als for a period of one year from the date of acceptance by the Owner. Work- manship or equipment found to be defec- tive during that period shall be re- placed without coat to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING MATERIALS A. Overhead Pipe and Fittings: 1. Metal Black steel pipe designed to withstand a working pressure of not less than 175 psi. Thinwall steel pipe designed to withstand a pressure of not less than 175 psi. ALL NEW RISERS, FEED AND CROSS MAINS SHALL DE THINWALL STEEL PIPE. Fittings shall be 175 psi screwed or flanged black cast iron or approved equivalent such as mechanical or welded connections. BUSHINGS SHALL NOT BE USED. 2.02 HANGERS AND SLEEVES A. Sleeves shall be set for all pipes passing through concrete floors, . foundations and masonry walls. B. Provide primed escutcheon plates at all walls. C. All hangers to be of approved materials and spaced in accordance with NFPA 13 and the piping manufacturer's specifica- tions. D. Provide earthquake bracing ae required by NFPA 13. .2.03 BACKPLOW PREVENTION (AS REQUIRED) A.. Watts, Febco,.Amea, or approved equiva- lent reduced pressure,•double check, or double detector check backflow preventer with two supervised O,S. & Y. valves and pressure gauge(s) as required.by the purveyor of water. TOYS "R" US /TUKW1LA, WA 01 -07 -92 c AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS 2.04 VALVES A. Interior Valves Globe valve: bronze threaded; re- newable composition disc: 175 psi rated working pressure. 2.05 SPRINKLERS A. Chrome pendent with 2 -piece escut- cheon - These shall be equal to the Central Model "A" Center Strut Auto- matic Sprinkler with polished chrome 2 -piece escutcheon. 2.06 SIGNS TOYS "R" US /TUKWILA, WA Chrome Recessed - These shall be equal to the Central Recessed Sprinkler with polished chrome es- cutcheon. Brass Upright - These shall be equal to the Central Model "A" Center Strut Automatic Sprinkler. Dry Horizontal Sidewall - These shall be equal to the Central Model "H -1" Dry Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler. B. Furnish and install at the riser a 12 -head spare sprinkler cabinet stocked with the appropriate sprinkler wrenches and 12 extra sprinklers. The types and temperatures of extra sprinklers shall be in proportion to those installed on the system. A. Approved enameled metal signs shall be securely attached at all main drains, auxiliary drains, inspector's test connections and control valves. B. The FPC shall provide a permanently attached placard indicating hydraulic design criteria. This shall be permanently attached to the riser. 2.07 AUXILIARY DRAINS A. Auxiliary drains consisting of plugs, or globe valves and plugs where capacity of trapped pipe section exceeds 5 gallons, shall be provided to drain all points in the system that cannot be drained back to main riser. 2.08 INSPECTOR'S TEST CONNECTION A. Furnish and install inspector's test connection for the system as required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULING A. The FPC shall cooperate with all sched- uling requests established by the gener- al contractor both prior to commencing work and as the work progresses to the final completion date. The FPC shall complete the Job on schedule. 3.02 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES END OF SECTION SECTION 15G -3 A. The FPC shall coordinate closely with all other trades to expedite construc- tion and avoid interference. 3.03 PAINTING AND PATCHING A. Painting of sprinkler piping is not in- cluded in this contract. B. Patching of any holes in existing walls or floors cut by the FPC shall be his responsibility if the holes cannot be covered by standard escutcheon plates so as to completely conceal the cuts where they would otherwise be exposed to view. C. Fire stop all penetrations of fire rated assemblies. 3.04 CLEAN -UP A. It shall be the responsibility of the FPC to leave the project free from any debris related to his work. 3.05 SYSTEM TESTS A. Hydrostatically test entire system in accordance with NFPA 13. B. Test shall be witnessed by the authority having jurisdiction and Owner's author- ized agent. C. Preliminary testing procedures shall be conducted as mentioned above to assure proper operation when the final testing is performed. D. The Contractor's Material and Test Cer- tificate as shown in NFPA 13 must be completed and submitted to CCI before final acceptance may be given. 01 -07-92 DIVISION 16* PART 1: GENERAL 1. GENERAL BASIC MATERIALS METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS *SECTION 16A -1 1.1 This Section covers materials, methods, and requirements common to all electrical work. 1,2 All electrical work shall be governed by and subject to the provisions of this Section and all Seotlons of Division 1. 1.3 When it becomes necessary to test the emergency lighting system In a store, under no circumstances le the electricity in the building to be turned off, then on again while the registers and related electronic hardware are plugged In. If this equipment Is not unplugged the resulting surge will have very damaging effects on the Point -of -Sale system. This holds true whether the store is using Data Terminal System or National Cash Register equipment. All the equipment must be brought down In an orderly fashion and put In an Idle state prior to unplugging the eleotronlo equipment related to the Point -of Sale system. Onoe this to accomplished the electricity may be turned off and on as often as necessary. If there are any questions pertaining to shutting the system down, contact Owner's Representative before turning the power off. Any shutdown shall be scheduled and coordinated with Owner's Representative. 1.4 Refer to Section 1A for requirements relating to Base Bid Products. Substitutions and Alternates. 1.5 The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing a copy of Division 1 specifications to eaoh subcontractor and for coordinating the work accordingly. 1.6 Submittal data, shop drawings, and samples: 1.6.1 Shall be submitted for review Ink when required by and In accordance with the procedure set forth In Section 1A of these specifications. 1.6,2 All references to submittal data, shop drawings, and samples In the context of the teohnioal specifications shall be taken to mean 'if required under the provisions of Section 1A', unless stipulated otherwise, 1,7 The ELC shall, during bidding, contact the Electric and Telephone Utilities to determine fees and charges and to verify all requirements. The fees and charges shall be identified separately in the Contractor's proposal and shall be paid by the ELC. During construotion, the ELC shall make all necessary notifications and coordinate the electric and telephone service for tho project on a timely and proper basis. 2. SCOPE OF WORK 2.1 The work covered by this Section of the Speoifioations oonelete of providing all equipment, materials and labor in accordance with any node having jurisdiction, and performing all work as required for the complete execution of the Electrical Work as shown on the Drawings, herein specified, or both, and whloh without restricting the generality of the foregoing, shall include the following: 2.1.1 General Requirements. 2,1.2 Conduit and Fittings. Wire and Cable. 2.1.3 Any primary and secondary service work as required by the Utility Company, or as shown on the drawings, including service transformer grounding network. 2,1.4 Installation of Owner furnished service entrance equipment and switchgear. (CT enclosure furnished and installed by ELC.) 2.1.5 installation of all Owner furnished lighting fixtures and lamps, Inoluding provision of all hangers and oupports. 2.1.6 2.1.7 2,1.8 2,1.9 Light and Power Systems including, timers, eto. Mounting of starters and controls. Grounding. Telephone System: Work as required by the Telephone Company Including service conduit requirements and grounding system. 2,1,10 Power wiring for HVAC and Plumbing work. 2.1.11 Installation of the Owner - furnished items listed In Division 16G. 2.1.12 Temporary light and power as required by the General Contractor, 2.1,13 Excavation, trenching and baokfill. Comply with applicable provisions of Division 2, Excavating, Grading and Baokfilling, 2.1,14 The wiring of mechanical equipment shown on the mechanloal drawings or outlined In the Meohanlcal Equipment Schedule and in the specifications shall include all power wiring, disconnect switches, eto. as required, Control wiring by HAC unless otherwise noted. 3. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE 3.1 The following items of work will be done In accordance with the appropriate Sections of the Specifications, or by the Utility Companies. 3.1.1 Finished painting. 3.1,2 Patching. 3,1.3 Concrete work and foundations. 3.1.4 Furnishing and Installing of all telephone equipment and wiring. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31 /92 DIVISION 16* BASIC MATERIALS,METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 3.1.5 Furnishing of automatic temperature controls (except as noted on the drawings), and electric heaters. 3.1.6 Coordinate with utility company as to provision, setting and connection of transformer. 4. CONDUIT AND FITTINGS 4.1 Materials - All conduits shall be hot dipped galvanized steel (out and threaded before galvanizing), heavy wall aluminum, intermediate metal conduit (IMC), electrical metallic tubing (EMT), schedule 40 PVC complying with the standards of the latest edition of the National Electrical Code (NEC). All conduit shall be approved by the Underwrtter's Laboratories (UL). Conduit fittings and oondulete shall be zinc - coated, threaded type for rigid conduit or intermediate metal conduit, set -sorew type for EMT up to 2' size or matoh the condutt for plaetio. Conduits shall be as manufaotured by Southwire Co., Wheatland Tube Co., Allied Tube, Carlon, Triangle, or Robroy; fittings by Southwlre Co., Carton, Steel City, Thomas & Betts, Robroy, or Appleton, except as otherwise noted. 4.2 Applloatlone 4.2.1 Galvanized steel or aluminum rigid conduit shall be used for the following: 42.1.1 AO exposed conduit housing 480 volt feeders from finished floor to a point 10' -0' above finished floor. 4.2,1.2 All underground conduit and conduit embedded In concrete (galvanized steel only). 4.2.1.3 All oondutt exposed to weather. 4.2.1.4 All conduit 2 -1/2" and larger. 4.2,2 Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC) or Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) may be used for all 480Y/277 and 208Y /120 volt systems, except as stipulated above. 4.2.3 Plastic) pipe (schedule 40) conduit by Carlon may be used In Ilau of rigid conduit where underground or embedded In concrete. 4.2.4 Plastic, pipe heavy wall (eohedule 40) conduits by Carlon may be used In lieu of steel conduits where herein specified, provided that a 2' minlmum concrete envelope is Installed around the conduit. 4.2.5 Whore non - metallic conduit le used, install green Insulated copper grounding conductor. 4.3 Installation 4.3,1 Conduits shall be continuous from outlet to outlet, from outlet to cabinets, pull or junction boxes and shall be secured to all boxes with tooknuts and bushings In such manner that eaoh system shall be electrloally continuous throughout. TOYS 'R' US !REMODEL • Tukwila. Washington *SECTION 16A - 2 4.3.2 Whore conduits enter or leave all outlet boxes, oablnets, safety switches, tap boxes, motor controllers, etc., other than those having threaded hubs, a standard looknut shall be used on the outside of the box, and a looknut and bushing used on the Inside. Bushings 1' and larger shall be of an approved Insulated type. 4.3.3. Under no circumstances shall conduits or fittings be supported from or anohored to the roof deok, or piping. 4.3.4 All conduit shall be fastened securely In place with approved straps and hangers in sufficient number to prevent movement of any part of the conduit. This Includes conduit Installed in forme before concrete le poured. Where exposed conduits are suspended, the hangers shall be Caddy (Erica)), Gateway, or Grinnell, adjustable hangers with rod suspension, having a nut fitted in malleable Iron or steel Inserts. Inserts for hanger rods shall be installed in the slabs, and all hangers ehall be Installed at not more than 9'-0' centers. 4.3.5 All concealed conduits installed above suspended ceiling shall be run above bottom of joints, or otherwise coordinated with the HAC and PBC so as to allow room for running ducts and piping. 4.3.6 Expanelon fittings shall be provided at all conduits across a building expansion joint. Fittings shall be type 'AX' or 'EX' as made by O. Z. Electrical Company. Provide copper bonding jumper at each expansion fitting. 4.3.7 All conduit shall be run at right angles to and /or parallel to floors and walls. 4.3.8 Connection to Motorized Equipment - Connection to motorized equipment shall be made with flexible conduits having sufficient slack between rigid conduit and motor terminal in order to minimize vibration transmission. No rigid conduit shall be anchored to equipment whloh Is subject to vibration transmission. Fittings shall be of the metal llo ferrule, compression type. Minimum length of flexible conduit shall be 18 inchee. Flexible metal conduit shall be Anaconda'Sealttte. 4,3.9 Open ends of conduits shall be capped with plastic cap or corked during roughing -In so as to prevent the accumulation of dust and moisture condensation In conduit. 4.3,10 When rigid metal conduit Is joined, all conduit joints shall be made up tight and no running threads will be permitted. 4.3.11 All conduit shall have powdered soapstone blown through them before pulling of wires or wires shall be lubricated with soapstone paste. 4.3.12 When metal conduit is installed In direct contact with the earth, use 'hot - dipped' galvanized type 01/3" e C DIVISION 16* BASIC MATERIALS,METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS and coat the conduit and the Joints with asphaltum. 4.3.13 Conduits In hazardous areas, as identified on the drawings, shall be Installed with seal fittings between hazardous and non - hazardous areas In compliance with NEC Class 1 installation. All fittings, eto., shall be specifically approved by the Underwriter's Laboratories for use in such areas. 4,3.14 All conduit In finished areas shall be concealed. 4.3.16 Conduit runs shall be Installed to avoid proximity to hot water pipes. Conduit shall be kept a minimum of 3' from such plpes, exoept where crossings are unavoidable. In such Instances the conduit shall be kept at least 1' from the covering of the pipe. 4.3.18 Conduit connections to rod -hung fixtures shall be by means of flexible conduit from box firmly fastened to building structure, 4.3.17 Conduit in Pre -Sales Areas shall be mounted Immediately below top chord of Joists. 4.3.18 Pulling wire shall be installed In all empty telephone and computer system conduits ( #10 Iron wire w/wood block at ea. end) 5. WIRE AND CABLE 5.1 Types 5.1.1 Unless otherwise noted or specified, all power wiring shall be NEC approved type for 600 volt and shall be UL listed. 5.1.2 All wire #10 AWG and larger shall be stranded copper. All wire #12 and smaller shall be solid copper. 5.1.3 Conductors shall have Insulating rating complying with the following: Type or Letter Max. Operating Application (NEC) Temp.Deg.F. Branch Circuits TW, THHN OR THWN 140 (No. 14 thru No. 10 AWG) Feeder Circuits THW, THHN THWN 167 (No. 8 AWG and larger) Branch Circuits HHN OR XHHW 194 (within 3' of ballasts In fixtures) Unless a circuit breaker, switch, contactor, motor starter, eto., Is marked otherwise, circuit conductors connected to the terminals must not operate more than a 60 degree C. ampaoity for a breaker, switch, eto., rated 100 amps or lose and must not operate 5.2 Wire Sizes *SECTION 16A - 3 at more that a 75 degree C. ampacity for a breaker, switch, eto., rated over 100 amps. 5.2.1 Minimum wire size for branch circuits shall be #12 AWG except that home rune longer than 100 feet for 120/208 system and 200 feet for 227/480 volt system In actual wire length from panel to Toad shall be minimum #10 AWG. 5.2.2 Size of wires larger than #12 AWG shall be as specified on plans or riser diagram, except as noted in Paragraph 5.2,1 above. 5.3 Color Coding 5.3.1 All branch circuit wires shall be color coded as follows (except as otherwise designated by local nodes or as otherwise required to match existing color coding in existing faoilltiee): Lines 240/120 208/120 480Y/277 (Phase) Eclat Nom vola A Black Blaok Orange B Red Red Yellow C — Blue Brown Neutral White White Gray Grounding Green Green Green Wire 5.3.2 Feeder cables need not be color coded throughout the length, but may instead be identified by oolored tapes at each junction box and at each end oorresponding to the colors scheduled above. 5.3.3 Wiring for auxiliary systems and control wires shall be color coded by means of colored stripes or traoers. 5.4 Direct burial cable shall be unreeled Into trench (not dragged) after all course stones have been removed from base of trench and sand fill laid down. Cables should be snaked slightly to allow for movement and settlement. 5.5 The use of Romex or BX cables whore permitted by node shall be acceptable In concealed spaces (excluding grouted cells of block walls) such so above suspended ceilings or within drywall partitions. 5.6 Manufacturers - All wires and oables shall be the products of American, Southwlre Co, General Cable, Okonite or General Eleotrio Co. 6. OUTLET AND SWITCH BOXES 6.1 All outlet and switch boxes shall be NEC approved type and shall be sized to provide ample space for wiring devices and conductors. Where the number of conductors and connections exceeds NEC limitations, box extensions shall be used. All boxes shall be standard galvanized or sherardized sheet steel as manufactured by Steel City Electric Company or National Electrical Products Corporation, TOYS" US RE 0 . EL • Tukwila Washln, on 01/31 92 DIVISION 16* BASIC MATERIALS,METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS *SECTION 16A4 62 All ceiling outlet boxes for exposed work, acoustical the ceilings, and furred plaster ceilings shall be 4 Inch octagonal, 2.1/8' deep. Provide plaster rings and/or fixture studs as required, 6.3 All boxes for concrete work shall be especially designed for this construction and shall be 3' deep for concrete thickness of 4' or more. Minimum concrete cover shall be 3/4'. 8.4 Flush mounted wall outlets shall be 4 Inch square boxes or gang boxes, 1 -1/2° deep, and shall be provided with suitable extension rings and covers. Outlets shall be carefully aligned so that oover plates will be truly vertioal and horizontal. 8.5 Exposed wall or column mounted outlet boxes for convenience reoeptaoles and lighting switches shall be standard, single gang (minimum) utility conduct boxes. 6.6 All boxes shall be rigidly mounted and shall be equipped with suitable screw fastened covers. All raceways entering boxes shall be mechanically and electrically secure. Open knockouts or holes in boxes shall be plugged with suitable blanking devices, Boxes shall be cleared of all plaster, dirt, trash, eto., before the installation of any wiring devloes and /or before the Installation of cover plates. 6.7 All boxes for conduit system shall be installed flush with finished surface with allowable recess for adaptors so that ooverplates may be pulled tight against the finished surface. 6.8 Outlet boxes or switch boxes mounted on opposite faces of a wall shall be offset to minimize sound transmission from one area to another. 6.9 Outlet boxes or switch boxes in finished areas shall be mounted flush with wall surfaces. 7. TAP, JUNCTION, OR PULL BOXES 7.1 Pull boxes shall be constructed of oode gauge, welded and galvanized sheet steel. Boxes shall be sized In accordance with NEC requirements, and shall be furnished without knockouts; holes for raceways shall be drilled on the Job. Where necessary for boxes to be supported away from ceilings or beams, structural steel members shall be provided for supports. 7.2 Where weatherproof sheet steel boxes are called for, the ELC ehall furnish and install oode gauge, welded and galvanized sheet steel boxes with gasketed cover and all flanges designed to resist the entrance of rainwater, Use FS or FD oast boxes as made by Crouse Hlnde, Appleton or Killark. 8. WIREWAYS AND TROUGHS 8.1 Underwriters approved metal raceways shall be furnished and Installed complete with necessary complement of fittings, connectors and aooessory parts. Wireway shall be of the 'lay- In' type without standard knockouts and with sorew covers for full channel aocese as manufactured by Square D, Hoffman, Columbia or Q.E. 8.2 Wlreways shall be soourely supported by approved methods at 5 ft. Intervals. Number of conductors per wiroway shall conform to the latest NEC requirements. 9. WIRING DEVICES 9.1 General - All wiring devices shall be of the type Indicated below. Color of devices shall be as Indicated on the drawings, 9.2 Switohes - Finished Areas 9.2.1 Toggle, single pole, Hubbell 1221 -1. 9.2.2 Toggle, 3 -way, Hubbell 1223 -1. 9.2.3 Pilot Light - Neon lights and red Jewel, Hubbell 1221 PL. 9.2.4 SPST, SPDT, DPST, & DPDT switches as required for special applications shall be of the corresponding model switches as specified above. 9.3 Switches - Unfinished Areas 9.3.1 Toggle, single pole Hubbell 1221 -1, 20 amp. 9.3.2 Toggle, Hubbell 1223.1, 20 amp. 9.4 Convenience Outlets - Finished areas 9.4.1 Duplex Hubbell 5252.1, 125 vot, NEMA grounded. 9.5 Convenience Outlets - Unfinished areas 9.6.1 Duplex, Hubbell 5252 -1, NEMA grounded. 9.6 Special Purpose Outlets as scheduled on drawings. 9.7 Cover Plates - Color of cover plates shall be as Indloated on the drawings. Where devices are Indicated to be mounted aide -by -side, multi-gang Dover plates shall be used, 9.8 Manufacturer - Hubbell (except cover plates), 10. FUSES (When applicable) 10.1 When the feeders or equipment are to be protected with fusible devices, fuses shall be furnished and installed by the ELC. 10.1.1 601 Ampere and Above - Sussman Type KRPC, Hloap (600V). 10.1.2 0 to 600A - Type LPNRK (250V) or LPSRK, (800V) Low Peak Class RK- 1. . 11. MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS AND COMBINATION SWITCH - STARTERS 11.1 Except as otherwiso noted on the drawings, or specified herein, all magnetic motor starters and combination switoh- startere shall be provided by the ELC. The ELC shall Install all power wiring from the panel or disoonneot switoh, through the starter and including final connections at the motor. 11.2. Magnetic starters shall be made by, Square D, GE, ITE, or Allen Bradley. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 16* BASIC MATERIALS,METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 11.2.1 Type - Full - voltage, non - reversing, across - the -line type, unless otherwise noted. 11.2.2 Overload Relays - Three (3) overload protection on all 3 -phase motors. 11.2.3 Voltage of Holding Colts - Unless factory pre -wired for internal controls and interlock, all motor starters furnished by contractor shall have 120 volt or less holding Dolls with individual control transformer built within eaoh starter. 11.3 Enclosure - Of the proper type for Indoor, outdoor, hazardous, dust tight, water tight applications. 11.4 For accessory motor control devloes see control diagrams on the drawings. 11.5 All starters shall be furnished with control station and pilot light. If not indicated as being remote from the starter, control station and pilot light shall be furnished with starter, mounted In starter cover. 11.6 Fused and non -fused disconnect switches for combination swftoh- starters shall comply with specifications below. 11.7 Auxillary contacts and devices required for interlock and temperature control work shall be provided by the ELC In accordance with the control diagrams ohown on the drawings. 12. STARTER AND CONTROLLER PROTECTION 12.1 Starters or controllers, whether furnished with tho equipment or by ELC, speotfioaily requiring a certain type or size or overourrent protection device shall be so furnished with such protection by the ELC. 13. PUSH BUTTON STATIONS 13.1 Push button otations for control of motors shall be heavy duty Industrial olltight typo In conduit type surface enclosure. Pilot lights shall be complete with suitable jewels and, where control voltage requires, shall be equipped with transformer. Puoh button stations shall be Square D, GE, Allen Bradley, or ITE. 13.2 Push buttons shall be either momentary, maintained contaot, or selector switoh type as required. ELC shall verify with HAC for the proper type desired prior to Installation for those push buttons. 13.3 Unless otherwise noted or specified, all push button stations shall bo provided by the ELC. 14. FUSIBLE AND NON - FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCHES 14.1 Unless otherwise lndloated, all manual operating and disconnect switches for motors and power equipment installed for this project shall be furnished and Installed by the ELC. 14.2 For single phase, 1 HP or smaller motor, use Square D Class 2510, GE- CR101 or iTE, manual motor switch with pilot light where Indicated. *SECTION 18A - 5 14.3 For motor load larger than 1 HP, use Square D, 3E or ITE horsepower rated switch. Switches shall be heavy duty, industrial type In NEMA type 1 general purpose enclosure, except as otherwise noted or required. Cover shall be Interlocked with mechanism to prevent opening unless switch is in 'off' position. Switches exposed to weather shall be raintight NEMA 3R Type. 14.4 For single phase power load other than motor load, use 16A, AC ewltoh up to 1000 watts, and safety switch thereafter, made by same manufacturer as in subparagraph 14.3. 14.5 Refer to control diagrams on the drawings for aooessory devices and additional data. 15. DEVICE AND EQUIPMENT MOUNTING 16.1 Location of Outlets - Unless otherwise specifically dimensioned on the drawings, the location for lighting fbctures and outlets shown on drawings are only schematic. ELC shall exercise great care In locating the outlets during roughing -In period. When the locations of outlets are shown in the detailed drawings on architectural elevations and details, these shall be followed. When In doubt, check with Owner's Representative for Instructions prior to roughing -in. 15.2 Mounting 15.2.1 Unless otherwise indicated, protective devices shall be mounted with top of panel or enclosure 94 Inches above finished floor, shall be properly aligned, and shall be adequately supported Independently of the connecting raceways. 15,2.2. Flush mounted switch outlets shall be mounted 4'- 0' above floor unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Flush mounted receptacle, telephone and intercommunication outlets shall be mounted 1' -0' above the finished fioorunless otherwise noted on the drawings. Clock outlets shall be mounted as noted on the drawings. All outlets, wiring devices and boxes In finished areas shall be flush mounted. 15.2.3 Exposed boxes for receptacles in Pre -Sales areas shall be mounted 5'-0' above the finished floor. 15.2.4 Wall or column mounted push -button stations shall be mounted 5'- 0' above floor. 15.2.5 Motor oontrollere shall be mounted with center Ilne of operating lever 6'-6' maximum above floor. 15.2.6 All devices or equipment (except thermal sensors) mounted on steel columns shall be mounted on the column web (between flanges) for proteotion. 15,2.7 Lighting and receptacle panelboards shall be mounted with center of panel 4'-6' above finished floor, except that top most circuit operating handle shall not be more than 6 above floor. Adjust as required. 15,2.8 All wiring devices, electrical enclosures and panels In finished areas shall be flush mounted. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila, Washington 01/31 /92 1 DIVISION 16* BASIC MATERIALS,METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 15.3 Access to and work apace around panels and equipment shall be In accordance with the latest edition of the NEC. 16. VIBRATION CONTROLS 16.1 General - It shall be the responsibility of the ELC to Install all conduits and boxee, avoiding direct contact with any piping or meohanloal equipment which 1s the source of vibration or the cause of vibration transmission. Any installation by ELC which does not comply with this general principle shall be corrected at contractor's expense. 16.2 Transformers 16.2.1 When connection is made with conduits and wires, a minimum of 18 inches of flexible conduit shall be used. 16.2.2 All floor mounted transformers shall be provided with rubber -In- shear mounts capable of providing approximately 0.25 Inch of static deflection when loaded. 18.2.3 Small column- or wall- mounted power transformers shall be bolted to steel channels through rubber grommets. 18.3 Conduit Connection to Equipment 10.3.1 In general, all conduit conneotions to air conditioning, plumbing or building, or any rotating or oaolllating equipment requiring electric motors, shall be made with flexible conduits. All flexible conduits shall be Anaconda'Sealtite'. 16.3,2 The length of flexible conduit required for each motor shall be based upon the requirements for a 360 degree loop in the conduit between the electrical motor and electrical box. When flexible conduit cannot be used due to space limitations, a neoprene or rubber buohing between the conduit and the electric motor to break the metal to metal contact may be Installed. A flexible ground strap shall be provided to complete the electrical ground where required. 16.4 Ballasts for fluorescent, metal halide, high pressure sodium or mercury vapor lighting fixtures: 16.4.1 Where used inside of building, ballasts shall carry a rating of 'A' whenever commercially available. 16.4.2 Remotely mounted ballasts whore required will be shown on drawings. 16.4.3 Ballasts shall be high power factor. 16.5 Holes and Openings - Openings around conduits, wireways, eto., where walls or floors are pierced shall be wrapped with fiberglass Insulation and shall be grouted on both sides of the opening. Grouting shall be made flush with finished surfaces. 16.6 isolator Description and Manufacturers 16.6.1 Types of Isolators TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Waehinnton 16.6.1.1 To be used for Isolation of transformers. Molded neoprene units equipped with leveling bolts. Units shall be Mason Industries Type 'ND', Amber Booth or Consolidated Kinetics Corporation sized for .35 Inch static deflection. 16.6.1.2 Type W - To be used for Isolation of switchboards or control cabinets. 16.8.1.3 Loading of molded neoprene pads ehall be limited to a static deflection of 0.03 to 0.06 inch. The area of pad shall be selected to match the load with manufacturer's recommended unit loading. An auxiliary steel plate may be required to distribute the load uniformly over the pad area. 17. EQUIPMENT, RACEWAY AND WIRING IDENTIFICATION 17.1 General - All interior exposed raceways, wiring, and equipment shall be suitably identified by the ELC. The ELC shall provide access to and shall open boxes, eto., as required, at time of final inspection to satisfy Owner's Representative that the proper identification procedures for conductors, etc., have been adhered to. 17.2 Boxes and enclosures for emergency circuits shall be marked with red label° saying 'EMERGENCY' or in some other manner made clearly identifiable to Electrician° or maintenance personnel. 17.3 Conductors *SECTION 18A 17.3.1 All conductors on circuits 600 - volts and below shall be color coded as specified In Section 16A -5, Color coding shall be by means of colored Insulating material, colored braid or jaoket over the Insulation, or by means of eultable colored permanent, non - aging, insulating tape equal to Scotch #471 to 'Toxoel 98' applied to conductors at each outlet, cabinet, or junction point. 17.3.2 A description of the color coding shall be permanently posted at eaoh branoh- oiroutt panelboard using the method described In paragraph 17.4.1 In section 16A of these specifications. 17.4 Control and Power Distribution Equipment 17.4.1 The ELC shall furnish and Install engraved laminated micarta nameplates for ELC and Owner provided equipment as epeoified hereinafter. Lettering shall be approximately 1/8 to 3/16 Inch In size. Plates shall be black surface and white core to produce white letters. Where equipment le not suitable for mounting the nameplate thereon, by botting or riveting, the Contractor shall furnish a No. 14 gauge steel plate, painted black, to whloh the nameplate shall be bolted or riveted and which shall be suitably fastened to the equipment or mounted immediately adjacent thereto. 17.4.2 All push button stations, control switches, selector switches, motor controllers, air circuit breakers or safety switohee, etc., shall be provided with 01/31/92 DIVISION 16* 18. TESTS 19. OPERATING TESTS BASIC MATERIALS,METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS nameplates as described In the previous paragraph. Such nameplates shall clearly identify by name the equipment controlled and shall state any special operating instructions which may be Indloated on the drawings. All nameplate designations shall be subject to the approval of Owner's Representative. 17.4.3 All factory built control panels, breaker panels, etc., shall be equipped with suitable nameplates as epeotflod under these individual headings. 18.1 Prior to the start-up of any system, ELC shall carefully check alt devices and manufacturer's instructions for the proper procedure of ,tart-up. 18.2 Check service entrance voltages and Inform electric utility of any over - voltage or under - voltage conditions. Check ground conditions and grounding resistance. Check system for proper phasing. 18.3 Balance all single phase loads at panelboards. The total connected load on each leg of the panel shall not vary more than 10 percent. If they vary more than 10 percent the branch circuit connections shall be redistributed at the panels by exchanging the circuit wires from the branch circuit protective devices until the above conditions are satisfied. 18.4 Replace all burned out lamps and ballasts with Owner furnished lamps and ballasts at the completion of work. 18.5 Check all auxiliary systems in accordance with manufacturers' instructions prior to operating systems. 18,6 Make all neoessary field adjustments and set all protective relays and devices In a000rdanoe with Instructions provided by the Owner. Fully coordinate all external connections to the equipment with the equipment manufacturer. 18.7 ELC shall mugger eaoh motor winding before energizing the motor. The insulation resistance shall be recorded based on winding temperatures and voltage Information furnished by Owner. ELC shall submit recorded insulation resistance and notify Owner of all motors with low insulation resistance in order that these motors may be replaced. 18,8 ELC ehall perform such tests as are required by utility on service entrance cables. 19.1 In addition to any other tests herein specified, the systems, after completion, shall be tested In operation for at least fifteen (15) days and shown to be In satisfactory operating condition. 19.2 Should any of the equipment or apparatus, furnished by the Contractor, require the service of a Factory Representative for Installation or plaoing in proper service and /or adjustment, the Contractor shall provide same without additional cost to the Owner. 20. CLEANING *SECTION 16A -7 19.3 The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner three (3) sets of in- struction books and spare parts list, bound in broohure form, covering each item of equipment furnished under the contract. See Division 1B of these specifications. 20.1 During construction, for all work furnished and /or installed under hie contract, ELC shall Olean and /or protect Interiors of all equipment devioee, raceways, etc., from duet, dirt, cuttings, or other foreign matter before closing of finished work. 21. TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER 21.1 The GCC shall arrange with the utility company to provide a temporary construction service for temporary light and power. Location to be at the GCC's field office remote from the building. 21.2 The GCC shall furnish and install a temporary panel at the above location. Temporary light stringers with double pigtail sockets and temporary power stringers and outlets shall be Installed by the ELC as required by the GCC for the various trades. 21.3 The ELC shall lamp all sockets originally and shall maintain system during working of all trades. Subsequent tamping and fuses shall be furnished by the GCC. 21.4 The GCC shall pay for all energy consumed and any other charges by the Utility Company. 21.5 The ELC shall remove all temporary equipment and wiring when It Is no longer required and when directed to do so by the GCC. 22. 22.1 PROTECTION AND INSTALLATION All electrical equipment and materials stored on the site shall be suitably sheltered from the elements. All materials and items subject to moisture damage shall be stored in dry, heated spaces. All equipment shalt be protected against dirt, water, and corrosive or mechanical damage, and theft. 22,2 All electrical systems and equipment shall be stored, protected, installed, tested, adjusted, and started up In strict accordance with the manufacturer's directions and instructions. Eaoh Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of any confliot between any requirement of the Contract Documents and the manufacturer's instructions and shall receive the Engineer's written Instructions before proceeding with the work. Any work that does not comply with the manufacturer's instructions or such written Instructions from the Engineer shall be corrected by the Contractor at no increase in the contract amount or additional cost to other trades. 22.3 if the size of any conduit, conductor, switch, breaker, enclosure or related accessories or the location of any fixture or device is not clearly evident on the Drawings, the Contractor shall request clarification from the Engineer prior to proceeding with the work. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tu II a Washln, on 01 31 92 DIVISION 18* BASIC MATERIALS,METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 22.4 All electrical equipment shall be installed in a rigid and • secure: manner and shall be Installed plumb, level, and square with the building, unitise otherwise indicated on the • drawings or Specified herein. END OF SECTION - *SECTION 18A-8 DIVISION 16* POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS PART 1: GENERAL 1. GENERAL 1.1 The work under this Section shall be governed by and subject to the provisions of the following: Section 18A BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS, AND REQUIREMENTS. 1.2 All work covered In this section of the specifications shall be the reeponelbiltty of the Eleotrioal Contractor (ELC), except as otherwise indicated on the drawings. 1.3 Refer to Civil Drawing for site utilities, miscellaneous work, and coordination with the exterior work of other contractors. 2. SYSTEM VOLTAGES 2.1 Incoming service and interior power distribution shall be 3 phase, 4 wire, 277/480 volts. 2.2 The majority of Interior and exterior lighting shall be wired from 3 phase, 4 wire, 277/480 lighting panels. 2.3 The major HVAC equipment shall be wired 3 phase, 3 wire, 480 volts. 2.4 Convenience receptacles and miscellaneous lighting and power shall be wired from 3 phase, 4 wire, 120/208 fed through step -down transformers. 2.5 All controls shall be wired at 120 volts, or less. 3, ELECTRICAL SERVICE 3.1 Incoming service shall be fed from the Utility Company's transformer as shown on the drawings. 3.2 ELC shall coordinate with the Utility Company and with Information shown on the drawings as to provision of the following: 3.2.1 Primary service, conduit, conductors, trenching and backfllling. 3,2.2 Transformer pad. 3,2.3 Transformer. 3,2.4 Connections of primary and seoondary conductors to transformer. 3.2.5 Secondary conduit. 3,2.6 Secondary conductors. 3.2.7 Meter, meter enolosure, current and potential transformers and associated enclosures and conduit. 3.3 All work shall comply with the rules and regulations of the Utility Company. ELC shall be responsible for all coordination with the Utility Company, including procurement of data, dimensions, and equipment. *SECTION 16B-1 3.4 Concrete encasement for conduit, and other concrete work required for electrical installation shall be provided by the GCC. 4. GROUNDING 4.1 System Grounding - Connect bare copper conduotors ( #2/0 minimum) from the neutral bus in the main distribution panel to the main water pipe, to nearest building column and to footing reinforcement. Install a bare copper jumper around each water meter. Where conduit is used to protect grounding oonduotor, bond the conductor to the conduit at both ends of the conduit. Provide copper bonding jumper across eaoh joint In the underground water main for a minimum of 25 -feet of underground pipe. ELC shall provide grounding to other suitable electrode to establish a path to ground not to exceed 6 ohms resistance. Coordinate with PBC as required. 4.2 Transformers - Ground neutral of transformer secondary to nearest suitable grounding electrode as defined by the Inspection authority and the NEC. Provide bonding jumper to connect the neutral of transformer secondary to metal case enclosure of the transformer. 4.3 Equipment (Static) Grounding 4.3.1 The entire conduit network shall be electrically continuous throughout; use as the grounding system, except as otherwise specified, indicated on the drawings or required by Codes, 4.3.2 Panel Boxes, Motor Frames, and other electrically operated equipment shall be grounded per Code requirements and In accordance with equipment manufacturer's instructions. 4.3,3, Install a green grounding conduotor inside all flexible conduit, connected to the equipment served and to the nearest outlet or junction box. Where permitted by Code, flexible conduit not over 6-feet in length and termination fittings approved for grounding may be used In lieu of green conductor. 4.3.4 All convenience receptacles shall be of the grounding type; ground to conduit network or to the Isolated ground conductor. 4.4 Grounding Conductors - size per NEC and /or looal Code. 4.5 Grounding of lighting fixtures - Incandescent lighting fixtures must be Installed in accordance with the grounding requirements of the National Electric Code. 4.6 Ground telephone system as required by the Telephone Company. 5. MAIN SWITCH, MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL (MDP) & POWER PANEL (PP) 5.1 Receive, handle, unload and install, where shown on the plans, Owner - furnished main switoh, service and distribution panelboard as shown on riser diagram. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL - Tukwila Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 16* POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS 5,2 ELO shall be responsible for all field wiring within panels, between panel sections and between panel, main switch and CT enclosure. 5.3 ELC shall provide CT enclosure In accordance with utility company requirements, 6. BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELS 6.1 Unless otherwise Indicated, all panels for this project shall be furnished and Installed by ELC. 8.2 ELC shall be responsible for all field wiring within panels and between panels and contactors, eto. 8.3 Single pole circuits shall be numbered on the right. Multiple pole circuits shall be numbered with the lowest pole position (e.g. a 3 pole breaker on poles 8,10 and 12 would be circuit r*8). Look -on devices shall be furnished on all nightlight cirouite, timer circuits and any other circuits so indicated on drawings, 6.4 ELC shall fill in the panel directory card with a typewritten description of each circuit and Install the directory in the panel behind a clear plastic cover. Two (2) copies of each panel directory shall be furnished to the Owner's Representative at the completion of the work. 6,6 Each lighting and receptacle panelboard that le flush mounted shall be provided with three (3) one inch empty conduits carried to a point above suspended ceiling and Dapped for future use, 6.6 Manufacturers • All panels shall be the products of Square 'D' or Cutler Hammer. 7. STEP DOWN TRANSF 7.1 Unless otherwise Indicated, all transformers shall be furnished and Installed by ELO as shown on Transformer Schedule on drawings. 7.2 ELC shall provide case grounds and system grounds for transformers. 8. ELECTRICAL WORK FOR PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION 8,1 Electric Water Coolers: Furnish convenience outlet as indicated on drawings. 8.2 Electric Hot Water Heaters: Wire units in accordance with manufacturer's wiring diagrams and reoommendations; provide equipment grounding. 8.3 When looal authority requires a remote sprinkler shutoff, poet Indicator valve or other remote sprinkler Indicating device, ELO shall provide empty conduit and boxes from the building to the remote devloee for use by the owner's alarm company. 9. ELECTRICAL WORK FOR HVAC SYSTEMS 9.1 Provide electrical work as shown on the drawings for rooftop units, unit heaters, exhaust fans, eto. *SECTION 16B -2 9.2 Temperature control work shall be as indicated on the drawings. ELC ehall refer to Division 15 for coordination with HAG. 10. LIGHTING CONTACTORS 10.1 Receive, handle, store install and connect Owner- furnished lighting contaotors as shown on Contaotor Sohedule on drawings, - END OF SECTION - TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 PART 1: 1. 1.1 DIVISION 18* LIGHTING SYSTEMS GENERAL GLIIERAL REQUIREMENTS Products 1.1.1 Except as otherwise noted, all lighting fbctures shall be furnished by the Owner for Installation by ELC. 1.1.2 The fixture schedule on the drawings Includes type designation, lamp data, mounting, catalog number and special features required. The catalog numbers specified In the schedule are for Identification of fixture design only and do not necessarily describe the special or optional features required. All special or optional features shall be provided as called for in the sohedule, or required for the application. 1.1.3 Equivalent fixtures by other manufacturers may be provided by Owner. 1.1.4 For uniformity In comparing bids, each contractor's bld for ELC - provided fixtures (if any) shall be based on the fbctures specified on the fixture sohedule. Equivalent fixtures by other manufaoturers may be considered for approval only at the time of bidding. Refer to the General Requirements article regarding brands and substitutions. 1.2 Fixture installation 1.2.1 Fixtures shall be installed at mounting heights Indicated and as detailed on the drawings and shall be complete with all lamps, fittings, accessories, etc, for a complete finished installation. 1.2.2 Fixtures and /or fixture outlet boxes shall be provided with hangers to adequately cupped the complete weight of the fixture. Design of hangers and method of fastening other than shown on the drawings or herein specified shall be eubmitted to the Owner's Representative for approval. Neither fixtures nor conduit shall be supported from roof deck. ELC shall provide supplemental rigid structural members as required to span between roof framing members for support of lighting fixtures and/or outlet boxes, 1.2.3 Fixtures mounted on outlet boxes shall be rigidly eeoured to a fixture stud In the outlet box. Hiokies or extension pieces shall be Installed where required to faollttate proper Installation. 1.2.4 Pendant fbctures within the same room or area shall be Installed plumb and at a uniform height from the finished floor. Adjustment of height shall be made during Installation. 1.2.5 Flush mounted recessed fixtures shall be installed so as to completely eliminate light leakage between the frame and the finished surface. *SECTION 16C - 1 1.2.6 Fixture housing, frame or canopy shall provide a suitable cover for the fixture outlet box or fixture opening. 1.2.7 Fixtures located on the exterior of the building shall be Installed with nonferrous metal screws finished to match the fixtures. 1,2.8 Fixtures shall be supported at the ends of each fixture with supports not to exceed 8 foot spacing. 1.2.9 Surface mounted fixtures longer than two (2) feet shall have one (1) additional point of support besides the outlet box fbdure stud when installed individually. 1.2.10 16 foot units shall be shipped in two eight foot unit sections and shall be field assembled. 1.2.11 All units shall be furnished without 'pigtail' leads from the fixture. 1.2.12 Internal wiring shall be Dapped off within the fixture ready for the contractor connection from the junction box. 1.2.13 Fixtures designed for use In conjunction with the Inverted T -bar ceiling suspension systems shall be of the fay -in type supported entirely by the T -bars and retained by suitable hold-down clips. Where required by seismic or other codes, ELC shall provide for each fixture a slack wire at each of two diagonal corners. When installing fixtures, the ELC shall notify the Calling Contractor should It appear that additional T -bar support will be required to prevent sag or damage. 1.2.14 It shall be the responsibility of the ELC to bring all lighting fixtures to operating condition (refer to ballast replacement Information supplied by Owner). 1.2.15 Fixture location shall be coordinated with structural framing system. Owner's representative shall be notified of any conflicts, ELC shall, without additional cost to Owner, relocate any fixtures so in conflict. 1.3 Ballasts - All ballasts for fluorescent and high Intensity discharge lamps shall be factory pre -wired and shall comply with the following minimum standards, unless otherwise noted on the drawings or specified in the fixture sohedule. 1.3.1 High power factor - minimum 90%. 1.3.2 UL labeled and CBM codified. 1.3.3 Class 'P', with built -in automatically resetting thermal protector. 1.3.4 Casing oonstruoted with positive prevention of dripping compound. 1.3.5 Lowest manufacturer's sound level and case temperature rise rating. TOYS 'R' US REMODEL • Tukwila, Washington 01/31/92 DIVISION 16* 1.4 Lampe 1.3.6 Low energy type. 1.3,7 Manufacturers: Advance, Universal, Jefferson. 1.4.1 Lampe for Owner furnished fixtures shall be furnished by Owner. Lamps for ELC furnished fbctures shall be furnished by ELC. ELC shall reoelve, unload,' store, protect from damage, unorate, and Install all lmpe. ELC shall provide Willis for temporary construction service lighting. 1,4.2 Immediately following the award of contrast, the ELC shall provide a complete Tamp list stating the quantitlea of each type of Tamp required and eubmlt three •(3) copies of the list to the Owner's Representative. 1.4.3 Install lamps at the time of fbcture installation, at the appropriate time when the building Is enclosed for finishing work, or ae otherwise directed by the Owner's Representative. 1.4.4 Replace all burnt-out lamps when the building, or any portion thereof, le turned over to the Owner for occupancy. Lampe furnished by Owner for re- Iamping. 1.6 " Concrete bases for exterior lighting standards shall be provided In a000rdanoe with the technical provisions of Division 3A of these epsolfioatlons. 2. UGHTING CONTROLS 2.1 Exterior Lighting - She lighting and exterior building lighting shall be wired through astronomical timers, and lighting contactors as diagramed on the drawings for timer 'on' and timer 'off' control. Set timers as directed by the Owner's Representative. END OF SECTION - LIGHTING SYSTEMS TOYS 'IV U8 REMODEL' - Tukwila, Waehlnat *SECTION 16C-2 DIVISION 16* PART 1: GENERAL 1. aENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2. TELEPHONE SYSTEM - END OF SECTION - OYS'R' U8 i _ MOD . L ukwlla Washln, ton SPECIAL & AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 1.1 All work under this Section of the epeokioatlons shall be governed by and subject to the provisions of: SECTION 1B - GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK SECTION 16A - BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS, AND REQUIREMENTS. 1.2 All work covered In this Section of the specifications shall be the responsibility of the Eleotrloal Contractor (ELCJ, except as otherwise specified herein or noted on the drawings. 2.1 Provide empty conduit underground, sized and located as Indicated on the drawings, from the telephone relay equipment In the office area to a point near the property Tine designated by the telephone company. Verify location and routing with the telephone company and the Owner's Representative prior to roughing-In. Provide any pull boxes, junction boxes, eto., required by the Telephone Co. 2,2 Provide for telephone service to individual outlets, Where required by Codes, provide 3/4' empty oonduk from each telephone looatlon as Indicated on the drawings. Refer to separate paragraphs and the drawings for further requirements. Verity locations of Individual outlets with Owner's Representative. 2.3 Provide for telephone service In finished areas, private offices, etc., by means of a flush mounted outlet box with 3/4' EMT extended to telephone equipment baokboard. The telephone company will furnish and Install all wiring. 2.4 Provide a duplex grounded receptacle at the telephone relay equipment, and provide grounding as required by the Telephone Company. Provide 3/4' plywood baokboard for mounting telephone equipment. 2.5 The entire Installation shall comply with the Telephone Company's regulations and standards and all local Codes. 3. SECURITY SYSTEM CONDUIT 3.1 Provide junction boxes and empty conduit ae indicated on Drawings. 3.2 Where required by Codes, provide 3/4' empty conduit from security system outlet locations as shown on the drawings, to security terminal Iooation as direoted by Owner's Representative. *SECTION 16E -1 01 31 t DIVISION 16* OWNER SUPPLIED ITEMS *SECTION 16G -1 PART 1: GENERAL 1. OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS 1.1 UgMing Fbcturee (except as otherwise shown on lighting fixture schedule on drawings) 1.2 Lamps for all Owner furnished lighting fixtures. 1.3 Exit Signe 1.4 Safety Switches for Roof -top HVAC units and transformers 1.6 Regleterwireway and Power Poles (wireway internal wiring by ELC) 1.6 Lift (on two-story facilities only) 1.7 Paddle fans with speed controls 1.8 Disconnect Switches (except as otherwise noted on drawings) 1.9 Signs 1,9,1 Cuetomer Piok.Up 1.9.2 Exterior 'Letter" Wall Signs 1.9.3 'Geoffrey' Exterior Wall Sign 1.9.4 Entry 1.9.6 Exit Only NOTE: C CABINET SHALL BE PROVIDED BY ELC - END OF SECTION • Revisions No Date Description 11 -25 -91 71' REV. AS PER STORE PLANNING 12 -30 -91 'Ft' REV. AS PER STORE PLANNING 31 -21 -92 Ft" REV. AS PER STORE PLANNING 1 02 -11 -92 ISSUED FOR ADDENDUM 'A' 2 3 -Z6 -92 IS&UED FOR BULLETIN *I Drawing References No Drawings GENERAL REFERENCE DRAWINGS WILL BE LISTED IN THIS COLUMN THRU- OUT THE SET FOR REFERENCE ONLY. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY & HAVE ON HAND COMPLETE SETS FOR CROSS- REFERENCING ISSUED FOR BIDS: 01 -31 -92 ISSUED FOR PERMITS: 02 -12 -92 CADD NAME: PROJECT NO.: 252991 DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1991 REV. 3.91 1� H x 'r : . 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS TELEPHONE (616) 235 -6000 MICHIGAN 49503 FAX (616) 235 -6132 /�ji♦i 'l' i S `∎ EOr stayiu ; ON ■ 3 :21v 'T Y w us f National Office R 461 From Road Paramus, NJ 07652 I (201) 599 -7800 GEOFFREY This drowing is the Exclusive Property of TOYS "R" US. The information shown may not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS 'R" US. Location TU K WI LA, WA. Drawing Title • COVER SHEET I Score AS NOTED Dote 01 -31 -92 Sheet.r�n I A 0 / rn • O CIVIL o J06 NAME: TOYS 'R' US LOCATION: TUKWILA. WASHINGTON A. BUILDING CRITERIA: BUILDING CODE: EXISTING BUILDING USE: B2 BUILDING USE: UNCHANGED OCCUPANCY: RETAIL TOY STORE CONSTRUCTION TYPE: 2 -N EXISTING GROSS BUILDING AREA: 50.405 SOFT. NEW BUILDING AREA: 51.445 50. FT. E3. ALLOWABLE AREA: UNLIMITED AREA: (SECTION 506.(b)) C. BUILDING AREA: GROSS: SALES: OFFICE: PRE- SALES. LOADING DOCK & MEZZANINE C2 EXISTING SITE PLAN C3 SITE DETAILS CODE DATA SUMMARY 51,445 SQ.FT. 28.710 SOFT. 1,850 SOFT. 20.885 SO.FT. 0. OCCUPANT LOADING: SALES AT 30 S0. FT./PERSON OFFICE AT 100 SO. FT./PEPSON PRE -SALES AT 300 SO. FT./PERSON TOTAL PEOPLE E. EXITING REQUIRED: SALES AND OFFICE 976/50. PRE -SALES & LOADING DOCK 70/50. TOTAL REQUIRED F. EXITING PROVIDED NET EGRESS WIDTH EXISTING DOORS /10.11.12 EXISTING DOOR /13 NEW DOOR /27 NEW DOORS /01.02 NEW OI . S .3 04.05 i14. . (3 0 2.75) (2.75) (2.75) (4.1) TOTAL OPENING WIDTH 8.25' 2.75' 2.75' 4.1' 4.1' TOTAL EGRESS PROVIDED G. MISCELLANEOUS FULLY SPRINKLERED TRAVEL DISTANCE DOES NOT EXCEED 200' ARCHITECTURAL AO COVER SHEET DI FLOOR PLAN DEMOLITION D2 MEZZANINE PLAN DEMOUTON D3 EXTERIOR ELEVATION DEMOLITION Al FLOOR PLAN AND DETAILS AIA MEZZANINE PLAN A2 FLOOR PLAN DETAILS A3 TRUCK DOCK PLAN & DETAILS A4 ENLARGED OFFICE PLAN A5 VESTIBULE PLAN & DETAILS A6 CONTROL TOWER & COUNT RM. PLANS & DETAILS A7 DOOR & ROOM FINISH SCHEDULES & DETAILS AB EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A9 VESTIBULE SECTIONS & DETAILS A10 ROOF PLAN & DETAILS Al l WALL SECTIONS & DETAILS Al2 REFLECTED CEILING PLANS & MISC. DETAILS A13 CERAMIC TILE LAYOUT A14 VERTICAL LIFT DETAILS (FOR INFORMATION ONLY) • F1 FIXTURE PLAN (FOR INFORMATION ONLY) PHI PHASING PLAN (BY TOYS 'R" US) G1 GRAPHICS (BY TOYS 'R" US) G2 GRAPHICS (BY TOYS "R" US) 26.05' 957 1046 19.52 1.4 20.92 CODE REVIEW NOTE: DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM TOYS 'R' US. INC. WILL PROVIDE (THRU A TURN -KEY VENDOR UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT) A COMPLETE FIRE AND INTRUSION DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM WITH REMOTE CENTRAL STATION MONITORING PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF T'i!E PROJECT. LOCAL ALARM IS ALSO PROVIDE ON THE SPRINKLER RISER By MEANS OF WATER FLOW DEVICE. REFER TO SECTION 150 OF SPEC. BOOK AND TO DWG. FP - 1. TABLE OF REQUIRED THERMAL U AND R- FACTORS C CONCRETE BLOCK - 12" w/ CORE INSULATION (WHEN APPUCABLE) CONCRETE BLOCK - 8" W/ CORE INSULATION (*HEN APPLICABLE) CONCRETE BLOCK - 8' CORE INSULATION & 4' FACE BRICK (WHEN APPLICABLE) MAN000R OVERHEAD DOORS FIBERGLASS BATTS - 6' GLASS: CLEAR TINTED ew- 1.10 UW. 1.10 US - 1.04 US - 1.04 SC- 0.95 SC -0.64 STRUCTURAL 51 GENERAL. NOTES S2 ROOF FRAMING PLAN S3 TYPICAL DETAILS R - 30.0 R . 5.0 U -0.19 U - 0.24 U - 0.22 U - 0. U - 0.20 21 R - 19 SYMBOL LEGEND ROOM NUMBER IDENTIFICATION I 104 DOOR NUMBER IDENTIFICATION Ds WALL SECTION DETAIL NUMBER SHEET WHERE DETAIL IS REFERENCED - TYPICAL DETAIL DESIGNATION SHEET WHERE DETAIL IS SHOWN rTlr rll Il1I111 Illtlll rllllil IIT,ilr 1111111 IIIJIII Illllll I11llil uIIIII111ilIIIIIIIIIIIII 1 11 I 1 . 1 31 1 4I 1 51 1 6. Nola g•_rc- u u i i1iili11111iliudiiii1uidiiiil 1111 4 11111P1111111 iidi�idrillii11411l�iii1iiii PERMIT SEPARATE MECHANICAL APPROVAL REQUIRED M1 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN REQUIRED M2 ENLARGED MECHANICAL PLANS & DEMOLITION M3 MECHANICAL SECTIONS AND DETAILS M4 MECHANICAL SCHEOULES P1 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN P2 PLUMBING SCHEDULE & DETAILS SPI EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION PLAN (FOR IOFOfm1AT10N ONLY) CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED MA �I 1211: PERMIT AND APPROVAL 3UIL NG CIVISION A.C.T. ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE A.F.F. ABOVE FINISH FLOOR ASPH. ASPHALT BLK BLOCK ELK'G BLOCKING CMG. CEILING C.T. CERAMIC TILE CONC. CONCRETE CON T. CON TINUOUS C.J. CONTROL JOINT DN. -. DOWN DIA_ DIAMETER DWG. DRAWING E.F. EACH FACE E.W. EACH WAY E.W.C. ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EL. ELEVATION ELC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EXIST. EXISTING EXP. EXPANSION F.P. FIREPROOF FlN. FINISH(ED) GA. GAUGE GCC GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR GALV. GALVANIZED GL. GLASS H.M. HOLLOW METAL H.P. HIGH POINT HAC HEATING & A/C CONTRACTOR 1.0.C. INSIDE DIMENSION CLEAR JT. JOINT ELECTRICAL E1 ELECTRICAL NOTES & SYMBOLS E2 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN E3 RECEPTACLE & FAN PLAN E4 LIGHTING PLAN E4.1 MEZZANINE LEVEL UGHTING PLAN E5 NOT USED E6 POWER DETAILS E7 COMPUTER SYSTEM MIRING DIAGRAM E8 ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES E9 RISER DIAGRAM 1 underL subject to plans dyes :. ado ; : cycle copy of opxo By../ ABBREVIATIONS 'se ere appro of plans d069 I•r. any Adopted 40de � copy of approve , :a.:r;.,..... + - ;;;s. s By a Dote .......o+. «.i! Permit No Date........ r :Q,• Permit HO.... LAM. LAV. L.P. MAX. MTL. MIN. M.O. N.I.C. NO. 0.C. OPN'G P.B.C. PLAS. LAM. PL. PLY() RAD. REF.CLG.PL REO'D STL. SuSP. CMG. T.O.M. T.O.S. U.O.N. V.C.T. W/ WD. 7 'Y 3 PPI'llWels ere approval of • of any 'ontrector's LAMINATE LAVATORY LOW POINT MA)QMUM METAL MINIMUM MASONRY OPENING NOT IN CONTRACT NUMBER ON CENTER OPENING PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PLASTIC LAMINATE PLATE PLYIYOOD RADIUS REFLECTED CEIUNG PLAN REQUIRED STEEL SUSPENDED CEIUNG TOP OF MASONRY TOP OF STEEL TYPICAL UNLESS OTHERINSE NOTED VINYL COMPOSITION TILE %MTH W000 CITY v MAR 2 PERMIT CENT R 4:••••••I• a - I Iii' tIrit•s tog i• i)( 11)1S `II: 1 1 he 1 ni,tt tt"14,1 not 11;.• (twit iitir the 1)rast 1(cprojthied %sitIt•iut permis•ion •,r I ()YS "N" • ry...1,t. • . • • • -t:-•SOUTHCENTER ••••••••••L -- r • • 1 T 1 A gas 1 b tootnterousumnora 1411111 elt1 t -No • '"-efo (wry or I'L•ctoo.A M. s•• ..., ,,,,., .,:• ...; 4. i 1.. • 2...• A& 1 ,17 ..., • • - - 4-- • I ‘ ' • -- \ ( I No '.."..• A • 4.• 4. 1 1 V •." 0 • 4 .. : .. ." I' L.'•'•• I A • g 4 • : I I • 1 .• . I • ; ••• • a. ••■•••!, 4 • s' •• •Ce ,••••••••••••••- • r• r. 1 . . • " !4•-f. 4 • - • r . a f••• 4 • .1.5%. ; • 4 4..* • 4,• ar.•-• • LW, Pi 0 DI' WI./ et • - •• NV. NCT/V 55.8 41311r- • - ••••••••••• 1.149, 1 gr4re ; • t • V. • II WOO . 1 •••11 POI' le 4 • 1, • lb• ann. 9•-••• •1114W Ni 1PoIT A/ •-•-•-•••- ; tr re+ - • • 4, , . . . . . . t 4 . .i1(1 I • II .' re,. e•.• t-e.e , 4 e•gw,... ?rep ! • i I 4 • • .. - --Lir-1/4 i -S."- ..s - . 'i. - - ' I • • - i, s , :-:-. i : --: . 1 r r - - l l . • . 1 ._., c - - • "e. I `-' -- • • . . . . ..ti . % ._.....1 _ • i 1. .. . - v ?I' i 1 1 -- e - i .. .) ':•-• ..i i 1,.` L I.!: t. • ' ; ' •: ;.- c:::.,- ;•.4 - c.-:, _ ......) • • - •_-..1 . 4 c a . c . <1 L • ' t• - (- :1-• .. • - : ..' i •. - ...1 ..;:) -1 • Er - I - • ■-,zi..; jilt . ... . •--.... . :.. • 1 --) k'. \ A ..____;„.._,.. ___. _,.,.. ---:_n_ ._.___••■ • s.., . - -, 4. i- • • tip \ / i 7. ' I • 4: J,,<!_ 1 -• •Z P ;- i 6 • . t • .1 • i • - 0 ii ;': r .-_- -• 0 0 a - - • . . r I - 1. v , ? .1 , • • .. t ... t•-:".! i . - - • .. ,. t-r. . • Li V I i i , . , .... • i f , :',, , •• ..,-; 1-. F.> : - • • !.... _. . v, 1, 'e• I 1,4:3 53. ....t.„... - 1 i ' r. L :t1,‘4 --- .•. .1 . 1, . '• • . i 4 I • a • a • . : • 6... • ..„! a...• 4 ....Vo.,..••:,:•••• :.• I ‘• : ..4: 1 4 • ! • I •••••• . I . ,-- ---• 4 .....,-...... 1 ...la •-... • e -t r • “'" • • ..." 4. : :ft. ' Z l i 1 1 • • • ••• ••• • • • • 1 • •••••••• •••••• • • •• • .•• ••• - ••••• • ',JO ” ..••••• ; • 4 . . • • I • i 1 SPACE,V ; 1 1 I I i • • 1 1 • PAI COPY OF MICRO FILM SITE PLANS FROM THE CITY OF TUKWILA FOR REFERENCE•ONLY-- : ri ' • ' • 3?' .te •••- ..0 . • t 5 • 11 • • ' t • • •••• • • • I • .; • ; ta • .• . • • o._ • • •••• .315' or:••••. 71:4,1 1 • .• • • • • 1 ••• ow 7 • Z C : I (1: I " .a1P.{V•0\:: .• 0 0 . 0 • s t • 1. • . , •• • 01 I II 1 • • • • • • • • I • • • 1 • • tn • • . • .•-•-•4, - tg") • I 1-- 10 .SPACEi • • P_SPNE Ft I •. • - i I 17 SP.-1Cc 1 , . ; . ". • S r "6 1 -4-C". ; --- F1 7- 1 I I • , • • • • 20 SPACES I , • • 11 ' • r e . 2 SPACE t . • 13] . L•1 ,! L • "XI 1••• 1 . . • t• • • • • • • ••••.% ! I • e •d ; • • a 0' _Cs. - - 7 (No 3 • t.4 . • • I • A 1. o ct' '; • ;' • ,••••-• Ns' • es - IA 4 •-• , • • 5 71 t; ••••••••■ .•-• • • ••%, - 5. ',I. D, • g rg, . u. _ . .. _ . . _ . . .. , . MI . -.. ,,' _ .. ...- • r-, . I-1 . fry . • I • • .1 1 • • F -• 1 . '.1 VS& 1141.4.91113 .: • • CT( OF •'TUKWILA APPROVED AR M '2219 RIM DING DIVISION wifil if - 51 2 = ilEcEi 4 1 • • • ,,; - ; -P - T7,117 _.. iii 0 u7 0 4" DIAMETER STEEL PIPE FILLED W/ CONC., (PAINTED- - COLOR SELECTED BY "TRU ") & EMBEDDE:, IN CONC. BASE. (16 REQ'D. -REFER TO SIDE- WALK PLAN FOR LOCATION) FIRS r COURSE ABOVE SLAB TO BE SMOOTH -FACE BEHIND CART CURB ONLY CONT. SEALANT -SEE SPEC. SECT. y3 (INCLUDING DOOR OPENING) • 1/2" CONT. PRE- MOLDED EXPANSION JOINT CONC. CART CURB AT PORTION OF STORE -FRONT PER SIDEWALK PLAN WITH 3/4" CHAMFERED EDGE — 1 N #4 CONT. TYP. 0 CURB -- TOP OF PAVEMENT TO BE FLUSH WITH TOP OF SIDEWALK ALONG STOREFRONT (SEE SITE DRAWINGS) #4 BENT DOWELS 0 4' -0" O.C. EXIST. 12 G.M.U. #4 CONT. TYP. -- AT CURBS EXISTING FIN. FLOOR #4 BENT DOWELS 0 4' -0" O.C. so CONCRETE TO BE RAISED FOR PROPER WATER RUN OFF 4" DIAMETER STEEL PIPE FILLED W/ CONC., PAINTED TRAFFIC YELLOW AND EM- BEDDED IN CONC. BASE BITUMINOUS JOINT AROUND PIPE TOP OF SLAB OR ASPHALT NOTE: REFER TO PLANS FOR NUMBER AND LOCATION OF BOLLARDS TO BE ADDED. TYP. BOLLARD DETAIL @ STOREFRONT SCALE: 3/4 " =1 BOLLARD DETAIL CONTINUOUS SEALANT SEE SPEC SEC.3 (INCLUDING DOOR JPNG'S) 1/2" PRE - MOULDED EXPANSION JOINT CONTINUOUS. CONC. CART CURB AT PORTION OF STORE PER SIDEWALK PLAN WITH 3/4" CHAMFERED EDGE. SIDEWALK - REINFORCED WITH WIRE MESH RE: STRUCT. DWGS. �--- 4" AGGREGATE O b . SLOPE 3 - /5 REINF. CARS (CONT.) CONCRETE CONCRETE WALK SECTION SCALE: 3/4'111 I' -0' 1/2" EXPANSION MATERIAL (SEE SPEC. SECTION 3.16.6) 8" SCALE: TOP OF WALK TO BE FLUSH WITH TOP OF EXIST. PAVEMENT ALONG SIDEWALK - SEE SITE DWGS. f` I 1/2" TOP OF WALK TO BE FLUSH WITH TOP OF EXIST. PAVEMENT ALONG SIDEWALK- SEE SITE DWGS. EXISTING OR NEW CONCRETE SLAB \C) PARKING EV. III III I' III II .1t I.. � 1 1 1 PAINTED PAINTED GROUND PAVEMENT SIGN SCALE: 1/4"=1 (ONLY IF INDICATED ON SITE PARKING PLAN) TOOL SCORED JOINT i ' .0 :": a 0 o o ° -' 1 ` - '' 4" CONC. SLAB TOOL SCORED I I I 1 I I I I I ��IIiI , I , I , I , I , I'I'I , I , I , I , I , I , S NOTE: THE G.C.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL WORK REQUIRED TO "STAGE" SITE WORK IN SUCH A MANNER THAT THE INSTALLATION OF THE NEW CONCRETE & PAVING WILL BE COMPLETED SO THAT IT DOESN'T INTERFERE WITH THE NORMAL OPERATION OF STORE HOURS. THE G.C. SHALL PROVIDE STAGING COSTS AND COMPLETION DATES TO TOYS "R" US AT TIME OF BID. ALL TRAFFIC SIGNS AND POST SHOWN SHALL COMPLY W/ LOCAL AND /OR STATE D.O.T. STANDARD REQUIREMENTS. THIS INCLUDES STRIPING, STOP BAR, STOP SIGNS. DIRECTIONAL ARROWS & ALL OTHER PAINTED PAVEMENT SIGNS AS REQUIRED. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING AND INSTALLING ALL REQUIRED SIGNS FOR "HANDICAPPED" DESIGNATIONS. "FIRE LANES ", "TRAFFIC" SIGNS, DIRECTIONAL SIGNS, ETC. PER ALL REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL AUTHORITIES. G.C.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING AL! LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS COVERING StGNAGE & ADJUST ACCORDtNG'LY. CONSTRUCTION JOINT DETAIL C.J. JOINT D . 3 0 C3 - SCALE: 1 1n —p SIDEWALK PLAN ��IsEO 4 No.16 �•��,�•• PAINTED SCALE: 1/2 "=1' -0" CONC. CART CURB BEYOND // EXPANSION & SCORED JOINTS MATERIAL ,2. T� 0 12 PLAN ELEV. 0' -0" SCORED JOINTS 0 8' -0" O.C. EXPANSION JOINTS AS SHOWN 38' -1" NORTH • 11 W4: _e:> .: .... 4' -6' EXPANSION JOINT DETAIL E.J. EXIST. NEW 4" DIA. BOLLARDS REFER TO DET. 9 -C3 LOACTED AS SHOWN C.J. (TYP.) 12 EQUAL SPACES (4" DIA. BOLLARDS) TOP OF WALK TO BE FLUSH WITH TOP OF EXIST. PAVEMENT ALONG SIDEWALK- SEE SITE DWGS. EXIT /ENTER SIGN t• CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED l/!AR `• + 19•2 null .DI G DIVI ION 17 �\ 1 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2 6 199' PERMIT CENTER N. 1 SCHEDULES ISSUED FOR BIDS: ISSUED FOR PERMITS: GEOFFREY c;3 CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED; APR ';1992 G DIVISION 1 ##J.tr;1( 1 . I 'I. %.1.,N` �. 1N. h1:('1z': 01-31-92 02 -12 -92 CADD NAME: T91 TWCO3 PROJECT NO.: 262991 DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1991 REV. 3.91 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS ' TELEPHONE (616) 235 -6000 MICHIGAN 49503 FAX (616) 235 -6132 National Office 461 From Rood Paramus, NJ 07652 (201) 599 -7800 This drawing is the Exclusive Property of TOYS "R US. The information shown may not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS "R" US. Locat TUKWILA, WA. Drawing Title SITE DETAILS Scale AS NOTED Dote 01 -31 -92 Sheet no, TOYS 'R' VS Revisions No Dote Description 1 03 -26 -92 ISSUED FOR BULLETIN 11 • r� ■ IIIIIIIIIII ■ ■ ■ Drawing References No Drawings 00 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ III III ■ ■ ■ ISSUED FOR BIDS: 01- 31-92 ISSUED FOR PERMITS: 02 -12 -92 CADD NAME: T91 TWDO1 PROJECT NO.: 262991 DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: • , L w J ^ 1 � _�} Jf 4y p a1<t t 11 l'1 I/1 1 :I.I • 1 1 )1) E, T N '\ I : \t.. J OTT 1 ■( ftia1 v LI' I.li' .. 1 1 I,i' 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS TELEPHONE (616) 235 -6000 MICHIGAN 49503 FAX (616) 235 -6132 L 237 ....... +..+ + -_. .de' . c - :Y,_ C. F" ,,,I..,..,1 1 . � d{4.� `'- ATE C W: )i-I iGTON .�yy 1 h .us „toys 1414'7 National Office 461 From Road Paramus, NJ 07652 (201) 599 -7800 . GEOFFREY This drawing is the Exclusive Property of TOYS "R" US. The information shown may not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS "R" US. ' Location TUKWILA, WA Drawing Title . FLOOR , PLAN DEMOLITION Scale AS NOTED Date 01- -31 -92 Sheet no ----* 1 JI AR , U cD GEN_EBA._QEM ITION NOTES: A. B. C. D. E. F. KEYED DEMOLITION NOTES: (INDICATED WITH SYMBOL " O ") A. TEMPORARY PARTITIONS: tO CONSTRUCT TEMPORARY BARRIER / PARTITION AS REQUIRED PER STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES AND RULES AND OSHA STANDARDS TO ENSURE PUBUC AND EMPLOYEE SAFETY. REFER TO TRU PHASING PLAN FOR REQUIRED LOCATIONS AND COORDINATE WITH TRU FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. B. WALLS: O REMOVE VINYL OR RUBBER BASE. 0 REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR WALLS, STAIRS, DOORS, RAISED FLOOR AND CASE --WORK AT CONTROL TOWER. C. DOOR / WINDOW ITEMS: 4s• • D. FLOORING ITEMS: 13 CLEAN AND SMOOTH OUT ALL FLOORS AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE NEW SCHEDULED FLOOR FINISH. REFER TO MECH./ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION ITEMS. PATCH CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED FOR DEMOLITION /INSTALLATION OF VARIOUS MECH. /ELEC. CONSTRUCTION ITEMS. VERIFY AND COORDINATE OPENINGS REQUIRED WITH MECH./ELEC. TRADES. REFER TO SPECS FOR CUTTING AND PATCHING. NO OVER - CUTING WALL BE ALLOWED BEYOND NOTED HOLE SIZE FOR NEW OPENINGS IN STRUCTURAL CONC. SLAB OR ROOF UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. VERIFY NEW HOLE SIZES AND LOCATIONS FOR MECH./ELEC. ITEMS WITH MECH./ELEC. TRADES PRIOR TO WORK. CUTTING THRU EXISTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS IS NOT PERMITTED. CONTACT ARCHITECT SHOULD DISCREPANCY OCCUR. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY DUST AND TRAFFIC BARRIERS / TEMPORARY PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN A SAFE AND CLF.AN ENVIRONMENT FOR THE PUBLIC AND EMPLOYEES THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT. G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH TRU FIELD REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING THESE PARTITIONS AT INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. CONSTRUCT MOVABLE TEMPORARY BARRIER / PARTITION AS FOLLOWS: 1/2" PLYWOOD, 48" HIGH, ON 2 X 4 STUDS FRAMING AT 24" 0.C. WITH DIAGONAL BRACING ON EACH SIDE AS REQUIRED. (PLYWOOD TO BE ON RETAIL SIDE.) PROVIDE 6 MIL POLYETHYLENE SHEET FROM TOP OF BARRIER WALL TO UNDER SIDE OF ROOF DECK AND TEMPORARILY FASTEN TO TOP OF BARRIER WALL AND TO DECK ABOVE. (DO NOT MECH. FASTEN TO ROOF DECK.) REFER TO DEIiO NOTE NO. 1 ABOVE. REMOVE DRYWALL AND STUD WALL PARTITION. REMOVE PORTION OF CONC. BLOCK WALL. (REFER TO ARCH. DRAWINGS FOR EXTENTS) REMOVE AND RELOCATE EXISTING DOOR PER FLOOR PLAN. REMOVE DOOR AND FRAME. G.C. TO DISPOSE OF. REMOVE AND REPLACE EXISTING DOOR. DOOR NUMBER NEXT TO THIS DESIGNATION REFERS TO NEW DOOR NUMBER. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATION AND DOOR SCHEDULE FOR OTHER REQUIREMENTS. REMOVE GLASS AND METAL FRAME WINDOW ASSEMBLY. REMOVE AUTOMATIC SLIDE OR SWING DOOR. G.C. TO DISPOSE OF. EXISTING V.C.T. FLOORING TO REMAIN AS A BASE FOR NFW V.C.T. FLOORING. REMOVE LOOSE TILES. PATCH AND LEVEL EXISTING SURFACE AS REQUIRED FOR NEW INSTALLATION. NOT USED. E. CEILING ITEMS: 15 16 REMOVE AND REINSTALL SUSPENDED CEILING GRID AND LAY -IN PANELS AS REQUIRED TO PERMIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF MECH. /ELEC. ITEMS. REFER TO MECH. /ELEC. DRAWINGS. F. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS: REMOVE ENTIRE EXISTING SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM. 17 EXISTING WALL & CONC. SLAB TO BE REMOVED TO A POINT WHERE NEW COLUMN BEARING PLATES : :;:!! BE SECURED TO WALL BELOW SLAB ELEVATION (SEE ENLARGED PLAN ON DWG. A3) 18 REMOVE UNIT HEATER, FLUE THRU ROOF AND CAP GAS LINE ON ROOF (SEE ROOF PLAN A9 FOR LOCATION OF GAS UNE) 19 REMOVE ALL RESTROOM ACCESSORIES. EXISTING RAILS TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE EXISTING REGISTER CHECK -OUT COUNTERS. G.C. RESPONSIBLE FOR OFF -SITE DISPOSAL REMOVE EXISTING MILLWORK. REMOVE EXISTING SIGNAGE AND GRAPHICS. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL DAMAGED SURFACE AND SUB- SURFACES NOT BEING REPLACE BY NEW CONSTRUCTION. COLUMN TO HAVE FIELD WORK DONE (SEE STRUCTURAL DWGS.) REMOVE EXISTING ENTRANCE SIGN. G.C. TO DISPOSE OF. REMOVE EXISTING COPING. REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR TO FLOOR CHUTE. THIS CHUTE TO BE REUSED AND SHOULD BE REMOVED AND HANDLED ACCORDINGLY. REMOVE EXISTING DOOR HEATER AND RELOCATE PER MECHANICAL DWGS. G. H. J. G.C. TO INSPECT PREMISES BEFORE SUBMITTING BID, AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY AND ALL REQUIRED DEMOLITION NOT SHOWN ON ALL DEMOLITION PLANS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEW CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION WORK WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. G.C. SHALL PAY FEES AND OBTAIN DEMOLITION PERMITS. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL OF ALL DEBRIS AND EQUIPMENT FROM THE SITE TO AN APPROVED LANDFILL. G.C. SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL DEBRIS AND EQUIPMENT REMOVED DURING DEMOLITION BE REMOVE OFF-SITE THAT SAME DAY. TRU WILL NOT ALLOW ANY STOCK PILING ON-SITE. ALONG COL. LINE 1 BETWEEN 3 COL. LINE A & COL. LINE D DEMO EXISTING C.M.U. WALL 11 AREA OF NEW C.P.U. VESTIBULE DOORS. REFER TO DRAWING A5. ----- S ---------- I F -------- - - - __- .__ - -� -- - - - - -- -.5-e--EXISTING FLOOR 1 TILE TO BE j REMOVED. .••■..•.,.•1....•. THIS AREA TO BE DESHED IN CONFORMANCE WA CURRENT FIXTURE PLAN DRAWIN "F1" & ARCH. DRAWING "A3'. EXISTING THRU WALL AIR - CONDITIONER TO BE REMOVED. 1T II1 I III I "II 1 III I II 1 III I II II I 11 I t11 1 II 1 11 I II1 II I 1 No.18 107.1I*:..-. -- 1 •- - -- ENTIRE EXISTING EXIT — VESTIBULE & RAIUNG TO BE REMOVED. 1. L __J i I 1 I i I I I L_: J L_ -J REFER TO DWG. A14 FOR VERT. UFT PIT INFO. & DEMO CONC. SLAB AS REQ'D. WHERE & REQUIRED WHERE & REQUIRED WHEN ;/WHEN 1 1 F-, 1 1 ' Ii I I ' I !L i REFER TO DWG. A3 FOR NEW COLUMN FOOTING & DEMO CONC. SLAB AS REQ EXISTING STORE SAFE TO BE REMOVEC & "TRU" TO ADVISE. FLOOR PLAN lessmormormmaspirammacrow aIv SCALE: 1/16 " =V —n" . 1 ",- EXISTING FLOOR TILE IN SHADED AREA TO REMOVED. EXISTING PAY PHONES TO BE RELOCATED BY TELEPHONE COMPANY EXISTING ELECTRIC WATER COOLER TO BE REMOVED. t o 3 DAANIPure«srrNIVra c -- CITY OF TUKWILA • APPROVED M A ' 19x2 ALL EXISTING LAY -IN CEILING TILES TO BE REMOVED. REFER TO DWG. Al2 FOR MORE INFORMATION. ALL EXISTING CONCRETE BLOCK PILASTERS TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING MOP BASIN TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING ELECTRIC WATER HEATER TO BE RE`l4VED. 901 DI D DIVISION REFER TO DWG. Al FOR NEW EXIT DOOR. DEMO EXISTING CONC. CURB AS REQ'D. BY A.D.A. STANDARDS. — CONC. FLOOR SLAB TO BE REMOVED WITHIN THIS DIST. FOR RESTROOM & HALLWAY REMODEL. art 0 MAR 2 6 1992. PE ,,� d %T: CENTeR oJ O" qD N cD ,G,., ,NER6L „DPI QIgONIQTES_ A. a. C. CLEAN AND SMOOTH OUT ALL FLOORS AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE NEW SCHEDULED FLOOR FINISH. REFER TO MECH. /ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION ITEMS. PATCH CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED FOR DEMOLITION/INSTALLATION OF VARIOUS MECH. /ELEC. CONSTRUCTION ITEMS. VERIFY AND COORDINATE OPENINGS REQUIRED MTH MECH./ELEC. TRADES. REFER TO SPECS FOR CUTTING AND PATCHING. NO OVER — CUTTING WALL BE ALLOWED BEYOND NOTED HOLE SIZE FOR NEW OPENINGS IN STRUCTURAL CONC. SLAB OR ROOF UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. 0. VERIFY NEW HOLE SIZES AND LOCATIONS FOR 'MECH. /ELEC. ITEMS WITH MECH. /ELEC. TRADES PRIOR TO WORK. E. CUTTING THRU EXISTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS IS NOT PERMITTED. CONTACT ARCHITECT SHOULD DISCREPANCY OCCUR. F. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY DUST AND TRAFFIC BARRIERS / TEMPORARY PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN A SAFE AND CLEAN ENVIRANMENT FOR THE PUBLIC AND EMPLOYEES THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT. G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH TRU FIELD REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING THESE PARTITIONS AT INTERIOR AND EX1'.:R!OR LOCATIONS. G. H. J. G.C, TO INSPECT PREMISgLgEFORE_SUBMITTIN/ �IQ ANp ID _ _� _ RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY AND ALL REQUIRED DEMOLIT NOT SHOWN ON ALL DEMOLITION PLANS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEW CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS CO�ADINA1'E ALL DEN OLITION WORK WITH CORSTRI3C TION DOCUMENTS - - `�' G.C. SHALL PAY FEES AND OBTAIN DEMOLITION PERMITS. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMJVA. c' ALL DEBRIS AND EQUIPMENT FROM THE SITE TO AN AF'I✓Rt "D LANDFILL. G.C. SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL DEBRIS •';! EQUIPMENT REMOVED DURING DEMOLITION BE REMOVE OFF —SITE f' sAME DAY. TRU WILL NOT ALLOW ANY STOCK PILING ON —SIT;. No Drawings P 031 31 --9 II111IlJI IIII�IIIIIIIIII011 • 1 It EXISTING OPENING TO BE ENLARGED TO DIMENSIONS SHOWN. Irr 1 I 11111' II;111'1 I IIIII11'111 l I IIIIII IIIIIIII I ! 1 6 ) No.18 1 j" I I II li 6 8 L 9 9 E Z w�T Y} 11i111111111111i111111h111111111111111111111�111�1111i1111II �iiiI�iii 1 111 11111 111111111111111111111i11111 1111�1111 1 EXISTING OPENING TO IBE ENLARGED TO DIMENSIONS SHOWN. EXISTING FLOOR TO FLUOOR CHUTE TO BE REMOVE.] & REUSED. REMOVE & H INDLE ACCORDINGLY. FRAMINp TO BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED AS REQUIRED 0 NEW _OCATION.. EXISTING GATES, KICKIILATE. PIPE SLEEVES & BENT PLATE TO BE REMOVED & RE#JSED. MEZZANINE PLAN SCALE: 1 /16” In 1 '•- C " CITY OF TUKWIIA APPROVED. MAR ^219922 D Ri111 DING DIVISION CITy FEB Kwlr,� kRM 1TCENzol 1 • ISSUED FOR BIDS: ISSUED FOR PERMITS: CADD NAME: T91 TWDO1 PROJECT NO.: • 262991 DRAWN BY: • CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATIbN: 50 MONROE PLACE • GRAND RAPIDS TELEPHONE .(616) 235-6000 MICHIGAN . 49503 • FAX (616) 235 =6132 L. GEOFFREY This drawing is the exclusive Property of TOYS "R" US. The' infthnotion shown relay not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of `TOYS " US.s'' Location 6281 • TUK WI LA, Notional Office 461 ` From Rom) Paramus, • NJ 07652` (201) - 599 -7$00 l Revisions Dote Description 1 03-26-92 ISSUED FOR BULLETIN 1 Drawing References No Drawings ■ ■ ■ ■ ISSUED FOR BIDS: 01-31-92 , ISSUED FOR PERMITS: 02-12-92 CADD NAME: T91TWDO3 PROJECT NO.: 262991 DRAWN F3Y: CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1991 REV. 4.91 .y - t '^ ' ~ '1 . 73 ,,, t { J: n - 7 ,t' }.`'. T y 1�Ll fi lY 01II t�11 i 1 lJ �I OLJ.�• NI IN 11 )I:• . 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS TELEPHONE (616) 235 -6000 MICHIGAN 49503 FAX (616) 235- -6132 ., ;; , ,... : s; D /: 14 1 voys v vs ... Notional Office p 461 From Road Paramus, NJ 07652 (201) 599 -7800 GEOFFREY This drawing is the Exclusive Property of TOYS "R" US. The information shown may not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS "R" US. Location TUKWILA, WA. Drawing Title DEMOLI " ELEVATION Scole AS NOTED Dote 01 -31 -92 Sheet no. D 3 A I N 1t) O ALONG WEST WALL (NORTH END, REMOVE CONC. BLOCK WALL DUE TO ADDITION OF DOOR #28 (REFER TO DRAWING A5) KEYED DEMOLITION NOTES: (INDICATED WITH SYMBOL " <) ") A. TEMPORARY PARTITIONS: • B. WALLS: REMOVE DRYWALL AND STUD WALL PARTITION. REMOVE CONC. BLOCK WALL. 4:4 D. FLOORING ITEMS: 13 E. CEILING ITEMS: 15 • it• 0 T.O.M. =24' -8" ELEV. =1 B' -0_ FINISH FLOOR CONSTRUCT TEMPORARY BARRIER / PARTITION AS REQUIRED PER STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES AND RULES AND OSHA STANDARDS TO ENSURE PUBLIC AND EMPLOYEE SAFETY. REFER TO PHASING PLAN BY TOYS "R" US FOR REQUIRED LOCATIONS AND COORDINATE WITH TRU FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. 2 CONSTRUCT MOVABLE TEMPORARY BARRIER / PARTITION AS FOLLOWS: 1/2" PLYWOOD, 48" HIGH, ON 2 X 4 STUDS FRAMING AT 24` O.C. WITH DIAGONAL BRACING ON EACH SIDE AS REQUIRED. (PLYWOOD TO BE ON RETAIL SIDE.) PROVIDE 6 MIL POLYETHYLENE SHEET FROM TOP OF BARRIER WALL TO UNDER SIDE OF ROOF DECK AND TEMPORARILY FASTEN TO TOP OF BARRIER WALL AND TO DECK ABOVE. (DO NOT MECH. FASTEN TO ROOF DECK.) REFER TO DEMO NOTE NO. 1 ABOVE. REMOVE CONC. BLOCK AS DIMENSIONED ON DRAWING FOR DOOR, WINDOW, MECH. /ELEC. OR OTHER REQUIRED OPENINGS. VERIFY OPENING REQUIREMENTS WITH ALL TRADES INVOLVED. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR OPENING LINTEL DETAILS. REMOVE VINYL OR RUBBER BASE. REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR WALLS. STAIRS, DOORS, RAISED FLOOR AND CASE -WORK AT CONTROL TOWER. NOT USED DOOR / WINDOW ITEMS: REMOVE DOOR AND FRAME. G.C. TO DISPOSE OF. FOR EXTERIOR WALL PACKS TYP. (REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWG'S.) 4EMOVE AND REPLACE EXISTING DOOR. DOOR NUMBER NEXT TO Tills DESIGNATION REFERS TO NEW DOOR NUMBER. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATION AND DOOR SCHEDULE FOR OTHER REQUIREMENTS. REMOVE GLASS AND METAL FRAME WINDOW ASSEMBLY. REMOVE AUTOMATIC SLIDE OR SWING DOOR. G.C. TO DISPOSE OF. REMOVF. ENTIRE EXISTING SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM. REMOVE AND REINSTALL SUSPENDED CEILING GRID AND LAY —IN PANELS AS REQUIRED TO PERMIT REMOVALANSTALLATION OF MECH. /ELEC. ITEMS. REFER TO MECH./ELEC. DRAWINGS. F. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS: REMOVE MILLWORK, CASEWORK AND SHELVING, INCLUDING ALL SUPPORT BRACES, BRACKETS, ETC. REMOVE SHELVING AND SUPPORTS. REMOVE ALL TOILET ACCESSORIES. EXISTING GUARD RAILS TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE EXISTING REGISTER CHECK —OUT COUNTERS. NOT USE!? REMOVE EXISTING SIGNAGE AND GRAPHICS. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL DAMAGED SURFACE AND SUB — SURFACES NOT BEING REPLACED BY NEW CONSTRUCTION. REUSE SIGNAGE W/NEW ACRYLIC AND LAMPS. REPLACE OR REPAIR ANY DAMAGE() OR MISSING SIGN COMPONENTS. NOT USED 26 TYP.. ALL ELEVATIONS FRONT ELEVATION EXISTING V.C.T. FLOORING TO REMAIN AS A BASE FOR NEW V.C.T. FLOORING. REMOVE LOOSE TILES, PATCH AND LEVEL EXISTING SURFACE AS REQUIRED FOR NEW INSTALLATION. 14 DEMO EXISTING SIDEWALK ® ENTRY OF BUILDING. COORDINATE ALTERNATE ENTRY MEANS TO ALLOW FOR UNINTERUPTED STORE OPERATION W /TRU CONST. REP. & STORE MANAGER. REMOVE EXISTING ENTRANCE SIGN. G.C. TO DISPOSE OF. EMO • EXISTING C.,• NG. REMOVE EXISTI WOOD CLAPBOARD & DISPOSE OF. REMOVE ALL WOOD FRAMING AT OVERSTOCK AREAS AS INDICATED ON DEMOLITION PLAN. REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR TO FLOOR CHUTE. THIS CHUTE TO BE REUSED AND SHOULD BE REMOVED AND HANDLED ACCORDINGLY. REMOVE EXISTING CONC. CURB ALONG VESTIBULE AS INDICATED ON DEMO ELEVATION. REMOVE EXISTING MANSARD ROOF AND ; LATED FRAMING . ALL ELEVATIONS GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES: A. B. C. D. E. G. H. K. CLEAN AND SMOOTH OUT ALL FLOORS AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE NEW SCHEDULED FLOOR FINISH. REFER TO MECH. /ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION ITEMS. PATCH CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED FOR DEMOLITION /INSTALLATION OF VARIOUS MECH. /ELEC. CONSTRUCTION ITEMS. VERIFY AND COORDINATE OPENINGS REQUIRED 11TH MECH. /ELEC. TRADES. REFER TO SPECS FOR CUTTING AND PATCHING. NO OVER — CUTTING WILL BE ALLOWED BEYOND NOTED HOLE SIZE FOR NEW OPENINGS IN STRUCTURAL CONC. SLAB OR ROOF UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. VERIFY NEW HOLE SIZES AND LOCATIONS FOR MECH. /ELEC. ITEMS WITH MECH. /ELEC. TRADES PRIOR TO WORK. CUTTING THRU EXISTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS IS NOT PERMITTED. CONTACT ARCHITECT SHOULD DISCREPANCY OCCUR. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY DUST AND TRAFFIC BARRIERS / TEMPORARY PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN A SAFE AND CLEAN ENVIRONMENT FOR THE PUBLIC AND EMPLOYEES THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT. G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH TRU FIELD REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING THESE PARTITIONS AT INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. G.C. TO INSPECT PREMISES BEFORE SUBMITTING BID AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY AND ALL REQUIRED DEMOLITION NOT SHOWN ON ALL DEMOLITION PLANS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEW CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. COQRDINATE: ALL DEMOLITION WORK WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL OF ALL DEBRIS AND EQUIPMENT FROM THE SITE TO AN APPROVED LANDFILL. G.C. SHALL PAY FEES AND OBTAIN DEMOLITION PERMITS. G SHALL ENCIIRE THAT ALL DEBRIS AND EQUIPMENT RE D ..v...n�r•, REMOVED DURING DEMOLITION BE REMOVE OFF —SITE THAT SAME DAY. TRU WILL NOT ALLOW ANY STOCK PILING ON —SITE. G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR TEMPORARY OPENING FOR EGRESS PURPOSES. i hi I " M r Till 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 , ..I 11 IIIII1I1 1 „ 111111II1IIIII I gJ IIIIIIIIIIIII „ 2 33 4 . No. 18 e1""...'41.8 �! r11111111 IIIII TYP. 0 WINDOWS 1 1111111111 11 11 11 11 11 3Y—et 26 TYP. ALL ELEVATIONS 0 TYP. ALL ELEVATIONS T.O.M.= 24' -8" ELEV. =18' -0` ALONG SOUTH WALL (EAST SIDE) REMOVE CONC. BLOCK WALL DUE TO ADDITION OF DOOR /27 (REFER TO DRAWING Al) FINISH FLOOR REMOVE EXISTING WOOD BATTENS & DISPOSE OF REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE PILASTERS CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED tAAR 19; RI!!! DING DIVISION • RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2 6 19q!, PERMIT CENTER Revisions No Dote Description ■ 11 -25 -91 "F1" REV. AS PER STORE PLANNING 12 -30 -91 "F1" REV. AS PER STORE PLANNING 01-21-92 "Fr REV. AS PER STORE PLANNING 3.26 -9a IS3U 3D FOR U LETlN ALI ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Drawing References -� No Drawings 00 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ISSUED FOR BIDS: 01 -31 -92 ISSUED FOR PERMITS: 02 -12 -92 CADD NAME: T91 TWA01 PROJECT NO.: 262991 DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE r'ESI GNA TION: • r -i4f.4J� f ' 4 i.,{,yJ If'//.�K�j{$ '' r 11h 1 / + 13:) 11 1 N EN( , 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS TELEPHONE (616) 235 -6000 MICHIGAN 49503 FAX (616) 235 -6132 V„,...,...) 5287 t EGIST _ CT ( II S t G •NCION • TE OF • SHINGTON voys w us National Office 461 From Road Paramus, NJ 07652 (201) 599 -7800 GEOFFREY This drawing is the Exclusive Property of TOYS "R" US. The information shown may not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS "R" US. Location �'UKWILA, WA. Drawing Title ' FLOOR 'LAN Scole AS NOTED Date Q1- -31 -92 Sheet no. A 1 A. R In O cu a co A 1 . GENERAL NOTES: BUILDING SHALL BE NUILT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL STATE & LOCAL CODES. SECURITY PRE - -SALES A A COUNT �• M 120 20' -3" EXIT 116 12' -II or STAIR #3 :XTERIOR Itllll 11 ► QUAL SP CES o 7 10 1/8" 100' -8' (VESTI8UtE) 175' -0" , INSTALL 4X4 TUBE COLUMN ON THE PRE -SALES ¢REA SIDE OF FIXTURE. COLUMN JO.-.9EJS2LTE0 TO FINISIL FLOOR AND TO THE UNDERSIDE ; OF JOISTS. I STALL ANGLE ;:RACING AT TOP OF OLUMN. THIS COLUMN T SUPPORT A RE PROTECTION HOSE RACK & BIB. 62' -9' RV1 SERVIC1 VEST, T-21/8" 9' -5 3/4" 12' -11 22' -1' — (SEE DETAIL 9 -1 -12) RIGID SIGN SUPPORT PRE -SALES A' A .. HA 109 0) C)<3 RECEIVED CITY OF TUK4VLA MAR 2 6 1992 PERMIT CENTER 2. ALL MASONRY JOINT'S SHALL BE TOOLED. 3. ALL INTERIOR MASONRY WALLS RECEIVING A PAINTED FINISH SHALL RECEIVE ONE (1) COAT OF BLOCK FILL FOLLOWED BY TWO (2) COATS OF FINISH. 4. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL METAL REDUCING STRIPS (AS REQUIRED) WHERE V.C.T. MEETS CONC. SLAB. 0 SECURITY ROOM & PRE -SALES ENTRANCES. (SEE SHT. F1 FOR AREAS 0 SALES PERIMETER & VESTIBULE DOORS.) 5. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION & ORIENTATION OF ALL COLUMNS 6. UNDERSIDE OF MEZZANINE DECK TO BE PAINTED IN THE AREAS OF C.P.U., EQUIP. & COMP. ROOMS AND THE 7' -0" EXTENSION OF THE SALES AREA. 7. FIXTUER CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SUFFECIENT ANCHORAGE & BRACING TO RESIST ALL FORCES CAUSED BY FIXTURE LOADS UNDER SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL BUILDING CODE PROVISIONS. 8. ALL WALL DIMENSIONS ON PLANS ARE TO FACE OF BASIC WALL FINISH,(I.E. DRYWALL, PLASTER OR CONC. BLOCK), AND DOES NOT INCLUDE DEPTH OR FINISH MATERIAL APPUED TO THIS FACE. 9. REFER TO MECH. /ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION ITEMS. PATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED FOR DEMOLITION /INSTALLATION OF VARIOUS MECH. /ELEC.CONSTRUCTION ITEMS. VERIFY AND COORDINATE OPENINGS REQUIRED WITH MECH./ELEC. TRADES. 10. WHEREVER DOOR FRAMES ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN EXISTING WALLS, PATCH WALL TO MATCH EXISTING. IF IN BLOCK CONSTRUCTION, "TOOTH - IN" BLOCK TO MATCH EXISTING COURSING. 11. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. ALL EXISTING DRYWALL OR PLASTER THAT IS TO REMAIN AND TO RECEIVE NEW SCHEDULED PAINT OR WALL COVERING SHALL HAVE ALL DEFECTS, (CRACKS, PAINT CHIPPING, HOLES, ETC.), FILLED, PLASTERED OR SPACKLE, SANDED SMOOTH AND CLEANED PRIOR TO SCHEDULED FINISH. REPAIR WALLS THAT ARE TO REMAIN TO MATCH EXISTING WHEREVER A WALL OR FIXTURE HAS BEEN REMOVED OR DAMAGE HAS OCCURRED AS THE RESULT OF DEMOUT1ON OR CONSTRUCTION. 12. SEAL AROUND ALL PENETRATIONS, (DUCTS,PIPES, CONDUITS, ETC.) AT NEW AND EXISTING FIRE - RATED WALL AND CEILING CONSTRUCTION. SEAL SHALL NOT DIMINISH RATING OF WALL OR CEIUNG. AT CONCRETE OR MASONRY, SEAL OFF OPENINGS WITH CONC. GROUT. AT PLASTER OR DRYWALL CONSTRUCTION, DAM UP GAPS AND FILL IN WITH U.L. APPROVED FIRE -RATED SEALANT OR PUTTY PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 13. ALL FIRE- RATED WALLS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TIGHT FROM FLOOR TO DECK ABOVE. 14. ALL EXISTING FIRE- -RATED WALLS NOT TIGHT TO DECK ABOVE OR WITH OPENINGS IN CONTRACT AREAS SHALL BE FILLED TIGHT TO DECK OR OPENINGS FILLED IN. 15. WRAP AROUND ALL ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, OR ELECTRICAL BOXES RECESSED /PENETRATED INTO ANY FIRE -RATE WALLS WITH 5/8 GYP. BRD., UNLESS WALL IS CONCRETE BLOCK CONSTRUCTION. 16. ALL INTERIOR WOOD BLOCKING, PLYWOOD, AND FRAMING SHALL MEET CLASS A FIRE HAZARD RATING FOR FIRE - RETARDED WOOD. 17. LEVEL ALL FLOORS AS REQUIRED TO CONCEAL ANY DROPS OR RISES IN FLOORS THAT WOULD OTHERWISE BE SEEN WITH SCHEDULED FLOOR FINISHES. 18. FILL IN ALL DEPRESSED FLOOR AREAS WITH CONC. FLOOR FILL WHERE WALLS, CERAMIC TILE, PIPE HOLES, ETC. WERE REMOVED AND LEVEL AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE SCHEDULED FLOOR FINISHES. 19. COUNTER -TOP BACK- SPLASHES SHALL BE SEALED TIGHT TO COUNTER -TOPS AND AGAINST WALLS WITH NO OPEN JOINTS 20. PROVIDE SOUD WOOD BLOCKING WHERE COUNTER- TOPS, GRAB BARS AND TOILET PARTITIONS ARE MOUNTED TO STUD AND DRYWALL PARTITIONS. n 00 SCALE: 1/8%21 - 10'-9" • RGD COUNTER PACKAGE CHECK --11 6' -0' A, B. C. G.C. SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS BID THE REMOVAL, , REALIGNMENT AND INSTALLATION OF ALL LIGHT 1XTURES IN PRE -SALES AND SALES AREAS TO THE CENTER OF FIXTURE AISLES. (SEE FIXTURE PLAN) D. ENTIRE CEILING ABOVE SALES AREA AND FRONT END SHALL BE PAINTED AS PER ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. E. F. G. H. J. K. REFUND COUNTER REFUND AREA PLAN GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES: VINYL COMPOSITION TILE, (V.C.T.), FLOORING: 1. V.C.T. SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. 2. V.C.T. IN SALES AREA TO BE INSTALLED OVER EXISTING TILE IF NO MORE THAN TWO LAYERS ARC ALREADY EXISTING. CONTR. SHALL PREPARE EXISTING FLOORING TO ACHIEVE A UNIFORMLY LEVEL SURFACE SU :TABLE TO RECEIVE NEW TILE. 3. NEW TILE IN SALES AREA WILL BE INSTALLED OVER THE ENTIRE SALES FLOOR. G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH TRU ON THE RAISING, REMOVAL AND RELOCATION OF FIXTURES TO ALLOW TILING UNDERNEATH. TRU WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE RELOCATION OF FIXTURES, REMOVING KICK PLATE AND MERCHANDISE FROM BASE SHELVING. G.C. TO RAISE FIXTURES. SEE DEMOLITION PLAN. 4. WHERE A PRE -SALES OR OTHER PREVIOUSLY UNTITLED AREA IS TO BECOME PART OF NEW SALES AREA, G.C. SHALL INSTALL THE NUMBER OF LAYERS OF TILE REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE A LEVEL SURFACE THROUGHOUT THE SALES AREA. 5. WHERE AN AREA THAT HAS RESILIENT TILE IS TO BE FINISHED WITH CERAMIC TILE, REMOVE V.C.T. AS REO'D. G.C. SHALL SAW -CUT AND REMOVE CONC. SLAB ON GRADE AS REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING WORK. (SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS.) REPLACE W/ VAPOR BARRIER AND CONC.SLAB TO MATCH EXIST. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND REGULATIONS. ALL MASONRY JOINTS SHALL BE TOOLED. ALL INTERIOR MASONRY WALL SURFACES RECEIVING A PAINTED FINISH SHALL RECEIVE ONE COAT OF BLOCK FILLER FOLLOWED BY TWO COATS OF FINISH. G.C. TO RELOCATE ALL SOLA TRANSFORMERS AND TELEPHONE BACKBOARD IF REQUIRED AS DIRECTED BY TRU FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. G.C. SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS IN FIELD WITH THE LATEST F -1 DRAWING AND TRU FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. PATCH, REPAIR AND /OR REPLACE ALL INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SURFACES AND MATERIALS DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION TO MATCH EXISTING OR WHERE NEW SCHEDULED FINISH IS APPLIED. TRU WILL PROVIDE A PHASING PLAN AND SCHEDULE AND WILL INSTRUCT THE G.C. AS TO THE SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION TO PERMIT THE RETAIL STORE'S UNINTERRUPTED OPERATION. G.C. SHALL MAINTAIN A SAFE AND CLEAN tNVIRONMENT DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. CO 11' -0" [-CPU COUNTER 19' -3" • 3' -10' HOLD (TO INTERIOR FACE OF BLOCK WALL) SCALE: 1 / 8 1 - 0 SERVICE COUNTER SALES ICS COUNTER SERVICE AREA REGISTER CPU & SERVICE PLAN in N C.P.U. 1 103 C.P.U. STAIR #3 STAIR X14 FaF 1 105 16' -3" R.Q. 23'- 5" 1 1 1 1 I I I I V I I I 1 111' 1 I 1�III�wlf1�II1�I (I� �I1 1 1l1 ))I V1 II I1 II 11 4{I i1 '1I! 1I 1I ps 1 I 6 �° �► l' � I No.18 et7.4'-7.- T ti Ot 6 $ G 9 9 i i: I 0 I (1 III {1111 IIII {illl ILl .III IIII {III IIII {.III lullllll IIIIIIIII • 23' -5' 52' -0' 23'- 5" 1' -6 175' -0' FLOOR PLAN PLAN SCALE: 1 /16 " =1'- 0" 23' -5' 88' 0" 16' -3' 1' -0" JANI TOR 112 I 1' -Q" STAIR #1 n 10 NS 0 N fV 0 CV 0 co ao URITY 0 0 CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED MA 0 19:3'2 1 jet (ki cD N CD Drawings ISSUED FOR BIDS: C {ItiI Location Sheet ` no. `a1" REV: AS PER STORE n PLANNiNG 'F1' REV. AS PER, STORE f?F. (4HING "P1" Rlwv.4S PER :,STORE PLANN)NG• REGISTER AR "�•'` ION OF W INGTON 50 MONROE P CE � GRAND ..RAPIDS TELEPHONE (616 235- 7.60bo MICHIGAN 49503 - • FAX (616) 235 -61 32 National Offike 461 From Road Paramus, NJ 07652 (201). -7800. GEOFFREY That drawing . is the Exclusive Property bf TOYS "R" .US. • The information shot may. not be used•nor the Drawings R4produced without permission of TOYS "R" US:. TUKWILA, Scale AS NOTED 1. 2. GENERAL NOTES: a BUILDING SHALL BE BUILT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL STATE & LOCAL CODES. ALL MASONRY JOINTS SHALL BE TOOLED. 3. ALL INTERIOR MASONRY WALLS RECEIVING A PAINTED FINISH SHALL RECEIVE ONE (1) COPT OF BLOCK F1LL FOLLOWED BY TWO (2) COATS OF FINISH. 4, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL METAL REDUCING STRIPS (AS REQUIRED) WHERE V.C.T. MEETS CONC. SLAB. 0 SECURITY ROOM de PRE-SALES ENTRANCES. (SEE SHT. Fl FOR AREAS 0 SALES PERIMETER & VESTIBULE DOORS.) 5. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION & ORIENTATION OF ALL COLUMNS 6. UNDERSIDE OF MEZZANINE DECK TO BE PAINTED IN THE AREAS OF C.P.U., EQUIP. & COMP. ROOMS AND THE 7' -0" EXTENSION OF THE SALES AREA. 7. FIXTUER CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SUFFECIENT ANCHORAGE & BRACING TO RESIST ALL FORCES CAUSED BY FIXTURE LOADS UNDER SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL BUILDING CODE PROVISIONS. 8, ALL WALL DIMENSIONS ON PLANS ARE TO FACE OF BASIC WALL FINISH,(I.E. DRYWALL, PLASTER OR CONC. BLOCK), AND DOES NOT INCLUDE DEPTH OR FINISH MATERIAL APPUED TO THIS FACE. 9, REFER TO MECH./ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL DEMOUTION ITEMS. PATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED FOR DEMOLITION/INSTALLATION OF VARIOUS MECH,/ELEC.CONSTRUCTION ITEMS. VERIFY AND COORDINATE OPENINGS REQUIRED NTH MECH. /ELEC. TRADES. 10. WHEREVER. DOOR FRAMES ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN EXISTING WALLS, PATCH WALL TO MATCH EXISTING. IF IN BLOCK CONSTRUCTION, "TOOTH - IN' BLOCK TO MATCH EXISTING COURSING. 11. PATCH AND REPAIR ALL DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. ALL EXISTING DRYWALL OR PLASTER THAT IS TO REMAIN AND TO RECEIVE NEW SCHEDULED PAINT OR WALL COVERING SHALL HAVE ALL DEFECTS, (CRACKS, PAINT CHIPPING, HOLES, ETC.), FILLED, PLASTERED OR SPACKLE, SANDED SMOOTH AND CLEANED PRIOR TO SCHEDULED FINISH. REPAIR WALLS THAT ARE TO REMAIN TO MATCH EXISTING WHEREVER A WALL OR FIXTURE HAS BEEN REMOVED OR DAMAGE HAS OCCURRED AS THE RESULT OF DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION. 12. SEAL AROUND AU. PENETRATIONS, (DUCTS,PIPES, CONDUITS, ETC.) AT NEW AND EXISTING F1RE- RATED WALL AND CEILING CONSTRUCTION. SEAL SHALL NOT DIMINISH RATING OF WALL OR CEILING. AT CONCRETE OR MASONRY, SEAL OFF OPENINGS WITH CONC. GROUT. AT PLASTER OR DRYWALL CONSTRUCTION, DAM UP GAPS AND FILL IN WITH U.L. APPROVED FIRE -RATED SEALANT OR PUTT( PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 13. AU. FIRE- RATED WALLS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TIGHT FROM FLOOR TO DECK ABOVE. 14. ALL EXISTING FIRE -RATED WALLS NOT TIGHT TO DECK ABOVE OR WITH OPENINGS IN CONTRACT AREAS SHALL BE FILLED TIGHT TO DECK OR OPENINGS FILLED IN. 15. WRAP AROUND ALL ARCHITECTURAL. MECHANICAL, OR ELECTRICAL BOXES RECESSED /PENETRATED INTO ANY FIRE -RATE WALLS WITH 5/8 GYP. BRD., ' UNLESS WALL IS CONCRETE BLOCK CONSTRUCTION. 16. ALL INTERIOR WOOD BLOCKING, PLYWOOD, AND FRAMING SHALL MEET CLASS A FIRE HAZARD RATING FOR FIRE - RETARDED WOOD. 17. LEVEL ALL FLOORS AS REQUIRED TO CONCEAL ANY DROPS OR RISES IN FLOORS THAT WOULD OTHERWISE BE SEEN WITH SCHEDULED FLOOR FINISHES. 18. ALL IN ALL DEPRESSED FLOOR AREAS WITH CONC. FLOOR FILL WHERE WALLS, CERAMIC TILE, PIPE HOLES, ETC. WERE REMOVED AND LEVEL AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE SCHEDULED FLOOR FINISHES. 19. COUNTER -TOP BACK - SPLASHES SHALL BE SEALED TIGHT TO COUNTER -TOPS AND AGAINST WALLS WITH NO OPEN JOINTS 20. PROVIDE SOLID WOOD BLOCKING WHERE COUNTER- TOPS, GRAB BARS AND TOILET PARTITIONS ARE MOUNTED TO STUD AND DRYWALL PARTITIONS. 44v, 1 B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J. K. A. xrr1 Uttar, GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES: VINYL COMPOSITION TILE, (V.C.T.), FLOORING: 1. V.C.T, SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. 2. V.C.T. IN SALES AREA TO BE INSTALLED OVER EXISTING TILE IF NO MORE THAN TWO LAYERS ARE ALREADY EXISTING. CONTR. SHALL PREPARE EXISTING FLOORING TO ACHIEVE A UNIFORMLY LEVEL SURFACE SUITABLE TO RECEIVE NEW TILE. 3. NEW TILE IN SALES AREA WILL BE INSTALLED OVER THE ENTIRE SALES FLOOR. G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH TRU ON THE RAISING, REMOVAL AND RELOCATION OF FIXTURES TO ALLOW TILING UNDERNEATH. TRU WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE RELOCATION OF FIXTURES, REMOVING KICK PLATE AND MERCHANDISE FROM BASE SHELVING. G.C. TO RAISE FIXTURES. SEE DEMOLITION PLAN. 4. WHERE A PRE -SALES OR OTHER PREVIOUSLY UNTITLED AREA IS TO BECOME PART OF NEW SALES AREA, G.C. SHALL INSTALL THE NUMBER OF LAYERS OF TILE PEQUIRED TO ACHIEVE A LEVEL SURFACE THROUGHOUT THE SALES AREA. 5. WHERE AN AREA THAT HAS RESILIENT TILE IS TO BE FINISHED WITH CERAMIC TILE, REMOVE V.C.T. AS REVD. G.C. SHALL SAW -CUT AND REMOVE CONC. SLAB ON GRADE AS REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING WORK. (SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS.) REPLACE W/ VAPOR BARRIER AND CONC.SLAB TO MATCH EXIST. G.C. SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS BID THE REMOVAL, REALIGNMENT AND INSTALLATION OF ALL LIGHT FIXTURES IN PRE -SALES AND SALES AREAS TO THE CENTER OF FIXTURE AISLES. (SEE FIXTURE PLAN) ENTIRE CEILING ABOVE SALES AREA AND FRONT END SHALL BE PAINTED AS PER ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND REGULATIONS. ALL MASONRY JOINTS SHALL BE TOOLED. ALL INTERIOR MASONRY WALL SURFACES RECEIVING A PAINTED FINISH SHALL RECEIVE ONE COAT OF BLOCK FILLER FOLLOWED BY TWO COATS OF FINISH. G.C. TO RELOCATE ALL SOLA TRANSFORMERS AND TELEPHONE BACKBOARD IF REQUIRED AS DIRECTED BY TRU FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. G.C. SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS IN FIELD WITH THE LATEST F -1 DRAWING AND TRU FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. PATCH, REPAIR AND /OR REPLACE ALL INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SURFACES AND MATERIALS DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION TO MATCH EXISTING OR WHERE NEW SCHEDULED FINISH IS APPLIED. TRU WILL PROVIDE A PHASING PLAN AND SCHEDULE AND WILL INSTRUCT THE G.C. AS TO THE SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION TO PERMIT THE RETAIL STORE'S UNINTERRUPTED OPERATION. G.C. SHALL MAINTAIN A SAFE AND CLEAN ENVIRONMENT DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. 1 t ti w 0 w i— n 0 J J 0 w w 0 w 0 w 0 1— 0 0 I 0 STAIR It3 FOR REMOVABL ON MEZZ. AROL OPENING FOR REFER TO DET 9' -8" (OPN'G.) 1o' -9` 4' -4" R. o. SECURITY GUARD RAILS ND THE FLOOR ( AIRWAY j2 1 1/2 " PIPE REMOVABLE GATE W/ 14 GA. PERF. METAL GRATING (REFER TO DETAIL R . IVIN 114M FOR GUARD RAILS ON MEZZ. AROUND FLOOR OPENING FOR STAIRWAY #4 REFER TO DETAIL 139' -8" SALES AREA FACE OF MEZZANINE ABOVE TO BE REPAIRED & REFINISHED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS. FILL IN EXISTING 1 ' X 12' OPENING IN MEZZ. (FLOOR. (REFER TO DRAWN"; S2) STAIR #1 N * ` I f �III � I I � I I III � I III � I III II IIII I 1I1 3111I�I I l f / III'I1'11 I 3 L 5 1 ;11 111 16' -3" L 1' -6" 4 1/2" 23 -5" N0.18 g' ",8" -' 111ihi 23' -5" 23' -5" PR -SALES A MEZZANINE PLAN SCALE: 1/16"3.1°-0 175' -U' 1' -6" 23' -5" PLAN 23' -5" NORTH 2•'f' -5" 16 - PR _ -SALES in 0 0 CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED RI III DING DIVISi 0 3 - FED OF TU KwrcA j 3 X91 P EKMir CEN ISSUED FOR PERMITS: CADD NAME: T91 PNA1 A PROJECT NO.:' '262991 ; DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: ' ' PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: • 1 Revisions No Dote Description 3 »2` -92 !HOED FOR. BULLETIN *I ■ r ■ ■ ■ N 1� . Drawing References • Drawings FLOOR PLAN ELEVATIONS WALL SECTIONS & DEATAILS CI SITE PLAN ■ ISSUED FOR BIDS: 01 -31 -92 ISSUED FOR PERMITS: 02 -12 -92 CADD NAME: T91TWA03 PROJECT NO.: 262991 DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1991 REV. 2.91 f� F ..- Wes' 1 R T '� � )+{ f i r 1 1 Id 1.i . \N\1 \(,. • •RAJ' . .INII1: 1,,1; \ . 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS TELEPHONE (616) 235 -6000 MICHIGAN 49503 FAX (616) 235 -6132 I 5287 ' EGIS . 'HIT , T r 0 S G M/1RCION TE OF W . . SLLUN � GTON }�/�J '�V v ( .. I,I TO yS a Nationol Office 461 From Road Paramus, NJ 07652 (201) 599-7800 . GEOFFREY This drawing is the Exclusive Property of TOYS "R" US. The information shown may not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS "R" US. Location TUKWILA, WA. Drawing Title • TRUCK DOCK PLAN AND DETAILS Scale AS NOTED Dote 01 -31 -92 Sheet no. A3 . 0 CV m N 0 MEZZ. FIN. FLR. ELEV. =111' -9" NEW 4X4X1/4 COL W/ 3/4X10X10 BASE PLATE FIELD WELD COLUMN TO UNDERSIDE OF EXISTING W12X16. N 0 i N 2 1d2" REINF. CONC. SLAB ON CO UGATED METAL CENTERING 1/2' PRE - MOLDED FILLER TYP. BASE PLATE (REFER TO DWG. S3) TYP. COLUMN BASE (REFER TO DWG. S3) —\ SCALE: 1/2" es 0 1'- 1' - " ' 0 I ! o I. J L N--- " " I_ 1 I -6 k 1 -6 16'- 3" SCALE: 1/8" = FIN N io U, X w z_ z a 0 0 0 O 0 D 35' -0" 1' -0" ENLARGED RECEIVING AREA PLAN PRE- FINISHED COUNTER FLASHING TO MATCH HOOD. 18 GA. GALV. STEEL METAL HOOD 10' -0" LONG. PROVIDED BY TRU & INSTALLED BY G.C.C. W/ 5 SUPPORTS. EACH SUPPORT TO HAVE (2) 1 1 /2 "A SELF - SEALING FASTENERS. EXIST. W14X22 EXIST. W12X16 1' -0" 4 DOCK DOOR SEAL SUPPLIED BY TRU & INSTALLED BY GCC. (ADJUSTABLE HEAD) G.C.C. TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION W /TRU FIELD REP. FLOOR ELEV. = 100' -0" — EXIST. RECEIVING AREA, FOUNDATION & TRUCK DOCK RAMP WALL SECTION AT LOADING DOCK 4' -8" qP BALER 4'WX6'L 9'14 1' -9" c OF LIFT 0" 4" DIA. BOLLARDS (TYPICAL-REFER TO O CT. #8 ON DWG. C3) 23'- 5" EXIST. DOOR TO REMAIN PLAN 52' -0" 1' -6" 1' -0" O O 0 0 0 N NORTH METAL HOOD SEE DETAIL 23' -5" NEW VERT. LIFT BY OTHERS (SEE DWG. A14) Z DOCK DOOR SEAL W INDIVIDUAL STEEL MOUNTING ANGLES PROVIDED BY TRU INSTALLED BY GCC BLOCKING FOR DOOR SEALS FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY GCC. G.C.C. TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION W /TRU FIELD REP. PARTIAL ELEVATION AT LOADING DOCK SCALE: 1/2 = 1' -0" 1' -6 "2, 1' -6" 1' - 0" 16 175' -0" OVERALL NEW 4X4X1/4 COLUMN W/ 3 4X10X10 BASE PLATE (SEE DET. #4 ON DWG. A3) 23'- 5" DOCK SHELTER (TYP.) OUTLINE OF (ABOVE; EXIST. CONC. SLAB EXISTING STAIRWAY TO MEZZANINE ABOVE. EXISTING HANDRAILS ARE TO BE MODIFIED PER DETAIL 3 -5 -4 ON DRAWING A4. RELOCATE EXISTING BALER AS SHOWN. VERIFY OPEATION SO THAT NO INTERFERENCE EXISTS BETWEEN THE EXISTING STAIR AND THE NEW VERT. LIFT. O L3x3x1/4 W/ 3/8" WELDED STUDS 0 16" U.C. (2) #5 x CON T. 111111 11111111111k ++-CUT LINE UP FOR LIFT PIT SIZE & DETAIL REFER TO DWG. A14 .l�r1�Tl I `m IIII I I Il 'I' If l' I ' I11 ' l II '� I II','II,, '1'I'ItI'I'll IIIIII1 3 No.18 r �^ }TT T TT L 9 I 9 T `} IIIIIIIIIIIIiiIilii > I1111iiH1 i 111111li IIIIIIIII I IIIIIIIII 1111 111111111 11111 IIIIIIII IIIIIIIII t iiiiij 23'- 5" TRUCK DOCK BALER 4'WX6'I1X9'H SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" J ' - EB' -0" 5' -8" (PIT LENGTH) 35 t. DOWELS 0 12" f5 0 12" E.W. LIFT PIT SLAB --i NEW CONC. LIFT PIT SLAB TO BE TIED INTO EXIST. CONC. SLAB SCALE: NONE 12' -8" OPENING IN MEZZANINE ABOVE 7' -6" / \ LIFT " c OF LIFT 7 9 OVERALL (FIELD VERIFY) 23' -5" M w J 0 N In J -J 0 ENLARGED LIFT AREA LIFT PIT DETAIL 0 z z w 0 r N L 3 x 3 x 1/4 W/ 3/8" WELDED STUDS 0 16" O.C. (2) x CONT. NEW VERTICAL LIFT SUPPLIED BY OTHERS (REFER TO DWG. A14) 16' -3' +-CUT LINE EXIST. CONC. SLAB 1' -0" ELEV. =100 FINISH FLOOR CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED MA •y 0 1992 AS '1 '' �►4 4 RI! DI , IVISION • RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 2 6 1992 PERMIT CENTER I LIST OF ACCESSORIES NO In11111111TOWEL II!IEN 13 11 Io] IM _ QUAN DESCRIPTION DISPENSOR MANUFACTURER CA • 00 NO COLOR SCOTT SUPPUED BY TRU INST. BY G.C.C. MIRROR BOBRICK B -165 -8242 • STAINLESS STEEL MIRROR BOBRICK 8- 165 -5142 • STAINLESS STEEL 4 TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER SUPPUED BY TRU INSTALLED BY G.C.C. WASTE RECEPTACLE SUPPUED BY TRU INSTALLED BY C.C.C. 16 r im. 1 1 FEM. NAPKIN DISPOSAL BOBRICK 8- 354 FEM. NAPKIN VENDOR . SUPPUED BY TRU INSTALLED BY G.C.C. I III3 RE 1 GRAB BAR TOILET COMPARTMENT BOBRICK SANYMETAL B -550 ACADEMY STAINLESS STEEL N0. 71 GRAY NO.. 71 GRAY SOAP DISPENSER A&J ACCESSO U128A . STAINLESS STEEL t ( n STEEL STRINGER MC 12x10:6 ("OUT) PAINT STRINGERS & EXPOSED PAN CONST. P&L YELLOW ,Y362Y CONC. FILLED STEEL PAN TREADS (2" MIN. CONC. FILL) TREAD DETAIL SCALE: 3/4" = 1"— 0" 111111111111111111111L' 1111111111111.11111111111■ 2 "x2" `AMERICAN OLEAN" CONTINUOUS AROUND PERIMETER OF RESIROOM NOTE: A -93 SAXON BLUE ALL OTHER WALL TILE TO BE "AMERICAN OLEAN" 4 1/4"x 4 1/4" *95 SNOWMIST (MATTE) W/ WHITE GROUT FLOORS TO BE "AMERICAN OLEAN" 2 "x2" FLOOR - ,A - 3 1 QUICKSILVER PROVIDE GREY GROUT FOR FLOOR TILES. USE THIN SET MORTAR AT DRYWALL PARTITIONS ONLY STANDARD BED AT CONCRETE BLOCK WALLS. TILE DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" BOTTOM OF MIRROR SECURE STEEL STRINGER TO FINISH FLOOR SLAB W/4x4x1/4 x4" LONG STEEL ANGLE WELDED TO EACH STRINGER & ANCHOR TO SLAB W/ 3/4" 0 EXP. BOLT GROUND LEVEL FLOOR SLAB 7' -10" 11 7/8" ATAMISIMINIMam Ain . 43 ", �. MARBLE THRESHOLD . A FTUKW 7 5/8 "APPROVED MAR 2 153,7 Dravri+tps FLOOR PLAN SCHEDULES MISC DETAILS, be REFt CTEQ. Ci,G PLAN PLUMBING PLAN ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN 02- --0 ISSUED • FOR 13IDS: ISSUED FOR PERMITS: CADD NAME: T91TWAO44 - PROJECT NO :;'.262991 DRAWN BY; CHECKED BY PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1 991 REV. 3.91 50 MONROE • PLACE GRAND RAPIDS MICHIGAN: 49503' 5287 GEOFFREY Location This drawing is the Exclusive: Property, of TOYS "R" US ' .The information stnwn -may. not be used nor the Drawings R4 pr duced without permission of TOYS "R" US Ngtionol Office ;' 461 • Froth Raac „: Paramus, : NJ (201) 599 7800 1' -6” 2' -0' 0 SIDE COUNTER) NOTE: ALL EXPOSED FACES OF COUNTER TO BE COVERED W / "WILSONART" PLASTIC LAMINATE COLOR: 1572 -6 ANTIQUE WHITE CONT. 2x4 LAG SCREWS TO WALL STUDS POST TO RUN TO CEILING FREE STANDING URINAL SCREEN 5 1/2x5 1/2x1/4 BY CONT. BENT (SEE STRUCTURAL) SEE STRUC TURAL FOR SIZE PROVIDE ONE SOAP DISPENSER FOR EACH SINK PROVIDED - INSTALL DISPENSER SPOUT OVER SINK EDGE. G.C.C. TO PR CLEAR SILICON SEAL AT ALL DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. 2X4 0 16" O.C. 3/4" PLYWD. COUNTER W/ BABY LIP & BACKSPLASH W/ PLASTIC LAMINATE ON ALL EXPOSED SURFACES 2X4 0 8" O.C. 2x4 FRAMED END PANEL COVER W/ 1/2" PLWD. & P. LAM. BOTH SIDES & EDGES. DOUBLE STUDS IN WALL BEHIND FRAMING STEEL STRINGER MC 12x10.6 Illih i.,--- ( TOE OUT) o o O IX 0 J U. TAIR DETAIL SCALE: 3/4 rn /7: BABY LIP TO EXTEND 2" ABOVE COUN TER AND TO BE 2' -0" LONG W/ 1" RADIUS 0 EXPOSED END. r (SEE PLAN & ELEVATION THIS SHEET). �y CERAMIC TILE (TYP. DETAIL SCALE: 3/4 " = 1 ' - . O" 1 1/2" 0 PIPE HAND & GUARDRAIL (RETURN TO WALL) MEZZ. FIN. FLOOR 11 17:%N REFER TO STRUCT. DWG'S. FOR STEEL 1/2" WATERRESISTANT GYP. BD. TYP. BOTH SIDES 1/4" CERAMIC TILE (TYP. SEE SPEC.) STAGGER 2x4 STUDS 0 16" O.C. tO N STEEL STRINGERS MC 12 X 10.6 STEEL STRINGERS, TREADS, HANDRAILS AND pUARDRAILS TO BE PAINTED P&L YELLOW #Y362Y BOLT PER MFGRS. SPEC. CONTINUOUS BUMPER CUSHION CONTINUOUS ALUMINUM RETAINER SEE DETAIL STRIPE (TYPICAL) CERAMIC 11LE BELOW. 20 TREADS 0 11 " =16' -B" STAIR SECTION SCALE: 1/4" = NOTE: ALL VINYL BUMPERS & ANGLES TO BE TOY BLUE #215P BUMPER DETAIL SCALE: NONE PAINT YELLOW i 7 i 1� -Alt At • • 9v CEILING INTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD W/HARDWOOD EDGE STRIP 12" DEEP SHELVING IN JANITORS CLOSET 18" DEEP IN TRAINING ROOM CLOSET ALL BY G.C.C. 6' -0 SLOTTED STANCHIONS 0 2' -0" O.C. COLOR: FACTORY FINISHED WHITE ANCHOR W/EXPANSION BOLTS. FIN. FLOOR i. > nr 0 7p SHELF DETAIL SCALE: 3/8" = 10 12` ADJUSTABLE SEE DETAIL Q I , 1 , I , I , , I ,, I , I,I, i Ct T iI i (6 II11�1111 Illililll IIIIIIIiI IIII {1111 II {1111111111�11111111�1IlI 1 GENERAL NOTES: 1. PAINT ALL INTERIOR DOORS & FRAMES IN OFFICE AREA (ALL SURFACES) Pdd. SPANISH BLUE INCLUDING JAMBS. (EXCEPT SLIDING CLOSET DOORS). 2. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING WHERE TOILET PARTITIONS, GRAB BARS & VANITIES ARE MOUNTED TO CHASE WALL PARTITION. 3. ALL PAINT IN OFFICE AREA TO BE SEMI GLOSS. 4. SEE SHEET M2 FOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 5. G.C.C. TO PROVIDE ALL SIGNS. DECALS, SYMBOLS, ETC. REQUIRED FOR HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY AS DESIGNATED BY LOCAL CODES & AUTHORITIES. 6. SEE ELEC. DWGS. FOR PHONE LOCATIONS. 0 « I 1 4 � I � II ��I Ii � I �Sl l � ,1, ���� III1,3 � No.)8 e. mow".'= ." .I IIII�IJII IIIIIIIII ELVES. • 48" HIGH HARD VINYL CORNER GUARD. (TYPICAL SEE SPEC.) MARBLE THRESHOLD 12` ADJUSTABLE SHELVES. SEE DETAIL 5'-41" DIA. HANDICAPPED TURNAROUND NEW ELECT. HOT WATER HEATER LOCATED ABOVE ON MEZZANINE NOTES: 1. USE "WILSONART" PLASTIC LAMINATE COLOR: 1572 -6 ANTIQUE WHITE . FOR VANITY CONSTUCTION. 2. ALL WASHROOM ACCESSORIES TO BE INSTALLED PER HANDICAPPED REQUIREMENTS & MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 3. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING WHERE TOILET PARTITIONS & GRAB BARS ARE MOUNTED TO CHASE WALL PARTITION. a MIRROR DIMENSIONS ARE BE OUT-TO -OUT. t 4 1/2 • I 1"S -- VINYL WALL BUMPER (TYP). (SEE DET. 7 -4 -4 (2) PAY TELEPHONES (2) ELEC. WATER COOLERS iTa n ff • RI II! DING DIVISION • C /r1 ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN 4 aFTli SCALE: � p , � . w, , of . M 49 ,94 I --- -•-- -� I f' -o 3/4m. 5 4' -0" 4' -C!" g rIllpy " w. LICI " I " f J i? r 2: Ca wfl■I1111 - i.. -0 .4 1. um . ! t ( n STEEL STRINGER MC 12x10:6 ("OUT) PAINT STRINGERS & EXPOSED PAN CONST. P&L YELLOW ,Y362Y CONC. FILLED STEEL PAN TREADS (2" MIN. CONC. FILL) TREAD DETAIL SCALE: 3/4" = 1"— 0" 111111111111111111111L' 1111111111111.11111111111■ 2 "x2" `AMERICAN OLEAN" CONTINUOUS AROUND PERIMETER OF RESIROOM NOTE: A -93 SAXON BLUE ALL OTHER WALL TILE TO BE "AMERICAN OLEAN" 4 1/4"x 4 1/4" *95 SNOWMIST (MATTE) W/ WHITE GROUT FLOORS TO BE "AMERICAN OLEAN" 2 "x2" FLOOR - ,A - 3 1 QUICKSILVER PROVIDE GREY GROUT FOR FLOOR TILES. USE THIN SET MORTAR AT DRYWALL PARTITIONS ONLY STANDARD BED AT CONCRETE BLOCK WALLS. TILE DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" BOTTOM OF MIRROR SECURE STEEL STRINGER TO FINISH FLOOR SLAB W/4x4x1/4 x4" LONG STEEL ANGLE WELDED TO EACH STRINGER & ANCHOR TO SLAB W/ 3/4" 0 EXP. BOLT GROUND LEVEL FLOOR SLAB 7' -10" 11 7/8" ATAMISIMINIMam Ain . 43 ", �. MARBLE THRESHOLD . A FTUKW 7 5/8 "APPROVED MAR 2 153,7 Dravri+tps FLOOR PLAN SCHEDULES MISC DETAILS, be REFt CTEQ. Ci,G PLAN PLUMBING PLAN ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN 02- --0 ISSUED • FOR 13IDS: ISSUED FOR PERMITS: CADD NAME: T91TWAO44 - PROJECT NO :;'.262991 DRAWN BY; CHECKED BY PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1 991 REV. 3.91 50 MONROE • PLACE GRAND RAPIDS MICHIGAN: 49503' 5287 GEOFFREY Location This drawing is the Exclusive: Property, of TOYS "R" US ' .The information stnwn -may. not be used nor the Drawings R4 pr duced without permission of TOYS "R" US Ngtionol Office ;' 461 • Froth Raac „: Paramus, : NJ (201) 599 7800 1' -6” 2' -0' 0 SIDE COUNTER) NOTE: ALL EXPOSED FACES OF COUNTER TO BE COVERED W / "WILSONART" PLASTIC LAMINATE COLOR: 1572 -6 ANTIQUE WHITE CONT. 2x4 LAG SCREWS TO WALL STUDS POST TO RUN TO CEILING FREE STANDING URINAL SCREEN 5 1/2x5 1/2x1/4 BY CONT. BENT (SEE STRUCTURAL) SEE STRUC TURAL FOR SIZE PROVIDE ONE SOAP DISPENSER FOR EACH SINK PROVIDED - INSTALL DISPENSER SPOUT OVER SINK EDGE. G.C.C. TO PR CLEAR SILICON SEAL AT ALL DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. 2X4 0 16" O.C. 3/4" PLYWD. COUNTER W/ BABY LIP & BACKSPLASH W/ PLASTIC LAMINATE ON ALL EXPOSED SURFACES 2X4 0 8" O.C. 2x4 FRAMED END PANEL COVER W/ 1/2" PLWD. & P. LAM. BOTH SIDES & EDGES. DOUBLE STUDS IN WALL BEHIND FRAMING STEEL STRINGER MC 12x10.6 Illih i.,--- ( TOE OUT) o o O IX 0 J U. TAIR DETAIL SCALE: 3/4 rn /7: BABY LIP TO EXTEND 2" ABOVE COUN TER AND TO BE 2' -0" LONG W/ 1" RADIUS 0 EXPOSED END. r (SEE PLAN & ELEVATION THIS SHEET). �y CERAMIC TILE (TYP. DETAIL SCALE: 3/4 " = 1 ' - . O" 1 1/2" 0 PIPE HAND & GUARDRAIL (RETURN TO WALL) MEZZ. FIN. FLOOR 11 17:%N REFER TO STRUCT. DWG'S. FOR STEEL 1/2" WATERRESISTANT GYP. BD. TYP. BOTH SIDES 1/4" CERAMIC TILE (TYP. SEE SPEC.) STAGGER 2x4 STUDS 0 16" O.C. tO N STEEL STRINGERS MC 12 X 10.6 STEEL STRINGERS, TREADS, HANDRAILS AND pUARDRAILS TO BE PAINTED P&L YELLOW #Y362Y BOLT PER MFGRS. SPEC. CONTINUOUS BUMPER CUSHION CONTINUOUS ALUMINUM RETAINER SEE DETAIL STRIPE (TYPICAL) CERAMIC 11LE BELOW. 20 TREADS 0 11 " =16' -B" STAIR SECTION SCALE: 1/4" = NOTE: ALL VINYL BUMPERS & ANGLES TO BE TOY BLUE #215P BUMPER DETAIL SCALE: NONE PAINT YELLOW i 7 i 1� -Alt At • • 9v CEILING INTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD W/HARDWOOD EDGE STRIP 12" DEEP SHELVING IN JANITORS CLOSET 18" DEEP IN TRAINING ROOM CLOSET ALL BY G.C.C. 6' -0 SLOTTED STANCHIONS 0 2' -0" O.C. COLOR: FACTORY FINISHED WHITE ANCHOR W/EXPANSION BOLTS. FIN. FLOOR i. > nr 0 7p SHELF DETAIL SCALE: 3/8" = 10 12` ADJUSTABLE SEE DETAIL Q I , 1 , I , I , , I ,, I , I,I, i Ct T iI i (6 II11�1111 Illililll IIIIIIIiI IIII {1111 II {1111111111�11111111�1IlI 1 GENERAL NOTES: 1. PAINT ALL INTERIOR DOORS & FRAMES IN OFFICE AREA (ALL SURFACES) Pdd. SPANISH BLUE INCLUDING JAMBS. (EXCEPT SLIDING CLOSET DOORS). 2. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING WHERE TOILET PARTITIONS, GRAB BARS & VANITIES ARE MOUNTED TO CHASE WALL PARTITION. 3. ALL PAINT IN OFFICE AREA TO BE SEMI GLOSS. 4. SEE SHEET M2 FOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 5. G.C.C. TO PROVIDE ALL SIGNS. DECALS, SYMBOLS, ETC. REQUIRED FOR HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY AS DESIGNATED BY LOCAL CODES & AUTHORITIES. 6. SEE ELEC. DWGS. FOR PHONE LOCATIONS. 0 « I 1 4 � I � II ��I Ii � I �Sl l � ,1, ���� III1,3 � No.)8 e. mow".'= ." .I IIII�IJII IIIIIIIII ELVES. • 48" HIGH HARD VINYL CORNER GUARD. (TYPICAL SEE SPEC.) MARBLE THRESHOLD 12` ADJUSTABLE SHELVES. SEE DETAIL 5'-41" DIA. HANDICAPPED TURNAROUND NEW ELECT. HOT WATER HEATER LOCATED ABOVE ON MEZZANINE NOTES: 1. USE "WILSONART" PLASTIC LAMINATE COLOR: 1572 -6 ANTIQUE WHITE . FOR VANITY CONSTUCTION. 2. ALL WASHROOM ACCESSORIES TO BE INSTALLED PER HANDICAPPED REQUIREMENTS & MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 3. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING WHERE TOILET PARTITIONS & GRAB BARS ARE MOUNTED TO CHASE WALL PARTITION. a MIRROR DIMENSIONS ARE BE OUT-TO -OUT. t 4 1/2 • I 1"S -- VINYL WALL BUMPER (TYP). (SEE DET. 7 -4 -4 (2) PAY TELEPHONES (2) ELEC. WATER COOLERS iTa n ff • RI II! DING DIVISION • C /r1 ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN 4 aFTli SCALE: � p , � . w, , of . M 49 ,94 I --- -•-- -� t I 4' -0" I- 2' -0" rIllpy " w. LICI CI wfl■I1111 t ( n STEEL STRINGER MC 12x10:6 ("OUT) PAINT STRINGERS & EXPOSED PAN CONST. P&L YELLOW ,Y362Y CONC. FILLED STEEL PAN TREADS (2" MIN. CONC. FILL) TREAD DETAIL SCALE: 3/4" = 1"— 0" 111111111111111111111L' 1111111111111.11111111111■ 2 "x2" `AMERICAN OLEAN" CONTINUOUS AROUND PERIMETER OF RESIROOM NOTE: A -93 SAXON BLUE ALL OTHER WALL TILE TO BE "AMERICAN OLEAN" 4 1/4"x 4 1/4" *95 SNOWMIST (MATTE) W/ WHITE GROUT FLOORS TO BE "AMERICAN OLEAN" 2 "x2" FLOOR - ,A - 3 1 QUICKSILVER PROVIDE GREY GROUT FOR FLOOR TILES. USE THIN SET MORTAR AT DRYWALL PARTITIONS ONLY STANDARD BED AT CONCRETE BLOCK WALLS. TILE DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" BOTTOM OF MIRROR SECURE STEEL STRINGER TO FINISH FLOOR SLAB W/4x4x1/4 x4" LONG STEEL ANGLE WELDED TO EACH STRINGER & ANCHOR TO SLAB W/ 3/4" 0 EXP. BOLT GROUND LEVEL FLOOR SLAB 7' -10" 11 7/8" ATAMISIMINIMam Ain . 43 ", �. MARBLE THRESHOLD . A FTUKW 7 5/8 "APPROVED MAR 2 153,7 Dravri+tps FLOOR PLAN SCHEDULES MISC DETAILS, be REFt CTEQ. Ci,G PLAN PLUMBING PLAN ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN 02- --0 ISSUED • FOR 13IDS: ISSUED FOR PERMITS: CADD NAME: T91TWAO44 - PROJECT NO :;'.262991 DRAWN BY; CHECKED BY PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1 991 REV. 3.91 50 MONROE • PLACE GRAND RAPIDS MICHIGAN: 49503' 5287 GEOFFREY Location This drawing is the Exclusive: Property, of TOYS "R" US ' .The information stnwn -may. not be used nor the Drawings R4 pr duced without permission of TOYS "R" US Ngtionol Office ;' 461 • Froth Raac „: Paramus, : NJ (201) 599 7800 1' -6” 2' -0' 0 SIDE COUNTER) NOTE: ALL EXPOSED FACES OF COUNTER TO BE COVERED W / "WILSONART" PLASTIC LAMINATE COLOR: 1572 -6 ANTIQUE WHITE CONT. 2x4 LAG SCREWS TO WALL STUDS POST TO RUN TO CEILING FREE STANDING URINAL SCREEN 5 1/2x5 1/2x1/4 BY CONT. BENT (SEE STRUCTURAL) SEE STRUC TURAL FOR SIZE PROVIDE ONE SOAP DISPENSER FOR EACH SINK PROVIDED - INSTALL DISPENSER SPOUT OVER SINK EDGE. G.C.C. TO PR CLEAR SILICON SEAL AT ALL DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. 2X4 0 16" O.C. 3/4" PLYWD. COUNTER W/ BABY LIP & BACKSPLASH W/ PLASTIC LAMINATE ON ALL EXPOSED SURFACES 2X4 0 8" O.C. 2x4 FRAMED END PANEL COVER W/ 1/2" PLWD. & P. LAM. BOTH SIDES & EDGES. DOUBLE STUDS IN WALL BEHIND FRAMING STEEL STRINGER MC 12x10.6 Illih i.,--- ( TOE OUT) o o O IX 0 J U. TAIR DETAIL SCALE: 3/4 rn /7: BABY LIP TO EXTEND 2" ABOVE COUN TER AND TO BE 2' -0" LONG W/ 1" RADIUS 0 EXPOSED END. r (SEE PLAN & ELEVATION THIS SHEET). �y CERAMIC TILE (TYP. DETAIL SCALE: 3/4 " = 1 ' - . O" 1 1/2" 0 PIPE HAND & GUARDRAIL (RETURN TO WALL) MEZZ. FIN. FLOOR 11 17:%N REFER TO STRUCT. DWG'S. FOR STEEL 1/2" WATERRESISTANT GYP. BD. TYP. BOTH SIDES 1/4" CERAMIC TILE (TYP. SEE SPEC.) STAGGER 2x4 STUDS 0 16" O.C. tO N STEEL STRINGERS MC 12 X 10.6 STEEL STRINGERS, TREADS, HANDRAILS AND pUARDRAILS TO BE PAINTED P&L YELLOW #Y362Y BOLT PER MFGRS. SPEC. CONTINUOUS BUMPER CUSHION CONTINUOUS ALUMINUM RETAINER SEE DETAIL STRIPE (TYPICAL) CERAMIC 11LE BELOW. 20 TREADS 0 11 " =16' -B" STAIR SECTION SCALE: 1/4" = NOTE: ALL VINYL BUMPERS & ANGLES TO BE TOY BLUE #215P BUMPER DETAIL SCALE: NONE PAINT YELLOW i 7 i 1� -Alt At • • 9v CEILING INTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD W/HARDWOOD EDGE STRIP 12" DEEP SHELVING IN JANITORS CLOSET 18" DEEP IN TRAINING ROOM CLOSET ALL BY G.C.C. 6' -0 SLOTTED STANCHIONS 0 2' -0" O.C. COLOR: FACTORY FINISHED WHITE ANCHOR W/EXPANSION BOLTS. FIN. FLOOR i. > nr 0 7p SHELF DETAIL SCALE: 3/8" = 10 12` ADJUSTABLE SEE DETAIL Q I , 1 , I , I , , I ,, I , I,I, i Ct T iI i (6 II11�1111 Illililll IIIIIIIiI IIII {1111 II {1111111111�11111111�1IlI 1 GENERAL NOTES: 1. PAINT ALL INTERIOR DOORS & FRAMES IN OFFICE AREA (ALL SURFACES) Pdd. SPANISH BLUE INCLUDING JAMBS. (EXCEPT SLIDING CLOSET DOORS). 2. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING WHERE TOILET PARTITIONS, GRAB BARS & VANITIES ARE MOUNTED TO CHASE WALL PARTITION. 3. ALL PAINT IN OFFICE AREA TO BE SEMI GLOSS. 4. SEE SHEET M2 FOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 5. G.C.C. TO PROVIDE ALL SIGNS. DECALS, SYMBOLS, ETC. REQUIRED FOR HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY AS DESIGNATED BY LOCAL CODES & AUTHORITIES. 6. SEE ELEC. DWGS. FOR PHONE LOCATIONS. 0 « I 1 4 � I � II ��I Ii � I �Sl l � ,1, ���� III1,3 � No.)8 e. mow".'= ." .I IIII�IJII IIIIIIIII ELVES. • 48" HIGH HARD VINYL CORNER GUARD. (TYPICAL SEE SPEC.) MARBLE THRESHOLD 12` ADJUSTABLE SHELVES. SEE DETAIL 5'-41" DIA. HANDICAPPED TURNAROUND NEW ELECT. HOT WATER HEATER LOCATED ABOVE ON MEZZANINE NOTES: 1. USE "WILSONART" PLASTIC LAMINATE COLOR: 1572 -6 ANTIQUE WHITE . FOR VANITY CONSTUCTION. 2. ALL WASHROOM ACCESSORIES TO BE INSTALLED PER HANDICAPPED REQUIREMENTS & MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 3. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING WHERE TOILET PARTITIONS & GRAB BARS ARE MOUNTED TO CHASE WALL PARTITION. a MIRROR DIMENSIONS ARE BE OUT-TO -OUT. t 4 1/2 • I 1"S -- VINYL WALL BUMPER (TYP). (SEE DET. 7 -4 -4 (2) PAY TELEPHONES (2) ELEC. WATER COOLERS iTa n ff • RI II! DING DIVISION • C /r1 ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN 4 aFTli SCALE: � p , � . w, , of . M 49 ,94 Revisions No Date Description 1 03-26-92 ISSUED FOR BULLETIN #1 r Drawing References No Drawings Al FLOOR PLAN A2 FLOOR PLAN DETAILS A4 ENLARGED OFFICE PLAN A9 VESTIBULE DETAILS AS CONTROL TOWER DETAILS Al2 MISC.DE TAILS Fl FIXTURE PLAN Cl GRAPHICS PLAN ISSUED FOR BIDS: 01-31-92 ISSUED FOR PERMITS: 02-12-92 CADD NAME: T91TWA05 PROJECT NO.: 262991 _ DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1991 REV. 4.91 ,.., ., . '''):',". '.'trii. ' --. . : •,- •.,-, . , =,. s i .!., 44 - ' - 'W ':"0 " : ' „ ; : ltk ,at l'O E 44:-:-k,SNI r.N6NT:Ekiti ROUP ..., .. . ' IERIORS ,NT . 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS TELEPHONE (616) 235-6000 MICHIGAN 49503 FAX (616) 235-6132 5207 RE Rr: AR HITE T NIS 0..1%10 UMW S_,TA E OF '. 'REGION 11 10,s .... a , Notional Office 461 From Road Poramus, NJ 07652 (201) 599--7800 . GEOFFRE This drawing is the Exclusive Property of TOYS "R" US. The information shown moy not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS "R" US. Location TUKWILA, WA. Drowin Title , VSTIE3ULE PLAN AND DETAILS Scale AS NOTED Dote 01-31-92 Sheet no. A 5 A 4 N 00 0 (N 0 • "co 12" • YYMMY I 2 1110. ' tt) 9 0 1/2" M.O. CAULK 0 FRAME PERIMETER EACH SIDE TYP. CONC. CURB 40E11111 II II =MI CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. SLIDING DOOR W/ 1/4" CLEAR TEMP. GLASS (TYP.) 7'-6 1/2" LINTEL ✓ N 8" 6" 1 8" 2'-ll" • . ; iiiiipX911-sireal9aMaNCS MAO litinititiSleaNmelw 9-O 1 /2" M 0. .._J •ck 1,1 4 Li C)' J 4 ; (.7) ia e- - • 0 1 Cr Ifl la I <I o) ) • 4" 8" t " DETAIL SCALE: 1/2" = r. SECURITY 102 U) EXISTING 12" SPLI T- FACE. CONC. BLOCK CONTROL JOINT (SEE DETAILS ON SHT. Al2) SEE DE TAIL 0 RICH! FOR SIMILAR NOTES ON DOOR 1 \-6" CONC. CART CURB (SEE DETAILS ON DWG'S. C3 & Al2) (TYPICAL) 9" 4 R 0 TYPICAL r- EQUIP. ROOM WALL 0 HEAD I (REFER TO DWG. A6) C.P.U. VEST. I 116 I (2) LAYERS OF i/2" GYP. BOARD ON EACH SIDE OF 6" METAL STUDS MOUNTED 0 12" O.C. (EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE OF MEZZ. DECK) NOTE: REFER TO DE TAIL 3-2-12 FOR AIR CURTAIN 0 HEAD OF DOOR #28 11 5/8 1' 3' 5 3" C.P.U. I 103 I CART CURB TYP. I 105 16 - .3" ( . 1 3 - 3 1 , ,, 5'.. 3" . 1 ._.. ..__. _ . . . 4" 4' - 4" 4' 110" 0. R 4---- __ I 24 1 COMP. I ROOM 36 3" • NEW 12" SMOOTH-FACE CONC BLOCK NEW 6" - - • 'I N I 0 ( S CONC. CURB 50 0 3/8" (REFER TO DRAWING A6 FOR ENLARGED PLAN OF COMP., COUNT ROOMS & DIR. OFFICE) 1 0 . - 122 1/2" DRYWALL OVER 6" METAL STUDS 0 24" O.C. (SEE SHT. AS) SE AL AN T BOTH SIDES or DOOR PERIME TER ( TYP. ) NOTE: IF THE INTERIOR FIXED LITE OF THE SLIDING DOORS IS DELETED. ALSO DELETE THE CART CURB AT THE DOOR. 19'-- 0" V A C) s ,Cl; IV 1/4" EXP. MA T'L & CONT. BEAD OF SEALANT BETWEEN DOOR AND CURB ( TYP. 0 DOORS #1,2,4, & 26) 23' 5" 0 _ _ . _ _ J\ / If) N ALUM. SLIDE DOOR UNITS IN/ EMERGENCY SWING OUT. ( TYPICAL) • - • • - AIR CURTAIN UNIT ABOVE DOORS WHERE INDICATED. (SEE MOUNTING DE TAIL ON DRAWING Al2 & MECH. DRAWINGS) (TYPICAL) CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. WINDOW FRAME W/ 1/4" CLEAR TEMP. SAFETY GLASS & SNAP-ON STOPS. ( TYP. 0 FIXED WINDOW UNI TS)(COORDIN A TE 1 VERT. MULLION w/ EMBEDDED CHANNELS) 120 C3X5 STL. CHANNEL IN TUBE Ci 0" DIR. OFF 118 EXIT VEST. I 116 J 0 12 11 1/8" 12' 9 7/8" (MASONRY DIM ) 1 (2) TOtlAt SPACES F IXED WINDOW UNtt', 1 NEW 6" CON!. CONC. CURB ( TYP.)SEE DE T. 4-5-12 q 111 PROVIDE C3X5 STL. CHANNEL REINF. INSIDE WINDOW MULLION FROM BASE OF WALL TO WINDOW HEAD. (SEE DE TAIL 14- 2- 2 FOR REQUIREMENTS IN M AS. WALL AT VERT. MULLION) DETAIL SCALE: 1/2" = 6" 1/2" DRYWALL ON 6" METAL STUDS 0 24" O.C. (SEE SHT A6) ALUMINUM EXTRUSION SEE GENERAL NOTE #4 C;; - NEW 6" LI CONC. CURB (SEE DE TAILS ON DWG. C3) , - 10t - B o ; CK) LJL waylay my.... STEPPED UP CERAMIC TILE COLOR BAND DETAIL SCALE: 1/2" = .10.11••• 23'-5" 42 5/8" FIXTURES SUPPLIED ith - INSTALLED G. C 1 g3 Elf fa lirAiLk "Til1 1 CO If) - 1/2" DRYWALL EACH SIDE OF 6" METAL. STUDS 0 24" O.C. (SEE SHT. A6) CAULK NEW 6" CONC. CURB (SEE DE TAILS ON DWG. C3) NEW 12" SMOOTH-FACE CONC. BLOCK -EXTEND WALL ABOVE LIN TEL TO DECK ABOVE CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. SLIDING DOOP ( TYPICAL) DASHED LINE INDICATES 8" CONC. BLOCK BELOW SILL. STONE SILL TO OVERHANG BLOCK 1" EACH SIDE SALES AREA I 101 I 4.4 23'-5" YONMONYONOMI.IY• (0 iff■ /111 -w molleomferc • ' : fiNECOSSO 12' CO 0 a) (8) FOUAL SPACES 1 -- 4" CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. WINDOW FRAME WI 1/4" CLEAR TEMP. GLASS (TYPICAL) • 4'--1! 1/8" (10 MASONRY) CONT. BEAM OF CAULK 0 ALL JOINTS ( TYP.) CLEAR ANODIZED ALUM, ENCLOSURE CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. CLOSURE BOTH SIDES OF COLUMN. (SEALANT 0 ALL JOINTS) (TYPICAL) 9 7/8" C 3X5 STL. CHANNEL 7'-10 1/8"r OMMYMOMMIMMIIMMYIMIM• 175' - 0" ,t I 121 SERV11 VEST. 0) 0 5 X 5 STEEL TUBE COL. ( TYPICAL) 23'- 5" _ _ 1 17 1/4" (3) EQUAL SPACES NEW 6" CONC. CURB (SEE DETAILS ON DWG. C3) 2 3/4" CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. CLOSURE EA, SIDE OF WOOD BLOCKING. BETWEEN DOOR & WINDOW FRAME (PROVIDE CONT. CAULK BEAD 0 ALL JOINTS. (TYPICAL 0 OPPOSITE END 0 COL. A.1 -3.3) CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. SLIDING DOOR (TYPICAL)(SEE DOOR SCHEDULE) 2" X 4 1/2" CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. FRAMES W/ C3X5 STL. CHANNEL REINF. FROM FLOOR TO WINDOW HEAD (IN MULLIONS) & 1/4" CLEAR TEMP. GLASS & SNAP-ON STOPS. (SEE DE TAIL 14- 2- 2) 8"x 8" TUBE - PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT, CAP 0 7'-6" A.F.F. ANCHOR TO FOOTING (REFER TO TYP. COL. BASE DE T. ON DWG. 53) 1 - 4 1/4' ( 3) EOLIAl. SPACES 8) EQUAL SPACES 0 7 1/8"'6?'-9" " ( TYP ) FOR RAILING ELEV. REFER TO DETAIL 10-5-12 (CENTER RAILING ON BLOCK WALL) nlif.: SCALE: 1/8" = FOR RAILING ELEVATION AND DETAILS REFER TO DRAWING Al2 (VERIFY LOCATION WITH TRU FIELD REP.) NOTE: WIREWAY (ABOVE) WIRE-WAY IS FURNISHED BY TRU & INSTALLED BY G.C.C. G.C.C. IS TO FIELD COORDINATE ALL CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE INSTALLATION. CONTACT TOYS "P" US FIELD REPRESENTATIVE TO VERIFY LOCATION WIREWAY USING MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION DRAWING'S WHICH WILL BE PROVIDED WITH Ti E WIREWAY AT TIME OF DELIVERY. 11 1/8" - 5/8" 2 2' - 5 1/4" 1. I 9' - 5 3/4" CAULK 0 FRAME - PERIMETER 0 EA. SIDE ' No • 18 er 4.1 fill 1111 1111 I II 1 1111141 1 1111111 1 1 1 1111111 ( 1 ) 11 1 111111111 ;11111 111111111 1 1111111g11.1111 rI1111111 1 1 7 11111111 1111111111T11111 1 111111 - 1 - 111 ‘) YoommYY.Y ......■MMMOMMOSIOYMMMOMM■ -- 0" 7 CART CURB TYP. - NEW 6" CONC. CURBS (SEE DETAILS ON DWG. C3) 10' -0" 1 5/8" CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. SLIDING DOOR ALUM. CLOSURE • & SEALANT 0 JOINTS ( TYP. ) 46 r11 5/8" 1' 3" 20' - 10" I 11 5/8" I no JANITOR MEN RECESSED HOSE BIB- IN SEE PLUMBING PLANS ENLARGED VESTIBULE PLAN PLAN S 110•1111MINID EXIST. I-BEAM W/ 1/4" STEEL PLATE ON EACH SIDE. MATCH CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. FRAMES WHERE ADJACENT & PAINT TO MATCH S TRUC T. ABOVE. - ADJUST. WELD-ON ANCHORS & TRIANGLE TIE. ( TYP ) (REFER TO SPEC.) 1' -11 1 /8" 7 5/8" SOLID WOOD BLOCKING 5"X5" STEEL --\\\ TUBE COL. CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. CLOSURE BOTH SIDES OF COL. (CUNT SEALANT BEAD 0 JOINTS BOTH SIDES) 9 314" Co U) 2 5 L 8" 38'- I" rr Cv kr, ,..„, : __--- , SEE GENERAL NO FE #4 7 E)(D 1 NAi. z COLUMN T EXTEND L I N Et. ABOVE 2„ _ _ TO ROOF DECK ABOVE VE LINTEL z Lai 0. COLOR BAND 4 0 16'-3" NORTH 8" CONC. BLOCK LUNCH ROOM FT01 SECURITY OFFICE 1 108 1 - 0 11:1 SOLID WOOD BLOCKING WI BREAK METAL FINISH 4 3/8" 5/8" CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED NEW CONT. 3X3X1/4 L MECH. FASTENED 0 24" O.C. WRAP L & SLUSH POCKET. NEW 12" SMOOTH-FACE CONC. BLOCK NEW 6" CONC. CURBS (SEE DETAILS ON DWG. C3) 10' -0' WOMEN I 111 I ENLARGED PLAN A4 11 5/8" 10 ,..„ N. N CONTROL JOINT (SEE DETAIL ON DWG. Al2) CERAMIC TILE CONTROL JOINTS (SEE DETAILS ON DRAWING Al2) TOOTH-IN NEW 12" SPLIT-FACE WHITE BLOCK WITH EXIST. 1" EXTERIOR INSUL. SYSTEM to to RECEIVED f CITY OF TUKWI MAR 2 6 19 z PERMIT CENT YOIVOMMOMMIMIMYYMMOMMIO) 0 THIS SIDE TO FACE SALES FLOOR 3/4" QUARTER ROUND --- MOULDING ( BIRCHWOOD) GLASS STOPS 1/4" SAFETY MIRROR GLASS - REFLECTIVE SIDE FACES GALES AREA 2 "0 HALF ROUND BIRCH 3/4" QUARTER ROUND MOULDING ( BIRCHWOOD) 1/2" GYP. BD. TYP. 1/2" DRYWALL DRYWALL BEAD If MOLD (ALL SIDES) PAINT 3" DIAMETER HOLE - TIME CLOCK PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY T.R.J. SECTION @ TOP OF WALL SCALE: r= la L 0 DETAIL @ TOP OF WALL DETAIL CO TOP OF WALL. SCALE: 1 1/2" =1'- 0" �.,.. L. 1 SECTION CO TIME CLOCK SCALE: 1 i/r. -- 3' -6" HIGH PLAS. LAM. WAINSCOT , —CONCRETE CURB 24 "x18' LOUVER - 4" VINYL BASE FINISH FLOOR SECTION THRU EQUIP, R SCALE: 1/2". r- 7. 4 5/8' f I A 45 BIRCH VENEERED FRAME TOP. I - 7 9'- 4" 8' -11 3/8" 1/2" DRYWALL TOGGLE BOLT GA MTL STUDS 0 16" O.C. DBL. 0 TOP OF WALL / - 3/4" X 6" BIRCHWOOD CAP (TYP.) NOTE: APPLY 2 COATS OF CLEAR URETHANE ON BIRCHWOOD 3/4" QUARTER ROUND MOULDING ( BIRCHWOOD) 2 "0 HALF ROUND MOULDING (BIRCHWOOD) 16 GA MTh STUDS 0 16" O.C. DBL. ® TOP OF WALL 3/4" x 6" BIRChWOOD CAP 1•-O 1/2' NOTE: APPLY 2 COATS OF CLEAR URETHANE ON BIRCHWOOD 1"x 8" BIRCHWOOD FRAME 3/4" X 8" BIRCHWOOD CAP (TYP.) NOTE: APPLY 2 COATS OF CLEAR URETHANE ON BIRCHWOOD 3/4" QUARTER ROUND MOULDING ( BIRCHWOOD) O EACH SIDE MEZZANINE FRAMING & DECK F.F.L. 11' -8" C.M.U. WALL PLYWOOD A `D BIRCHWOOD ED7.,E MOULDING MOM 0 CPU T. 116 11' -7 3/4' 9' -0 1/2' M.O 18 TIME CLOCK (RECESSED) 3" DIA HOLE 3' -3 1/2' 4 1/2" LINE OF MEZZANINE ABOVE COMPUTER TABLE W /(3) 2 "0 HOLES W /PLAS. INSERTS 50' -0 3/8" 13' -2' 4 1/2' 9' -8 3/8" - _ 4 1 —2"x16* SLOT IN DESK TOP FOR PAPER LINE OF SHELF 18" BELOW COUNTER FOR PAPER LINE OF SHELF 2' -0" ABOVE DESK TOP 45.00' COUNT ROOM 120 NOTE: SAFE MUST BE SET IN PLACE PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF DOORS 19 & 20. & THE COMPUTER ROOM CEILING FRAMING. DISCUSS WITH TRU SITE REPRESENTATIVE 2' 10' -0 3/4' 2' -10' • S-4 1 4' ./ 5/8' R.O. GLASS -DOOR STOPS FILE CABINET oar- SPACE ma r Revisions o Dote � Descrip� tion I MED FOE KULLETIN e I l 'r AN" \I tic .l 111: #,\Cr 6" STUD TO UNDERSIDE OF j7 1/2" STEEL BEAM 1/2" SHEETROCK ENLARGED CONTROL TOWER PLA SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" DETAIL OF BIN SCALE: I 1/2" =1'-0" BIRCH HALF -ROUND TRIM FACE OF MASONRY WALL V.W.C. NOTES: 1. LAMINATE INTERIOR, EXTERIOR & EDGES OF BIN W/ FORMICA #925 CHAMPAGNE. 9' -4" 8' -3 7/8' 10 "X10" MIRROR GLASS FACING COUNT ROOM 4" VINYL BASE C.M.U. WALL 8 EQ. SPACES W/1/4" DIVIDERS 2X6 WOOD LEDGER BOLTED TO - MASONRY WALL W/ 3/4" DIA. A.B. 0 4' -0" O.C. • ul DESK TOP COUNTER W /(5) DRAWERS SCALE: 1/2 "= 1'--0" 2. PAINT DIVIDERS TO MATCH COLOR OF CHAMPAGNE FORMICA 2X6 WOOD LEDGER 2X6 WOOD JOISTS 0 24" O.C. W /SIMPSON U26 JOIST HANGERS 0 EA. END 5/8" DRYWALL CEILING CONT. 3/4 " QUARTER ROUND (PAINT P.&i.. "SNOWFLAKE ") PLUG MOLD. (REFER TO ELEC. DWG. FOR LOCATION) /- 2.-6" 4 ,(CUT OW) 24 "x18" OU VER ELEVATION @ COMP. ROOM T -CONC. CURB c, • N SECTION THRU DIR. OFF. N PLAS. LAM. WAIN SCOT W/HIGH DENSITY FLAKEBOARD BACKUP (SEE GRAPHIC SHEET) FINISH _- FLOOR i to I II riIII ` iii r III1IIIr1IIIII /I I III I IIIIIII I IIIII 5 IIIIIII J. lT ET T. TI i 6 f3 IIIII Illllllll�il 11 IIII�IIII II II�IIII II II�IIII IIII�II Il Ilii�llll 1111�I111 DESK TOP COUNTER W /(5) DRAWER:, � - CONT. 2X6 SUPPORT FOR COUNTER 4" VINYL BASE SECTIONTHRU DIR. OF SCALE: 1/2' =1' -0" (DIR. OFFICE SIAM.) GENERAL 1. ALL BIRCHWOOD CAPS,MOULDINGS, HANDRAILS, FRAMES, ETC. TO HAVE CLEAR URETHANE FINISH (2 COATS) SEE SPEC. 2. ALL DRAWERS SHALL HAVE RECESSED PULLS AND DRAWER SLIDES. 3. ALL COUNTERS, SHELVING, BINS, ETC. 0 DIR. OFFICE, TOWER & COUNT ROOM TO BE 1/2" HIGH DENSITY FLAKEBOARD W/PLASTIC LAMINATE. (DRAWERS TO BE SOLID WOOD -NO LAMINATES.) PLASTIC LAMINATES TO BE "FORMICA" #925 CHAMPAGNE U.O.N. 4. DIRECTORS OFFICE AND TOWER SHALL HAVE SEAMLESS FLOOR COVERING SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY GCC. (SEE ROOM SCHEDULE OR SPECIFICATIONS FOR COLOR) 5. ALL INSIDE WALLS TO BE CONSTRUCTED W/ 1/2" DRYWALL, TAPED AND SANDED. DIRECTOR'S OFFICE, TOWER AND COUNT ROOM TO BE FINISHED W/ VINYL WALL COVERING. EQUIPMENT ROOM TO BE PAINTED P&L #2127 "SNOWFLAKE ". VINYL WALLCOVERING IS TO BE FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY G.C., REFERENCE SPEC. FOR ORDER FORM. ..."._...... __. 36" FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE W/ DIFFUSSEF: (SUPPLIED BY TRU, INSTALLED BY ELEC. CONTR.) 4' -10" DESK TOP COUNTER W /(5) DRAWERS I - v.w.C. ---- L OUTLINE OF SAFE BIN. (REFER TO DETAIL 11 -6 -6) PLUG MOLD. (REFER TO ELEC. DWG. FOR LOCATION) 4" VINYL BASE J \ SAFE BY TRU ELEV. (44 COUNT,ROOM, TOWER & DIR. OFF SCALE: 1/2".1'- 0" 9 . -4 ' 8' -11 3/8" FACE OF MASONRY WALL EXTENDED PLYWOOD LIGHT SHIELD AT WINDOWS ONLY -- . 1/4" SFTY. MIRROR GLASS IN WD. FRAME No.18 cfr ���° - ^ IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII iIII�IIII METAL STUD TO BOTTOM OF JOISTS 29 "x1S "x25" FILE CAB'T.(N.I.C.) METAL STUD TO JOISTS / 1/2" DRYWALL 6. OUTSIDE WALLS TO BE CONSTRUCTED W/ 1/2" HIGH DENSITY FLAKEBOARD BEHIND PLASTIC LAMINATE WAINSCOT (SEE GRAPHIC SHEETS), 1/2" DRYWALL, TAPED AND SANDED ABOVE WAINSCOT. (SEE GRAPHIC SHEETS FOR PAINT COLORS AND TYPE). 7. NO HORIZONTAL SEAMS WILL BE PERMITTED IN PLASTIC LAMINATES 0 OUTSIDE & INSIDE WALLS. 8. REFLECTIVE SURFACE OF MIRROR GLASS TO FACE SALES AREA. SCALE: 1/2" V.W.C. 1O "X10" MIRROR GLASS DESK TOP COUNTER W /(5) DRAWERS -� 1/4" SAFETY MIRROR GLASS IN WOOD FRAME 11 L.- 9 FACE OF MASONRY WALL CONT. CAULK 0 JOINT. V.W.C. PLUG MOLD. -/ (REFER TO ELEC. DWG. FOR LOCATION) 4" VINYL BASE 8' -11 3/8' 13 458' � HAND (V 11" SHELF W /STANLEY 797 STL. BRACKETS (W91ITE FINISH) DESK TOP COUNTER W/4 DRAWERS 1' -10 " 01T' 6' -7 7/8' 2'-7 7 8" 4 CONT. 2X6 SUPPORT FOR COUNTER .� ` 3/4" FLAKE BRD. SIDE 13ASL FINISH FLOOR 11 fa" SECT. THRU COUNT RM. 'APPROVED (IF TUKWIIA APPROVED tMI\ ,.0 1 _ :32 DI G DI ' ISION • -3' -6" HIGH PLAS. LAM. WAINSCOT SEE GRAPHI i S SHEET Location Drawing References Drawings Sheet no. FLOOR PLAN ENTRY /EXIT VESTIBULE PLAN & DETAILS ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE ENLARGED TRUCK DOCK & VESTIBULE PLANS POWER DETAILS GRAPHIC ISSUED FOR BIDS: ISSUED FOR PERMITS: CADD NAME: T91TWA06 PROJECT NO.: 262991 DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1991 NON- RAISED REV. 4.91 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS TELEPHONE (616) 235 - 6000 MICHIGAN 49503 FAX (616) 235 - 6132 GEOFFREY A6 01 -31 -92 02 -12 -92 TOYS '11 us National Office 461 From Road Paramus, NJ 07652 (201) 599 -7800 This drawing is the Exclusive Property of TOYS "R" US. The information shown may not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS "R" US. TUKWILA, WA. Drawing Title OOM PLANS & DETAILS DI ON ITROL TOWER & COUNT Nile AS NOTED Date 01- -31 -92 Revisions No Dote Description 1 03 -26 -92 ISSUED FOR BULLETIN # ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ • Drawing References No Drawings Al FLOOR PLAN A3 TRUCK DOCK PLAN A4 OFFICE PLAN AS VESTIBULE PLAN A6 CONTROL TOWER & COUNT ROOM PLANS All WALL SECTIONS Fl FIXTURE PLAN Cl GRAPHICS PLAN S5 ROOF FRAMING PLAN S4 FOUNDATION DETAILS ISSUED FOR BIDS: 01 -31 -92 ISSUED FOR PERMITS: 02 - 12 - 92 CADD NAME: T91TWA07 PROJECT NO.: 262991 DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1991 REV. 4.91 +' q� Y f ..`., .i , r 11(11 J 11 } 1 I E \h\I +• j •I I I !v1!: 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS TE_EPHONE (616) 235-6000 MICHIGAN 49503 FAX (616) 235 -6132 52879 .-,P „p 414-itE.:f `3 / / - -I i; .1 ;3 is JN C!O 4 1 ..,,-.7,_ voys do . e i National Office A 461 From Road Paramus, NJ 07652 (201) 599 -7800 GEOFFREY This drawing is the Exclusive Property of TOYS "R” US. The information shown may not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS "R" US. Location TUKWILA WA. Drawing Title SCHEDULES AND DETAILS Scale AS NOTED s � Dote 01 -31 -92 Sheet no. A 7 R N Cn 0 N O W 0 w 7 10" 16 25 26 27 28 HALL TO MENS TOILET (NEW) RECEIVING TO TRUCK DOCK: ( EXIST;) E E B B B J REGISTERS TO COUNT ROOM (NEW) 21 ' C.P.U. TO COMPUTER ROOM (NEW) COMPUTER ROOM TO EQUIP. RM. (NEW) C.P.U. TO SECURITY ROOM (NEW) C.P.U. TO R.G.D. (NEW) SEC. RM. TO PRE -SALES (NEW) SEC. RM. TO PRE -SALES (MEZZ.)(NEW) PRE -SALES AREA TO EXTERIOR C.P.U. VEST. TO EXTERIOR (N.I.C.) (NEW) J C C D W 4' -1" 3 -0" 3' -0" 2' -8" 3' -8" 4 -1" 2•..8" 2' -8" 2' -8" 3' -0" 3 4' -0" 4' -0" 4' -0" 7' -0" 7' -0" 7 7' -0" 7' - 0" 7' -0" 7' -0" 7' -0" 7' -0" 7' -0" 7' -0" 7' -0" T 1 -3/4" 1-3/4" 1- 3/4" 1-3/4" 1-3/4" 1-3/4" 1-3/4" 1 -3/4" 1-3/4" 1 -3/4" 1-3/4" ALUM ALUM ALUM HM HM HM ALUM HM PLAS. ALUM ICI 4 2/5 1/5 1/5 3A/7 3A/7 3/7 10/7 10/7 10/7 9/7 9/7 5/5 4/9 5/9 2/7 1/7 10/7 10/7 10/7 10/7 9/7 8/2 9/7 1/7 4/7 W/24 "x18" LOUVER 2 2/7 2/7 4/7 - EXISTING FRAME - W/24 "x1118" LOUVER W/24 "x18" LOUVER SEE NOTE 16 SEE NOTE .: SEE NOTE #6 - REPAIR LOOSE DETEX REPLACE W/NEW DOOR & HDWR. (SEE NOTE 17) CHANGE LOCKSET ONLY SEE NOTE 0 SEE NOTE # SEE NOTE # W/24 "x18" LOUVER DUTCH DOOR W /SHELF & VISION PANEL 4 DOOR PROVIDED BY TRU INST. BY G.C. 5 & 6 7 7 105 106 109 110 111 112 113 SECURITY ROOM (LOWER) SECURITY ROOM (MEZZ.) CUSTOMER PICK -UP REGISTERS EQUIPMENT ROOM LUNCH ROOM EXIST. 0 SERVICE SECURITY OFFICE (EXIST.) HALL MENS TOILET WOMENS TOILET JANITOR'S CLOSET PRE -SALES AREA (EXIST. - LOWER) PRE -SALES AREA (EXIST. - MEZZ.) 114 RECEIVING AREA (EXIST. - LOWER) 114M RECEIVING AREA (EXIST.- MEZZ.) 116 ENTRY /EXIT VESTIBULES 117M NOT USED DIRECTOR'S OFFICE NOT USED 0 . : IIIII 11111 111111=111111h=11111121111111111111111111111111111111111111111 4 4 El'EMEREJ11111=1111 1 13 13 1 104 107 108 118 119 SALES AREA (EXIST.) COMPUTER ROOM FLOOR FINISH w J 1;(‘I N p Ww es _ C3 a Q. d U w a■ ■0■I ° ■■ ° • ° ° 111■ ■■ ■ ■a ■1114C1 ■■ ° ■ ■1111 ° ° :M■ amo _.. a ■11 ° 0 ■ ■111■■ a ■ ■■ 0 1111111111111 VARIES ■■ ■■ ° ° 0 ■ ■ ■� ■ ■� ■ ■ ■auuu• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ 11 VARIES 11111111111111111111 11111111111111111111 a ■anaa■aa■aaa■ ° ■■ ■■a111. :s�-a1■ VARIES 1111.aa11 Illonunomungog ° a ° am ° 1111•01111111 ° 111aau ■aa1 VARIES 1111111111111111111111 ■1 ■■1.11 •■ •11■■■■ ■■■■■ ■I111a :l■ ■ VARIES 1111■1111 ■1 MINN A a■u■ ° 1111111111111111111111 ° a■■u:.■■■ ° ■■mom■■ ° ■■ ° ° • ■ A 0 - 1 ° 1a1■l ° ° ■■1 :%a VARIES 111111■ 11■■ ■■ A 111 ■■1 ■mauuaa 1■■ ■1 ■.a■■ 8• ■ ■ ■ ° ° slum A 0 1■■au 0 1111111111111111111111111111011111111111 ° IN 8•-0" 111111111111 • ° MUM B 1111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 ° ■■� 8' " ° ■ ° 1111111 ° ■ ■1■■■ B 11111 ° ■ a ■11 ° ■ ■ ■.1�■ ■C ■ ■ ■�1■ 8 11.. ° 11111111 ° ■ ■�011� 1111111111111111111111111111111111111111111•1111111111111111 ° as 8 -o 1111 ° L°.131 o • ■ ■ ■■N ■.■111■■■■■■ ° ■■ ■11■ VARIES 1111111111111•111 ° • a. . s _ •aa1111■11 o RIE 11111111 ■� a 1� o VA S ■ ■rn . auaa■■u uau ■■aaiaa ° ■■i■■ VARIES" 1111 ■■ 1111 111 ■111 ■ 1111 ° 111. ° 1111■ ■1■ ° 11:111111111 ° ■■ 12'-1O" 1111 1111■■■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■aaaaa ■■■■■■■■■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■aa■ ■ ■ ■i : :_ aaa ° 111111111111111112131:1111111111 0 ■■ 0 1111111111131111 VARIES ■■ ° ■ :vv■ ■ ■11■■■■■ ■aaaauaa■■■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ ■■■■■■■■ ■ :: 1■■ 0 1110111111111011 ° ■■■ o • VARIES 1111 0 ■n o o ■ ° 1111. A ° ■a ■■a■■a■uauua■ ° • ° ■■■ ° • VARIES ■1 a �■ ■ ■ ::— ■1■a■11iaa 1 ■■ ° ■■ ° ° 11 ° • 8' -O" 1111111•11113 ° ° 1111 11111111111111 11111111111111111111111111111111 aaaaau ■■■ ■ 1= U C 0 L 0 R O 2 J 1= U V FINISH I- Z N 9�It U O w w N N 2 a 8 a. N. d z w N U 2 Q z W O m 0 SEE NOTES 17,1L13,22,25 + AT DRYWALL ONLY SEE NOTE 1,25 SEE NOTE , 2,12,25 SEE NOTE 23,24 SEE NOTE 11 SEE NOTE ;20 SEE NOTE #10,20 SEE NOTE #10,20 SEE NOTE #21,23 SEE NOTE #21,23 SEE NOTE #21,23 SEE NOTE #21,23 SEE NOTE #7,20 SEE NOTE #2,12 NO. NOTES: HALL TO SECURITY OFFICE (EXIT.) 1) EXTERIOR FACE OF EXTERIOR DOORS TO BE PAINTED GRAY UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON ELEVATIONS. 2 ) INTERIOR FACE' OF EXTERIOR DOORS TO BE PAINTED PER ROOM FIN. SCHEDULE. 3) DR CLOSERS TO BE MOUNTED ON ROOM SIDE OF DRS. 4 ) PAINT DR. & FRAME W /CLEAR URETHANE FIN.(SEE SPECS.) DENOTES EXISTING DOORS TO REMAIN SIZE MAT. FRAME JAMB HEAD SILL 4/5 5/9 5) CLOSER TO BE MOUNTED ON PRESALES SIDE. 6) DOORS 10,11 & 12 RECEIVE WEATHERSTRIPPING AS DESCRIBED IN HDWR. GRP. 7 BELOW 7) DOOR #13 DOES NOT RECEIVE VIEWER ROOM NO. 1 01 102 102M 103 123 ROOM NAME FINISH BASE COLOR COLOR O N V W 0 ce O W w ? COLOR HEIGHT VARIES EQUIP. & DOORS r W J U) W tx TO BE PAINTED REMARKS SEE NOTE #2,12 SEE NOTE #2,12 SEE NOTE #2,12,25 NO CHANGE VISION PANEL 12' WIDE SHELF HOLLOW METAL EQUAL EQUAL 10' x 10' MIRROR GLASS FACING SALES SIDE HOLLOW METAL W/ 1/4" TEMP. GL. ALUM. FRAMING ,g E SCHEDULE FOR E GRESS WIDTH (W)'I' STATIONARY Q DOOR W/ 1/4" TEMP. GLASS (TYP). 0 UI 1 SEE PLAN FOR m.O. 8 "x12" VISION PANEL " (MIRROR GLASS FACING SALES) METAL LOUVER WHERE INDICATED SEE REMARKS IN DOOR SCH. FOR SIZE OF LOUVER. PAINT LOUVER TO MATCH DOOR EQUAL „ EQUAI HOLLOW METAL ✓ EQ. EQ. HOLLOW METAL "DUTCH" QQOR a h ALUM. MUNTINS (TYP.) ALUM. SLIDING DOORS W/ 1/4" TEMP. GLASS & BREAK -AWAY FEATURE (TYP. ) SLIDING DOORS FURN. & INSTALLED BY DOOR MFR. G.C. TO PREPARE THE OPENING. SLIDERS TO BE CLEAR ANODIZED U.N.O. 10 "x10" TEMP. WIRE GLASS 0 RECEIVING AREA (EXIST. DOOR) DOOR ELEVATIONS SCALE: 1/4" = 1 to DOOR SCHEDULE BEAM W/ PLATE SEE STRUCT. O WGS. USE WEATHER TIGHT SEALANT LOCATION EXIT VESTIBULE TO EXTERIOR (N.I.C.) SERVICE VEST. TO EXIT VEST. (N.I.C.) SERVICE VEST. TO REGISTER (N.I.C.) SERVICE VEST. TO ENTRY VEST.(N.I.C.) ENTRY VEST. TO EXTERIOR (N.I.C.) GROUP 1 TO HAVE HARDWARE BY MANUFACTURER (INCLUDING BREAKAWAY HARDWARE). ALL DOORS IN GROUP TO HAVE THE FOLLOWING SIGN AT ADJACENT LOCATION: "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING OCCUPANCY ". PROVIDE MANUAL EXIT HARDWARE ON INTERIOR FACE (IF REQUIRED) LETTERS TO BE 1" MINIMUM IN HEIGHT GROUP 2 TO HAVE 1 1/2 PR. BUTTS STANLEY 1 PUSH PLATE BROOKLINE 1 PULL BROOKLINE 1 CLOSER NORTON 1 KICKPLATE BROOKLINE 1 DR. STOP IVES 3 SILENCERS IVES FBB 179 4 1/2" x 4 1/2" 26D 69 - 8 x 16, 16 GA. 32D 808 - 8" C. TO C., 320 7703 HO AL 10 x 34 16 GA. 32D 4078 26D 20 OFFSET FRAME 1/4" TO RECEIVE CERAMIC TILE FINISH. MEN'S 0 & WOMEN'S RESTROOMS ONLY. DOORS #10 & 12. (S -1OWN DASHED) - SHIM AS READ. AULK BY G.C. ALUM. ACTIVATOR CLEAR ALUM. SLIDING DOORS 0 8 GROUP 4 TO HAVE 1 1/2 PR. BUTTS STANLEY I LATCHSET BEST 1 DR. CLOSER NORTON 3 SILENCERS IVES 1 DR STOP IVES 1 KICKPLATE BROOKLINE 1 THRESHOLD NATIONAL GUARD GROUP 5 TO HAVE (LOWER LEAF DOOR #24) 1 PAIR BUTTS STANLEY 1 LOCKSET BEST 1 DOOR STOP IVES 1 LOCKGUARD IVES L_1 LINTEL BLOCK -GROUT 2 -- #4'S CONT. W/ 8" BEARING MIN. EA. SIDE CAULK 0 EA. SIDE 16 GA. H.M. FRAME GROUT SOLID HEAD SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1' -0" NOTE: PROVIDE CONTINUOUS LIN fEL OVER DOORS #11 & #12, SEE SHT A4 FBB 179 4 1/2" x 4 1/2" 26D 93KON15D x 626 7703H0 AL 0 4078 26D 10X34,16GA. 32D #432 0 DR. #11 (.44 FBB 179 4 1/2"x 4 1/2" x 26D 93KON15D x 626 0 ....J 436 FLOOR MOUNTED #184 32D ANCHORS (3) PER JAMB CAULK 0 EA. SIDE JAMB SCALE: t 1 /2" = NOTES: GROUP 7 TO HAVE 1 1/2 PR. BUTTS STANLEY 1 DETEX ALARM (BATTERY) 1 RIM CYL. BEST 1 THRESHOLD N.G.P. 1 SET WEATHERSTRIPPING N.G.P. 1 VIEWER STANLEY DOOR DIM. OFFSET JAMB 1/4" TO RECEIVE CERAMIC TILE FINISH 16 GA. H.M. FRAME GROUT SOLID ELECTRIC ROOM (EXIST.) 1) RESIL. TILE TO BE INSTALLED UNDER RAISED PLATFORMS AT CONTROL TOWER AREA. 2) SEE SHT. A6 FOR CONTROL TOWER GENERAL NOTES: AND FINISHES 3) COLOR CODE FOR FLOOR FINISH: A�TARKETT T -39 B =A.O. 2 "x2" QUICKSILVER (31) 4) PAINT EXTERIOR SIDE OF ALL EXIT DOORS & FRAMES PER ELEVATIONS 5) NOT USED - 6) PAINT ALL OTHER H.M. DORS & FRAMES (EA. SIDE) PM. #1221 SPANISH BLUE. 7) SEE SHEETS Cl & G2 FOR GRAPHICS LAYOUT 8) DO NOT PAINT POWER POLES 0 CHECK -OUT REGISTERS. 9) NOT USED- GROUP 6 TO HAVE (UPPER LEAF DOOR #24) 1 BUTT STANLEY FBB 179 4 1 /2 "x 4 1/2" x 26D 1 BUTT STANLEY 2060 SPRING - HINGED 26D 1 PULL BROOKLINE 808 -B TO C 32D 1 DEADLOCKING LATCHSET BEST 44F77 -626 (LHB) (STRIKE MOUNTED FLUSH W/ SHELF ON LOWER LEAF. DELETE HOLD BACK BUTTON) • HARDWARE SCHEDULE FBB 191 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 NRP 26D ECL 230C 1E72 x 626 INSIDE OF ALARM #J3110O(405V) #135N FATT CD 4538 (US4) DOOR 02 ONLY 1/4" CERAMIC TILE WHERE SHOWN IN SCHEDULE V.C.T. MARBLE SADDLE 53 4" No.18 THRESHOLD SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1' -0 tl l l 'I'41'1"I,I'I,l,Z , , ,1,x,1, I 4 '1 1111'11Itlti117;1'1'1'1 '11111111 � I l r11111111 Z 41 ;1111111 DOOR WEATHER- STRIPPING AT ALL EXTERIOR H.M. DAA ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE WALL 10) SEE SHT. A4 FOR WALL TILE GRAPHICS STRIPE 0 MENS & WOMENS TOILET FINISH 11) PAINT ENTIRE CEILING OF STRUCTURE AT NEW CONSTRUCTION AND AT PENETRATIONS OR NEW TIE -INS TO EXISTING CONST.. 12) SEAMLESS FLOORING TO BE ARMSTRONG SANDOVAL CLASSIC CORLON SERIES #86660 WHITE 13) PAINT COLUMNS PM. Y372W VANILLA TO DECK ABOVE AT AREAS AFFECTED BY REMODEL CONSTRUCTION 14) NOT USED - 15) DO NOT PAINT CONCRETE CART CURBS 16) NOT USED- 17) DO NOT PAINT EXPOSED WALLS IN PRE - SALES. 18) ALL GAS LINES TO BE PAINTED WHITE AT INTERIOR 19) PAINT MAIN SPRINKLER RISER RED. ALL OTHER SPRINKLER LINES ARE TO BE PAINTED WHITE. GROUP 13 TO HAVE 1 1/2 PR. BUTTS STANLEY 1 LOCKSET BEST 1 DOOR CLOSER NORTON 3 SILENCER IVES 1 DOOR STOP IVES 1 KICKPLATE BROOKLINE INTERIOR EXTERIOR ALUM THRESHOLD FBB 174 4 1/2x4 1/2 26D 93KONI5D X626 7703 AL 20 407B 26D 10x34, 16go. 32D LINE OF MASONRY JAMB BEYOND 1/2" GYP. BD. 6" MTI_.STUDS 0 16" O.C. • 16 GA. H.M. FRAME PROVIDE THREE (3) ANCHORS 0 JAMB CEILING HEAD (SHowN) JAMB (SIMILAR) .SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1' -0" 20) ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN PANELS TO BE ARMSTRONG MINIBOARD "FISSURED" #767B- PLASTIC - FACED. 21) SEAL CONCRETE 0 ALL REMODELLED AREAS 22) INSTALL TRANSITION STRIP BETWEEN SALES & PRESALES AREAS. TRU REP. TO SELECT OPTIONS & COLOR. 23) REMOVE EFFLORESCENCE FROM ALL G.M.U. CONST. IN PRE -SALES AREAS & IN ROOMS 102, 104 & 105 ACCORDING TO NCMA RECOMMENDED PROCEDURES. PROTECT ADJACENT AREAS AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE CLEANING W /STORE DIRECTOR & TRU CONST. REP.. 24) REPLACE CEILING TILES. CLEAN & REPAINT CEILING GRID REPLACING ANY DAMAGED SECTIONS. SEE A -12 FOR CEILING PLAN. 25) PAINT UNDERSIDE OF EXPOSED MEZZANINE DECK WI P&L 2127 SNOWFLAKE 1) NORTON CLOSERS & DETEX ALARMS SUPPLIED BY TOYS "R" US INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2) INSTALL IVES 407B 26D DOOR STOP ON WALL OF TOILET, ROOMS WHERE TOILET PARTITION DOOR SWINGS TOWARD WALL. 3) ALL LOCKS SHALL BE BEST WITH CONSTRUCTION CYLINDERS. PROVIDED BY G.C. CAULK 0 EA. SIDE s REMARKS N r�I 11t DI 1 2- i CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED MA 1°97'' G DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUK MAR 261 PERMIT CEN 16 GA. H.M. FRAME PROVIDE THREE ANCHORS 0 JAMB CAULK 315 EA. SIDE 1/2" DRYWALL OR FLAKEBOARD -16 GA METAL STUD CONST. DOOR DIM. r JAMB (SHowN) HEAD (SIMILAR) SCALE: 1 1/2" = l'-0" ILA 92 R FACTORY FINISH ALUM. COPING. COLOR TO BE DETERMINED BY TRU. EXTERIOR INSULATION & FINISH SYSTEM W\ CLAPBOARD PROFILE WHERE SHOWN. COLOR TO BE BY "TRU" EXISTING 12" WHITE SPLIT -FACE BLOCK T.O.M.= 24' -8" ELEV.= 18' --C" EXT. WALL PACK TYP. (REFER TO ELECT. DWG'S.) FRONT ELEVATION DATA PROCESSING J -BOX. (REFER TO ELECT. DWG'S.) DASHED LINE INDICATES ROOF LINE (TYP.) 30' -O" TO COL. LINE B 10' -4 1/4" TOM ELEV. SMOOTH -FACE C.M.U. 0 TOP COURSE COLOR TO BE DETERMINED BY TRU 0 29' -4" A.F.F. EXISTING SIGNAGE TO BE RE - USED LOCATION TO BE DETERMINED BY TRU SPLIT -FACE C.M.U. - COLOR TO BE DETERMINED BY TR SIGNAGE TO BE SUPPLIED BY & INSTALLED BY OWNER ELECT. J.B. FOR SIGNAGE (REFER TO ELECT. DRAWINGS) CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. DOOR FRAMES W/ 1/4" SAFETY GLASS. PARTIAL LEFT ELEVATION CERAMIC TILE COLORS ARE AS FOLLOWS: - BLUE CERAMIC TILE GREEN CERAMIC TILE YELLOW CERAMIC TILE RED CERAMIC TILE (SEE DWG. A13 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS) SMOOTH -FACE C.M.U. 0 TOP COURSE COLOR TO BE DETERMINED BY TRU r 4 4.6 CONC. CURB -AS SHOWN (TYP. DETAIL ON DWG. C3) 1/4" CLEAR TEMP. GLASS & CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. FRAMES SPLIT -FACE C.M.U. -COLOR TO / BE DETERMINED BY TRU EXISTING SIGNAGE TO BE RE -USED LOCATION TO BE DETERMINED BY TRU TS IIII II I'IIIII'I'III�IIII;IIIIIIIIII I I 4 I I 1 5 6 No.18 Ir".4. °" r"" G.C. TO SUPPLY & INSTALL CPU CANOPY FLASHING TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH. (REFER TO DETAIL 5 -8 -12) SIGNAGE TO BE SUPPLED BY & INSTALLED BY OWNER ELECT. J.B. FOR SIGNAGE (REFER TO ELECT. DRAWINGS) FINISH FLOOR EN ■■■M ■ ••■ ■•■111•■• Nu ■••• ■11111■ •■ ■M1•■ •r ., ■ NI ■C■. ■ ■ ■i.rr� ■11■•lllll •• um us M I.. ■ a ma N NI M n 1i.- II ! sr :t �■. ■■■�tw�w>H■ •z 1•■11�■t��t1 �r - ■ •••■•••Ii■■■ •11 ■•■11 MOM •1•■I •mIII ■1iu•■ •I1•■■11 MUM! ■ r■I ■ ■ ■ ■I1■■./ 1111111111•11111111111•11111 ; IIMII. nce IMF I. - r1� �■■�` ■ ■ ■ .".. U 11• ■ e: , I ■iiiu: i •--' ■— i lii..■ �� IA 1 n • 1111! SPLIT -FACE C. .U. -C• OR TO BE DETERMINE BY TR STEPPED CERAMIC TILE COLOR BANDS. (SEE DWG. A13) CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. DOOR FRAME & 1/4" CLEAR TEMP. GLASS DASHED LINE INDICATES ROOF LINE (TYP.) FACTORY FINISH ALUM. COP1NC. COLOR TO BE DETERMINED BY TRU. T.O.M. =29' 4" HORIZONTAL C.J. EXT. WALL PACK TYP. (REFER TO ELECT DWG'S.) T.O.M.= 24' -8" EXTERIOR INSULATION & FINISH SYSTEM W\ CLAPBOARD PROFILE WHERE SHOWN. COLOR TO BE BY "TRU" ELEV. =18' -0" EXTERIOR INSULATION & FINISH SYSTEM W\ QUARTZ PUTZ FINISH CONC. CART CURB FINISH FLOOR GENERAL NOTES. REPAIR & RESEAL ALL EXTERIOR WALL CONTROL JOINTS. (JOINTS TO BE PROPERLY CLEANED & PREPARED FOR NEW JOINT MATERIAL) a CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED IrAr.)01;a. ki I ! DING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 26 1992 PERMIT CENTER ISSUED FOR PERMITS: 02 -12 -92 CADD NAME: TP91AO8 PROJECT NO.: 262991 DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1991 REV. 3.91 GEOFFREY Location Sheet no. S28? :IONC'G; i TE OF . 1MCI T oN Notional Office 461 From Road Paramus, NJ 07652 (201) 599-7800 This drawing is the Exclusive Property of TOYS "R" US. The information shown may not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS "R" US. TUKWILA, WA. A8 Drawing Title EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 50 MONROE PLACE • GRAND RAPIDS TELEPHONE (616) 235 -6000 MICHIGAN 49503 FAX (616) 235 - 6132 toy •sr vs� :Scole AS NOTED Date 01 -31 -92 Revisions Ns Date ' Description ! ::1 tea ?. ' sfixi, l ti -+, g , G 9 � g 111l Drawing References No Drawings f A5 VESTIBULE PLAN A8 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A7 DOOR &ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE IIE ROOF PLAN &DETAILS M{SC, DETAILS ■ ISSUED FOR BIDS: 01 -31 -92 ISSUED FOR PERMITS: 02-12-92 CADD DRAWN PROTOTYPE NAME: TP91AO9 ' PROJECT NO 262991 BY: CHECKED BY: . OESIGNAT;ON: 1991 REV. 2.91 . p •' t; • te,' i v�tr clr e" j k . 1•._ ° - '" '7i' i '� t T -' c'ic Yew r Y om , ''' �a.+k, r�.s, rl u t . y • -��- ' _ {� CSI LEI _ =:i� �,,, :1. 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS . TELEPHONE (616). 235 -6000 MICHIGAN 49503 FAX (616) 23$-6132 • REGI . TEHED _._.......,.. AR , T ;4 G. j ION 1 OF WA ° NGTON / "r /Toys 1P 4 vs , National Office 461 From Road Paramus, NJ 07652 (201) 599 -7800 GEOFFREY This drawing is the Exclusive Property of TOYS R US. The information shown may not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS "R" US. Location TUKWILA, WA. • • Drawing Title ; VESTIBULE ., DETAIL Scole AS NOi'to . �Qt+�. . O1- • X31 4 Sheet no, CITY CFTUKWILA CG'D • : , Ali - I T ET � IIIIIIIIIIII IT t I I IIIIII' IIIIIIIIII111IIIII1IIIill11I it $ G 9 � g 111l N 0 N 0 T.O.M =29 T.O.S.= 3' -4" (HIGH POINT) REFER TO STRUCT. DWG'S FOR STEEL FRAMING & DETAILS 12" WHITE SPLIT -FACE CONCRETE BLOCK WITH HORIZONTAL REINFORCING O 16" O.C. VERTICALLY (SEE STRUCT. DRAWINGS FOR VERTICAL REINFORCING REQUIREMENTS. 9 I' i I II 12" WHITE SPLIT FACE "CONC. BLOCK W/HORIZ. REINF. 0 16 "0.C. VERT. (SEE STRUCT. DWG'S FOR VERT. REINF'G. REQUIREMENTS CERAMIC TILE COLORBANDS 8" SMOOTH FACE CONC. BLOCK W /HORIZ. REINF. 16 "0.C. STEEL LINTEL (SEE STRUCT. DWG'S.) ENTRANCE SIGN BOX BY TRU. (REFER TO ELECT. DWG'S.) CLEAR ANOD.ALUM. SLIDING POCKET DOOR w/1/4" GLASS. (REFER TO DOOR SCHED.) (DOOR ,'J5 FRAME TO BE FLUSH W/INSIDE FACE OF MASONRY WALL) CAST STONE CILI BEYOND SPLIT FACE CONC. BLOCK BEYOND CONC. CURB BEYOND SEALANT 0 EXP. JOINT (TYPICAL 0 All DOORS) 11i' Ii___.. I 1k 4. ar• ■'i p . 14+3+1: I : 414.641:4;IT=F4Pg:774............,...„ • : ,:••.•.:•.• : ••. . •.,., ••. • _ __ _ 1 491 . irliniii47 ►, Iry ►• EXISTING CCHANNEL FA J ' 0 NIONI p ' t. W 'r II .,...., I �, ��, k&4 i VW 1 4 Or I ►' . sV ►4 4- M r lar■ i <''� 17' I 4 11 5 • f lq ll Pi 1 Ark MASONRY WALL TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK (TYPICAL 0 DOORS 2, 4, & 25) L WELD 3X3X1 1 4 L TO TO SUPPORT THE NEW ROOF DECK. SECTION • 23' -0" -'--- -- CONT. BOND BEAM, GROUTED SOLID. (REFER TO STRUCTURAL REINFORCING REOU RED) DWGS. FOR PARAPET WATERPROOFING (BY G.C.) (REFER TO SPECS.) 8,10 10' -•8 1/8' CONT. 4" FIBER CANT BY ROOFING CONTR. / BUILT -UP ROOF (REFER TO SPECS.) RIGID INSULATION (REFER TO SPECS.) SCALE: 1/2"a. 1 NEW CONSTRUCTION .P...•.,., 1001 EXISTING 3 5/8' FINISH FLOOR EXISTING 12" CONC. BLOCK WALL REFER TO ROOF MFGR'S STANDARD BUILT -UP ROOF SPLICE DETAIL T.O.S. T.O.M.= 22' -8" 2X4 SUSPENDED MTh. CLG. GRID W/ LAY -IN ACOUSTICAL CLG. PANELS. (DO NOT HANG OFF ROOF DECK) EXISTING CONC. SLAB _ TYP. CONC. CART CURB 0 VEST. PERIMETER (REFER TO SHEET C3 FOR LAYOUT AND DETAIL 4 -9 -12 FOR RESIL, TRIM. NOTE: FOR LOCATIONS OF BOND BEAMS SEE STRUCT. DWGS. (TYP.) U, TOP COURSE TO BE WHITE SMOOTH FACE CONC. BLOCK REFER TO STRUCT. DWG'S FOR STEEL FRAMING & DETAILS 12" WHITE SPLIT -FACE "CONC. BLOCK W /HORIZ. REINF. 0 16 "O.C. VERT. (SEE STRUCT. DWG'S FOR VERT. REINF'G. REQUIREMENTS CERAMIC TILE COLOR BANDS STEEL LINTEL (SEE STRUCT. DWG'S.) — CONT. BEAD OF SEALANT 0 FRAME PERIMETER (TYP. 0 EXT.) CAULK 0 INT. CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. WINDOW FRAME WITH 1/4" CLEAR GLASS (CENTER FRAME ON COL. LINE A.) CAST STONE SILL --� 8" WHITE SPLIT FACE CONC. BLOCK W /HORIZ. REINr. 0 16 "0.C. VERT. ( "kORFIL" INSUL. SEE STRUCT. DWG'S FOR VERT. REINF'G. REQUIREMENTS rn WHITE SMOOTH FACE CONC. BLOCK COURSE 0 ENTIRE LENGTH OF CURB CONC. WALK& CURB (SEE SHEET C3) 8 1 IIII11 1111111 1 II 111 III • 11 5/8" FINISH FLOOR T,O.M.a29 -4" T.O.S. =23' -4 111 II `I11111I,1111 �IIIIII, I , I T ITI , I , 1 , 21 - lD IIII. III No.18 REFER TO STRUCT. DWG'S FOR STEEL FRAMING & DETAILS 5 12" WHITE SMOOTH- FACE "CONC. BLOCK W /HORIZ. REINF. 0 16 "O.C. VERT. STRUCT. OWG'S FOR VERT. REINF'G REQUIREMENTS — 12" WHITE SPUT FACE "CONC. BLOCK W/HORIZ. REINF. 0 16 "0.C. VERT. (SEE STRUCT. DWG'S F OR VERT. REINF'G. REQUIREMENTS WHITE SMOOTH FACE CONC. BLOCK COURSE 0 ENTIR E LENGTH OF CURB CONC. WALK& CURB (SEE SHEET C3) ©� lout ry :• �., • ::•: ::•: 1 •,: •Lfrr ., re, �rA A ��r �• r air* ..•y .„q‚ , WELD 3X3X1 EXISTING "I" TO SUPPORT ROOF DECK. :rte r 01 0 1 . 73; MI Aoki ,! �* i I -�• 4- 4 r�IP' v . . N fp' 1 11110 ► �►i Ail liol Irr A . 111111i. At-. . . • N , T.O.M. =29' -4" 11 5 ai t► A rs .t1 • eAt. .41■,4M fr r n Mil �♦� •4 • AIR CURTAIN (SEE MECH. & ELECT. DWG S.) "1"' SIGN PANEL TRANSOM SUDING PcC BEYOND. E FOR INF MA DOOR ED / Aft 'V w • TO TAIL 1 -5 -9 &\ SECTION 0 DOOR 12 IN I GROUND 0 -- ---- -- CONT. BOND BEAM, GROUTED SOLID. (REFER TO STRUCTURAL DWGS. FOR R EINFORCING REQUIRED) PARAPET WATERPROOFING (BY C.C.) (REFER TO SPECS.) CONT. 4" FIBER CANT BY ROOFING CONTR. BUILT -UP ROOF (REFER TO SPECS.) RIGID INSULATION (REFER TO SPECS.) 10' -8 f8' SCALE: 1/2 NEW CONSTRUCTION EXISTING 8' l3 5/8 T.O.S.= 23' -O" T.O.M.= 22' -8" ALL ELECTRICAL CONDUITS TO RUN DOWN THROUGH CHASE WALL 2X4 SUSPENDED MIL. �.G. GRID W/LAY -IN ACOIJS. CLG. PANELS (DO NOT HANG OF METAL ROOF DECK TYPICAL) 1/2" DRYWALL OVER 6" STUDS 0 24" O.C. - EXTEND UP TO BE FLUSH W/BOTTOM OF EXISTING STEEL JOIST. 8" SMOOTH FACE CONC. BLOCK W /HORIZ. REINF. 0 16 "0.C. VERT. (SEE STRUCT. DWG'S FOR VERY. REINF'G. REQUIREMENTS REFER TO ROOF MFGR'S STANDARD BUILT -UP ROOF SPLICE DETAIL CONC. FLOOR SLAB (REFER TO STRUCT. DWG'S.) TYP. CONC. CART CURB AROUND VESTIBULE PERIMETER.(SEE SH T AS FOR LAYOUT & FOR RESIL. TRIM. EXIST. CONC. SLAB U lV AN!SH FLOOR `______'C'ttNt ` i ttWI LA APPROVED p AArr ..•� 1'i; :\R 2:' PERMIT CENTER M: V91 TWV91 TWA09 12' GENERAL ROOFING NOTES: A. G.C. TO CONSULT WITH TRU FIELD REPRESENTATIVE REGARDING ANY EXISTING ROOF WARRANTIES. IF ANY WARRANTIES EXIST, THEN G.C. SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH THE MANUFACTURER AND TRU TO INSURE THAT SUCH WARRANTY REMAINS VALID. B. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND ROOF OPENING SIZES FOR NEW AND /OR MODIFIED EQUIPMENT WITH MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS. C. NEW AND EXISTING GAS LINES ARE TO BE PAINTED YELLOW UNLESS PROHIBITED BY SPECIFIC JOB CONDITIONS. IF THIS OCCURS, VERIFY PAINT COLOR WITH TRU FIELD REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO PAINTING. D. ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS REQUIRE PRESSURE TREATED 2 X WOOD BLOCKING AT INSULATION AROUND ENTIRE PERIMETER OF OPENING FOR FLASHING ATTACHMENT. TYPICAL AT NEW CONSTRUCTION AND WHERE REPAIRS OR REMODELING OCCUR AT EXISTING OPENINGS. E. SUBMIT SAMPLES, SPEC CUTS AND BROCHURES ON ALL ROOFING MATERIALS TO ARCHITECT /OWNER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO USE. ROOF REPAIF1 PROCEDURES: WHERE REPAIRS ARE REQUIRED OR WHERE NEW ROOF OPENINGS ARE MADE TO EXISTING BUILT -UP ROOFING SYSTEM, THE FOLLOWING REPAIR SYSTEM SHALL BE FOLLOWED: 1. THE ROOF CUT HOLZ MUST BE BUILT UP TO ITS ORIGINAL LEVEL. THE BOTTOM PLY SHOULD BE MECHANICALLY FASTENED AS PER SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. 2. RED ROSIN SHOULD BE SLIPPED BACK UNDER THE ROOF CUT HOLE APPROXIMATELY ONE INCH AT ALL EDGES BELOW BOTTOM PLY. 3. INSERT THE SAME NUMBER OF PLIES IN A 23 -45 LB. / 100 S.F. MOPPING OF HOT BITUMEN OR 1/16" THICK PLASTIC CEMENT. 4. AFTER THE SPECIFIED NUMBER OF PLIES HAVE BEEN REPLACED AND THE ROOF CUT HOLE IS LEVEL WITH THE SURROUNDING SURFACE, THE "FEATHERING OUT" PROCEDURE SHOULD BE FOLLOWED: PRIME EXISTING CAP SHEET AT LEAST THREE PLIES, (4 PLIES IF A 4 PLY SYSTEM), SHOULD BE SET IN A 23 -45 LB. / 100 SQ. FT. MOPPING OF BITUMEN OR MINIMUM OF 1/16" THICK PLASTIC CEMENT. EACH PLY SHOULD EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 6" BEYOND THE PREVIOUSLY LAID PLY CAP TO MATCH EXIST. FOR MORE INFORMATION CO:'ISULT ROOF INSPECTION REPORT IN PROJECT MANUAL OR CONTACT ARCHITECT AND / OR TRU FIELD REP. KEYED ROOFING NOTES: 1. REPAIR BLISTERS BY CUTTING AND REMOVING A SQUARE SECTION TOTALLY ENCOMPASSING THE BLISTER. CUT AND REMOVE ONLY THE NUMBER OF LAYERS THAT ARE BLISTERED. FILL ROOF CUT HOLE WITH EQUAL NUMBER OF PLIES SET IN HOT BITUMEN. OVERLAY ROOF CUT MTh NUMBER OF PLIES EQUAL TO THE CUT. SET OVERLAY PLIES IN HOT BITUMEN 1MTH A 6" LAP ON FOUR SIDES OVER EACH SUCCESSIVE PLY. CAP SHEET TO MATCH EXISTING. PRIME EXISTING CAP SHEET BEFORE APPLYING BITUMEN. 2. SEAL ALL VERTICAL LAPS IN BASE FLASHING WITH THREE LAYERS OF FLASHING CEMENT AND TWO 6" WIDE LAYERS OF MESH. AD ALUMINIZED COATING TO TOP CEMENT LAYER. (AT ALL PARAPETS AND EQUIPMENT.) .3. SEAL LAPS IN CORNERS OF DRAIN SUMP AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM NO. 2 ABOVE. FACE OF BLOCK WALL 7 "x4 "x5/16" CLIP ANGLE PAINT TO MATCH WALL FINISH - 6" SQUARE ROOF LEADER 1/4` STEEL PLATE LEADER GUARD (4' -3" L.) NOTE: AT GUARD BOLT LOCATION- GROUT CELL OF BLOCK SOLID 3/8" DIA. ANCHOR BOLT W/ 5" L. SHIELD ROOF LEADER 7 "x4 "x5/16" CLIP ANGLE NOTE: ALL ROOF LEADERS TO RECEIVE GUARDS. STEEL LEADER GUARD. PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING. LEADER SHOE SCALE: J•71.011101,61111/ ■•11*11. LEADER GUARD DETAIL 3/4"=1'- PLAN ELEVATION 30. 31. 32. 33. 4. SEAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM NO. 2 ABOVE. 5. REFILL PITCH PAN. 6. RESEAL AROUI1O ROOF PROJECTIONS. 7. INSTALL NEW CAP SHEET IN HOT BITUMEN OVER DAMAGED AREA. 8. RE -COAT TOP OF PARAPET WALL WITH PLASTIC CEMENT. COVER WITH ALUMINIZED COATING. 9. INSTALL SASE FLASHING AROUND ROOF HATCH. 10. REWORK END SEAL AT WALL CAP AND EXPANSION JOINT. 11. REPLACE WOOD BLOCKING WITH PRESSURE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING UNDER PIPES. (BLOCK SOLID TO PIPE AT ALL LOCATIONS.) DO NOT ATTACH WOOD SLEEPERS TO DECK FOR SUPPORT OF GAS LINES. PROVIDE PADS BELOW SLEEPERS. 12. SEAL' ALL VERTICAL LAPS IN BASE FLASHING AS PER ITEM NO. 2. 13. RESEAL END OF EXPANSION JOINT. 14. RECOAT WALL. 15. SEAL ELECTRICAL CONDUITS AND PIPE PENETRATIONS. 16. RESEAL RAIN SHIELD TO UNIT HEATER VENT. 17. REMOVE MANSARD AND ASSOCIATED FRAMING. SAW -CUT MASONRY PARAPET DOWN TO LEVEL OF LOWER PARAPET. (SEE WALL SECTION FOR REQUIRED WORK.) 18. REMOVE MANSARD SUPPORTS AND REPAIR ROOF AT ALL LOCATIONS PER " ROOF REPAIR PROCEDURES " ON THIS DRAWING. 19. FORM CRICKET WITH TAPERED INSULATION. 20. REMOVE AND REPLACE COPING WITH NEW COPING. SEE DETAIL. 21. REMOVE AND REPLACE COPING AND WOOD PLATES. SEE DETAIL. 22. REMOVE AND REPLACE GUTTER. SEE DETAIL. 23. REMOVE AND REPLACE GRAVEL STOP. SEE DETAIL. 24. REMOVE AND REPLACE GUTTER AND GRAVEL STOP. SEE DETAIL. 25. RESEAL FLASHING AND JOINTS AT ROOF SCUPPER. 26. REMOVE AND REPLACE ROOF SCUPPER. SEE DETAIL. 27. REMOVE ROOF DRAIN AND REPAIR HOLE PER " ROOF REPAIR PROCEDURES " ON THIS DRAWING. 28. REMOVE AND REPLACE ROOF DRAIN. SEE DETAIL.. 29. REMOVE AND REPLACE EXPANSION JOINT. SEE DETAIL. REMOVE COPING AND PARAPET WALL TO DIMENSION SHOWN. SEE DETAIL REMOVE AND REPLACE FLASHING. REMOVE GUTTER AND GRAVEL STOP. REMOVE BUILT -UP ROOFING AND REPLACE PER ROOFING PROCEDURES. INSPECT ROOF DECK ANY DAMAGE AND DETERIORATION. CONTACT ARCHITECT AND TRU FIELD REP. FOR COORDINATION AND WORK REQUIREMENTS. 34. REMOVE BUILT UP ROOFING AND ROOF DECK. SCALE: STEEL FRAMING 1/2" DIA. BARS 2 x 2 x 1/8 ANGLE FRAME ALL 4 SIDES MAX. 1/2 "DIA. BARS 0 12 "0.C. WELD TO BARS BELOW NOTE: INSTALL BELOW ALL OPENINGS (EXCEPT 0 ROOF SCUTTLE) BURGLAR PROTECTION BARS 1/2 e O 0 N 0 in N IIII�IIII li�l�llll II NEW • 36'- 3" ALL EXISTING ROOF ,FADERS & LEADER GUARDS TO BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED AS NECESSARY IN ACCORDANCE WITH DETAIL 3 -10 -10 ON THIS DRAWING. EXIST. EXIST. NOTE: ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS REQUIRE 2 X WOOD BLOCKING AT INSULATION A ROUND ENTIRE PERIMETER OF OPENING FOR FLASHING ATTACHMENT FOR ROOF TOP UNITS (VERIFY LOCATIONS & ROOF OPENINGS WITH 44ECHANICAL & STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS) NEW COPING IIII�IIIiIlliih (LOW POINT 0 ROOF) IV1N A' . A L I I I pl l ` I' • I (( 2 I I I I I f I ' 3! I I' I' I I' I' 41 I I I I I I I I I I ' I 1 I' I' I I I' 61 i No.18 ej''oarl77 4.8 4.2 I OWEN'S CORNIN 3 -PLY FIBERGLASS BUI T -UP ROOFING, PERM PLY NO. 28 SPEC. NO. 33 -I (10 YEAR UNLIMITED GUA1ANTEE) NEW . .::. iHJGi`r. POINT: •0f • RbOF) _ 4.4 100 8" ROOF PLAN PLAN SCALE: 1/16%.1'-4" J NORTH EXIST. EXIST. 88' -O" I- - SHAUFO AREA INDICATES LIMITS OF NEW ROOFING EXIST. ROOF HATCH •■•••••••■•mmossiamso EXIST. I CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED •PAAn 4 1 � I L INC DIVISION RECEIVE CITY OF TUK IL MAR 26 .9 PERMIT CEN ER Date Description 3-&-9Z 18UEU No 1 Drawings A3 WALL SECTIONS A8 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A9 A11 WALL SECTIONS ISSUED FOR BIDS: ISSUED FOR PERMITS: Revisions Drawing References ENTRY /EXIT VESTIBULE WALL SECTIONS 01 -31 -92 02 -12 -92 CADD NAME: T91 TWA1 O PROJECT NO.: 262991 DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1991 REV. 2.91 GEOFFREY Location Sheet no. Scale AS NOTED `I. 1 r \' \' I:;\€ tif;I N1'} :PINT; IN;l 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS TELEPHONE (616) 235 -6000 MICHIGAN 49503 FAX (616) 235 -6132 �2tT l I'010 °A• us National Office 461 From Rood Paramus, NJ 07652 (201) 599 -7800 This drawing is the Exclusive Property of TOYS "R" US. The information shown may not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS "R" US. TUKWILA, WA. Drawing me ROOF PLAN & DETAILS A10 Date 01-31-92 N CD N 0 • AIR CURTAIN (REFER TO MECH. & ELECT. (WGS. AND DETAIL 3 -8 -12 FOR MOUNTING) is T.Q.M. =22' -0" 09 Revisions Drawing References N Drawings A8 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A114 ROOF PLAN S5 ROOT= FRAMING PLAN ISSUED FOR BIDS: F\ 5287 RE STEREO AR T E NCION E OF ASHINGTON National Office 461 From Road Paramus, NJ . :07652 (201) 599 -7800 GEOFFREY This drawing is the Exclusive Property of TOYS "R" US. The inft.rmotion shown rnoy . not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS "R - U$. Loe"ation Drowing Title WALL SECTIONS AND:D TAt LS Stole AS NOTED Dote 07- 31 -92 GENERAL NOTES: 1. 2 . ( N SCALE: 1 =1 -0" STEEL LINTEL (REFER TO STRUCT. DWGS. FOR REQ'TS) CONC. BLOCK (BEYOND) FLUSH W /DOOR SLIDING A ETAIL SEE DETAIL 7 -11 -11 FOR TYP. COPING MATERIALS au -- 8" SMOOTH -FACE CONC. BLOCK W/ HORIZ. RE1NE. O 16" O.C. OFFSET LINTEL O DOOR #4 —PAINT LINTEL PLATE PER GRAPHICS CONT. SEALANT F.A. SIDE (T' P.) G.C.C. TO PROVIDE 6" CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. TRANSOM FRAME W/1/4" CLEAR TEMP. GLASS. O #2 & #4 POCKET DOOR. (SEE DOOR SCHED) T.O.M.= 24' -8' 2" EXT. FIN. INSUL. SYSTEM W/ CLAPBOARD PROFILE OVER SELF - FURRING `n METAL LATH SECURED TO EXISTING SMOOTH -FACE AND /OR SPLIT-FACE CONC. BLOCK 0 8" MAX. VERT. CENTERS & 12" MAX. HORIZ. CENTERS.(INSTALL PER. EXT. INSUL. SYSTEM MFGR'S. RECOMMEDATIONS) COLOR TO BE COORD. W /TRU FIELD REP LEVELING COMPOUND OR SELF - FURRING TO BE USED OVER EXIST. SPLIT FACE CMU CONST AS RECOMMENDED BY THE EIFS MFGR USED (VERIFY W /MFG PRIOR TO INSTALLATION) REPLACE ALL COPING AT PARAPET WALLS. SEE STRUCTURAL FOR BOND BEAM REQUIREMENTS AT NEW C.M.U. WALLS. CERAMIC TILE COLOR BANDS SURFACE MOUNTED SIGN BOX BY TRU ALUM. TRANSOM FRAME W /(1) VERT INTERMEDIATE MULLION BY G.C.C. 1/8" CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. PLATES EACH SIDE OF TRANSOM FRAME ANCHOR PLATES TO FRAME W /FLAT- HEAD SHT. MTL. SCREWS (COUNTERSUNK) 0 6" O.C. SCREW FINISH TO MATCH PLATES SCALE: ' -0" S T.U.S.= 23' -0" , . ,.. EXIST. 8" NOM. CMU CONST. EXIST. 12" NOM. CMU bONST COPING DETAIL J SEE DETAIL FOR SIM. INFO. a SIM. TAIL (2) 2x CONT. TRTD. WOOD NAILER /PLATES. (SLOPE TOP PLATE 1/2" / TOWARDS ROOF) SECURE PLATES TO EXIST. ANCH. BOLTS WHERE POSSIBLE (USE 1/2" EXP. ANCHORS WHERE ORIGINAL ANCHORS ARE DAMAGED OR MISSING) EXIST. BUR & PARAPET WATERPROOFING PATCH & REPAIR WHERE DAMAGED (SEE ROOF PLAN) .032 ALUM. FLASHING INSTALL IN MORTAR JOINT W /LEAD WEDGES 0 24" O.C. & CAULK WEATHERTIGHT T.O.S. FOR LOCATIONS OF BOND BEAMS SEE STRUCT. DWGS. CLAPBOARD RELEIF TO BE SPACED EVENLY FROM COPING TO 18' -0" A.C.S. 0 5 "± SPACING EXTERIOR INSULATION & FINISH SYSTEM WITH CLAPBOARD PROFILE TO MATCH EXISTING. COLOR TO BE COORDINATED WITH TRU FIELD REP. I EXIST. 1/2" PLYWOOD EXIST. 2x4 PRESS. TRTD. WOOD FRAMING 0 24" O.C. (VERT.) & 48" O.C. (HORIZ.) CONT. DRIP EDGE WRAP GLASS FIBER EIFS FABRIC AROUND BTTM. OF SYSTEM --• 1/2" a 1/2" ▪ CONTROL JOINT WITH BACKER ROD & -\ SEALANT z 11 5/8" PARAPET WALL DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2"=1'- 0" 1 1/2 ", DETAIL SCALE: � l l l l� "11 I � i I I I _21 l i 31 �i�1�I I �►�i�l 4 1�� I II�i��� I '�III � 51 , I No.18 �� °" �°�•�• III ANT BY ROOFING CONTRACTOR IIiIIIIII iIIIIIIII NOTE: PROVIDE UNIT PRICE FOR THE REPLACEMENT OF ANY MISSING, ROTTED OR DAMAGED WOOD NAILERS, BLOCKING OR PLYWOOD BACKING W /NEW PRESS. TRTD. MATERIAL i I T IlliiillillliIllll 6 1111 1111 p i BUILT -UP ROOF W/ GRAVEL SURFACE OVER RIGID INSUL. & METAL DECK / BASE FLASHING BY ROOFING CONTRACTOR N— PRESSURE TREATED WD. BLOCKING TEK SCREW TO MTL. DECK 0 48" O.C. MAX. REFER TO STRUCT. DWGS. a z IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII IIIVIII III111111 I TREATED WOOD PLATES. (SLOPE TOP PLATE 1/2" TOWARD ROOF) 11 5/8' T IlilIIIII COPING DETAIL SCALE: 1 " 1 '°- NEW PREFINISHED ALUM. '"4.‘11 COPING AND PRESSURE TREATED WOOD NAILERS (COUNTERSINK EXIST. ANCHORS IN BLOCKING) COLOR TO MATCH CLAPBOARD COORDINATE W /TRU REP. EXT. FIN. INSUL. SYSTEM SYSTEM W /CLAPBOARD PROFILE TO MATCH EXISTING OVER SELF - FURRING METAL LATH SECURED TO EXISTING SMOOTH -FACE AND /OR SPLIT -FACE CONC. BLOCK 0 8" MAX. VF.RT. CENTERS & 12" MAX. HORIZ. CENTERS.(INSTALL PER. EXT. INSUL. SYSTEM MFGR'S. RECOMMEDIATION.) COLOR TO BE COORDINATED W/ TRU FIELD REP. 1/2" CONTROL JOIN f WITH BACKER ROD & SEALANT 3/4" CONTROL JOINT WITH BACKER ROD & SEALANT CONC. CART CURB SEE DET. ON DWG. C3 NEW CONC. WALK (SEE C3 FOR DETAILS) T M. 2" EXT. FiN. INS SYSTEM OVER SE - FURRING METAL LATH SE RED TO EXISTING SMOOTH -FACE AND /OR SP -0 CE CONC. BLOCK 0 8" MA),. VERT. CENTERS & 12" MAX. HORIZ. CENTERS.(INSTAL PER. EXT. INSUL. SYSTEM MGR'S. RECOMMEDIATION W RAP GLASS FIBER EIFS FABRIC AROUND BTTM. OF INSUL. BACKING PREFINISHED ALUM. COPING (SEE SPECS.) COLOR TO BE SELECTED BY TRU FIELD REP. 1/2" DM. A.B. 0 4' -0 " O.C. IN BOND BEAM CONT. BOND BEAM GROUT SOLID. (REINF. PER STRUCT. DWGS.) PARAPET WATERPROOFING (SEE SPEC.) EXISTING CONC. BLOCK, ROOF & STEEL FRAMING EXISTING. 12" SPLIT -FACE CONCRETE BLOCK WALL FINISH FLOOR SCALE: • 1/2 = T.O.S.422 - EXISTING CONC. SLAB WALL SECTION CONT. 4 "WIDE x CONT. DECK PLATE WELDED TO TOP OF EXIST. BEAM 18 GA. METAL CLIPS (12" LONG) SECURED TO EXIST. BLOCK WALL. 1/2" CONTROL JOINT WITH BACKER ROD & SEALANT CONC. CART CURB SEE DET. ON DWG. C3 NEW CONC. WALK (SEE C3 FOR DETAILS) SPLJCE OF NEW & EXISTING ROOF TO FOLLOW STANDARD ROOF MFGR. DETAILS. EXIST. BEAM EXIST. STEEL JOIST CASING BEAD -CONT. EXIST. ROOF & STEEL FRAMING FINISH FLOOR CONDUI T- TO BE RUN Tr1RU TOP OF METAL STUD. NEW PRE -FIN. ALUM. COPING (COLOR TO BE SELECTED BY TRU'S FIELD REP.) SEE DETAIL 7 -9 -11 FOR COPING REQ'TS. EXIST. WD. NAILER PLATES VERIFY EXIST. CONDITION & REPLACE WHERE DAMAGED OR ROTTED W /NEW PRESS. TRTD. WOOD EXIST. BUR & PARAPET WATERPROOFING PATCH & REPAIR WHERE DAMAGED (SEE ROOF PLAN) T.O.S. =23' -0" • CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED rI 1I DING. DIVISION — EXISTING 12" SPOT -FACE CONCRETE BLOCK WALL EXISTING CONC. SLAB WALL SECTION L s 6 ISSUED FOR PERMITS: 01- 31--92 02 -12-9 CADD ' NAME: T91 TWA11 PROJECT NO.: 262991 DRAi67•1 BY: CHECKED BY . PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1991 REV. 2.91 50 MONROE 'PLACE GRAND RAPIDS TELEPHONE (616) 235 --6004 MICHIGAN 49503 FAX (616) 235 --613 lill�lili • T ET IIII�IiIi ilii�llil T Tt IIIIlIIiI lliililll T iiiiI1111 Il!I $ litiliIII G lillll!il 9 iliiliiii 5 iiiIIIII! � IIIIIII!! >; Illiiii Z w�i Bill!!!! tiii Iii ca 0 0 N 0 SCALE: 1 1 /2 " =1'-0" SIUCONE SEALANT ALL EDGES CPU CANOPY SIGN (FURNISHED BY TRU, INSTALLED BY G.C.C.) SEE INSTRUCTIONS Wj SHIPPED PARTS VttRIFY W/ TRU REP. � 3 3/4 7 5/8" WEST N ORTH 45 45 PERIMETER MEMBER AT STARTER WALL. ACOUSTIC TILE AT STARTER WALL E4 4' -0" E Arr REFLECTED CLG. PLAN 10 ENTRY & EXIT VESTIBULES SCALE: 1 /8 "s. 1' -0" — VERTICAL STRUT EAST 45 12 GA. HANGER WIRE ALL MAIN RUNNERS & CROSS TEES ADJ. TO WALLS. POP RIVET MOLDINGS TO TWO ADJ. WALLS. OPPOSITE WALLS TO BE CUT BACK 1/2" FROM WALL NEW 24 "x48 SUSPENDED CLG. GRID W/ LAY -IN ACOUST. CLG. PANELS . (CLG. HGT. 0 12' -10" A.F.F.) 2" MAX. 6. E0. 4 SPACES 0 4' -0" EA. , EQ. 6.5 9' -8 1/2" 4' -0" EQ. SCALE: 1/8"=1 0" CROSS TEE MAIN RUNNER AT OPPOSITE WALL(S) b b 03 24" X 48" SUSPENDED MR. CLG. GRID W/ LAY -IN ACOUST. CLG. PANELS (CLG. HGT. 0 12' -10" A.F.F.) REF. CLG. PLAN CO CPU VESTIBULE PROVIDE (4) - 12 GA. WIRES SPLAYED IN FOUR DIRECTIONS 90 APART, CONNECTED TO THE MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2" OF CROSS TEES & THE STRUCTURE AT SOUTH AN ANGLE NOT O EXCEEDING 45° TO THE PLANE OF THE CEILING. WIRES TO BE 12' -O" 0.C. EACH DIRECTION WITH THE FIRST POINT WITHIN 4' -0" OF PERIMETER WALLS. SOCKET NOTE: RAILING SOCKET & FILLER CAP ARE SUPPLIED BY TRU & INSTALLED BY G.C. REF. CLG. PLAN NOTES: 1. COORDINATE CEILING PLAN & INSTALLATION W/ ALL ARCH., MECH. & ELECT. TRADES . (REFER TO MECH. PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION, & ELECT. DRAWINGS FOR REQUIREMENTS.) • 2. PROVIDE HOLD -DOWN CEILING CLIPS 0 LAY -IN CEILING PANELS FOR SECURITY. 3. REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE & SPECS FOR FINISH CEILING TYPE & INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 4. LIGHT FIXTURES 0 OFFICE AREA ARE 2 X 4 RECESSED FLUORESCENT, EXCEPT 0 JAN. CLOSET, WHICH IS 1 X 4 SURFACE MOUNT FLUORESCENT. (SEE ELECT. DRAWINGS.) 5. LIGHT FIXTURES 0 EQUIPMENT ROOM TO BE 1 X 4 SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT. LIGHT FIXTURES 0 VESTIBULES TO BE 1 X 8 SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT (SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.) ir 6. MOUNT LIGHT FIXTURES AS PER DETAIL ON ELEC. DRAWINGS AT 12'- 6" A.F.F. (VERIFY WITH TRU FIELD REPRESENTATIVE.) SCALE: 1 /8 "==1' -0 FILLER CAP (MUST FIT FLUSH W/ V.C.T. FLOOR) NEOPRENE "0" RING 1" x 1/8" V.C.T. SCALE: NONE E XISTING CEILING GRID TO REMAIN & BE REPAIRED AS REQUIRED (SAND, PRIME & PAINT TO MATCH NEW) EXISTING CEILING TILE TO BE REMOVED & REPI.ACED - T.G. REELECTED CLG. PLAN � REST ROOM AREA ALUM. PIPE RAIL COVER FLANGE (MUST REST ON TOP OF V.C.T.) FASTEN TIGHT W/ ALLEN SET CREW -"0"-RING FORM FOR 8" D A. OPENING IN SLAB 0 EACH POST LOCATION - INSTALL SOCKET & GROUT SOLID SOCKET & FILLER CAP DETAIL I '1 11 'I I, I'I1 1 4 NEW 24 "X48" SUSPENDED MTL. CLG. GRID W/ LAY - IN ACOUST. CLG. PANELS (CLG. HGT. 0 8'-0" A.F.F.) TYP. ' 1 ' 1 1 1 1 io CC) N 15/16' ANNINW RAILING & INSERTS SUPPLIED BY TRU, INSTALLED BY G.C.C. . I , I , I , 3 I , I , I , i , I , I ,�,��, i , I , I , I , i , i ,� No.18 t ALUM. REINFORCED PIPE RAIL SEE SOCKET DETAIL 11 RAILING DETAIL C AISL EWA ( SCALE: NONE BOTTOM CHORD OF JOIST O1- 31 -92 02 -12 -92 A9 VESTIBULE DETAILS CERAMIC TILE LAYOUT & DETAILS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ISSUED FOR BIDS:.. CADD NAME: T91TWAl2 PROJECT NO:: 262 991 DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1991 REV. 4.91 Location National ''Off ce ,461' Froth ` Roaci! Ps i Ornui; . NJ 07652 (261)'599. L J NOTE: SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATION RIGID SIGN .SUPPORT SCALE: NONE STANDARD SASH BLOCK CONTROL JOINT DETAIL (CM N WALL LEAD WEDGES 0 8" O.C. 7/8" 8'-j" NEOPRENE MASONRY CONTROL JOINT STRIP SEALANT W/ BACKER ROD. SEALANT TO BE COLOR OF ADJACENT SURFACE FINISH •ti."r."..". FINISH FLOOR ATTACH CONDUIT TO BAR JOIST W/ "CADDY" PUSH IN CONDUIT CLIPS 16P912 1" 0 RIGID CONDUIT 15/16" PRE - FINISHED ALUM. COUNTER - FLASHING, 8" H. x 5' -8" L. (VERIFY) AT TOP RTICAL EDGE OF CANOPY MATCH FINISH OF ADJACENT FACE) MASONRY WALL b n MASONRY ANCHORS 0 BLOCK JTS. BEHIND AIR CURTAIN 0 b CAULK 0 d Lo ; 8" CONC. BLOCK 0 DOORS CERAMIC TILE - COLOR BAND SEE SHT. A13 — PAINT TO MATCH COLOR BAND. SEALANT 0 EXT. PERIMETER 2 9 12 SEALANT WEATHER TIGHT AROUND PERIMETER SLOPE EXT. SILL Lu Li 17 DETAIL SCALE: 1 1 /2 = 1' -0" TAIL. SCALE: 1 1 /2 " =1' -0" 4 SCALE: t 1 /2 " Va 1.3/4 RESILIENT TRIM SCALE: NO SCALE :•11MMIMM0 I, / - --1/2' DIA, EXP. BOLTS (EA. CORNER) CAULK &NC. CART CURB MERCER • 1/8' CAP STRIP STOCK NO, 390 ( #201. BROWN) V.C.T, STEEL LINTEL (REFER TO STRUCT, MOUNTING PLATE MINIVEIL AIR CURTAIN UNIT — •• . SWITCH AIR INTAKE PAINT TO MATCH GRAPHICS LINTEL - SEE STRUCT. DRWGS. PAINT EXPOSED SURFACES TO MATCH GRAPHICS CAULK AROUND INTERIOR PERIMETER 1 /4" TEMP. GLASS CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. STORE FRONT FRAMING (CENTER ON COL. UNE A) CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED MAR try 19A2 q' I" eING DIVISION 1/4 TEMP. GLASS CLEAR ANOD. ALUM. STORE FRONT FRAMING (CENTER ON COL LINE A) CAST STONE SILL (NOTCH t 0 COLUMNS) SHIM LEVEL AS REQ'D CAST STONE SILL - ANCHOR ® 4' -O" O.C. - GROUT SOLID INTO MASONRY 8" CONC. BLOCK a" eft a a rT, 50 MO R OE P LACE. ' ..;:: MONROE RAPIDS. TELEPHONE (6,1 23 -.6000 'MICHIGAN • 49503 . . PAX (616) 255 -6132 GEOFFREY This drawing is. the Exclusive` Property o TOYS "R" US. The information . shown may not be used nor the 'Drawings Reproduced without permission. of oYS y 'R" • US. • _ TILE MATERIAL LIST COLORS PROTOTYPE THIS ORDER 12x12 8x8 12x12 8x8 1 RED 104 132 104 2 YELLOW 100 96 100 3 GREEN 96 96 96 4 BLUE 92 96 92 TOTALS 392 420 392 t tom) 0 N N PARTIAL TILE CJ 0 4' -0" 4 11LE 6 12' NOM + 4 EQ. .ITS WORK POINT z 0 - 3 as NOTE: AT CART CURB ,.OUT , LE TO ACCOMODATE DING CV I WORK POINT MST FLOOR LINE Cot. SCALE: 3/8" = 1' -0" _ 80' -8" M.9, 80 TILES 6 1 ?" NOM. & 91 EQ. JOINTS 40'-4" FRONT ELEVATION LEFT SIDE @ STORE FRONT FRONT ELEVATION RIGHT SIDE - OPPOSITE HAND GENERAL NOTES: 1, GCC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFICATION OF ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS & MODIFICATIONS AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN COLOR BAND CONFIGURATION. ALL ANSI REQUIREMENTS & MANUFACTURER'S RECOMENDATIO■S WILL BE STRICTLY ADHERED TO INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO FULL BED TILE COVERAGE, INSTALLATION TEMPERATURE RANGE RESTRICTIONS, AND 1 YEAR GUARANTEE REQUIREMENTS, ETC. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT INFORMATION. 2. EXTERIOR MOUNTING DETAILS FOR CERAMIC TILE COMPOSITE ASSEMBLY ARE BASED UPON USG DUROCK EXTERIOR CEMENT BOARD SYSTEM. ALTERNATE SYSTEMS DESIGNATED WITHIN SPECIFICATION MAY BE UTILIZED BY G.C.C. PROVIDED SYSTEM IS COMPARABLE IN QUALITY AND APPEARANCE. CONTROL JOINT SEALANT (WHITE) SCALE: NONE COL 3. CERAMIC TILE: AS MANUFACTURED BY OTHERS FURNISHED BY TOYS "R" US, INSTALLED BY G.C.C. IN COLORS & QUANTITIES. ALL TILES SHALL HAVE 1 (ONE) GLAZED EDGE. 4. TILE WILL BE SHIPPED F.O.B. TO SITE. G.C.C. TO VERIFY AMOUNTS & CONDITION OF TILES PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE AND G.C.C. TO FIELD VERIFY ALL QUANTITIES BASED ON SPECIFIC PROJECT REQUIREMENTS MATCH JOINT WIDTH STYROFOAM BACKER ROD AT ALL. CONTROL JOINTS CONTROL JOINT DETAIL COLOR -RED --- COLOR- YELLOW COLOR- -GREEN COLOR -BLUE - 1 - 2 - 3 IJIIIIIIi iIIIIIIiI IIIIIIIII t. SYMMETRICAL_ AT COLOR BAND • a A 0 0 1 .7 Ij 0 M WATERPROOF ADHESIVE WATER METRIX APPUED WATERPROOFER w 0 MTL. HAT CHANNELS N BEYOND 0 16" O.C. VERT. DUROCK EXTERIOR CEMENT BOARD 1/2" THICK --.---' 1 0 W /VAPOR BARRIER MOUNTED ON BACK SURFACE WHITE PREFINISHED ALCOA WALL TRIM F551 (3) .032" WHITE CAULK JOINT —' CERAMIC TILE 5/18" THICK MTL. HAT CHANNEL BEYOND 0 16" O.C. HORIZONTAL CONTINOUS FABRIC FLASHING PROVIDE WEEPS 0 16" O.C. ---- ON 7/8" METAL CLOSURE ANGLE WHITE PREFINISHED ALCO WALL TRIM F5S1 (3) co '` WHITE PREFINISHED ALCOA WALL TRIM F 5S1 (3) MODIFY AS SHOWN WHITE CAULK AT JOINT -- SMOOTH FACE MASONRY - - --- (TYP.) WHITE PREFINISHED ALCOA WALL TRIM F 5S1 (3) - MOUNT FLUSH WITH BOTTOM BLOCK I�II11111I�IIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIII�IIIII�IIIIIIIIIIIIIII�IIIII III, I, I,I,i,I,I,11I,I, l No.18 Ii1111I1I IiIIiIIII I iIIIII I IIIII III IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIi ,III III�IIIIII STYROFOAM BACKER ROD METAL CLOSURE' 7/8" X 1 3/8" x 2 5/8" (TO MASONARY WALL) DETAIL A SCALE: 1"=1" 5,4)61" 7/8" DETAIL B SCALE: 1"=1" ' 4.1e DETAIL C Location Drawings ISSUED FOR PERMITS: Drawing References 01 -31 -92 02 -12 -92 CADD NAME: T91TWA13 PROJECT NO.: 262991 DRAWN BY: CHECKED ®Y: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1991 REV. 2.91 JOINT SEALANTS (WHITE) METAL CL 7/8" X 1 5A)Or 7/8" 7/8" MTh CHANNEL (VERT) FOR WIDTH OF VERTICAL SYMMETRICAL COLOR BAND vam :0 Pr Vg Fr. it 11044" vox" 4, 4 "1 iWAS*1 .r�•.��.....�! r .........4-451521" A i tt Mil i r L. W N \ t` N SURE 3/8" EQ 7/8" MTL. CHANNEL CHANNEL VERT.) // L STEEL LINTEL PLATE RED (1) 11 7 8" STYROFOAM BACKER ROD CONT1NOUS FABRIC \LASHING 1 1/16" GREEN (3) CLEAR JOINT SEALANT EXPOSED EDGE TO BE GLAZED EDGE 0 ALL TILES (TYP.) 1/4" DIA. TAPCON MASONRY SCREWS 0 TOP, BOTTOM & MID- POINT, 2 1/4" LONG EQ 00 0 0 I YELLOW (2) 11 7/8" t 7/8" MTL. CHANNEL CHANNEL 0 12 O.C. VERT. PLAN SECTION THRU TILE BAND SCALE: 1 1/2 . 1 4' -0" (HOLD ") I GREEN (3) 11 7/8" ± EQ. 5 . 11 5/8" SECTION THRU TILE BAND BLUE (4) 11 7/8" ± EQ. WHITE MORTAR 0 JOINTS WITH MATCHING PREFIN. TRIM PIECE AT ALL EXPOSED EDGES CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED r tW ' R 2 10'32 DING DIVISION 7/8" CHANNELS 0 16" O.C. (VERT.) 7/8" MTL. CHANNELS HORIZONTAL AS SHOWN NOTE: PROVIDE WATER PROOF BARRIER BEHIND CEMENT BOARQ AT 3 COURSES (TYP. 0 VERT. & HORIZ. BANDS) SECURE 7/8" MTL. CHANNELS TO MASONRY W/ 1/4" DIA. x 2 1/4" LONG TAPCON MASONRY SCREWS t TOP & BOTTOU• AND MID POINT NOTE: ALL CHANNELS TO BE MINIMUM 20 GA. 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS TELEPHONE (61e2 235 --6000 MICHIGAN 49503. • FAX (61 6) .235 -6132 • TOYS ' National Office . 461 From Road - Paramus, NJ 07652 (201) 599. -7800 This drawing is the Exclusive 'Property of TOYS "R" US. The inforrlation shown may not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS. "R US. i 7' -10" PLAN VIEW - UPPER LEVEL DETAIL # 4' VIEW A -A ENCLOSURE DETAIL DETAIL # 3' FOR INFORiAT,ON ONI Y VERTICAL LIFT DESIGN & DETAILS #1 THRL) #6 ON THIS DRAWING ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY a- PFLOW INDUSTRIES, INC. OF MILWAUKEE ,WI. (PFLOW INDUSTRIES, INC. DRAWING NO. 4191) Drawings VERTICAL LIFT DESIGN & DETAILS #1 THRU #6 ON THIS DRAWING ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY O ISSUED FOR BIDS: GEOFFREY CADD NAME: T91TWA14 PROJECT NO.: 262991 DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: This drawing is the Exclusive Property of TOYS "R" US. The information shown may not be 'used 'nor the. Drowinga Reproduced without permission of TOYS "R "' US. Location 01 -31 -92 Notional Office 461 From Road Paramus, NJ 07652 (201) 599 -7800 1 -+-- 6" 6 CARR THICKNESS 6" YDRAULI POWER UNIT HGT: 20" WDTH: 20 LGTH: 30" 3' L 4' PLAN VIEW - LOWER LEVEL DETAIL #5 6' -1 3/8" GUIDE ANGLE TO GUIDE ANGLE 6'HG. SHT. MTL. BACK SIDE ONLY 5' -6" EFF CARR WIDTH 5 -10 3/4" -- O.A. CARR WIDTH 6' - -0 1/2" PIT WIDTH 7' - 5 3/8" 0.A. UNIT WIDTH DETAIL #2 7#4 6" 3' 3 -- UNISTRUT P1001C 19' -9" HG. (2) PLACES GATE - BI- PARTING SWING O.A. GATE HEIGHT: 7' -7 3/16" O.A. GATE WIDTH: 6' -6" CLEARANCE UNDER HEADER: 7' -4 3/16" ANGLE - EMBEDDED - 3 X 3 X 1/4" - 4 SIDES (NOT BY PFLOW) BRACE ANGLE - EMBEDDED 4 X 4 X 1/4" RECOMMENDED (NOT BY PFLOW) GATE - BI- PARTING SWING O.A. GATE HEIGHT: 7' -7 3/16" O.A. GATE WIDTH: 6' -6" CLEARANCE UNDER HEADER: 7' -4 3/16" EXP METAL - HIGH 2 SIDES i 1"--01 BRACE ' - 10" 8'HG. EXP. MTL. ENCLOSURES I.— II''IIIIIII I IIIIIII I IIIII Z I IIIIIII I IIIII 3 I III!'II I IIIII 4 II'I`II II'I111 , No.18 ID`s..,..... .f � £i I i I 6 8 L 411411111.1 'L W) III( IIIIiI I1�IillIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I l. VIII IIIIIIII lllllllll 1111 IIII IIII Ilii lll,lllll ilillllll r PITCHED DECK EFF CARR LENGTH 5' -6" ----- OVERALL CARR LGTH 5' -8" PIT LENGTH DETAIL #1 I 7' MAX LOAD HEIGHT 7" ! . PIT DEPTH T 11' -9 20' BEAM HEIGHT 20' -9" O.A. UNIT HEIGHT :\t,* • MODEL MAX. LOAD SPEED CYLINIaER MAIN FRAME WHEELS CONTROLS VOLTAGE: TYPE: HYDRAULIC HY-LIFT SPECIFICATIONS MODEL CAPACITY SPEEDFPM CYL FRAME WHEELS VOLT VAC PI-I0 FIRST SECOND THIRD UNLOADING OF EQUIPMENT AT THE SITE : INSTALLATION : SAFETY ENCLOSURES : GATES : INTERLOCKS : COMPLETE WIRING OF UNIT FROM DISCONNECT : DISCONNECT TO BE LOCATED WITHIN 10 FT OF HY -LIFT NOT DECK DECK PAINT PAINT POWER UNIT VOLTAGE: VOLT VAC PHO H.P.: HP UNLOADING INSTALLATION ENCLOS GATES INTER WIRING BY PFLOW PLEASE NOTE THE FOLLOWING: * GATES, INTERLOCKS AND SAFETY ENCLOSURES ARE MANDATORY PER ANSI STANDARD B20.1 (CONVEYORS) AND OSHA. THE HY -LIFT IS A FREIGHT CONVEYOR TO BE USED FOR THE MOVEMENT OF MATERIAL ONLY. * THIS DRAWING IS SUPPLIED FOR YOUR APPROVAL. IT REPRESENTS THE EQUIPMENT AS IT WILL BE CONSTRUCTED. SITE DIMENSIONS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY, AND PFLOW INDUSTRIES CAN NOT ACCEPT RESPON- SIBILITY FOR THEIR ACCURACY. PLEASE VERIFY THAT THE EQUIPMENT FITS!! ADDITIONAL NOTES: 1) EACH 8" x 12" BASE PLATE SUPPORTS BASEPLATELOAD POUNDS MAXIMUM STATIC WEIGHT AND IS ANCHORED BY (4) 3/8" DIAMETER STUD TYPE ANCHORS, 2) GATES AND ENCLOSURE PANELS MUST BE BRACED TO . HYLIFT OR BUILDING STRUCTURE 13Y INSTALLER. USE OF STRUCTURAL ANGLE SUGGESTED. 3) THE ASME ANSI 820.1 SAFETY STANDARD HAS BEEN REVISED (EFFECTIVE JUNE 15th 1991) TO REQUIRE THE MIN. ENCLOSURE HEIGHT BE INCREASED TO 8' --0 ". PLEASE MAKE CERTAIN THAT THERE IS IN EXCESS OF 8' -0 "CLEAR FOR THE ENCLOSURES TO FIT. 4) BRACING REQ'D FOR STAB1LIiY IN BOTH FRONT TO BACK AND SIDE TO SIDE DIRECTIONS.(NOT BY PFLOW) 5) UNIT TO MEET WASHINGTON STATE CONVEYORAVTRI S. APPROVED !An 22 191 ....., FIXTURE LIN. FOOTAGE RGD COUNTER SALES BUILDING SQ. 3,876' CHAR T ' SALES SO. FT. PRE —SALES SO. FT. TOTAL B SO FT 1st FLOOR w, MEZZ PROTO �. T'IIS PLAN 28,269' 13,199' 45,453' 45,453' 24,876' 21,940' 38,050' 50,461' 26,547' 20,400' 39,088' 51,499' ....., FIXTURE LIN. FOOTAGE RGD COUNTER SALES . PRE—SALES PROTO 3,876' 2,165' -_ EXISTING 3,370' 3,349' THIS PLAN 3,063' 3,524' 1111 RGD COUNTER A Ii 11111111 IT IIII1III�IIII1IIIIIII111111I 6 ,111111111 PACKAGE L 9 111111111111111111 CHECK ; � 11 _. - — f COMPUTER COUNTER •01 1111 T 8T 111 I111111I1 Z IIII1IIII Ii 11111111 IT IIII1III�IIII1IIIIIII111111I 6 ,111111111 111111111 L 9 111111111111111111 5 ; � 11 N (U CD 0 N eo 0 I I. 4 1/2" - 1' - -8' X 12' -9 1/2" LI T CPU ac SERVICE PLAN SCALE: 1/8 " =1' -0" 'n I 23' -5' SCALE: 1/8"= 1'— 0" 175' -1" 173' -9" PRE -SALES 21' -6" j SERVICE AREA REGISTER REFUND - COUN TER REFUND AREA PLAN 4 1/2' 16' -71/2' u DN. NMI M OM MI NIMN OW — IMO OM r u 00 N N 0, 1 1111,111, I�111III1�11 W N UJ co X UJ Lo 0 X Co 1 • 00 Ce IJ \ 0 1 SCOPE OF WORK — NEW SICNAGE — NEW VESTIBULE — NEW LIGHTING -- NEW TOWER & SEC. AREA — NEW CEILING FANS — NEW GRAPHICS — NEW SIGN PACKAGE — NEW WOOD COUNTERS — NEW SALES FLOOR TILE — RELOCATED COMPUTER ROOM — NEW LIFT & CHUTE — REFURBISH RESTROOMS III PRE -SALES 35' -0" " • . • UR 16 -3" 7 F N I • m --1 IT) 0 z 2 0 0 rn . UP ' u- XIST. STAIRS . 35 -3" •4'-;0 r 6' -8" 6'-7" No.18 L-J 6' -I" 6' -1" 51 6' -1" 6' -1" I NEW FIXTURES AND EQUIP. SHOWN DOTTED CEILING HEIGHT UNDER LIEU CEILING HEIGHT ON 1UEZZ = 9' -2' 1991 IN -- SEASON REGESTER = 19 1991 OUT OF SESON REGISTER = 15 6' -1' 6' -1' UP • .13' -8 7/8` 52' - -0" 11111111111 imi 11 1 NO RACK AREA p 12' - -O• X.23' -0' 4 . T 6 ' DIAPER FIXTURE 6' -1" 6' -1' 0 F =i 0 0 6' -1" - 4' -0" EXTENSION TO SALES FIXT 7-EXISTING LINE OF MEZZ 6' -2` • rrn 6' -1' SCALE: 1/16"=1*— 0" 100' -8" 175' -0" 139 -8" SALES -- 4 -- - -- 4;0 4' - -1' 6' -2" / 6' -3 " r. FIXTURE PLAN TO BE FILLED 6' -2' 6' -3' 29'-7 1/2" .1z.-9 + - - . .. r . iIIIIiiiiIl - _ :=- =„ 6' -1' a a 0 6'- 0 6' - 2' 6' - 1" 8' -0" EXTENSION TO SALES FIX .1.X16 -2 :4.11 2' -0,1/2 • • .5'_g• -T 3 • IC /2" • 6`-0' 23' -5' EN T R ANC E 6' -1" 6 - 1� 6'- 6' -I' 42 -2 2' -0 1/2 N 8' -6" 8' -6" 8' -6' 7' -4'. 38' -I" n 16' -3` 17' -0` PRE -SALES anot no IMF C.ON "; LUNCH RM SECURITY egi _ . -- N Co oo CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED ?M\R 2 1932 pl 111 DING DIVISION Locu Lion Drawings ISSUED FOR BIOS: DroWing Title Tic CADD • NAME: PROJECT NO.: DRAWN BY: KCS CHECKED BY. PROTOTYPE DE`:IGNATION: - National Office 461 From Road Paramus, NJ 07652 (201) 599 -7800 GEOFFREY This ' drawing is the Exclusive Property of TOYS "R" US. The information shown may not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced . without permission of TOYS "R" US. FIXTURE PLAN 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS TELEPHONE (616) 235 -6000 MICHIGAN 49503 FAX (616) 235-6132 Ckilloo • , Revisions 12/30/91 1121 qz Desert. tion REV. AS PER STORE PLANNING REV. AS PER STORE PLAT: ;JI G REV. AS PER STOKE PLINMIN Drawing References Drawings BID DATE: CADD NAME: T1E01048 PROJECT NO • DRAWN BY: Kos CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: GEOFFREY National Office 461 From Road Paramus. NJ 07652 (201) 599-7800 This drawing Is the Exclusive Property of TOYS "51" US. The information shown may . not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS "51" US. Dote . • 10/24/91 Scale 1 /16" —018 Q N • I 11 P r N I6' -7 1/2 ./2' 4 1' -8" X 12' - -9 1/2' ti MEZZ PLAN SCALE: 1/16"=1'- 0" CPU. & SERVICE PLAN SCALE: 1/8"=1'- O m N Y 1 SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" U) U SERVICE COUNTER r - CPU COUNTER N ?)( 11' d" 4' -4 3' �J -10' HOID 21' -6 Y RGD COUNTER PACKAGE CHECK COMPUTER COON TER 1 /5' - 1 • 1 - r3 , y . PRE- SAI ES Y 23' 5' REFUII' AREA PLAN 23' -5" N SERVICE AREA REGISTER \� v1 REFUND COUNTER i 11 I I I II I 16' 3 4 1 '2 "a 16 7 t; 2" 1 I I II I I_i UN. II II I I -I I I iL I rn SCOPE OE WORK -- NEW SIGNAGE - NEW VESTIBULE - NEW LIGHTING - NEW TOWER & SEC. AREA - NEW CEILING FANS - NEW GRAPHICS - NEW SIGN PACKAGE - NEW WOOD COUNTERS -- NEW SALES FLOOR 111..E -- RELOCATED COMPUTER ROOM -- NEW LIFT & . CHUTE -- REFURBISH RESTROOMS I IIIIIII I III IT I II I IIII 2 1 I O Nr N • C, I UI j lb 1 T 0' PRE.SAIES 36'- 3" 35' 0' 41,1 4' -0' X 21' -1" ,- IIIII II IIIIIII 4 III�}I� IIIIIII J 2S a' ' -0" L) Tt.NaON TO SALES FIXT: Y 9 " 1 2'- 9 J 81 , 29' - -2 1 t' 14 0A T . - } -0' EXTENSION 1/2' LUNCH} RM, -- -. -.:3 NEVI FUGURES Ah., EQUIP. SHOWN DOTTED NDE3: - - - C 1INC HFJGHT UNDER MEZZ + 10' -4' CEILING HOGNr WIZ w 9' -2' 1991 IN— SEASON REGESTER = 19 1 991 OUT OF SESON REGISTER = 1 S2' UP- ATTIC IIII;l1IIiII t 'I 23' 5 ) I iN 3 E r1�1 Ical K AKA L ..... ` J j I 11 if X 23' 0" I 1 7 I j t ' .-. _ l , 4 U P EAlt i k*I.E22 ± 100' 8" CU 175' If I39' SAILS -10 BE FUILD IttAp. a.t.fttza %woo FIXTURE t kAN. SCALE: 1/16"=1'- E N T R A N C E r)hASE 23' -5" 88' U' PRE--SALES L _ 16' -3' UP Li t A C • • d - r--0 CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED MAR h 19t2 PASEb 0 opatu • vice E ITEtAlJe -1iii t5 ? 6iViSiON BUILDING SQ. FOOTAGE_CHART PRE -SALES II SQ. FT. SQ FT I______ SALES SQ. FT. TOTAL BUILD'G 1st FLOOR W/ MEZZ ^ PROTO - . 28,269' _ 13,199' - _ 45,453' 45,453' _..a EXISTING 24,876' 21,940' 38,050` 50,461' Z WT IIII IIII 1111I11IlI THIS PLAN 26,547' 20,400' 39,088' 51,499' Revisions 12/30/91 1121 qz Desert. tion REV. AS PER STORE PLANNING REV. AS PER STORE PLAT: ;JI G REV. AS PER STOKE PLINMIN Drawing References Drawings BID DATE: CADD NAME: T1E01048 PROJECT NO • DRAWN BY: Kos CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: GEOFFREY National Office 461 From Road Paramus. NJ 07652 (201) 599-7800 This drawing Is the Exclusive Property of TOYS "51" US. The information shown may . not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS "51" US. Dote . • 10/24/91 Scale 1 /16" —018 Q N • I 11 P r N I6' -7 1/2 ./2' 4 1' -8" X 12' - -9 1/2' ti MEZZ PLAN SCALE: 1/16"=1'- 0" CPU. & SERVICE PLAN SCALE: 1/8"=1'- O m N Y 1 SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" U) U SERVICE COUNTER r - CPU COUNTER N ?)( 11' d" 4' -4 3' �J -10' HOID 21' -6 Y RGD COUNTER PACKAGE CHECK COMPUTER COON TER 1 /5' - 1 • 1 - r3 , y . PRE- SAI ES Y 23' 5' REFUII' AREA PLAN 23' -5" N SERVICE AREA REGISTER \� v1 REFUND COUNTER i 11 I I I II I 16' 3 4 1 '2 "a 16 7 t; 2" 1 I I II I I_i UN. II II I I -I I I iL I rn SCOPE OE WORK -- NEW SIGNAGE - NEW VESTIBULE - NEW LIGHTING - NEW TOWER & SEC. AREA - NEW CEILING FANS - NEW GRAPHICS - NEW SIGN PACKAGE - NEW WOOD COUNTERS -- NEW SALES FLOOR 111..E -- RELOCATED COMPUTER ROOM -- NEW LIFT & . CHUTE -- REFURBISH RESTROOMS I IIIIIII I III IT I II I IIII 2 1 I O Nr N • C, I UI j lb 1 T 0' PRE.SAIES 36'- 3" 35' 0' 41,1 4' -0' X 21' -1" ,- IIIII II IIIIIII 4 III�}I� IIIIIII J 2S a' ' -0" L) Tt.NaON TO SALES FIXT: Y 9 " 1 2'- 9 J 81 , 29' - -2 1 t' 14 0A T . - } -0' EXTENSION 1/2' LUNCH} RM, -- -. -.:3 NEVI FUGURES Ah., EQUIP. SHOWN DOTTED NDE3: - - - C 1INC HFJGHT UNDER MEZZ + 10' -4' CEILING HOGNr WIZ w 9' -2' 1991 IN— SEASON REGESTER = 19 1 991 OUT OF SESON REGISTER = 1 S2' UP- ATTIC IIII;l1IIiII t 'I 23' 5 ) I iN 3 E r1�1 Ical K AKA L ..... ` J j I 11 if X 23' 0" I 1 7 I j t ' .-. _ l , 4 U P EAlt i k*I.E22 ± 100' 8" CU 175' If I39' SAILS -10 BE FUILD IttAp. a.t.fttza %woo FIXTURE t kAN. SCALE: 1/16"=1'- E N T R A N C E r)hASE 23' -5" 88' U' PRE--SALES L _ 16' -3' UP Li t A C • • d - r--0 CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED MAR h 19t2 PASEb 0 opatu • vice E ITEtAlJe -1iii t5 ? 6iViSiON I T II 6 8 11 iI L 11111II II11 I1111 1 i 1111illllil £ liIIIIII Z WT IIII IIII 1111I11IlI I Revisions 12/30/91 1121 qz Desert. tion REV. AS PER STORE PLANNING REV. AS PER STORE PLAT: ;JI G REV. AS PER STOKE PLINMIN Drawing References Drawings BID DATE: CADD NAME: T1E01048 PROJECT NO • DRAWN BY: Kos CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: GEOFFREY National Office 461 From Road Paramus. NJ 07652 (201) 599-7800 This drawing Is the Exclusive Property of TOYS "51" US. The information shown may . not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS "51" US. Dote . • 10/24/91 Scale 1 /16" —018 Q N • I 11 P r N I6' -7 1/2 ./2' 4 1' -8" X 12' - -9 1/2' ti MEZZ PLAN SCALE: 1/16"=1'- 0" CPU. & SERVICE PLAN SCALE: 1/8"=1'- O m N Y 1 SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" U) U SERVICE COUNTER r - CPU COUNTER N ?)( 11' d" 4' -4 3' �J -10' HOID 21' -6 Y RGD COUNTER PACKAGE CHECK COMPUTER COON TER 1 /5' - 1 • 1 - r3 , y . PRE- SAI ES Y 23' 5' REFUII' AREA PLAN 23' -5" N SERVICE AREA REGISTER \� v1 REFUND COUNTER i 11 I I I II I 16' 3 4 1 '2 "a 16 7 t; 2" 1 I I II I I_i UN. II II I I -I I I iL I rn SCOPE OE WORK -- NEW SIGNAGE - NEW VESTIBULE - NEW LIGHTING - NEW TOWER & SEC. AREA - NEW CEILING FANS - NEW GRAPHICS - NEW SIGN PACKAGE - NEW WOOD COUNTERS -- NEW SALES FLOOR 111..E -- RELOCATED COMPUTER ROOM -- NEW LIFT & . CHUTE -- REFURBISH RESTROOMS I IIIIIII I III IT I II I IIII 2 1 I O Nr N • C, I UI j lb 1 T 0' PRE.SAIES 36'- 3" 35' 0' 41,1 4' -0' X 21' -1" ,- IIIII II IIIIIII 4 III�}I� IIIIIII J 2S a' ' -0" L) Tt.NaON TO SALES FIXT: Y 9 " 1 2'- 9 J 81 , 29' - -2 1 t' 14 0A T . - } -0' EXTENSION 1/2' LUNCH} RM, -- -. -.:3 NEVI FUGURES Ah., EQUIP. SHOWN DOTTED NDE3: - - - C 1INC HFJGHT UNDER MEZZ + 10' -4' CEILING HOGNr WIZ w 9' -2' 1991 IN— SEASON REGESTER = 19 1 991 OUT OF SESON REGISTER = 1 S2' UP- ATTIC IIII;l1IIiII t 'I 23' 5 ) I iN 3 E r1�1 Ical K AKA L ..... ` J j I 11 if X 23' 0" I 1 7 I j t ' .-. _ l , 4 U P EAlt i k*I.E22 ± 100' 8" CU 175' If I39' SAILS -10 BE FUILD IttAp. a.t.fttza %woo FIXTURE t kAN. SCALE: 1/16"=1'- E N T R A N C E r)hASE 23' -5" 88' U' PRE--SALES L _ 16' -3' UP Li t A C • • d - r--0 CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED MAR h 19t2 PASEb 0 opatu • vice E ITEtAlJe -1iii t5 ? 6iViSiON Revisions m Date Description 3/10/92 ADDENDUM D 3 3/19/92 ADDENDUM E ■ . Drawing References No Drawings S2 FRAMING / FOUNDATION PLAN S3 FRAMING / FOUNDATION DETAILS ISSUED FOR BIDS: 01 -31 -92 ISSUED FOR PERMITS: 02 -12 -92 CADD NAME: TP91S01 PROJECT NO.: 262991 DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1991 REV. 3.91 THE j• V .: r .. 11 1 N . I1 ..G • : T . F. 1 N( N I I; I N( • . �1.J 1 ` I N I :-I• : k (( )1 . 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS TELEPHONE (616) 235 -6000 MICHIGAN 49503 FAX (616) 235 -6132 i : °,,, ��(1 0 I ' 26428 v 1 ' 1' d � r f1. !! t<, � - /STel -- \ •Nar J 4 0► S� ID Toys w us p : v Nationol Office 4 ; . 461 From Road Paramus, NJ 07652 (201) 599 -7800 GEOFF This drawing is the Exclusive Property of TOYS "R" US. The information shown may not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS "R" US. Location TUKWILA WA. Drawing Title , GENERAL NOTES Scale AS NOTED Date 01 -31 -92 i.to: .. ' 2 no. AR 0) 0 N rn N 0 1 DESIGN: 1. BUILDING CODE - 2. GROUND SNOW LOAD - 3. WIND - 4. SEISMIC - GENERAL NOTES 1988 UBC 30 PSF 83 MPH ZONE 3 FOUNDATIONS; 1. THE FOUNDATION HAS BEEN DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS MADE IN THE "SOILS AND FOUNDATION INVESTIGATION" PREPARED BY CASCADE GEOTECHNICAL 12911 N.E. 126th PLACE KIRKLAND. WASHINGTON 98034 (206) 821 -5080 2. SPREAD FOOTINGS SHALL BEAR ON SOIL CAPABLE OF SUSTAINING A NE T ALLOWABLE BEARING PRESSURE OF 2.0 KSF FOR INDIVIDUAL COLUMN FOOTING AND 2.0 KSF FOR CONTINUOUS WALL FOOTINGS UNDER FULL SERVICE LIVE AND DEAD LOAD. 3. FOOTINGS MAY BE POURED INTO AN EARTH - FORMED TRENCH IF SOIL CONDITIONS PERMIT. 4. ALL BEARING MATERIAL SHALL BE INSPECTED BY 1HE INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT. THE INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY SHALL BE THE SOLE JUDGE AS TO THE SUITABILITY OF THE BEARING MATERIAL. FOOTING ELEVATIONS SHALL BE ADJUSTED AS REQUIRED. 5. BOTTOM OF EXTERIOR FOOTINGS SHALL BEAR A MINIMUM OF 18" BELOW FINAL GRADE FOR FROST PROTECTION. 6. FOUNDATION WALLS THAT RETAIN EARTH SHALL BE BRACED AGAINST BACKFILLING PRESSURES UNTIL FLOOR SLABS AT TOP AND BOTTOM ARE IN PLACE. 7. WHERE FOUNDATION WALLS ARE TO HAVE EARTH PLACED ON EACH SIDE, PLACE FILL SIMULTANEOUSLY SO AS TO MAINTAIN A COMMON ELEVA1lON ON EACH SIDE OF THE WALL. 8. FOUNDATION WORK SHALL BE SUBJECT TO QUAI ITY ASSURANCE TESTING AND INSPECTIONS. SEE DIVISION 2 SPECIFICATION. CONCRETE: 1. CONCRETE SHALL HAVE A 28 -DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH AND DENSITY, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: STRENGTH PSI EXTERIOR SLABS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS 4000 ALL OTHER CONCRETE (U.N.O.) 3000 2. SLUMP OF CONCRETE SHALL NOT EXCEED 4" UNLESS A HIGH RANGE WATER - REDUCING ADMIXTURE IS USED. THE SLUMP OF CONCRETE PRIOR TO ADDITION OF A HIGH RANGE WATER - REDUCING ADMIXTURE SHALL NOT EXCEED 4 ". THE SLUMP OF CONCRETE CONTAINING A HIGH RANGE WATER - REDUCING ADMIXTURE SHALL NOT EXCEED 10 ". 3. CONCRETE EXPOSED TO WEATHER SHALL BE AIR - ENTRAINED. AIR CONTENT SHALL BE BETWEEN 4 AND 8 PERCENT. 4. THE NOMINAL MAXIMUM AGGREGATE SIZE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3/4 ". 5. THE MINIMUM PORTLAND CEMENT CONTENT (ASTM C150) OF ALL CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING TABLE. (FLYASH NOT PERMITTED) MINIMUM CEMENT CONTENT (POUNDS PER CUBIC YARD) SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (PSI) 3000 470 517 4000 564 611 • 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS FOR REVIEW WELL IN ADVANCE OF CONCRETE PLACEMENT. CONCRETE MIX DESIGN SHALL INCLUDE ALL STRENGTH DATA NECESSARY TO SHOW COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR EITHER THE TRIAL BATCH OR FIELD EXPERIENCE METHOD AND SHALL BE CERTIFIED BY AN ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE STATE WHERE THE STRUCTURE IS LOCATED. 7. REINFORCING SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A615, GR60, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 8. WELDED WIRE FABRIC SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A185. 9. ALL REINFORCING SHALL BE DETAILED, FABRICATED AND PLACED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI DETAILING MANUAL 1988 (SP -66). 10. ALL REINFORCING SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN FORMS, SPACED WITH NECESSARY ACCESSORIES AND SHALL BE SECURELY WIRED TOGETHER, IN ACCORDANCE WITH CRSI "MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE" (1986). 11. MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE: UNFORMED SURFACE IN CONTACT WITH THE GROUND. FORMED SURFACES EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER. #6 BARS AND LARGER #5 BARS AND SMALLER FORMED SURFACES NOT EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER: BEAMS, GIRDERS, AND COLUMNS SLABS, WALLS, AND JOISTS #1 #11 BARS AND SMALLER 4 AND #18 BARS 12. LAP SPLICES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING TABLE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. WHERE CLASSES ARE NOT CALLED OUT ON DRAWINGS, USE CLASS "C" SPLICES. TENSION SPLICES (INCHES) COMPRESSION SPLICES (INCHES) BAR SIZE #3 # #6 # 8 9 10 11 NON -AIR ENTRAINED AIR ENTRAINED CONCRETE CONCRETE TOP BARS OTHER BARS A B C A B C 13 17 21 27 37 61 78 96 16 21 22 29 27 36 35 46 48 63 63 82 80 104 101 132 1 24 163 12 15 19 26 35 44 56 68 12 15 16 20 20 26 25 32 34 44 46 60 57 75 73 95 88 116 DENSITY PCF 145 145 2 IN. 1 -1/2 IN. 1 -1/2 IN. 3/4 IN. 1 -1/2 IN. 12 15 19 23 26 30 34 38 42 3 IN, COMPRESSION DOWEL EMBEDMENT: 22 BAR DIAMETERS LAP WELDED WIRE FABRIC ONE SPACING OF CROSS WIRES PLUS 2 ". 13. BASE PLATES, ANCHOR BOLTS, SUPPORT ANGLES, ETC., BELOW GRADE SHALL BE COVERED WITH A MINIMUM OF 3" OF CONCRETE. 14. CONCRETE WORK SHALL BE SUBJECT TO QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING AND INSPECTIONF. SEE QUALITY ASSURANCE GENERAL NOTES AND PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. REINFORCED MASONRY: 1_ REINFORCED MASONRY SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, f'm, OF 1500 PSI. MASONRY UNITS SHALL BE NORMAL WEIGHT BLOCK CONFORMING TO ASTM C90, GRADE N, TYPE 1, AND SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM NET AREA COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 1900. PSI. MORTAR SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C270, TYPE S. GROUT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C476. 2. REINFORCING BARS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A615, GRADE 60, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3. CONTINUOUS WIRE REINFORCING (JOINT REINFORCING) SHALL BE GALVANIZED TRUSS TYPE FABRICATED UNITS MTH A SINGLE PAIR OF 9 GAUGE SIDE RODS AND 9 GAUGE CONTINUOUS DIAGONAL CROSS RODS FABRICATED FROM COLD- -DRAWN STEEL WIRE COMPLYING WITH ASTM A82. JOINT REINFORCING SHALL BE SPACED AT 16" O.C. VERTICALLY IN ALL MASONRY WALLS. 4. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF VERTICAL CONTROL JOINTS. HORIZONTAL BOND BEAM AND LINTEL REINFORCING SHALL BE CONTINUOUS ACROSS VERTICAL CONTROL JOINTS. JOINT REINFORCING SHALL BE STOPPED EITHER SIDE OF VERTICAL CONTROL JOINTS. 5. ALL REINFORCED CELLS, ALL CELLS BELOW GRADE AND ALL CELLS BELOW FINISH FLOOR SHALL BE GROUTED SOLID. 6. ALL EXTERIOR MASONRY WALLS ARE TO RECEIVE KOR -FIL INSULATION. KOR -FIL INSULATION SHALL BE REMOVED FROM MASONRY UNITS THAT ARE TO BE USED FOR BOND BEAMS OR MASONRY LINTELS AND FROM MASONRY UNITS THAT ARE TO CONTAIN VERTICAL REINFORCING, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 7. WHEN A FOUNDATION DOWEL DOES NOT LINE UP WITH A VERTICAL BLOCK CORE, IT SHALL NOT BE SLOPED MORE THAN ONE HORIZONTAL IN 6 VERTICAL. DOWELS MAY BE GROUTED INTO A CELL IN VERTICAL ALIGNMENT, EVEN THOUGH IT IS IN AN ADJACENT CELL TO THE VERTICAL WALL REINFORCING. 8. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE SECURED IN PLACE BEFORE GROUTING STARTS. 9. SPLICED REINFORCING SHALL BE LAPPED 48 BAR DIAMETERS OR 24 INCHES, WHICHEVER IS GREATER. SPLICED BARS SHALL BE WIRED TOGETHER. 10. VERTICAL BARS SHALL BE HELD IN POSITION AT TOP AND BOTTOM AND AT INTERVALS NOT EXCEEDING 200 DIAMETERS OF THE REINFORCING, NOR 10 FEET. 11. VERTICAL REINFORCING BARS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 3/4 OF AN INCH FROM THE MASONRY AND NOT LESS THAN ONE BAR DIAMETER BETWEEN BARS. 12. VERTICAL CELLS THAT WILL BE GROUTED SHALL HAVE A VERTICAL ALIGNMENT TO MAINTAIN A CONTINUOUS UNOBSTRUCTED CELL AREA NOT LESS THAN 2 1/2" X 3 ". 13. GROUTING SHALL BE STOPPED 1 -1/2" BELOW THE TOP OF A COURSE SO AS TO FORM A KEY AT THE POUR JOINT. 14. GROUTING OF MASONRY BEAMS OVER OPENINGS SHALL BE DONE IN ONE CONTINUOUS OPERATION. 15. ALL BOLTS, ANCHORS, ETC., INSERTED IN THE WALLS, SHALL BE GROUTED SOLID INTO POSITION. 16. REINFORCED MASONRY HAS BEEN DESIGNED USING VALUES FOR CONSTRUCTION WITH SPECIAL INSPECTION. 17. REINFORCED MASONRY WORK SHALL BE SUBJECT TO QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING AND INSPECTIONS. SEE QUALITY ASSURANCE GENERAL NOTES AND PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. STRUCTURAL STEEL: 1. STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING GRADES: ALL WF, CHANNELS, ANGLES, PLATES, ETC. (UNO) STRUCTURAL TUBE STEEL PIPE ANCHOR BOLTS BOLTS WELDING ELECTRODES A36 A500 (Fy =46) A53 (Fy =35) A307 A325 E70XX 2. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE DETAILED, FABRICATED AND ERECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AISC CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE (1986), EXCEPT AS MODIFIED IN THESE NOTES AND THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. 3. THE STEEL STRUCTURE IS A NON- SELF- SUPPORTING STEEL FRAME AND IS DEPENDENT UPON DIAPHRAGM ACTION OF THE METAL ROOF DECK AND ATTACHMENT TO THE MASONRY WALLS FOR STABILITY AND FOR RESISTANCE TO WIND AND SEISMIC FORCES. PROVIDE ALL TEMPORARY SUPPORTS REQUIRED FOR STABILITY AND FOR RESISTANCE TO WIND AND SEISMIC FORCES UNTIL THESE ELEMENTS ARE COMPLETE AND ARE CAPABLE OF PROVIDING THIS SUPPORT. 4. THE FABRICATOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN OF ALL CONNECTIONS. CONNECTIONS SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC AND ARE ONLY INTENDED TO SHOW THE RELATIONSHIP OF MEMBERS CONNECTED. CONNECTION DETAILS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE INCORPORATED INTO FABRICATOR'S CONNECTION DESIGN. SEE SPECIFICATIONS. ALL SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE FABRICATOR'S ENGINEER WITH THE ENGINEER'S SEAL FOR THE STATE WHERE THE STRUCTURE IS LOCATED. ENGINEER'S SEAL MAY BE QUALIFIED "FOR DESIGN OF CONNECTIONS ONLY." 5. SPLICING OF STEEL MEMBERS, UNLESS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT. 6. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, BEAMS SHALL BEAR 8" MINIMUM ON CONCRETE OR MASONRY. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ANCHOR BEAMS TO MASONRY WITH TWO (2) 3/4" DIAMETER ANCHOR BOLTS WITH 4" HOOK AND 1' -4' EMBEDMENT. 7. STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK SHALL BE SUBJECT TO QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING AND INSPECTIONS. SEE QUALITY ASSURANCE GENERAL NOTES AND PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. IIIII�IIIIIIIII�011 STEEL JOIST GIRDERS: 1. JOIST GIRDERS SHALL BE DESIGNED, FABRICATED AND ERECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR JOIST GIRDERS (1989) OF THE STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE (SJI), 2. STEEL JOISTS GIRDERS SHALL BE DESIGNED BY THE MANUFACTURER. THE MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN. ADEQUACY AND SAFETY OF ALL STEEL JOIST GIRDERS. ALL SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEER WITH THE ENGINEER'S SEAL FOR THE STATE WHERE THE STRUCTURE IS LOCATED. . 3. EXCEPT WHERE ADDITIONAL DESIGN LOADS ARE SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS, STEEL JOIST GIRDERS SHALL BE DESIGNED AS SIMPLY SUPPORTED PRIMARY MEMBERS WITH ALL LOADS EQUAL IN MAGNITUDE AND EVENLY SPACED ALONG JOIST GIRDER TOP CHORD. 4. ADDITIONAL DESIGN LOADS FROM ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT OR OTHER CONCENTRATED LOADS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS COLLATERAL LOADS. THESE LOADS SHALL BE CONSIDERED IN THE DESIGN OF THE JOIST GIRDERS. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS AND WEIGHTS OF EQUIPMENT. WHERE SUCH LOADS DO NOT OCCUR AT THE PANEL POINTS OF THE JOIST GIRDER, AUXILIARY FRAMING SHALL BE ADDED TO THE JOIST GIRDER OR THE TOP CHORD SHAI.L BE DESIGNED FOR THE EFFECTS OF THE LOAD. 5. JOIST GIRDERS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO SUPPORT THE DESIGN LOADS WITHOUT EXCEEDING A DEFLECTION OF L/360. 6. WHEN NET UPLIFT FORCES DUE TO WIND ARE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, THE MANUFACTURER SHALL DESIGN THE JOIST GIRDERS AND CONNECTIONS OF THE JOIST GIRDERS TO THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE FOR THE NET UPLIFT. 7. JOIST GIRDERS SHALL BE PROPORTIONED SUCH THAT THEY CAN BE ERECTED WITHOUT BRIDGING. 8. MINIMUM BEARING REQUIREMENT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE: 4" ON STRUCTURAL STEEL 6" ON STEEL BEARING PLATES OVER MASONRY OR CONCRETE 9. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, JOIST GIRDERS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO SUPPORTING STEEL WORK OR STEEL BEARING PLATES WITH TWO (2) /4' FILLET WELDS (ONE EACH SIDE), 2" LONG, OR TWO (2) 3/4" DIAMETER BOLTS. 10. JOIST GIRDERS AT COLUMN CENTERLINES SHALL BE BOLTED TO STRUCTURAL STEEL WITH TWO (2) 3/4" DIAMETER BOLTS. 11. NO OTHER LOADS SHALL BE PLACED ON THE JOIST GIRDER UNTIL THE STEEL JOISTS BEARING ON THIS GIRDER ARE IN PLACE AND ATTACHED THERETO. 12. REPAIR OR REPLACE ALL DAMAGED JOIST GIRDERS. THE PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD SHALL BE THE SOLE JUDGE AS TO WHETHER A JOIST GIRDER CAN BE REPAIRED OR MUST BE REPLACED. 13. STEEL JOIST GIRDER WORK SHALL BE SUBJECT TO QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING AND INSPECTIONS. SEE QUALITY ASSURANCE GENERAL NOTES AND PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. STEEL JOISTS: I. STEEL JOISTS SHALL BE DESIGNED, FABRICATED AND ERECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR OPEN WEB STEEL JOISTS, "K- SERIES" (1989) OF THE STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE (SJI). 2. STEEL JOISTS SHALL BE DESIGNED BY THE MANUFACTURER. THE MAUFACTURER'S ENGINEER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN, ADEQUACY AND SAFETY OF ALL STEEL JOISTS. ALL SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEER WITH THE ENGINEER'S SEAL FOR THE STATE WHERE THE STRUCTURE IS LOCATED. .3. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, STEEL JOISTS SHALL BE DESIGNED AS SIMPLY SUPPORTED, UNIFORMLY LOADED TRUSSES WITH THE TOP CHORD BRACED AGAINST LATERAL BUCKLING. THE UNIFORM DESIGN LOAD SHALL BE THE TOTAL SAFE UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD AS SHOWN IN THE SJI STANDARD. LOAD TABLE. 4. WHEN NET UPLIFT FORCES DUE TO WIND ARE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, THE MANUFACTURER SHALL DESIGN THE JOISTS, BRIDGING AND CONNECTIONS OF THE JOISTS TO THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE FOR THE NET UPLIFT. A SINGLE LINE OF BOTTOM CHORD BRIDGING MUST BE PROVIDED NEAR THE FIRST BOTTOM CHORD PANEL POINTS WHENEVER UPLIFT DUE TO WIND FORCES IS SHOWN ON THE DESIGN DRAWINGS. 5. WHEN NONUNIFORM OR CONCENTRATED LOADS ARE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, THE MANUFACTURER SHALL DESIGN THE JOISTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 4.1 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR OPEN WEB STEEL JOISTS, K- SERIES. 6. STEEL JOIST BRIDGING SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SJI SPECIFICATION. ALL BRIDGING AND BRIDGING ANCHORS SHALL BE PLACED AND STEEL JOIST ENDS FIXED PRIOR TO THE APPLICATION OF ANY LOADS. BRIDGING THAT TERMINATES AT, OR IS INTERRUPTED BY, STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAMS, MASONRY WALLS OR CONCRETE WALLS SHALL BE ATTACHED THERETO. COORDINATE BRIDGING LOCATIONS TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH ALL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT. 7. MINIMUM BEARING REQUIREMENTS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2 -1/2" ON STRUCTURAL STEEL 4" ON STEEL BEARING PLATES OVER MASONRY OR CONCRETE 8. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, STEEL JOISTS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO SUPPORTING STEEL WORK OR STEEL BEARING PLATES WITH (2) 1/8" FILLET WELD (ONE EACH SIDE) 1" LONG, OR WITH A 1/2" DIAMETER BOLT. 9. STEEL. JOISTS AT COLUMN CENTER LINES SHALL BE BOLTED TO STRUCTURAL STEEL WITH 2 1/2" DIAMETER BOLTS. WHERE STEEL JOISTS DO NOT SPACE TO COLUMN CEN R LINES, USE BOLTED CONNECTIONS FOR THE STEEL JOIST CLOSEST TO THE CENTER LINE. 10. HOLES IN STEEL JOIST CHORDS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED, EXCEPT FOR BOLTED CONNECTIONS AT THE BEARING END OF THE STEEL JOIST. 11. ALL ITEMS SUCH AS MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCT WORK, PIPES, CEILING, FIXTURES, ETC. THAT ARE TO BE SUPPORTED OR HUNG FROM THE STEEL JOIST SHALL BE FRAMED WITH AUXILIARY FRAMING TO THE PANEL POINTS OF THE STEEL JOIST. METHODS OF FRAMING THAT INDUCE BENDING TO THE STEEL JOIST CHORDS OR WEB MEMBERS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. 12. REPAIR OR REPLACE ALL DAMAGED STEEL JOISTS. THE PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD SHALL. BE THE SOLE JUDGE AS TO WHETHER A JOIST CAN BE REPAIRED OR MUST BE REPLACED. 13. STEEL JOIST WORK SHALL BE SUBJECT TO QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING AND INSPECTIONS. SEE QUALITY ASSURANCE GENERAL NOTES AND PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. � IIII I III II ^1 I I III ! IIII I IIIi 1 1,1 I 1 , 1 I 1I1I 1 1 111I1 I 1 I 1! 1I14 } I III 1 1111 1 III � J T �I IIII�IIII�IIlI�IIII i L 9 IIIIIIII!IIIIIIIII ME TA L RO O F ECK: 1. METAL ROOF DECK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STEEL DECK INSTITUTE SPECIFICATIONS AND COMMENTARY FOR STEEL ROOF DECK (1989). 2. METAL ROOF DECK AND ITS ATTACHMENT TO THE STRUCTURE SHALL BE DESIGNED BY THE MANUFACTURER. THE MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGN, ADEQUACY AND SAFETY OF ALL METAL ROOF DECK ALL SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEER WITH THE ENGINEER'S SEAL FOR THE STATE WHERE THE STRUCTURE IS LOCATED. 3. METAL ROOF D'CK SHALL BE CONFIGURATION, DEPTH AND MINIMUM GAGE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. ATTACHMENT TO THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AS A MINIMUM. SEE ROOF PLAN NOTES. 4. DO NOT HANG OR SUPPORT ANY LOADS FROM METAL ROOF DECK. 5. METAL ROOF DECK SHALL BE CONTINUOUS OVER A MINIMUM OF THREE SPANS. 6. METAL ROOF DECK WORK SHALL BE SUBJECT TO QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING AND INSPECTIONS. SEE QUALITY ASSURANCE GENERAL NOTES AND PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. MISCELLANEOUS: 1. THESE GENERAL NOTES SUPPLEMENT THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. REFER TO PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED TO BE USED WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING SUCH REQUIREMENTS INTO THEIR SHOP DRAWINGS AND WORK. 3. NO OPENINGS SHALL BE MADE IN ANY STRUCTURAL MEMBER WITHOUT THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD. 4. NO CHANGE IN SIZE OR DIMENSION OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT THE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD. 5. OPENINGS 1' -4" AND LESS ON A SIDE ARE GENERALLY NOT SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SUCH OPENINGS. 9. CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION AND /OR ERECTION SEQUENCES SHALL RECOGNIZE AND CONSIDER THE EFFECTS OF THERMAL MOVEMENTS OF STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS !, DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. 10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD IN WRITING OF ANY DEVIATION FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE RELIEVED OF THE RESPONSIBILITY OF SUCH DEVIATION BY THE PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, ETC., UNLESS THE CONTRACTOR HAS SPECIFICALLY INFORMED THE PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD OF SUCH DEVIATION AT THE TIME OF SUBMISSION, AND THE PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD HAS GIVEN WRITTEN APPROVAL TO THE SPECIFIC DEVIATION. QUALITY AS5URANCE: 1. THE OWNER WILL EMPLOY AND PAY FOR THE SERVICES OF AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY TO PROVIDE QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING AND INSPECTIONS. THE TESTING AGENCY SHALL BE LICENSED IN THE STATE WHERE THE STRUCTURE IS LOCATED AND ALL TESTING AND INSPECTIONS SHALL BE PERFORMED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF AN ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE STATE WHERE THE STRUCTURE IS LOCATED. 2. FAILURE OF QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING AND INSPECTIONS TO DETECT ANY DEFECTIVE WORK OR MATERIAL SHALL NOT IN ANY WAY PREVENT LATER REJECTION WHEN SUCH DEFECT IS NOTED NOR SHAI.L IT OBLIGATE THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR FINAL ACCEPTANCE. 3. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING AND INSPECTION OF: CONCRETE - SECTION 3A. REINFORCED MASONRY - SECTION 4A. STRUCTURAL STEEL - SECTION 5A. STEEL JOIST GIRDERS - SECTION 5B. STEEL JOISTS - SECTION 5C. METAL ROOF DECK - SECTION 5D. 4. SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS AND DIVISION 2 SPECIFICATIONS FOR QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING AND INSPECTIONS FOR FOUNDATION WORK. 5. THE TESTING AGENCY AND ITS REPRESENTATIVES ARE NOT AUTHORIZED TO REVOKE, ALTER, RELAX, ENLARGE OR RELEASE ANY PORTION OF THE WORK, PERFORM ANY DUTIES OF THE CONTRACTOR, OR BE A PARTY TO SCHEDULING OF WORK. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE TESTING AGENCY AND THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE A MINIMUM OF 24 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF ALL WORK REQUIRING QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING AND INSPECTIONS AND ALL REASONABLE FACILITIES SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE FOR TECHNICIANS. 7. RECORDS OF INSPECTIONS SHALL BE KEPT AVAILABLE TO THE BUILDING OFFICAL DURING PROGRESS OF. THE WORK AND FOR TWO YEARS AFTER COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. RECORDS SHALL BE PRESERVED BY THE INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY. No.18 84 "74 1 11 1 11d IihIIIIII IiIIIIIII il111 iIIIIIIII 6. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR LIMITING THE AMOUNT OF CONSTRUCTION LOAD IMPOSED UPON STRUCTURAL FRAMING. CONSTRUCTION LOADS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE DESIGN CAPACITY OF THE FRAMING AT THE TIME THE LOADS ARE IMPOSED. 7. THE STRUCTURE IS DESIGNED TO FUNCTION AS A UNIT UPON COMPLETION. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING ALL JEMPORARY BRACING AND/ e OR SUPPORT THAT MAY BE REQUIRED AS THE RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION METHODS AND /OR SEQUENCES. 8. DO NOT SCALE THESE DRAWINGS, USE DIMENSIONS. SPECIAL INS CTI(ZS: THE OWNER WILL EMPLOY THE SERVICES OF ONE OR MORE SPECIAL INSPECTORS TO PROVIDE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION COMPLYING TO SECTION 306 OF THE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE FOR THE FOLLOWING: A. CONCRETE PROVIDE INSPECTIONS DURING THE TAKING OF TEST SPECIMENS AND PLACING OF REINFORCED CONCRETE (EXCEPT SLABS ON GRADE). B. REINFORCING STEEL: PROVIDE INSPECTIONS FOR CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS PRIOR TO CLOSING OF FORMS OR THE DELIVERY OF CONCRETE TO THE JOB SITE. C. WELDING: PROVIDE PERIODIC INSPECTIONS OF ALL WELDING INCLUDING WELDING OF METAL ROOF DECK. INSPECTOR SHALL CHECK QUALIFICATIONS OF WELDERS AT START OF THE WORK AND MAKE FINAL INSPECTION OF ALL WELDS FOR COMPLIANCE PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF WELDING. INSPECTION IS NOT REQUIRED FOR WELDING DONE IN AN APPROVED FABRICATOR'S SHOP. D. HIGH STRENGTH BOLTING: PROVIDE INSPECTIONS PER UBC STANDARD 27 -7 FOR BOLTS CONSIDERED AS NOT BEING SLIP CRITICAL NOR SUB,,ECT TO DIRECT TENSION. E. SPECIAL GRADING, EXCAVATION AND FILLING: PROVIDE INSPECTIONS TO SATISFY REQUIREMENTS OF CHAPTER 29 AND CHAPTER 70 (APPENDIX) OF THE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE DURING EARTHWORK EXCAVATIONS, GRADING AND FILLING OPERATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR WILL EMPLOY THE SERVICES OF ONE OR MORE SPECIAL INSPECTORS ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER TO PROVIDE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION COMPLYING TO SECTION 306 OF THE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE FOR THE FOLLOWING: A. STRUCTURAL MASONRY: PROVIDE PERIODIC INSPECTIONS DURING PLACING OF MASONRY UNITS, PLACEMENT OF REINFORCING, INSPECTION OF GROUT SPACE, IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO CLOSING OF CLEANOUTS, AND DURING GROUTING OPERATIONS. SAMPLE AND TEST MASONRY UNITS FOR COMPRESSION STRENGTH IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C140, ONE SAMPLE FOR EACH 5000 SQUARE FEET OF WALL AREA. SAMPLE AND TEST GROUT FOR COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C1019, ONE SAMPLE FOR EACH 5000 SQUARE FEET OF WALL AREA. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL BE A QUALIFIED PERSON WHO SHALL DEMONSTRATE HIS COMPETENCE, TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE BUILDING OFFICIAL FOR INSPECTION OF THE PARTICULAR TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION OR OPERATION REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR: A. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL OBSERVE THE WORK ASSIGNED FOR CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED DESIGN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. B. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL FURNISH INSPECTION REPORTS TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL, THE PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD, AND THE CONTRACTOR. ALL DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR CORRECTION, THEN, IF UNCORRECTED, TO THE f ROPER DESIGN AUTHORITY AND TO THE BUILDING OFFICAL. C. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL SUBMIT A FINAL SIGNED REPORT STATING WHETHER THE WORK REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION WAS, TO THE BEST OF THE INSPECTOR'S KNOWLEDGE, IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND THE APPLICABLE WORKMANSHIP PROVISIONS OF THE CODE. WHERE SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS DUPLICATE THE REQUIREMENTS OF SPECIFIED QUALITY ASSURANCE TESTING, DUPLICATE INSPECTIONS SH "LL NOT BE REQUIRED. n CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED VAR 22 199: AS D P!_1,! DING DIVISION PLAN REVIEW FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING ORDINANCES ONLY STPUCT;!PAL PER UNIFORM i,UILDING CODE ❑ NON-STRUCTURAL PER UNIFORM BUILDING CODE El WASHITON STATE RECUTATION FOR BARRIER -FREE FACILITIES Q VASIU_TON STATE F_NERGY CODE SUBJECT TO IVERPRETATIONS OF THE GOVERNING AUTHORITY, ERRORS, ()MISSIONS AND INCONSISTENCIES. DATE IN 2 (A•92- DATE OUT 3' 2 BY: t.. -V-- MAHAN & DESALVO, INC. ......_ STEEL LINTEL SCHEDULE CLEAR SPAN 12" BLOCK OR 8" BLOCK + 4" BRICK 8" BLOCK 6' -4" OR LESS (3) L3 1/2X3 1/2X1/4 (2) L3 1/2X3 1/2X1/4 OVER 6' -4" TO 10' -4" W8X10 W/ 11X1/4 PLATE W8X10 W/ 7X1/4 PLATE OVER 10' -4" TO 12' -•4" W8X13 W/ 11X1/4 PLATE W8X10 W/ 7X1/4 PLATE OVER 12' -4" TO 14' -4" W8X21 W/ 11X1/4 PLATE W8X13 W/ 7X1/4 PLATE SIDEWALK LINTEL NOTES: 1. LINTEL SIZES SHOWN ARE DESIGNED TO SUPPORT MASONRY WALL ONLY ASSUMING ARCHING ACTION (AT 45 DEGREES) WITHOUT SUPERIMPOSED FLOOR OR ROOF LOADS. 2. LINTELS SHALL BE SHORED DURING CONSTRUCTION UNTIL THE MASONRY HAS AT1AINED SUFFICIENT STRENGTH TO CARRY ITS OWN WEIGHT (24 HOURS MINIMUM). 3. LINTEL SIZES SHOWN APPLY WHERE LINTEL SIZES ARE NOT OTHERWISE SHC.VN ON THE DRAWINGS. 4. WHERE W8 BEAMS WITH PLATES ARE USED, PLATE SHALL BE CENTERED ON BEAM AND SHALL EXTEND FULL LaNGTH OF BEAM. WELD PLATE TO BEAM WITH 3/16" FILLET WELDS 1 1/2" LONG SPACED AT 12" O.C. EACH SIDE. 5. SEE "TYPICAL LINTEL BEARING" DETAIL (SHEET S3) FOR END BEARING, WALL ANCHORS AND SEISMIC REINFORCING. 5. NOTE THE NEW OPENINGS IN THE EXISTING WALLS FOR DOORS 27 AND 28 LOCATED IN THE SOUTHEAST AND NORTHWEST CORNERS OF THE BUILDING. 00 rN) O ROOF PLAN NOTES: 1. SEE SHEET S1 FOR GENERAL NOTES. 2. SEE SHEET S2 FOR TYPICAL DETAILS. 3. TOP OF STEEL (T.O.S.) EQUALS TOP OF STEEL JOIST /UNDERSIDE OF METAL DECK. BEAMS AND JOIST GIRDERS REFERENCED +/- FROM TOP OF STEEL. 4. METAL ROOF DECK SHALL BE 20 GAGE, 36" WIDE, 1 1/2" DEEP, WIDE RIB ROOF DECK AND SHALL BE CONNECTED TO FRAMING MEMBERS AS FOLLOWS: (DIAPHRAGM SHEAR = 292 PLF) A. TO ALL TRANSVERSE SUPPORTS, 5/8" DIA. PUDDLE WELDS, 4 PER SHEET. (36/4 PATTEN) B. SIDE SEAMS #10 SCREWS (BUILDEX), 4 PER SPAN. 5. STEEL JOISTS IDENTIFIED ON PLAN AS "SP" SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR THE UNIFORM LOAD CAPACITY (AS SPECIFIED IN THE SJI STANDARD LOAD TABLES) IN ADDITION TO THE CONCENTRATED LOADS SHOWN ON THE PLAN. STEEL JOIST GIRDERS IDENTIFIED ON PLAN AS "SP" SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR THE UNIFORM PANEL POINT LOADS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS IN ADDITION TO THE CONCENTRATED LOADS SHOWN ON PLAN. ALL ITEMS SUCH AS MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCT WORK, PIPES, CEILINGS, FIXTURES, ETC. THAT ARE TO BE SUPPORTED OR HUNG FROM THE STEEL JOIST SHALL BE FRAMED WITH AUXILIARY FRAMING TO THE PANEL POINTS OF THE JOIST (SEE TYPICAL JOIST STRUT DETAIL). METHODS OF FRAMING THAT INDUCE BENDING TO THE JOIST CHORD OR WEB MEMBERS VALL NOT BE PERMITTED. COORDINATE BRIDGING LOCATIONS SO AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH ANY MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. 6. STEEL JOIST CAMBER SHALL BE PROVIDED AND SHALL CONFORM TO SECTION 4.7 OF THE SJI SPECIFICATIONS. STEEL JOIST GIRDER CAMBER SHALL CONFORM TO THE SJI SPECIFICATIONS. 7. APPROXIMATE CORNER WEIGHTS OF ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT ARE SHOWN ON PLAN. VERIFY ALL LOADS, LOCATIONS, CURB SIZES AND OPENING SIZES WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO FABRICATION. ADJUST SPACING OF STEEL JOISTS AS REQUIRED FOR MECHANICAL OPENINGS. SEE TYPICAL RTU SUPPORT DETAIL FOR FRAMING. ROOF DEAD LOADS BUILT -UP ROOF W /CRA.VEL INSULATION METAL DECK JOISTS MECH. /ELEC. / MISC. CEILING / DISPLAY TOTAL DEAD LOAD ROOF LIVE LOADS METAL DECK /JOISTS = 25 PSF JOIST GIRDERS /BEAMS /COLUMNS /FOOTINGS TRIBUTARY AREA 0 TO 200 SQ. FT. = 25 PSF TRIBUTARY AREA 201 TO 600 SQ. FT. = 25 PSF TRIBUTARY AREA OVER 600 SQ. FT. = 25 PSF UPLIFT DUE TO WIND NET UPLIFT JOISTS JOISTS GIRDERS MEZZ. DEAD LOADS 2.5" CONC. DECK DECK JOIST MECH. /ELEC. / MISC. CEILING / DISPLAY TOTAL DEAD LOAD MEZZ. LIVE LOADS = 6.0 = 2.0 = 2.0 = 3.0 = 4.0 = 4.0 PSF PSF PSF PSF PSF PSF = 21.0 PSF = 0 PSF = 0 PSF = 32.0 = 2.0 = 3.0 = 4.0 = 4.0 PSF PSF PSF PSF PSF = 45.0 PSF 100 PSF I FOUNDATION PLAN NOTES: 1. SEE SIIEET Si FOR GENERAL NOTES 2. SEE SHEET S3 FOR TYPICAL DETAILS 3. ALL ELEVATIONS BASED ON FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION OF 100' -0" FOR REFERENCE ONLY. SEE SITE PLAN FOR ACTUAL FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION. 4. TOP OF INTERIOR FOOTING AND TOP OF PILASTER ELEVATION = 99' -4" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PLAN 0 ip I 0 0 0 .0 EXIST. W14x22 If) NORTH MEZZ. FRAMING PLAN SCALE: 1/16"- 16' -3" 4 ' -1 1/2 "" 7' -4 1/2" NOTE: FIELD VERIFY REQUIRED OPENING FOR CHUTE AND STAIR. ADJUST AS NEEDED. MODIFY EXIST. 14" JOISTS SEE DET. 3 ON S3. I [1"f 11 TJ111 150// 0 EA. CORNER OF RT1J. REFER TO ROOF PLAN, AND NOTE 7 ON THIS SHEET. EXIST. W14x22 SEE DET. 12 ON S3 FOR FIELD CONNECTION N �� OF EXIST. W12x16 TO EXIST. BEAMS MODIFY EXIST. 8" JOISTS A . ��I♦ . . :.r�.r.v. ---fir..- ..�,...., �,�,. «. .^.- '.'..'."1. XIST. W12x16 TO BE MOVED 4' -0 " +- SOUTH W10x12 FROM EXISTING LOCATION. T.O.B. ELEV. -3" TO ALLOW I it OR 3" JOIST SEAT. 6 EVICT W14 SEE DET. 11 ON S3 FOR FIELD CONNECTIO1 r 9'- 5 1 /2" 6' -9 1/2" OF NEW WS Ox12 TO EXIST. BEAMS SEE DET. 11 ON S3 FOR FIELD CONNECTION OF NEW W10x22 TO EXIST. BEAMS EXIST. W16x31 T.O.B. ELEV. -3" TO ALLOW FOR 3" JOIST SEAT, W8x18 W/ CONT. 1/4 "x11" PL. (2) 3/4" DIA. ANCHORS EA. END 0 BEARING. --. POCKET EXIST. WALL TO ACCOMMODATE NEW LINTEL. GROUT MIN. TWO COURSES BELOW F3RNG. �1 I I III III 17 (4) #4 DOWELS. GROUT INTO EXIST. FOOTING. NOTE: SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR LOCATION OF NEW AND EXISTING MASONRY WALLS. PLAN 12' -11 5/8" EXIST. CONT. 12 "x1' -8" FOOTING. TOF= 97'0 "(VERIFY) EXIST. 12" FNDN. WALL. TOW =99' -4" 16' -3" 1111111 ijIIIII[IIIIIII 111'111 61 No.18 °'*:° '"� "" PLAN NORTH SEE DET. 12 ON S3 FOR FIELD CONNECTION OF EXIST. W12x16 TO EXIST. BEAMS T.O.B. ELEV. -3" TO ALLOW FOR 3" JOIST SEATS. a PLAN . EXIST. W8x17 COL. SEE DET. 10 EXIST. C12x20.7 SCALE: 1/1 r= I CX ST. W24x55 EXIST. W24x84 G BEAM TYQ. LJNE 4 8 EQ. SPACES 4)7' -10 3/16" = 62' -9 1/4" FOUNDATION PLAN SCALE: 1/16"= I- x w EXIST. W12x16 TO Br MOVED 3' -1 " += WEST FROM EXISTING LOCATION. 0 W12x16 . SCALE: 1/16"=1 0" 9' -5 1/2" 12' -11 5/8" NORTH ROOF FRAMING PLAN r EXIST. W24x62 MODIFY EXIST. 14" JOISTS SEE DET. 3 ON S3. NOTE: FIELD VERIFY REQUIRED OPENING FOR CHUTE AND STAIR. ADJUST AS NEEDED. Drawing References Drawings Location GENERAL NOTES S2 rRAMING / FOUNDATION PLAN S3 FRAMINC / FOUNDATION DETAILS F 1 : P1. 1,NNIIe(K', \'( I N I I RING. NG. 1-N l 1. I: GEOFFREY 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS TELEPHONE (610) 235-6000 MICHIGAN .49503 FAX (616) 235 -6132 Drawing Title Notional Office 461 From Road Paramus, NJ 07652 (201) 599 -7800 This drawing is the Exclusive Property of TOYS "R" US. The information shown may not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS "R" US. TUKWILA, WA. Scale AS NOTED Date 01 -31-92 SEE DET. 11 ON S3 FOR FIELD CONNECTION OF NEW W10x12 TO EXIST. BEAMS 1 0 REINF. EXIST. W18x40. SEE DET. 9 ON S3. (4) /14 DOWELS. GROUT INTO EXIST. FOOTING. -NEW TS 4x4x1/4 COL. W/ 3/4 "x10 "x10" B.P. NEW 3'- 0 "x3' -O "x12" FTNG. W/ (3) #5's EA. WAY SEE DET. 4 ON A3 . - NEW 811 STEEL JOISTS NEW 2.5" CONC. SLAB ON .5" METAL DECK. REINFORCE WITH 6x6- W1.4x1.4 WIRE MESH. NORTH MEZZ. FRAMING PLAN EXIST. C12x20.7. 0 0 n 0 1 in N EXIST. W12x16 EXIST. W12x16 EXIST. W12x16 W10x12 W10x12 W10,<12 WIOx1 ON S3. WIOxi2 C12x20.7 EXIST. C12x20.7 W10x12 EXIST. C12x20.7 TOS = 123'0" TOS = 123'4" CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED MAR 2 1992 9I,!! DING DIVISION FARfINIE Maa 2 0 1992 MAHA & DFSAI yn)IN r No 2 Sheet no. Revisions Dote [ Description 3/10/92 j ADDENDUM D 3/19/92 I ADDENDUM E ISSUED FOR BIDS: ISSUED FOR PERMITS: 01- 31--92 02- -12 -92 CADD NAME: TP91S05 PROJECT NO.: 262991 DRAWN BY: BTH CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1991 REV. 3.91 S 2 ARJ 23' -5" SLASCkEULE LOCATION THICKNESS & RENE. SUBBASE SLAB ON GRADE 4" CONC. SLAB O GRADE 6 MIL VAPOR BARRIER & 4" GRAVEL SUBBASE REIN:. W /6X6- W1.4XW1.4 W.W.F. MEZZ. SLA 2 1/2' CONC. SLAB W/ (1) LAYER 6X6 -W1.4 X 1.4 W.W.F. s , SIDEWALK 4" CONC. SLAB ON GRADE REINF. W/6X6 -W1,4 X W1.4 W.W.F. 4" GRAVEL 00 rN) O ROOF PLAN NOTES: 1. SEE SHEET S1 FOR GENERAL NOTES. 2. SEE SHEET S2 FOR TYPICAL DETAILS. 3. TOP OF STEEL (T.O.S.) EQUALS TOP OF STEEL JOIST /UNDERSIDE OF METAL DECK. BEAMS AND JOIST GIRDERS REFERENCED +/- FROM TOP OF STEEL. 4. METAL ROOF DECK SHALL BE 20 GAGE, 36" WIDE, 1 1/2" DEEP, WIDE RIB ROOF DECK AND SHALL BE CONNECTED TO FRAMING MEMBERS AS FOLLOWS: (DIAPHRAGM SHEAR = 292 PLF) A. TO ALL TRANSVERSE SUPPORTS, 5/8" DIA. PUDDLE WELDS, 4 PER SHEET. (36/4 PATTEN) B. SIDE SEAMS #10 SCREWS (BUILDEX), 4 PER SPAN. 5. STEEL JOISTS IDENTIFIED ON PLAN AS "SP" SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR THE UNIFORM LOAD CAPACITY (AS SPECIFIED IN THE SJI STANDARD LOAD TABLES) IN ADDITION TO THE CONCENTRATED LOADS SHOWN ON THE PLAN. STEEL JOIST GIRDERS IDENTIFIED ON PLAN AS "SP" SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR THE UNIFORM PANEL POINT LOADS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS IN ADDITION TO THE CONCENTRATED LOADS SHOWN ON PLAN. ALL ITEMS SUCH AS MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCT WORK, PIPES, CEILINGS, FIXTURES, ETC. THAT ARE TO BE SUPPORTED OR HUNG FROM THE STEEL JOIST SHALL BE FRAMED WITH AUXILIARY FRAMING TO THE PANEL POINTS OF THE JOIST (SEE TYPICAL JOIST STRUT DETAIL). METHODS OF FRAMING THAT INDUCE BENDING TO THE JOIST CHORD OR WEB MEMBERS VALL NOT BE PERMITTED. COORDINATE BRIDGING LOCATIONS SO AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH ANY MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. 6. STEEL JOIST CAMBER SHALL BE PROVIDED AND SHALL CONFORM TO SECTION 4.7 OF THE SJI SPECIFICATIONS. STEEL JOIST GIRDER CAMBER SHALL CONFORM TO THE SJI SPECIFICATIONS. 7. APPROXIMATE CORNER WEIGHTS OF ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT ARE SHOWN ON PLAN. VERIFY ALL LOADS, LOCATIONS, CURB SIZES AND OPENING SIZES WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO FABRICATION. ADJUST SPACING OF STEEL JOISTS AS REQUIRED FOR MECHANICAL OPENINGS. SEE TYPICAL RTU SUPPORT DETAIL FOR FRAMING. ROOF DEAD LOADS BUILT -UP ROOF W /CRA.VEL INSULATION METAL DECK JOISTS MECH. /ELEC. / MISC. CEILING / DISPLAY TOTAL DEAD LOAD ROOF LIVE LOADS METAL DECK /JOISTS = 25 PSF JOIST GIRDERS /BEAMS /COLUMNS /FOOTINGS TRIBUTARY AREA 0 TO 200 SQ. FT. = 25 PSF TRIBUTARY AREA 201 TO 600 SQ. FT. = 25 PSF TRIBUTARY AREA OVER 600 SQ. FT. = 25 PSF UPLIFT DUE TO WIND NET UPLIFT JOISTS JOISTS GIRDERS MEZZ. DEAD LOADS 2.5" CONC. DECK DECK JOIST MECH. /ELEC. / MISC. CEILING / DISPLAY TOTAL DEAD LOAD MEZZ. LIVE LOADS = 6.0 = 2.0 = 2.0 = 3.0 = 4.0 = 4.0 PSF PSF PSF PSF PSF PSF = 21.0 PSF = 0 PSF = 0 PSF = 32.0 = 2.0 = 3.0 = 4.0 = 4.0 PSF PSF PSF PSF PSF = 45.0 PSF 100 PSF I FOUNDATION PLAN NOTES: 1. SEE SIIEET Si FOR GENERAL NOTES 2. SEE SHEET S3 FOR TYPICAL DETAILS 3. ALL ELEVATIONS BASED ON FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION OF 100' -0" FOR REFERENCE ONLY. SEE SITE PLAN FOR ACTUAL FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION. 4. TOP OF INTERIOR FOOTING AND TOP OF PILASTER ELEVATION = 99' -4" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PLAN 0 ip I 0 0 0 .0 EXIST. W14x22 If) NORTH MEZZ. FRAMING PLAN SCALE: 1/16"- 16' -3" 4 ' -1 1/2 "" 7' -4 1/2" NOTE: FIELD VERIFY REQUIRED OPENING FOR CHUTE AND STAIR. ADJUST AS NEEDED. MODIFY EXIST. 14" JOISTS SEE DET. 3 ON S3. I [1"f 11 TJ111 150// 0 EA. CORNER OF RT1J. REFER TO ROOF PLAN, AND NOTE 7 ON THIS SHEET. EXIST. W14x22 SEE DET. 12 ON S3 FOR FIELD CONNECTION N �� OF EXIST. W12x16 TO EXIST. BEAMS MODIFY EXIST. 8" JOISTS A . ��I♦ . . :.r�.r.v. ---fir..- ..�,...., �,�,. «. .^.- '.'..'."1. XIST. W12x16 TO BE MOVED 4' -0 " +- SOUTH W10x12 FROM EXISTING LOCATION. T.O.B. ELEV. -3" TO ALLOW I it OR 3" JOIST SEAT. 6 EVICT W14 SEE DET. 11 ON S3 FOR FIELD CONNECTIO1 r 9'- 5 1 /2" 6' -9 1/2" OF NEW WS Ox12 TO EXIST. BEAMS SEE DET. 11 ON S3 FOR FIELD CONNECTION OF NEW W10x22 TO EXIST. BEAMS EXIST. W16x31 T.O.B. ELEV. -3" TO ALLOW FOR 3" JOIST SEAT, W8x18 W/ CONT. 1/4 "x11" PL. (2) 3/4" DIA. ANCHORS EA. END 0 BEARING. --. POCKET EXIST. WALL TO ACCOMMODATE NEW LINTEL. GROUT MIN. TWO COURSES BELOW F3RNG. �1 I I III III 17 (4) #4 DOWELS. GROUT INTO EXIST. FOOTING. NOTE: SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR LOCATION OF NEW AND EXISTING MASONRY WALLS. PLAN 12' -11 5/8" EXIST. CONT. 12 "x1' -8" FOOTING. TOF= 97'0 "(VERIFY) EXIST. 12" FNDN. WALL. TOW =99' -4" 16' -3" 1111111 ijIIIII[IIIIIII 111'111 61 No.18 °'*:° '"� "" PLAN NORTH SEE DET. 12 ON S3 FOR FIELD CONNECTION OF EXIST. W12x16 TO EXIST. BEAMS T.O.B. ELEV. -3" TO ALLOW FOR 3" JOIST SEATS. a PLAN . EXIST. W8x17 COL. SEE DET. 10 EXIST. C12x20.7 SCALE: 1/1 r= I CX ST. W24x55 EXIST. W24x84 G BEAM TYQ. LJNE 4 8 EQ. SPACES 4)7' -10 3/16" = 62' -9 1/4" FOUNDATION PLAN SCALE: 1/16"= I- x w EXIST. W12x16 TO Br MOVED 3' -1 " += WEST FROM EXISTING LOCATION. 0 W12x16 . SCALE: 1/16"=1 0" 9' -5 1/2" 12' -11 5/8" NORTH ROOF FRAMING PLAN r EXIST. W24x62 MODIFY EXIST. 14" JOISTS SEE DET. 3 ON S3. NOTE: FIELD VERIFY REQUIRED OPENING FOR CHUTE AND STAIR. ADJUST AS NEEDED. Drawing References Drawings Location GENERAL NOTES S2 rRAMING / FOUNDATION PLAN S3 FRAMINC / FOUNDATION DETAILS F 1 : P1. 1,NNIIe(K', \'( I N I I RING. NG. 1-N l 1. I: GEOFFREY 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS TELEPHONE (610) 235-6000 MICHIGAN .49503 FAX (616) 235 -6132 Drawing Title Notional Office 461 From Road Paramus, NJ 07652 (201) 599 -7800 This drawing is the Exclusive Property of TOYS "R" US. The information shown may not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS "R" US. TUKWILA, WA. Scale AS NOTED Date 01 -31-92 SEE DET. 11 ON S3 FOR FIELD CONNECTION OF NEW W10x12 TO EXIST. BEAMS 1 0 REINF. EXIST. W18x40. SEE DET. 9 ON S3. (4) /14 DOWELS. GROUT INTO EXIST. FOOTING. -NEW TS 4x4x1/4 COL. W/ 3/4 "x10 "x10" B.P. NEW 3'- 0 "x3' -O "x12" FTNG. W/ (3) #5's EA. WAY SEE DET. 4 ON A3 . - NEW 811 STEEL JOISTS NEW 2.5" CONC. SLAB ON .5" METAL DECK. REINFORCE WITH 6x6- W1.4x1.4 WIRE MESH. NORTH MEZZ. FRAMING PLAN EXIST. C12x20.7. 0 0 n 0 1 in N EXIST. W12x16 EXIST. W12x16 EXIST. W12x16 W10x12 W10x12 W10,<12 WIOx1 ON S3. WIOxi2 C12x20.7 EXIST. C12x20.7 W10x12 EXIST. C12x20.7 TOS = 123'0" TOS = 123'4" CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED MAR 2 1992 9I,!! DING DIVISION FARfINIE Maa 2 0 1992 MAHA & DFSAI yn)IN r No 2 Sheet no. Revisions Dote [ Description 3/10/92 j ADDENDUM D 3/19/92 I ADDENDUM E ISSUED FOR BIDS: ISSUED FOR PERMITS: 01- 31--92 02- -12 -92 CADD NAME: TP91S05 PROJECT NO.: 262991 DRAWN BY: BTH CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1991 REV. 3.91 S 2 ARJ 23' -5" 23' -5" f 23' -5" 23' -5" 23' -5" - - -,,--. ---�- ,.,.. 00 rN) O ROOF PLAN NOTES: 1. SEE SHEET S1 FOR GENERAL NOTES. 2. SEE SHEET S2 FOR TYPICAL DETAILS. 3. TOP OF STEEL (T.O.S.) EQUALS TOP OF STEEL JOIST /UNDERSIDE OF METAL DECK. BEAMS AND JOIST GIRDERS REFERENCED +/- FROM TOP OF STEEL. 4. METAL ROOF DECK SHALL BE 20 GAGE, 36" WIDE, 1 1/2" DEEP, WIDE RIB ROOF DECK AND SHALL BE CONNECTED TO FRAMING MEMBERS AS FOLLOWS: (DIAPHRAGM SHEAR = 292 PLF) A. TO ALL TRANSVERSE SUPPORTS, 5/8" DIA. PUDDLE WELDS, 4 PER SHEET. (36/4 PATTEN) B. SIDE SEAMS #10 SCREWS (BUILDEX), 4 PER SPAN. 5. STEEL JOISTS IDENTIFIED ON PLAN AS "SP" SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR THE UNIFORM LOAD CAPACITY (AS SPECIFIED IN THE SJI STANDARD LOAD TABLES) IN ADDITION TO THE CONCENTRATED LOADS SHOWN ON THE PLAN. STEEL JOIST GIRDERS IDENTIFIED ON PLAN AS "SP" SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR THE UNIFORM PANEL POINT LOADS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS IN ADDITION TO THE CONCENTRATED LOADS SHOWN ON PLAN. ALL ITEMS SUCH AS MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCT WORK, PIPES, CEILINGS, FIXTURES, ETC. THAT ARE TO BE SUPPORTED OR HUNG FROM THE STEEL JOIST SHALL BE FRAMED WITH AUXILIARY FRAMING TO THE PANEL POINTS OF THE JOIST (SEE TYPICAL JOIST STRUT DETAIL). METHODS OF FRAMING THAT INDUCE BENDING TO THE JOIST CHORD OR WEB MEMBERS VALL NOT BE PERMITTED. COORDINATE BRIDGING LOCATIONS SO AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH ANY MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. 6. STEEL JOIST CAMBER SHALL BE PROVIDED AND SHALL CONFORM TO SECTION 4.7 OF THE SJI SPECIFICATIONS. STEEL JOIST GIRDER CAMBER SHALL CONFORM TO THE SJI SPECIFICATIONS. 7. APPROXIMATE CORNER WEIGHTS OF ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT ARE SHOWN ON PLAN. VERIFY ALL LOADS, LOCATIONS, CURB SIZES AND OPENING SIZES WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO FABRICATION. ADJUST SPACING OF STEEL JOISTS AS REQUIRED FOR MECHANICAL OPENINGS. SEE TYPICAL RTU SUPPORT DETAIL FOR FRAMING. ROOF DEAD LOADS BUILT -UP ROOF W /CRA.VEL INSULATION METAL DECK JOISTS MECH. /ELEC. / MISC. CEILING / DISPLAY TOTAL DEAD LOAD ROOF LIVE LOADS METAL DECK /JOISTS = 25 PSF JOIST GIRDERS /BEAMS /COLUMNS /FOOTINGS TRIBUTARY AREA 0 TO 200 SQ. FT. = 25 PSF TRIBUTARY AREA 201 TO 600 SQ. FT. = 25 PSF TRIBUTARY AREA OVER 600 SQ. FT. = 25 PSF UPLIFT DUE TO WIND NET UPLIFT JOISTS JOISTS GIRDERS MEZZ. DEAD LOADS 2.5" CONC. DECK DECK JOIST MECH. /ELEC. / MISC. CEILING / DISPLAY TOTAL DEAD LOAD MEZZ. LIVE LOADS = 6.0 = 2.0 = 2.0 = 3.0 = 4.0 = 4.0 PSF PSF PSF PSF PSF PSF = 21.0 PSF = 0 PSF = 0 PSF = 32.0 = 2.0 = 3.0 = 4.0 = 4.0 PSF PSF PSF PSF PSF = 45.0 PSF 100 PSF I FOUNDATION PLAN NOTES: 1. SEE SIIEET Si FOR GENERAL NOTES 2. SEE SHEET S3 FOR TYPICAL DETAILS 3. ALL ELEVATIONS BASED ON FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION OF 100' -0" FOR REFERENCE ONLY. SEE SITE PLAN FOR ACTUAL FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION. 4. TOP OF INTERIOR FOOTING AND TOP OF PILASTER ELEVATION = 99' -4" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PLAN 0 ip I 0 0 0 .0 EXIST. W14x22 If) NORTH MEZZ. FRAMING PLAN SCALE: 1/16"- 16' -3" 4 ' -1 1/2 "" 7' -4 1/2" NOTE: FIELD VERIFY REQUIRED OPENING FOR CHUTE AND STAIR. ADJUST AS NEEDED. MODIFY EXIST. 14" JOISTS SEE DET. 3 ON S3. I [1"f 11 TJ111 150// 0 EA. CORNER OF RT1J. REFER TO ROOF PLAN, AND NOTE 7 ON THIS SHEET. EXIST. W14x22 SEE DET. 12 ON S3 FOR FIELD CONNECTION N �� OF EXIST. W12x16 TO EXIST. BEAMS MODIFY EXIST. 8" JOISTS A . ��I♦ . . :.r�.r.v. ---fir..- ..�,...., �,�,. «. .^.- '.'..'."1. XIST. W12x16 TO BE MOVED 4' -0 " +- SOUTH W10x12 FROM EXISTING LOCATION. T.O.B. ELEV. -3" TO ALLOW I it OR 3" JOIST SEAT. 6 EVICT W14 SEE DET. 11 ON S3 FOR FIELD CONNECTIO1 r 9'- 5 1 /2" 6' -9 1/2" OF NEW WS Ox12 TO EXIST. BEAMS SEE DET. 11 ON S3 FOR FIELD CONNECTION OF NEW W10x22 TO EXIST. BEAMS EXIST. W16x31 T.O.B. ELEV. -3" TO ALLOW FOR 3" JOIST SEAT, W8x18 W/ CONT. 1/4 "x11" PL. (2) 3/4" DIA. ANCHORS EA. END 0 BEARING. --. POCKET EXIST. WALL TO ACCOMMODATE NEW LINTEL. GROUT MIN. TWO COURSES BELOW F3RNG. �1 I I III III 17 (4) #4 DOWELS. GROUT INTO EXIST. FOOTING. NOTE: SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR LOCATION OF NEW AND EXISTING MASONRY WALLS. PLAN 12' -11 5/8" EXIST. CONT. 12 "x1' -8" FOOTING. TOF= 97'0 "(VERIFY) EXIST. 12" FNDN. WALL. TOW =99' -4" 16' -3" 1111111 ijIIIII[IIIIIII 111'111 61 No.18 °'*:° '"� "" PLAN NORTH SEE DET. 12 ON S3 FOR FIELD CONNECTION OF EXIST. W12x16 TO EXIST. BEAMS T.O.B. ELEV. -3" TO ALLOW FOR 3" JOIST SEATS. a PLAN . EXIST. W8x17 COL. SEE DET. 10 EXIST. C12x20.7 SCALE: 1/1 r= I CX ST. W24x55 EXIST. W24x84 G BEAM TYQ. LJNE 4 8 EQ. SPACES 4)7' -10 3/16" = 62' -9 1/4" FOUNDATION PLAN SCALE: 1/16"= I- x w EXIST. W12x16 TO Br MOVED 3' -1 " += WEST FROM EXISTING LOCATION. 0 W12x16 . SCALE: 1/16"=1 0" 9' -5 1/2" 12' -11 5/8" NORTH ROOF FRAMING PLAN r EXIST. W24x62 MODIFY EXIST. 14" JOISTS SEE DET. 3 ON S3. NOTE: FIELD VERIFY REQUIRED OPENING FOR CHUTE AND STAIR. ADJUST AS NEEDED. Drawing References Drawings Location GENERAL NOTES S2 rRAMING / FOUNDATION PLAN S3 FRAMINC / FOUNDATION DETAILS F 1 : P1. 1,NNIIe(K', \'( I N I I RING. NG. 1-N l 1. I: GEOFFREY 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS TELEPHONE (610) 235-6000 MICHIGAN .49503 FAX (616) 235 -6132 Drawing Title Notional Office 461 From Road Paramus, NJ 07652 (201) 599 -7800 This drawing is the Exclusive Property of TOYS "R" US. The information shown may not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS "R" US. TUKWILA, WA. Scale AS NOTED Date 01 -31-92 SEE DET. 11 ON S3 FOR FIELD CONNECTION OF NEW W10x12 TO EXIST. BEAMS 1 0 REINF. EXIST. W18x40. SEE DET. 9 ON S3. (4) /14 DOWELS. GROUT INTO EXIST. FOOTING. -NEW TS 4x4x1/4 COL. W/ 3/4 "x10 "x10" B.P. NEW 3'- 0 "x3' -O "x12" FTNG. W/ (3) #5's EA. WAY SEE DET. 4 ON A3 . - NEW 811 STEEL JOISTS NEW 2.5" CONC. SLAB ON .5" METAL DECK. REINFORCE WITH 6x6- W1.4x1.4 WIRE MESH. NORTH MEZZ. FRAMING PLAN EXIST. C12x20.7. 0 0 n 0 1 in N EXIST. W12x16 EXIST. W12x16 EXIST. W12x16 W10x12 W10x12 W10,<12 WIOx1 ON S3. WIOxi2 C12x20.7 EXIST. C12x20.7 W10x12 EXIST. C12x20.7 TOS = 123'0" TOS = 123'4" CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED MAR 2 1992 9I,!! DING DIVISION FARfINIE Maa 2 0 1992 MAHA & DFSAI yn)IN r No 2 Sheet no. Revisions Dote [ Description 3/10/92 j ADDENDUM D 3/19/92 I ADDENDUM E ISSUED FOR BIDS: ISSUED FOR PERMITS: 01- 31--92 02- -12 -92 CADD NAME: TP91S05 PROJECT NO.: 262991 DRAWN BY: BTH CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1991 REV. 3.91 S 2 ARJ N 10 O 0 w o \ SAW CUT OR "T" SHAPED PLASTIC CONTROL JOINTS (AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION) SLAB ON GRADE W.W.F. !•"w ' • -••• •Vi •••: • • .••: 0 • . •'::• - N : • • • i�: •_p••.• ex c> .o- oho o o NOTE; SAW CUT SLAB WITHIN 12 HOURS AFTER SLAB HAS BEEN PLACED. CONTROL JOINT SLAB ON GRADE W.W.F. � •;.•••• � •;:" O +•: • • 1•••1 : ∎:4• :'0•• SLAB JOINT DETAILS .70 #5 0 32" O.C. 1/2" PREMOLDED FILLER SIDEWALK -SEE SLAB SCHEDULE 12"x16" CONC. PILASTER — REINF. W/ (4) #6 VERT. DWLS. & #3 TIES 0 12" O.C. NOTE: OMIT PILASTER if TOP OF FTC. ELEV. = 99' -4" I- 3/16 1: 4 SLOPE T /10 (3/4' mINIMUM1) CONSTRUCTION JOINT 3/16V A - A L4x4x1/4x6" LONG tifEA 1 11Or IRWIN i'I iIL — EL. 103' -4" I I • BOND BEAM W/ (1) #6 CONT. al viz BETWEEN COLUMNS "AUNT d qn / CONCRETE CURBS SEE DWG. C -3 1 h = 11=JI' *se :ASE PLATE 0 SEE TYP. BASE SETTING 3' -0" 2" #5 ® 40" O.C. VERT, HORIZ. JOINT REINF. 0 16" 0.C. SLAB ON GRADE -SEE - SLAB SCHEDULE -EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL. SEE DETAIL 5 ON SHEET C3. 3/16 T.S. COLUMN SEE PLAN BEAM OR JOIST SLAB ON GRADE - SEE SLAB SCHEDULE #4 DWLS. TO MATCH VERT. ALTERNATE HKS. (4) #4 CONT. #4 18" 0 BEAM OR JOIST L4x4x1/4 UNDER RTU CURB (OMIT WHEN CUR IS WITHIN 6" OF JOIST) T.O.M. AT ELEV. 129' -4" 12" CONCRETE BLOCK TOP OF STEEL -SEE PLAN ELEV. 113' -4" BOND BEAM W/ (1) #6 CONT. BETWEEN COLUMNS 8" CONC. BLOCK WALL HORIZ. JOINT REINF. AT 15" 0.C. W8X18 BEAM W/ PLATE 7 X 1/4" 3 3 6 6 FINISH FLOOR BOTTOM OF BASE PLATE BOT. W8 ELEV. = 109' -4" 1 1 2 0 12 1/4 V TOP OF FOOTING OR PILASTER--; • - b' SEE PLAN HORIZONTAL JT. REINFORCING AT 16" O.C. 0 32" C.C. (CENTERED IN THE 12" CMU) GROUT TI1IS COURSE SOLID 0 EACH ANCHOR BOLT BOND BEAM W/ (1) #6 CONT. L4x4x1/4 UNDER RTU CURB (TYP.) PROVIDE JOIST STRUT AS REVD. - SEE TYP. JOIST LOAD STRUT DETAIL 2 0 12 SECTIO\ SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" OUTLINE OF RTU CURB L3x3x1/4 AS REQ'D. TO FRAME OPENINGS BEAM OR JOIST COLUMN • ANCHOR BOLTS - SEE TYPICAL BASE PLATE DETAIL . c . TYPICAL COLUMN BASE 1' -0" MAX. TYPICAL RTU SUPPORT 7 7/8' / 6 1/2" BOND BEAMS W/ (1) #6 x CONT. I 0 4' -0" MAX. VERT. SPACING. L 5x3x1/4 (LLV) x CONT. ( USE FULL. PENETRATION WELD ® FIELD SPLICES ) W/ 3/4"0 A.B.'S @ 4' -0" 0.C. IN VERT. LONG SLOTTED HOLES. WELD DECK TO ANGLE 3/16 171 1/2 0 12 SEAM BEYOND - BOND BEAM W/ (1) #6 CONT. BETWEEN COLUMNS #6 0 32" O.C. (CENTERED IN THE 8" CMU.) LAP 48 BAR DIAMETERS INTO 12" BLOCK #5 0 24" O.C. W/ 3" HOOK WELD TO TOP OF W8. LAP 48 BAR DIAMETERS BASE PLATE 1/4" LEVELING PLATE (OPTIONAL) GROUT MASONRY WALL # U- SHAPED TIE AROUND ANCHOR 15" BOLTS IN MORTAR JOINT. ... NOTE: T.S. COLUMN CONT. TO TOP OF STEEL NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. SEE PLAN. �.J (1) #5 VERT. FULL - HEIGHT OF WALL (W/ #4 DWL. INTO FTG. TO MATCH) GROUT CELL SOLID TS 4X4X1/4" WITH 3/4 "X10 "X10" BRNG. PLATE W/ (4) 3/4" DIA. ANCH. BOLTS (SEE DETAIL 4 ON A3) (1) #5 CONT. OVER OPENING. EXTEND 24" PAST EA. SIDE OF OPENING. TYPICAL LINTEL BEARING 12" CONC. BLOCK HORIZ. JT. REINF - 0 16" O.C. SIDEWALK - SEE SLAB SCHEDULE u�y 0 0 z I • i; w w (4) #4 CONT. - 1 1/2" METAL DECK —W10 BEAM - SEE PLAN 0 1.1.1 0 0 W TYPICAL BASE PLATE DETAILS 1' -O" 3' -0" BOND BEAMS W/ (1) #6 x CONT. ® 4' -0" MAX. VERT. SPACING. 32" O.C. III 4 ANCHOR BOLT BASE PLATE 1 EQ. EQ. /2" TYP. 3/4" GROUT 8" BEARING • (2) 3/4" DIA. ANCHOR BOLTS W/ 4" HOOK. EMBEDDED 1' -4" INTO WALL BELOW (1) #5 VERT. (W/ #4 INTO FTG. TOM MATCH) INTO GROUT CELL SOLID # 0 32" O.C. VERT. E9 FULL HT. OF WALL BOND BEAM W/ (1) #6 x CONT. ® 48 "O.C. VERT. FULL HT. OF WALL SLAB ON GRADE - SEE SLAB SCHEDULE #4 DWLS. TO MATCH VERT. ALTERNATE HKS. #4 0 18" O.C. STEEL LINTEL SEE SCHEDULE EQ. 2L3x3x1/4 CLIPS, FIELD WELD TO EXIST. BEAM. EXISTING BEAM SEE PLAN 2 ANCHOR BOLT BASE PLATE LINTEL AT GRID LINE 5.2 ONLY — TS 5X5X:'/16" WITH EQ. 3 /4 "X7 "X11" BRNG. PLATE W/ (2) 3/4" DIA. ANCH. BOLTS /2" TYP. TS 5 x 5 COL. W10 BEAM - SEE PLAN EXIST. CHANNEL - SEE PLAN EXISTING JOIST 1 13/16 12" OR NEW 8" CMU. SEE ARCH. FOR LOCATION. l l f l T I T 1 111 1111114 1111111111115 Illlllllllllll�l 1 No. 18 •r! �.t" SECTION SCALE: 3/4 " =1' -0" NOTE: TOP FLANGE OF BMS. & PLATES NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. 2L3x3x1/4 CLIPS, FIELD WELD TO EXIST. BEAM. 2 " -6" 3/16 BEAM - SEE SECT. 7 ON SHEET S3 CONT. FOOTING II:'=�:u,'Ait":��:,yn.u. .". EXISTING JOIST i, .-( f e 1., EXISTING W18X40 CONT. - 1/2 "X8" PLATE SECTION N.T.S. BARS TO MATCH CONT. FOOTING REINF. CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED VAR 22 19'‘-'12 A, 91111 DING DIVISION CONT. 1/4 "X8" PLATE EXISTING W8X17 COLUMN DETAILS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET ARE APPLICABLE THROUGHOUT THE DESIGN DRAWINGS. THESE DETAILS ARE DEFINED AS GENERAL STANDARDS THAT ARE USUALLY NOT IDENTIFIED BY SPECIFIC REFERENCE WITHIN THE DRAWINGS. THESE DETAILS MAY BE MODIFIED OR SUPERCEEDED BY SPECIFIC DETAILS THAT ARE REFF:RENCED VI MIN THE DRAWINGS. TYPICAL STEPPED FOOTING DETAIL CUT LINE SHIM TOP CHORD W \\ (2)L1 1/2x1 1/ x >2. 3/16 x 4" LONG MIN. 2" OF WELD (2) L 1 1 /4X1 1/4X1/4" 1/8 EXIST. TOP CHORD R 2 "x1/2" (2) L 1 1 /2X1 1/2X3/16" 2 MIN. MIN. 2" OF WELD VARIES (FIELD VERIFY) 1/8 R 2 "x1/2` EXTEND TO PANEL POINT 1/8 11/2' 0 4 1/2 "0.C. 2 "H" MIN. L 3j MAC monarq 4 0" It Aralletiallke ENLARGED DETAIL N. T.S. TYPICAL EA. SIDE oJoisr MooiFicaTio\ ,. • COPE BEAM TO ACCOMODATE CONNECTION (2) 3/4" DIA. BOLTS -' W12X16 1/8 OR W8X15 /2 CONT. FOOTING 4' -0 "+- FOR 8" JOISTS, SEE PLAN (FIELD VERIFY) VARIES FOR 14" JOIST, SEE PLAN DASHED LINES REPRESENT PORTION OF JOIST TO BE REMOVED EXIST. TOP CHORD R 2"x1/2" (2)L3x3x1/4 x 6" LONG N : T,S 2 1/2" 0 EXISTING LOCATION - 3" 0 NEW LOCATION TYPICAL 1/8 1 1/2" 0 4 1/2 "0.. EA. SI N ENLARGED DETAIL N.T.S. EXIST. W14, W16, OR W21. SEE PLAN FIELD COPE BEAM AS REQ'D ,/ SECTIO\ �J 7. 11-1 . R.PRii V1 ---- -- ;.� ----'` �- C13 13 2 0 1992 (2)L3x3x1/4 x 10" LONG. REUSE EXISTING CLIPS WHERE POSSIBLE. \-- EXIST. W14, W16 OR W18 SEE PLAN INC. i Revisions No Dote Description 2 03 -10 -92 ISSUED FOR ADDENDUM "D" 3 03 -19 -92 ISSUED FCR ADDENDUM "E" 6 111111111 $ IIIIIIIII L IIIIIIIII 9 IIIIIIIII y I�IIIi111 IE IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIi ---- 7- w IIIIIIIII Drawing References No Drawings S1 GENERAL NOTES S2 FRAMING \ FOUNDATION PLAN ISSUED FOR BIDS: 01 -31 -92 • ISSUED FOR PERMITS: 02 -12 -92 CADD NAME: TP91S02 PROJECT NO.: 262991 DRAWN BY: BTH CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1991 REV. 3.91 p I e III; 1i� IN 11 Iai fit: ;_ 50 MONROE PLACE RAPIDS GRAND 35-6000 M CHIGAN49 03 TELEPHONE FAX ( (61 6 6) 2 235 6132 a :w• gOV'h P c .: T : 4 1 1 '' 0 • ���■� 0 v 4 as voys National Office 461 From Road Paramus, NJ 07652 (201) 599 -7800 GEOFFREY This drawing is the Exclusive Property of TOYS "R" US. The information shown may not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS "R" US. I Location TUKWILA, WA. Drawing Title TYPICAL DETAILS Scale AS NOTED Dote 01 -31 -92 J Sheet no. AR .....)3 N 10 O 0 w o \ SAW CUT OR "T" SHAPED PLASTIC CONTROL JOINTS (AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION) SLAB ON GRADE W.W.F. !•"w ' • -••• •Vi •••: • • .••: 0 • . •'::• - N : • • • i�: •_p••.• ex c> .o- oho o o NOTE; SAW CUT SLAB WITHIN 12 HOURS AFTER SLAB HAS BEEN PLACED. CONTROL JOINT SLAB ON GRADE W.W.F. � •;.•••• � •;:" O +•: • • 1•••1 : ∎:4• :'0•• SLAB JOINT DETAILS .70 #5 0 32" O.C. 1/2" PREMOLDED FILLER SIDEWALK -SEE SLAB SCHEDULE 12"x16" CONC. PILASTER — REINF. W/ (4) #6 VERT. DWLS. & #3 TIES 0 12" O.C. NOTE: OMIT PILASTER if TOP OF FTC. ELEV. = 99' -4" I- 3/16 1: 4 SLOPE T /10 (3/4' mINIMUM1) CONSTRUCTION JOINT 3/16V A - A L4x4x1/4x6" LONG tifEA 1 11Or IRWIN i'I iIL — EL. 103' -4" I I • BOND BEAM W/ (1) #6 CONT. al viz BETWEEN COLUMNS "AUNT d qn / CONCRETE CURBS SEE DWG. C -3 1 h = 11=JI' *se :ASE PLATE 0 SEE TYP. BASE SETTING 3' -0" 2" #5 ® 40" O.C. VERT, HORIZ. JOINT REINF. 0 16" 0.C. SLAB ON GRADE -SEE - SLAB SCHEDULE -EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL. SEE DETAIL 5 ON SHEET C3. 3/16 T.S. COLUMN SEE PLAN BEAM OR JOIST SLAB ON GRADE - SEE SLAB SCHEDULE #4 DWLS. TO MATCH VERT. ALTERNATE HKS. (4) #4 CONT. #4 18" 0 BEAM OR JOIST L4x4x1/4 UNDER RTU CURB (OMIT WHEN CUR IS WITHIN 6" OF JOIST) T.O.M. AT ELEV. 129' -4" 12" CONCRETE BLOCK TOP OF STEEL -SEE PLAN ELEV. 113' -4" BOND BEAM W/ (1) #6 CONT. BETWEEN COLUMNS 8" CONC. BLOCK WALL HORIZ. JOINT REINF. AT 15" 0.C. W8X18 BEAM W/ PLATE 7 X 1/4" 3 3 6 6 FINISH FLOOR BOTTOM OF BASE PLATE BOT. W8 ELEV. = 109' -4" 1 1 2 0 12 1/4 V TOP OF FOOTING OR PILASTER--; • - b' SEE PLAN HORIZONTAL JT. REINFORCING AT 16" O.C. 0 32" C.C. (CENTERED IN THE 12" CMU) GROUT TI1IS COURSE SOLID 0 EACH ANCHOR BOLT BOND BEAM W/ (1) #6 CONT. L4x4x1/4 UNDER RTU CURB (TYP.) PROVIDE JOIST STRUT AS REVD. - SEE TYP. JOIST LOAD STRUT DETAIL 2 0 12 SECTIO\ SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" OUTLINE OF RTU CURB L3x3x1/4 AS REQ'D. TO FRAME OPENINGS BEAM OR JOIST COLUMN • ANCHOR BOLTS - SEE TYPICAL BASE PLATE DETAIL . c . TYPICAL COLUMN BASE 1' -0" MAX. TYPICAL RTU SUPPORT 7 7/8' / 6 1/2" BOND BEAMS W/ (1) #6 x CONT. I 0 4' -0" MAX. VERT. SPACING. L 5x3x1/4 (LLV) x CONT. ( USE FULL. PENETRATION WELD ® FIELD SPLICES ) W/ 3/4"0 A.B.'S @ 4' -0" 0.C. IN VERT. LONG SLOTTED HOLES. WELD DECK TO ANGLE 3/16 171 1/2 0 12 SEAM BEYOND - BOND BEAM W/ (1) #6 CONT. BETWEEN COLUMNS #6 0 32" O.C. (CENTERED IN THE 8" CMU.) LAP 48 BAR DIAMETERS INTO 12" BLOCK #5 0 24" O.C. W/ 3" HOOK WELD TO TOP OF W8. LAP 48 BAR DIAMETERS BASE PLATE 1/4" LEVELING PLATE (OPTIONAL) GROUT MASONRY WALL # U- SHAPED TIE AROUND ANCHOR 15" BOLTS IN MORTAR JOINT. ... NOTE: T.S. COLUMN CONT. TO TOP OF STEEL NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. SEE PLAN. �.J (1) #5 VERT. FULL - HEIGHT OF WALL (W/ #4 DWL. INTO FTG. TO MATCH) GROUT CELL SOLID TS 4X4X1/4" WITH 3/4 "X10 "X10" BRNG. PLATE W/ (4) 3/4" DIA. ANCH. BOLTS (SEE DETAIL 4 ON A3) (1) #5 CONT. OVER OPENING. EXTEND 24" PAST EA. SIDE OF OPENING. TYPICAL LINTEL BEARING 12" CONC. BLOCK HORIZ. JT. REINF - 0 16" O.C. SIDEWALK - SEE SLAB SCHEDULE u�y 0 0 z I • i; w w (4) #4 CONT. - 1 1/2" METAL DECK —W10 BEAM - SEE PLAN 0 1.1.1 0 0 W TYPICAL BASE PLATE DETAILS 1' -O" 3' -0" BOND BEAMS W/ (1) #6 x CONT. ® 4' -0" MAX. VERT. SPACING. 32" O.C. III 4 ANCHOR BOLT BASE PLATE 1 EQ. EQ. /2" TYP. 3/4" GROUT 8" BEARING • (2) 3/4" DIA. ANCHOR BOLTS W/ 4" HOOK. EMBEDDED 1' -4" INTO WALL BELOW (1) #5 VERT. (W/ #4 INTO FTG. TOM MATCH) INTO GROUT CELL SOLID # 0 32" O.C. VERT. E9 FULL HT. OF WALL BOND BEAM W/ (1) #6 x CONT. ® 48 "O.C. VERT. FULL HT. OF WALL SLAB ON GRADE - SEE SLAB SCHEDULE #4 DWLS. TO MATCH VERT. ALTERNATE HKS. #4 0 18" O.C. STEEL LINTEL SEE SCHEDULE EQ. 2L3x3x1/4 CLIPS, FIELD WELD TO EXIST. BEAM. EXISTING BEAM SEE PLAN 2 ANCHOR BOLT BASE PLATE LINTEL AT GRID LINE 5.2 ONLY — TS 5X5X:'/16" WITH EQ. 3 /4 "X7 "X11" BRNG. PLATE W/ (2) 3/4" DIA. ANCH. BOLTS /2" TYP. TS 5 x 5 COL. W10 BEAM - SEE PLAN EXIST. CHANNEL - SEE PLAN EXISTING JOIST 1 13/16 12" OR NEW 8" CMU. SEE ARCH. FOR LOCATION. l l f l T I T 1 111 1111114 1111111111115 Illlllllllllll�l 1 No. 18 •r! �.t" SECTION SCALE: 3/4 " =1' -0" NOTE: TOP FLANGE OF BMS. & PLATES NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. 2L3x3x1/4 CLIPS, FIELD WELD TO EXIST. BEAM. 2 " -6" 3/16 BEAM - SEE SECT. 7 ON SHEET S3 CONT. FOOTING II:'=�:u,'Ait":��:,yn.u. .". EXISTING JOIST i, .-( f e 1., EXISTING W18X40 CONT. - 1/2 "X8" PLATE SECTION N.T.S. BARS TO MATCH CONT. FOOTING REINF. CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED VAR 22 19'‘-'12 A, 91111 DING DIVISION CONT. 1/4 "X8" PLATE EXISTING W8X17 COLUMN DETAILS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET ARE APPLICABLE THROUGHOUT THE DESIGN DRAWINGS. THESE DETAILS ARE DEFINED AS GENERAL STANDARDS THAT ARE USUALLY NOT IDENTIFIED BY SPECIFIC REFERENCE WITHIN THE DRAWINGS. THESE DETAILS MAY BE MODIFIED OR SUPERCEEDED BY SPECIFIC DETAILS THAT ARE REFF:RENCED VI MIN THE DRAWINGS. TYPICAL STEPPED FOOTING DETAIL CUT LINE SHIM TOP CHORD W \\ (2)L1 1/2x1 1/ x >2. 3/16 x 4" LONG MIN. 2" OF WELD (2) L 1 1 /4X1 1/4X1/4" 1/8 EXIST. TOP CHORD R 2 "x1/2" (2) L 1 1 /2X1 1/2X3/16" 2 MIN. MIN. 2" OF WELD VARIES (FIELD VERIFY) 1/8 R 2 "x1/2` EXTEND TO PANEL POINT 1/8 11/2' 0 4 1/2 "0.C. 2 "H" MIN. L 3j MAC monarq 4 0" It Aralletiallke ENLARGED DETAIL N. T.S. TYPICAL EA. SIDE oJoisr MooiFicaTio\ ,. • COPE BEAM TO ACCOMODATE CONNECTION (2) 3/4" DIA. BOLTS -' W12X16 1/8 OR W8X15 /2 CONT. FOOTING 4' -0 "+- FOR 8" JOISTS, SEE PLAN (FIELD VERIFY) VARIES FOR 14" JOIST, SEE PLAN DASHED LINES REPRESENT PORTION OF JOIST TO BE REMOVED EXIST. TOP CHORD R 2"x1/2" (2)L3x3x1/4 x 6" LONG N : T,S 2 1/2" 0 EXISTING LOCATION - 3" 0 NEW LOCATION TYPICAL 1/8 1 1/2" 0 4 1/2 "0.. EA. SI N ENLARGED DETAIL N.T.S. EXIST. W14, W16, OR W21. SEE PLAN FIELD COPE BEAM AS REQ'D ,/ SECTIO\ �J 7. 11-1 . R.PRii V1 ---- -- ;.� ----'` �- C13 13 2 0 1992 (2)L3x3x1/4 x 10" LONG. REUSE EXISTING CLIPS WHERE POSSIBLE. \-- EXIST. W14, W16 OR W18 SEE PLAN INC. i I EI I II ;lIIiII 6 111111111 $ IIIIIIIII L IIIIIIIII 9 IIIIIIIII y I�IIIi111 IE IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIi ---- 7- w IIIIIIIII N 10 O 0 w o \ SAW CUT OR "T" SHAPED PLASTIC CONTROL JOINTS (AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION) SLAB ON GRADE W.W.F. !•"w ' • -••• •Vi •••: • • .••: 0 • . •'::• - N : • • • i�: •_p••.• ex c> .o- oho o o NOTE; SAW CUT SLAB WITHIN 12 HOURS AFTER SLAB HAS BEEN PLACED. CONTROL JOINT SLAB ON GRADE W.W.F. � •;.•••• � •;:" O +•: • • 1•••1 : ∎:4• :'0•• SLAB JOINT DETAILS .70 #5 0 32" O.C. 1/2" PREMOLDED FILLER SIDEWALK -SEE SLAB SCHEDULE 12"x16" CONC. PILASTER — REINF. W/ (4) #6 VERT. DWLS. & #3 TIES 0 12" O.C. NOTE: OMIT PILASTER if TOP OF FTC. ELEV. = 99' -4" I- 3/16 1: 4 SLOPE T /10 (3/4' mINIMUM1) CONSTRUCTION JOINT 3/16V A - A L4x4x1/4x6" LONG tifEA 1 11Or IRWIN i'I iIL — EL. 103' -4" I I • BOND BEAM W/ (1) #6 CONT. al viz BETWEEN COLUMNS "AUNT d qn / CONCRETE CURBS SEE DWG. C -3 1 h = 11=JI' *se :ASE PLATE 0 SEE TYP. BASE SETTING 3' -0" 2" #5 ® 40" O.C. VERT, HORIZ. JOINT REINF. 0 16" 0.C. SLAB ON GRADE -SEE - SLAB SCHEDULE -EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL. SEE DETAIL 5 ON SHEET C3. 3/16 T.S. COLUMN SEE PLAN BEAM OR JOIST SLAB ON GRADE - SEE SLAB SCHEDULE #4 DWLS. TO MATCH VERT. ALTERNATE HKS. (4) #4 CONT. #4 18" 0 BEAM OR JOIST L4x4x1/4 UNDER RTU CURB (OMIT WHEN CUR IS WITHIN 6" OF JOIST) T.O.M. AT ELEV. 129' -4" 12" CONCRETE BLOCK TOP OF STEEL -SEE PLAN ELEV. 113' -4" BOND BEAM W/ (1) #6 CONT. BETWEEN COLUMNS 8" CONC. BLOCK WALL HORIZ. JOINT REINF. AT 15" 0.C. W8X18 BEAM W/ PLATE 7 X 1/4" 3 3 6 6 FINISH FLOOR BOTTOM OF BASE PLATE BOT. W8 ELEV. = 109' -4" 1 1 2 0 12 1/4 V TOP OF FOOTING OR PILASTER--; • - b' SEE PLAN HORIZONTAL JT. REINFORCING AT 16" O.C. 0 32" C.C. (CENTERED IN THE 12" CMU) GROUT TI1IS COURSE SOLID 0 EACH ANCHOR BOLT BOND BEAM W/ (1) #6 CONT. L4x4x1/4 UNDER RTU CURB (TYP.) PROVIDE JOIST STRUT AS REVD. - SEE TYP. JOIST LOAD STRUT DETAIL 2 0 12 SECTIO\ SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" OUTLINE OF RTU CURB L3x3x1/4 AS REQ'D. TO FRAME OPENINGS BEAM OR JOIST COLUMN • ANCHOR BOLTS - SEE TYPICAL BASE PLATE DETAIL . c . TYPICAL COLUMN BASE 1' -0" MAX. TYPICAL RTU SUPPORT 7 7/8' / 6 1/2" BOND BEAMS W/ (1) #6 x CONT. I 0 4' -0" MAX. VERT. SPACING. L 5x3x1/4 (LLV) x CONT. ( USE FULL. PENETRATION WELD ® FIELD SPLICES ) W/ 3/4"0 A.B.'S @ 4' -0" 0.C. IN VERT. LONG SLOTTED HOLES. WELD DECK TO ANGLE 3/16 171 1/2 0 12 SEAM BEYOND - BOND BEAM W/ (1) #6 CONT. BETWEEN COLUMNS #6 0 32" O.C. (CENTERED IN THE 8" CMU.) LAP 48 BAR DIAMETERS INTO 12" BLOCK #5 0 24" O.C. W/ 3" HOOK WELD TO TOP OF W8. LAP 48 BAR DIAMETERS BASE PLATE 1/4" LEVELING PLATE (OPTIONAL) GROUT MASONRY WALL # U- SHAPED TIE AROUND ANCHOR 15" BOLTS IN MORTAR JOINT. ... NOTE: T.S. COLUMN CONT. TO TOP OF STEEL NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. SEE PLAN. �.J (1) #5 VERT. FULL - HEIGHT OF WALL (W/ #4 DWL. INTO FTG. TO MATCH) GROUT CELL SOLID TS 4X4X1/4" WITH 3/4 "X10 "X10" BRNG. PLATE W/ (4) 3/4" DIA. ANCH. BOLTS (SEE DETAIL 4 ON A3) (1) #5 CONT. OVER OPENING. EXTEND 24" PAST EA. SIDE OF OPENING. TYPICAL LINTEL BEARING 12" CONC. BLOCK HORIZ. JT. REINF - 0 16" O.C. SIDEWALK - SEE SLAB SCHEDULE u�y 0 0 z I • i; w w (4) #4 CONT. - 1 1/2" METAL DECK —W10 BEAM - SEE PLAN 0 1.1.1 0 0 W TYPICAL BASE PLATE DETAILS 1' -O" 3' -0" BOND BEAMS W/ (1) #6 x CONT. ® 4' -0" MAX. VERT. SPACING. 32" O.C. III 4 ANCHOR BOLT BASE PLATE 1 EQ. EQ. /2" TYP. 3/4" GROUT 8" BEARING • (2) 3/4" DIA. ANCHOR BOLTS W/ 4" HOOK. EMBEDDED 1' -4" INTO WALL BELOW (1) #5 VERT. (W/ #4 INTO FTG. TOM MATCH) INTO GROUT CELL SOLID # 0 32" O.C. VERT. E9 FULL HT. OF WALL BOND BEAM W/ (1) #6 x CONT. ® 48 "O.C. VERT. FULL HT. OF WALL SLAB ON GRADE - SEE SLAB SCHEDULE #4 DWLS. TO MATCH VERT. ALTERNATE HKS. #4 0 18" O.C. STEEL LINTEL SEE SCHEDULE EQ. 2L3x3x1/4 CLIPS, FIELD WELD TO EXIST. BEAM. EXISTING BEAM SEE PLAN 2 ANCHOR BOLT BASE PLATE LINTEL AT GRID LINE 5.2 ONLY — TS 5X5X:'/16" WITH EQ. 3 /4 "X7 "X11" BRNG. PLATE W/ (2) 3/4" DIA. ANCH. BOLTS /2" TYP. TS 5 x 5 COL. W10 BEAM - SEE PLAN EXIST. CHANNEL - SEE PLAN EXISTING JOIST 1 13/16 12" OR NEW 8" CMU. SEE ARCH. FOR LOCATION. l l f l T I T 1 111 1111114 1111111111115 Illlllllllllll�l 1 No. 18 •r! �.t" SECTION SCALE: 3/4 " =1' -0" NOTE: TOP FLANGE OF BMS. & PLATES NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. 2L3x3x1/4 CLIPS, FIELD WELD TO EXIST. BEAM. 2 " -6" 3/16 BEAM - SEE SECT. 7 ON SHEET S3 CONT. FOOTING II:'=�:u,'Ait":��:,yn.u. .". EXISTING JOIST i, .-( f e 1., EXISTING W18X40 CONT. - 1/2 "X8" PLATE SECTION N.T.S. BARS TO MATCH CONT. FOOTING REINF. CITY OF TUKWILA APPROVED VAR 22 19'‘-'12 A, 91111 DING DIVISION CONT. 1/4 "X8" PLATE EXISTING W8X17 COLUMN DETAILS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET ARE APPLICABLE THROUGHOUT THE DESIGN DRAWINGS. THESE DETAILS ARE DEFINED AS GENERAL STANDARDS THAT ARE USUALLY NOT IDENTIFIED BY SPECIFIC REFERENCE WITHIN THE DRAWINGS. THESE DETAILS MAY BE MODIFIED OR SUPERCEEDED BY SPECIFIC DETAILS THAT ARE REFF:RENCED VI MIN THE DRAWINGS. TYPICAL STEPPED FOOTING DETAIL CUT LINE SHIM TOP CHORD W \\ (2)L1 1/2x1 1/ x >2. 3/16 x 4" LONG MIN. 2" OF WELD (2) L 1 1 /4X1 1/4X1/4" 1/8 EXIST. TOP CHORD R 2 "x1/2" (2) L 1 1 /2X1 1/2X3/16" 2 MIN. MIN. 2" OF WELD VARIES (FIELD VERIFY) 1/8 R 2 "x1/2` EXTEND TO PANEL POINT 1/8 11/2' 0 4 1/2 "0.C. 2 "H" MIN. L 3j MAC monarq 4 0" It Aralletiallke ENLARGED DETAIL N. T.S. TYPICAL EA. SIDE oJoisr MooiFicaTio\ ,. • COPE BEAM TO ACCOMODATE CONNECTION (2) 3/4" DIA. BOLTS -' W12X16 1/8 OR W8X15 /2 CONT. FOOTING 4' -0 "+- FOR 8" JOISTS, SEE PLAN (FIELD VERIFY) VARIES FOR 14" JOIST, SEE PLAN DASHED LINES REPRESENT PORTION OF JOIST TO BE REMOVED EXIST. TOP CHORD R 2"x1/2" (2)L3x3x1/4 x 6" LONG N : T,S 2 1/2" 0 EXISTING LOCATION - 3" 0 NEW LOCATION TYPICAL 1/8 1 1/2" 0 4 1/2 "0.. EA. SI N ENLARGED DETAIL N.T.S. EXIST. W14, W16, OR W21. SEE PLAN FIELD COPE BEAM AS REQ'D ,/ SECTIO\ �J 7. 11-1 . R.PRii V1 ---- -- ;.� ----'` �- C13 13 2 0 1992 (2)L3x3x1/4 x 10" LONG. REUSE EXISTING CLIPS WHERE POSSIBLE. \-- EXIST. W14, W16 OR W18 SEE PLAN INC. i Revisions Date Description 1 12 -11 -92 ADDENDUM "A" I . I I Drawing References No Drawings .......__. P2 PLUMBING SCHEDULE AND DETAILS Fl FIXTURE PLAN U1 UTILITIES SITE PLAN ISSUED FOR BIDS: 01— 31 - -92 ISSUED FOR PERMITS: 02 -12 -92 CADD NAME: TP91P01 PROJECT NO.: 262991 DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1991 REV. 3.91 _ Y `i 4 . • hrt ( J : 'I ANNE`(, 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS TELEPHONE (616) 235 -6000 MICHIGAN 49503 FAX (616) 235 -6132 5287 FEGIVERED „Ugef AR,OMECT 7 U,}l, • •Nr ON ST OF W. NGTON tirOy S Ow 1 I S Notional Office 461 From Road Paramus, NJ 07652 (201) 599 -7800 GEOFFREY This drawing is the EYcltlsive Property of TOYS "R" US. The information shown may not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS "R" US. Location TUKWILA, WA. Drawing Title PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN Scale AS NOTED Dote 01- 31 -92 Sheet no. UKWILA 3 19:i P /I L R / O (o 10 KEYED NOTES (APPLICABLE TO DRAWINGS P1 AND P2) ALL ABOVE GRADE PIPING SHALL BE RUN CONCEALED WITHIN OFFICE AREA WHERE HUNG CEILING IS APPLIED. A. 0. SMITH ELJF -2O 20 GAL. ELECTRIC WATER HEATER, 120V, 2.5 KW. MOUNT WATER /// HEATER ON UPPER LEVEL FLOOR CLOSE TO WALL AS SHOWN ON DWG. P2. SET TEMP- ERATURE CONTROL AT 110' F. 3/4" VACUUM RELIEF VALVE. SEE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 15C. TEMPERATURE /PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE WITH NO TRAP IN RELIEF LINE. ROUTE RELIEF L LINE TO FLOOR RECEPTOR (FR -1) AND TERMINATE AT 2" ABOVE FLOOD RIM OF FR -1. a SLOPE FROM STACK AT 1/4" PER FOOT. (MIN. AND TYPICAL.) OFFSET 4" STACK AT ROOF TO AVOID ROOF BAR JOIST. OF REQUIRED.) ALL HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1" THICKNESS OF OWENS- CORNING HEAVY DENSITY INSULATION WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET. K 0.25 AT 100' F MEAN. FREEZE -PROOF WALL HYDRANT (WH -1) JOSAM MODEL #71150 WITH T- HANDLE, VACUUM BREAKER ON NOZZLE, WALL CLAMP, AND UNION ELBOW. SELECT PROPER TYPE FOR RESPECTIVE WALL THICKNESS. ABOVE GRADE DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING IN SALES, PRE- SALES, AND RECEIVING AREAS SHALL BE ROUTED THRU JOIST WEB AREAS AND ABOVE THE BOTTOM CHORD OF THE JOIST GIRDERS TH U WEB AREAS WITH ALLOWANCE FOR SLOPE AS REQUIRED. HOT WATER SUPPLY PIPIN FOR LAVATORIES SHALL INCLUDE A FLOW RESTRICTING DEVICE LIMITING THE FLOW TO 0.5 GPM MAXIMUM. HOT WATER SUPPLY TEMPERATURE SHALL NOT EXCEED 110' F. C.W. DOWN TIGHT TO WALL. PROVIDE UNION ELBOW TO PROVIDE MINIMUM PROJECTION OF PIPING FROM WALL. INSTALL TO PROVIDE MAXIMUM PROTECTION FROM PHYSICAL DAMAGE ON INTERIOR. 3/4' C.W. DOWN TIGHT TO WALL IN CHASE. PROVIDE UNION ELBOW TO PROVIDE MINIMUM PROJECTION OF PIPING FROM WALL. NO PIPING SHALL PROJECT MORE THAN 9" (MAX.) FROM THE INSIDE FACE OF THE FRONT EXTERIOR WALL. MOUNT FREEZE -PROOF WALL HYDRANT (WH -1) AT 1' -6 "± ABOVE FINISHED GRADE BUT NOT LOWER THAN 6" A.F.F. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. NOTE: STORAGE RACKS ON 4 -FT. MODULE UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN OF UNDER- GROUND SERVICES AND UTILITY RISERS, COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF RISERS WITH FIXTURE PLAN, DWG. F1, TO MINIMIZE REQUIRED OMMISION OF RACKS AND TO HOLD RACKING MODULE WHERE RACKS MUST BE OMITTED FOR RISERS. (FOR EXAMPLE, RISER WITH TRIM, VALVES, AND ACCESSORIES SHOULD NOT TAKE UP THE SPACE OF TWO RACKS IF REQUIRED SPACE IS 4 -FT. OR LESS, AND SO ON.) CONTRACTORS SHALL PROVIDE OFFSETS AS REQUIRED IF UNDERGROUND SERVICE IS NOT LOCATED PROPERLY OR IF PROVIDED BY DEVELOPER OR UTILITY COMPANY. NOTE: CONTRACTORS SHALL REFER TO THE FIXTURING PLAN, DRAWING Fl, FOR COORDINATION OF ALL PIPING, EQUIPMENT, DUCTS, VALVING, AND SERVICE RISERS WITH THE OWNER'S STORE FIXTURING. ALL SYSTEMS SHALL BE ROUTED AND /OR LOCATED AS REQUIRED TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH THE STORE FIXTURES, SHELVING, AND RACKING, INCLUDING THE FUNCTIONAL USE OF SAME. INSTALL- ATIONS MADE WITHOUT REGARD TO STORE FIXTURING SHALL BE CORRECTED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. SPECIAL CONSIDERATION SHALL BE GIVEN TO THE ESTHETIC INTENT OF THE FRONT GRAPHICS WALL OF THE STORE AND TO THE STORAGE AND MATERIALS HANDLING ASPECTS OF THE PRE -SALES AND RECEIVING DOCK AREAS. CPU 11031 CPU VEST. 116 i4 I f: IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII • SECURITY ROOM 102 PLAN i EaUIP, ROOM 1105 1 AND DROP BE DUCT WORK. K ABOVE SOTTO JOIST. PROVID PLUG AT LOW 4 SEE DWG MO1 MODIFICATION. VERIFY EXACT IIII�III! IIli�lill Illlillll Illlllllliii�llllllllllllllllllllllll�llll BREAK 3" FIRE PROTECTION LINE - r NORTH FOR DUCT FIELD LOCATION. OW RAISE EP 3" LINE CORD OF TEE AND OINT. 5I6 No.18 C 1111 RECEIVING 114 IBM SALES AREA 101 SCALE: 1/16 " =1 - PRE —SALES AREA PRE — SALES — � AREA 113 1 POWER ROOM 1 116 'OFFICE AREA EFER ENLARGED SCALE LAN DRAWING P2 EIN .1111011111110n ••••••••11114•011.111110.110M1111. XISTING 4" SANITARY TO REMAIN. BREA ROOM 106 - 0 SECURITY - 11081 HALL 109 JANITOR 1 109 1 -. CI CITY • F FE 1 ERMIT C ENT O Cn N ED d O WATTS MODEL A36A VACUUM -` RELIEF VALVE..NSTALL AS HIGHEST POINT OF SYSTEM i UNION (TYP.) A.O. SMITH EL "IF -20, 20 GAL. ELEC. WATER HEATER, 120V, 2.5 KW. MOUNT ON SHELF PER 3-P2 -P1. SET TEMP. CONTROL 0 110'F 6" SAN. SEWER. SEE PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN 1 -P1 -P1 FOR CONTINUATION. ROUTE PIPING IN CHASE COWP 3/4" 4 3/4" RIM OF FR -1. 3/4" PROvIDE 20 "X20 "x9'DP. GALV SHEET METAL PAN UNDER HWH -1 WITH 1" DRAIN TO FR -1. 7 ROUTE C.W. SUPPLY PIPING THRU ROOF STRUCTURE 1 1/2" AIR CHAMBER (TYP.) SEE SPEC. WATTS MODEL /100xL TEMPERATURE /P . SURE RELIEF VALVE. ROUTE RELIEF LINE FULL SI TO SHEET METAL PAN UNDER HWH -1 TERMINATE 0 6" ABOVE BOTTOM OF PAN. ROUTE PIPING" IN CHASfr' — - 3/4" 1 1/2' I OUTE PIPING ABOVE CEILING WATER, PIPING DETAIL SCALE: NONE 1 1/4 " — ` WATER NO SCALE MAKE NEW 2" CW CONNECTION ABOVE CEILING. FEILD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. SHUT OFF VALVE (TYP.) 2" ROUTE PIPING ABOVE CEILING CEILING LINE 8 -0" A.F.F. ROUTE PIPING IN CHASE N /2 DRAIN. WAST . AND YENT 4 (NOTE: SLOPE. 4' SAN. SEWER INSIDE BUILDING AT 2% MIN. 2` .0 ,1/2" 3/4" 1/2" TYP. k2" 3" 2" ROUTE PIPING INSIDE WALL ISOMETRIC RISER DIAGRAMS ROUTE PIPING INSIDE WALL 1/2 ., 30" Air / 3/4 / ROUTE PIPING INSIDE WALL ROUTE DRAIN PIPING EXPOSED IN JAN. CLO. li. TIGHT TO WALL. TERMINATE 0 2" ABOVE rL00D EXISTING _14" V. RISER V.T.R.F. 1 1/4" " ' W .-1 1 /4" COWP ROUTE INSIDE FLOOR MAKE NEW 4" CONNECTION TO EXISTING 4" vENT IN CEILING SPACE. NOTE: NO PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED ABOVE THE STAIRWAY TO THE AREA ABOVE THE OFFICE AREA. PIPING WALL LINE (TYP.) FCO SEE NOTE BELOW NOTE: PBC SHALL FILL FLOOR DRAIN P -TRAP WITH WATER AT COMPLETION OF ALL WORK AND TESTING. (TYP. ALL FLOOR DRAINS.) OFFICE FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1 /8 " =1'— r{ NOZZLE '-- io N NOTE: HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING TO FR -1 FAUCET SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALL. 7 PLAN r 0 6 1/2' OASIS (SIDE VIEW) J Ct 0 NORTH NO SCALE CODP (EXTERIOR GRADE) 4" SAN. SEWER. REFER DWGS. P1 FOR CONTINUATION. lill�llll IIII�IIII IIII�IlII !!II IIII IIII !III IIII ff JANITOR � WOMEN IIII • t i NOTES: 1. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION OR IN COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNING CODE. 2. EWC -1 SHALL BE HALSEY TAYLOR OR OASIS MODEL I#0EP8WM - OR ELKAY MODEL #EBFS --S. 2" C.W. SUPPLY. REFER DWG. P1 FOR CONTINUATION. 2" C.W. DOWN IN CHASE 4" V. RISER 4" V.T.R.F. l HALSEY TAYLOR MODEL // BFC -8F, 8 G.P.H., 120V, 1/5 H.P., WITH STANDARD FINISH. HALSEY TAYLOR (SIDE VIEW) ELEC. WATER COOLER ROUGH -IN DETAIL� TIIII!III!I T ( III I IIIII�IIIIIIII�IIIII 'Illll!IIIIIIIII��IIIIII IIII IIII I1 I 3 1 No.18 0`.,.....• .A F1 FIXTURE PLAN UTILITIES SITE PLAN GEOFFREY Description 01 -31 -92 3 r,.. ONCION Notiorol Office 461 From ; Rood Paramus, NJ 07652 (201). '599 - 0 • ASH1NGrON This drawing is the Exclusive Property of .. TOYS "R" U$. The information shown may not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS. "R" US: 14 : ;O NG 1-N'I]:1 I( 6 O 9 E Tg Ill) IIIIIIIIIII IIII III II III II II II IIIII!I!IIIIIIIIII!IIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII NOZZLE. AC A.F.F. BLDG. B.O. CENT. CFM CHAR. C.L. ;q COL. CONTR. C.W. DEL. DIA.; 0 DISP. DN. DOM. DWG. ELC ELECT. EWC FC FD FDC FIN. FL. FR GCC GPH GPM H2O HAC HB HP H.W. HWH H.W.R. LAV MFR. MOD. # N.I.C. N. I.S. PBC P.D. PRESS. P.S.I.; PSI P.S.I.G.; PSIG REVD. SAN. SCFM SH T. TEMP. TP TYP. UR V, VC V. RISER V. T. R. F. wC wMG YH T' NOTE: INSTALL PLUMBING FIXTURES NOTED AS "EQUIPPED AND INSTALLED FOR HANDICAPPED USE." TO BE FULLY ACCESSIBLE TO PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED PERSONS. COMPLY WITH AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI) PUBLICATION A117.1 - "PROVIDING ACCESSIBILITY AND USABILITY FOR PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED PEOPLE" AND /OR GOVERNING CODE. PLUMBING SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS LEGEND AIR COMPRESSOR ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR BUUILDING BOTTOM OF CENTRIFUGAL CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CHARACTERISTICS CENTERLINE COLUMN CONTRACTOR COLD WATER DELIVERY DIAMETER DISPLACEMENT DOWN DOMESTIC DRAWING ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ELECTRICAL ELECTRIC WATER COOLER FLEXIBLE CONNECTION FLOOR DRAIN FIRE DEPT. CONNECTION FINISHED FLOOR FLOOR RECEPTOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR GALLONS PER HOUR GALLONS PER MINUTE wA TER HEATING AND AIR COND. CONTRACTOR HOSE BIBB HORSEPOWER HOT WATER HOT WATER HEATER HOT WATER RETURN LAVA TORY MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER NOT IN CONTRACT NOT TO SCALE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TOTAL PRESSURE DROP PRESSURE POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH GAUGE REQUIRED SANITARY CFM, STANDARD CONDITIONS SHEET TEMPERATURE TRAP PRIMER TYPICAL URINAL VENT VACUUM CLEANER VENT RISER VENT THRU ROOF FLASHED WATER CLOSET WALL HYDRANT WATER MOTOR GONG YARD HYDRANT DEGREES FAHRENHEIT SD V A n a GATE VALVE OR SHUT -OFF VALVE CHECK VALVE GLOBE VALVE PRESSURE REDUCING /REGULATING VALVE (PRV) FLOOR DRAIN 1MTH P -TRAP CLEANOUT DECKPLATE (COOP CLEANOUT WALLPLATE (COWP) WALL HYDRANT /HOSE B1B8 ROOF DRAIN WITH CLEANOUT ANION PIPE RISE PIPE DROP SPRINKLER RISER WATER METER POINT OF CONNECTION/ ELEVATION /INVERT COLD WATER PIPING HOT WATER PIPING HOT WATER RETURN PIPING STORM DRAINAGE PIPING VACUUM PIPING COMPRESSED AIR PIPING SOIL /SEWER /WASTE PIPING VENT PIPING PLUMBING FIXTURE OR EQUIPMENT MARK (DESIGNATION FOR SPECIFICATION OR MARK FOR SCHEDULE ON DRAWING) NOTES ON DRAWING REVISIONS • DE. CITY 0 FEB P CEN ISSUED FOR BIDS: ISSUED FOR PERMITS: CADD NAME: TP91P02 PROJECT NO.: 262991 DRAWN BY: . CHECKED' BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1991 REv. 3.91 5287 02- 12--92 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS • TELEPHONE (6:16) 235 -6000 MICHIGAN 49503 FAX (61 235 -6132 STEREO T MIMS PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FIXTURE MARK MANUFACTURER SERIES NUMBER WATER CLOSET AND URINAL BOWL TYPE OUTLET FLUSH VALVE SEAT CARRIER ACCESSORIES AND FEATURES AMERICAN STANDARD 2221.018 FLR. MOUNTED ELONGATED SIPHON -JET BOTTOM 110 -3 BENEKE 523 AIM AMERICAN STANDARD 9468.018 FLRi. MOUNTED ELONGATED SIPHON -JET BOTTOM SLOAN 110 -� BENEKE 523 EQUIPPED AND INSTALLED FOR HANDICAPPED USE. FLUSH VALVE HEIGHT SHALL BE DECREASED • AS REQUIRED TO AVOID HAND RAIL CONFLICT. . 111111" /`,Yt• AMERICAN STANDARD 6540.017 WALL -HUNG WASH OUT BACK SLOAN 180 -1.5 4.0.2— ..`" JOSAM 17810 EQUIPPED AND INSTALLED FOR HANDICAPPED USE. FIXTURE MARK MANUFACTURER SERIES NUMBER LAVATORY ACCESSORIES AND FEATURES • BOWL TYPE FAUCET SUPPLY PIPE TRAP AMERICAN STANDARD 3303.03 20X17 CAST IRON AMER. STD. 2385.049 FLEX WITH ANGLE STOP CHROME PLATED BRASS • EQUIPPED AND INSTALLED FOR HANDICAPPED USE. FAUCET WITH LEVER TYPE HANDLE. FIXTURE MARK MANUFACTURER SERIES NUMBER FLOOR RECEPTOR ACCESSORIES AND FEATURES BASIN TYPE FAUCET TRAP AMA POWERS -FIAT • SB -6 24X36 PRECAST TERRAZZO AMER. STD. 8341.075 CAST IRON REMOVABLE CHROME PLATED BRASS STRAINER PLATE, v FIXTURE MARK MANUFACTURER SERIES NUMBER FLOOR DRAIN /STRAINER ACCESSORIES AND FEATURES MATERIAL TYPE SIZE FREE AREA MATERIAL FD 30 03 6A CAST IRON 6A 6 " t1 SQ. IN POLISHED BRONZE TWO PIECE BODY, DOUBLE DRAINAGE FLANGE, WEEP HOLES WITH P -TRAP. 1 1 O Cn N ED d O WATTS MODEL A36A VACUUM -` RELIEF VALVE..NSTALL AS HIGHEST POINT OF SYSTEM i UNION (TYP.) A.O. SMITH EL "IF -20, 20 GAL. ELEC. WATER HEATER, 120V, 2.5 KW. MOUNT ON SHELF PER 3-P2 -P1. SET TEMP. CONTROL 0 110'F 6" SAN. SEWER. SEE PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN 1 -P1 -P1 FOR CONTINUATION. ROUTE PIPING IN CHASE COWP 3/4" 4 3/4" RIM OF FR -1. 3/4" PROvIDE 20 "X20 "x9'DP. GALV SHEET METAL PAN UNDER HWH -1 WITH 1" DRAIN TO FR -1. 7 ROUTE C.W. SUPPLY PIPING THRU ROOF STRUCTURE 1 1/2" AIR CHAMBER (TYP.) SEE SPEC. WATTS MODEL /100xL TEMPERATURE /P . SURE RELIEF VALVE. ROUTE RELIEF LINE FULL SI TO SHEET METAL PAN UNDER HWH -1 TERMINATE 0 6" ABOVE BOTTOM OF PAN. ROUTE PIPING" IN CHASfr' — - 3/4" 1 1/2' I OUTE PIPING ABOVE CEILING WATER, PIPING DETAIL SCALE: NONE 1 1/4 " — ` WATER NO SCALE MAKE NEW 2" CW CONNECTION ABOVE CEILING. FEILD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. SHUT OFF VALVE (TYP.) 2" ROUTE PIPING ABOVE CEILING CEILING LINE 8 -0" A.F.F. ROUTE PIPING IN CHASE N /2 DRAIN. WAST . AND YENT 4 (NOTE: SLOPE. 4' SAN. SEWER INSIDE BUILDING AT 2% MIN. 2` .0 ,1/2" 3/4" 1/2" TYP. k2" 3" 2" ROUTE PIPING INSIDE WALL ISOMETRIC RISER DIAGRAMS ROUTE PIPING INSIDE WALL 1/2 ., 30" Air / 3/4 / ROUTE PIPING INSIDE WALL ROUTE DRAIN PIPING EXPOSED IN JAN. CLO. li. TIGHT TO WALL. TERMINATE 0 2" ABOVE rL00D EXISTING _14" V. RISER V.T.R.F. 1 1/4" " ' W .-1 1 /4" COWP ROUTE INSIDE FLOOR MAKE NEW 4" CONNECTION TO EXISTING 4" vENT IN CEILING SPACE. NOTE: NO PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED ABOVE THE STAIRWAY TO THE AREA ABOVE THE OFFICE AREA. PIPING WALL LINE (TYP.) FCO SEE NOTE BELOW NOTE: PBC SHALL FILL FLOOR DRAIN P -TRAP WITH WATER AT COMPLETION OF ALL WORK AND TESTING. (TYP. ALL FLOOR DRAINS.) OFFICE FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1 /8 " =1'— r{ NOZZLE '-- io N NOTE: HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING TO FR -1 FAUCET SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALL. 7 PLAN r 0 6 1/2' OASIS (SIDE VIEW) J Ct 0 NORTH NO SCALE CODP (EXTERIOR GRADE) 4" SAN. SEWER. REFER DWGS. P1 FOR CONTINUATION. lill�llll IIII�IIII IIII�IlII !!II IIII IIII !III IIII ff JANITOR � WOMEN IIII • t i NOTES: 1. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION OR IN COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNING CODE. 2. EWC -1 SHALL BE HALSEY TAYLOR OR OASIS MODEL I#0EP8WM - OR ELKAY MODEL #EBFS --S. 2" C.W. SUPPLY. REFER DWG. P1 FOR CONTINUATION. 2" C.W. DOWN IN CHASE 4" V. RISER 4" V.T.R.F. l HALSEY TAYLOR MODEL // BFC -8F, 8 G.P.H., 120V, 1/5 H.P., WITH STANDARD FINISH. HALSEY TAYLOR (SIDE VIEW) ELEC. WATER COOLER ROUGH -IN DETAIL� TIIII!III!I T ( III I IIIII�IIIIIIII�IIIII 'Illll!IIIIIIIII��IIIIII IIII IIII I1 I 3 1 No.18 0`.,.....• .A F1 FIXTURE PLAN UTILITIES SITE PLAN GEOFFREY Description 01 -31 -92 3 r,.. ONCION Notiorol Office 461 From ; Rood Paramus, NJ 07652 (201). '599 - 0 • ASH1NGrON This drawing is the Exclusive Property of .. TOYS "R" U$. The information shown may not be used nor the Drawings Reproduced without permission of TOYS. "R" US: 14 : ;O NG 1-N'I]:1 I( 6 O 9 E Tg Ill) IIIIIIIIIII IIII III II III II II II IIIII!I!IIIIIIIIII!IIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII NOZZLE. AC A.F.F. BLDG. B.O. CENT. CFM CHAR. C.L. ;q COL. CONTR. C.W. DEL. DIA.; 0 DISP. DN. DOM. DWG. ELC ELECT. EWC FC FD FDC FIN. FL. FR GCC GPH GPM H2O HAC HB HP H.W. HWH H.W.R. LAV MFR. MOD. # N.I.C. N. I.S. PBC P.D. PRESS. P.S.I.; PSI P.S.I.G.; PSIG REVD. SAN. SCFM SH T. TEMP. TP TYP. UR V, VC V. RISER V. T. R. F. wC wMG YH T' NOTE: INSTALL PLUMBING FIXTURES NOTED AS "EQUIPPED AND INSTALLED FOR HANDICAPPED USE." TO BE FULLY ACCESSIBLE TO PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED PERSONS. COMPLY WITH AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI) PUBLICATION A117.1 - "PROVIDING ACCESSIBILITY AND USABILITY FOR PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED PEOPLE" AND /OR GOVERNING CODE. PLUMBING SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS LEGEND AIR COMPRESSOR ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR BUUILDING BOTTOM OF CENTRIFUGAL CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CHARACTERISTICS CENTERLINE COLUMN CONTRACTOR COLD WATER DELIVERY DIAMETER DISPLACEMENT DOWN DOMESTIC DRAWING ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ELECTRICAL ELECTRIC WATER COOLER FLEXIBLE CONNECTION FLOOR DRAIN FIRE DEPT. CONNECTION FINISHED FLOOR FLOOR RECEPTOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR GALLONS PER HOUR GALLONS PER MINUTE wA TER HEATING AND AIR COND. CONTRACTOR HOSE BIBB HORSEPOWER HOT WATER HOT WATER HEATER HOT WATER RETURN LAVA TORY MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER NOT IN CONTRACT NOT TO SCALE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TOTAL PRESSURE DROP PRESSURE POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH GAUGE REQUIRED SANITARY CFM, STANDARD CONDITIONS SHEET TEMPERATURE TRAP PRIMER TYPICAL URINAL VENT VACUUM CLEANER VENT RISER VENT THRU ROOF FLASHED WATER CLOSET WALL HYDRANT WATER MOTOR GONG YARD HYDRANT DEGREES FAHRENHEIT SD V A n a GATE VALVE OR SHUT -OFF VALVE CHECK VALVE GLOBE VALVE PRESSURE REDUCING /REGULATING VALVE (PRV) FLOOR DRAIN 1MTH P -TRAP CLEANOUT DECKPLATE (COOP CLEANOUT WALLPLATE (COWP) WALL HYDRANT /HOSE B1B8 ROOF DRAIN WITH CLEANOUT ANION PIPE RISE PIPE DROP SPRINKLER RISER WATER METER POINT OF CONNECTION/ ELEVATION /INVERT COLD WATER PIPING HOT WATER PIPING HOT WATER RETURN PIPING STORM DRAINAGE PIPING VACUUM PIPING COMPRESSED AIR PIPING SOIL /SEWER /WASTE PIPING VENT PIPING PLUMBING FIXTURE OR EQUIPMENT MARK (DESIGNATION FOR SPECIFICATION OR MARK FOR SCHEDULE ON DRAWING) NOTES ON DRAWING REVISIONS • DE. CITY 0 FEB P CEN ISSUED FOR BIDS: ISSUED FOR PERMITS: CADD NAME: TP91P02 PROJECT NO.: 262991 DRAWN BY: . CHECKED' BY: PROTOTYPE DESIGNATION: 1991 REv. 3.91 5287 02- 12--92 50 MONROE PLACE GRAND RAPIDS • TELEPHONE (6:16) 235 -6000 MICHIGAN 49503 FAX (61 235 -6132 STEREO T MIMS CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION NOTES APPROVAL OF THIS PERMIT APPLICATION IS SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING LISTED CONDITIONS. 1. ROOF INSULATION, WALL INSULATION, SLAB PERIMETER INSULATION, AND WINDOW GLAZING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE WSEC TABLE 6 -7. AS OUTLINED IN ADDENDUM "C" ATTACHED TO SHEET A -9. 2. FRAMING FOR DROP CEILING IN COMPUTER ROOM 122, MUST BE NON COMBUSTIBLE MATER.:ALS AS REQUIRED FOR A TYPE II -N CONSTRUCTION. ( TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION ESTABLISHED UNDER TOY - R-US ADDENDUM "B ".) WOOD FRAMING IS NOT ALLOWED IN THIS TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION. IT I 1111 1111 1 I im I i u n I I I 3 8 iiu DP